Tales; Kashmiri stories and songs;

r

IT

HATIM'S TALES

All rights reserved.

INDIAN TEXTS SERIES

HATIM'S TALES

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

RECORDED WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF

PANDIT GOVIND KAUL
by SIR AUREL STEIN, K.C.I.E.

AND EDITED WITH A TRANSLATION, LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS,
VOCABULARY, INDEXES, ETC.

by SIR GEORGE A. GRIERSON, K.C.I.E.

WITH A NOTE ON THE FOLKLORE OF THE TALES
BY W. CROOKE, CLE.

itlj a Jroittt spiere

LONDON
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET, W.

PUBLISHED FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
1928

Printed in Great Britain by
Stephen Austin and Sons, Ltd., Hertford, England.

TO THE MEMORY OF
PANDIT GOVIND KAUL

WHOSE SCHOLARSHIP AND FRIENDLY DEVOTION
EVER FURTHERED KASHMIRIAN RESEARCHES

DEDICATED
IN SINCERE AFFECTION AND GRATITUDE.

CONTENTS

Preface . . ...

Introduction

On the Folklore in the Stories .

1. Mahmud of Ghazni and the Fisherman

2. The Tale of a Parrot .

3. The Tale of a Merchant .

5. The Tale of the Goldsmith .

6. The Story of Yusuf and Zulaikha .

7. The Tale of the Reed-Flute .

8. The Tale of a King
10. The Tale of Raja Vikramaditya
12. The Tale of the Akhun .

On the Language used in the Tales .
On the Metres of Hatim's Songs

Sir Aurel Stein's Transcription, with Translation

1. Mahmud of Ghazni and the Fisherman

2. The Tale of a Parrot .

3. The Tale of a Merchant

4. A Song of Lai Malik

5. The Tale of the Goldsmith .

6. The Story of Yusuf and Zulaikha .

7. The Tale of the Reed-Flute .

8. The Tale of a King

9. The Tale of the Farmer's Wife and the Honey -Bee

10. The Tale of Raja Vikramaditya

11. The Song of Forsyth Sahib, when he went to

conquer Yarkand

12. The Tale of the Akhun .

PAGE

ix
xxvii

XXX
XXX

xxxi
xxxii
xxxiii
xxxiv
xxxvi
xxxvi
xxxix
xl

xlvii
lxxxv

2

4
12
18
20
32
38
44
58

78
84

viii CONTENTS

PAGE

Thb Text of the Tales as Transcribed by Pandit

G6VINDA KAULA

1 . Mal;mud of Ghazni and the Fisherman . . . 107

2. The Tale of a Parrot 110

8. The Tale of a Merchant 120

4. A Song of Lai Malik 131

5. The Tale of the Goldsmith 134

6. The Story of Yusuf and Zulaikha . . . . 163

7. The Tale of the Reed-Flute 161

8. The Tale of a King 171

9. The Tale of the Farmer's Wife and the Honey-Bee 194

10. The Tale of Raja Vikramaditya .... 200

11. The Song of Forsyth Sahib, when he went to

conquer Yarkand 226

12. The Tale of the Akhun 235

Vocabulary 273

Appendix I. Index of Words in Sir Aurel Stein's Text . 423

Appendix II. Index in Order of Final Letters ... 485

Addenda et Corrigenda 527

PBEFACE

rpHESE pages have to be written many years after the
Kashmiri texts here presented were collected, and amidst
urgent tasks concerning the results gathered in a wholly different
field of work, that of my Central- Asian explorations. These
conditions make me feel particularly grateful for the fact that
Sir George Grierson in his Introduction has dealt so exhaustively
with the manner in which those texts were originally recorded,
and with all aspects of the linguistic interest which may be
claimed for them. It has thus become possible for me to confine
the preface he has asked for to a brief account of the circumstances
which enabled me to gather these materials, and to some personal
notes concerning that cherished Indian scholar friend, the late
Pandit Govind Kaul, whose devoted assistance was largely
instrumental in rendering them of value for linguistic research,
and whose memory this volume is intended to honour.

My interest in the language and folklore of Kashmir directly
arose from the labours which, during the years 1888-98, I devoted,
mainly in the country itself, to the preparation of my critical
edition of Kalhana's Chronicle of the Kings of Kashmir and of my
commentated translation of it.1 The elucidation of the manifold
antiquarian questions which these tasks implied, and which in
various ways constituted their chief attraction for me, was
possible only in close touch with Kashmir scholars, and needed
constant reference to the traditional lore of their alpine land.
In addition it was necessary for me to effect extensive archaeo-
logical researches on the spot. What leisure I could spare from
onerous and exacting official duties at Lahore for the purely
philological portion of those tasks was far too scanty to permit

1 See Kalhana's Rdjatararigini, or Chronicle of the Kings of Kashmir, edited
by M. A. Stein, Bombay, 1892, fol. ; Kalhana's Rajatarangi?il, a Chronicle of
the Kings of Kasmlr, translated with an Introduction, Commentary, etc., by
M. A. Stein, Westminster, 1900, 2 vols., 4to.

b

x KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

of any serious study of Kashmiri. But during the eight summer
vacations which I was privileged to devote in Kashmir to my
>hed labours, and particularly during those between 1891 and
1894, which I spent mostly on archaeological tours elucidating the
historical topography of the country and tracing its ancient
remains, I had opportunities for acquiring some colloquial
familiarity with the language. I should probably have been
able to make more systematic use of these opportunities had not
convenience and conservative attachment to the classical medium
of Kashmir scholarship made me prefer the use of Sanskrit
conversation with my Pandit friends and assistants at Srlnagar
and wherever they shared my tours and campings.

Meanwhile, Sir George Grierson had commenced his expert
linguistic researches concerning Kashmiri. They were, for the
first time, to demonstrate the full interest of the tongue and the
true character of its relationship on the one hand to the Indo-
Aryan vernaculars and on the other to the language group,
called by him " Dardic " or " Pisaca ", the separate existence of
which, within the Aryan branch, he has the merit of having
clearly established. His Kashmiri studies were at the start
directed mainly towards the publication of the remarkable works
by which the late Pandit Isvara Kaul had endeavoured to fix
the phonetic, grammatical, and lexicographical standards for
what he conceived to be the literary form of Kashmiri. There
was every prospect that these standards, through the exhaustive
labours bestowed by Sir George Grierson upon their record and
interpretation, would establish themselves for a language which
so far I. a 1 remained free from the systematizing influence of
Pandit grammarians. Pandit Govind Kaul, though a close
personal friend of Pandit Isvara Kaul, and fully appreciative of
his scholarly zeal and ingenuity, was inclined to doubt at times
the thoroughgoing regularity in the application of all the
•tic distinctions, inflectional rules, etc., laid down by this
Kashrairian epiphany of Panini,

PREFACE xi

I should in no way have felt qualified to decide between the
conflicting authorities, even if I could have spared time for the
close investigation of the differences of detail concerned. But
I realized the value which might attach to an unbiassed phonetic
record of specimens of the language taken down at this stage
from the mouth of speakers wholly unaffected by quasi -literary
influences and grammatical theories. In the course of my
Kashmir tours I had been more than once impressed by the
clearness of utterance to be met with in the speech of intelligent
villagers, very different from the Protean inconstancy which
certain phonetic features of Kashmiri seemed to present in the
mouth of the townsfolk of Srlnagar, whether Brahmans or
Muhammadans. In addition, my interest had been aroused
from the first by the rich store of popular lore which Kashmiri
presents in its folk tales, songs, proverbs, and the like.

So in the course of the second summer season, that of 1896,
which I was enabled through a kind dispensation to devote to
my Rdjatarangini labours in the alpine seclusion of my cherished
mountain camp, Mohand Marg, high up on a spur of the great
Haramukh peaks, I endeavoured to use the chance which had
opportunely offered itself for securing specimens both of the
language spoken in the Sind Valley below me (the important
Laliara tract of old Kashmir) and of folklore texts. Ilatim
Tilawonu had been mentioned to me as a professional story-teller
in particular esteem throughout that fertile tract. He was
a cultivator settled in the little hamlet of Panzil, at the con-
fluence of the Sind River and the stream draining the eastern
Haramukh glaciers, and owed his surname to the possession of
an oil press. When he had been induced to climb up to my
mountain height and had favoured Pandit Govind Kaul and
myself with his first recitation, we were both much struck by his
intelligence, remarkable memory, and clear enunciation. His
repertoire of stories and songs was a large one. Though wholly
illiterate, he was able to recite them all at any desired rate of

XII

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

speed which might suit our ears or pens; to articulate each
word separate from the context, and to repeat it, if necessary,
without any change in pronunciation. Nor did the order of his
words or phrases ever vary after however long an interval he
might he called upon to recite a certain passage again. The
indication of two or three initial words repeated from my written
record would he quite sufficient to set the disk moving in this
living phonographic machine.

It did not take me long to appreciate fully Hatim's value for
the purpose I had in view. He did not at first take kindly to
the cold of our airy camping-place nor to its loneliness, heing
himself of a very sociable disposition, such as befitted his pro-
fessional calling exercised mostly at weddings and other festive
village gatherings. But it was the cultivators' busy season in
the rice fields, some 5,000 feet below us, and his ministrations
were not needed by them for the time being. So I managed, with
appropriate treatment and adequate douceurs, to retain him for
over six weeks. Owing to the.pressure of my work on Kalhana's
Chronicle it was impossible to spare for Hatim more than an hour
in the evening, after a climb, usually in his company, had
refreshed me from the strain of labours which had begun by
daybreak.

Progress was necessarily made slow by the care which
I endeavoured to bestow upon the exact phonetic record of
irntim's recitation and the consequent need of having each word
where I did not feel sure of it, repeated, eventually several
times. Whenever a story was completed I used to read it out
to Hatim, who never failed to notice and correct whatever
deviation from his text might have crept in through inadvertence
Ql defective hearing. Though able to follow the context in
general, I purposely avoided troubling Hatim with queries about
particular words or sentences which I could not readily under-
stand. I felt that the object in view would be best served by
concentrating my attention upon the functions of a phonographic

PEE FACE xiii

recorder and discharging them as accurately as the limitations
of my ear and phonetic training would permit.

I could not have adopted this safe restriction of my own task,
and might well have hesitated about attempting the record of
these materials at all, if I had not been assured from the start
of Pandit Govind Kaul's most competent and painstaking
collaboration. The intimate knowledge which long years of
scholarly work carried on in constant close contact had given me
of his methods and standards, enabled me to leave certain
essential portions of the work entirely to his share and with
fullest confidence in the result. I could feel completely
assured that with that rare thoroughness and conscientious
precision which distinguished all his work on the lines of the
traditional Sanskrit scholar, his record of Hatim's text written
down in Devanagarl characters simultaneously with my own
would be as exact as the system, or want of system, of Kashmiri
spelling current among Srlnagar Pandits would permit. I was
equally certain that he would spare no trouble to make his
interpretation of it, both in the form of an interlinear word-for-
word version and of an idiomatic Sanskrit translation, as accurate
as possible.

Sir George Grierson's remarks upon the advantages which he
derived from Pandit Govind KauFs labours make it unnecessary
for me to explain here the special value attaching to them.
It will suffice to state that Pandit Govind Kaul's text as written
down at the time of dictation was always revised simultaneously
with my own. The interlinear translation was then added in
the course of the following day, after reference to Hatim
wherever doubts arose about the meaning of particular words or
phrases. The preparation of the fair copy of both, with the
idiomatic Sanskrit rendering added, was a task which helped to
keep Pandit Govind Kaul occupied during my absence in Europe
for part of 1897. During the summer of the next year I enjoyed
once more the benefit of his devoted assistance in labours dear to

XIV

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

us

both, and in the peaceful seclusion of my alpine camp. But
my big Rdjatarangini task, then nearing completion, claimed all
my energy and time. Thus the lacuna left in Pandit Govind
Kaul's record of Hatim's last tale, due to the accidental loss of
the concluding few pages of his original manuscript, escaped
attention at the time.

When it was brought to my notice by Sir George Grierson
fully fourteen years later, I was encamped once more at the very
spot where we had recorded those stories. But, alas, Pandit
Govind Kaul was no longer among the living to give aid ; and,
what with years of Central- Asian exploration and long labours
on their results intervening, those records seemed to me as if
gathered in a former birth. Fortunately, Hatim was still alive
and quite equal to the stiff climb which his renewed visit
demanded — the photograph reproduced here shows him as he
looked then. His recollection of the story was as fresh as ever,
though increasing years and prosperity had made him give up
his peregrinations as a public story-teller. So it was easy for
another old retainer, Pandit KasI Earn, to take down from
Hatim's dictation the missing end of the story ; it ran exactly
as my own record showed it.

During the years which followed the completion of my main
Kashmir labours the efforts needed to carry out successive
Central-Asian expeditions and to assure the elaboration of their
abundant results, kept me from making definite arrangements
for the publication of those linguistic materials. They had
meanwhile, together with my collection of Sanskrit manuscripts
ironi Kashmir, found a safe place of deposit in the Indian
Institute's Library at Oxford. But it filled me with grateful
relief when my old friend Sir George Grierson, after a pre-
liminary examination, kindly agreed in the autumn of 1910 to
publish these texts, and thus enabled me , to leave them in the
hands most competent for the task.

It was the solution I had hoped for all along, and realizing

PREFACE xv

how much more difficult this task was than the original collection
of the materials, I feel deep gratification at the fact that a
kindly Fate has allowed him to complete it amidst all his great
labours. In view of all the progress which Indian linguistic
research for more than a generation past owes to Sir George
Grierson's exceptional qualifications and powers of critical work,
it would be presumption on my part to appraise how much of
the value which may be claimed for this publication is derived
solely from the wide range and precision of the scholarly
knowledge he has brought to bear upon it.

It is the greatness of his own share in the work which makes
me feel particularly grateful to Sir George Grierson for his ready
consent to its dedication to the memory of Pandit Govind Kaul.
It affords me an appropriate opportunity for recording some
data about the life of a cherished friend and helpmate whose
memory deserves to be honoured for the nobility of his character
quite as much as for his scholarly gifts and labours. The
association of Pandit Govind Kaul during close on ten years with
my own efforts bearing on the history and antiquities of Kashmir
has always been appreciated by me as a special favour of Fortune,
or — to name the goddess under her own Kashmirian form — of
Silrada, who is the protectress of learning as well as of the alpine
land which claims to be her home ; for he seemed to embody in
his person all the best characteristics of that small but important
class among the Brahmans of Kashmir to which the far-off and
secluded mountain territory owes its pre-eminent position in the
history of Indian learning and literature.

I cannot attempt to indicate here the evidence to be gathered
both from the Sanskrit literary products of Kashmir and from
surviving local tradition, which makes me believe that high
scholarly attainments and a special facility of elegant rhetorical
or poetic expression were to be found among the truly learned
in Kashmir more frequently combined than elsewhere in India
with a keen eye for the realities of life, power of humorous

XVI

KASHMIBI STOBIES AND SONGS

observation, and distinct interest in the practical affairs
of the country. Kalhana himself, the author of the Rdja-
farahf/im, with whose personality, I felt, I was becoming so
familiar across the gap of long centuries, seemed aptly to
illustrate this typical combination of features.1 In Pandit
Govind Kaul I found them all again and united with a high
sense of honour, a bearing of true innate nobility, and a capacity
for faithful attachment which from the first made me cherish
him greatly as a friend, not merely as an accomplished mentor
in most things appertaining to Kashmir and its traditional past.
A brief account of his descent and early associations will best
explain the growth of these strongly-marked characteristics.2

Pandit Govind Kaul was born in 1846 as the eldest son
of Pandit Balabhadra Kaul (1819-96), who, by reason of his
personal qualities, great scholarly attainments, and social position,
was universally respected among the Brahman community of
Srlnagar. Pandit Balabhadra's own father, Pandit Taba Haul,
had been a Sanskrit scholar of great reputation in the closing
period of Afghan rule in Kashmir. Being connected as
hereditary ' Guru ' with the important Brahman family of the
Dars he had enjoyed a substantial Jaglr, and this was allowed
to continue when Maharaja Eanjit Singh's conquest in 1819
established Sikh dominion over Kashmir. Pandit Blrbal Dary
his patron, had held an influential administrative position
already under the Afghan regime. But he incurred tlje
suspicion of 'Azlm Khan, the last governor from Kabul, and
persecuted by him, he was obliged to flee from Kashmir to
the Pan jab. Of the adventurous escape which he made with

1 Cf. the sketch I have given of the information to be gathered from the
irafigini about the personal character of its author in the Introduction to
ray translation, i, pp. 21 sqq.

* For the account here presented I have been able to utilize a series of notes
which Pandit Govind Kaul's son, Pandit Nilakanth, collected at my request
among the elder members of his family and also among the surviving repre-
sentatives of the Dar family, their hereditary patrons. In addition my
recollection of data verbally communicated to me by Pandit Govind Kaul has
proved useful.

PEE FACE xvii

his young son Pandit Raj akak, in mid-winter 1818-19, across the
snow -covered mountains, and of the cruel treatment endured
by those of his family he was obliged to leave behind,
Pandit Govind Kaul told me interesting traditions. The
experienced advice which Pandit Blrbal supplied to Maharaja
Ran jit Singh is believed to have contributed greatly to the
success of the campaign, which, in the following summer, placed
Kashmir in the power of the great Sikh ruler.1

The high administrative posts which Pandit Blrbal, and after
his death his equally capable son Pandit Raj akak, held during
the period of Sikh rule in Kashmir (1819-46), necessarily
assured a prominent social position and relative affluence also
for Pandit Taba Kaul and his son Pandit Balabhadra Kaul.
The latter was thus enabled to devote himself during his
youth solety to Sanskrit studies, and to lay the foundations
of a scholarly renown which made him, from an early date,
a prominent figure among the Pandits of Kashmir. But the
far-reaching political changes which followed the accession of
Maharaja Gulab Singh of Jammu to the rule of Kashmir at
the close of the First Sikh War, in 1846, led to the loss of
the family's Jaglr and threw a heavy strain upon Pandit
Balabhadra's resources. Though restricted to what income his
functions as hereditary Guru and as a teacher of Sastras could
secure, and maintaining throughout his long life a dignified
retirement,2 Pandit Balabhadra succeeded not only in giving his

1 Pandit Blrbal is said to have been personally present at the fight on the
Divasar Karewa in which the Afghans were finally defeated by Diwan Chand
Misar and Sardar Hari Singh, Ranjit Singh's generals, and to have decided
the issue by pointing out Jabar Khan, 'Azim Khan's brother and ablest
commander, as the chief objective for the attack. I may mention as an
interesting relic connected with this event that in the palace-like mansion of
the Dar family, a monument of departed glory, I found a number of fine
Persian carpets and elaborate felt rugs which according to family tradition
Pandit Blrbal had been allowed to appropriate from the defeated Afghan
governor's camp in recognition of the help he had rendered towards the Sikh
success on that field of battle.

2 During the latter half of his life he never left the house he occupied within
the precincts of the Dar family mansion, though receiving frequent visitors
from among those whom office or intellectual attainments placed high in the
social world of Srinagar.

XV111

KASHMIBI STOEIES AND SONGS

three sons an excellent education, but in accumulating also an
important collection of Sanskrit manuscripts.

His tasks were, no doubt, facilitated by the support he derived
from his close connexion with the remarkably able men who
succeeded Pandit Blrbal as heads of the Dar family. Pandit
Rajakiik, the latter's son (1805-66), had distinguished himself
as an administrator already during the troubled times of the
closing Sikh regime, and quelled a rebellion in the hill tract
of Drava. When conditions had become more settled under
the Dogra rule he rose high in Maharaja Ghilab Singh's favour
by greatly developing the shawl industry of Kashmir, then
a monopoly and financial mainstay of the State. Endowed
with a genuine love of knowledge and with that intellectual
adaptability which has distinguished the best brains of Kashmir
through successive historical periods, he had taken care to secure
for his son, Pandit Ramjlv Dar (circ. 1850-83), not only a
sound training in Persian and Sanskrit, but also some familiarity
with English and with Western ways. It was no easy departure
in days when close relations with Europeans were apt to be looked
at askance as infringing upon the traditional policy of seclusion
and the security it was meant to assure.

It was in intimate association with Pandit Ramjlv Dar that
Pandit Govind Kaul spent most of his early manhood. The
experience he thus gained of the world of affairs, of rulers and
ruled alike, did much to widen the horizon of his thoughts
and interests beyond that of the traditional student of Siistras.
Pandit Ramjlv seems to have been a man of an unusually active
mind and of considerable practical energy. During his short
but fruitful life he had the good fortune to serve a ruler so
well qualified as the late Maharaja Ranblr Singh to appreciate
his varied mental gifts and activities. It was the cherished aim
of the late Maharaja to combine the preservation of inherited
systems of Indian thought and knowledge with the development
of his country's economic resources along the lines of modern

PREFACE

xix

Western progress. Having proved his ability as an administrator
of Kashmir districts, Pandit Eamjlv gradually became the
Maharaja's trusted adviser in a variety of departments which
were created to further that policy, including those of education,
agriculture, sericulture, etc. The manifold administrative duties
entrusted to Pandit Eamjlv did not divert his attention from
scholarly interests, and consequently he kept Pandit Govind
Kaul as much as possible by his side wherever his tours of
inspection, etc., took him. Thus, Pandit Govind Kaul was able
to acquire a great deal of first-hand knowledge of Kashmir and
the neighbouring territories in all their varied aspects.

Pandit Govind Kaul had, from his earliest youth, received
a very thorough literary training in Sanskrit under his father's
direct guidance. In accordance with the traditions of Kashmir
learning he had devoted particular efforts to the study of the
Alamkara-sastra and the poetic literature which is bound up
with it. His stock of quotations from the latter seemed in-
exhaustible. He was thoroughly at home also in Yyakarana,
Nyaya and the Saiva-sastra, and he read widely in the Epics
and Purilnas. As far as Sanskrit literary qualifications were
concerned, he was well equipped for the charge of the "Translation
Department ", to which he was appointed in 1874. By creating
it together with a State Press it was the Maharaja's intention to
diffuse a knowledge of Sanskrit works on law, philosophy, etc.,
among wider classes of his subjects through the medium of
Hindi. Other branches of the same department were intended
to secure the same object with regard to selected works in
English and Persian. It is needless to discuss here the practical
utility of the scheme or the causes which, owing to the lingering
illness of the Maharaja, hampered its execution during the
closing years of his reign. It is enough to remember that it
provided suitable employments for such highly deserving scholars
as Pandit Govind Kaul and the late Pandit Sahajabhatta, who
was to become another of my Kashmir assistants, and that

XX

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

among the works undertaken, but never finished, there was also
a Hindi translation of the Sanskrit Chronicles of Kashmir.

In 1883 Pandit Ramjiv Dar was carried off by a premature
death. Soon after, the Translation Department ceased to exist,
together with several other institutions which had owed their
creation to his stimulating influence. The last years preceding
Maharaja Ranbir Singh's death in 1886 and the first of the
reign of his son and successor were for Kashmir a period of
transition. Traditional methods of administration and economic
conditions bequeathed by long centuries of practical seclusion
were giving way without there being the machinery as yet
available to effect needful reforms on the lines developed in
British India. It was in various ways a trying time for all
those representing the intellectual inheritance of the valley, and
after a short spell of work as a teacher in the Sanskrit Pathasala,
maintained by the Darbar at Srlnagar, on scant pay — and that
often in arrears — Pandit Grovind Kaul found himself without
official employment.

His learning and sound methods of scholarly work had already,
in 1875, attracted the attention of Professor Greorge Biihler,
when that great Indologist had paid his memorable visit to
Kashmir in search of Sanskrit MSS. The very commendatory
mention which Professor Buhler's report made of Pandit Govind
Kaul's attainments and of the help he had rendered,1 directed
my attention to him from the start. The personal impression
gained within the first few days of my arrival at Srlnagar at
the close of August, 1888, was quite sufficient to convince me
how amply deserved that praise was. I was quick to notice
Pandit Govind Kaul's special interest in antiquarian subjects,
such as made me then already form the plan of a critical edition

1 Cf. Biihler, "Detailed Report of a Tour in search of Sanskrit MSS. made
in KaHinir, Rajputana, and Central India," Extra Number of the Journal
Bombay Branch, R.A.S., 1877, pp. 7, 17, 27. In the last-quoted passage
Professor Buhler mentions Pandit Govind Kaul's shrewd identification of the
old local name of Leh ( Loh in the Rajat. ), and rightly states : "His proceeding
showed that he was possessed of a truly scientific spirit of enquiry."

PREFACE xxi

and commentary of Kalhana's Chronicle of Kashmir. I was
equally impressed by his dignified personality, which combined
the best qualities of the Indian scholar and gentleman. A short
archaeological tour which we made in company to sites round the
Dal Lake helped to draw us together in mutual sympathy and
regard. So it was to me a great source of satisfaction when,
before my departure for the plains, Pandit Govind Kaul, with
his revered father's full approval, accepted my offer of personal
employment and agreed to follow me to Lahore for the cold
weather season.

It was the beginning of a long period of close association
between us in scholarly interests and work. It continued
practically unbroken for nearly eleven years, throughout my
official employment in the Pan jab University at Lahore, and
down to Pandit Govind Kaul's lamented death in June, 1899.
Neither my visits on leave to Europe nor an interval in 1892-3,
when he was tempted to accept employment at the Court of
Jammu on H.H. the Maharaja's private staff, implied any real
interruption. It was, in the first place, my labours concerning
the critical publication and elucidation of Kalhana's Chronicle of
Kashmir, for which Pandit Govind Kaul's multifarious and ever
devoted assistance proved of the greatest value. As to the
character and extent of this help it is unnecessary here to give
details. They have been recorded at length, and with due
expression of my gratitude, both in the Introduction to my text
edition of the Rajatarahginl, published in 1892, and in the
Preface to the commentated translation of it, with which, in
1900, on the eve of departure for my first Central- Asian
expedition, I completed my labours bearing on the early history
and antiquities of Kashmir.1

Nor need I give here details regarding the large share taken
by Pandit Govind Kaul in another impdrtant if not equally

1 Cf. Kalhana's Rdjataranginl, ed. Stein, p. xvii ; Kalhana's Rdjataranyiiri,
transl. Stein, i, pp. xvii, xxii sq.

XX11

KASHMIRI STOBIES AND SONGS

attractive task. I mean the preparation of a classified catalogue
of the great collection of Sanskrit MSS., over 5,000 in number,
which, through Maharaja Ranblr Singh's enlightened care, had
been formed at the Raghunath Temple Library at Jammu. The
support I received from successive British residents in Kashmir,
including the late Colonels E. Parry Nisbet and N. F. Prideaux,
and from my old friend the late Raja Pandit Suraj Kaul, then
Member of the Kashmir State Council, furnished me with the
means for organizing the labours by which, in the course of
1889-94, this very valuable collection was saved from the risk
of dispersion and rendered accessible to research. They were
effected mainly through Pandit Govind Kaul and our common
friend the late Pandit Sahajabhatta. A full acknowledgment
of their devoted services will be found in the Introduction to
the volume which contains the descriptive catalogue, together
with the plentiful and accurate extracts prepared by them from
previously unknown or otherwise interesting Sanskrit texts.1

It would have been quite impossible for me, burdened as
I was all through my years at Lahore with heavy and exacting
official duties, to undertake the big tasks referred to, had not
a kindly Fortune provided me in Pandit Govind Kaul with
a coadjutor of exceptional qualities. With a wide range of
thorough traditional knowledge of the Sastras and a keen sense
of literary form he combined a standard of accuracy and a
capacity for taking pains over details which would have done
high credit to any European scholar trained on modern philo-
logical lines. Though he was no longer young when he joined
me, he adapted himself with instinctive comprehension to the
needs of Western critical methods, such as I was bound to apply
to all my tasks. With infinite and never-failing care he would
record and collate the readings of the manuscripts upon which
I depended for the critical constitution of the Rdjatarangini
] See Stein, Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Raghundtha Temple
Jjtorary of 11. H. the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir, Bombay, 1894,
pp. vi sq., xi. J'

PREFACE xxiii

text, and also those of other Kashmir ian works, almost all
unpublished, reference to which was constantly needed for its
interpretation. Yet I knew that scrupulously careful as he was
about the formal correctness of his Sanskrit writing and speech,
the exact reproduction of all the blunders, etc., to be met in
the work of often ignorant copyists caused him a kind of
physical pain.

It was the same with the labours he had to devote to the
collection and sifting of all the multifarious materials needed
for the elucidation of antiquarian problems. However much
wanting in style and other literary attractions the Kashmirian
texts such as Mahatmyas, later Chronicles, etc., might be which
had to be searched, I could always feel sure that none of their
contents which might be of interest by their bearing on the
realities of ancient Kashmir would be allowed by Pandit Govind
Kaul to escape his Index slips. The value of the help he could
give me in regard to the latter labours was greatly increased by
the familiarity he had gained with most parts of the country
and its varied population during the years spent by the side
of his old patron Pandit Ramjlv Dar. Though for various
practical reasons I had but little occasion to use Pandit Govind
Kaul in that role of travelling camp literatus which made his
worthy Chinese epiphany, excellent Chiang Ssu-yeh, so invaluable
to me during my Central- Asian explorations of 1906-8, he was
yet exceptionally well able to visualize topographical and other
practical facts bearing on archaeological questions.

But, perhaps, the greatest advantage I derived from his long
association with my labours was the chance it gave me to study
in close contact those peculiarities of traditional Indian thought,
belief, and conduct which separate Hindu civilization so deeply
both from the West and the East, and which no amount of
book knowledge could ever fully reveal to a ■ Mleccha '.
Pandit Govind Kaul's personality seemed to embody in a
particularly clear fashion some of the most characteristic and

XXIV

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

puzzling features which constitute the inherited mentality of
India, traceable through all changes of the ages. Attached with
unquestioning faith to the principles and practices of his Brahman
caste, he would make no concessions whatsoever in his own person
to altered conditions of life. Yet he was- ever ready to explain
to me how the slow adaptation in others was reconcilable with
traditional tenets. His meticulous observance of religious rites
shrank from no personal hardship or sacrifice; he would, e.g., keep
the fast days enjoined by the three different systems of worship
traditional in his family, even when the chance of the calendar
would bring them together in most embarrassing succession.
Yet, in the privacy of my study or in the solitude of my
mountain camp he was fully prepared to brush aside in my case
most of the outward restrictions to which the profanum rnlgus
might attach importance.

His strongly conservative notions were the clearest reflex of
those which have governed the administration of Kashmir
throughout its historical past. Their instinctive application by
Pandit Govind Kaul to the modern conditions of his country
helped me greatly in comprehending how limited in reality were
the changes undergone by its social fabric in the course of long
centuries, notwithstanding all foreign conquests from the north
and south. In his unfailing grave politeness and courtly dignity
I could recognize, as it were, the patina which generations of
influential employment and social distinction have deposited on
the best representatives of the true ruling class of Kashmir.
Whenever Pandit Govind Kaul was by my side, whether in the
alpine peace of my beloved Kashmir mountains or in the dusty
toil of our Lahore exile, I always felt in living touch with past
ages full of interest for the historical student of India.

A kindly Fate had allowed me, notwithstanding constant
struggles for leisure, to carry my labours on the oldest historical
records of Kashmir close to their completion by the time when in
the spring of 1899 my appointment to the charge of the Calcutta

PEE FACE xxv

Madrasa and the far more encouraging prospect of freedom for
my first Central-Asian journey necessitated what seemed merely
a temporary change in our personal association. In view of the
new field of work which was soon to call me to the * Sea of
Sand' and its ruins far away in the north, I felt anxious to
assure to Pandit Govind Kaul scholarly employment in his own
home, worthy of his learning and likely to benefit research.
By what appeared at the time a special piece of good fortune,
my friend Sir George Grierson was then anxious to avail
himself of Pandit Govind Kaul's methodical help for completing
and editing Pandit Isvara Haul's great dictionary of Kashmiri.
It was a philological task of considerable importance, and for
more than one reason I rejoiced when, before my departure from
Lahore, this collaboration of the best Kashmirian scholar of his
time with the leading authority in the field of Indian linguistic
research had been satisfactorily arranged for.

But Fate, with that inscrutable irony on which Pandit Govind
Kaul, like another Kalhana,1 loved to expatiate with appropriate
poetic quotations, had decreed otherwise. The farewell I took
at Lahore from my ever devoted helpmate was destined to be
the last. From a rapid visit to Simla to see Sir George
Grierson he brought back an attack of fever which, after his
return to Kashmir, proved to be of a serious type and ultimately
was recognized as typhoid. For weeks his strong constitution
held out, supported by the loving care of his family and such
proper medical attendance as I endeavoured to assure from afar.
But in the end he succumbed, and separated by thousands of
miles at the time in the strange mountains of Sikkim, I learned
early in June, 1899, the grievous m news that my best Indian
friend had departed beyond all hope of reunion in this janman.

Pandit Govind Kaul left behind a widow, who, after years of
pious devotion to his memory, has since followed him, and
a young son, Pandit Nilakanth Kaul, who, while prevented by

1 Cf. Kalhana' 8 Rdjatarahgini , transl. Stein, i, Introduction, p. 36.

c

xxvi KASHM1BI STOBIES AND SONGS

indifferent health in early youth from following a scholar's
career, has grown up worthily to maintain the family's reputation
for high character and unswerving devotion to duty.

The prolonged stays I was subsequently able to make in Kashmir
before and after my successive Central-Asian expeditions had to
be spent on work relating to regions far away, and wholly
different in character, from what I have come to look upon as
my Indian alpine home. But my love for Kashmir has remained
unchanged, and so also my gratitude for the great boon it had
given me in Pandit Govind Kaul's friendship and help. That
I was enabled to prefix a record of his life to this volume and
thus to do something to preserve his memory, is a privilege
I appreciate greatly. I owe it solely to the scholarly zeal of
Sir George Grierson, who has rescued and elaborated the
materials which we had collected, in a previous common birth,
as it were. For the personal service thus rendered the
expression of my warmest thanks is due here in conclusion.

Aurel Stein.
23, Merton Street,

Oxford.

September SI, 1917.

INTRODUCTION

THE stories and songs in the following pages were recited to
Sir Aurel Stein in June and July, 1896, at Mohand Marg,
in Kashmir, by Hatim Tilawoiiu, of Panzil, in the Sind Valley,
a cultivator and professional story- teller. They were taken
down at his dictation by Sir Aurel Stein himself, and,
simultaneously, by Pandit Govinda Kaula, and were read again
by Sir Aurel with Hatim in August, 1912. Sir Aurel Stein
wrote the text phonetically in the Roman character, as he
heard it, and Govinda Kaula recorded it in the Nagarl
character, not phonetically, but spelling the words in the
manner customary among Kashmir Pandits of Srlnagar.
While there are necessarily considerable differences in the
representation of Hatim's words, the two texts are in verbatim
agreement. Only in very rare instances are unimportant
words found in one omitted in the other. To the copy made
by him from Hatim's dictation Govinda Kaula added an inter-
linear, word for word, translation into Sanskrit, and, from this,
he subsequently made a fair copy of the greater part of the
text with a translation into idiomatic Sanskrit.

All these materials were handed over to me by Sir Aurel
Stein in November, 1910, and a perusal of them at once showed
their great importance. They were a first-hand record of
a collection of folklore taken straight from the mouth of one
to whom they had been handed down with verbal accuracy
from generation to generation of professional Rawls or reciters,
and, in addition, they formed an invaluable example of a little-
known language recorded in two ways, viz. : (1) as it sounded
to an experienced scholar, and (2) as it was written down in
the literary style of spelling. Moreover, Hatim's language was
not the literary language of Kashmiri Pandits, but was in
a village dialect, and Sir Aurel Stein's phonetic record of the
patois, placed alongside of the standard spelling of Kashmiri
Pandits, gives what is perhaps the only opportunity in existence

XXV111

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

for comparing the literary form of an Oriental speech with the
actual pronunciation of a fairly educated villager. I, therefore,
gratefully undertook the task of editing these tales with a view
to their publication.

As I progressed, various difficulties asserted themselves, and
Sir Aurel Stein took advantage of a stay in Kashmir in August,
1912, to interview Hatim once more, to read through the text
with him again, and, by inquiry from the fount of inspiration,
to obtain a solution of the puzzles. The result was a remarkable
proof of the accuracy of Hatim's memory. As already intimated,
he belonged to a family of Kawis, and delivered the stories as
he had received them. After sixteen years, the text that he
recited in 1912 was the same as that which had been copied
down in 1896. It even contained one or two words or phrases
of which he did not know the meaning. They were "old
words" no longer in use, but he still recited them as he had
received them from his predecessor.

In the course of my examination of the papers, I found that
Govinda Kaula's transcript was not quite complete. It extended
only to the middle of paragraph 18 of Story xii. In the
interval between 1896 and 1912 had occurred the lamented
death of that excellent scholar, and his help was no longer
available to supply the missing portion. This was, therefore,
written down in August, 1912, from Hatim's dictation, and
supplied with a Hindi translation by Pandit Kail Rama.

The method employed by me in editing the text is as follows :
Sir Aurel Stein's phonetic text is first printed with a free
English translation. This is followed by a careful transliteration
of Govinda Kaula's text, with an interlinear, word for word,
translation into English. As this latter text is based on the
Pandit's system of spelling, every word is spelt the same way
every time that it occurs, and I was able to compile from it
a very full vocabulary, which also served as an Index Verborum.
As Hatim's pronunciation, like the pronunciation of all spoken
words in any language, varied slightly almost every time that
the same word was uttered, Sir Aurel Stein's phonetic transcript
has necessarily no fixed system of spelling any particular word,

INTRODUCTION

XXIX

each word being recorded as it sounded on the particular
occasion of its being uttered, without reference to its pro-
nunciation on other occasions.1 Each word, therefore, appears
under varying forms, all of which are, of course, of inestimable
value for the study of the growth of dialect, but which render
the text unsuitable as the basis of a vocabulary. For this
reason, as stated above, my vocabulary is based on Govinda
Kaula's text ; but, to make comparison easy, two further
indexes have been added. The first is an index of all the
words in Sir Aurel's phonetic text, showing in each case the
corresponding word in Govinda Kaula's text. The second
index takes the words in the latter text, but arranges them in
the order of their final letters, it being the letters towards the
end of a word that are most liable to change in the processes
of declension or conjugation. For each word in this text the
corresponding word or words in Sir Aurel's text are also given.

The tales and songs are recorded in the order in which they
were taken down by Sir Aurel Stein. They include six
excellent folk-tales, three songs, and three tales partly in prose
and partly in verse. The folk-tales speak for themselves.
Of the songs, one (No. i) is a poetical account of an adventure
of the famous Sultan Mahmud of Ghaznl with a fisherman ;
another (No. iv) purports to give a resume of the origins of
the Musalman religion ; and the third (No. xi) is an amusing
account of the turmoil created in Kashmir by Sir Douglas
Forsyth's mission to Yarkand in 1873-4. The tales partly in
prose and partly in verse are, first, the well-known story of
Yusuf and Zulaikha, told by Wahab Khar2 (No. vi). The

1 In regard to this point we may compare Noldeke's words in a review of
Prym & Socin's account of the Dialect of Tur 'Abdln (ZDMG. xxxv, 221):
"Die ungemeine Genauigkeit in der Wiedergabe der Laute zeigt iibrigens
wieder besonders deutlich, wie verschieden oft ein und dasselbe Wort sogar im
selben Zusammenhange, ja im selben Satze gesprochen wird : ein auch durch
sonstige Niederschrift aus dem Volksmunde bestatigtes Resultat, durch
welches allein schon das jetzt so beliebte Dogma von der ' unbedingten
Wirkung der Lautgesetze ' als eine arge UebertreibuUg erwiesen wird. Man
bedenke, dass diese Texte sammtlich aus dem Munde eines einzigen, vollig
illiteraten Mannes aufgezeichnet sind."

2 It is, of course, quite different from the long Kashmiri Yusvf Zulaikha, of
Mahmud Garni, published by K. P. Burkhard in ZDMG. xlix, liii.

XXX

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

second is the lamentation of a reed, torn from its forest, and
tortured by a carpenter till it becomes a flute (No. vii). The
author is one Subhan. The third, which is anonymous, is
a curious conversation between a bee and a farmer's wife
(No. ix), in which the former complains of tyranny done to it
by a bear and by a farmer who robbed it of its honey, while
the latter complains of the tyranny done to her by grasping
revenue officials.

Three notes are appended to this Introduction. For the first
we are indebted to the kindness of Mr. Crooke. In this note
he has placed at the disposal of the readers of the following
pages his great experience in the science of comparative
folklore, and has discussed the relationships of Hatim's tales to
similar stories current in other parts of the world. In the
second note I have dealt with the natures of the two texts and
with the philological lessons that may be drawn from them.
In the third, Sir Aurel Stein discusses the metre of the songs.

I

ON THE FOLKLORE IN THE STORIES

By Mb. W. CROOKE

This collection of folk-tales and ballads from Kashmir presents
many features of interest. In the following notes I have not
attempted to discuss the general question of their value and of
the sources from which they may have been derived. I have
confined myself to collecting a series of parallels to the motifs
and incidents of the stories, largely drawn from oriental sources.
For several of these parallels I am indebted to notes prepared
by Sir G. Grierson, Dr. E. Sidney Hartland, and Canon J. A.
MacCulloch. These have been specially acknowledged.

I. MAHMUD OF GHAZNI AND THE FISHERMAN

In this story the Sultan Mahmud, famous for his series of

raids in Northern India, like the Khallfah Harun-al-Rashid,

is described as wandering through the city in the disguise of

a Faqir in search of information. The tale, in fact, is possibly

INTBODUCTION xxxi

a reminiscence of one of the most interesting stories in " The
Arabian Nights ", " Khalifah, the Fisherman of Baghdad," *
where the Caliph becomes the partner of Khalifah, the fisherman.
In the same collection there is a similar incident in the tale of
'* Nur al-Din 'All and the Damsel Anis al-Jalis ", where the
Caliph becomes partner of Karim, the fisherman.2

II. THE TALE OF A PARROT
Sir G. Grierson compares with the tale the well-known story
of Vikramaditya in the Pancatantra, of which numerous
variants have been collected by M. E. Cosquin.3 Dr. E. Sidney
Hartland writes : " In addition to the variants cited by M. E.
Cosquin at the reference given, see The History of the Forty
Vezirs, translated by Mr. E. J. W. Gibb,4 in which a king learns
a charm from a Darvesh and communicates it to his Wazir,
who practises it upon him at the first opportunity. The king
is forced to enter and re-animate a dead parrot, which persuades
the gardener to sell it to a courtesan. She claims a thousand
sequins as her fee for a visit which she alleges she had paid to
a merchant. She had, however, seen this incident only in
a dream. The parrot judges between the parties, and is then
sold to the king's chief wife. The Wazir, who has meanwhile
succeeded in occupying the vacant body of the king, boasts to
the queen of his knowledge of the charm. She persuades him
to try it. The parrot, who is present, watching his opportunity,
gets possession of his own body and kills the Wazir." The
tale is an illustration of the folk-tale«cycle, " The Separable
Soul." In a tale from the Panjab, while a man was asleep,
his soul went wandering about. By and by the soul felt
thirsty and went into a pitcher of water to get a drink.
While it was inside the pitcher someone put on the lid and
imprisoned the soul. When the soul of the man did not
return he was believed to be dead, and his corpse was

1 Sir R. Burton, The Book of a Thousand Nights and a Night, ed. 1893,
vi, 296 ff.

2 Ibid., i, 356 ff.

3 Les Mongols, pp. 25-6 ; cf. C. H. Tawney, Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara of Somadeva,
i, 21.

4 London, 1886, p. 313.

XXX11

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

carried out for cremation. By chance someone took the lid
off' the pitcher and released the soul, which at once returned
to its proper owner's body. He revived amidst general
rejoicings.1 The parrot in the tale under consideration is
what has been called " The Life-Index " of the king.2

III. THE TALE . OP A MERCHANT
The plot turns on the intrigue of a dissolute woman with
a beggarman. Sir G. Grierson quotes a variant from the
Linguistic Survey of India.2 In the JoHaha* the Queen
Kinnara falls in love with "a loathsome, misshapen cripple".
The king, when she is detected in this intrigue, orders that
her hand should be chopped off. But his chaplain dissuades
him : " Sire ! be not angry with the queen ; all women are
just the same." In the collection of Somadeva, " The Story
of the Wife of Sasin," the lady, in the absence of her
husband, visits a man whose hands and feet are eaten away
by leprosy ; and in another tale from the same collection,
"The Story of the Wife of King Simhaksa, and the Wives
of his Principal Courtiers," the ladies fall in love with the
hump-backed, the blind, and the lame.5 The stock example
of this form of tale, the tragedy of which' is admirably
enhanced by the contrast between a beautiful woman and
her loathsome paramour, is the tale from " The Arabian
Nights", "The Tale of the Ensorcelled Prince."6 Here the
vicious wife visits a hideous negro slave, a person who, in
oriental tales, is often selected as a paramour by dissolute
women. He lives in a hole amidst the rubbish-heaps of
the city. " Uncover this basin," he says in a grumbling
tone, " and thou shalt find at the bottom the boiled bones
of some rats we dined on ; pick at these, and then go to

1 Punjab Notes and Queries, iii, 166. On the question generally, see
W. Crooke, Popular Religion and Folklore of Northern India, 2nd ed., i, 231 ff.

I ?r'r,R' TemPle and Mrs- F- A- Steel, Wideawake Stories, ed. 1884, 404.
Vol. ix, pt. in ("Bhil Languages and KhandesI "), pp. 304 ff. (specimen
of Labani from Kangra).

4 Cambridge translation, v, 234.

8 Kathd-Sarit-Sagara, ii, 97, 116 ff.

• Sir R. Burton, op. cit., i, 66 ff.

INTRODUCTION

XXXlll

the slop-pot, where thou shalt find some leavings of beer
which thou mayest drink."

The tale then diverges into the common motif of the
love of a mortal for fairies, who live in a world of their
own to which there is access by a spring, the moral being
that the merchant is no better than his erring wife. In the
story of " The Queen of the Fairies ", the hero in this way
finds Ratnamanjari, daughter of the king of the Vidhya-
dharas, marries her by the Gandharva rite, and loses her in
consequence of the violation of a taboo, a common incident
in this cycle of stories.1 With this may be compared
Somadeva's stories : " The King who married his dependent
to the Nereid," and " Yasah Ketu, the Vidhyadhaii Wife,
and his Faithful Minister " ; and in " The Arabian Nights ",
" The Second Kalandar's Tale ", and " Julnar the Seaborn
and her Son. King Badr Basim of Persia".2

V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH
This is based on a familiar folk-tale incident — the
Language of Signs. In the tale of " The Prince and the
Vizier's Son",3 the princess " pointed to her breast, then to
her head, and, lastly, she laid her hand upon a vessel which
stood beside her ". This is interpreted to mean : When she
put her hand on her forehead she showed that she was
Cashma Rani, or " Eye Queen " ; when she touched her
breast, " my heart shall be thine " ; when she touched the
bowl, " my home is Lota, or the bowl." The closest analogy
to the present tale will, however, be found in the tale in
" The Arabian Nights " of " 'Aziz and 'Azizah ",4 in which,
like the wife in this story, the love-lorn cousin of the
contemptible hero interprets for her husband the signs of
her rival. In the present tale, when the hero goes to the
assignation and falls asleep while he is waiting for the girl, he

1 W. A. Clouston, The Book of Sindibad, 309 ff.

2 Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, ii, 267, 292, and cf. ii, 288 ff. ; i, 220 ff. ; Burton,
op. cit., i, 106 f. ; vi, 54 ff.

3 C. Swynnerton, Indian Nights Entertainment, 167 ff.

4 Burton, op. cit., ii, 196 ff.

XXXIV

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

is advised, when he goes a second time, to cut his finger, so
that the pain may keep him. awake. A good parallel to
this incident occurs in " Gul-i-Bakawali ", when the prince,
who is determined to keep awake in order that he may
not fail to meet Bakawall, cuts his finger and rubs ' salt
into the wound.1

The final test of the faithful wife is that she is ready to
risk her honour in order to save that of her faithless husband
and his paramour. Sir G. Grierson remarks that another
version of the episodes in the garden, of the arrest of the
lovers, and of the defeat of the Chief Constable, will be
found in J. Hertel, Der Kluge Vizier, ein Kaschmirischen
Volksroman.2 This episode assumes various forms. In
Somadeva's "Story of Saktimati",3 Samudradatta is arrested
with another man's wife in the temple of the Yaksa,
Manibhadra, and both are placed in confinement. The wife
of Samudragupta, Saktimati, exchanges clothes with the
paramour of her husband, and allows them to escape. Similar
to this is the tale of "Mohammad the Shalabi, and his
Minister, and his Wife " in " The Arabian Nights ", in which
Mohammad takes the Qazl's daughter to a place outside the
city, where they are caught and imprisoned. Mohammad's
wife dresses herself as a youth, enters the prison, and gives
her clothes to the girl, who effects her escape. When
Mohammad and his wife protest that they have been wrong-
fully arrested, the king orders that the unfortunate Chief of
the Police shall be executed, his house plundered, and his
women enslaved.4

VI. THE STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA
This is the famous tale of Joseph and Potiphar's wife, one
of the cycles of great oriental love stories, represented by

1 W. A. Clouston, A Group of Eastern Romances and Stories, 318.

2 Zeitschrift des Vereinsfiir Volkskunde, Berlin, 1908, pp. 169 ff., 379 ff.
Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, i, 90 ff. In his note to this tale Mr. Tawnev compares

a story in the Bahar Danish, Nov. vii, pt. iv of Bandello, Novelle; H. H.
Wilson, Essays, i, 224 ; and Miss R. H. Busk, Sagas from the Far East, 320.
4 Burton, op. cit., xi, 384.

INTRODUCTION xxxv

" Yusuf and Zulaikha " by Abu'r- Rahman Jam! ; " Khusrau
and Shirin" by Nizamu'd-Dln, who was the author also of
" Majnun and Laila ". In the Qur'an1 Zulaikha is wife of
Qitfir, or Potiphar, the ultimate source whence this tale and
that of the dream of Pharaoh are derived.2 In the story
under consideration we have the familiar incident of the
Selection of a New King by an Elephant, for which, as
Sir G. Grierson points out, we have several parallels from
Kashmir.3 In some of the Kashmir tales the hawk shares
the power of selection with the elephant. The fullest
discussion of the widespread incident is that by Dr. E. Sidney
Hartland.4 Dr. Hartland adds : " I have also given examples
showing that in various places the choice of a king actually
depended on omens from animals. Thus, Bapa, the hero of
the Guhilots of Mewar, was selected as heir to the throne by
an elephant which put a garland round his neck, not once, but
thrice." 5 Selection of the heir by a cobra, which shields the
child from the sun by its extended hood, is common.
Colonel Tod gives several instances from Rajput traditions.6
The Nagasias and Kharias of the Central Provinces tell similar
legends.7 A legend from the French colony of Senegal-Niger
tells of a bird, a metamorphosed hero, who decides the succession
to the post of Chief Griot by taking up his abode with the
Griot who is to obtain promotion.8 In a Nubian story a
blackbird decides the choice of a queen by settling on her head.9
We have a good example in Somadeva : " In that country there
was an immemorial custom that an auspicious elephant was
driven about by the citizens, and anyone that he took up with
his trunk and placed on his back was anointed king." 10

1 Surah xii, 23-5.

2 Genesis xli.

3 J. H. Knowles, Folk-tales of Kashmir, 17, 159, 169 f, 309.

4 Ritual and Belief, 1914, 30 ff.

5 R. V. Russell, Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces, 1916, iv, 462 :
quoting D. R. Bhandarkar, Journal Asiatic Society of Bengal, v, p. 167, 1909.

* Annals of Rajasthan, Calcutta reprint, 1884, i, 313 ; ii, 282, 384.

7 Russell, op. cit., iv, 258 ; iii, 445.

8 De Zeltner, Contes du Senegal et du Niger, Paris, 1913, p. 36.

9 Journal Royal Asiatic Society, xliv, 410.
10 Katha-Sarit-Sdgara, ii, 102.

xxxvi KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE
There is a close resemblance, which we may suppose can
hardly be accidental, between this personification of the flute
and one of the most poetical passages in the " Arabian Nights "
in the tale of " 'AH Nur-al-Din and Miriam, the Girdle Girl "?
"The girl took the bag from him and opening it shook it,
whereupon there fell thereout two-and-thirty pieces of wood,
which she fitted one into another, male into female and female
into male, till they became a polished lute of Indian workman-
ship. Then she uncovered her wrists, and laying the lute on
her lap bent over it with the bending of mother over babe and
swept the strings with her finger-tips, whereupon it moaned
and resounded, and after its old home yearned, and it
remembered the water that gave it drink, and the earth whence
it sprang, and wherein it grew, and it minded the carpenter
who cut it and the polisher who polished it, and the merchants
who made it their merchandise, and the ship that shipped it ;
and it cried and called aloud, and moaned and groaned ; and
it was as if she asked it of all these things, and it answered
her with the tongue of the case, reciting these couplets " — for
which reference must be made to Sir R. Burton's version, which,
though it may be accurate, can retain little of the music of the
original poetry.

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING
For the main story Sir G. Grierson refers to the Kashmir
stories of "The Two Brothers" and "The Four Princes".2
The basis of the story is a moral apologue, enforcing the
need of caution, which is a commonplace in folk-tales, as in
the cycle of "The Seven Wazirs", "Haste in killing is a vile
thing, for 'tis a grave matter : the quick we can kill, but the
killed we cannot quicken, and needs must we look to the
end of affairs".3 "Often procrastination serves to avert an
inauspicious measure," says Somadeva.4

1 Burton, op. cit., vii, 16 f. ; cf. xi, 267.

2 Knowles, op. cit., 166, 423.

3 Burton, op. cit., ix, 54.

4 Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, i, 279.

INTRODUCTION xxxvii

The tale diverges in various ways.

First, we have the " Potiphar's Wife " cycle, and that of
Phaedra and Hippolytus, with their numberless variants, in
which a vicious woman fabricates a false charge against her
continent stepson, or some other equally innocent person
who has the ill-luck to come into contact with her. In
Buddhist literature this appears in the tale of the love of
Asoka's queen for Kunala, son of her co-queen, Padmavatl.
On his refusal to accept her advances, the queen, to whom
her husband, the emperor, had offered any boon she chose,
asked to be allowed to assume roj^al power for seven days.
During this time she sent officers to Taksasila and had
Kunala blinded. He appeared before his father in the guise
of a lute-player, was recognized, and the queen was burnt to
death.1 The same authority refers to the tale of Sarangdhara,
who rejected the advances of his stepmother, and when she
complained to the king, it was ordered that his limbs should
be cut off, and that he should be exposed to wild beasts,
a fate from which he was saved only by a miraculous Voice
from Heaven.2

Then comes the incident of the king who slays his favourite
falcon who dashes the cup out of his hand as he is about to
drink the poisoned water. Canon J. A. MacCulloch kindly
informs me that there is a version in the Persian Bidpai
literature, in the Anwar-i-Suheli,3 the reference to which has
been traced by Sir G. Grierson.

Sir G. Grierson also refers to two similar tales from Bengal,
one of the tale of a snake in the room of a wedded couple ;
the other, a full story, with tales of the three guardians, in
one of which a horse is substituted for the hawk.4

Next, we have the well-known tale of the " Faithful Dog ",
best known in the story of Beddgelert. Sir G. Grierson notes

1 W. A. Clouston, The Book of Sindibdd, Intro., xxix f. ; quoting Orient
and Occident, iii, 177.

2 Ibid., xxx f. ; quoting H. H. Wilson, Catalogue of the MacKenzit
Manuscripts.

s vi, 3, Jarrett's edition (Calcutta, 1880), 402-5 ; Eastwick's translation
(Hertford, 1854), 413-16 ; Wollaston's translation (London, 1904), 320-2.
4 Lai Bihari Day, Folk-tales of Bengal, ed. 1912, pp. 43, 141, 146.

xxxvm

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

that it occurs in the Kashmir tale, "A Lach of Rupees for
a Bit of Advice " 1 ; and he quotes the following parallel from
Baluchistan : 2 " A shrine dedicated to a dog would be a bit of
an oddity anywhere, and something more than an oddity in
a Musalman country. Yet such a shrine is to be found
in the Kirthar hills. And this is the pious legend that
clings to it. Once upon a time there was a dog that changed
masters in a pledge for a loan. Now he had not spent many
days with his new master before thieves came at dead of
night and took off ever so much treasure. But he slunk
after the rogues and never let them out of his sight till he
had marked down the spot where they had buried the spoil.
And, on the morrow, he barked and he barked and made
such a to-do, there was nothing for it but for the master of
his house to follow him till he came to the spot where the
treasure was buried. Well, the owner was pleased enough to
get his goods back, as you may guess. And round the dog's
neck he tied a label whereon was writ in plain large letters
that the debt was discharged, and with that he sent him
packing to his old master. So the dog bounded off home, as
pleased as pleased could be. But his master was mighty angry
to see him, for he was an honest fellow, and much as he
loved his dog, he set more store on being a man of his word.
And as a warning to all breakers of pledges he hacked him
limb from limb. But when in the end he saw the label
round his neck, and heard all that he had done, he was
exceedingly sorry. So he gathered up the limbs and buried
them in a grave. Had the limbs been the limbs of a true
believer, and not the limbs of an unclean beast, he could not
have made more pother over the burial. And to the grave
of the faithful dog Jhalawan folk resort to this day. And
there they sacrifice sheep, and distribute the flesh in alms,
in the certain belief that whatsoever they seek, that they
will surely find."

In Western folklore the tale assumes various forms, the

1 Knowles, op. cit., 36 ff.

2 Baluchistan Census Report, 1911, p. 63, § 107.

INTRODUCTION xxxix

earliest version appearing in Pausanias.1 It appears in the
Gesta Romanorum, No. 26 (Herrtage, p. 98). In the Book of
Sindibdd it appears as the story of " The Snake and the Cat ",
the faithful cat killing the snake in the baby's cradle.2 In
the Pancatantra3 and Hitopadesa 4 it is a mungoose which
attacks the snake, and in Kalilah and Dimna a weasel.
Somadeva tells it in the form of the " Story of the Brahman
and the Mungoose ".5

The account of the shrine erected to the faithful dog in
Baluchistan already quoted is not the only instance of worship
of this kind in India. In the Central Provinces the tale is
told of a Banjara who, after he killed his dog, "built a
temple to the dog's memory, which is called the Kukurra
Mandhl. And in this temple is the image of a dog. This
temple is in the Drug District, four miles from Balod.
A similar story is told of the temple of Kukurra Math in
Mandla."6 A similar tale has been localized at Rohisa in
Kathiawar. When his master learned how basely he had
treated the faithful animal, " he wept bitterly and caused
the Chitrasar lake to be excavated, and built round at the
spot where the dog fell dead, and on the little island in
the lake he built a temple in which he placed his dog's
image, which is there to this day." 7 The tale has migrated
as far west as Ireland and as far east as China.8

X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA
The episode of the princess beset by a serpent is, in
a slightly different form, found in the tale in the Book

1 Pausanias, x, 33, 9, with the note of Sir J. G. Frazer, v, 421 f. See the
references in Clouston, The Book of Sindibdd, 236-41, 329, 359. But there
is a much fuller account in Clouston, Popular Tales and Fictions, ii, 166 ff.,
177, n. A complete bibliography of the tale and its analogues will be found
in The Seven Sages of Borne, edited by K. Campbell, New York, 1907,
pp. lxviii-lxxxii. In the Welsh Fables of Cattwg the Wise the story is given
and located at Abergarwan (Iolo MSS., 154, 561). There must, therefore,
have apparently been more than one version current in Wales.

2 Clouston, 56 f. 3 Book v, Fab. 2.

4 Book iv, Fab. 13. 5 Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, ii, 90 f .

6 R. V. Russell, Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces, ii, 189 f.

7 Bombay Gazetteer, viii, 641.

8 W. C. Borlase, The Dolmens of Ireland, iii, 881 f. ; H. A. Giles, Strange
Stories from a Chinese Studio, ii, 261.

xl KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

of Tobit,1 in which, by the advice of Raphael, the devil is
scared by the stench of the burnt heart and liver of a fish.
Sir G. Grierson quotes a story from Bengal in which we
have a princess from whose body a snake issues.2 It is
unnecessary to discuss this tale at length, because, as
Dr. E. Sidney Hartland reminds me, it has been examined,
with a full collection of parallels, by Mr. F. H. Groome.3

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN
Sir G. Grierson remarks that there is a somewhat similar
story in the Linguistic Survey of India,4 of which the following
is a copy : " There was a Thakur who had nothing to eat in his
house, so he said to himself, ' Brother, I'm going to look for
service.' There was also a bird of omen, but though he went
every day she never gave him one. One day she went out to
pick up some food, and before she started she told her children
on no account to give an omen to anyone. While she was
away the Thakur came as usual, and the chicks gave him the
looked-for indication ; so he saddled his camel, mounted, and
set off.

Back came the omen-bird, and overtook the Thakur on his
way. She assumed the form of a woman. ' Who are you ? '
said he. ' I'm your wife.' ' Come along ; one has become two.'
So he took her up on his camel. They came to a tank full of
water, and he was compelled to descend for a certain purpose.
' I'll be back in a moment,' said he. * All right,' said she.
On the bank of the tank he saw a snake pursuing a frog.
' It's a shame to let the poor thing be killed,' said he. So he
took out his pen-knife and cut bits of flesh out of his thigh
with which he fed the snake till it could eat no more. Then
he got up and went back to his camel. His thigh was all
bloody. ■ What's happened ? ' said the omen-bird. ' A snake
was going to eat a frog, so I threw it lumps of flesh from my
thigh instead.' 5 Straightway, the omen-bird passed her hand

1 Chaps, vi-viii. 2 Lal Behari Day, op. cib., 96.

■ Folk-lore, ix, 226. * Vol. ix, pt. i, 351.

6 Obviously a reminiscence of the well-known tale of Buddha giving his flesh
to the tiger-cubs.

INTRODUCTION xli

over the wound, and it healed as it was before. Then they
got up on the camel and went on their way."

Sir G. Grierson remarks : " This is the end of the extract.
The entire story, a long one, will be found on pp. 82 If. of
Mr. Macalister's Specimens} The frog takes the form of
a barber and overtakes the Thakur. The three then &o on.
The snake, out of gratitude for his good meal, also joins the
company as a Brahman. The four settle in a city, where
the omen-bird gets the Thakur service under the king, on
a salary of a lakh of rupees. The king's barber persuades the
king to set the Thakur three apparently impossible tasks (to
get a snake's jewel, to find a ring thrown into a well, and
to get news of his dead and gone ancestors), all of which the
Thakur performs with the aid of the snake, the frog, and the
omen-bird. To carry out the third task, the omen-bird assumes
the form of the Thakur, and gets the king to make a huge
funeral pyre, on which she sits. It is lighted, and she flies
away in the smoke. She then sends the Thakur to the king
with the news that he has come back from the king's ancestors
.and that they are all well, but want a barber. So the king
makes another pyre, and sets his barber on it to go off to his
ancestors. The pyre is lighted, and the barber is, of course,
burned to death, and the king and the Thakur live happy ever
afterwards." The tale belongs to the cycle of Friendly
Animals represented in the West by Perraults' famous version
of " Puss in Boots ". In this cycle the performance of
seemingly impossible tasks by the aid of helping animals is
common.2

The tasks set in the tale now under consideration deserve
fuller treatment.

The incident of the ruby with a worm inside it appears
in three forms in the " Arabian Nights ". In the story of
" Ma'aruf the Cobbler and his wife Fatimah ", Ma'aruf , when
called on to examine a jewel, squeezes it between his thumb

1 G. Macalister, Specimens of the Dialects spoken in the State of Jet/pore,
Allahabad, 1898.

2 J. A. AlacCulloch, The Childhood of Fiction, 225 ff., and other references
in the Index.

d

xlii KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

and forefinger, and shows that it is " only a bittock of
mineral worth a thousand dinars. ' Why dost thou style it
a jewel ? ' " 1 Again, in the " Tale of the King who kenned
the Quintessence of Things ", the old man examines the jewels
brought for sale. He decides that one of them is of small
value, and the merchant asks : " How can this, which is bigger
of bulk and worthier for water and righter in rondure, be of
less value than that ? " The Shaikh decides that " in its
interior is a teredo, a boring worm ; but the other jewel is
sound and secure against breakage ".2 Lastly, in the " Story
of Three Sharpers ", the sharper says, " An thou determine
upon the killing of yonder man, first break the gem, and if
thou find therein a worm, thou wilt know the wight's word
to have been veridical." The king smashes the gem with his
mace and finds a worm within it.3

Further on, in the episode when the jeweller seizes the
garment of one of the girls as she is bathing, we have a
version of the Swan Maiden cycle, of which an early form
appears in the legend of Krishna when he takes the garments
of the Gopis as they are bathing in the Jumna. In many
cases of tales of this cycle the Swan Maiden is captured to-
be eventually married to the hero. Sometimes, as in the
present case, she is held to ransom. It is unnecessary to
discuss at length a cycle of tales which has been fully
investigated by Dr. E. Sidney Hartland and by others.4
Again, we have the incident of the ruby emitting a brilliant
light, a lieu commun in Eastern and Western folk-tales. In
one of Somadeva's stories, " The Brave King Vikramaditya,"
the King Hemaprabha gives his daughter, Ratnaprabha, to
Naravahanadatta, with " glittering heaps of jewels, gleaming
like innumerable wedding fires ". 5

1 Burton, op. cit., viii, 16.

2 Ibid., ix, 139.

3 Ibid., x, 364.

4 The Science of Fairy Tales, 255 ff. Cf. in the "Arabian Nights", "The
Story of Janshah", and "Hassan of Bassorah" (Burton, op. cit., iv, 291 ff. ;.
vi, 188 ff.), and •■ The Swan Children " in " Dolopathos and the Seven Sages
(Clouston, The Book of Sindibdd, 372 ff.).

6 Kalhd-Sarit-Stlgara, i, 327.

INTRODUCTION xliii

At every word the fairy Lalmal speaks a ruby drops, or
seven rubies fall daily from her mouth. In one of Somadeva's
tales Marubhuti eats two grains of rice from food in which
a child had been cooked, and thus gains the power of spitting
gold. On this Mr. Tawney remarks : " In ' Sagas from the
Far East' there is a story of a gold-spitting prince. In
Gonzenbach's ' Sicilianische Marchen ' Quaddaruni's sister drops
pearls and precious stones from her hair when she combs it
— Dr. Kohler in his note on this tale gives many European
parallels. In a Swedish story a gold ring falls from the
heroine's mouth whenever she speaks, and in a Norwegian
story gold coins. I may add to the parallels quoted by
Dr. Kohler, No. 36 in Coelho's ' Contos Portuguezes ', in which
tale pearls drop from the heroine's mouth." l

Lalmal, the fairy, gave the Lapidary her ring and said :
" Go thou again into the spring. Close by the side of it
thou wilt find a great rock. Show thou my ring unto that
rock, and it will arise and stand upright." We are reminded
of the wonder-working ring of Aladdin in the " Arabian
Nights". In a Kashmir tale, "The Charmed Ring," the
merchant's son speaks to the ring, and immediately a beautiful
house and a lovely woman with golden hair appeared.2
Sulaiman, or Solomon, entrusts his seal ring, on which his
kingdom depends, to his concubine, Aminah. Sakhr, the JinnI,
transformed into the king's likeness, takes it, after which
Sulaiman is reduced to beggary. But after forty days the
JinnI fled, throwing the ring into the sea, where it was
swallowed by a fish, and eventually restored to its owner.
The tale is Talmudic, and there is a hint of it in the Qur'an.3

In the tale of " Vinltamati who became a Holy Man ", in
Somadeva's Collection, the Yaksa gives the hero a ring which
averts all calamities known as iti, that is to say, excessive
rain, drought, locusts, birds, and injury by foreign invaders;4

1 Ibid., ii, 453.

2 Knowles, op. cit., 23.

3 Surah xxxviii ; cf. the ring of Polycrates, Herodotus, iii, 41, 2.

4 Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, ii, 173.

xliv KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

and in another tale, " &rldatta and Mrgankavatl," we have
a magic ring which counteracts the effects of poison.1

The Lady of the Rock turns the Lapidary into a pebble.
Then her mother says : " Aha ! my girl, I smell the smell of
a mortal man " — the " Fee faw f urn " of " Jack, the Giant
Killer ", common in Marchen. The Italian demon, the Oreo, has
" a demonic acuteness of scent ; he can tell, like a sea-monster,
the approach of human flesh ".2 The technical phrase in folk-
tales from the Indian plains is manush-gandha, " the smell
of man's flesh." In a Panjab story, the tale of " Lai Badshah,
the Red King ", the ogre cries, " I smell man's flesh, I smell
man's blood." 3 In a Bengal story the Raksasas cry : " How,
mow, khow ! A human being I smell," or " Hye, mye, khye ! "
with the same meaning.4

This tale, it may be remarked, contains a version of the
Letter of Death. I have discussed this incident in connexion
with the story of Bellerophon. In the Homeric version : 5
" To Bellerophon the gods granted beauty and lovely man-
hood ; but Proitos, in his heart, devised evil for him, and
being mightier far drove him from the land of the Argives,
whom Z,eus had made subject to his sceptre. Now Proitos'
wife, goodly Anteia, lusted after him, to have converse in
secret love, but no whit prevailed she, for the uprightness
of his heart, on wise Bellerophon. Then spake she lyingly
to King Proitos: 'Die, Proitos, or else slay Bellerophon, that
would have converse in love with me against my will.' So
spake she, and anger got hold upon the king at that he heard.
To slay him he forbare, for his soul had shame at that ; but he
sent him to Lykia, and gave him tokens of woe, graving in
a folded tablet many deadly things, and bade him show these
to Anteia's father, that he might be slain." So the king of
Lykia imposed tasks upon him, and when he accomplished

1 Ibid., i, 61.

2 J. Grimm, Teutonic Mythology, ii, 486.

5 Swynnerton, op. cit., 335.

< Lai Bihari Day, op. cib., 72, 79; for other examples see MacCulloch,
op. cit., 305, n.

* Iliad, vi, 155 ff., trans. A. Lang, W. Leaf, E. Myers. In my paper
(Folklore, xix, 156) I have collected several parallels.

INTRODUCTION xlv

them the king gave him his daughter in marriage and half of
all the honour of his kingdom. Dr. Sidney Hartland writes :
w Thucydides gives a similar story of Pausanias, Regent of
Sparta. The episode of Uriah the Hittite (2 Samuel xi, 14)
is another case. Shakespeare, drawing from Saxo Grammaticus
(lib. iii), employs it in 'Hamlet'. Walter Map {Be Nugis
Curialium, v, 4) recounts it of Count and Earl Godwin, but
leaves the tale half told. It may almost be said to be a
commonplace of folk-tales. It generally makes its appearance
in tales belonging to the cycle of ' The Man born to be a King '."
To this some oriental examples may be added. In Somadeva's
" Story of Sivavarman " the king writes a letter to a neigh-
bouring chief, asking him to slay his minister, Sivavarman.
He escapes by announcing that God will not send rain for
twelve years on that land in which he is slain.1 In the
Kashmir story of " The Ogress Queen " the queen writes
a letter to her grandmother, a RaksasI, telling her to kill the
lad, but a faqir reads it and tears it up.2 In the Panjab story
of " The Son of Seven Mothers " the queen gives the lad
a piece of a broken potsherd, with these words inscribed on it :
" Kill the bearer at once, and sprinkle his blood like water."
It is read and altered by the hero's wife.3 In the Bengal story
of " The Boy whom Seven Mothers suckled ", the RaksasI queen
sends the boy to her mother with a letter requesting her to
devour him the moment he delivers the letter.4 We have the
same incident in " Brave Hiralalbase " and in " The Demon and
the King's Son " in the collection of Miss Maive Stokes.5
Similar to this is the action of the Sultan in the story of
" Ahmed the Orphan".6 In Arabic folklore such letters are
so common that they are known as " the letters of Mutalammis ",
one of the intended victims of the trick.7

Sir G. Grierson reminds me that there is a good version of

1 Kathd-Sarit-Sdgara, i, 27 f. ; cf. the tale of Parityagasena (ibid., i, 353).

2 Knowles, op. cit., 48.

3 Temple- Steel, Wideawake Stories, 103.

4 Lai Bihari Day, op. cit., 116.

5 Indian Fairy Tales, 53, 184.

6 Clouston, The Book of Sindibdd, 138.

7 Burton, op. cit., xii, 68.

xlvi KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

the " Letter of Death " tale in the Bkakta-mala,1 in which
Dhrstabuddhi gives a letter to Candrahasa, saying, " Take thou
this to my house and give this letter into the hands of my son
Madana, and say unto him, ' Prithee carry out what is written
therein.' " But Candrahasa falls asleep in a garden where
comes to sport with her damsels and her fellow-maidens the
daughter of Dhrstabuddhi. " By chance she saw Candrahasa
as he slept, and love for him entered her heart. So she led her
companions away, and then leaving them she returned by
another path and gazed enraptured at his beauty. In her
yearning she saw by him a letter, with her brother's name
upon it. She took it up and read it, and therein was written,
■ At once give thou poison (visa) to the one that beareth this
letter. Delay thou not in this, or dread my anger.' When she
read these words, wroth was she with her father, and filled
with pity was she for the youth. Now the damsel's name was
Visaya. Ink made she with the collyrium of her eyes, and
after the word visa, poison, added she but one little syllable
yd, so that visa became visaya." So Visaya was married to
Candrahasa, and the plot laid by the vile Dhrstabuddhi came
to naught.

We have here also a version of " Jack and the Beanstalk ",
fully discussed by Canon J. A. MacCulloch, who points out the
connexion between mythology and folklore, where "a primitive
mythological way of regarding the universe has suggested and
given rise to the chief incident of one of our well-known
nursery tales".2

On the question of eating the leathern peas; Dr. Sidney

Hartland writes : " It may be suspected that the real reason

why the hero is forbidden to eat the leathern peas is, not that

they are indigestible, but that to do so would be to eat the

food of supernatural beings, and so unite himself with them

permanently ; he might not be able to return ; he would become

one of them. I have considered elsewhere similar incidents.3

o^6 his arfcicle> "Cleanings from the Bhakta- mala " : JRAS. April, 1910,
p. 295. ^

■ The Childhood of Fiction, 432 ff.
* Science of Fairy Tales, 40 ff.

INTRODUCTION xlvii

A full discussion of the matter would be very lengthy, and
would lead to inquiries into the rights of hospitality, magical
belief, and so forth."

When the hero marries the lady, she directs him to ask only
for the skin mat, known as the Flying Couch. We may
compare this with the flying horses of the " Arabian Nights ". 1
In the Bengali tales the heroine is carried through the air by
two birds, and a club and rope carry people across the ocean. 2

Brahma, in the Hindu mythology, gives Kuvera the great
self-moving car, called Puspaka.3 We met with flying chariots
and similar magical vehicles in the tales of Somadeva.4 The
closest parallel to the incident under consideration is the Flying
Carpet of the tale of " Prince Ahmad and the Fairy Peri-Banou "
of the " Arabian Nights ".5

W. Crooke.

II
ON THE LANGUAGE USED IN THE TALES

As regards the text of these tales recorded by Govinda Kaula,
it is, so far as its contents and wording go, in every way worthy
of the reputation of that excellent scholar. But the spelling of
the words is that customary among Kashmiri Pandits, and is
based on no fixed system. These persons have no certain rules
for representing the broken vowel sounds that form a prominent
feature of the language, and Govinda Kaula, each time that
a word containing one of these sounds recurred, spelt it as the
spirit moved him at the time. A few examples will suffice. The
word poda, manifest, is written t^ in ii, 1, and TfT^r in iii, 8 ;
korun, he made, is written W^ in iv, 6, but ^J^«^ in vii, 4,
although he writes efi^t m the veiT nex^ ^me '> ^u* ne was> *s
written "^m in ii, 4, but ITR^ and tSTPEJ in ii, 5. It is evident
that to reproduce such spelling would render this work of little

1 Burton, op. cit., i, 147 ; iii, 415 ff.

2 Lai Bihari Day, op. cit., 130, 116.

3 J. Dowson, Classical Dictionary, 174.

4 Kathd-Sarit-Sagara, i, 259, 392 ; ii, 258, 553.

5 Burton, op. cit., x, 249, who gives parallels.

xlviii KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

use to any person not perfectly familiar with the language, and
would greatly complicate the preparation of any index or
vocabulary.

A uniform system of spelling Kashmiri in the Nagarl character
was devised by the late Pandit Isvara Kaula, and was used by
him in his KaSmlrasabddmrta, or Kashmiri Grammar in the
Sanskrit language, which has been published by the Asiatic
Society of Bengal. Although not perfect, this system has the
merit of being an attempt to represent each sound in the
language by one character, and by one character only. With
a few minor alterations, it has been followed by me in
various works on Kashmiri, such as my Essays on Kdgmlri
Grammar, my Manual of the Kashmiri Language, and the Kiishmlrl-
English Dictionary in course of publication by the Asiatic
Society of Bengal, and it is now, I believe, generally accepted by
European scholars.

In preparing the transliterated version of Govinda Kaula's
text I have therefore first copied the latter, spelling the words
according to Isvara Kaula's system, and have then rigidly
transliterated that into the Eoman character. It must be clearly
understood that this process has in no way altered the real text
in any way. If Isvara Kaula were to read out the text written
according to his system, and if Govinda Kaula were to read out
what he himself had written, the resultant sounds would in every
case be identical. The change has been one of spelling, and of
nothing else ; in other words, it has been merely a change from
unsystematic to systematic spelling.

My text in the Eoman character can at once be mechanically
converted into the Nilgarl character according to Isvara Kaula's
system of spelling by the aid of the following table and
appended instructions : —

^ a, ^IT a, ^ i, t h ^ w, ^M^ ai, *ft o, ^sft au.

^ ha, T§ kha, l\ ga, ^ na.

^ ca, q£ cha, Kja, ^ ne.

^ fea, ^ tsha, 3f za.

"Z ta, *Z tha, m da, Uf na.

7f ta, Yf t/ta, ^ da, *[ na.

INTRODUCTION xlix

T(pa, mp/ia, ^ ba, ?? ma,
H ye, X rat *T la, ^ ra, tea,
^ she, *T 8a, f ha.
It will be observed that the above agrees with the ordinary
system of transliterating Nagarl, with the following exceptions : —

(1) Kashmiri possesses no sonant aspirates.

(2) The letters \g: and HJ" are each used only as a member
of a conjunct consonant before a letter of its own class, as in
^ nka, ^ nkha, ^ nga, "C^T nta, TQ ntha, T^J ncla. Under these
circumstances I have not thought it necessary to add in either
case a diacritical mark to the n, more especially because, in
the Persian character, if, xjf, and «^ are all represented by ^.

(3) After the letters "5J, ^, and If, the letter a is always
pronounced e. Hence, I have transliterated them tie, ye, and
she respectively. For IJ" I use she instead of se ; as in
Kashmiri the sound of this letter is the same as that of the
Persian *. The letter not only represents a Persian *,
but also the Indian 1[ and Xf, the sound of all three having been
conflated into one sound, that of the English sh in " shell ".
Kashmiri possesses no cerebral sibilant, although in Kashmiri
MSS. we sometimes find the letter isf. This, however, is only
Pandits' affectation, who pretend that they ought to write TJVs ,
not xftlj, a flower, because there is a tf in the Sanskrit J^l^.

(4) Attention may be called to the affricative letters ^ tsa,
T£ tsha, and 5f za. The letter tsha is the aspirate of tsa, i.e. it is
pronounced as in " cat's head" and not as in " cat-shark ".

(5) The short vowels e (except in the cases of fie, ye, and slit)
and 6 are represented by Jf and ^ respectively. They never
commence a syllable. In other words, when ^ and ^ follow
a consonant they are pronounced e and o respectively. Thus
^ is he, not Jcye, and g? is Jed, not kica. Some Kashmiris,
especially Hindus, always sound e and e as if there were a half-
pronounced y before them, so that in their mouths ^5f sounds as
kve and % as kve. The vowel e is generally sounded like the e
in " met " and the vowel 6 like the o in " hot ".

The various matra-vowels are represented as follows. For
particulars in regard to them the reader is referred to the present
writer's Essays and Manual

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

3F^»

kak.

-^ ^

fr

k\

g?

ku.

v»

**

*•.

The vowels a and « can never end a syllable.

The various modified, or aprasiddha, vowels are represented
and sounded as follows : —

a written as in gjcR kak, and sounded like a very short a.

a.

^

hW9

4m

k°ku,
kuku,
akak,

^fa

ak\

^

ok*,

i

^T^?

uku,
okak,

^rr^

ok\

6ku,

ftlf

kyuku,

^f

kyuku,

^I^SaR j($jP%f

^fti

k8k\

^f

kyoku,

keku

8RpJ

kokak,

sM*

kdk1,

if

mu,

*?

koku,

>> »> >> 0'

)> tf )» "•

a „ ^J3j«R akak, „ something between a and o.

a „ Ufa dk*, „ like a1 in a*&.

o ,, ^I3fi oku, ,, „ the first o in

" promote ",

u „ "^cR #&*, ,, ,, a German u.

o „ ^rN(3R okak, „ ,, prolonged German o.

2^

e ,, ^Tfi fce#* ,, something like yii.

o „ W&m kqkak, „ nearly the same as o.

o ,, W^G kok1, „ like an ordinary o.

8 ,, Iflcfi kgku, ,, nearly the same as o.

6 „ ^fi<K kok*1, „ nearly the same as u.

6 m ^tg> koku (for ^TTcr), sounded like the aw in

"awful".
u u ^ ku, sounded something like a much pro-

longed German ii, approaching a long I.

>>

>j

as

written in
character

the Roman

as

written in
character

the Roman

like e.

as

written.

INTRODUCTION li

As explained in the Kashmiri Manual, the sounds of e and 6
are not affected by i-mafra, and hence, in this case, no diacritical
marks are given to them in the Roman character, although they
are marked as aprasiddha in the Nilgarl character.

As regards Sir Aurel Stein's system of presenting the sounds
uttered by Hatim, it is, of course, consistent with itself. Each
letter employed by him represents one sound and one sound only,
and each sound is represented by one letter and by one letter
only. His system, however, is not the same as mine, and he
authorized me, in preparing his materials for the press, to alter
it to agree with mine, so long as the alteration was consistent.
For instance, I was authorized to alter his & to my 6, provided
that this was always done, that a was never altered to any other
letter, and that no other of his letters was also altered to 6.

His system of arranging consonants presented no difficulty.
It is practically the same as mine, and only one or two changes
were necessary. These are as follows. The fricative sound
resembling that of an English ts is represented in my system by
ts and in his by ts. The sound which corresponds to that of the

Persian <£, and which in Nagarl is written ^J, is written s by

Sir Aurel Stein and sh by me. I have throughout altered his
ts to ts and s to sh. Similarly, the sound represented by the
Persian * is written z by Sir Aurel Stein, and, for the sake of

uniformity, I have altered it to zh, although the sound is not
heard in Srlnagar Kashmiri or, consequently, found in Govinda
Kaula's transcript.

The labial semi- vowel in Kashmiri is a pure bi-labial, and not
a dento -labial. Its sound is neither that of v or that of iv, but
something between both, sometimes, especially before palatal
vowels, tending towards a ^-sound, and sometimes, especially
before a and before labial vowels, tending towards a w-sound.
In my system I use both v and w for its representation,
endeavouring so far as was possible to indicate the shade of
sound to which, in my experience, it approximates. Sir Aurel
Stein represents the labial semi-vowel uniformly by v, without
regard to its exact shade of sound. I have not ventured to
interfere with this, and have left his v's unchanged throughout.

lii KASHMIBI STORIES AND SONGS

Possibly his i and u are also semi-vowels, but the matter is
doubtful, and will be referred to again under the head of vowels.

It thus follows that, so far as the representation of con-
sonants is concerned, the systems of transcription employed in
the printed version of Sir Aurel Stein's copy of Hatim's text
and in my copy of Govinda Kaula's text are, with the exception
of the representation of the labial semi-vowel, identical.

Turning to the representation of vowel-sounds, it might
appear that the matter is equally simple. I thought so myself
at first, and commenced transcribing his text with the altera-
tions necessary to make it agree with my system. But before
long I found that this was an impossible task. The range of
vowel-sounds used by Hatim is not the same as that used in
the Srinagar Kashmiri, writh which alone I am familiar. Hatim
has sounds, such as the a in " cancelled " (Sir Aurel's a, my a),
which so far as I am aware occurs only rarely in Srinagar
Kashmiri, and then only in monosyllables ending in an
aspirated surd — e.g. in the Hindu pronunciation of krakh,
a noise, but not in the plural JcraJca. Again, on the other
hand, Srinagar Kashmiri has two short o's — one, the first o in
the English word " promote ", which I represent by o, and the
other the o in " hot ", which I represent by 6. Sir Aurel Stein's
system knows only the latter of these, which he represents
by o. There are numerous other differences and cross divisions
in the two systems, and a thorough examination of the whole
of Hatim's text gives the following results : —

On the one hand, some of Hatim's sounds have their exact
equivalent in the Srinagar Kashmiri known to me. These are
the a in " America ", the a in " father ", the ai in " aisle ", the
e in " met ", the e like the a in " vale ", the o in " open ", the
u in "put", the u in "rule", the 11 in the German "Kiirze",
and the peculiar Kashmiri d, for which, so far as I am aware,
there is no equivalent in any European language. In all these
our transcriptions agree, except that Sir Aurel represents the
e in " met " by e, while I use e. On the other hand, there is
the greatest confusion between the two systems in their repre-
sentation of the broken vowels, which play so important a role

INTRODUCTION liii

in Kashmiri pronunciation. One example will suffice. There
is a modified a, which Sir Aurel Stein represents by a, and
which he says is sounded like the u in " rut " prolonged. In
Srlnagar Kashmiri the sound strikes my ear rather as a pro-
longed German 6, although many Pandits, in certain words,
sound it almost like the o in " note ",* and I represent it by 6.
So far the matter is comparatively simple, and it might be
possible to solve the problem of the two competing tran-
scriptions ; but the case is complicated by the fact that this
same modified a almost equally often has an altogether
different sound — that of the aw in " awful " — which Sir Aurel
represents by a, and which I represent by 6. This may occur
in the same word when it occurs more than once. For instance,
the word which I always transliterate as poda, and which
means " manifest ", was sounded by Hatim as pada in ii, 1, and
as pada in iii, 8. At other times it was sounded as 6, here
following the example of the Pandits to which I have just
alluded. Thus my moj^, a mother, is Hatim's moj in viii, 3,
but maj in viii, 1. It is evident that it would be impossible
to arrange any system of transcription such as mine, which is
based on the Nagarl spelling of Kashmiri Pandits, so as to
agree with a pronunciation varying so greatly as in the above
examples. I have therefore decided to leavf Sir Aurel Stein's
representation of the vowel-sounds untouched, and to print it
exactly as it stands. This will give rise to inconvenience in
comparing the two texts, but it is better that this inconvenience
should occur than that any attempted alterations of mine
should obscure the niceties of Hatim's pronunciation.

The following is the system employed by Sir Aurel Stein in
representing the vowel-sounds used by Hatim : —

List of Vowel-sounds, as used by Sir Aurel Stein in his

Transcription
a as in "America ".
a a very short a, but quite audible.
a as in " l<7rge ".

1 e.g. most Pandits pronounce the word kdma, work, as if it rhymed with
"home".

liv KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

a as in " cancelled ".

? a very short a, having the quality of the u in "hut".

a has the sound of the u in " hut ", but long.

d as the aw in "<wful ".

at as in " aisle ".

du practically equal to the diphthong aut like the on in

" sound ", but sometimes heard as a with a semiliquid v.

e as in " m^t ".

e as the a in " w/le".

i as in "pm ".

1 a very short i, but quite audible,

z as the i in " p?'que ".

o as in "hot ".

o as the o in " open ".

u as in " p«t ".

u a very short n, but quite audible,

w as the u in "r?de".

u as in German " Kiirze ", Hungarian " wres ".

ii a peculiar long vowel difficult to pronounce. See Kashmiri

Manual, p. 17 (e).

A few remarks may be made upon the above.

The so-called ma^ra- vowels are, as in my system, represented
by small letters a£>ove the line. Thus a, *, u. Sir Aurel Stein
remarks about each of them that it is " very short, but quite
audible ". As a rule, in Srlnagar Kashmiri, this is true of
a and *, but to my ear a final u is hardly audible, if audible at
all. Pandits tell me that they can hear it, but I have only
occasionally been able to do so. This seems also to have been
Sir Aurel Stein's experience. It is evident that what is meant
by his statement that u is quite audible is that he has written
it when it was audible and has not written it when it was not
audible. A reference to the index of words arranged according
to their final letters will show that there are hundreds of
words ending in u in which he did not hear that letter, and
consequently did not write it. ( The cases in which he did hear
it are comparatively few. Such are bdguku (iii, 9) and votumot
(vii, 29). The inaudibility of this letter is well illustrated by

INTRODUCTION lv

words such as my amyuku, which becomes in Hatim's
mouth amvuk or amyuk in iii, 4, and atrnPuk in xii,
17 ; and my dopu, which is represented not only by dopu
(ii, 4; xi, 12), but also by dop (v, 9; viii, 1, 13; etc.), dup
(xi, 2, 14; xii, 4), and even dup? (xi, 11). It is unnecessary
to multiply examples. Many more will be found in the
indexes, and it is sufficient to state here that, like me,
Sir Aurel Stein has found that u-matra is very rarely audible.

Regarding the sound represented by du, Sir Aurel Stein
says that it is practically a diphthong au, like the ou in
" sound ", but is sometimes heard as a with a semi-liquid v.
As it struck me that possibly this u might be the equivalent
of my w, I referred the point to Sir Aurel, and he wrote as
follows in reply : —

" As regards gaii, I am now certain that I do not mean w
by the special u, but merely wished to indicate that the sound
was not a usual diphthong. Hatim always keeps the pre-
ceding long a [in du] quite clear of the u. This is all I wish
to indicate by the marks I employed. It may be the semi-
vowel v, but, in that case, it is exceedingly liquid." It will
be observed that, as in gau above quoted, the u does not
necessarily follow a long a. Sir Aurel also occasionally writes
an i, to which the same remarks apply.

The Kashmiri of these tales, as recorded by Pandit Govinda
Kaula, is practically the same as that described by Pandit
Isvara Kaula in his Kashmiri grammar entitled the Kasmira-
sabddmrta,1 and by the present writer in his Essays on
Kdgmiri Grammar and in his Kashmiri Manual. There are,
however, a few instances in which there occur forms not
authorized by any of these works. Some of these are described
as " village forms ", i.e. as not used in the city of Srinagar,
and hence by purists banned from literary Kashmiri. Others
are idioms peculiar to the Musalman dialect, Hatim, the
narrator, being, of course, a follower of Islam ; while a few

1 Published by the Asiatic Society of Bengal in the Bibliotheca Indica.

lvi KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

others are additional forms allowed in Srinagar, but not
recorded by Isvara Kaula.

As regards vocabulary, there are two unusual words which
I have not met elsewhere. One of these is ration, to cause to
seize, which is not in Isvara Kaula's very full Dhatupatha.
It is the causal of the verb ratun, which is of frequent
occurrence. The other is the word givdsh, instead of gash, the
light of dawn, which occurs three times, and is therefore not
a slip of the transcriber. The usual negative particle is the
standard na, not ; but nu occurs once, and a poetical
equivalent is nan.

In Persian the words shah and padsliah, a king, sometimes
appear with the a of the final syllable shortened, so that we
also find shah and padsliah. The same is the case when these
words are borrowed in the language of these tales, though,
under the ordinary Kashmiri rule, a short a after sh becomes
e, so that we get both shah and sheh (in shahmar or shehmar,
a python) and patashah and patasheh. In the second word it
will be observed that, as is frequent in borrowed words, the
Paisaci Prakrit rule of hardening the sonant d to t is followed.
On the other hand, Sir Aurel Stein always writes the word
padshah or padshah with a d. From this we gather that
while Hatim, like a good Musalman, adhered to the original
borrowed form of the word, Govinda Kaula wrote the word as
he was accustomed to hear it in the standard Hindu Kashmiri
of Srinagar.

As regards the vowel-sounds, Govinda Kaula almost always
indicates the same sounds as those recorded by Isvara Kaula.
According to the latter there is an important group of nouns
ending in ar which indicate professions (iv, 99), such as
rangar, a dyer; sonar, a goldsmith; manar, a lapidary, and
so on. The only noun of this group occurring in the Tales is
sonar, a goldsmith, and this G.K. persistently writes sonar,
with a full a. In Kashmiri, when the vowel of a monosyllable
is a followed by an aspirated surd consonant, the a takes the
sound of the a in the English word "hat" (Essays, p. 6).
Govinda Kaula attempts to represent this sound in the word

INTRODUCTION lvii

krakh, outcry, by e, and writes krekh. Possibly this represents
a real variation of pronunciation. In villages d followed by
i-matra is often pronounced i. G.K. has reproduced this in
one instance in the word pandni (iv, 7), which he here writes
panin, and which Sir Aurel Stein represents by panven.
Another instance of village pronunciation recorded by G.K. is
the substitution of a for u in tshanandwun for tshunandwun,
to cause to cast (x, 13).

In the Kashmiri of Isvara Kaula the sound represented by
o is changed to il before i-matra, i, or y. Thus from hod,
imprisonment, we have Jcildi, a prisoner, with a dative singular
kildis. G.K. never indicates this last change. Thus he writes
kod1, kodis ; soty or sotin for silty or siltin, with ; pontsyumu
for piintsyumu, fifth.

As regards consonants we may first note that in the villages
the letters d and r are frequently interchanged. This r is
a dental letter, as elsewhere on the North-West Frontier. We
see this clearly in words like khdlun or khdrun, to mount ;
wdlun or wdrun, to bring down, in which r is in standard
Kashmiri interchangeable with a dental I. We thus find that
in the villages there is free interchange between a cerebral
d and a dental r, which could not take place were it not that,
as in all Dardic languages, in the common village talk of
Kashmir there is a weak feeling of the difference between
cerebrals and dentals. We shall see that in Hatim's pro-
nunciation this want of differentiation between these two
classes of sounds is remarkably evident. Govinda Kaula's
spelling is more influenced by his literary training and
familiarity with Sanskrit, but even he reproduces the inter-
change of d and r in several instances, such as larun or
ladun, to pursue ; kuru or kudu, a daughter ; moru or modu,
the body ; thilril-kani or thudP-kani, backwards ; tshddun or
tshdrun, to seek. In all these the standard form sanctioned
by Isvara Kaula is the first of each pair. The examples lmoru
and modu are very instructive. G.K. gives both forms, and
so does Sir Aurel Stein in his transcription, but the two do not
always agree. Where G.K. has d Sir Aurel often has r, and

lviii KASHMIRI' STORIES AND SONGS

vice versa. This illustrates how nearly akin these two letters
were as they issued from Hatim's mouth.

The pronunciation of the Persian letter j zdl in borrowed
words varies. Sometimes we have z as kdkaz, paper, and
sometimes d as in Jcdlcad, paper, and gudarun, to happen.

There are two occurrences of the aspiration of a non-final
consonant, viz. hatha for bdta, words (xii, 25), and thothu for
tothu, beloved (vii, 4). There are no other instances of such
aspiration or disaspiration, although Sir Aurel's transcription
teems with both. We have a solitary instance of the insertion
of w in the word gwdsh for gash, already mentioned. It is
probably connected with the Sanskrit Jcdsa-.

In the declension of nouns there are a few examples of
departure from the rules laid down by Isvara Kaula.
According to him the suffix of the indefinite article is ah, as in
kdldh, a time. Musalmans drop the h and write kdld. G.K.
writes the article in each way with about equal frequency.
A list of occurrences will be found in the vocabulary under
the article ah, a. This is, however, rather a matter of spelling
than one of pronunciation, as the h of ah is hd-e mukhtafi.

The singular agent of the first declension ends in -an, as in
tsiiran, by a thief. The word sonar (for sonar), a goldsmith,
belongs to this declension, but in the one instance in which
the agent of this word occurs (v, 4) it is sonar, i.e. the same
as the nominative. Sir Aurel Stein's transcription shows that
this is not a slip on the part of Govinda Kaula, and there can
be no doubt that the mistake (if mistake it be and not
a dialectic form) was made by Hatim.

According to the rule laid down by I.K. the suffix unu of
the genitive can be used only with nouns that are masculine
proper names. But in poetry its use is more extended, and
hence in xi, 13 we have sapharunu, of a journey. More
directly contrary to the rule is the phrase as\iehunu tab, the
fever of love, in v, 10, a prose passage.

According to I.K. the plural agent of the first and fourth
declensions ends in -an, and of the second and third de-
clensions in -yau. G.K. very often writes these -av and -iv

INTRODUCTION lix

respectively. In my opinion these are merely two different
ways of recording the same sound, one that it is difficult to
represent in the Nagari character. Elsewhere in Kashmiri
the diphthong au is at the present day pronounced exactly
like o, and is, in fact, a superfluous letter. But in the plural
agent the u of au is almost consonantal. Perhaps w would
represent its sound better than u, but aw could not represent
the sound of the au. Sir Aurel Stein generally writes this
diphthong au, and this is probably the best way of repre-
senting the sound. In Kashmiri the sound of ^ is something
between a labial (not a dento-labial) v and a labial w, some-
times tending more to one and sometimes tending more to the
other, and accordingly I myself sometimes transliterate it v
and sometimes w, a confessedly inaccurate, if convenient,
method. The following are examples of the use of -av by
G.K. : asmdnav, doyav, khabarddrav, malakav, nawav, nazar-
bdzav, phakirav, pirav, satav, tsorav, tsurav, yimav, zaminav.
These all belong to the first or fourth declension. For the
third declension we have modariv, zaniv. In one instance
(x, 1) G.K. gives, in a conversation in the colloquial style,
yimov for what I.K. would write as yimau, and this probably
represents the pronunciation as nearly as the Nagari character
(fsjjft"^) will permit. The above list is not complete, but on
the other hand it must be understood that there are numerous
examples of the more usual spelling with au and yau.

The postpositions used are those commonly employed.
Reference has already been made to the use of soty and sotin
for sUty and siltin. The word peth means " on ", and petha
"from on", but in x, 3 and x, 10 petha is exceptionally
employed with the meaning of peth.

As regards pronouns, the proximate demonstrative pronoun
yih, this, has a masculine form in the nominative singular,
yuh (xii, 5) or yuh (ii, 9, 11 ; x, 12). In xii, 5 yuh, as masculine,
is opposed to yih as feminine. Yih, of course, is also used in
the masculine. These masculine forms yuh and yuh are not
mentioned by I.K. There are a number of emphatic forms,
viz. yihoy, yihuy, yuhuy, yohay, yuhay (all masc.) ; yihay

lx KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

(fern.) ; and various inanimate emphatic forms such as yiy,
yiy, and yi. None of these are mentioned by I.K.

The defective pronoun noth, nomis, appears under the form
nemis for the animate dative singular (v, 9 ; xii, 15). The
other forms used (nom, noman, nomav) all have 6. The
relative pronoun has its nom. sing. fern, yesa instead of I.K.'s
yossa. Similarly the interrogative pronoun has its nom. sing,
fern, kusa instead of kossa. Its inanimate dative singular is
the regular form hath, with a colloquial form katho (xi, 11).

The indefinite pronoun keh, anything, is pronounced keh by
Musalmans, and this is followed by Hatim. Similarly we
have the Musalman kentshdh for kentshdh, anything. There is
a nom. plur. masc. keh* which is not given by I.K.

The verb substantive is conjugated regularly. In two cases,
apparently under the influence of a neighbouring y, u has
been changed to e, so that a masculine form appears under
a feminine guise. These are cheyey for chuyey, if there is to
thee (ix, 6), and chey for chuy, he is verily (xii, 6). In one
case osi, they were, is changed to osi, metri gratia.

In the standard dialect the 2nd person singular of the
imperative is the same in form as the root. Thus kar, make
thou. But if a pronominal suffix is added, u is inserted as
a junction-vowel, as in karu-n, make thou him. The explana-
tion of this is that the 2nd singular imperative originally
ended in u (as in *karu), and that this u has been dropped in
the modern language. We have a survival of the old form in
gatshu, go thou (xi, 11). To this also must be referred the
forms khyuh (x, 5) and khyo (x, 12), eat thou. These represent
the modern kheh and an older *khehu. The 2nd person plural
imperative of trdwun, to let go, is troviv. In x, 5 we have
a variant trovyuv. This is hardly more than a variation of
spelling.

In the past conditional the Hindu &rlnagar dialect makes
the 1st person singular end in ho (e.g. karaho) and the 3rd
person singular in he (karihe). Musalmans shorten these final
syllables to ha and he respectively. G.K.'s transcription
generally, but not always, follows the Musalman idiom. Thus,

INTRODUCTION lxi

while we have karaho (viii, 11), we have also wuchaha
(viii, 10), I should have seen ; mdraha-th (ii, 11), I should kill
thee ; wuchaha-n (ii, 5), I would see it. So, for the 3rd
person, we have tsdrihe (vi, 14), he might pick out ; and
shubiheh (xii, 5), she would have been beautiful. The final
h in the last is hd-8 m ukhtafl.

In the past tenses we have, for the first past, the irregular
piirun, he put on (clothes), from pairun. For the second past
and other pasts in ov there is a strong tendency to weaken
the ov by the substitution of a short vowel. Thus gudariv
(v, 9), it happened, for guzaryov ; gav (iii, 1), he went, for
gauv ; khev (ii, 2), eaten, for khyauv ; pev (viii, 9), he fell,
for pyauv. Similarly, for the plural, we have khey (x, 2),
they were eaten, for khyey ; niy (v. 9), they were taken, for
niy. In hareyekh (x, 5), for haryeyekh, it (fern.) remained
over and above for them, the omission of the first y is merely
a matter of spelling, as a long e is commonly pronounced as if
a y preceded it.

There is a similar shortening in the perfect participle, as in
gamotu (viii, 1, etc.), gone, for gormotu\ mumotu (ii, 4, etc.),
dead, for miimotu ; pemotu (viii, 9), fallen, for pyb~motu.

In the extremely village style of story xi we find the suffix
of the ku genitive, instead of the usual suffix motu, added to
the past participle in order to convert it into an adjective.
This is quite common in the Western Pahari language spoken
immediately to the south-east. The examples are thov^k*,
stationed, and nyov1!^, dispatched (both nom. plur. masc.)
(xi, 6), for thovi-mdti and nybvt-mat1 respectively.

There is an irregular form of the conjunctive participle in
the same poem. It is kdrHhan (xi, 10), having made, in place
of the standard karith.

There are several variations in the forms of the pronominal
suffixes added to verbs. Thus we have mokalawahun (x, 1)
for mokaldwon {mokaldwaw -f ri), we shall complete it. The
suffix wa of the 2nd person plural very often drops the final a,
as in kheyev for kheyewa, it (fern.) was -eaten by you (x, 12) ;
karemav for karemawa, they (fern.) were made by me for you

lxii KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

(x, 6). This suffix is sometimes used in a very idiomatic sense,
like the corresponding Panjabi singular suffix je. It adds no
meaning directly to the verb, but, as it were, adds the idea of
" I say to you " to the whole sentence. Thus bani, it will
become, bani-v, (I say to you) it will become (ii, 7); dima-v,
(I say to you) I will give (ii, 8) ; tsali-v, (I say to you) he will
escape (ii, 8). Village forms using the suffix of this person in
its full form are wanamowa for wana-wa, I will say to you
(x, 1,2), and wanemowa for wanemawa, they (fem.) were said
by me to you (x, 1). I am informed that an alternative village
form for wanamowa (wanawa) is wanowa.

Instead of karukh, make thou them, we have (xii, 19)
karuhulch.

Before discussing the details of Hatim's pronunciation as
illustrated by Sir Aurel Stein's transcription, it will be well to
mention a few general facts.

Words are frequently wrongly divided. Thus the word
amisuy — which is amis, to him, combined with the emphatic
suffix y, to which u-matra has been added as a junction-vowel
— is invariably divided before the s, so that we get am1 say,
«m* sily, or some such form. So anehas, they brought (anekh)
to him (as), is written anye has ; the corrupt Arabic aslama-
laikum, may the peace be upon you, is written asld malaikum ;
bbgaremay, I divided (bogarem) verily (ay), is written bage
remai ; and so on for hundreds of examples. On the other
hand, two words are sometimes contracted into one, as in
boh<*sa for boh hasa, I, Sir ; bebindqir1 for bebi andaruy, within
the breastcloth; and chetal for cheh tal, she is below. In
reproducing Sir Aurel Steins text I have carefully allowed
these seeming irregularities to stand. The frequency with
which they occur, and the systematic way in which they are,
recorded, show that they are not slips of the pen, but represent
the actual manner in which Hatim, who, of course, knew
nothing of Kashmiri grammar, pronounced the words. To
him amis^y was two words — ami and s*y — and so on for the
others. We thus have a valuable illustration of how languages

INTRODUCTION lxiii

change in the mouths of their speakers, and how dialectic
variations and different stages of language take their rise.

Reference may also be made to one particular word — that
for " king ", which Sir Aurel Stein invariably records as
pddsJidJi, with a d, while Govinda Kaula equally invariably
records it as pdtashdh, with a t. Hatim was a follower of
Islam, and apparently pronounced this borrowed Persian word
in the form in which it was delivered to his language, while
Govinda Kaula, a Brahman affected by no Musalman prejudices,
wrote the word as it is pronounced in Srlnagar, with the
typical Pisaca change of d to t.

Turning to the vowel a, we find that it is occasionally
interchanged with a-matra in an unaccented syllable. Thus
we have both be bahd and bebaha, priceless, and mahala Jean
and maJiHaJcJidn, for G.K.'s mahalakhdn, the harem of a
palace. Much more common is the interchange of a and a,
as in bdgas and bdgas, G.K. bdgas, to a garden ; dalila and
dalUa, G.K. dalild, sl story ; dar and dar, G.K. dar, in ;
sauddgar and sauddgar, G.K. -gar, a merchant ; zandna and
zandna, G.K. zandna, a woman ; and many others. Very
similarly we have the interchange of a or a with a-matra, as
in jdnavdr and jan^vdr, G.K. jdndwdr, a bird ; Jchabar and
Jchabar, G.K. Jchabar, news ; Jcdvandas, Jcdvandas, Jcdvandas,
khdv^ndas, and JcJidvandas, G.K. Jchdivandas, to a husband ;
halamas and Jtal^mas, G.K. Jialamas, to a skirt ; and nidre-
vdtalan and mdravdttlan, to executioners.

The sounds a and e seem to be absolutely convertible. Thus
we have ad?, ada, ade, and ade for G.K.'s ada, then ; ana and
dne for G.K.'s ona, a mirror ; cJia and cJie for G.K.'s cJieJi, she
is ; cJias and ches for G.K.'s cJies, I (fern.) am ; daJdie ndvdn
for G.K.'s daJcJiandwdn, leaning upon ; guda, gud?, guda, and
gude for G.K.'s goda, at first ; Jiasa and hase for G.K.'s Jiasa,
Sir ; Jidv^nam (G.K. hawanam), they will show to me, and vale
nam (G.K. wdlanam), they will cause me to descend, both in the
same line ; Jiazrat, Jiazrat1, JiazraH1, Iidzret, and hazret*, all for
G.K.'s Jiazrat-i, a certain title ; jdya and jdye, G.K. jdye, in a
place, in two consecutive lines, also jai and jay e ; kata, JcatJia,

lxiv KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

and kathe, G.K. hatha, words ; 1st persons singular future, such
as para, I shall recite ; but behe, I shall sit, hare, I shall do ; kal*,
kala, and kale, G.K. kola, a head ; Icartg and karte, G.K. karta,
please do ; mar?vatalan, mar^vatelan, maravdtrtan, mare-
vatHan, marevatalan, etc., G.K. mdrawdtalan, to executioners ;
peta, pyete, etc., G.K. petha, from on ; yil?, yela, and yele, G.K.
yela, from restraint ; and hundreds of others.

When a precedes i it is usually written a, as in ralit, G.K.
ratith, having seized. Sometimes it is written a*, as in am1 or
gtm*, G.K. dm*, by him. It becomes a* in Wr1, G.K. iaW, at
the side, and in one instance we have o, in maris or modis, to
a body. The change of a to o, but without a following i, occurs
in doh, doha, doha, doh°, or doho, G.K. doha, on a day.

Other less common changes are the following. We have in
one case a lengthened to a, in khabardarau, by the watchmen
(elsewhere kha-). Cf. lalrl above. We have unaccented a-
matra becoming i-matra in asanas or asanas, G.K. asanas, for
being. In the word tulari, for G.K. talari, by a bee, a-matra
appears as u.

In standard Kashmiri, after sh, a is pronounced as e, and
I have in such a case transliterated it by that letter. Thus
the Persian shahr, a city, is in my transliteration of G.K.'s
text shown as shehar. As a rule Hatim preserves the a, but
there are also several instances of the change to e. Thus —

Sir Aurel Stein's transcription
My transliteration of G.K. of Hatim.

sheh, six, she,

shehara, from a city, shahtra and shehera,

sheharah, a city, shehra,

sherikh, a partner, sherik,

and others. The number would be increased if we included
several words that Hatim pronounced with a (it being
remembered that a and e are with him interchangeable), as
in shahan for G.K. stehan, to the six ; shahmaras, G.K. sheh-
mdras, to the python.

A final short a is sometimes dropped, as in gar, gar?, and

INTRODUCTION lxv

gara, G.K. gara, a house ; doh, doha, etc., G.K. ddha, on a day ;
8ar, sar?, save, and sera, G.K. sam, investigation.

In standard Kashmiri a borrowed word ending in a con-
sonant preceded by a long a often adds a final short a. Thus
jahaz, a ship, becomes jahdza ; nishdn, a sign, becomes
nishdna, and so on. Sir Aurel Stein gives three words of this
kind to which G.K. does not add a final a. These are chdldna,
G.K. cdldn, an invoice ; Idl and Idl?, G.K. Idl, a ruby ; mal?,
G.K. mai, property. We have also a added in dopusa, G.K.
dopus, said to him, and chuka, G.K. chukh, thou art.

In the standard dialect, when a is followed by u-matra it
becomes il. Sir Aurel Stein usually represents this sound by
a. A good example is the feminine genitive postposition
which G.K. writes silnzu, and which Sir Aurel usually writes
sanz. Occasionally he represents it by u. Thus we have also
sunz ; dsus, G.K. osus, she was to him. For G.K.'s thudu or
thilru, on the back, we have tad, tor, tar, and tilr. The
syllable uy is represented by uy, ily, and ai. Thus G.K.'s
tamisily, to him verily, becomes tarn1 suy or tarn1 sily, while
timanuy, to them verily, becomes tim?nai. Another example
of the representation of ii by u is G.K.'s wutshu, she descended,
which becomes vuts (iii, 2), and the same word also represents
G.K.'s wdtshu, she went up (iii, 1, 3).

The letter a or dh, when final and representing the indefinite
article, is usually shortened to a or a, as in doha, G.K. dohd,
a day ; dalila and dalila, G.K. dalildh, a story ; zdla and zdld,
G.K. zdldh, a net. Similarly, although there is no suffix of
the indefinite article, shora ga and shoragd, G.K. shora-gdh,
an outcry. Often, however, as, for instance, in some of the
above examples, the long d is retained.

When d is followed in G.K.'s dialect by u-matra, by i-matra,
or by i it becomes 6, and this same 6 also usually represents
the pronunciation of the diphthong ai. Sir Aurel Stein some-
times represents this 6 by a, which according to his phonetic
system represents approximately the same sound. Thus —

lxvi

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

G.K.

Hatim.

boy*, brothers,

bay,

dodHaday, suffering,

ddldye ladai,

donil, a pomegranate,

dan,

dor1, holding,

dar,

goj^nas, he caused me

to waste away,

gdjanas,

khoris, for a khar wei

ght,

kharis,

kotydh, how many ?

lc&Hra,

mbju, a mother,

maj, moj,

and others.

For original ai we have-

poda, manifest,

pada, pada,

gob, hidden,

g$b,

hod, imprisonment,

had,'

gov, different,

gqtri, gar.

About equally often this 6 is represented by a, corresponding
to my 6, and therefore sounded something like the aw in
" awful ". Thus—

oils, to a nest, dlis,

oru, a shoemaker's awl, dr,

oziz, poor, dzlz,

osu8, she was to him,

bdlbosha, chirping,

gum-royi, losing one's way,

ash^ndv, relations,

asus,
bolbdsh,
gurnard yiy,
dshndii, ash1 ndv,
as if for bshindv,

and others. For original ai we have-

bna, a mirror,
pbda, manifest,
and others.

arte, ana,
pada, pada,

Very often this 6 is represented by a simple a, as in —

bod^hdl, a prison, bdndlhdl,

dazbn*, verily burning, dazdn1,

gos, they went for him, gas,

judbyi, separation, zhuddi,

INTRODUCTION lxvii

G.K. Hatim.

kbshir1, Kashmiris, kdshir*,

zolith, having burnt, zdlit,

and others. For original ai we have —

gov, different, gar, g&ri,

Jchordth, alms, khdrdt,

solas, for an excursion, sdlas,

and others.

The word myonu, mine (fern.), appears in various forms,
viz. meny, mye, myen, myen, and mveny, in all of which the
6 is represented by e; whereas for the corresponding cybnu,
thy (fern.), we have ch^dn, clV^an1, and chvanv.

We have seen that G.K. usually represents u by 6, as in
hod1 for kud*, sbty for silty. Sir Aurel Stein writes for these
words k&d, ka^d*, and hud1, and sait, saP, etc., respectively.

When a is followed in G.K.'s dialect by u-matra it becomes
6, and Sir Aurel Stein almost always gives for it his sign a,
which represents the same sound. Thus —

G.K. Hatim.

okhun, a teacher, dkhun, dJchun,

6lu, a nest, at,

6su, he was, as, dsu, as, os,

6y, he came to thee, ay, ay,

bdwun, he explained, bdvun,

and many others. It will be seen from the above that a, a,
and o are also used to represent this sound. So, for khotuni,
to the lady, we have khdtuni and khditini ; for Idyun, he
struck, Idyun and Idyun ; for soruy, all, sdruy, saruy, soWi,
and soira ; for bowu, manifested, bou. There are many other
similar examples, and from the above it will be seen that G.K.'s
o and 6 are represented indiscriminately by a, a, and a.

The vowel e is, we have seen, interchangeable with a. It is
also liable to be shortened to e-matra when final, as in bdye,
bay6, or even bai, for G.K.'s bdye, to a wife.

We have already noticed that in Kashmiri a after sh
becomes e (i.e. Sir Aurel Stein's e). In one instance Hatim

lxviii KASHMIBI STOBIES AND SONGS

has o for this e, G.K.'s shekh, hesitation, being represented by
shah or shok.

It is well known that the average Kashmiri is unable to
distinguish between the letters e and i, whether long or
short. In this way Hatim gives e instead of G.K.'s I in the

following—

G.K. Hatim.

bUh\ seated (m. pi.), bmh\ beth?, and bat\

gristf-bay, a farmer's wife, grist bay,
phirith, having returned, pherith, pherith, or phirit,
and others. It will be observed that, in the case of bat1, I has
become a. Similarly, G.K.'s rinz*, balls, is represented by
rinz, renz, or ranz ; and his tresh, thirst, by tresh or tras.
Owing to the confusion of a and e and of i and e (Stein's e),
we sometimes have a for i. Thus G.K.'s gristf-baye, to a
farmer's wife, becomes grist? baye, gresta baye, or grest baye.
Similarly, G.K.'s ddp^ziheJch, thou must say to them, is repre-
sented by dabzi hek or dabza hek ; G.K.'s wds{zi, you should
descend, by vazlza ; and yith, to this, by yet, yath, yat, and yat.
As regards u, we occasionally observe hesitation as to
quantity. Thus G.K.'s dopunas, he said to him, is represented
by both dopunas and dopunas ; and his yuswph, Joseph, by
yusuf, yusuf, and yusuf.

Just as in the case of e and i, so ordinary Kashmiris are
unable to distinguish between o and u. There are numerous
examples of this in Hatim's language. A few will suffice here —
G.K. Hatim.

borun, he filled, borun and burun,

Jcodun, he brought out, Icodun, kudun,

kutawalan, by the policeman, hotvalan, kutvalen,
notu, a pitcher, nut,

byuthu, he sat, bydth, byuth,

purun, he put on, porun, purun.

The Persian khubsurat, beautiful, becomes khobsurath in
G.K., for which Hatim has Ichob surat and hhab surat.

Once or twice we find u interchanged with other vowels.
Thus we have che for chuh, he is ; and (once each) chiy or chiv

INTRODUCTION lxix

for chuy, he is verily. The imperative tshun, cast thou, is
represented by tsiln, but elsewhere the u of this word is
preserved. After y, u or o has a tendency to become ii, as in
dvutuk, dyutuk, dyutuk, or dyilthuk, for dyutukh, they gave ;
hyutun or hyiitun, for kyotun, he began.

An initial u in Kashmiri is always pronounced wu. This
is not usually the case with an initial 6, but G.K.'s ora,
thence, is represented not only by dra and similar forms, but
also by voda.

It is well known that e and e are usually pronounced in
Kashmiri with a short y before them. Thus ye, ye. This y is
not usually written in G.K.'s transcription, but it is everywhere
to be presumed. Sir Aurel Stein as a rule writes this y either
as a small letter above the line or as a full y. Examples will
be found on every page of his text. A few are given here —

O.K. Stein.

khekh, thou wilt eat, kyek,

khewdn, eating, khyavdn, khyevdn, kyavdn,

keth, in, khyath, khyath, kyet, kyet,

petha, from, peta, pyete, pyeth, pyetha.

It will be observed that ya is sometimes used instead of e.
Other similar cases are —

ketha, how ? kyataj&etaj&etaj&itajclivatha

khoni, on the haunch, kunya}

neza, railings, nydza,

zeni, he will conquer, zaifni, zydni.

Turning to consonants, we first draw attention to the
well-known fact that, as in all Dardic languages, Kashmiri
possesses no sonant aspirates. Original sonant aspirates are
always disaspirated. This is fully borne out by Hatim's
pronunciation. There is only one occurrence of an aspirated
sonant consonant in the whole of Sir Aurel Stein's transcription.
This is in the word ghdsh (viii, 9), for gwdsh or gash, light,
which Sir Aurel writes elsewhere as gash (five times).

But Hatim's pronunciation goes further. The aspiration of
surd consonants is most irregular, many such sounds that are

lxx KASHMIBI S TOBIES AND SONGS

written by G.K. and elsewhere as aspirated surds are dis-
aspirated, and many unaspirated surds are aspirated. In some
cases this runs uniformly through every occurrence of a word
or letter. Thus the verb gatshun, to go, is always written
gatsun, and the letter c is almost invariably written ch. In
other cases the aspiration or disaspiration is more capricious.

In the Kashmiri of Isvara Kaula and other Hindus a final
surd is always, with a few specified exceptions, aspirated, while
Musalmans retain the unaspirated sound. Thus we have —

Musalman. Hindu.

krak, outcry, krakh.

thap, seizing, thaph.

rat, blood, rath,

not, palsy, nath.

kats, glass, katsh.

The transcript of these tales by Govinda Kaula follows the
Hindu custom and aspirates final surds. With Hatim it is,
curiously enough, almost a question of date. The recording
of Sir Aurel Stein's transcription commenced on June 16, and
continued, with intervals, till July 31, 1896. In the earlier
parts of this transcription final surds were not aspirated, but
in recording the recitation of July 24, Sir Aurel wrote the
word thaph (xii, 11), seizing, previously recorded as thap or
tap, and makes a special note on the margin that in this
instance the ph is a true aspirate. An examination of the rest
of the text recorded on that day and on the following and
final recitation of July 31, shows that the final surds are here
much more consistently aspirated than had been the case
previously. It is out of the question to assume that the non-
recording of this aspiration in the earlier tales was due to
faulty audition on the part of Sir Aurel Stein. He was,
I know, perfectly aware at the time of this distinction between
Musalman and Hindu pronunciation, and had previously corre-
sponded with me on the subject.

The following are examples of Hatim's disaspiration : —
For the letter b we may take the Arabic borrowed word
8ubahan, at dawn, for which H. has suban ; but how

INTRODUCTION lxxi

inconsistent he is in this is shown by the following cognate
forms : subu for subuh ; subahanas for subahanas ; and subhas
for subahas.

We have said that the letter c is almost always aspirated
to ch. Similarly, the aspiration of ch (very common in the
auxiliary verb chuh, he is) is generally retained. But, in one
instance (i, 13), city is written for chuy, he is indeed. Another
similar case is that of the verb wuchun, to see. In this the
ch is usually retained ; but we have vucehan (ii, 5) for
wuchahan, vucuk (ii, 4) for tvuchukh, and vucun (ii, 8) for
wuchun.

Of more frequent occurrence is the aspirate kh, and of this
disaspiration is frequent. Thus —

Initial. — While the borrowed Persian word khub, well,
always preserves its aspiration, khdb, a dream, becomes kab
and kdv ; khabar, news, is spelt kabar, etc., in the first five
stories, and khabar, etc., afterwrards ; and Khbdd, God, becomes
Kudd, etc., in i-vi, and Khudd, etc., afterwards. Similarly —

khalat-e-shdhi, a royal robe, becomes kalHi shdhi.

khdm, unripe, „ khdm and kdm.

khumdr, languishment, „ kumdr.

khan, N.P., „ khan (ii,l) and kdn(ii, 12).

khoni, on the haunch, „ kunya.

khar, an ass, „ khar (iii) and kar (v).

khoran, to the feet, „ kuran.

khash, a cut, „ kash.

The verb khasun, to ascend, retains the aspirate, except in
forms derived from the past participle khotu, in which the
aspiration sometimes persists and is sometimes lost, giving
forms such as khotu, khut, and kut ; khat1 and kaHy ; katis ;
khats and kats.

khota, than, becomes khota, khuta, and kuta.

khotHna, a lady, „ kotuna (v) and khdtun (x, xii).

khatith, secretly, „ kaHith.

khdwand, a husband, „ kdvand (i-viii) and khdvand (x-xii).

Ixxii KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

The verb khyonu, to eat, as a rule has 7c in the earlier tales
and lch in the later, but this is not universal. Thus we have
Jchyau for khev, eaten, in ii, 2. Occasionally also the cognate
Shina language disaspirates in this word.

Khazmath or Icliizmatli, service, becomes Ichismat (ii, 3) and
kismat (xii, 3), and so many others.

It will be observed that the disaspiration occurs 'whether
the lch represents the Indian aspirate or whether it represents
a Persian ~.. It will also be noticed that, generally speaking,
but not universally, when there are two forms, one with and
the other without the aspiration, the disaspirated forms occur
in the earlier stories and the aspirated forms in the later
stories. The same is true for the other instances of disaspira-
tion, and I shall not trouble to refer to it again. It will,
however, be understood that numerous, though not so numerous,
instances of disaspiration occur also in the later stories.

Medial lch is not so common, but we can quote palca for
palcha, wings ; tdkhit (x, 12) and taJcit (xi, 13) for tdhkhith,
certainly ; vutamalc1 for wotamukhi, upside down.

Final lch occurs in akh, one, which is represented both by ah
and akh in all parts of the tales, though alch occurs only in i, 4,
and four times in xii. For phakh, a stink, we have only phak.
Initial ph is preserved in the phak just quoted. For phamb,
cotton wool, we have phamb and pamb, both in viii. For
phardd, on the morrow, we have parda ; while the verb
pherun, to regret, loses its aspiration twice and preserves it
once in viii.

Medial ph occurs in naphtsas, for the belly, which H. pro-
nounced naptsas (x, 3).

Final ph occurs in the word thaph, grasping. It appears
under the forms thaph, thap, and tap.

Although not strictly an aspirate, we may here quote the
shh in the borrowed Arabic word mashhur, celebrated, which
H. (xi, 3) pronounced maushur:

Initial th occurs in the following : in thud (thodu), erect, it is
preserved. For thuriL, a shrub, we have tier, and for thuru or
thudu, on the back, we have tad, tar, and tor ; thiln^a, butter,

INTBODUCTION lxxiii

preserves the th ; but for thaph, grasping, we have thaph,
thap, and tap. The common verb tltdwun, to place, generally
preserves the th, but we have thdvum and tdvum, and, for
thavHaw, taivtau.

Medial th occurs in the following : atha, a hand, becomes
both atha, etc., and ata, etc., the aspirated forms occurring
most frequently in the later tales ; buthu, a face, is always
but ; so, for athuril, the woodworm, atar ; for hatha, stories,
hatha, etc., and kata ; nethar, a wedding, neth/Jr (xii) and
nvetar (viii) ; pathar, downward, pathar and patar, etc. ; wothu,
descended, vut and vuth, and similarly in derived forms ; and
similarly wothu, ascended, also becomes vut or vuth. Other
examples are vatqtrith for watharith, having spread out, but
this verb fluctuates as regards the aspirate in other forms ;
wothus, arose to him, becomes vothus, etc., or votus ; and
wdthith, having arisen, vuthit and vutit. Sdthdh, a moment,
becomes sdtha or sdta.

For final th the pronoun ath generally becomes at, except
that we have both at and ath in xii. Conjunctive participles,
such as wdthith just cited, almost always end in t, the th-
termination being frequent only in xii ; the postposition keth,
in, becomes kvet, etc., except in xii, where we have khvath, etc.,
with exceptional aspiration of the k. The distributive particle
prath always becomes prat. Pronominal datives, such as tath,
kath, etc., follow ath in sometimes dropping the aspiration and
sometimes (in the later stories) keeping it.

For initial th the only real example is thahardn, awaiting,
for which H. has tah?rdn.

There are more examples of medial th, such as bontha, in
front, which always has the dental t, as in bont?, etc. ; byuthu,
seated, and its derivatives also generally disaspirate the th,
except in xii, which also retains the aspiration. Kuthu,& room,
also disaspirates except once in x, 7, where we have the dative
kuthis, while in x, 8 we have kutis and kutis ; the ablative
postposition petha occurs in several forms, peta, pyete, pvetha,
pveth, and pvetha, the aspirated forms occurring chiefly in the
later stories. Similar is the treatment of poth1 or pothin, like,

/

lxxiv KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

for which we have paH1, etc., and pqHht, etc., and patin and
pdthin. The common word sethdh, very, much, appears as
seta, etc., and setha, etc., it being noted that both forms occur
in xii ; tothu or thothu, beloved, is always tot, and zith1, long
(m.pl.), becomes zU\

Initial tsh is always disaspirated by H. Thus the word
bhunun, to throw, is always bunun, and so for all others.

As for medial tsh, in the verb gabhnn, to go, to be proper,
it is always disaspirated by H. The same applies to the
indefinite pronoun kenbhdh, something, which appears under
many forms, in none of which does an aspirated tsh appear.
Similarly, we have matsa and matsve for matshi, on the
shoulder; rabeh^na for rabhi-hand, a little; vub for wobhil,
she went up, and also for wubhu, she went down, and others.

Turning now to aspiration, we may commence with the
general statement that every c is aspirated by H. The solitary
exception is the word ceshma, an eye (i, 3), wThich appears as
ceshma. Thus we have —

G.K. H.

cenda, a pocket, chanda.

cith1, a letter, chit,

bace, young ones, bache.

bacdwiin12, to be released (fern.), bachdviny.

7iayistdnihcii, of the canebrake, nayis tan nach.

racen, she took them (fern.), rachen.

zace, rags, zache.

Reference has already been made to the aspiration of g in*
ghdsh, for gash, light.

Examples of the aspiration of k are : —

G-K. Hatim.

kuru, a daughter, kud, khud.

kombakas, for help, khumba khas.

ketha, how ? l&eta, khvatha.

kenbhdh, something, kye ba, etc., or khye ba.

kdsun, to shave (xii), khdsun.
kotu, a son (xii), khuth.

INTRODUCTION lxxv

For the aspiration of p, we have put, puth, phot, or phut, for
potu, back again. Shina has phot for this word.

For the aspiration of initial t, we have tal or thai, for tal
below ; tot, tut, or tltuthy for totu, thither ; and than for tdv,
exhaustion.

Medial t is also sometimes aspirated. The termination ta of
the polite imperative often becomes thq, etc., as in karta or kar
the, for karta, please to do ; tsuntha for tshunta, please to throw.
So also the termination motu of the perfect participle becomes
muth in on muth, for onumotu, brought ; votumut or votumuth,
for wdtumotu, arrived. The t in dyutu, given, is aspirated in
dyut or dyuth, for dyutu ; dviltuk or dvilthuk, for dyutukh,
they gave ; dithin, for ditin, he gave them. Similarly —
G.K. Hatim.

kyutu, for, khvut, kvut, kyut, khyuth, kyuth.

ratana, a jewel (in rotund, rothuna, rothuna.

composition),

sdta, at a moment, sa^, sdtha.

soty, with, sa/i£, sg-^/t, sgtthv, etc.

fo£w, thither, fo£, £u£, thuth.

wotu, arrived, vot, etc., or voth.

The above is in no way a complete list of all the instances of
disaspiration and aspiration. It is merely a selection of typical
examples.

The Dardic languages as a rule have no cerebral letters.
Literary Kashmiri, however, preserves the distinction between
cerebral and dental almost as carefully as is the case in India.
There are, nevertheless, a few striking examples to the contrary,
as in dutakh or dutakh, cutting in two ; dot or dal, a leaf ; and
wothun, to arise, as compared with the Hindi uthnd. But even
in the literary language the pronunciation of cerebral letters
cannot be so definitely cerebral as in India, for in Kashmiri
poetry cerebral consonants are permitted to rhyme with
dentals, a thing which is impossible in Indian verse. Thus,
in the Rdmdvatdracarita, the proper name Yindrazith,
Indrajita, rhymes with dithil, seen, in verse 699, and with
bithu, seated, in verse 872.

lxxvi KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

In the village Kashmiri of Hatim, the state of affairs is
altogether different. Here the utmost confusion exists, dentals
being used for cerebrals, and cerebrals for dentals, almost
at random. From the numerous examples that follow it is
evident that Hatim used an intermediate sound that at one
time struck Sir Aurel Stein's ears as cerebral and at another
as dental. If Hatim had pronounced real cerebral sounds, it
is impossible to suppose that Sir Aurel, with his long
familiarity with Indian languages, could have failed to notice
them, more especially as some of the words written with dental
letters, such as dak, a stage, are words that are in everyday
use in India both in colloquial speech and in literature. It
might be thought that here and there Sir Aurel may have
omitted a subscript dot by a slip of the pen ; but the omissions
are too frequent and too regular to permit this assumption to
be taken as a general explanation, and, moreover, it will not
account for those cases in which he has marked as cerebrals,
letters which in the corresponding Hindi or Sanskrit are
always dental. The following are examples of this confusion.
The list is in no way complete : —

A. Dentals where we should expect cerebrals —

Literary Dialect.

Hatim.

t for t.

gaff, skilful (f. sg.),

gatij.

gatH\ skilful (m. pi.),

gatily.

hatis, to the throat,

hatis.

khaiith, secretly,

kaHith.

notu, a jar,

nut.

phatun, to be broken.

phutu

phut.

phutuwa

phutu.

phutarun, to break,

phut°ruhas

phuttrhas.

phut°rukh

phuttruk.

but phutaryun

phuta rvun

ratun, to seize.

rat*

rat1.

INTRODUCTION

lxxvii

Literary Dialect.

Hatim.

rotu

rot, rut.

rutu

rat.

rotumotu

rutmut.

but (causal) rotumotu

rot?mut.

rotun

rotun, rutun.

rutunalch

rut^nak.

ratith

ratit, ratit.

rotuwa

rutu.

tahal1, servants,

tahal, tahal*, tahalv.

trop1, a necklace,

trut.

but tratis (sg. dat.)

tratis.

tsatahdl, a school,

tsatahdl.

tsatun, to cut.

botu

tsot.

isatdw1

tsaten*.

tsatunu

tsatun.

tsapnam

tsethiam.

tsatanas

tsatanas.

but tsatanasa

tsatanasa.

.tsatith

tsaHith.

th or t for th.

6th, eight,

dth.

behun, to sit down.

bith1

bap, bethy, teeth1.

byuthu

byut, byut, byoth, byoth

byuth.

byuthus

bvuthus.

bontha, before,

bonta, bont?, bonta.

but bonth

bont.

deshun, to see.

dyuthu

dyut, dyut.

dyuthum

dyuthum.

dyuthumay

dyot mai.

dyuthumotu

dyutmut.

dyuthuth

dyuthut.

KASHMIRI STORIES

AND SONGS

Literary Dialect.

Hatim.

kuthu, a room.

lentil*

kuti.

kuthu

kid.

kuthudh

kuthd.

kuthis

kuthis, kwtis, kwtis.

myuthu, sweet,

myut.

peth, on,

pyet, pyet, pyet, pyet,

pyeth.

petha, from on,

peta, pyete, pyeth, pyetha,

pvetha.

poth1, like,

pqH\ pdHh\ paHh1,

pdHhv, pdHhy, pdHy,

paHy.

pothin, like,

pathin, patin.

rafun, to seize.

rath

rat.

rathta

rath ta.

sethdh, very,

seta, seta, sethd, setha.

thahardn, stopping,

tah^ran.

d for d.

dakhandwan, leaning on,

dakhe ndvdn.

dakas, for a stage,

dakas.

deshwn, to see.

deshan

deshan.

deshunu

deshun.

dishith

deshit.

gandun, to tie.

gand

gand.

gand*

gand*, gandi.

gdndtmat1

gand^maty1.

gdndin

gandin.

gondun

gundun.

gondunas

gund^nas.

gandith

gandit.

gdndtzes

gaud* zyes.

INTRODUCTION

lxxix

This last change occurs only when d is initial or protected
by a preceding n. A medial d is interchangeable with
a dental r. See below.

B. Cerebrals where we should expect dentals —

Hatim.

Literary Dialect.
t for t
bata, boiled rice,
me ti, me also,
ratana, a jewel (in

composition)
tati, there,
yetat1, where,

th for th.
hatha, words,
Jieth, having taken,

bat0:, bata, batta.
mveti, map.
rothuna, rothuna,

rotun*, rutun?, etc.
tat\ taHi, taH\ taV>.
ye taH\

batha.

het, hit, hvet, hveth, teeth.

Compare rothuna and rothuna, for ratana, a jewel, above.
d for d.
adala, from justice, adal.

mud11, he died, mod, mud.

In Kashmiri the letter r is a dental letter, not a cerebral
as in the Indian Madhyadesa. We see this in the frequent
interchange with a dental I, as in Hatim's mol or mor, for
literary molu, father. The same is the case in the North-
Western languages, Sindhl and Lahnda. The village con-
fusion between cerebrals and dentals hence explains the
frequent interchange in Hatim's dialect, between medial d
and medial r. Thus we have —

A. d where we should expect r—

Literary. Hatim.

ora, thence, ar,etc.,foc?a,andevenac?a.

garun (G.K. gadun), to make.
garan
gorun
koru, a bracelet,
h&r* (G.K. also kudu), a
daughter,

garan.

gudun.

Jcar, Jcur, hur1, hud.

had, hhud, hur.

lxxx

KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

kore

kdd1, kddye, kodye, kodvit
kudye, korye, korH.

kori

kodye, kodye, kddyi, korye.

kur1

kud1.

larun (G.K., also ladun),

to

pursue.

laran

Idrdn, ladan.

ldryomotu

lddv6mut.

larydv

ldlryau, Wdyau.

laryeyes

ladeyes.

moru, he was killed,

mor, mod.

parun, to read, recite.

porukh

paduk.

paran

pardn, paddn.

porun

padun.

thar (G.K. also thad), the back.

thilru

tar, tor, tier, tad.

tora, thence,

tor?, tora, tore, tod?.

B. r where we should expect

<!-

Literary.

Hatim.

kadun (G.K. also karun),

to extract.

kdd1

kalry.

kodw

kur.

kddikh

kgtdik, karik, kalrik.

kodukh

kuruk.

kudukh

kaduk.

kadan

karan.

kaddn

kaddn, karan.

kaddn

korony.

kadun

karun.

kadunu

kadun.

kodun

kodun, kudun, korun,
kurun.

kudun

kadin.

kadtnas

karyinas.

kodunas

kuranas.

kadith

kq}rit, kalrith.

INTRODUCTION

lxxxi

ishadun (G.K. also tshdrun), to search.
tshddan tsdrdn.

tshddav tsdrau.

yeddh, a belly, yerd.

While Dardic languages show a general tendency to harden
sonant consonants, Hatim shows occasional instances of the
softening of surds. In every case except one the softened
consonant is immediately followed by z. In the one exception,
it is s that is softened to z. The examples are —

G.K.

Hatim.

dabza hek. dabzi heJc.

dabzilc.

dap^zim.
vqzlza.
va^s* zina

pvez.

ddphihekh, thou shouldst have

said to them,
ddptzekh, thou shouldst say to
them,
but ddp^hiiythou shouldst say to me,

wdsizi, thou shouldst descend,
but wasizi-na, thou shouldst not
descend,
pes, they fell on him,
On the other hand, Hatim gives occasional instances of the
Dardic hardening of sonants. Such are —

G.K. Hatim.

tab, fever, tap.

rasad, assembly, rasat.

mov lag, do not fix, maidalc.

khazmath, service, Jcismat.

khizmath, service, khismat.

In this connexion we may again refer to G.K.'s pdtashdh
H.'s pddshah, a king.

Turning to individual consonants, we note —

(1) We have prothesis of h before y in —

G.K. Hatim.

yunu, to come, 2/#», hyiln.

yuthuy, as verily, yilthuy, hvilthuy.

(2) kh becomes h in —

shekhtsd, a certain person, shahisa.

lxxxii KASHMIBI STORIES AND SONGS

Possibly shahtsa is a slip of the pen, for elsewhere Hatim has
shakhtsan, shakhtsas, and so on.,

(3) The affricative ts sometimes becomes s, as in —

G.K. Hatim.

tsoce, loaves, suche, su cho, buche.

(sopor*, in four directions, so pa{ri, tso patr*.

It becomes z in —

pants, five, points, panz.

The representation of G.K.'s adalilts^-peth, in court, by
addlat-pveth, is probably a slip of the pen.

With these changes of ts we may compare the interchange of
ch and sh in Hatim's mach-tular, a bee, with the mash-tulari of
the title of Story IX. Similarly, we have zh for j in zhama for
jama, a coat.

(4) ny and ny are interchangeable, as in Hatim's kanye-
phul and kailye phul, a pebble. This is hardly more than
a variation of spelling.

(5) Hatim usually preserves a Persian /, while G.K. has ph
instead. Thus, Hatim fakir, G.K. phaklr, a mendicant. For
" thought " Hatim has both fikftr and phikir.

(6) The letter sh is sometimes represented by s. Sir Aurel
Stein's MS. represents the sound of sh by s, and the occasional
apparent change of sh to s is probably due to the accidental
omission of the subscript dot. An example is the word
shemsher, a sword, for which we have sJtamsher, shamser, and
samsher.

(7) Vocalization of the semi-vowels y and v is frequent, as
in gai for gay, they went ; gau or gaxi for gav, he went ;
m&ryw for mariwa, (he who) may kill ; tsalau for tsaliv, flee
ye ; dimau for dimav, we shall give ; and many others.

(8) An example of metathesis is tsorasta for tsoratsh, a
leather-cutter.

(9) H. uses initial v for b in Vikarmajit- for G.K.'s
Bikarmdjit-, Vikramaditya. Cf. kab or kav, for khab, a
dream.

INTRODUCTION lxxxiii

(10) Three miscellaneous words are —

G.K. Hatim.

bakhacbyish, a present, bakcayish, bakhsltayish.

jalwa, glory, jafcva.

but jelby, even glory, yala vai.

sakHh, hard, sale, sakh.

The processes of declension and conjugation employed by
Hatim are on the whole the same as those employed by
Govinda Kaula. The principal differences relate to the
pronunciation of the forms, and to the representation of that
pronunciation by Sir Aurel Stein's transcription. A few
additional points may here be noticed.

In the declension of nouns, Govinda Kaula, like Isvara
Kaula, makes the dative singular of nouns of the first declension
end in as, as in bagas, to a garden. Hatim sometimes has the
termination as, and sometimes as. Examples of both will be
found on almost every page. As a specimen, it will suffice to
quote the two forms bagas and bagas both occurring close
together in ii, 1. Similarly, in the genitive of the same
declension, H. has sunasand1 (v. 3) and sanasand1 (v. 4), both
for G.K.'s sona-sdnd1, of gold (m. pi.). In these genitives,
also, H. sometimes drops the final a of the stem, as in sunar
sanz, for G.K.'s sonara-silnz11, of the goldsmith (fern, sing.)
(v. 1); iJddshah sund, for G.K.'s patashaha-sondu, of the king
(vi. 11). There is a curious example of a feminine noun
declined as if it were masculine in Jcudis-saHh (possibly a slip
for kudi saHh), for G.K.'s kore-suty, with the girl (v. 10) ; and
in xii, 15, we have the masculine form kuhiiy, used instead of
the feminine kuhuy, only one. Instances like rlnz, rqnz, and
renz, for rlnz1, balls ; soira, so^i, saruy, and sdruy for soruy,
all ; za, ze, and zyi, for zah, two, belong rather to phonetics than
to declension.

Similarly, the variations in pronominal forms are really
matters of spelling or pronunciation. Boh, I, is represented by
bo, bu ; for rayon1, my (m. pi. masc), we have menv, mye, and
mven, and for the fern. sing. mybnil we have meny, mye, mven,
myen, and mvefiy. For tsah, thou, we have su, tsa, tsa, tsi, and

lxxxiv KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

isu, and for cyonu, thy, chun, chyun, chon, chony, chony, and
chvon, all with the aspirated ch.

The proximate demonstrative pronoun yih, this, and the
relative yih, what, appear under the forms yi and yu, and
the emphatic forms yihuy, etc., appear under quite a number of
variant spellings. The relative m. sg. nom. yus appears as yis,
yus, and yds, and its fem. yesa as yesa (x, 1) and yasi (x, 6).
In viii, 1, for yihunz™, of these (fem. sg. nom.), we have yihas.
As for the remote demonstrative pronoun, its emphatic fem.
sg. nom. say or soy, she verily, appears as sai, sai, say, and say.
The indefinite pronoun Jceh, with its various case-forms, appears
under a great variety of spellings. The principal of these have
been dealt with under the head of phonetics.

The representation of the various forms of the verb
substantive is very irregular. A few examples will suffice.

For chuh, he is, we have che (v. 4) ; for chuy, he is verily,
chi, chi, chiv, chiy, and cuy (sic) ; for chivd, is he ?, cha ; for
cheh, she is, cha, che, chu ; for chey, she is to thee, che and
chay ; for chiwa, ye are, chu ; for chiway, if ye are, chu vol
and chu vai ; and for chili, they are, che, chi, chu, and chva.

As regards the conjugation of the active verb, there are

numerous departures from G.K.'s spelling, nearly all of which

fall under the head of phonetics. Here we may mention the

following, which really appear to indicate difference of form : —

O.K. Habim.

sholan, burning, sholan. This form of

the present participle
is old, and nowadays
appears only in poetry
and dialects.
yilch-na, wilt thou not come, yihna.
dis, give to her, disa.

hadon, we shall pass over it, karonv.

INTRODUCTION lxxxv

III

ON THE METRES OF HATIM'S SONGS

By SIR AUREL STEIN

On my return to Kashmir at the close of 1917 Sir George
Grierson asked me to inquire into the system of metrification
followed in certain old Kashmiri poems of the Bhakti type in
which he is interested. I have tried to comply with his
request as far as it lay in me, i.e. in full consciousness of the
fact that my philological training had never comprised any
special study of metrics. After examining portions from
a number of these compositions as recited by professional
cyat-gar1, I arrived at the conclusion that the metre of these
poems is based solely on the number of stress accent syllables
counted in each line or pdda. No regard is paid to quantity,
even where the structure of the verses is apparently modelled
on the pattern of Hindi metres dependent on quantity.
Pandit Nityananda Sastrl, of the SrI-Pratap College, Srinagar,
a very competent Kashmiri scholar, to whom I submitted this
view, has endorsed it.

In order to test this conclusion with reference to the metres
of Hatim's songs I secured a visit of the old storyteller, now in
his 62nd year, in June, 1918, when my summer camp was once
more pitched on Mohand Marg. I had him recite again the
metrified story of Sultam Mahmud Ghaznavl, the one which of
those heard from his lips in 1896 I had best in my recollection.
He also gave me the benefit of several songs of lyrical contents
(ghazal), some of his own composition, which used to be
favourite numbers in his repertoire, showing more elaborate
versification.

In recording these with special regard to their metre
I convinced myself that their verses, whether simple couplets,
as in the case of the metrified story just referred to, or built up
in more intricate stanzas, have for their constructive principle
solely the number of syllables bearing the stress accent of the
present colloquial speech. The system is based mainly on
the counting of the primary stress accent of each word, but

lxxxvi KASHMIRI STORIES AND SONGS

permits also the counting of secondary stress accents for the
sake of metrical convenience. This latitude, which reference
to the last words in verses 1, 11, 12, 13 of Mahmud Ghaznavi's
story may help to illustrate, has its parallel in the rudeness of
the rhyme. In this, as verses 3 and 8 show, the vowel sounds
of the closing syllables need not agree, as long as the final
consonant is the same.

The general rule is that throughout a song the lines, usually
rhymed, composing a couplet or stanza, should have a certain
fixed number of stress-accented syllables, in conformity with
the scheme determining the length of each line. But this
simple rule is on occasion ignored through " poetical license ",
i.e. whenever the rustic poet's skill would be taxed too severely
by strict adherence to his metrical scheme. The second line of
verse 4 in Mahmud Ghaznavi's story with its seven accented
syllables instead of the regular six is an illustration.

The lilt of the musical air which, as in the case of Indian
poetical compositions generally, is an essential concomitant of
the recital, helps, no doubt, to smooth over such irregularities
for the not very fastidious ears of the village audience.
I regret that my total want of musical knowledge has
precluded my ever noting down any of these popular Kashmir
airs, often far more attractive to the untrained European ear
than the melodies of India proper.

In order to illustrate Hatim's metrical system, the stress-
accents in the Mahmud Ghaznavl story have been indicated by
appropriate marks.

SIR AUREL STEIN'S TRANSCRIPTION

WITH

SIR GEORGE GRIERSON'S TRANSLATION

i

2 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

I

[The marks of accentuation, acute and grave, indicate the stress-accents on
which the metre is based.]

SMhanshah Sultan1 Mahmud1 Gaznavi I

asu karan pane mulken paravi 11 1

fakir lagit asu pheran vanavan i

myani ahadai asi ma kah notuvan h 2

jaye akis as1 karan dv°yu kar I

adal tarn1 sandi sat^ asak ceshma ser h 3

jaya akis vucuna hanza akh alii i

muhimma saitin as gommut suy zalil h 4

muhimma saitin as travan ah tavosh i

r 0 r r_ f r

muhimma saitin tasna rudamut kahti hosh h 5
yora zala as layan gata san i
tora zalas asus na kya khasan ii 6

dopusa shahan karme saitin bajavat i

L L Z r ' '

lay zala yadi Alia dilas rat ii 7

layun zala tora khutas gada hat I

pad^hahas bont kun suy au hit ii 8

gada hatas badal dyutanas mohra dyar i

lala nigin mala muhtay vunta biir n 9

rat barit pad^hahan dyutus nad i

feiiy chuka my on sherik na murad ii 10

muhim kasuvun hekamati Parvardigar i

tap shuhul sarde garm nou bahar ii 11

vana yey zan bande manzur zasanuy I

kafea hekamafe muhim tagi kasanuy ii 12

at1 andar cuy vustada vanan zar i

jumala alam bande Ahmad vumedvar n 13

I. MAIIMUD OF GHAZNl AND THE FISHERMAN

Sultan Mahmiid of Ghaznl, the king of kings, used himself to
watch over the protection of his kingdom.

Disguised as a Faqlr, he used to wander from bazaar to bazaar,
to see if any of his subjects were in distress.

In one place were the people making prayers for his welfare,
and their eyes were satisfied by his justice.

In another place, he saw a wretched fisherman, brought low by
poverty.

5. In his poverty he was uttering sighs and groans. In his
poverty even his sense had deserted him.

Even where he skilfully cast his net, even there naught came
into it.

Said the King to him, " Make me thy partner, and fling one more
cast of the net, keeping firm within thy heart the memory of God."
• So he flung one more cast and, behold, within his net he caught
a hundred fish, and brought them all before the King.

In exchange for the hundred fish the King gave him wealth of
money, rubies and jewels, possessions and pearls in camel-loads.1

10. After he had passed the night, the King called for him and
said, " Verily thou becamest my partner without hope or expecta-
tion of result (and yet thou hast thereby acquired great wealth).

" It is the power of Providence alone that removeth poverty, (and
giveth) sunshine and shade, heat and cold, and the new spring.

" Verily I would say to thee, ' Know this, 0 slave — accept thou
(these as coming from the Almighty), for by how much power
wouldst thou thyself have been able to remove thy poverty ? ' "

Concerning this hath a certain teacher uttered this prayer,
" The hope of this slave, Ahmad, is (on Him from whom pro-
ceedeth) all the universe."

1 The King rewarded him because instead of bringing him the worst fifty
fish, he brought the whole hundred from which the King might choose his
share. As a reward the King bought also the fisherman's share of the hundred
for a very high price.

4 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES fi-

ll. TOTAS UNZ KAT

1. Dapan ustad shahar ak gau shehri Iran tat1 as
padshah tam^suy chu nav Bahadur Khan, tarn1 as
kurmut bag zananan kyut tat as na vat garzanas
tat? bagas manz gau pada fakira nazar bazau kar
nazar kabardarau niy kabar amis padshahas dopuk
fakira teau bagas manz bozun padshahan hyiitun
sait vazir gai tat bagas manz vucun a*ti fakir

2. lache nan chiy har va^t1 bina I
boz vupha da^i anka ii
ha fakiro yor kor feakhu I
kati kochuk katye peta akhu n

fakir dapan

kurme sala tuhund khyau me kya I
boz vupha dairi anka ii

3. padshahas bont^ kan* posh^ tiir at1 tal momut
bulbula yeli yimau amis fakiras khashim kur til1
pyau fakir patar vasit momut bulbul gau thud vutit
padshahas hovun yi vir^d gau nerit phirit beye au
bulbul mod beye fakir gau beye zinda hyiitun nerun
yimchis karan zara par dapan chis

ha fakira khismat kare^ I
dud* harik khasiho bare? ii
khas^ pulau macama kyek na I
boz vupha dairi anka ii

4. yus vh^d fakiras as suy bavun amis padshahas
am1 padshahan bou vaziras

II. THE TALE OF A PARROT

1. This is what my Master told me : —

There was a certain country, the land of Persia, and it was
ruled by a king named Bahadur Khan. He had made a garden for
his womenfolk, into which no stranger was allowed to enter ; but
once there came into it a Faqir. The discerners then discerned
him, and the newsmen gave the news to the King. Said they,
" A Faqir has come into the garden." The King heard, and took
with him his Vizier. To the garden they went, and there he
saw the Faqir.

2. The Almighty, who hath a hundred thousand names, watch eth

over every path.
Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.1
" 0 Faqir, how didst thou enter ?

Where dost thou belong ? whence art thou come ? "

Quoth the Faqir : —

I came but for a stroll. What of yours have I eaten ? "
Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.

3. It chanced that before the King there was a flowering plant,
and at its foot a dead nightingale. As soon as they spoke angrily
to the Faqir, he fell flat, lifeless to the ground, and as he did so
the nightingale arose alive. Such magic power did he show the
King. The nightingale flew out of the garden, and returned.
Then it fell dead and the Faqir again became alive. He began to
depart, but they entreated him, saying : —

" 0 Faqir, let me be thy servant !

Cups of the cream of milk will I fill for thee.
Special pilaos and dainties wilt thou not eat '? "
Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.

4. So the Faqir confided the secret of his magic power to the
King, and the King confided it to his Vizier.

1 Literally a phoenix, a vara avis, the Arabic 'anqd. In the original, the
imperative "hark ye" is in the singular; I have put it into the plural, as
more consonant with English idiom.

6 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [5-

kar tara byat padshahan vaziras i
sut1 maharam kurun at1 siras 11
gai salas shikaras yeg ja I
boz vupha dairi anka n

totu momut vucuk dar biya ban i
ha vaziro asi he shuban 11
zu amis manz thavutan satha I
boz vupha dairi anka n

dopu vaziran padshaham yife? kol momut I
phak chus yivan kabar kar chu gomut. 11
chus na tah^ran vanta sa kare kya I
boz vupha dairi anka 11

5. padshah karan zara par vaziras am1 bapat bo
vucehan tota kyut asihe shuban amy bozus na
vaziran kye dapan vustad amis as dilas manz dagai.
vuny feau pad^shah amis totas manz panun mud
feunun travit totu vut thud chu pheran vaziran kar
kom feav at padshah^ sandis modis manz yi? as amis
dar dil.

pyau pitarun padshahas panas I
bor ludun vaziras na danas ii
asus dagaye zagan dad kha I
boz vupha da^i anka n

6. totu chu havaye asman vazir chu padshahas
sandis maris manz vut thud.

khut guris khalakan manz gau I

dopu nak vazir mud gur1 pyete vasit pyau ii

kabar darau niye say kabara i

boz vupha da^i anka ii

-6] II. THE TALE OF A PARROT 7

The King gave instructions to the Vizier,
And he thus became proficient in the secret.

They went out hunting together.
Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.

In the forest they saw a parrot lying dead.
" 0 Vizier, how beautiful this must have been.
Put thou, I beseech thee, thy life into it for but a moment."
Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.

Said the Vizier :—
" My King, for long hath it been dead.

A stink cometh from it ; who knoweth when it died ?
Stay here I cannot ; Sir, what am I to do ? "
* Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.

5. For this did the King make urgent entreaty to the "Vizier.
" Fain would I see how beautiful the parrot was," but the Vizier
refused to listen to him.

And, further, my Master told me : —

Tn his heart there was treachery. At length the King himself
abandoned his own body and entered into the parrot. Up rose
the parrot, and flew about. Then the Vizier did a deed : he
himself entered into the King's body. That was what had all
along been in his heart.

The burden which had been the King's to bear,
That became laid upon the foolish Vizier.

Treachery was watching in him like a petitioner.
Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.

6. The parrot is flying in the air, and the Vizier is in the body
of the King. He stood up.

He mounted the (King's) horse and went irto the army.

He said to them : —

" The Vizier fell from his horse and is dead."
That was the news that the newsman brought.
Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.

/

\s

8 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [7-

7. am1 vaziran yel1 kar kom feau padshaha sandis
maris manz tujyen atas kyet shamsher at pananis
maris korun reza at lashkara dopun ne^ryu tiran
daz beye banduk baz yus ma^ryu tota tamis banyau
bakcayish am1 totan yel1 boz ta teul gau tas fakiras
nish yus tat bagas manz as tarn1 doho.

hukum dyutanay tiran dazan i
kan taivtau myanen nazan ii
tota maranas dyutanak photu va I
boz vupha da^i anka ii

8. yus asal as padshah su chu totas manz fakiras
nisan su tota kafsi mor na doho aki drau yi padshah
salas shikaras vot jaye akis at1 vucum suna sanz
minge mar am1 siiy karuk lar anyik lashkar1 manz
dopunak am1 padshahan yas kan1 yi fealau tas dimau
gardan.

9. dopan vustad am1 mingye mari tuj vut pad-
shahasandi kala pyet teinyen vut fea^'y laris pata
yus su tota as fakir as sahib1 aga dopun amis totas
yas manz yi padshah as dopunas gate1 sa ner az
labak panun mud yim che amis mingy® mari pata
laran nakh* rozan chek na.

10. dopan vustad at1 as momut haput padshah
teau amis hapatas manz la^yau yus yi padshahasund
mud as yi travun at1.

shod bozun totan la^ryau I
kul1 dad^ri manz ho pra^ryau ii
mud lobun kar1 tos marhaba I
boz vupha dato anka ii

-10] XL THE TALE OF A P ABBOT 9

7. When this Vizier had done the deed, and when he had
entered into the King's body, in his hand he raised his sword, and
into small pieces did he cut his own dead body. Then said he to his
army, " Go forth, ye archers, and ye gunmen. Whoever of you
killeth a parrot, to him will be given a reward." When the parrot
heard this order he fled afar, and went to the Faqir, who on that
day had been in the garden.

He gave the order to the archers,
" Pay ye heed, I pray, to my coaxing."
He gave an order that the parrot should be killed.
Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.

8. Now, as for the real king, he was in the parrot, and had taken
refuge with the Faqir ; so that parrot was not killed by anyone.
One day the Vizier-King sallied forth to hunt ; and when he had
reached a certain place he descried a hind. After it they made
pursuit. They brought it into the army, and he said to them,
" T will cut oft the head of him who letteth her escape."

9. And, further, my Master told me : —

But the hind gave a sudden spring and leaped over the head of
the Vizier-King himself. They pursued her. Now the parrot-
King was with the Faqir,1 and that Faqir was a magician clairvoyant.
Quoth he to the parrot-King, " Go forth, your Majesty, to-day
wilt thou regain thine own body." Meanwhile the hind had far
outdistanced her pursuers.

10. Furthermore, my Master told me : —

There there lay a dead bear. The Vizier-King entered into the
bear and pursued the hind, leaving the real King's body lying on
the ground.

The news of the Vizier-King's coming was heard by the parrot.
Thither did he run.
He waited, watching from a tree-hole.
He again entered into his own body ; wish ye him all good
luck !
Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.

1 A few words are here missing in Sir Aurel Stein's text.

10 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES [11-

11. tota pyau at1 patar yi teau padshah pananis
maris manz yus yi vazir as su chu hap at as manz
khut padashah asal yus as su khut guris pyet dopun
yiman lokan ma^ryun haput 16yahas banduk phutarhas
zang anuk ratit padshahas nish dopunas padshahan
feikar tarn dagay bo mar^hat na kya kare ha 16k
dapanam haput chus vazir feye chi? panun mud
galmut vuma thavat tea haput vazir boha se marat.

12. dapan vustad anuk zyun zaluk haput.

hat va^nsi gau kam ya zhaday i
au Bahadur Kanas pyaday n
kar Vahab Kare Allah Allah i
boz vuph da1!4 anka ii

-12] II. THE TALE OF A PARROT 11

11. Down fell the parrot dead, and the King entered his own
body, but he who had been the Vizier was now in the bear. The
real King mounted his horse, and said to his men, " Shoot ye that
bear." They fired with their guns at him, and brake his leg.
They seized him and brought him before the King. Said the King,
" Treachery was done by thee to me. What can I do but kill thee ?
Otherwise people will say of me, ' He hath a bear for a Vizier/
Thou hast destroyed thine own body. Now no longer can I keep
a bear like thee as a Vizier. Sir, I am about to kill thee."

12. And my Master further said : —

They brought firewood, and they burnt the Vizier to ashes.
A hundred years passed, less or more.

And then came the messenger of Death to Bahadur Khan.
0 Wahb, the blacksmith,1 cry " Allah, Allah ! "
Hark ye, loyalty is monstrous rare.

1 The name of the author of the story.

12 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [1-

III. SAUDAGARASUNZ KAT

1. Saudagar gau sodahas ga*ri asus zanana say
gaye mushtak fakiras akis varyahas kalas doh° aki
au saudagar gar panun mal het padshahas gaye
kabar saudagar vot padshah drau salas rat kyut
vot saudagara sund chu at1 vudanye pahar chu
gomut rate hund yi saudagar bai vufe vodye pyet
hyeten bata trom padshah chu vuchan feuri patin
saudagar bai draye bro-bro padshah chu pakan
pata pata vat1 maidanas akis manz at1 as fakir
narahan zalit karis am1 salam bata thounas bonta
kan1 dopunas k?e ami tul feota layun amis saudagar
baye dopunas feir? kyazi ayak dopunas aW phirit
az asum amut panun kavand tarn1 gom feer k^e tarn
vuny bata dopunas am1 fakiran bo k^emay na
guda^ny dim anit amis saudagarasund kala ade
k^emai bata padshah as vuchan yi k^enfea yimau
doyau kata ka*ri ti boz padshahan saruy.

2. dapan vustad draye saudagar bai vafe panun
gar* khafe hyur padshah chu bun* kan1 am1 feot
amis saudagaras kale vufe h^et rumali k^et che
pakan bro-bro padshah chu pata pata vats amis
fakiras nish tulun feota layun amis saudagar baye
dopunas fea sapazak na amis pananis kavandasunz
vuny sapadaka mehy.

3. padshah drau vot panun gara travun aram
gash phul vufe krak dopan che saudagar vafeau
panun gara suy mor feurau vafe atuy saudagar bai
dapan che padshahas kavand ay am suy morham
feurau padshahas che kabar yi saudagar kam* mor

-3] 13

III. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT

1. A Merchant once went forth to trade, leaving his wife at home,
and she for long became filled with love for a beggarman — a Faqlr.
One day the Merchant came home with the chattels he had bought,
and to the King came the news that " the Merchant hath returned ".
At night the King went forth to wander through the city, and he
reached the Merchant's house. While he was standing there, at
the end of the first watch of the night, the Merchant's wife got
up and went forth carrying a dish of cooked rice upon her head.
The King watched her in secret. On ahead went she, and along
after her followed the King. They arrived at a certain open space
where the beggarman was seated over a little fire. She made
salutation to him, and laid the dish of rice before him. Quoth she :
" Eat ! " But straightway he raised a cudgel and with it struck
the Merchant's wife. He said unto her, " Why hast thou come so
late ? " She made reply to him, " My husband came home to-day,
and hence was I delayed. Eat now, prithee, this dish of rice."
But the beggarman said to her, " I will not eat. First bring me that
Merchant's head. Then, and not till then, will 1 sup." Now all
this time the King was watching, and he heard all this talk that
passed between them.

2. Furthermore, my Master told me : —

The Merchant's wife went off, and came to her own home.
She went upstairs, while the King stayed down below. She cut
off her husband's head, and came down with it wrapped in a
handkerchief. On ahead went she, and along after her went the
King. She came to the beggarman. He raised his stick and struck
the Merchant's wife. Said he to her, " Thou wast not true to thine
own husband. Now wilt thou be true to me ? "

3. The King departed. He returned to his palace and went to
his bed. Morning blossomed forth, and there was raised a cry.
They say : " The Merchant came home and thieves have killed
him." To the palace came the Merchant's wife. She saith unto the
King, " My husband came home to me, and he hath been killed by
thieves." The King knoweth well who killed the Merchant, while

14 BATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [4-

fearan che pai saudagar kam1 mor ka^i chu na
khasan zima.

4. dapan vustad kuruk yi saudagar zaluk atuy
drau padshah bay1 saM chu vuchan aya amisanz
kulai yi che karan gat dapan che botye zala pan
aye hifean vut feanehy naras manz padshah gos
kar^nas tap dapan chus padshah yey ta ti kya ?
t^ey ta yi kya dopunas m^e trau vil^ bo zala pan
dopunas nagas akis p^et chai m^en dod* banye sai
vane amyuk ma^nye travun yile zol am1 pan pananis
kavandas salt gaye khalas pag* drau padshah vot
at nagas p^et vuchin at1 zanana am1 say zanana
chu dapan padshah t^ey ta yi kya yey ta ti kya
dopunas am1 zanana ath1 dun? dapai bo amyuk
javab.

5. dapan vustad ath doh gai pat* kun padshahas
pyau yad laMyau padshah tat nagas p^et vuchin sa
zanana dopunas vanum tarn1 kat^ehund ma^ni
dopunas gals an feavul beye nut anun feavul ta nut
dopunas vasyat nagas manz nut feun phirit dopunas
beye anun feavul kana ratit thavus natis p^et kalf
dopunas layus shamseri hanz feund.

6. dapan la^yinas samsheri hanz feund am1 sat*
gafean padshah gab hangat* manga gab.

7. dapan vustad yi che vatan bagas akis manz
at1 chu vuchan palang pa^it at1 p^et padshah
travun aram at1 asa pa^iye yim* vuy nyu tulit
padshah feanuk akis jaye manz sapud bedar vuchan

i

-7] ///. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT 15

the people are seeking for a clue to find the murderers. But on no
one can they fix the guilt.

4. And, further, my Master said : —

They brought out the Merchant's body and burnt it. The
King went forth to the place of cremation and watched everything
that should come to pass. There came up the widow, on her way
to burn herself upon her husband's pyre. She was saying : " I also
will burn my body." She came and prepared to leap into the flames ;
but the King went near unto her, and caught her by the hand. He
said unto her, " If this, then why that ? If that, then why this ? "
Said she to him, " Let me go free, I will burn my body." Again
said she to him, " By such and such a spring dwelleth my milk-
sister. She will tell thee the meaning of this." So he let her go,
and she was burnt beside her husband, and became released from
the sorrows of the world. Next day went forth the King, and came
to that spring. There saw he a certain woman, and to her he said,
" If that, then why this ? If this, then why that ? " The woman
made reply, " After eight days will I give to thee the answer."

5. Said my Master : —

Eight days passed, and then the King called to mind the
woman's words. He ran to the spring. There saw he her and again
asked he of her the meaning of those words. Quoth she, " Go
thou, and bring hither a goat and a jar." He brought the goat
and the jar, and then said she, " Descend thou into this spring
and therein set thou the jar upside-down." And further said she
to him, " Lead thou down the goat by the ear, and put its head
upon the jar." (He did so), and she cried, " Strike thou it a blow
with the sword."

6. And my Master said : — ■

He struck it a blow with his sword, and on the instant did the
King of a sudden disappear.

7. And furthermore my Master told me : —

He found himself in a garden, and there was there spread a
bed. On the bed he climbed and lay down and fell asleep. Now
there were fairies there. They lifted him up and carried him off
into a certain place. There he awoke, and seeth all round him

16 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES fe-

cial janatach jaye at1 lagimaty nagma padshah chu
mushtak at1 tamashas kun.

8. dapan gaye yima pa^iye panas amis diteuk
kunz dopuhas yet kutis thau kulup vut ate andar
teau andar at1 vuchun gur zin ka^it kodun nebar
tap ka^it nebar yeli korun chu vudahye tap ka^it
dopuhas khas yemis guris khotu amis guris yi chu
vuchan satau zemmau tsWti navau asmanau p^eti
yi kefea Kuda saban pada kurmut ti vuch padshahan
tat sa^hy gau mushtak gos pada Shetan dopunas kya
chuk vuchan dopunas padshahan yi ken^fea Kuda
saban pada kur ti chus vuchan dopunas Shetanan
phirit am1 kuta havai bo yi chay meny kunz yat
kutis thau kulup vut ate andar teau padshah andar
vuchun at1 khar gandit dopunas karun nebar khas
am1 say yi kehyfea Kuda saban pada kur tarn1 p^eth
kan1 vuchak beye kye kut padshah amis kharas.

9. dapan vustad barabar vatanavun panun gar
kut hyiir phirit vut vuchun at1 na khar padshahas
au arman tarn1 baguku voh k^eta pa^thy vat^e tut
dapan gau at1 nagas p^eth dopun tamis zanana m^e
vante yey ta ti kya t?ey ta yi kya dopunas ami
zanana anun panun n^echu beye an nut beye an
shamsher dopunas vasyat nagas manz valun panun
n?echu pavun pathar thavus natis p^eth kale kanas
karanas thap am1 padshahan tuh jin shamsher laye
amis nyechavis karis am1 zanana thap at shamsher1
dopunas yih gau ti ti gau yi tea gak mushtak
bagas behye meny gaye mushtak fakiras.

-9] III. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT 17

a region of paradise. Fair women were dancing there, and smitten
with love for the entrancing spectacle did the King become.

8. And further saith my Master : —

Departed these fairies and left him all alone, but before they
went gave they him a key. Said they to him, " Unlock thou this
room. Arise, and go within." He went within, and there he saw .
a horse ready saddled. He led it without, and stood there holding
it by the bridle. Said they to him, " Mount this horse." He
mounted it, and, lo ! at once he seeth everything that God, the
Master, hath made both below the seven earths and above the
seven heavens. All that did the King see, and for it did he become
smitten with love. Then before him appeared Satan ; and Satan
asked him saying, " What is it thou dost see ? " Quoth the
King, " Whatever God, the Master, hath created, that do I see."
And Satan said to him in answer, " More than this will I show thee.
Behold, here is my key. With it unlock thou this door. Arise and
go within." The King went within and there saw he an ass tied.
Said Satan to him, " Bring thou it forth, and mount it, and thou
shalt see something more even than all that God, the Master, hath
created." Thereupon did the King mount that ass.

9. Furthermore said my Master : —

Straightway the ass carried the King back unto his palace.
He dismounted and went upstairs, and when he came down again,
behold, he saw no ass there. Great longing for that garden of
paradise came unto the King, but how was he to reach it ? They
tell me that he went at once unto the spring and asked the woman,
" Tell me, prithee, 'If that, then why this ? If this, then why that ? ' "
And that woman said unto him, " Bring thou thine own son, and
bring also a pitcher, and also bring thy sword." Said she to him,
" Descend thou into this spring, and take down with thee thy son.
Cast him down, and upon the pitcher lay thou his head." So the
King took the lad by the ear, and drew his sword. With it would
he have struck his son had not the woman seized it. Cried she,
" This it is that is that ; and that it is that is this. Thou becamest
smitten with love for the garden, and my sister became smitten
with love for the beggarman."

18 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

IV.— LALA MALTKUN UNMUT GYAVUN

Dapan chu : —
Daye zar vanumai Kudaye boz tarn tai i

samsar bazi gar n
hazrat1 Adam gude ludanam tay i

ma^kau kur hai taiyar n
phurtas Yib*lis tat1 kuru nam tai i

samsar bazi gar 11
hazrat1 Nu chi vuladi Adam tai i

phirit gas kuphar 11
ah tarn1 kur nay1 sar^gau alam tai i

samsar bazi gar n
hazrat1 Isa k?e chu na kam tai I

Sahib^sund tot yar 11
feun asfmanan p^eth tarn1 sabak dopu nam tai \

samsar bazi gar 11
hazrat1 Musai travuy kadam tai i

Sahib^sund kare didar n
Koh^e Tura p^etha tarn1 kathe ka*ri nam tai i

samsar bazi gar 11
hazrat1 Ibrahim k?e chu na kam tai i

putalin kurun nakar 11
tarn1 kur din1 Mahamad mahkam tai i

samsar bazi gar 11
marit kab*ra yeli vale nam tai i

pan?en bai kya yar 11
tat1 Lala Ma^kas kya hav^nam tai i

samsar bazi gar h

19

IV. A SONG OF LAL MALIK

1. He saith : —

0 God, supplication make I unto thee. Ah ! hear Thou me !
For this world is a deluder.

2. First sent He the holy Adam ; yea, by the Angels was he
made complete. Then Iblis ruined him, and thence (i.e. from
Paradise) was he thrust forth. This world is a deluder.

3. From Adam was sprung the holy Noah, and from him the
infidels became estranged. A sigh he uttered, and the whole
universe was flooded in his tears. This world is a deluder.

4. In no way less than him was the holy Jesus. He was
the beloved friend of God, the Master. Seated upon the four heavens
did He utter His teaching. This world is a deluder.

5. The holy Moses stepped forward, crying, " I would see the
Master with mine own eyes." He gave forth (the ten) words from
Mount Sinai. This world is a deluder.

6. In no way less than him was the holy Abraham, who forbad
the worship of idols. He it was who established the faith of
Muhammad. This world is a deluder.

7. When I shall die, and my brethren and friends will lower
me into the grave, then what can they show to me, Lai Malik, but
that this world is a deluder.

20 HATIMS SONGS AND STOBIES [1-

V. SUNERASUNZ KAT

1. Vustad dapan Shehra ak chu asmut tat1 chu
sunar suy as featas bahan hatan hund zyut yiihay
as garan vast padshahas sanzi kodye kit1 tot as
gatean sunar sanz zanana h^et ak1 doho dopus am1
padshah kodr6 sozun gafee panun kavand doho aki
drau sunar sunasanz vajy h^et padshah sanzi kod^i
kite am1 pasand karus na dopunas yat chi vad au put
phirit vot panun gar* pyau bimar.

2. amis as padshahasanzi kod1 hund ashik gomut
padshah kod^i as gomut amis sunarsund ashik
dodfmaj1 kun vanan padshah kud : —

zargar nichuva pur kumar I

deshit logsmai dod^maj muthai amar n
dodfmaj ches vanan phirit: —

mai kar kudye shiiri bashe i

lagak ashkanye vale vashe n
aure kane dithai kud1 kane da^i I
ar ma lag^ham vu hf&ll h

3. sunar chu bimar amis chu askun tap amis
sunarsanz kulai che gatij amis tug bozun amisund
dod dapan ches tea hech layin rinz beye gar
sunasand1 ranz ze.

4. dapan vustad gar1 am1 sunasandi ranz ze drau
atas k?et hitean ranz layan che apsta1 ta yipaV
layan kahyev1 ta shastrev1 vot ot padshahasanzi
da^ri tal layin at1 sunasand1 renz ze padshahasanzi
kod?6 halamas manz ami havus are phirit tad kan1
ana beye travun daM kan1 ab beye travun poshe
gund beye travun kih beye tujen shastero salai

-4]

21

V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH

1. Now this is what my Master saith : —

In days of yore there was a certain city, wherein there lived a
goldsmith. He was head of his guild with twelve hundred guilds-
men under him. He used to make articles for the King's daughter,
and these his wife would take to her. One day the princess told
the goldsmith's wife that in future her husband must himself
bring the things, so one day he set out to her with a ring. When
the princess saw it she took exception to it. " It is crooked," said
she. So he took it back and went home, and there fell sick.

2. The truth was that he had fallen in love with the princess,
and she too had become enamoured of him. She cried to her
foster-mother : —

" Full of sweet languishment is that son of a goldsmith.
I have seen him, 0 nurse, and mad is my longing for him."

But the foster-mother replied : —

" Utter not, 0 daughter, childish talk,
Or thou wilt be caught within the net of love.
Close thine ear, 0 daughter, to such words,
Or else thou wilt find thyself a mark for blame."

3. The goldsmith lay sick of the fever of love, and his wife was
a clever woman. She understood the cause of his pain, and said
to him, " Practise thou pitching balls, and make two balls of gold."

4. Saith my Master : —

So he made two balls of gold and went out holding (them and
other) balls in his hand. Hither and thither he pitched balls of
stone and balls of iron as he went along, till he came below the
princess's window, and through it he flung into her lap-cloth the
two balls of gold. On this she turned her back towards him and
showed him a mirror. Then she threw some water out of the
window. Then she threw out a posy of flowers, and again a hair.

22 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [5-

drutun at1 da^i handis dasas kash am1 sunar vuch
au phirit vot panun gara dopunas paneiiye zanana
dopunas kyaho karut am1 vununas phirit renz hai
lay&mas tim hai gas hai? mas manz tore hai haunam
phirit tor kan1 ane beye hai traunam da^i kan1 ab
beye traunam poshe gund beye traunam kih beye
dyutun shiteravi salaya sa^th dasas pash dopu nas
am1 phirit tar kan1 hau haunai ana kustany asmut
chus vupar ab hau trau nai ab dava kan1 gafee
afeun poshe gund traunai bagas manz salaya sa^th
haunai anun gafee pahre vav tat chiy poladevy
nyaza tim gafean featen1 kih traunai ches valan
kangany.

5. dapan vustad drau ye sunar shaman ba^g1
teavat bagas manz vuchun at1 palang kut at1
palangas p^eth shikasta sa^th p^eyes nindar ayes
yi padshah kud shanda ches karan khur khurachas
karan shand yi k^e hushar gas na yutany gash
lug phulen1 padshah kud feaj gar? panun patkun gau
hushar sunar yivan chu yit1 panun gar* vanan ches
panen kulai kyaho karut yichus dapan phirit sanai
IsJe ayem dopunas am1 zanana talau yiir1 hund vula
gau vuchus ami paneiiye zanana vuchus chandas
vuchan at1 renz ze sunasand1 timai yim tarn1 doho
layanas hatemas manz dopunas sa chai amufe su
chuk na gomut hushar vo beye yeli gafeak kal^chen
teli dapai bo sabak.

6. dapan vustad nam da tulinas athan hand1 akis
as nas dyutmut sun kash dopunas mor thas am1
dopunas phirit ma1! maji che sa feuhye mute nayid

-6] V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH 23

Finally she lifted up an iron stiletto and with it scratched the sill
of the window. When the goldsmith had seen all this he returned
home, and his wife said to him, " Well, dear, what did you do ? "
Said he to her, " I flung, my dear, the balls to her, and they fell,
my dear, into her lap-cloth. Then, my dear, she turned her back to
me and showed me a mirror. Then, my dear, she threw some water
out of the window. Then she threw out a posy of flowers, and
then a hair. Then she made a scratch upon the window-sill with
an iron stiletto." Replied she, " When she turned her back and
showed the mirror, she meant that someone else was there ; when
she threw out water, she meant that you must come in by the water-
drain ; when she threw the posy of flowers, she meant that it was
the garden into which you must come ; when she showed the
stiletto, she meant that you must bring a file, as there are iron
railings to be cut through ; and when she threw a hair, she meant
that she was combing her locks."

At eventide the goldsmith went forth, and entered the garden.
There he found a bed and got up on to it. He was weak from
illness, and fell asleep. While he so slept, there came the princess.
From the pillow she walked to the foot of the bed, and from the foot
back again to the pillow, but he never awoke to welcome her. By
that time the dawn began to blossom forth, and the princess ran
off home. Thereafter the goldsmith awoke, and returned to his
house. Says his wife to him, " What, dear, did you do ? " Says
he in reply, " She never came to me." Says she to him, " Come
here, my dear." He went up to her, and she looked into his pocket,
and found there the two golden balls that on the day before he had
thrown into the princess's lap-cloth. Says she to him, " She did
come to you, but you never stayed awake. Now, when you go
again this evening, I will tell you what to do."

6. And the Master further told me : —

She set to work paring the ten nails of his hands, and as she did
so, she gave to one of them a deep gash. Cried he, " You've been
and killed me!" But she replied. " I was never taught barber's

24 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [7

sabakas vu yeli gafeak teli dimai davahan am1
dyutanas marfeevangan rafeehana beye nuna raise
hana dopunas beye yeli tat palahgas p^eth khasak
teli yeyiy nindar yi dava rafea han gand1 zyes ada
pyeyiy nindar shahij drau at1 yi sunar dava rafea
han hifeun sa^th vot at bagas manz kut at palahgas
pyeth chu praran feer tany yi kuni yivan ches na
hiteanas yiny nindar atas chus dod at chu karit tap
dopun vuny ayina yefeana ha bo daMis dava shahij
karaha nindar yiithuy at daMis feunun dava tithuy
pyos valinj1 v^e chu lalavan thud vuthit.

7. dapan vustad ayiye padshah sanz kud amis mut
saruy dod karun amis sa^th yi karun gufe p^eyak
nindar yutahy gash lug pholen1 kutval chu vasan
apa^r kan1 agaye. vuchun at1 padshahasanz kud
beye sunar rat1 am1 kotvalan niny ratit karin havala
feralin karik kad at1 as pakan vat1 akha ami siiy
dopuk yimau kadyau doyau teahasa dizi krek sunar
ata p^etha dabzik padshahas kar pyau kuhg^var1
kabar cha lot featanasa k^inna hot featanas.

padshahas kar pyau kuhgavarye I

pakan dil gom tat1 tare ii
vir het vatun gote sulli gar^e i

natatas padshah tat1 mare it

boz sunarsanza zanana draye bazar hifean feuche lazan
kranje draye hyet.

shen kad kanan su cho bage remai i
satyamis afeayo Bar Kodayu hay ii

7] V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH 25

work by my father and mother. When you go to-day, I'll give
you a little remedy." So she gave him some red-pepper and salt,
saying, " Next time you get up on to that bed and you feel sleepy,
apply a little of this medicine to your cut finger and your sleep will
become cool." l

So the goldsmith went out, taking with him the medicine, and
came to the garden, and got up on to the bed. He waited a long
time, yet no one ever came. At length he began to feel
sleepy, but his hand was too sore, and he caught hold of it (to
relieve the pain). He said to himself, " She hasn't come. If
I had only put some of that medicine on my sore finger I should
have had a cool and refreshing sleep." So he put some of the
medicine on the cut, and the smart was like a fiery poison in his
heart. He jumped up, nursing his aching hand.

7. And my Master went on to say : —

Just then came the princess, and all his pain was forgotten. He
did with her what was proper to the occasion, and they fell asleep
in each other's arms. Meantime the dawn began to blossom forth.
The chief constable came by on his rounds of inspection, and found
there the princess and the goldsmith. He arrested them, making
them over to his henchmen, and put them into jail. Just then
a man happened to be passing along the road, and they called out
to him, " Please, sir, make an outcry in the goldsmiths' market.
You must say, ' The King's ass has trespassed in the saffron field,
and who knows whether they will cut off its tail or cut its throat.' '
" The King's ass was caught in the saffron field,
And as I went there, my heart became all full of anxiety.
Thou must come at dawn with money to pay the fine,
Otherwise the King will kill.it there and then."
The goldsmith's wife heard this outcry. She went out into the
market and bought some loaves. She put these into a deep basket,
and went off (to the jail), crying : —

" In six prisons have I distributed loaves.
Now, 0 God, would I enter a seventh."

1 She means that the desire for sleep would become cool, and he would
remain awake. But the silly fellow misunderstands her, and imagines that
the medicine would bring him cool and refreshing sleep.

26 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [8-

8. dapan vustad bagaren yima suche dopunak
kavand chum bimar atfkya dop ham pirau fakirau
suche gafean bagaranye satan kadkhanen yi kyefea
dapun chu ti dapazim yora afeavunuy ara neravun
k^e dapazim na me gafee shak dopunak beye ma
chu kaM1 yeti dop has yimau pat^ami pahara ani
mot1 kutvalen ze kaM1 tim che patkun vate yiman
nish dopun amis pananis kavandas vony k^ita
pa1^ mokli yeti padshah kud tag?e mokalavany yi
padshah kud dopunas am1 phirit ti yeli tagyeham
ade kyazi lagaha kad.

9. dapan vustad kudun nala panun poshak tsunun
padshah kod^e padshah kodye hund kudun feunun
panes karand difeanas vutamak1 draye nebar padshah
kud gaye panun gar kutvalen d^ut rapat padshahas
dopunas padshah kud beye as sunar bagas manz
timai kya karim kad padshah drau adalat p^eth
anik yim ratik kud1 ze vuchuk yim bate ze sunar
sanzi kulaye gand1 gul1 ze padshahas dopunas
padshaham as^ya as1 gamat1 salas tore kya ai ta
vat1 yat ch^anis sheharas manz gau feer ada feai
ch^anis bagas manz at1 vuch palang khat1 at1 pyeth
kur aram are au chon kutaval am1 kya niy ratit
karin kad vut kutval dopun padshahas padshaham
ch^an kud karnam kasam vignya nage pyetha dapan
yus at1 apuz kasam karehe su vutehena tat1 thud
su as tat1 maran dop am1 sunar sanzi zanana amis
sunaras tag^e yi padshah kud bachaviny dopunas

-9] V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH 27

8. And my Master said : —

She went about distributing these loaves, saying, " My husband
is sick. And what did holy men and medicants say to me but to
distribute loaves in seven jails. If ye have ought to say to me,
say it to me as I go in ; but say not ought to me as I go out, for
that will risk the fulfilment of my vow." And then she continued,
" I wonder if ye' have any prisoners herein." They replied, " At
the last watch of the night the chief constable brought hither two
prisoners. They are in there at the back." So she came up to
them, and said to her husband, " How can we now get the princess
free ? Have you any plan for releasing her ? " Said he, " If
I had any plan, would I now be in prison ? "

9. Said my Master : —

She took off her clothes and put them on the princess, and took
off the princess's clothes and put them on herself. Then she
turned the basket upside down (over the princess's head, so as to
conceal it) and the princess went straight out of the jail, and came
home. In the meantime the chief constable reported to the King
that the princess and goldsmith had been found in the garden,
and, of course, had been put in prison. The King went forth
into the judgment hall. They brought the two prisoners before
him, and, lo and behold, they were the husband and wife !
The goldsmith's wife respectfully folded her arms and said to
the King, " Your Majesty, we had gone to a marriage feast, and
on our way back happened to pass through this city of yours.
It was then late, so we went into your garden. There we chanced
to see a bed, and got on to it and went to sleep. Well, your chief
constable came along, and, as you see, arrested us and put us into
prison." Then the chief constable got up and said to the King,
" Your Majesty, let your Majesty's daughter make oath at the
Vigifiah Nag.1 People say that if anyone make a false oath there,
he never rises up again, but falls down dead on the spot."

Said the goldsmith's wife to the goldsmith, " Have you any plan
for saving the princess ? " Said he to her, " Please tell me how ? "

1 Vigifiah or Viginu is the name of the tutelary goddess of the Kashmir
forests. In the good old times she was often seen as she roamed over the
mountains, but nowadays she is always invisible. A Vigifiah Nag is a Nag,
or spring, sacred to her.

28 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [10-

havtam vat dopunas ak trau saruy poshak kuran
feiin krau beye mat sur lag gosony yeli ut vatenavan
amis padshah kud^e chon gafee gafeun amis padshah
kudye gafee karin^ tap damanas dopun gafees ma
ditta gude kharat sa kya haivi ada kasam chonuy
mokratit dapi yahaz1 vigiiya nage namis matis siva
kya karum na kasi damanas tap.

vigiiya nagas vafeayas sranas I
kuv^ zana matfma ludnam ra n

mat1 tap layinam doili damanas I
kuteval ganas gud^ryau kya 11

sa^ri yar* goi panas panas i

kut*val ganas gudfryau kya 11

10. padshah kud gaye gar kuteval dyutuk phahi
sunarsandi bate ze che gar1 panan1 yi gau sunar
bimar kurnas yahoi ashkun tap yi as sunarsanz
zanana gatij gudun moh^ra hathas akis rush yi
gundun pananis kavandas pana logun sannyas amis
paran gupal1 vatanavun padshaha sund gara dopun
amis padshahas yi cham bay kakiny yi chai fee
havala mye chiy gafeun bayis nish su chum gomus
(sic) sodahas yi chai mye gupal1 havala yu tany as1
yimoy yi chai pak yi thaivzin pananye kudis sa^th
aye phirit panen gar£ kye kala gau au yi sunar
beye gar* punun.

11. dapan vustad logun sodagar am1 zanana vat1
at1 padshaha sandis sheharas manz log ami beye
sanyas kavand thavun deras pyeth saudagar lagit

-11] V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH 29

Said she, " In the first place, pull off all your clothes, and put wooden
pattens on your feet. In the second place, rub ashes over your
whole body, and pretend to be a mendicant devotee. As soon as
they shall bring the princess to the Nag, you must go up to her and
catch hold of her skirt, saying, " First of all, pray give me alms."
She can then safely take oath and say, " 0 holy Viginah Nag, save
and except this mad fellow no one hath ever seized my skirt." 1

She went down to bathe in the Viginah Nag.
" I know not why this charge was brought against me.
Only this mad one hath caught the skirt of my garment."
Then what happened to the vile chief constable ?
All the folk took their several ways to their homes.
Then what happened to the vile chief constable ?

10. So the princess went home in peace, and they took the chief
constable and impaled him. The goldsmith and his wife also
returned to their own house, and there he fell sick. He was sick
with the fever of love for the princess. But the goldsmith's wife
was very clever. She made a necklace worth a hundred dinars
and put it on her husband. She dressed herself as a mendicant
ascetic, and him as a dancing girl, and brought him to the King's
palace. Said she to the King, " Here is my brother's wife, and I
am putting her in thy charge. I must be off to my brother who has
gone away on a trading expedition. So here is my dancing girl
placed in thy charge until I return. She is yet a virgin and thou
must keep her with thine own daughter." Saying this she (left the
goldsmith there disguised as the girl and) returned to her own
house. Shortly afterwards the goldsmith himself slipped away,
and also went home.

11. And again my Master said : —

The goldsmith's wife dresses her husband up as a merchant,
and arrives as if from a journey at the King's city. She herself is
again made up as the mendicant ascetic. She leaves the pretended

1 "To seize the skirt" has also a metaphorical meaning, which can be
imagined. Hence, the princess was quite safe in saying it.

30 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [12

pane gaye padshahis gund^nas dava dim gupal1
divan achan dii dapan ches dim gupal1.

praran doh gau me bal^e I
sanyas amut gupal^e 11

yi chus dapan padshah phirit.

sanyas? maulak jande lolo I

kotuna ak dimai danda 1616 ii

sanyas chus dapan chus phirit.

sanyas chusai be vastu 1616 I

dand himai dukhtare khas 1616 ii

12. dapan vustad mohara hatas gudun rush gundun
panenye kudye karan havala sanyasas.

tannana tannana tana nai i

yim kar che karan zananai ii

niyanta karan havale pananis kavandas dopunas feu
zan ta yi zan.

12] V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH 81

merchant in the tent, and herself goes to the King. She makes
her petition to him. " Give me," said she, " my dancing girl." The
King replies with abuse, and throws curses at her eyes, but she
reiterates, " Give me my dancing girl " : —

" Longing have I been for my girl as the days went by.
The mendicant has come for his dancing girl."
And the King replies to her : —

" 0 mendicant, fix not the banner of thy claim, tol-lol-lay.
I will give thee another lady in compensation, tol-lol-lay."

But the mendicant answers : —

" An ascetic I am without worldly ties, tol-lol-lay.
In compensation I'll take thine own daughter, tol-lol-lay."

12. And finally said my Master : —

He made a necklace worth a hundred dinars, and putting it on
his own daughter, made her over to the mendicant ascetic.
Taradiddle, taradiddle, tol-lol-lay,
It is only womenfolk who can act this way.
She took the princess and made her over to her husband. And
she said to them, " You must learn, and she must learn." x

1 i.e. learn the truth of the verse jusb quoted. They two must learn and
know the power of women's wiles. There is perhaps an indication that the
wiles would continue, and that the life of the husband and of the second wife
might not be happy as they expected.

82 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [1-

VI SHAHI YUSUF ZALIKHA

1. Shahi Yusuf Zulikha yar* bozak na it

Z. 2. Salas yihna polau krekna i

Yitam gah bega yar* bozak na ii

3. Sat kut1 larichim change 16 larichim I

Beh tarn satha yar* bozak na ii

4. Putal khanas Vyun Vyun panas I

Kurnak parda yar* bozak na n

Y. 5. At1 kya thavut as1 kona havut I

Z. Dopunas chum Kuda yar^ bozak na ii

Y. 6. Kuda gau suy mane panenye kas duy I
Shdlan chu shama yar* bozak na n

7. Kuda chu kunuy jal^va dit drau nunnuy i

Kanye manz cha muda yar^ bozak na ii

8. Hazrat Yusuf Isul pat? ladeyes Zalikha ii
Z. Yusuf tsalan Zalikha laran i

Dopunas yi pazya yar^ bozak na ii

9. Nalas tap karit nyun ha tea karit I

Gai peshe padshah yar* bozak na ii

i

-9] 33

VI. THE STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA1

1. Wilt thou not hear, 0 beloved, (the tale of) Yusuf and

Zulaikha ?

2. (Zulaikha) " To the feast wilt thou not come ? Dainty meats

wilt thou not eat ?
In season or out of season, come thou to me. Wilt thou not
hear, 0 beloved ?

3. " Seven rooms have I in the palace ; in my longing for thee

have I prepared them.
Sit thou, I pray, for but a moment. Wilt thou not hear, 0
beloved ? "

4. One by one she herself in the idol-house

Covereth (each idol) with a veil.2 Wilt thou not hear, 0 beloved ?

5. (Yusuf) " On what hast thou put a veil ? What hast thou

displayed to us ? "
(Zulaikha) " It is my god (that I have veiled). Wilt thou not
hear, 0 beloved ? "

6. (Yusuf) " There is but one God. Cast from thy mind the

belief in dualism.3
He is burning bright as a lamp. Wilt thou not hear, 0
beloved ?

7. " There is but one God, who hath manifested Himself in glory.
What purpose can there be in a stone ? Wilt thou not hear,

0 beloved ? "

8. The holy Yusuf fled, and after him ran Zulaikha.

Yusuf fleeing, Zulaikha pursuing.
Cried she, " Is it thus that thou shouldest act ? Wilt thou not
hear, 0 beloved ? "

9. She caught him by the neck. She made an accusation

against him.
They went before the King. Wilt thou not hear, 0 beloved ?

1 Yasuf is Joseph, and Zulaikha is Potiphar's wife.

2 When Zulaikha tempts Joseph she puts a veil before the image of her
household idol, that it may not become aware of her unchastity. This arouses
Joseph's suspicions.

3 D8y, duality, is a technical term of Kashmiri Saiva monotheism, and is
here borrowed by Musalman theology.

34 HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES [10-

10. Aziza Misar as padshah amis as zid Hazret*
Yusuf* sund.

Yusuf kad khan kahchus na bozan I
Mukli az Kuda yar* bozak na h

11. Yeli Yusuf lug kad at1 as prany kad timau
dyut kab akis kurun ta^bir feima^i padshah mod
padshahan beyis kurun ta^bir fea sapadak padshah
sund peshkar mat1 hasa paHrzi yad.

KsMyau kav dyut ta^blr drak myut I
Moklai parda yar^ bozak na ii

12. Padshah Aziza Misar deshan kab.

Aziza Misar kab^nish abtar gau bedar i
Vut shora ga yar* bozak na n

13. Kamyiik vut shoraga ?
Malan baban piran fakiran i

Banina hakima yar* bozak na ii

14. Kamyiik hakim at1 kabus yus manye tearihe
yus ami Aziza Misren kab as dyutmut dopunas
gulaman kabuk ta^bir zane Hazret Yusuf.

Kabuk t^bir Yusufas chu vaphir I

Daden chiy dava yar* bozak na ii

15. Unuk Hazret Yusuf dopunas padshahan me
dyut kab at1 vanum ta^bir dopunas Yusufan kya
dyuthut dopunas padshahan ak dyuthum huk1 nag

-15] VI. THE STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA 35

10. AzIz-8 Misr was the King, and he had enmity against Yiisuf.
Yiisuf is in prison, no one heareth his complaint.

But he will be released by the power of God. Wilt thou not
hear, 0 beloved ?

11. When Yiisuf was put in prison there were there old
prisoners. They each saw a dream. To one he interpreted it,
saying, " Of a surety the King will kill thee," and the King did
kill him. To the other he made interpretation saying, " Thou wilt
become the King's chief clerk. Then, sir, I beseech thee, bear thou
me in mind."

The prisoners saw a dream. The interpretation turned out

true * for them.
On the morrow they were released from jail. Wilt thou not

hear, 0 beloved ?

12. King Aziz-e Misr saw a dream.
Aziz-e Misr became terrified by the dream.

He awoke, and there was made proclamation. Wilt thou not
hear, 0 beloved ?

13. What was the purport of the proclamation ?

Among the priests, among the calendars, among the saints,

among the mendicants.
Can there not be found one learned man ? Wilt thou not hear,

0 beloved ?

14. Of what science was a learned man required ? One who
could interpret this dream that had been seen by Aziz-e Misr.
His servant said to him, " The holy Yiisuf knoweth how to interpret
a dream."

" Mighty is Yiisuf in interpretation of dreams.
Verily he is the remedy of all pains. Wilt thou not hear,
0 beloved ? "

15. They brought the holy Yiisuf, and the King said to him,
" I have seen a certain dream. Tell thou me the interpretation
thereof." Said Yusuf, " What didst thou see ? " Replied the
King, " In the first place saw I seven dry water-springs drinking

1 Literally, "sweet."

36 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [16-

sat yivan barren nagan satan chyavan beye dyuthum
kam sat hil vuchun pukhtan satan helen ningalan
beye vuchun lagar gau sat yivan mast satan gavun
ningalan am1 kuy vanum tatylr dopunas Yusufan
drag vuthi.

16. Dapan vustad Yusufan moklau ta^bir vanit
padshahas gau asar lajis boche dopunak diyum bata
am1 vakta padshah k^avan as na am1 asra saHh
dopunak jal anyum dapan gai ta anuk bata yi ky§n
dopunak bey anyum aiiye has dega vokavit anhas
ta kyon taslika as na dapan at1 bo che sa^thi gau
marit dapan paga dife vazirau vurdi paga vas^u sa^re
ldgah yas host nam1 paz behe nyeche suy sapad1
padshah dapan vot1 ldgah au host nam^au Yusufas
paz au b^uthus nyeche banau Yusuf padshah.

Yala vai havun hostu mange navun I
Yusuf padshah yara bozak na ii

17. Ta^if-i Yusuf par Wahab Kara khub I

Gate paran la illah yara bozak na ii

-17] VI. THE STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKIIA 37

up seven full water-springs. In the second place saw I seven
unripe ears of corn swallowing up seven ripe ears. Again I saw
coming seven lean kine, and they were swallowing up seven fat
kine. Tell thou me the interpretation of this." And Yiisuf said
unto him, " A famine will arise."

16. And my Master said : —

Yiisuf finished telling the interpretation, and as he did so
the power of the famine seized the King. He felt hunger, and cried
out, " Give me food," although that was not his time for eating.
Through the power of the famine he cried to them, " Speedily bring
ye it to me." And people say that they hastened forth and brought
him food. He ate it, and cried, " Bring ye more ! " They hauled
it to him in cauldrons, and he ate it but could not be satisfied.
And people say that (for all he ate) he died of starvation. They
say that next day the Viziers gave forth this command, " Let all
ye citizens descend to-morrow to the 'Id-plain, and he to whom the
royal elephant will bow, and on whose thumb-ring the royal
hawk will alight, shall become King. They say that they went
down to the 'Id-plain. The elephant came and bowed to Yiisuf,
and the hawk came and alighted on his thumb-ring. So Yiisuf
became King.

Majesty he displayed, he sent for the elephant.

Yusuf became King. Wilt thou not hear, 0 beloved ?

17. 0 Wahb, the blacksmith, well recite thou the praise of Yiisuf.
Ever as thou goest recite the creed. Wilt thou not hear,

0 beloved ?

38 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES CI-

VIL NAYE HANZ KAT

1. Bana yas dod tas chu panas tinanan I

Naye hund dod nay che panai ti vanan 11

2. Nai che dapan Bar Sahib chi kunuy I

Diya ta feakh^e nishi panai chi bytinuy ii

3. Nai che dapan Bar Sahib mun* zat i

Pane suy kun chi mushtak dokhtarat ii

4. Hamud gafeyu tas Khudayas kun paran i

Paxte kurun tot Muhammad mez^man ii

5. Bar Sahiban sa^h dit^nas saman i

Tsor yar chas sa^th sa^h shoban ii

6. Nut* tam^sandi pada kurun Adam i

Adfmas sa^h pada kurun idam ii

7. Nai che dapan lodun Adam be nava I

As mashiyat Wrl tala drayas Hava ii

8. Nai che dapan kya zabar as suy sath i

Yam1 sathai pad* karun zur yat |

9. Nai che dapan hal myo nuy boz tuy i

DaM?6 ladai cn^uta sata roz1 tuy h

10. Nai che dapan pat vanan asus pin ham i

Shak* burgau sa^h1 asus shoban ii

11. Nai che dapan thud me asum bala pan i

Sune kananuy graye duran ches divan ii

12. Gai ma gum^ra yiy ta tarn1 kuy gom badal i

Pyom1 gutfla la^ni feur vatit azal ii

-12] 39

VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE

1. Only to him is the burden of woe manifested who suffereth

woe himself.
The reed-flute herself is telling the reed-flute's woe.

2. Quoth the reed-flute, " The Almighty is one and only one.
God alone is of His own will devoid of wrath."

3. Quoth the reed-flute, " Pure is the Almighty ;

(As He alone is free from imperfection) only towards Himself
can he yearn day and night.

4. " Ever go ye giving forth praise to that God,

In that He created Muhammad, the Beloved Guest.

5. " The Almighty gave him instruments to be with him.

Four friends 1 are illustrious as his companions.

6. "By His glory He created Adam,

And with Adam was created this world." 2

7. Quoth the reed-flute, " Adam was sent forth into the world

all alone,
And at his wish Eve issued from his side."

8. Quoth the reed-flute, " How excellent was that moment,
In which the world with all its offspring was created ! "

9. Quoth the reed-flute, " Hear ye, I pray, the tale of my woe.
If ye suffer pain, remain, I pray, a moment by me."

10. Quoth the reed-flute, " At the back of the forest was I hidden,
Beautiful with my branches and my leaves."

11. Quoth the reed-flute, " Upright was my youthful form,

As (in the breeze) I waved the pendants of my golden ears.

12. " I went astray, and thus happened that change of my estate.

A woodcutter chanced upon me, a doom, a thief of my
destiny."

1 Muhammad's four friends were Abu Bakr, 'Umar, 'Uthman, and 'All.
The last two were his sons-in-law, and the first two his dearest friends.

■ The word yldam is a corruption of the Sanskrit idam, and comes
curiously in a Musalman poem.

40 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [13-

13. Nai che dapan sakhme gom au suy kosur i

Nazari tarn1 sanzi sa^th1 sapanum tok* sur h

14. Nai che dapan feakh1 hut mak chum* divan i

Phal? b^iin b^iin chale mazas chum tulan ii

15. Mad^ me asum had£ panas ches karan i

Bah panas vale nai kafe chum karan ii

16. Gaye zhuda sai zhudai chai vanan i

As vadan al vida as suy karan ii

17. Tat1 valit vat1 vat1 tarn chum divan i

Vale vunuy turke ch^anas chumu kanan ii

18. Nai che dapan la^r1 phir1 phir1 chum vuchan I

Duri roz1 roz toto dab sak chum divan ii

19. Nai che dapan lit?ri sa^th yeli gaj*nas I

Atar peyem yeli char kas khaj^nas n

20. Dalil :—

Yeli charkas kafe amis turke ch?anas nishi amis
pyevan panen ham nishin yad yim^nuy kun che
vanan k^efea ta kya vane.

Nai che dapan ham nishin meny rod1 katye I
Vany bo dim^ hak turi ma rod1 ad vatye ii

21. Ham nishinan sir panunuy bava ha I

Sin* mutoit dod panunuy hav^ ha ii

22. Nai che dapan kya ba^am kut ches rivan i

DaMe panane nab pharyad ches divan ii

-22]

VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE

41

13. Quoth the reed-flute, " Terrible was the fault (i.e. calamity)

that befel me.
At once on his seeing me, I became crushed to dust."

14. Quoth the reed-flute, " Wrathfully he striketh me blows

with his axe,
Bits of my flesh in splinters is he raising.

15. "I had been full of pride, I had looked upon myself as the

limit (of beauty),
And how much humiliation doth he cast upon my fair young
form ! "

16. Far from the forest was she sundered, and of that sundering

she tells.
Lamenting was she, as she made her last farewell.

17. "Down from the mountain forest he bringeth me, and wearieth

me with the long, long road.
And when he is come down, he selleth me to a carpenter." l

18. Quoth the reed-flute, " He turneth me round and round

sideways and inspecteth me.
He standeth apart and giveth me terrible blows with an axe."

19. Quoth the reed-flute, " When he melted my flesh with a saw,
When he set me on his lathe, 'twas as though a wood-worm

had attacked me."

20. When she was set on the lathe in that carpenter's shop, the
memory of her friends and companions comes to her. She says some
words to them. What is it she would say ?

Quoth the reed-flute, " Where stayed my friends and

companions ?
Messages would I send them. Would that I knew if they

stayed half way.

21. "I would tell my secret to my friends and neighbours,

I would open my bosom, and display my grief."

22. Quoth the reed-flute, "What hath befallen me! How

much do I lament !
In my woe, I pour forth cries and calls for help."

1 A torka-chdn is a carpenter who works on his own account in his own
workshop, and who is not a village servant.

42 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [23-

23. Nai che dapan nala dim* ha mar*kan i

Banana rustoiau kah ti rozan marda zan ii

24. Dapan vustad kya vanahe yiman ham nishman
yiman vanahe yiy: —

Naram kar kar baram panas chum karan i
Vare vuch torn maz kota chum haran ii

25. Vade na bo zade panas ta^i nam I

Kham p&san zit1 ata kat1 dato nam ii

26. Dapan vustad vu yeli kham pasan ayi kanana
vuchus pyivan panun nayis tany yad at1 nayis tanas
kun che vanan kyelsa kya vane: —

Nai che dapan nayis tanuk chum tama I
Gar ze panane tsan>' jam arzo sama ii

27. Nai che dapan nayis tan my an kyah chu jan i

Zane kyah tat mane bozit gsfri zan ii

28. Nai che dapan nayis tan myan kyah zabar I

Zane kyah tat mane bozit be khabar n

29. Nai che dapan nayis tan nach yas che zan i

Zana suyyus as1 votumut La Makan ii

30. Nai che dapan kyah che vun^mufe masnavi I

Zane suyyas as1 p^imafe ashka chi ii

31. Nai che dapan mudur mas ka^tya ch^avan i

Sudar balai naye Subhan chiy vanan ii

-31] VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE 43

23. Quoth the reed-flute, " In the assemblies cries would I give

forth.
No man or woman ever liveth free from his fated sorrow."

24. And my Master saith : —

What would she have said to her friends and companions ?
To them verily would she have said this : —

" He planed me and he made me smooth, and with an auger
bored he my body.
Prithee, behold me well. How much of my flesh is dropping
from me !

25. " Shall I not weep ? Holes hath he made all o'er my body.

For a petty farthing how often hath he stretched his arms
upon me."

26. Moreover my Master saith : —

When she had been sold for petty farthings there came to her
the memory of the canebrake where she was born. She addresses
some words to it. What is it she would say ?

Quoth the reed-flute, " Yearning have I for my canebrake,
For this purpose searched I earth and heaven."

27. Quoth the reed-flute, " How fair is my canebrake !

Can one who knoweth it not, understand its meaning, if he
hear thereof ? "

28. Quoth the reed-flute, " How excellent is my canebrake !
Can an ignorant man understand its meaning, if he hear

thereof % "

29. Quoth the reed-flute, " He only will have knowledge of my

canebrake
Who hath arrived at the true knowledge of God the Omni-
present."

30. Quoth the reed-flute, " What hath been said in these verses ?
Only he will understand on whom hath fallen a particle of

love."

31. Quoth the reed-flute, " Many are they who drink sweet wine,
But only on Sodarbal doth Subhan sing the tale of the reed-
flute."

44 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [l-

VIII. PADSHAH SUNZ KAT

1. Dapan vustad suy padshah as neran prat doho
at1 zun* dabi pyeth at1 as pyeth kani al j ana varan
hund yim as1 prat doho yihas bolbash bozan yim
as1 padshah* sand seta khush gafean doho aki as na
bolbash k7e gafean dop am1 padshah baye, padshahas
az kone che gafean bolbash dapan vuchuk at1 alis
at1 manz bache ze momuty valik bun seta pyur
yiman padshahas sandyan don bafean anik vazir
gatily gatily. dophak noman vuch tuy kya chu gomut
vuch hak yiman rot^mut kund hatis dana vaziran
ak1 dopu nak yi che yiman paneny maj momute am1
naran kurmute byek vurudz am1 chu nak dyutmut
ampa kane dyut^mut kund ami chi yim momuty
padshah vanan padshah baye buy marai tea kar^zana
kun1 padshah bai vanan padshahas buy marai tea
kar^zana kun1 kur yimau driy kasm pane vany yi
kya ze kuruk driy kasm dopuk as1 che gabar ze
timan kya ka^e vur maj ya mol yiy.

2. kye kala gau padshah bai moye padshah kun1
karan chu na ti kya zi pane vany asuk doyau bafeau
driy kasm kurmut varya kala gau ay vazir dopuk
padshahas padshaham nyetar gafee karun varya kal
bozan chuk na kur has zor vazirau kurun nyetar.

3. yim padshah zade ze as tim1 as padan sabak
doh ak1 kar yimau pane vany bar*nyau doyau
muslahat maji gafeau salam hyet bar*k tramy lalau
niginau gai hyet salami maje tramy rutenak vuchuna

-3] 45

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

1. Once upon a time there was a certain King, and my Master
tells me that every day he used to go out to take the air in the roof
summer-house of his palace. Now some birds had built their
nests in its thatch, and each day the King and Queen used to listen
to the chirping of the chicks, and much joy did the two derive
therefrom. One day they heard none, and said the Queen to the
King, " Why is there to-day no chirping?" And my Master tells
me that they looked into the nest, and that they found therein only
two dead chicks. They took them out and full of grief brought
them down into the palace. There they summoned all their wise
Viziers, and commanded them to inspect the dead chicks, and to
say what had happened to them. So the Viziers inspected them,
and found that a thorn had been stuck into the throat of each.
Then said a very sage among the Viziers, "It is evident that the
mother of these chicks died, and that the cock sought another mate
and wedded her. She has been giving each of them a thorn to
eat for food, and that is why they are dead." Said the King to
the Queen, " If I die, thou must not wed again," and said the Queen
to the King, " If / die, thou must not wed again." And so they
mutually made vow and oath. Now, why was it that they made
this vow and oath ? • " Because," said they, " we have two sons, and
who knoweth but a stepmother or a stepfather may do this very
thing to them."

2. In the course of time the Queen died, and the King wedded
not again, because of the mutual vow and oath that the Queen and
he had made. A long time passed, and at length his Viziers came
to him and said, " Verily, your Majesty should once more make
espousal," but for a long time he paid no heed to them. Then at
last his Viziers became urgent, and he took to himself a new Queen.

3. Now, as we have heard, there were two young princes, and
they were occupied in their lessons. One day the two brethren
took advice of each other and decided to bring a complimentary
present to their stepmother. So they filled a tray with rubies and
other jewels and offered it to her. She accepted the tray, and as
she did so her glance fell upon them. The princes then went off

46 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [4-

kurnak gai yim padshah zade ze sabakas yim che
doha doha ithai pathin karan doha aki gau amis
padshah baye khatir yiman vura nyecha vin hund
yiman dopun tuh ths^vyu ma saHh1 sala yimau
dopuhas fea chak moj as1 chi gabar tea ta as1 vat1 na
gai panas sabakas au padshah panun mahalakhan
padshah baye tropunas kut dopunas bar kyaV kurut
band yi ches dapan padshah bai bu chasa cl^any
kulai k^in na ch^anyen nechavin hunz padshah chus
dapan ti kya gau dopunas tim am lekan guda dim
ti hanza valinje ze ada mufearai bar.

4. dyutun hukum vaziran tim as1 sabak paran
featahal dopunak mare vatalan karuk havala timai
marenak dapan vot vazir yiman padshahzadan
nishan seta gos yin saf dopunak vasyu bun 1satahala
dopunak teal^u yemi shahara tim? teal? vaziran kar
kom dopun mare vatalan ma^ryuk honi ze karik
yiman valinje ze lazak ta^kis gai h^et padshah bai
dopuhas anyai noma padshah zadan hanza valinje
ze thau darvaza ta rat thavnak darvaza rachen
yima valinje ze dopuhas yima chai padshah zadan
don hanza byut at1 padshahi karna.

5, yim bai baran ze vat1 biyas padshahas akis
nish dopunak padshahan tuh chu shahzada me yivan
bozane tuh van1 toy tuh k^eta pa1^ chu yor lag^mat1
kya sabab chu yimau dopuhas yi panun gudarun
dopunak bihu myenish nokari dapan beth? hazuri
naukar amis as padshahas pran^ gulam ze yim zyi
ti gai tsor feun zanen karin zima rateas feor pahar

-5] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 47

to their lessons, and after that, day by day, they brought her a
similar offering. One day, there arose in the heart of the Queen
a passionate desire for the two youths, and she made proposals to
them for an unlawful intrigue ; but they replied, " Thou art our
mother ! We are thy children ! Between thee and us such may
not be," and went off again to their lessons. In the evening the
King came to the harem, but the Queen locked the door of her room
and refused to allow him to enter. Said he, " Why hast thou shut
the door ? " and she replied to him, "Is it of thee that I am the
wife, or am I the wife of thy two sons ? " Said the King, " What
is it that hath happened ? " Replied she, " They came to me and
asked of me indecent things. Nor will I open the door to thee till
thou give me their two hearts."

4. And my Master saith : —

He gave an order to his Viziers while the boys were studying
their lessons in the school. Said he to the Viziers, " Make the
princes over to the executioners, and let the executioners kill them."
And my Master tells me that a Vizier went to the princes, and
became filled with pity for them. Said he to them, " Come ye down
from the school." Then he said, " Flee ye from this city." So they
fled, and then the Vizier did a deed. He told the executioners to
kill two dogs. So they killed two dogs, and tore out their hearts.
These they put upon a charger and took to the Queen. Said they
to her, " Here are the two hearts of those princes. Open thou the
door and take them." So she opened the door and took the two
hearts, as they said to her, "Here are they for thee straight from the
bodies of the two princes." And thereafter the King lived on with
her to sway the sceptre.

5. The two brothers sought refuge with another king, and he
said to them, " Ye appear unto me to be princes. Prithee tell ye
me how are ye come hither, and what is the cause thereof." So
they told him all their happenings, and he thereupon took them
into his service. And my Master tells me that they were entered
into the King's bodyguard. The King had already two old servants
in his bodyguard, and with these two princes they made four.
Each had to guard the king during one of the four watches of the

48 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [6-

gud nyukuy pahar chu lagan amis padshah zadas
zyithis hihis dapan pad^shaha sandyau doyau bateau
travuk aram.

6. dapan gulam chu vud*nye nazar ches padshaha
sandin don bafeen kun yim* vuy syud log vasani
shahmar tal* va kane. gulam chu vuchan yeli yi
shahmar log vatane amis padshah baye handis
badanas n^ezik au laran gulam layin shamsher amis
shah maras hani hani karinas tukra teunun palangas
thai shamsher1 handis t^egas vulun phamb log amis
padshah baye handis badanas vutherani dopun amis
as1 shahmar? sund zehar ladydmut ami mojub as yi
vutheran padshah gau bedar vuchun gulam amut
nezik shamsher h^et nanyi am^sund pahar mublyau
au duyamis gulamasund pahar au n^ezik dopunas
padshahan ai gulam yus akha agas pyeth bevophai
ka!re tas kya vat1 karun yi vuthus gulam phirit
padshahan tas gafei kale featun beye basta valany
padshaham bo vanai dalila tea thav tarn tat kan.

7. dopu nas gulaman su as padshaha ak suy gau
doha aki salas shikaras kunuy zun sa^th asus paz
vot jaya akis lajis tras banan ches na kuni vuchun
jaye akis ab? sreha hyu at1 dyutun barsha sa^th
dob^hana kurun bag^la manza pyala lodun at pyalas
ab hyiitun chun as paz teununas traVit beye borun
yi ab? pyala hyiitun chyun as beye yi paz teununas
tra^vit doye lat1 teununas traMt padshahas khut
zahar treyimi lat1 burun dach^a atha chu at pyalas
tap kaMt khavur atha thavun nebar yiithuy hyiitun
chun tyuthuy au paz teununas traVit dithas am1 tap

-7] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 49

night. Now the first watch of the night fell to the elder of the two
princes, and my Master tells me that at this time the King and
Queen went to their bed.

6. Furthermore, my Master tells me : —

The guard stood by, watching and warding the royal pair, and
straight in front of them he saw a great python begin to lower
itself from the ceiling. He fixed his eyes upon it, and as it
approached the body of the Queen he ran up and struck at it with
his sword. He hacked it into little pieces and thrust them under
the bed. He then wrapped the blade of his sword in cotton-wool,
and some of this he used to wipe the body of the Queen, " For,"
said he to himself, " haply some of the python's poison may have
touched her." This, you must understand, was his sole and only
reason for wiping her. But just then the King awoke, and he saw
that his guard had come near him with a naked sword in his hand.
By this time the period of his watch had passed, and the watch
of the second guard was due. He approached, and the King said
to him, " 0 guard, what should be done to the man who is traitor
to his lord ? " Replied the guard, " Sire, his head should be cut
off, and he should be flayed alive. But, your Majesty, I would
tell to thee a story. Prithee, lend thou me thine ear."

7. Said the guardsman : —

" Once upon a time there was a King. One day he went a-hunting
all alone. He took with him his falcon, and when he had come to
a certain spot he fell athirst, but could find no means of alleviation.
A length he saw in one place a little moisture (on the face of a cliff).
He thrust in his spear to make a hole, and pulled forth a cup from
his pocket, which he filled with the water as it trickled forth. As
he began to take it up to drink his falcon flew at him and upset it.
So he filled the cup again, and was about to drink when again the
falcon upset it. Poisonous anger rose in the heart of the King. The
third time he filled the cup, holding it with his right hand, leaving
his left arm free. Just as he began to drink, again came the falcon

50 HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES [8-

padshahan rutun latan thai hiteanas paka ze karyinas
tan yi yeli mdrun pat? pyurus atat* vuny tresh
chayen na gau vuch1 ne at abas asi na kuna agur
pakan chu padshah vot1 jai akis vuchun at1 shah
mara ak shungit am1 suy neran asu kan1 lal yi ab
as zahar yi chus vanan amis padshahas har ga kyey
su padshah sa tresh ch^aye hye su marihye vunyai
sargeh kari hye su padshah tas pazus ma marihe
padshaham say che dalil sargi gatse karihy.

8. muMyau amisund pahar tye au treyimi sund
pahar ze gai panas byeth1 padshah chu bedar dapan
chu amis treyimis pah^ra valis dapan chus ai gulam
yus akha agas pyeth dagai kato tas kya vatye karun
dopunas phirit am1 gulaman su gafee padshaham sang
sar karun padshaham sargi gatee kariny bu vanai
dalila fea thavum padshaham kan.

9. dapan chus su as sodagar? ak su sodagar as
seta bakhtavar tarn1 siiy pyau muhyim tarn1 siiy
as hun byak sodagar a as dopunas yi hun ma
kan^han dopunas kanan dopunas karus mul kuranas
mul rupia hat nyu sodagaran yi hun drau soda hyet
vot jaye akis lajis rat rateli pyez feur nyu has yi
mal hun chu vuchan am1 kur1 na kye ti sadau phul
ghash sodagar gau bedar vuchun ta mal na kuni
dapan chu yat kya gom au yi hun am1 kar nas tap
pushakas chus laman hun drau bro-bro pata-pata
chus sodagar vate no vun maidanas akis manz
vuchun at1 feurau thau mut am1 sund mal parze au
vun anun panun mal yi asus ta ti beye as yimau
Isurau bey en sodagaran hund nyumut titi anun
vat^navun pananas deras gau seta khush dopun

-9] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 51

and upset it. The King grasped the bird, and holding it under his
feet tore off both its wings. As soon as he had killed it he was rilled
with regret, and could not drink the water. He went to look for
the source of the spring, and when he had found it he saw there
a huge python lying asleep, and from its mouth spittle was dripping
into the streamlet. The water was poisonous." And, added the
guard to His Majesty, "If that King had drunk that water he would
have died, and if he had only inquired into the matter beforehand
he would not have killed the falcon. Sire, that is my story. Thou
shouldst scrutinize before deciding."

8. His watch also came to an end, and there came the third
watch. The first two sat down to rest themselves, but the King
was still wakeful, and he spoke to his third guard, saying, " 0 guard,
what should be done to him who showeth faithlessness to his
lord ? " Said he in answer, " He should be stoned to death, but
first, sire, investigation should be made. I would tell to thee a story.
Lend thou me, sire, thine ear."

9. Said the third guardsman : —

" There was once upon a time a merchant blessed with all
prosperity. But evil times befell him, so that he had naught
left of his possessions but a dog. Another merchant asked him if
he would sell it, and thereto did he agree. ' What is the price ? '
and they fixed it at a hundred rupees. So the second merchant
paid the price and took away the dog. Shortly afterwards he went
on a journey with some goods to do merchanting, and halted for
the night at a certain place. In the night-time there came thieves
and took away all his property. The dog watched them, but made
no sound. When the morn blossomed forth the merchant awoke,
and could not find his goods. While he was wondering what had
befallen him, the dog came up and caught hold of his coat and pulled
it. The dog led him out, going in front, while the merchant followed
along behind. He brought him to a certain plain, and there he saw
the spot where the thieves had stored his goods. He recognized
them, and brought back to his lodging not only what had been
taken from him, but all that these thieves had stolen from other
merchants. He was filled with joy, and said to himself, ' That

E

52 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES [10-

tamis saudagaras toguna amis hunis mul karun
tamis as pyiimut muhim tami mukhe togus na.

10. dapan vustad amis hunis kurun mul rupias
panz hat lichin chit yi hay tinman amis hunis nal
dopunas fea gafe pananis kavandas nishin yi chit
h?et gau hun vot nazdik amis sodagaras sodagaran
vuch parze na vun yi hun dopun panenen bafeen
dopunak hun au phirit am1 kur1 k^a tany tahsir ami
feunuk ka!rit balki chus chalana nal sodagar gau
phikri dopun vun kya kare rupia hat gom kharj
kodun banduk lay^nas ta marun yeli marun ta ada
phyurus gos nazdik bo vuch? ha amis kya kakad
chu nal1 yohay kuranas nala mufe^run ta vuchun
at1 lyukhmut rupias panz hat ad? phyurus seta
padshaham say che dalil sargi gafee kariny harga
hay su sodagar gudenyi vuch?he amis hunis kyah
chu nal su hun ma marine gau amisund pahar.

11. au feurimis gulamasanz dalil feurimis gulamas
vanan padshah ai gulam yiis akha agas pyeth be
vuphai ka^i tas kya vat1 karun dopunas gulaman
padshaham tas gafei sar tsatun shehera manza dur
kadun padshaham bu vanai dalila tsa tavum kan
dopan chus gulam su as padshaha ak amis suy as
nechiv za timanai moye panen1 moj padshahan kar
vurudz zanana sa gaye padshah zadan don vurfmoj
padshah zada za as1 sabakas tora ay amis vura maj1
niyak salam lalau niginau tram thavuk amis bont?
kan1 yim gai beye sabakas doha doha che karan
padshah baye daj paneny ray kya dajis bo karaha
yiman padshah zadan sa^h guna doha aki vunun
yiman padshahzadan don me sa^h ka^u guna

-11] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 53

merchant was not able to put the true value on his dog. Hard times
had fallen on him, and he had to take what he could get."

10. Moreover my Master said : —

" He put the value of the dog at five hundred rupees, and wrote
a note of hand to that amount. This he tied to the dog's neck,
and told him to go home with it to his old master. The dog set
forth and arrived at his old master's house. The latter saw him and
recognized him. He said to his people, ' Here is this dog come back.
No doubt he hath done some fault. Moreover, there is an invoice
to that effect tied to his neck.' So he became filled with anxiety.
' What,' cried he, * am I to do ? For I have spent the hundred
rupees.' So he went and got a gun, fired it at the dog, and killed
it. When he had killed it, he felt sorry and went up to look at
the paper that was tied to its neck. When he took it off and
opened it he saw written on it an order for five hundred rupees.
Then, indeed, he felt very sorry. Your Majesty, that is my story.
One should always scrutinize. If that merchant had first looked
to see what was tied to the dog's neck he would not have killed it."

With that the term of his watch expired.

11. Now came the watch of the fourth guard, and this is his
story. The King said to the fourth guard, " 0 guard, what should
be done to the man who is a traitor to his lord ? " Replied the
guard, " Your Majesty, his head should be cut off, and he should
be banished from the city. But, sire, I would tell thee a story.
Lend thou me thine ear."

And the fourth guardsman said : —

" Once upon a time there was a King who had two sons. Their
mother died, and the King made a second marriage, and thus gave
the two princes a stepmother. While they were still at their lessons
they brought her a tray filled with rubies and other jewels as a
complimentary present. They laid it before her, and then went
back to their lessons. They passed each day in this manner, and
at length a design was aroused in the Queen. And this was her
design. She said to herself, ' I would do sin with these young
princes.' One day she said to them, ' Come ye and do sin with

54 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [12-

yimau duphas tea chak san? moj feyeta asi vat1 na
padshah zada gai sabakas padshah au darbar
murkhas kaArit vot mahala kan padshah baya
trupSnas darvaza darvaza ches na thavan dopunas
yi kyazi vufeus padshah bay dopunas bu chasa
chyan1 kulai kina chanyen nechevin hanz dopunas
padshahan ti kya gau dopunas tim am lyekan
padshah chus dapan vuny kya chu sala padshah
bay ches dapan me gafee ta hanza valinja za tima
khyema bo ada kya thavai darvaza padshahan
dyut hukm vaziras dopunas yim shahzada za dik
maravat^lan at1 yiman karan valinja za gau vazir
vot feat^hal yet1 yim shahzada za as yiman kun
karan nazar seta gas yim padshah zada za khush
dilas pyos insaf dopunak fealyu yami shah^ra
dur fealy.

12. dapan vustad marevatalan dyut hukam
vaziran maryuk hun za maravat^lau mfc hun za
ka!rik yiman valinja za lazak takis manz gai hyet
padshah baye thau darvaza padshah chu karan
padshahi tat1.

13. shahzada za ay fealan biyis padshahas nish
padshahan ra1^ yim gulam gudeiiyuk pahar au amis
badis hihis shahzadas chu shama dazan pad^shaha
sand1 za bafe che palangas pyeth aramas yimaniy
syud vasan chu shahmar yi gulam chu kadan
shamsher amis shahmar as chu karan tukra ami
pata chu shamsher1 handis tyegas valan pamb amis
padshah baye handis badanas as vutheran yi zahar
amis shahmara sund dopun amis ma asim shahmara
sund zahar as vutharany ta padshah gau bedar

-13] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 55

me ' ; but they replied, ' Thou art our mother, between thee and us
such may not be,' and then went off to their lessons. After this
the King came home, when he had dismissed his court, and went
to the harem ; but the Queen locked the door against him and
refused to open it. Said he, * What meaneth this ? ' Then up and
answered she, ' Is it of thee that I am the wife, or am I the wife
of thy two sons ? ' Said the King, ' What is it that hath happened ? '
Said she, ' They came to me and asked of me indecent things.'
Said he, ' What wouldest thou have me to do ? ' and she replied,
' I must have their two hearts, that I may eat them. Then, and then
only, will I open for thee the door.' So the King gave the command
to his Vizier, and said to him, ' Make these two princes over to the
executioners, that they may tear out both their hearts.' So the
Vizier took his leave and came to the school where the princes were
doing their lessons. He took one look at them and saw that they
were both exceeding fair to behold, and pity filled his soul. He said
to them, * Flee ye far from this city.' So they fled."

12. And moreover my Master said : —

" The Vizier told the executioners to kill two dogs. They did so,
and tore out their hearts, which they placed upon a charger and
carried to the Queen. Then she opened the door, and the King
went in, and there did he sway his sceptre.

13. " The two princes in their flight came to another King, who
appointed them to be his bodyguards. The first watch of the night
falls to the elder prince. A lamp is burning, and shows the King
and Queen asleep upon their bed. Straight in front of them is
descending a huge python. The guard draws his sword, and hacks
it into little pieces. After this he wraps up the blade of his sword
in cotton- wool, and some of this he uses to wipe off the python's
poison from the body of the Queen. ' For,' said he to himself,
4 haply some of the python's poison may be on her.' While he was
still wiping her the King awoke. Said the King to himself, ' he hath

56 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [14-

dop padshahan yi am marani padshaham say che
dalil har^gakyey su pad*shah sar* ka^rihe panenyen
nechevin p^eth ma diyehe hukm mar&vatalan tuhy
maryuk ada gai tim huna za mara padshaham agar
bavar karak na su padfshah as sonuy mor yi
padshah gak fea yi kya che shamsher at1 kya chiy
palangas thai shahmar ganyi ka^rit.

14. seta gak padshah khush ak boy thavun vazir
byak boy banavun padshah.

-14] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 57

come to kill me.' Sire, that is my story. If that King had made
inquiry he would not have ordered the executioners to kill his own
sons, nor would those dogs have gone to death. Sire, if you believe
not my story, then know that that King was our father, and this
King wast thou. So, here is the sword, and there under the bed is
the python cut to pieces."

14. The King became mightily pleased on hearing this
explanation. And one brother he made his Vizier, while the other
he made a Pasha.

58 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [1-

IX. GREST BAYE HANZ TA MASH TULARI-

HANZ KAT

1. Dapan vustad yi grest bay as feajamals kami
bapat kardaran inuka daman asus kurmut zulm ami
bapat che teajmate vate vanas akis manz otuy vateus
mach tular amis ayi zaban dapan che amis gresta
baye fea kyazi chak teajmafe dopunas gresta baye
m^e chu gamut zulm ami dopunas pherit mach
tulari m^e ti chu gamut zulm bo ches vadan tea
thautam kan vanan mach tular grest baye kun.

yi tai vesi paran pyimos karos zar^par i
budai che sai mach tular vanuk janavar ii

2. koh* kohay yura anyam asus ayal bar I

balai pyiyen hapat ganas vanan teany nam lar n

3. potyen tasanden a^nash kurun sahibo ayna ar I
budai che sai mach tular vanuk janavar ii

4. dapan amis gresta baye yi mach tular dopunas
yi hal kur nam vana manza hapatan vuny feajes
vafeas gresta garas dapyam kare rahat vuch ta vuny
kya kairim yi grost thau ta kan bu kya vanai.

thanya matit kutha thaunam moteny chem

band^nal I
bagen* ayas grest garas sai mye gayem gal ii

5. dratis sa^in kash* yeli fcet^am ka*tya katis

mar i
budai che sai mach tular vanuk janavar it

-5] 59

IX. THE TALE OF THE FARMER'S WIFE AND THE

HONEY-BEE

1. Saith my Master : —

Here was a farmer's wife who had fled from her home. And why
had she done this ? It was because the village overseer and the
headman had shown her tyranny, and so she had fled. She reached
a forest, and there there came a honey-bee. Behold, speech came to
the honey-bee, and she saith to the farmer's wife, " Why hast thou
fled ? " And she replied that tyranny had been shown to her.
Then answered her the honey-bee, " I also have suffered tyranny,
and therefore do I lament. Prithee, lend thou me thine ear." And
thus speaketh the honey-bee to the farmer's wife : —

Prithee hither come, my friend. Let us fall at God's feet, and

make our prayers to Him.
Lo, I am thy honey-bee, a poor winged creature of the forest.

2. From hill to hill did I collect my flower-nectar, and become

possessed of manifold progeny.
May ruin seize that ruthless bear, for he it was that drove me to
the forests.

3. He utterly destroyed my little ones. 0 God, why came there

no pity to Thee ?
Lo, I am thy honey-bee, a poor winged creature of the forest.

4. Quoth the honey-bee to the farmer's wife, " Thus and thus
was I driven from the forest by the bear, and now I fled. Then
alighted I at a farmer's house, and he said unto me, ' I will give
thee peace and comfort.' Behold what that farmer did unto me.
Prithee, lend thou me thine ear. What shall I say unto thee ? "
He made ready a hive as an abode for me, and rubbed it o'er with

fresh butter. It became a prison of death for me.
It was my fate that brought me to the farmer's house, and, of
a truth, that fate was humiliation.

5. With a sickle he cut off my honey-combs, and thereby there
rose upon him the guilt of countless murders.
Lo, I am thy honey-bee, a poor winged creature of the forest.

60 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [6-

6. moklau ami mach tulari vanit panun dad vu
che dapan amis grest* baye chiyai kye gamut feati
van vanan che vo vanan grest* bay dapan ches boz
m^e kya zulm chu gamut.

azal chavun chu samsaras chetal vasan1 jai i
budai chesai grest* bay yor nai rozan1 ay ii

7. sonta yeli mut^sa^h1 grestren dilasa dina hai ay i
mudr^au kathau yera barak zalas valena ay H

8. harde vize dard motuk layine tim hai ay i
budai chesai grest* bay yor nai rozan1 ay ii

9. yim phal vavim maje zemini tim hai papit ay i
sumbrit sa^it kalas ka^rim hata bud1 kharis dray ii

10. chakla chakla mukadam ta patevar1 tolani tim

hai ay i
budai chesai grest? bay yor nai rozan1 ay ii

11. aziz ta miskin kai tya visyai halam dar dar ay I
halam dit^mak mebar bari suy chu muklan pay ii

12. kalama sa^in savab likhan yit^nai lagik gray i
budai chesai greste bay yor nai rozan1 ay ii

-12]

IX. FARMERS WIFE AND HONEY-BEE

61

6. So finished that honey-bee the story of her pain, and now
saith she to that farmer's wife, " If aught hath happened unto thee,
do thou also tell it." Then speaketh the farmer's wife and saith
to her, " Hear what hath happened unto me."

Each soul must dree its weird, and there is a place below to

which it must descend.
Lo, I am thy farmer's wife. We came not to this world as an

abiding place.

7. In the spring the tax-gatherers came to the farmers with soft

encouragement.
With sweet words did they fill their bellies, and enclosed them
as in a net.

8. In the autumn they forgot all their kindness. They it was who

came to beat us.
Lo, I am thy farmer's wife. We came not to this world as an
abiding place.

9. Crops sowed I in mother earth, and they it was that sprung up

and ripened.
I collected and piled them on the threshing-floor, hundreds of
kharwdrs l in weight.

10. From village-circuit to village-circuit to weigh the produce

came the headman and the accountant.
Lo, I am thy farmer's wife. We came not to this world as an
abiding place.

11. How many of the poor and needy, 0 friend, came as beggars

holding out their lap-cloths !
Their skirts I filled and filled, for that giveth an assurance of
salvation.

12. The recording angels will write down with their pens the reward

of these good actions, so that they may ne'er be shaken.
Lo, I am thy farmer's wife. We came not to this world as an
abiding place.

1 A kharwdr weighs about a hundredweisrht and a half.

62 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [1-

X. RAJA VIKARMAJITENY KAT

1. dapan vustad mahnyiu feor as1 pakan vat1 ak
broho maidan at1 maidanas yeli hyiituk pakun lag1
vaneni panevany talau van^o dalila yim maidan
karony pata kan1 ak byak shahfea amis dopuk tea
vanta dalila yi maidan mukalava hun am1 dopunak
pherit bohasa vanemov dalil dalil hasa vanemau
kathe panfe panfeen kathen gafee nam din1 rupias
panfe hat yimau dopu has pherit feor hat dimoi feor
zan1 panfeyum hat gai panenuy vanse kathe panfe
dopunak.

dyar hase chu safrras i

yar hase chu na asanas ii
ash^nav hasa chu asanas i

gaye tre kathe beye ze kathe hasa chyau

sa zanana chyauvna paneny i
yesa na asi panes sa^h ii
beye hasa

yus ratas bedar rozi I

suy hasa za!ni raje Vikarmajitehy kur n

vanye nak yima kathe panfe yim chus dapan van
sa dalil yi chuk dapan me hasa vaiiye mov kathe
panfe milevuk ladai yim chus dapan rupias feor hat
nyit dalil kye vanyit na ma£dan chu vuiiye pakenai
amis layuk yimau feorau za*nyau am1 dopu nak pakyu
sa yeti kis padshahas nish yisu dapi ti karau.

■1] 63

A

X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA l

1. This is what my Master saith to me : —

Four men were once going along the road, and they came to a
wide open plain. As they entered it they began to say to each
other, " Come, let us tell a story to while away the journey across
the plain." After a time they were joined by another man, and they
asked him to tell a story to help the journey along. Said he, " Sirs,
I will tell you a story. Moreover, sirs, as a story I will tell you five
things,2 but for the five things you must pay me five hundred
rupees." Replied they, " We are four, and will give thee four
hundred. The fifth hundred must be paid by thee as the fifth of
us. So tell us, prithee, sir, the five things." Said he to them : —
V Money, sirs, is for a journey.

A friend, sirs, is for when there is no money.

A near relation, sirs, is for when there is money.
That makes three things, and, sirs, there are two others : —

Thou canst only call thy wife thine own so long as she be
with thee.
And, again, sirs : —

He only will win Raja Vikramaditya's daughter

Who keepeth awake by night."
When he told them these five things, they say to him, " Now,
sir, tell a story." But he replies, " I have told you, sirs, the five
things." At this they began to quarrel. Cry they, " You have
taken our four hundred rupees ; but, sir. you have not told us
any story. We have not yet got across the plain." So the four
gave him a drubbing. Then he made this proposal, " Come, sirs,
to the King of this country, and let us abide by what he says."

1 The Indian monarch of glorious, pious, and immortal memory. He is
throughout entitled "Raja", as opposed to the Musalman word " Padshah "
used for the real hero of the stor\\ In translating I retain "Raja"
unchanged, and translate "Padshah" by "King".

2 The whole of the subsequent quarrel depends on the double meaning of
the word kath, which like the Hindi bat means not only "story" but also
" statement" and " thing ". The four thought they were buying five stories,
but the fifth was only selling five statements. I translate kath by " thing ", as
the nearest English word with a similar indefinite meaning. On the other
hand I translate dalll by " story ". Its meaning is not indefinite.

64 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [2-

2. dapan vustad vat1 padshahas nish d?ut pheryad
feorau zatoyau dopuhas padshaham yim shakhfean
khyaiy asi rupias feor hat dopun vanemou kathe
panfe padshahan dop amis shakhtsas van^sa kya
vunthak yi votus pherit padshaham bo vanai kathe
panfe rupias panfe hat gafee nam din? ada vanai bo
kathe panfe padshahan ka1^ rupias panfe hat dithin
amis shakhfeas yim katon yim band pane katon
kama am1 padshahan padshahihund poshak travun
gadoi yiye hund poshak porun beye gandin lal*sat
gandin mafeye drau yima kathe panfe sar kar*ni.

3. dapan vustad gudehy drau behye handis
shah^ras kun gur chus khasun vot1 yeli n^azik at
benye handis shahfras lazun sheen? amis behye me
kya chu pyftmut mohim bo kya yimaha tor1 ami
lazanas benye phut pherit sheen? me kya rozan
pama var?vis manz phut pherit lazanas beye sheen?
me yeli na bani tor1 yun toUi gaferem ladun napfeas
k^efea lade hamai tat gafee gand karun p^etha
gafe^es mohar kareny paneiiy ami kar behye kama
lodun panenye kyenzi bata hana ya fe^ut ya shufe
p^etha kar^nas paneiiy mohar korun revana amis
bayis tarn1 yeli vuch benye hanz mohar rotun at1
thavun dabavit.

4. drau yarisanzi vat1 yeli vot nyazik sozun amis
mahhyu yar hasa ay padshahi chesna so hasa chiy
mohim zad yaran yeli boz drau vot amis yaras nish
dapan chus ha yara katfi goham yor paMa pakan
chi dunuvai. amis as miskini hund poshak nal?
dapan chus yar yi kaMi shahi ditta m^e yi myon

-4] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 65

2. Saith my Master : —

They went to the King and the four laid their complaint before
him. " This fellow," said they, " hath cheated us to the tune of
four hundred rupees, for he promised to tell us five things."
The King asked him, " What was it that thou saidst to them ? "
And he up and replied, " Sire, I will tell thee the five things, but
thou must pay me for them rupees five hundred. Then, and
only then, can I tell these five things to thee." So the King sent
for five hundred rupees, and gave them to him. (After he had
told them) he tied up the money in his pouch, and the King did
a deed. He doffed his royal garments, and donned those of
beggary. Then he tied seven rubies under his arm and went forth
to test these five things.

3. Moreover my Master said : —

First of all he went to the city where dwelt his sister. He mounted
his horse, and when he arrived there he sent her this message,
" I am fallen into poverty ; so what else could I do but come to
thee." And this was the word which she sent back, " Verily, I
shall be put to shame in my father-in-law's house (if thou come to
me)." Again he sent her these words in answer, "If it be not
possible for me to come to thee, thou shouldst at least send me
somewhat wherewith to fill my belly ; and if thou send it, fasten
thou it up carefully, and set thine own seal upon it." So this sister
did a deed. She sent him a little rice in her bowl — it may have been
orts, or it may have been fresh food. Upon it she set her own seal,
and despatched it to her brother. As soon as he saw his sister's
seal he accepted it, and there and then he buried it and hid it in
the ground.

4. Then he set forth upon the road to his friend. When he came
near he sent a man on to say, " My friend, I am come to thee.
I have no more royal state, for I have been struck by the blow of
poverty." And when his friend heard this he went forth and came
to his friend, and cried, " Ah, my friend ! Wherefore hast thou
come to show thyself here (so far from my door) ? " So together
the two walk on. As they walked the friend seeth that the
King is clothed in the weeds of poverty, and saith to him, " My

66 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [5-

poshak feuntha fea yi as*na boz&na yi chu amis
miskinl hund poshak yi as boz*na kal*ti shahl kami
mukha mahabat sa^h gau va^t1 yarasund gara
yaran kiir*nas ziafat lay^ka padshah sap^nyes
ottany za katha sar.

5. drau vuny zanana handis shah*ras kun vot
at sheharas and kun at1 as bud zanana byut
amisandi ga^i dopun amis buje zanana ditam drot
bu ana yamis guris kn^ut gasa drau gasa anani
vuchun at1 gasa maidana at? chu lonan yi as rakh
padshahasunz as ladan tahaly nyuk ratit pananis
me j eras nish koruk kad rat aye amis chu gafean
paMa zanana ak amis mejeras ziafat h^et yi chu
bihit palangas p^eth ziafat thaunas bont? kan1 at1
vat1 khyeni don? vai hana h*reyek yi dyutuk amis
kaMis kurhas alau hato ka*dyau yi khyau sa^ny
feethan kaM rut khyan at1 chu panani jaye behit
yimau doyau kar tamis kuri at palangas phut tar
kuruk alau amis kaMis 1sa vuch ta yat palangas
phut tar Isima tagi am1 dopunak phirit any tagimna
hamsai chyum ch^an dophas vula vot ot amis
zanana parza nau panun khavand am1 as parza nau
mufe bront yeli yi battahan dife* has yi zanana che
dapan amis mejeras vuny kya karau yi chu myon
khavand yi gafee marun ratas rat hukm dyiitun
maravatelan dopunak niyun yi kaM gafee marun
valinje galsyes yur* anan^ nyuk yi ka*d shahfras
nebar am1 dyut*nak saval ntfe trav^oh yela bo
chalaha ata but Khudayas kun karaha zara par
travuk yela vuchan ah* hana cholun atih ata but

-5] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 67

friend, prithee present me with this royal robe that thou dost wear,
and put on my poor garment instead thereof." For he looked upon
the King's garb not as the garb of beggary, but thought of it as a
royal robe. And wherefore that ? It was because of the love he
bare him. They went on and reached the friend's house, and there
the friend made him a feast — such a feast as one should lay before
a King.

In this way the King had tested two of the things.

5. Then went he forth to the city where dwelt his wife. When
he had reached the outskirts he made his lodging in the house of an
old woman, and asked of her a sickle that he might cut grass for his
horse. So he went out to fetch the fodder, and came to a mead
where he began to cut the grass. Now this mead was in the home
farm of the king of that land, and the grooms ran up and seized
him, and carried him to their officer, the Master of the Horse.
They shut him up in prison, and when night fell he seeth a woman
coming along with a dish of dainty meats for the Master of the
Horse. He was sitting on a bedstead. She laid the dish before him,
and they both sat down upon the floor to eat it. A few scraps
remained over, and these they gave the prisoner. They called to
him, " Ho, thou prisoner, eat thou these scraps and orts of ours."
The prisoner accepted them and ate. And while he remained
sitting by himself the two clipped and toyed together till the joint
of the bedstead broke. Again they called to the prisoner, " Prithee
see, the joint of this bed hath broken. Haply thou hast wit enough
to mend it." He answered, a Yea, why should I not have wit
therefor ? My neighbours are carpenters." Said they, " Come
hither." So he came, and then the woman recognized him as her
own husband ; though he had recognized her before when they gave
him the scraps of food. So saith she to the Master of the Horse,
" What now are we to do ? This is my husband, he must be killed
this very night of nights." So the Master of the Horse gave his
command to the executioners, " Take ye away this prisoner. He
must be slain. Bring ye us back his heart." So they led him
forth outside the city, and to them made he a petition. " Let me
free," quoth he, " that I may wash my hands and face and make
my prayers to God before I die. So they loosed his bonds, and he

68 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [6-

Khuda sabas kun korun zara par ata p^os yiman
lalan satan p^eth yim taU asis gand^maty1 mafea
yiman dopun maravaMan feun hata sa mye travyu
yela nom chu lal sat 1sor chu tohyi feun zan^eri tre
chu myen tohi nish.

6. otutany ka^in tsor kathe sare panfeim kath
gayas mashit au vot panen gara beye vanan chu
timan panfeen zanen vanyu sa kya van^au tohyi
pants kathe yi votus phot pherit padshaham kafee
kathe ka*rit sare dopunak padshahan feor kathe
yimau dophas kusa kusa dopunak padshahan.
as1 nav ch^a paz1 pa^thy asanas I

yar chu na asanas titi puzuy ii
zanana sa chena paneny yasina panas sa^h che
titi puzuy I

dyar che bakar safaras titi puzuy ii
yima tedr kathe karimau sar vuny van^um panfeyum
kath dopunas am1 shakhfean phut pherit rupiya hat
gafeyem dyun dyutanas padshahan dopunas.

yus ratas bedar rozi I

suy zyani raje Vikarmajiteny kur n

7. padshahan kar kam lagun fakir gau vot raja
Vikarmajitun gara nazar bazau kar nazar khabar
darau niye khabar amis rajas dopuhas raja saba
fakira ak gomut pa^da yohoi dapan bu z^enan rajas anz
kur raja vanan chuk phut pherit az tany ka^ya
raja zada gamaty atye mare vun gau yi fakir havalay
Khuda ada ya lasa ya mari gafeyu kha^yun kuthis
manz yat1 yi rajasunz kur as palang travhas sherit
khut fakir palangas pyeth amis khatuni ditsan zyer

-7] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 69

found a little water, wherein he washed his hands and face, and made
his prayers to God, the Master. As he thus did his hands fell upon
the seven rubies that he had tied beneath his arm when setting forth
upon his journey. Then said he to the executioners, " 0 sirs, let
ye me go free. Here be these seven rubies. Keep ye four of them,
one for each of you four, and keep the remaining three for me."

6. In this way he had tested four of the things, but the fifth he
had forgotten. So he returned home, and asketh the five men,
" Sirs, tell ye me what those five things were." Then up and
answered that man, " Sire, how many of these things hast thou
tested ? " Quoth he, " Four." " Which ones ? " they asked.
Said the King: —

" True is it — a near relation is for when there is money.
True also is it — a friend is for when there is no money.
True also is it — thou canst only call thy wife thine own so long

as she be with thee.
True also is it — money is useful on a journey.

These four things that ye told me have I tested. Now tell ye me
the fifth." Replied that man to him, " A hundred rupees must thou
give me." The King gave it, and he said : —

" He only will win Raja Vikramaditya's daughter
Who keepeth awake by night."

7. And the King did a deed. He put on the garb of a mendicant
faqir. He went forth and reached Raja Vikramaditya's palace.
The discerners then discerned him, and the newsmen gave the news
to the Raja. Said they, " Your Majesty, there hath appeared a
faqir, and he saith, ' The Raja's daughter I would win,' " And the
Raja said to them in answer, " Up to to-day, how many princes
have gone to their death ! Now hath this faqir committed himself
to God, that He may decide whether he live or die. Go ye, and lead
ye him up to the chamber." And in the chamber where was the
Raja's daughter, a bed was ready spread. The faqir climbed up
upon it, and gave the lady a push. He conversed with her, and

70 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [8-

ka^in amis sa^th kathe kathe katot karun kam at
poshakas korun shakal insan hish pane drau dur
pahan byut naz^ri shama chu dazan amis khatuni
handi shik^ma manza drau azhda teau at poshakas
manz yat yi am1 fakiran yinsan h^u kurmut as yiy
chu donan teapy h^evan at1 yelina insan as beye teau
yi azhda amis khatuni shikmas manz am1 fakiran
kar sargi balai che amis khatuni handis shikmas
manz nebar k^e che na au fakir vot beye at palangas
nishi khatuni difean zer kathe ka^rin amis sa^h at
poshakas korun beye insan h^u gau beye fakir
byut duri pahan. shama chu dazan1 athas k?et kadin
shamsher amis khatuni handi shikma manza log
na^ini yi azhda log at poshakas manz ateani tujen
shamsher chu amis azhdahas kateran morun ka^inas
ganye teunun at1 palangas tal khut pane at palangas
p^eth shamsher difean shand ta shung.

8. rat gaye ada subu log yini raja Vikarmajitan
dop mar*vatelan gafe^u yi fakir asi momut yohoi
valyun az tany kaHya raja zada gamaty mar a ta yi
ti asi momut karty at kutis manz vuchuk fakir vare
kare zindai nazar bazau kar nazar khabar darau
niye khabar rajas dop has raja sa fakir chu zindai
raja sab khut pane at kutis manz karan chu mubarak
amis fakiras dapan chus fakira tea vante k^eta pa^y
bachok dapan chus fakir bedar rdzana sa^th raja sa
kar nazar palangas tal rajan kar nazar vuchun
palangas tal balaya ak trau mute fakiran ma^it
dapan chu fakir amis rajas zaban kyah che karmute
raja chus dapan puz chu Khuda chu kunuy fakir

-8] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 71

when they had finished conversing he did a deed. He folded his
garments into the shape of a man, and went a short way off and
sat down to watch. A lamp was burning, and by its light he saw
a python issue from the lady's mouth.1 It entered the garments
which he had folded into the shape of a man. It shook them, and
bit them over and over again, but when it found that there was no
man within them, it retreated and again entered the lady's mouth.
In this way did the faqir satisfy himself by his perscrutation that
it was within the lady that there was an evil calamity dwelling,
and that there was nought else outside her. Up came the faqir
to the bed. He gave the lady a push, and held converse with her.
He made his garments again into the shape of a man, and again
went away a short distance to sit and watch. A lamp was burning,
and in his hand he held his drawn sword. The python issued from
the lady's mouth, and began to enter the garments. He raised his
sword and smote it to pieces and slew it. He cut it into gobbets
and thrust them under the bed. Then he climbed himself upon
the bed, laid the sword beneath the pillow, and fell asleep.

8. The night came to an end, and dawn began to come, and to
the executioners said Raja- Vikramaditya, "Go ye. This faqir
is surely dead. Bring him too down, as ye did the others. Up to
to-day how many princes have gone to their death, and he, too,
must have died ! " They went up into the chamber, and saw the
faqir alive and safe and sound. The discerners then discerned
him, and the newsmen gave the news to the Raja. Said they,
" Your Majesty, that faqir is of truth alive." His Majesty, the
Raja, himself ascended to the chamber, and made him gratulations,
crying, " 0 faqir, tell me, prithee, how thou didst escape." Quoth
the faqir, " By remaining awake. Your Majesty, cast thou a glance
below the bed." The Raja looked, and there saw he the calamity
as the faqir had thrust it after he had killed it. Said the faqir
to the Raja, " What was the promise made by thee ? " And quoth
the Raja, " True it is. There is no God but the one God." Then

1 Literally, "belly," but as the python certainly came out via the mouth
I use a word more suitable for Western ears when dealing with a lady.

72 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [9-

chus dapan yi hasa chay at1 paneny kur ma disa
panun nishana difeanas vaj amis fakiras fakirasanz
vaj rat am1 raj an.

9. drau fakir vot panun shahar fakiri hund
zhama feunun ka!rit padshah! hund poshak purun
dyiitun hukum lashka^i neru sa m^e sa^h.

10. dapan vustad gudeiiyi gau at benye handis
shaharas yi padshah ti as baja taran ami suy
padshahas anyin beiiye paniny thaunas bont^ ka!ni
sa tami dohuch ziafat yat tami benye mohar asus
pyetha karmufe dapan chus yi ch^a mohur chany
dopunas pherit myenyiy che dapan chus yi padshah
buy kya gas tami dohuk miskin paz pa^y chu
ashnau asanas.

11. hifean amis padshahas ti lashkar dyiitun
kadam yarasund kun vot yaras nish yaran kar
ziafat yiman don padshahiyan kite. rat kaduk at^
suban dray.

12. dyiitun kadam at h7ahara sandis shaharas
kun anan nad dit amis padshahas dapan chus anuk
sa tahaly timau chu ch^anye rakh^e manza feur
rutmut su kati chuk thaumut anik tahal1 dop hak
yus tohi feur rutu rakhi manza su kati chu thaumut
yimau vun padshaham asi chu kurmut havale panenis
afsaras mejaras anuk mejar dop has nomau tahaly au
kuruy havala feur su kati thavut yi chuk dapan
mye dyut na tahal chus karan gavai padshaham asi
kur takhit amis havala dopunak am1 padshahan yus
tami doho fakir lagit as suy chuk dapan anyuk
maravatal feor tim vanan panai anik tim dapan

-12] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 73

said the faqlr to him, " Here, sire, is this thy daughter. Sire,
give thou me the token (that I may claim her as my wife)." Then
gave the Raja his ring to the faqir, and took in exchange the faqlr's
ring from him.

9. Then departed the faqlr and came to his own city. He put
off his mendicant's weeds and clothed himself in royal robes. He
gave the command to his army to set forth with him.

10. And my Master said : —

First of all went he to his sister's city. The king, her husband,
was one of those that paid him tribute. He had his sister brought
to him, and put before her the bowl of food that she had sent to
him on that day, and on which she had set her seal. Quoth he to
her, " Is this thy seal ? " Replied she, " Mine it is." Then said
to her the King, "It is I who was the beggar-man of that day.
True it is that a near relation is for when there is money."

11. He took the army of that king also with him, and turned his
footsteps towards his friend. And the friend made a feast in honour
of the royalty of both these kings. The night they passed there,
and at dawn they again set forth.

12. He turned his footsteps towards the city of his father-in-
law. He sent for that king and said to him, " Prithee, send thou
for thy grooms. They have caught a thief in the mead of thy
home farm. Where have they put him ? " They brought the
grooms. Quoth he to them, " Where did ye put that thief whom
ye seized in the mead of the home farm ? " Said they, " Sire, we
made him over into the hands of our officer, the Master of the
Horse." They brought before him the Master of the Horse. They
said to him, " These grooms made over to thy custody a certain
thief. Where hast thou put him ? " But he denied that he had seen
him. Then the grooms gave testimony, " Sire, of a surety, we did
make him over to this man's custody." Then quoth the King —
the one who formerly had been dressed as a faqlr — " bring ye the
four executioners. They themselves will say what hamoened."

74 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [13-

chuk yi padshah tohi nish chu amanat tas fakirasund
su diyu yury yimau maravatalau kar kam kaMik
yim lal sat thavik padshahas bont? kani satau manza
tulin teor ka^inak havala dopunak yim kam1 asyu
dyitamaty dopuhas fakiran ak1 tarn1 kami bapat su
as dyut^mut yem1 mejaran marana bapat dapan chu
padshah amis mejaras kun me chuk na parzenavan
buy kya gos su fakir yus ka^d ostan kurmut gudeny
ayi sa khatun ziafat h^et kheyau yek ja h^r^au fe^ut
kuru me alau dopum volo ksMyau yi kh?au son teut
tarn1 pata as bo rot m^e khyau tarn1 pata karu murde
maza^ry phutu palangas tar kuru me alau tea ma
zanak yat palangas vat ka^it me dopumau any
zanena ham saye chum ch^an palangas dyiitumau
vat kaMt am1 panen^e zanana parzanavus dopunai
feye yii chu myon khavand yi chu amut fakir lagit
yi gafee ratas rat marun kur thas havala noman
marevatelan yiman au ar myon yimau trau has
yele yiman ditim lal sat teor ditim feun zanen tre
thaymak amanat ya*ty kya chyum tim lal tre teor
chim dyiitmat noman feuan zanen ye*ty kya chiiy
tim ti kolnas zima tahsir.

13. dapan vustad dyiitun hukum panenye
lashka^i kodun yi mejar ti paneny zanana ti
khanenavun khod teananavin donuvai at khudas kar
naviny kanye kan at1 chu lekhan sahibi kitab

shrak sarp makhri zan bevopha i

14. drau at1 phirit yi padshah vot at1 raja
Vikarmajitun gara divan che rajas khabar padshah
chu amut paneneny bafean raja chuk dapan sa cha

-14] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 75

They brought them, and the King said to them, " Ye have in trust
a deposit made by that faqir, give ye it here and now." Then those
executioners dioVa deed. They brought forth those seven rubies
and laid them before the King. He took up four of them, and
gave them to them, as he said, " Who gave you these ? " Quoth
they, " A certain faqir." " And for what purpose ? " " This
Master of the Horse had made him over to us to be slain." Then
said the King to the Master of the Horse, " Dost thou not recognize
me ? It is I who am that faqir whom thou didst imprison. At
first came that lady to thee with a dish of dainty meats. Ye ate
together, and some scraps and orts remained over and above.
You gave a shout and called to me, ' Come, thou prisoner, eat thou
these scraps and orts of ours.' So I came and took and ate.
After that you clipped and toyed together, till the joint of the bed
became broken. You gave a shout and called to me, ' Haply,
dost thou know how to mend this bed ? ' and I replied to you,
* Yea, why should I not know ? My neighbours are carpenters/
I mended for you the bed, and my wife saw that it was I. Said she
to thee, ' This is my husband, he must be killed this very night
of nights.' Thou gavest me into the hands of these executioners,
and to them came compassion for me, and they let me go free. I
gave them seven rubies. Four gave I, one for each of the four,
and three I left with them in deposit for me. Now, here I have
these three rubies, and four have I just now given to these four men.
There, in their hands, are they also for thee to see." And in this
way was his guilt proved against him.

13. And moreover my Master told me : —

He gave the order to his army. He dragged forth the Master of
the Horse and his own wife. He had dug a pit and had them both
cast into it, and had them stoned with stones until they died. On
this subject verily a master of books hath written : —

Treacherous are a knife, a serpent, and the coquetry of a woman.

14. Thenceforth went again the King and came again to
Raja Vikramaditya's palace. Then gave they the news to the Raja,
" A king hath come and asketh for his wife." Then said the Raja,

76 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [14-

fakirasunz padshahasunz che ne padshah chus dapan
buy gos su fakir m^e nish chu ch^on nishana fe^e
nishi chu my on nishana dapan chus raja tarn1 dohuch
fakiri kya gaye azich padshahi kyah gaye dapan
chus padshah me asa hefeamafea kathe pante timai
asus sar karan tarn1 asum lagu mut fakir raj an
kar kam ditinas sa^th paneiiy bate drau vot panenis
sheh*ras manz chu karan raj. — vu salama vu ikram.

-14] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKBAMADITYA 11

" Of a faqlr she is the wife, not of a king." Quoth the King to him,
" Verily, I am no other than that faqir. I have with me thy token,
and thou hast with thee mine." Quoth the Raja to him, " What
meant the faqirhood of those days, and what meaneth the royalty
of to-day ? " Said the King to him, " I had bought five things,
and them was I testing, and therefore dressed I myself as a faqlr."
Then the Raja did a deed. He gave the King his wife to be with him.
The King went forth and came to his own city, and there he swayed
the sceptre of his rule. This is the end, and may peace and honour
attend ye all.

78 BATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES [1-

XI. FORSYTH SAHIBAN SHAR YELI
YARKAND ZENENI GAU

Yi m^e dyot mai tih gate ta bozan i

Yarkand anon zenan 11 1

gudeny dup malkanye kus ka!ri yohoi kar

Forsat chu zoravar i
raje be Yarkand baj> gate taran

Yarkand anon zenan ii &

Landana p^etha Yarkand yimau kur tai

maushur ha feopor gai i
gudeny Son* marga chavan posha madan

Yarkand0 h 3

hukuma maharaj Buttanis bro drau

Balti turn age jao i
piche jao Kashmir nale chalan

Yarkand0 n 4

rasat sai feopor karhai tarfan

guda lug Maraj pargan I
tim vadan as1 kot lag1 gar zan

Yarkand0 ii 5

timan Butta garan Kashir1 thavik

Butta bay broh n^avik I
gur bat1 dakas zumba che gasa saran

Yarkand0 ii &

-6]

79

XI. THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB WHEN HE WENT
TO CONQUER YARKAND.

The Mission of Sir Douglas Forsyth across the Hindukush to
Kashgar took place in 1873-4. It passed through Kashmir, where
people were collected to serve in the camp. Sdbir, the author of this
poem, describes the events attending the impressment of these camp-
followers. He evidently believes that it was a military expedition
to conquer Yarkand.

1. What I have seen, to that attend and thou shalt hear.
" Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves."

2. First, said the Queen of England, " Who can do this work ?
A mighty man is Forsyth." To him she gave the order, " Seat
thyself upon the throne of Yarkand as its king, and from it levy
thou tribute. Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves."

3. They who wielded the sceptre of authority from London
unto Yarkand became famous over all the world. First halted they
in Sonamarg 1 to enjoy the delight of the flower-meads. " Yarkand
will we conquer for ourselves."

4. Ahead went the order of the Maharaj of Kashmir to Tibet.2
" Ye Baltis, advance ye and then hasten ye to Kashmir bringing
passports with ye. Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves."

5. The order for their assembling issued forth on all sides, and
at first the people were collected in Maraz.3 Lamenting were they
and crying " Poor ignorant souls, whither are we come ? " " Yarkand
will we conquer for ourselves."

6. In houses of these Tibetans were Kashmiris quartered, and
the brothers of Tibet were sent forward in advance. Horses were
stationed for the post, and yaks for collecting and piling grass.
" Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves."

1 A celebrated upland in the Sindh Valley of Kashmir, famous for the
beauty of its wild flowers.

2 i.e. Little Tibet or Baltistan. The people of this country are excellent
carriers. They are represented as being despatched in droves to the
rendezvous in Kashmir. They are furnished with passports or certificates of
dispatch.

3 One of the two divisions — Maraz and Kamraz — of the Valley of Kashmir.
Maraz is the southern part of the valley, on both sides of the River V6th above
Srlnagar.

80 HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES [7-

ba rai khumba khas zananan clie sumb^ran

zyiinte gase vartavan i
aja ase pyav^la kye ase dujan

Yarkand0 11 7

gur1 manga nav^ai kukar gaman

chuh karun yimna zanan i
hari hari karan asi timan pakfuavan

Yarkand0 n 8

kal? kan1 dumbij ches lati kan? lakam

gasa raz kanyek mah kam i
gasa gandi ta zache zin pa^it soira saman

Yarkand0 ii * 9

rasat kaftan anyhai nan gar

mat1 chuk pan paneny kar I
gyaja ka*rik kralan gudeny l^eja saran

Yarkand0 ii 10

kraje dup* khavandas na dana kralau

kathu kit konda valau i
kam hau che pak*vany a^mi gafeu travan

Yarkand0 ii 11

gur dopu gur baye donovai nerau

gau kite jay sherau I
vudye pyeth hye gasu lau gau gatean laran

Yarkand0 ii 12

kunya kyet duda nut vari hyet ba^i drau

lokan chu safarun thau 1
takit duda gur janHuk bagvan

Yarkand0 ii 13

-13] XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB 81

7. Women were collected to help in distributing straw and fire-
wood. Some of them were fresh from childbed, and others were
heavy with child. " Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves."

8. Horses were demanded from villages that had naught but
fowls. Their drivers knew not how to say "tchk", and could say
only "har1 har1'," l as they urged them along. "Yarkand will we
conquer for ourselves. "

9. When they harnessed a horse they turned the crupper towards
its head, and hung the bridle by its tail. Grass ropes did they use
for strong binding-straps.2 All the appliances that they had were
pack-saddles 3 of straw and saddles made of rags. " Yarkand will
we conquer for ourselves."

10. Menial cultivators were impressed in proportion to the size
of each village, and on the shoulder of each was laid the burden of
some special duty. Like bundles of grass were they crowded
together, as they carried cooking pots for the potters. " Yarkand
will we conquer for ourselves."

11. Said the potter's wife to the potter, " 0 potter, thou art
a fool. What need have we to put pots into the kiln ? The business,
dear, is a travelling one, and we must leave all uncooked food
behind us (and bring with us our food ready cooked)." " Yarkand
will we conquer for ourselves."

12. Said the cow-herd to his wife, " Let us both go forth and
arrange a place for the cows. If we carry a wisp of grass upon our
heads, the cows will follow at a run." " Yarkand will we conquer
for ourselves."

13. He went forth, milk-pail on haunch, and carrying his load
of pots. The people all were exhausted by their march, and to
them the kindly milkman seemed as blessed as a garden-watcher
of Paradise. " Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves."

1 "Tchk " is the click made to encourage a horse, "har1 har1" is what is said
for the same purpose to a cow. The impressed drivers were unaccustomed
to horses, and knew only the bovine expletive.

1 The kaiiMkh is the term used for the two straps or ropes attached at the
back of a Kashmiri saddle to secure blankets, etc. (Stein).

3 The gand1 is the term used for the Turkistan pack-saddle, which consists of
two straw-filled pommels joined in front (Stein).

82 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [14-

vatal1 dup vatiija bunai sera za

chim mangan dale muy ta ka I
feorasta ar h^et myeti hai pak*navan

Yarkand0 11 14

(vatij vanan pherit)
pherit dabza hek vatal ganau

dabzi hek as^au zanau i
dapyamak vataj k^e nai chum bozan

Yarkand0 ii 15

shumar boz hai tatfadaran

mang*laj ahengaran i
vodye p^eth yiran h^et shranz dakhe navan

Yarkand0 ii 16

karau ditti barau yingar kat1 fearau

van kat1 jan sherau i
hai kya kur hak nal gara navan

Yarkand0 ii 17

khush kya gosai amob gau jan

pata nyuk nayid chan I
batta daje at1 h7et pata chuk laran

Yarkand0 u 18

musla hat karan tim?' asa panevany

kusuy kaM nayiz ta chany i
kata vany ka^it hai karau guzran

Yarkand0 ii 19

Sabir tilavanye tamat yiituy van

yamat khabar bozan I
tanye au sahib ba sb{ri saman

Yarkand0 ii 20

-20] XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB 83

14. The sweeper said to the sweeper's wife, " I shall never
remember what I have to do. They expect me to provide leather
and a cobbler's laces. They are sending me off, my dear, with a
leather-cutter and a cobbler's awl." " Yarkand will we conquer
for ourselves."

15. And she replied, " Thou shouldst have answered them,
0 pimp of a sweeper.1 Thou shouldst have said, ' I know not how
to use them.' ' "I did, my sweeperess, say that to them, but they
heard me not at all." " Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves."

16. The roll-call was cried for the artisans, and a demand was
made for workers in iron. Each came bearing his anvil on his head,
and leaning on his tongs as if they were a stick. " Yarkand will we
conquer for ourselves."

17. The blacksmiths grumbled and complained, " Where are we
to look for coals ? How can we aright arrange our smithy ? " But
somehow or other the officials made a makeshift for them, and set
them a -forging horseshoes. "Yarkand will we conquer for
ourselves."

18. Very pleased did I become, and mighty good it seemed to
me that last of all they impressed the barber and the carpenter
(of my village), and that I saw them running after the others each
with a kerchief of food in his hand.2 " Yarkand will we conquer
for ourselves."

19. Their wives are holding a conference with each other. Say
they, " Who is, then, now to support the barber's wife and the
carpenter's wife ? We shall have to earn our livelihood by hiring
ourselves out for spinning thread." " Yarkand will we conquer for
ourselves."

20. Sabir Oilman 3 only so much say, so long as they shall pay
heed unto the news. At length came the Sahib with all his retinue,
saying, " Yarkand will we conquer for ourselves."

1 This is really a term of affection, much as we sometimes use abusive words
in an affectionate sense, or talk of a "poor devil " in the language of pity.

2 A thoroughly Kashmiri sentiment, quite in keeping, with the villager's
indifference to the troubles of others. The author was evidently on bad terms
with the barber and carpenter of his village (Stein).

3 The name of the poet.

G

84 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [1-

XII. AKHUNASANZ DALIL

1. Tarn1 siiy as nechiv feor tim* nai priifeun bo
bud1 as tuh1 vanyu kyah kar ka^u ak1 dopus bo
kare yimamat bey dopus bo para bang bey dopus
bo para vaz lokat hi feorim dopus bo kare feur doha
ak banyau gau padshahas feuri vot yeli padshaha
sund gara rtid vudanye tany neran tora vazir beye
padshahasanz kur yi vuchuk at1 vudanye dopunak
toh1 kam chu yimau dop has feu kus chuk dopunak
bu chus feur yimau dopuhas as1 ti che feur ka^ik
gur1 za sapud savar ak yi akhun beye yi padshah
kur dopunas vazlran neryu toh1 nasiyat hasa karai
ak kat yina sa padshah koM sa^h kat kuni karak
bo hasa yimau pata ta toh1 neryu.

2. yim chu pakan padshah koryi che na khabar
yi chu na m^e sa^h akhun zada tas cha khabar yi
chu vazir gash lug phuleni vat^ gur^au p^etha bun
gaye yi padshah kur kul^e akis p^eth ata but chulun
vuchun at kul e manz lal yi lal tulun ayi h^et amis
akhun zadas nish tas che khabar yi chu vazir vazir
kye as na yut gash chu pholan tytit chu yi lal gah
travan parza nau am1 padshah kor^e vazir na lal
tuluk sa^h vat1 shahras akis manz at1 vuchuk
paryehna at1 manz byeth1.

3. yi chu yivan amis padshahas nish am1
sheharakis dapan chus bo behe naukar yi chus
dapan kya naukri karak dapan chus bo kare guryen
hanz kismat yim che yimai kathe karan sakhfea
ak au lal pharosh amis padshahas kanani lal chis

-8] 85

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN.

1. There was once upon a time an Akhun,1 who had four sons.
One day he said to them. " I am now grown old, tell me therefore
what professions you intend to follow." Said one, "I'll be a
prayer-leader in a mosque." Said another, "I'll call the people
to prayer." Said another, " I'll preach sermons." But the fourth
and youngest said, " I'll be a thief." So one day he went or! to
the King's palace to steal something. As he stood outside it there
came forth the Vizier and the King's daughter. When they saw
him standing there he asked them who they were. " And who art
thou ? " said they. " I'm a thief," said he. " So are we," said
they. Now they had brought out with them two horses, and he
straightway mounted on one of them, while the princess got on the
other. Then the Vizier said to him, "Go ye two in advance, and,
sir, pay thou heed to this one piece of instruction — thou shalt
not hold any love-talk with the princess. I will join you later on,
but go ye two in advance."

2. So they went on, the princess thinking all the time that it
was the Vizier, not the young Akhun, who was with her. By
and by dawn began to blossom forth, and they dismounted by a
stream, and to this went the princess and washed her face and hands.
Her eye fell on a ruby lying in the stream. She picked it up and
took it to the young Akhun, whom all the time she thought to
be the Vizier, though it was not him at all. Then, as the dawn
blossomed forth, the ruby emitted a brilliant light, and she saw
for the first time that it was not the Vizier. So she kept the ruby
to herself, and went on with him till they came to a certain city.
There they found a small hut in which they made their lodging.

3. The young Akhun went to the King of that city, and asked
him for employment. " What canst thou do ? " asked the King.
" I know how to look after horses," answered he. Now, even
while they were yet speaking, there came a certain jeweller to sell
precious stones to the King. He had two rubies with him. Then

1 A Musalman religious teacher.

86 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [4-

za yi vot1 sayist yi chus dapan padshaham ak lal
chu bebaha byek chu khut at manz chu kyum dapan
chus padshah ti kyata pa^hy ay fee bozana dapan
chus yi phirit padshaham takit chus manz kyum
phuta ryun harga kyum dras na ada yi padshahas
khush ka*ri ti gafeyem karun har ga kyum dras
tela gafeyem bakhshayish diny.

4. dapan vustad phutouk yi lal am1 manza
drau kyum am1 satha feun has sayist nau nahit lal
shinak pyas nau gau yi lal shinak panun gara doha
doha chu kadan ratas bihan chu panani ga^i dohas
yivan chu lal pasand karani amis padshahasund
nayid gafean chu mast khasani amis lal shinakas
tat1 chu vuchan amisunz yi zanana yi as khab
surat seta au yi nayid vaziras mast khas^nas dopunas
ai vazira zanana che amis lal shinakas yi shuybehe
vazlrasandi ga^i amis karte kyefea nukhta dopunas
ada kya yi vazir gau amis padshaha sanzi kodye
dopunas fea dap padshahas myegafee yis lal shinakan
gudenyi lal pasand kur tat1 hyu byak lal asun dup
padshaha sanzi kod^i pananis ma^yis m^e gafee lalas
hyu be baha lal asun au lal shinak dopunas padshahan
disa lal anit tat lalas hyu au voda lal shinak vot1
panenye zanana nish byut feop^ ka^ith yi chas dapan
zanana fei kya zi chuk phikri gamut dopunas pherit
am1 lal shinakan padshah chum lal mangan bebaha
su ka!ti ana dopunas am1 zanana gafe dap padshahas
ritas kyut dim kharj bo dimai lal anit padshahan
dyutus kharj ritasumb yi anun panun gara chu
bihit khyavan nu chu gafean padshahas nu chu gafean

-4] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 87

the young Akhun, who now called himself a groom, up and said,
" Your Majesty, one of these rubies is beyond price, but the other
hath a flaw in it in the shape of a worm." The King asked him
how he knew this. Said he in answer, " Sire, of a surety there is
a worm inside it. Break it and see. If no worm then come forth
from it, do unto me whatsoever your Majesty may please. But
if a worm do come forth, I shall deserve a present."

4. Quoth my master : —

They broke the ruby into pieces, and sure enough a worm issued
forth from it ; and from that time they gave him the title of " Royal
Lapidary " instead of that of " Groom ". So the Lapidary returned
home, and the days passed. By night he stayed at home, and each
day he attended court to examine rubies. The King's barber
came one day to shave him, and there he saw the princess, who
passed as the Lapidary's wife. Now she was very fair to look upon,
and the barber went off on his rounds to shave the King's Vizier.
" Said he, 0 Vizier, that Lapidary hath a wife, and she would
verily adorn the mansion of a Vizier. Thou shouldst find him
guilty of some failure in his duty." Quoth the Vizier, " Willingly,
and why not ? " and went off to the King's daughter. He told
her to tell the King that she wanted another ruby just like the one
that the Lapidary had first of all approved as beyond price. So
she went to her father and quoth she, " Fain would I have another
ruby beyond price, like unto the first." When the Lapidary came
that day to the presence the King said to him, " Bring thou me
another ruby like unto that one." The Lapidary returned home,
and sat down there in silent consternation. Said the woman to
him, " Why art thou so anxious ? " Replied he, " The King
demandeth from me a ruby beyond price, and where am I to find
it ? " Said she, " Go thou and say to the King, ' If thou wilt give
me a month's expenses, I will bring thee the ruby.' " Well, the
King gave him expenses sufficient for a month, and he brought
the money home. There he stayed eating his food, not going to

88 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [5-

beye kun rit gau ada divan ches yi su lal yus tarn1
kulye manza tu jan gau h^et padshahas kar&nas salam
lal thau nas bonta kani.

5. drau pherit lal shinak vot panun gara ratha
kadun paneni ga^i subhas au nayid mast khasani
amis lal shinakas mast muk*lau nas khasit ta drau
nayid panas vot1 beye amis vaziras nish dopun
vaziras kye tea karta amis lal shinakas amis che
zanana khob surat sa shuybihe vazirasandi gato
vazir au beye amis padshaha sanzi korye dopunas
tea mang padshahas lalan hund trnt dop am1 padshaha
sanzi kodye pananis ma^is me gateiy asun lalan hund
trut lal shinak au padshahas nish karnas salam
padshah chus dapan lal hasa gate^nai asan* setha
tratis sumb au lal shinak vot panun gara yi chas
dapan zanana haft1 paW kya zi chuk bihith yi chus
dapan pherith padshah chum mangan az lalan hund
trut su ka*ti ana bo dopunas am1 zanana k?e chana
phikir gate padshahas gafee hyun tren ritan kyut
kharj dyutunas padshahan kharj au panun gara
hyet.

6. yi chu khyevan ta chyavan yuttany yim tre
rit gai vu chas dapan yi zanana amis lal shinakas
dapan ches ye ta^t1 mye tami kulye manza lal tu
jau tami kulye kulye gatee khasun hyur pahan ta1^
chiy nag ta^t1 nagas gatee andas kun dob khanun
ta!ty dobas manz bih zi kartith tath nagas pyeth
yinai gudeny she zaWe sran kara^m timan kye
ka^r1 zina pata yiyiy timan shen zanyen hunz zith
sa vasiy tat nagas sran kara^ni poshak traviy ka^ith

-6] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 89

court or anywhere else. When a month had passed the woman
gave him the ruby she had picked up out of the stream, and,
taking it to the King, he laid it before him with a bow.

5. The Lapidary then left the court and returned home, where
he passed the night. Next morning the barber came to shave him.
When he had finished he went off to the Vizier. Said he, " Prithee,
do somewhat unto that Lapidary. His wife is very beautiful.
She would verily adorn the mansion of a Vizier." So the Vizier
went again to the King's daughter and told her to ask the King
for a ruby necklace. Quoth she to her father, " Fain would I have
a ruby necklace." In due course the Lapidary came to the presence
and made his bow. Said the King, " Sir, thou must bring unto me
a number of rubies sufficient for a necklace." He went home, and
the woman whispered to him, " Why art thou sitting here ? "
Replied he, " To-day the King demandeth from me a ruby necklace.
Whence can I bring one 1 " Quoth she to him, " Thou needst
not be anxious in the least. Go and take three months' expenses
from the King." The King gave him the money and he returned
to his house.

6. So there he stayed eating and drinking till the three
months were passed. Then the woman said to him. " Thou knowest
the stream from whence I picked up that ruby. Go thou up it
a little way, and thou wilt come to a spring. Thou must dig a
pit close to the source of the spring, and hide thyself therein.
At first six females will come to bathe in the spring. Do thou
nothing unto them ; but afterwards thou wilt see coming the eldest
sister of these six. She also will go down into the spring to bathe.

90 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [7-

Wthis pyeth chon gafee gafeun feu^r1 patth1 gafee ti
poshak tulun.

7. aye she zanye kur timau sran timan kye
vunun na yiman pata ayi satimy zaW trov am1
poshak ka^rith ba^his pyeth pane vufe nagas manz
au yi lal shinak feu^1 pa!thy au ta tulun yi a^mi sund
poshak gau ta byuth ath dobas manz am1 kur sran
kafe ba^his pyeth vuchun at1 na poshak difeun krekh
dapan che dyau chuka yinsan chuka tas khudayesund
chi khasam yim p^da kuruk mye ma kar siras phash
yi fea gafeiy ti dimai ami kurus alau am1 dob^ manza
dopunas dim vadai Khuda yi bo mangai ti gafeyem
bozun at1 pyeth dyutunas vadai Khuda dyutunas
poshak poshak feun am1 na^y dopunas kyah chum
hukum dopunas am1 lal shinakan fee gafee hytin mye
satthy pakan chu lal shinak broh broh yi che pakan
pata pata.

8. dapan vustad amis chu nav lal mal pato vaV
amis lal shinakasund gar.

9. dapan vustad ya a^mis kathen haran lal ya
chis ashis haran lal doho sath sath rath gaye ada
subu au lal sath tu*ly lal shinakan gau hyeth padshahas
k arenas salam lal sath thau nas bonta ka^i padshah
gau setha khush.

10. lal shinakan hyiitus rukhsat vot panun gara
patai votus yi nayid am1 khosus mast mast khasit
drau vot yi nayid vaziras nish amis ti khosun mast
dapan chus ha vazir* amis lal shinakas gamuts az
paMa byek zanana sa che setha khobsurat tamis gude
nyechi handi khota setha khobsurat kyifea karta

t
-10] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 91

She will doff her clothes and leave them on the bank. Thou must
then go secretly and carry off her garments."

7. The six females came and did their bathing, but to them
said he nothing. Afterwards there came the seventh female.
She doffed her clothes, and leaving them on the bank descended
into the spring. He came secretly and carried off her garments
and hid himself again in the pit. When she had finished her
bath she went up again on to the bank, and saw that her
garments were no longer there. She uttered a loud cry, saying,
" Be thou demon or be thou human being, I make to thee an
oath by the God who created thee. Put not thou my secret parts
to shame, and whate'er thou ask will I give to thee." He then
called to her from the pit, "Swear thou to me by God that thou wilt
hear and agree to whatsoe'er I shall demand from thee." When
she had sworn by God he gave her her garments, and she put them
on. Then quoth she, " What is thy command ? " and the Lapidary
replied, " Thou must come with me." So they went along, the
Lapidary in front, and the fairy following behind.

8. Saith my Master :—

Her name was Lalmal, the Fairy, and they came to the Lapidary's
house.

9. And moreover saith my Master : —

I know not which it was, but either at every word she spoke a
ruby dropped, or else seven rubies fell each day from her mouth.
The night came to an end and dawn appeared. The Lapidary
picked up seven rubies and carried them off to the King. Making
his bow he laid the seven rubies before him, and mighty pleased
became the King.

10. The Lapidary took his leave from the presence and returned
home. In due course came the barber and shaved him. When
he had finished the barber went off to the Vizier and shaved him
also. Said he, " 0 Vizier, a second wife hath now appeared for
that Lapidary. She is very fair to look upon, much more fair even
than the first. Prithee do somewhat to him. One of the wives

t
92 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [11-

amis lal shinakas akh che la^ki vazir b?ek che m^e
layak dopunas pyom hasa beye vanun padshah kod^i
gau yi vazir dapan chu amis padshah kod^i tea mang
ma^lis m^e gatee asun rutuna kud gaye padshah kud
pananis ma^lis dapan ches m^e gafee asun rutun* kud
paga au lal shinak dapan chus padshah ansa rutun*
kud.

11. drau lal shinak vot panun gara dapan chu
yiman zananan don padshah chum mangan rutun*
kud su ka*ti ana bo pherith vuteus lal mal paM
dopunas gate padshahas mang tren ritan k?ut kharj
dyutunas padshahan au h^eth panun gara doha doha
chu kadan tre r^eth gai ada lekhan che lal mal
paM kakad dapan che a^mis lal shinakas gate tath
nagas p^eth ye^rni manza bo aiiythas tatt1 manz
gatea yi kakad travun tod* khasi atho taV manz
asi kud tart1 ka!rzi thaph pan* manz va^s1 zina.

12. gau h^eth yi kakad vot ath nagas p^eth
travun yi kakad ath nagas manz h^iithuy yi kakad
travun tyutuy khut ada atha a1^ athas manz rutuna
kud diteun ath thaph am1 tha^i sa^hi av a^mis hofe
neWth hols h^eth ti kud h^eth ti au panas vot panun
gara rat gaye ada subahanas gau padshahas karun
salam ka^hen thau nas bont* ka^ni padshah gos
setha khush.

13. h^iitus rukhsat lal shinakan au panun gara
au beye yi nayid khasun mast a^mis lal shinakas
mast kha^sith drau vot a^mis vaziras nish beye chus
dapan yiy vazira a^mis lal shinakas chuk na tea
vatan kunikaW a^mis karta kyefea gau yi vazir a^mis

-13] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 93

is fit for a Vizier, and the other would suit me." Replied the Vizier,
" I must, sir, again speak to the King's daughter." So he went and
said to her, " Thou shouldst ask of thy father a jewelled bracelet."
So the princess went to her father and quoth she to him, " Fain
would I have a jewelled bracelet." On the morrow came the
Lapidary to the presence, and to him said the King, " Bring me,
sir, a jewelled bracelet."

11. The Lapidary went forth and came to his home. Said he
to the two women, " The King demandeth of me a jewelled bracelet.
Whence am I to bring it ? " Then up and said to him Lalmal,
the fairy, Go thou and ask the King for three months' expenses."
The King gave the money to him, and he returned with it to his
house. Each day passed day by day, and the three months became
completed. Then Lalmal the Fairy took a paper and wrote upon
it. Quoth she to the Lapidary, " Go thou to the spring from which
thou hast brought me, and therein cast this paper. Then from the
spring a hand will rise, and on it will be a jewelled bracelet. Take
hold of it, but descend thou not into the spring."

12. So he went off, taking the paper with him. He flung it into
the spring, and even as he did so a hand wearing a jewelled bracelet
rose from the water. He grasped hold of the hand, but did so with
such force that he pulled the forearm off, and went off home with
it and with the bracelet. The night came to an end and at dawn
he went to the King. Making his bow he laid the bracelet before
him, and mighty pleased became the King.

13. The Lapidary took his leave from the presence and returned
home. Again came the barber and shaved him. When he had
finished his job he went straight to the Vizier, and again addressed
him, " 0 Vizier, thou dost not in any way get at that Lapidary.
Prithee, do thou something to him." The Vizier went to the King's

94 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES [14-

padshah kooM dapan chus tea chak padshah khud
tea gafeiye asun akoy kud padshahas gatee mangun
byak gaye yi padshah kud dopun pananis ma^is
mye gatee asun byak kud au beye lal shinak karun
salam dapan chus padshah byak kud gatee asun.

14. au lal shinak vot panun gara dapan chu
yiman zananan don az chum padshah mangan byak
rotund kud divan ches lal mal pa^i paneiiy vaj dapan
ches gate tath nagas p^eth ta^t1 nagas ^kith kun chiy
pal bud taV hau my en vaj su pal vu^hi thud ta^mi
ta1!1 chai vath taW va*ti vaz^za bun ta*ti chai m^en
vis say diyiy rutuna kur.

15. drau yi lal shinak voth tath jaye havun tath
palas vaj pal vuth thud vuth tatoi va*ti bun bun
vuchin khatuna akh ku^niy zany a^i dopunas ka*ti
osuk aW dopunas lal mal pa^riye dopuy rutuna kur
a^mis khatuni pyau yad ta^misanzuy maj as sa yas
rutuna karris sa^h1 hufe gayau ne'rith tas che akay
nur tas chu dod pananis dilas ray kar a^i khatuni
yany myehy moj va1^ nyeinis manoshas kheye yi as
setha khobsurat a^is gau shok dilas bo kare a^mis
saHh* nether vony yeli maje hund par tav? pyau ath
jaye gau bunyul a^mis dyiitun shap kur^nas kanye
phul thavun chandas vafeus maj uth dopunas hatai
kud^i m^e che yivan mantea buy yi chas na h^evan
zima kye aW yeli zor kurnas dopunas chu manosh
tea dim gud* vadai Khuda bo kya karas na kye
vadai Khuda dyiitunas aW kur chanda manza kaiiye
phul shap tulunas manosh yuthuy as t? tiithuy rud

-15] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 95

daughter, and quoth he, " Thou art a King's daughter, shouldst
thou have but one bracelet ? Yet another shouldst thou ask of the
King ? " So she departed. Quoth she to her father, " Fain would
I have yet another bracelet." Again came the Lapidary to the
presence, and to him said the King, " Thou must bring unto me
another bracelet."

14. The Lapidary took his leave and came to his own house.
Said he to these two women, " To-day doth the King demand of
me another jewelled bracelet." Then Lalmal the Fairy gave him
her own ring. Quoth she, " Go thou again unto the spring. Close
by one side of it thou wilt find a great rock. Show thou my ring
unto that rock, and it will arise and stand upright. Thou wilt
find a pathway opening at its foot. Descend thou underground
by the path and thou wilt find my crony-girl. She will give to thee
a jewelled bracelet."

15. The Lapidary went forth and reached the spot. He showed
the ring to the rock and it arose and stood upright. Down the path
he went beneath the ground, and, deep down below, he saw a certain
lady sitting all alone. Quoth she to him, " Whence comest thou ? "
Saith he, " Lalmal the Fairy asketh of thee a jewelled bracelet."
Then memory came to the lady. It was her mother whose forearm
had been pulled off together with the former jewelled bracelet,
and who now had but one arm. For that cause cherished the mother
wrath within her heart. So the lady thought to herself, " So soon
as my mother cometh she will devour this man." Now he was a
mighty personable fellow, and her heart was filled with anxiety
on his account, for she had determined to herself to marry him.
Just then her mother's footsteps became audible, and the place
was shaken by an earthquake. Thereupon the lady uttered a spell
over him. She turned him into a pebble, and put it into her pocket.
Then came to her her mother, " Aha ! my girl," cried she, " I
smell the smell of a mortal man." But the lady refused to admit
that he had been there. When at last her mother pressed her sore,
she said, " There is indeed a man. But first swear thou to me by
God that naught wilt thou do unto him." So the mother swore
to her by God, and she drew forth the pebble from her pocket,
and uttered a spell over it, so that it became a man exactly as he

96 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [16-

dopunas yi chu myon ha^hi Khudai bo asan yiihoi
tearan yiihoi lud*nam ma^'i Khudayen yi ches dapan
moj zab?r gau bayen don lad kakad a^mi suy a^th1
dopunas ma^iy lekh fetiy lyiikh a^i kakad dyiitun
a^mis lal shinakas a^hi a^mi kur^nas alau khatuni
dopunas yi an kakad yury vuch a^mi khatuni ath
lyiikhmut a^misanzi m^ji chu voi m^en gab?r yi gafee
vat?- vunuy marun a^mis 6s a^i satha panun dod
pyamut yad su hafe^uk yi kakad feun*nas fea^ith a^mi
khatuni panun lyukh*nas kakad ath manz lyiikh*nas
chu vai mye bay tuhund gafee jated yiin m^e kya chu
yenyi val.

16. lyiikhunas kakadas zabany kur*nas naVyat
dopunas tut yeli vatak kar* hak salam salam pa^ith
diz>Tek kakad tim ananai khyen team ru kare ti
chyon khyun gafe^na badal dyiitunas sa^th1 asl kare
dopunas yi khyezi ta*ti tihund fean^zi bebinda^r1
tra^vith panun khyezi ta^mi pata dap^nai tim kash
na hana kareny tat khyuth dyiitunas shast?ro panje
dopunas tim chi dyav^zath timan yiye tas^li shastervi
panje sa^hi.

17. drau a*ti na*siyat yad hyet voth thuth kariin
timan salam dyiitunak yi kakad a^is dyiituk khyen
feam^ru kare aWuk tulan chu bus fe^nan bebindsr
tra^vith panun chu kadan ti chu khyavan a^ii pata
dopuhas yimau khash^na h^na kar aW kur yi fet^ri
pa^h1 shast^ro panje chuk a^mi sa^h1 divan zilla
zilla yimau lyiikhas javab at kakadas lyiikhas asi
chyena fursath hazra1^ sulaiman chu divan nad hal*
bismilla ka^u yenyivol.

-17]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

97

had been before. Quoth she to her mother, " This is he who is
unto me as God. For him, and only for him, have I been seeking.
It is he, and he alone, 0 mother, whom God hath sent unto me."
Then said her mother, " Good. So let it be. Send thou a letter by
his hand unto thy two brethren." Quoth she, " My mother, let it
be thou that writest." So the mother wrote a letter, and gave it
into the hand of the Lapidary. But the lady called him to her,
and asked him to give her the paper. She looked at it, and on it
by her mother were written these words, "If ye be indeed my sons,
on the instant that he cometh to you, must ye kill this man."
The mother had written this because she still bore in her heart
the memory of the pain of her lost forearm. But the lady tore the
paper into little pieces, and wrote herself another, " If ye be indeed
my brethren, quickly must ye come. And for why ? Because it
is my wedding festival."

16. She wrote for him the paper, and by word of mouth gave she
him this instruction, saying, " When thou shalt arrive thither,
make thou first a bow, and having louted low, give thou to them
this paper. They will offer thee dinner made of leathern pease,
but these thou must not eat." As a substitute she gave him real
pease to take with him, and said, " These be what thou must eat.
Drop thou their leathern pease into the fold of thy breast-cloth
and eat thine own pease in their stead. Thereafter they will ask
thee to give them a little scratching." For that purpose she gave
him a set of iron claws, " For," said she, " they are of a demon
race, and these iron claws will give them but a pleasant titillation."

17. Bearing these instructions in his memory he set forth, and
reached their abode. He made his bow to them and gave to them
the paper. They offered him a dinner of leathern pease. He raised
a gobbet of it to his mouth, but let it fall into the fold of his breast-
cloth, while at the same time he took out his own pease and kept
eating them. Thereafter they asked him to give them a little
scratching. So he secretly donned the iron claws and with them
scraped and scratched them. Then wrote they an answer to the
letter after this manner. " We have no time to come unto thee,
for we have been summoned by the holy Solomon. Haste ye, in the
name of God, and make ye the wedding festival."

98 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [18-

18. vat ath hau nak yi kakad kakad paduk
karuk a^is sa^th1 yenyivol vu che yi khatun dapan
a^is khav^ndas pananis yet1 roz ka kina du^has
manz gafeak bu chas tea ta^bya aW dopunas duny^as
manz gateau dopunas a^mi khatuni vuiiy yeli nerau
myen moj da^y khye tea mangum chony gateas
mangun vatfranuk musla beye khye maWg^zas na
vuiiy yeli yim sakhr^ai dopuk a^mi maje mangun
khye tea dopunas dim vatoanuk musHa tath chu nau
vute^prang drau a*ti va^i panun gara gara va^ith
karun taiyar rothuna kur gau h^eth padshahas yi
lal shinak.

19. na*ydan boz lal shinak vot gafean chus
nayid gar* mast kas^ni a*ti vuchan chu triyim
khatuna drau a*ti nayid puth phe^ith vot vaziras
nish dapan chu a^mis vaziras ha vazira a^is lal
shinakas che az triyim khatuna yiman don handi
khuta khob-surath sa che layiki padshah akh che
layiki vazir byek che m^e layak a^mis lal shinakas
kar the khye tea dapan chus vazir az vane bo
padshahas suy padshah ka^ri a^mis khye tea va*ry
dath su m^ri zanana tre nyemau a^s* dop vazir an
padshahas padshaham a^mis lal shinakas che zanana
tre tifea chena padshahi manz padshaham ta^mis lal
shinakas rath ta khye tea nukhta su gute galun tim*
zanana tre karu huk dakWi mahala khan padshahan
kar fik^ra dopun manga has khyefea chiz ti chu anan
saruy vuny dapas bo m^enis ma^isunz khabar galse
anehy su cha jan? tas kina dozakas.

-19] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 99

18. He returned to the lady and her mother, and showed them
the reply. They read it and carried out the wedding between him
and her. Then said the lady to him who was now her husband,
" Here wilt thou stay, or wilt thou return unto the world of men ?
Behold I am thy humble slave." So he said that he would return
to the world of men, and quoth the lady to him, " Now, when we
shall set forth, my mother will tell thee to ask of her a gift. And
thou must ask for but one thing, a certain skin mat. Ask thou for
it alone, and for naught else." So, as they were preparing for their
journey her mother said to him, " Ask thou of me some gift,"
and he said to her " Give me the skin mat that is called the wutsha
prang, or ' flying-couch '." Well, they went forth from there and
reached his home. As soon as they arrived she made ready for
him a jewelled bracelet, and the Lapidary took it to the King.

19. The barber heard that the Lapidary had come home, and
goes to his house to shave him. There sees he the third lady, and
straight returns he to the Vizier. Said he to him, " 0 Vizier, to-day
that Lapidary hath a third lady, more fair to look upon than the
other two. She is fit for the King. Another is fit for a Vizier, and
yet another would suit me. Prithee, do thou somewhat to this
Lapidary." Quoth the Vizier to him, " To-day will I tell the King,
and His Majesty himself will lay some trap for him. Then he will
die, and the three women will be ours." So the Vizier said to the
King, " Your Majesty, that Lapidary hath women three, and women
like unto them are not in the whole kingdom. Sire, prithee, seize
thou upon some fault of this Lapidary, and destroy him. Then
will the three women become inmates of thy harem." The King
considered a while and said, " No matter what thou mayst ask of
him, that all and sundry doth he bring. Now will I say unto him,
" Thou must bring me news of my father, whether he be in heaven
or whether he be in hell."

100 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [20-

20. dapan vustad au lal shinak padshahas karun
salam padshah chus dapan az tany yi m^e vunmai
ti bozuth fere az gatee m^nis ma^isunz khabar aneny
su cha janatas manz kina dozakas drau lal shinak
vot panun gara dapan chu a*ti yiman zananan tren
az chum dapan padshah me^nis m^l1 sunz khabfr
aneny bo kya kare ath su che khabar ka^a va^i
gamuty tas momHis yi vuteas khatun yi hoi yi yasa
rothuna ka1^ as karan sa as paM ba Khuda a^i
dopunas kh^e cha na fik*r gals has kharfj beye dapus
padshahas chony gatee ziin somb^run maManas manz
ziin gatee somb?run be shumar.

21. somb^rau padshahan ziin beshumar a^t1 pyeth
khut yi lal shinak yi musl^han vata^ith a1!1 pyeth
byoth pane a^mis dopun padshahas tea kya gateiy
anun ma^sund nishana yi vothus padshah dopunas
akh gateiy anun jan* tukh myeva beye gateiy anun
mye^nis ma^sandi daskata khath dopun yiman diyu
yath zinis nar so pato.

22. dapan vustad yimau yeli ath zinis nar dyuth
yivan chu na kuni boz^na yi lal shinak lal shinakan
dyuth ath musslas kas*m dopunas mye gatee vatun
panun gar* kah lagimna deshun dapan tuv*y a^1
lal shinakan ach mute?rin ta votumuth gara panun
a^mi kha tuni kar kama habjoshi karun myeva janf
tukh dan taiyar beye likhun khath ath karun a^mis
padshah^sandis ma^sund daskath beye mohur a^t1
manz likhun padshahas chony gafea mye nish vatun
vazir hyeth beye nayid hyeth tithai paW yitha

-22] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 101

20. And saith my Master : —

The Lapidary came to the King and made his bow. Quoth the
King to him, " Hitherto hast thou hearkened unto whatsoever
command I gave to thee. To-day must thou bring unto me news
of my father, whether he be in heaven or whether he be in hell."
The Lapidary departed and came to his own house. Quoth he to
these three women, " To-day the King telleth me to bring news of
his father. What am I to do ? How know I even how many years
have passed since he hath died ? " Then up and spake the lady
who had made the jewelled bracelet (now she was a fairy who was
obedient unto God), " Let nothing prey upon thy mind. Go thou,
and ask of him expenses. Then say thou to the King, ' Thou must
gather together for me firewood. In the plain let there be gathered
together bundles of fuel beyond count.' "

21. The King assembled and piled firewood beyond count, and
the Lapidary ascended thereon. He spread upon it the skin mat,
and thereon he took his seat. Quoth he to the King, " What token
from thy father shall I bring ? " and up and said the King, " First
must thou bring unto me a fruit from the garden of paradise, and
secondly must thou bring unto me a letter signed by my father. "
Said the Lapidary to the people standing round, " Set ye the fire-
wood alight on all four sides."

22. And moreover saith my Master : —

When they had set the pyre alight, the Lapidary could no longer
be seen for fire and smoke. He uttered a charm to the skin mat,
saying, " I would arrive at mine own house, but have a care that
no one see it." He closed his eyes, and when he opened them he
found himself at home. Then that lady did a deed. Of the seven
metals l she prepared a fruit, a pomegranate of the Garden of
Heaven, and moreover she wrote a letter to which she put the
signature of the King's father, and sealed it with his seal. And
this was what she wrote to the King : " Thou must come unto me

1 The haft-josh is an amalgam of iron, antimony, lead, gold, tin, copper,

and silver.

102 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [23-

pa^thy lal shinak m7e nish vot kakad karun havala
a^mis lal shinakas beye dyuthunas athas khyath
yi dan.

23. atany gai feor do yi nar gamut feeta path
rodfmut sur yi lal shinak drau longu^h1 ka^ith
sula voth ath suras manz divan chu duleny nazfr
bazau ka^r1 naz*r khabardarau niye khab^r dopuhas
padshaham a^mi sura manza gatean che sus? rarai
yi ma a^s1 lal shinak amut yim che yimai katha
karan nazar chak okun au voda lal shinak athas
khyath hyeth dan beyes athas khyath hyeth khath
kafrin padshahas salam dan thaunas bont* ka^ii
khath thaunas bont* ka*ni yi khath mufe*run padun
ath lyiikhmut bo kya chus jan* tas manz chony gafea
vatun yury vazir hyeth beye nayid hyeth jal^d.

24. padshah chu karan fik*ra mye dapyau yi lal
shinak ga*li yi au ma^isanz mye khabar hyeth dapan
padshah a^mis lal shinakas bu khyatha pa^thy vate
tat janHas manz dopunas lal shinakan yuth zyiin
mye kyuth somb^ravuth tith* tre gafeun somb^rava1^
jabd vatak jan* tas manz somb* rau padshahan zyiin
beshumar a1^ pyeth karanavun vatfrun aH1 pyeth
khuth pane beye vazir beye nayid dyUthuk zinas
nar teo paV.

25. dapan vustad dud yi padshah beye vazir
beye nayid trim vai ga^l1 vot ath lal shinakas nish
su vazir yus vazir padshah kur hyeth as fealan ta
sam* kukh akhun khuth suy vot a^mis lal shinakasund
gara pane va^n* ka^ikh kathe batha vonus aW lal

-25] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 103

with thy Vizier and with thy barber, just in the same manner as
the Lapidary hath come unto me." This paper she made over to
the Lapidary, and in his hand she laid the pomegranate.

23. By this time four days had passed and the fire became
extinct, leaving naught but ashes. The Lapidary went forth wearing
only his loin-cloth, and rolled himself in these ashes. The discerners
then discerned, and the newsmen brought the news. Cried they,
" Your Majesty, there cometh a sound as of rustling from the
ashes. Can it be that the Lapidary is returned ? " And while they
were yet speaking these words and gazing towards the pyre, there
came forth from it the Lapidary, in the one hand holding a pome-
granate, and in the other the letter. Having made his bow to the
King, he laid the pomegranate and the letter before him. The King
opened the letter and read it, and this was its contents, "I, of a
truth, am in heaven. Thou must come hither speedily, with thy
Vizier and with thy barber."

24. The King considered awhile, " I said unto myself that this
Lapidary would come to destruction, and, lo, he hath come to me
with news from my father." Quoth he to the Lapidary, " How can
I convey myself to that abode of bliss ? " Replied the Lapidary,
" Thou must gather together three times so much firewood as thou
didst gather for me, and then speedily wilt thou arrive in heaven."
The King gathered together fuel beyond count. Upon it he made
them spread a mat, and upon it he ascended and sat, himself with
the Vizier and the barber. They set the pyre alight on all four
sides.

25. And my Master saith : —

Burnt up was the King, burnt up was the Vizier, and burnt up
was the barber. The three became utterly destroyed. And from
his home came to the Lapidary's house that first Vizier, the one who
had been eloping with the princess when he met the young Akhun.
Together held they mutual converse, and the Lapidary told him
of his journey, and of all the villainy that the Vizier and the barber

104 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [26-

shinakan yi panun safar yus aW nayidan ta vaziran
a^mis as pesh on muth dopunas paneiiy khatun ninsa
panas yesa yi lal mal pa^r1 as tas dyiithun rukhsath
yesa yi pata any en zenith sa thavun panas,

26. dapan vustad su vazir byoth pad^shahi kar*ni
lal shinak byoth vaziri kar^ni. — asla malaikum valai
kum salam.

-26] XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN 105

had done unto him. Said he to him, "Take, sir, thine own lady to
thyself." But as for Lalmal the Fairy, he gave her leave to return
to her home, while she whom last of all he had won for himself,
her he kept with him as his wife.

26. And saith my Master : —

The Vizier ascended the vacant throne and ruled right royally,
and the Lapidary was appointed by him to the Viziership.
And may the peace be upon you, and on you be peace.

THE TEXT OF TPIE TALES

AS TRANSCRIBED BY
PANDIT GOVINDA KAULA

With interlinear translation into English

I

1. Shehan-shah Sultan-i-Mahmod-i-Gaznavi

The-king-of -kings Sultan-of-Mahmud-of-Gbaznl

6su karan pana mulkan pbravi.

was making himself (of-his-)lands protection.

2. Phakir lbgith 6su pheran wana-wan

Faqir having-taking-the- he-was wandering from-shop-
appearance-of to-shop

" myani-ahaday asi ma klh n6tuwan.,r

" (In-)my-time may- I-wonder- anyone feeble."
there-be if

3. Jaye-akis bs* karan dwa-yi-khbr

(In-)place-a-certain they-were making prayer-of-welfare

ad^a-tam^sandi-sbty asakh ceshma ser.

justice-his-by were-of-them the-eyes satisfied.

4. Jaye-akis wuchun hanzah akh alii

(In-)place-a-certain was-seen-by- a-certain- one wretched

him fisherman

muhima-sbtin 6su gamotu suy zalil.

poverty-by was gone he-verily brought-low.

5. Muhima-sbtin 6su trawan ah ta wosh,

Poverty-by (he-)was emitting sighs and groans,

muhima-sbtin tas na rudumotu klh-ti hosh.

poverty-by to-him not remained any-even sense.

108 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [6-

6. Yora zalah 6su layan gata san

Whence a-certain-net (he-)was casting skill with

tora zalas 6sus-na keh khasan.

thence to-the-net was-for-him-not anything rising.

7. Dopus shehan " kar me sbtin boj^-bath

It-was-said- by-the- " make me with sharing

to-him king,

"lay zalah, yad-i-Alah dilas rath."

"cast a-single-net, memory-of-God to-the-heart seize."

8. Loyun zalah tora khotu tas gada-hath

Was-cast- a-single- thence arose for-him fish-a-

by-him net hundred

patashehas bonth-kun av suy heth.

the-king before came he-verily having-

taken(-them).

9. Gada-hatas badal dyutunas mohara-dyar

For-the-fish- in-exchange was-given-by- coin-wealth
hundred him-to-him

lal nigin mal moktay wfitha-bar.

rubies jewels - property pearls-verily camel-loads.

10. Rath barith patashehan dyutus nad

Night having-passed by-the-king was-given- a-summons

to-him

"feay chukh myonu sherikh namurad.1

" thou- verily art my sharer without-hope.

11. " Muhim kasawunu hekmat-i-Parwardigar,

■ Poverty expeller (is-)the-skill-of-Providence,

utaph shehulu sarda garam nowu bahar.

" sunshine cold coolness warmth new spring.

1 Namurad is the word given by Hatim. A version of the poem current
in Srinagar has bd-murdd, with hope. In Kashmiri, nd-murad means " without
hope or expectation ".

-18] I. MAHMUD OF GHAZNl AND THE FISHERMAN 109

12. " Wanayey, * zan banda monzur zasanuy I

" i kafca-hekmuts* muhim tagiy kasunuy.' H

by-how-much-skill poverty will-be-possible- to -be -expelled -

for- thee verily.' "

13. Ath^andar chuy wustadah wanan zar,

This-verily-in is-verily a-certain-teacher saying prayer,

"jumala alam banda Ahmad wumedwar."

" (on-Him-from- world the-slave Ahmad (is-) hopeful."
whom-is-)the-entire

1 The meaning of the line is unknown. Hatim gives it as what he has
learnt by tradition. As regard zasanuy, informants in Srlnagar tell me that
it is not a Kashmiri word. Hatim says that it is an " old " word which is
unintelligible to him. The Srlnagar version is : —

"Wanay, *yiy zan, banda, monzur tee asunuy,'

" I-would-say- ' this know, slave, accepted by- it-is-to-be,'

to-thee thee

which is intelligible.

110 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [l-

II.— TOTA-SUNZ* KATH

PARROT-OF THE-STORY
1. , Dapan wustad, —

1. (Is) saying the-teacher, —

Shehar akh gav, Shehar-e-Yiran. Tat1

Country one went (i.e. is), the-country-of-Iran. There

6su patashehah; tamistiy chuh » nav

there-was a-certain-king ; to-him-verily is the-name

Bahadur Khan. Tarn1 6su korumotu bag

Bahadur Khan. By-him was made a-garden

zananan-kyutu. Tath bsti-na wath gbrzanas.

women-for. For-it was-not a-path for-a-stranger.

Tath bagas-manz gav pbda phakirah.

That garden-in went (i.e. became) manifest a-certain-faqir.

Nazar-bazav kiirti nazar. Khabar-darav

By -the- watchers was-made sight. By-the-informers

niye khabar amis-patashehas. Dopukh,

was-brought information to-that-king. It-was-said-by-them,

** phakirah feav bagas-manz.' ' Buzun

" a-certain-faqlr entered the-garden-in." Was-heard-by-him

patashehan, hyotun sbty wazir.

by-the-king, was-taken-by-him in-company the-vizier.

Gay tath-bagas-manz, wuchun ati phakir.

They-went that-garden-in, was-seen-by-him there the-faqlr.

2. Lache-nowu chuy har-wati binah*

2. He-who-has-a-hundred is-verily on-every-path seeing,

thousand-names (i.e. God)

Boz, wophadbri ankah.

Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.

-3] II. THE TALE OF A P ABBOT 111

11 Ha Phakiro, yor kor feakho ?

" Ho Faqlr-O, here where didst-thou-enter-0 ?

"Katiko chukh? Kati-petha akho?"

" Of-where art-thou? Where-from didst-thou-come-0 ? "

Phakir dapan, —

The-faqir (is) saying, —

" Koru me sblah. Tuhondu khev me kyall?,,

"Was- by- a-stroll. Your was- by- what?"

made me eaten me

Boz, wophadbri ankah.

Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.

3. Patashehas bontha-kani poshe-thurtt.

To-the-king front- towards (was) a-flower-shrub.

Ath^tal mumotu bulbulah. Yeli

It-verily-below (was) dead a-certain-nightingale. When

yimau amis-phakiras khashem koru, teli pev

by-them to-that-faqir wrath was-made, then fell

phakir pathar wasith, mumotu bulbul

the-faqir downwards having-tumbled, the-dead nightingale

gav thodu wothith. Patashehas howun

became erect having-arisen. To-the-king was-shown-by-him

yih vi^d. Gav nirith; phirith

this magic-power. He-went having-emerged ; having-returned

biye av, bulbul mudu biye, phakir

again he-came, the-nightingale died again, the-faqir

gav biye zinda. Hyotun nerun, yim

became again alive. It-was-begun-by-him to-go-forth, they

112

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

[4-

chis karan

zara-para.

Dapan

are-to-him making

entreaties.

Saying

chis, —

they-are-to-him, —

"Ha phakira, khizmath karay,

" Ho Faqlr-O, service will-I-do-to-thee,

"Doda-harak1

" Milk-cream-of

khbs1 ho baray.

cups 0 will-I-fill-for-thee.

"Khasa polav macama khekh-na?"

" Special pilaos (and) macdmas wilt- thou -not-eat ?

Boz, wophadbri ankah.

Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.

4. Yus vi^d phakiras

What magic-power to-the-faqir

bowun amis-patashehas.

was-confided-by-him to-that-king.

bowu

it-was-confided.

waziras.

to-the-vizier.

Koru tarbyeth

Was-made instruction

Suti

He-also

maharam

intimately-
acquainted

patashehan

by-the-king

korun

was-made-
by-him

0SU,

was,

suy

that-verily

Am^patashehan

By-that-king

Gay solas shikaras

They-went for-excursion for-hunting

Boz, wophadbri ankah.

Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.

waziras,

to-the-vizier,

ath-slras.

for-this-secret.

yeg-jah.

together.

-5] II. THE TALE OF A P ABBOT 113

Tota mumotu wuchukh dar biyaban,

A-parrot dead was-seen-by-them in the-forest,

"Ha waziro, asihe shuban.

" Ho Vizier-O, it-\vould-have-been beautiful.

"Zuv amis-manz thavtan sathah."

"(Thy-) soul this-one-in place-please-it for-a-certain-time."

Boz, wophadbri ankah.

Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.

Dopu waziran,

It-was-said by-the-vizier,

" Patasheham, yii1sti-k6lu mumotu,

"King-my, for-a-long-time (it-is-) dead,

w Phakh chus yiwan, khabar

" Stink is-from-it coming, news (i.e. who knows ?)

kar chuh gamotu.

when it-is gone (dead).

" Chusna thaharan ; wanta-sa kara kyah.''

" I-am-not waiting (i.e. able to say-please-sir I-shall-do what."
stay here) ;

Boz, wophadbri ankah.

Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.

5. Patasheh karan zara-para waziras
The king (is) making entreaties to-the-vizier

ami-bapath. 4< B6h wuchahan tota kyuthu

this-for. " I would-see-it the-parrot how

asihe shuban." Am1 buzunas-na

it-would-be beautiful." By-this-one was-heard-by-him-for-

him-not

waziran keh.

by-the-vizier anything.

114 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [6-

Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Amis 6su dilas-manz dagay. Wun feav

To-him was the-heart-in disloyalty. Now entered

patasheh amis-totas-manz, panunu modu fehunun-

the-king this-parrot-in, his-own body was-dashed-

trbvith. Tota wothu thodu, chuh

down-by-him. The-parrot arose erect, it-is

pheran. Waziran kiiru kbma, feav

moving-round. By-the-vizier was-done a-deed, he-entered

ath-patasheha-sandis-madis-manz. Yiy 6su amis

that-king-of-body-in. This-verily was to-him

dar dil.

in heart.

Pev petarun patashehas panas,

(That-load- which) fell to-carry-out to-the-king himself,

B6ru lodun waziras nadanas.

(That-) load was-laid-by-him to-the-vizier the-fool.

A _

Osus dagay zagan dadkhah.

There-was-to-him disloyalty watching a-petitioner.

Boz, wophadbri, ankah.

Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.

6. Tota chuh hawa-yi-asman, wazir

The-parrot is (in) the-air-of-heaven, the-vizier

chuh patasheha-sandis-maris-manz. Wothu thodu.

is the-king-of-body-in. He-»arose erect,

khothu guris lashkari-manz gav.

mounted to-the-horse the-army-in went.

-7] //. THE TALE OF A PARROT 115

Dopunakh, "mudu wazir, guri-petha

It-was-said-by-him-to-them, M died the vizier, horse-from

wasith-pev."

having-tumbled-he-fell."

Khabardarav niye say

khabarah.

By-the-informers was-brought that-very

one-piece-of-news.

Boz, wophadbri ankah.

Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.

7. Am^waziran yeli kiir11 kbmti, tsav

By-that-vizier when was-done the-deed, he-entered

patasheha-sandis-maris-manz, tujtin athas-keth

the-king-of-body-in, was-raised-by-him the-hand-in

shemsher, ath-pananis-maris korun reza.

a-sword, to-that-his-own-body was-made-by-him piece(s).

Ath-lashkari dopun, "niriv tirandaz biye

To-that-army it-was-said-by-him, " go-forth archers also

bandukbaz. Yus mariwa tota, tamis

gunners. Who will-kill-of-you a-parrot, to-him

baniv bakhacbyish." AnV-totan yeli

there-will-become a-present." By-that-parrot when

buzu, ta feolu. Gav tas phakiras-

it-was-heard, then he-fled. He-went that faklr-

nishe, yus tath-bagas-manz 6su tami-doha.

near, who that-garden- in was (on-) that-day.

Hukum dyutuntiy tirandazan,

Order was-given-by-him-verily to-the-archers,

" Kan thav^av myanen-nazan."

" Ear place-ye-please to-my-blandishments."

116

HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES

[8-

Tota

The-parrot

Hear,

maranas

for-killing

dyutunakh

was-given-by-
him-to-them

Boz wophadon ankah.

loyalty

(is) a-rara-avis.

photuwah.

a-certain-decision.

8. Yus asal 6su patashah,

Who real was king,

totas-manz phakiras-nishin. Suh

the-parrot-in the-fakir-near. That

Doha-aki drav

On-day-one issued

shikaras.

for-hunting.

moru-na.

was-killed-not

solas

for-excursion

suh chuh

he is

tota kaisi

parrot by-any-one

yih

this

patasheh

king

Wotu jaye-akis. Ati

He-arrived at-place-one. There

wuch% mine-mur*. Amistiy kur%h

was-seen-by-him a-hind. To-this-one-verily was-made-by-them

lar, Un^kh lashkari-manz. Dopunakh

pursuit, She-was-brought-by-them the-army-in. It-was-said-by-

him-to-them

yih fealiv,

she may-escape,

am^-patashehan,

by-this-king,

tas dimav

to-him I-will-give

" yes-kan1

" whom-from-near

gardan."

the-neck."

9. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Ami-mihe-mari tujti woth, patasheha-sandi-

By-this-hind was-raised a-leap, the-king-of-

kala-peth1 fehuhtin woth, feirp. Lbris

head-over was-thrown-by-her a-leap, she-fled. They-ran-for-her

-10] II. THE TALE OF A PARROT 117

pata. Yus suh tota 6su, yiih 6su phakiras-

after. Who that parrot was, he was the-fakir-

nishe, Phakir 6su sohib-e-agah. Dopun

near. The-fakir was a-master-intelligent. It-was-said-by-

him

amis-totas, yes-manz yih patasheh 6su,

to-this-parrot, whom-in this king was,

dopunas, " gafeh, sa, ner. Az labakh

it-was-said-by- " go, sir, go-forth. To-day wilt-thou-take
him-to-him,

panunu modu.,, Yim chih amis-mine-mare-pata

thine-own body." Who are this-hind-after

laran, nakha rozan chekhna.

running, near remaining she-is-to-them-not.

10, Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Ati 6su mumotu haputh. Patashah feav

Here was a-dead bear. p The-king entered

amis-hapatas-manz. Laryav. Yus yih

that-bear-in. He-ran. Which this

patashaha-sondu moru 6su yih trowun

king-of body was this was-abandoned

by-him

atiy.

there-verily.

Shodu buzun totan. Laryav.

News was-heard-by-him by-the-parrot. He-ran.

Kuli-dadari-manz-hau praryav.

Tree-hole-in he-waited.

118

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[11-

Moru

The-body

Boz,

Hear,

lobun.

was-taken-by-him.

Karros

Make-please-
ye-for-him

wophadbri ankah.

loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.

marhabah.

a-wish-of-good-
luck.

11. Tota pev atiy pathar. Yih feav

The-parrot fell there-verily down. He entered

patashah pananis maris-manz. Yus yuh wazir

the-king. his-own body-in. Who this vizier

hapatas-manz. Patashah asal

the-bear-in. The-king real

suh khotu guris-peth. Dopun

mounted horse-upon. It-was-said-by-him

6su,

suh

chuh

was,

he

is

yus

6su,

suh

who

was,

he

yiman lokan,

to-these people,

1 moryun

kill-ye-him

bandukh,

a-gun,

phut°ruhas

was-broken-by-them-
for-him

ratith patashahas-nish,

having-seized the-king-near.

haputh."

the-bear."

zang.

the-leg.

Dopunas

It-was-said-by
him-to-him

L6yuhas

Fired-by-them-
at-him

Onukh

He-was-brought-
by-them

patashahan,

by-the-king,

" fee kurHhain

. by-thee was-done-by-
thee-to-me

kyah karahb ?

what should-I-do ?

chus

is-to-him

wazir.'

vizier.'

dagay.

disloyalty.

Lokh

People

Tse

By-thee

Boh marahath-na,

I should-kill-thee-
not,

dapanam,

will-say-to-me,

chuy

is-by-thee

' haputh

1 a-bear

panunu

thine-own

-12]

II. THE TALE OF A PARROT

119

moru

body

golumotu.

destroyed.

Wumah

Now-not

thawath. T_sah

I-may-keep-tbee. Thou

haputh

a-bear

wazir.

vizier.

Boh,

I,

has a, marath."

sir, will-kill-thee."

12.

Dapan wustad,—

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Onukh

There-was-brought-

zyunu.

firewood.

Zolukh haputh.

He-was-burnt- the-bear.

by-them

by-them

Hath waisi gav, kam

A-hundred (years) in-age, went, less

Av Bahadur-Khanas

Came to-Bahadur-Khan

Kar, Wahab-Khara, "Alah, Alah."

Make, Wahb-the-blacksmith-O, " Allah, Allah."

ya jyaday,

or more,

pyaday.

the-messenger (of Death).

Boz, wophadbri ankah.

Hear, loyalty (is) a-rara-avis.

120

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

[1-

III— SODAGABA-SUNZ* KATH

MEECHANT-OF STORY

1. Sodagar

A-merchant

gav

went

sodahas.

for- trade.

Gari

At-home

z an an a.

the-wife.

Say

She-verily

gaye

went
(i.e. was)

mushtakh

enamoured

osus

was-to-him

phakiras-

for-mendicant-

akis warayahas-kalas. Doha-aki

one

gara

house

gaye

went

for-a-long-time

av

came

panunu

his-own

khabar

news

On-day-one
mal heth.

goods having-brought.

"sodagar wotu."

" the-merchant arrived."

drav

issued-forth

solas

for-an-excursion

rath-kyutu,

night-by,

sodagar

the-merchant

Patashehas

To-the-king

Patashah

The-king

wotu

he-arrived

sodagara-sondu. Chuh

(at) the-merchant's (house). He-is

atiy

there-verily

wodaiie,

standing,

pahar chuh gamotu rbfeii-hondu, yih sodagar-

a-watch is gone the-night-of, this merchant's-

bay wofehti, wddi-peth hefetin bata-trom".

wife arose, crown-of-head-on was-taken- a-cooked-rice-

by-her copper-dish.

Patashah chuh wuchan feuri-pbthin.

The-king is watching theft-like (i.e. secretly).

draye bruh-bruh, patashah

went-forth in-front-in-front, the-king

chuh pakan pata-pata. Wot1 mbdanas-

is walking after-after. They-arrived a-plain-

Sodagar-bay

The-merchant's-wife

-1]

III. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT

121

akis-manz.

one-in.

zblith.

having-kindled.

thowunas

was-placed-by-her-
for-him

Ati

There

OS1

was

phakir

the-mendicant

Kiirtis

Was-made-
to-him

ami

by-her

salam,
a-bow,

bontha-kani, dopunas,

front-in, it-was-said-by-her-

to-him,

nara-han
fire-a-small

bat a

cooked-rice

" kheh."

eat.

Am1 tulu fehota, loyun amis-sodagar-baye,

By-him was-raised a-stick, it-was- to-that-to-the-merchant's-

struck-by-him wife,

dopunas u feir1

it-was-said-by- " late
him-to-her

kyazi ayekh?" Dopunas

why didst-thou-come ? " It-was-said-

by-her-to-him

ami

by-her

phirith,

in-answer,

az

to-day

khawand,

husband,

tamiy

by-that-verily

osum

was-to-me

gom

went-for-me

wiin

now

bata."

the-cooked-rice.

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-her

amotu panunu

come my-own

feer, khetam

delay, eat-for-me

am^phakiran,

by-this-mendicant,

" boh khemay-na. Godan dim anith

u I will-eat-for-thee-not. First give-to-me having-brought

amis-sodagara-sondu kala. Ada

this-merchant-of head. Then

bata." Patashah

cooked-rice." The-king

yimav-doyav katha

by-these-two words were-made,

patashehan soruy.

by-the-king all.

khemay

I-will-eat-for-thee

wuchan, yih-kenfehah

whatever

osu

was watching,

kare, tih

that

buzu

was-heard

122 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [2-

2. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Draye sodagar-bay, wofe* panunu

Went-forth the-merchant's-wife, she-arrived her-own

gara, khiifeti hyoru. Patashah chuh bona-

house, she-mounted above. The-king is below-

kani. Ami feotu amis-sodagaras kala,

in. By-her was-cut for-that-merchant the-head,

wiifeh11 heth rumali-keth. Cheh

she-descended having-taken (it) a-kerchief-in. She-is

pakan bruh-bruh, patashah chuh pata-

walking in-front-in-front, the-king is after-

pata. Wofeu amis-phaklras-nish. Tulun

after. She-arrived that-mendicant-near. Was-raised-by-him

fehota, loyun amis-sodagar-baye. Dopunas,

the-stick, it-was-struck- to-that-the-merchant's It-was-said-
by-him wife. by-him-to-her,

"feah sapiiz%h-na amis-pananis-khawanda-

" thou becamest-not (the wife) this-thine-own-husband-

siinz11, wun sapadakha mybnii?,,

of, now will-thou-become mine ? "

3. Patashah drav, wotu panunu gara.

The-king went-forth, arrived his-own house.

Trowun aram. Gash pholu, wofehti

Was-released- repose (i.e. he Dawn burst-forth, there-

by-him took repose). arose

krekh. Dapan chih, " sodagar wafeav

an-outcry. Saying they-are, " the-merchant arrived

"4]

111. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT

123

panunu

his-own

gara,

house,

suy

he-verily

moru

was-killed

feurav."

by-thieves.*'

dapan cheh
saying

Wofeti otuy sodagar-bay,

Arrived there-verily the-merchant's-wife, saying she-is

patashehas, "khawand ay am, suy

to-the-king, " the-husband came-to-me, he-verily

moruham feurav." Patashahas cheh khabar,

was-killed-by- by-thieves." To-the-king is information,
them-for-me

«yih

" this

chih

they-are

kaisi

to-anyone

sodagar

merchant

pay,

a-clue,

chuna

is-not

kam*

by-whom

sodagar

the-merchant

khasan

rising

moru V '

was-killed ? "

kam1

by-whom

zima.

responsibility.

Tsharan

Seeking

moru,

was-killed,

4. Dapan wustad,—

(Is) saying the-teacher,-

Kodukh yih

Was-brought-forth- this

by-them

Otuy drav

There-verily went-forth

wuchan. Aye am^sunz11

seeing. She-came him-of

gath. Dapan cheh,

the-suttee-procedure. Saying she-is,

hefetin

was-begun-by-her

Fatashah gos,

The-king went-to-her

karan

doing

zala

will-burn

woth-fehuniin11

a-leap-to-be-taken

pan/7

(my) body."

sodagar,

merchant,

patashah biye

• the-king and-also

kolay,

the-wife,

Aye,

She-came,

zolukh.

he-was-burnt-
by-them.

sbriy chuh

all is

cheh

is

"bdti

' I-also

yih

she

naras-manz.

the-fire-in.

124

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[4-

kiirtinas

was-made-by-
him-to-her

thaph. Dapan

hand-grasping. Saying

"yiy,

1 this-if,

kyah?"

what ? "

ta

then

tih

that

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
her-to-him,

kyah?

what?

"me

" for-me

chus

is-to-her

Tiy,

That-if,

patashah,

the-king,

ta

then

yih

this

trav

let-go

Boh zala pan."

I will-burn (my) body."

Dopunas,

It-was-said-
by-her-to-him,

yela.

from-restraint.

14 nagas-akis-
" spring-one-

peth

on

chey

is-verily

mybn1

my

doda-bene. Say waniy

milk-sister. She-verily will-tell-

to-thee

amyuku

of-this

zolu

was-burnt

gaye

she-went

mane."

the-meaning."

Trbvtin

She-was-let-go-
by-him

yela,

from-restraint,

ami pan pananis-khawandas-sbty,

by-her (her) body her-own-husband-with,

khalas. Pagah drav patashah,

(to) freedom Tomorrow went-forth the-king,

(from existence).

wotu ath-nagas-peth.

he-arrived that-spring-upon.

zananah, amistiy zanani

a-certain- woman, to-that-very woman

patashah, "tiy, ta yih

the-king, " that-if, then this

ta tih kyah?" Dopunas

then that what ? " Was-said-by-

her-to-him

Wuch%

Was-seen-by-him

chuy

is-verily

kyah?

what?

ami

by-that

ati

there

dapan

saying

yiy>

this-if,

zanani,

woman,

-5]

III. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT

12*

11 bthi-ddh1 dapay boh amyuku jewa^"

''after-eight-days I-will-tell- I of-this the-answer."

to-thee

5. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

6th doh gay,

Eight days went,

pev yad.

fell memory.

peth. Wuch%

upon. Was-seen-by-him

Ladyav

Ran

path-kun

afterwards

patashah

the-king

soh

that

M wanum

" tell-to-me

" gafeh,

go,

fehawul

a-goat

tami-kathi-hondu

that-word-of

an

bring

ta

and

nagas-manz,

spring-in,

fehawul

a-goat

notu.

a-jar.

notu

the-jar

biye

and-also

zanana,

woman,

mane."

meaning."

notu."

a-jar."

patashehas

to-the-king

tath-nagas-

that-spring-

dopunas,

was-said-by-
him-to-her,

Dopunas,

Was-said-by-
her-to-him,

Onun

Was-brought-
by-him

Dopunas,

Was-said-by-
her-to-him,

fehun-phirith.,,

put-having-reversed
(it)."

4 was yith-

descend this-

biye, " anun fehawul kana

also, " bring-it the-goat by-the-ear

thawus natis-peth kala." Dopunas,

place-of-it the-jar-upon the-head." Was-said-by

her-to-him,

shemsheri-hunz* feraid-V

a-sword-of stroke."

Dopunas

Was-said-by-
her-to-him

ratith,

having-seized,

" lay us

11 strike-
to-it

126

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

[6-

patashah

the-king

6, Dapan,—

(Is) saying (the- teacher), —

Lbytinas shemsheri-hunzu

Was-struck-by- the-sword-of

him-to-it

sata gafehan

moment (is) becoming

hanga-ta-manga.

unexpectedly.

7. Dapan wustad,-

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Yih chuh

He (i.e. the king) is

Ati chuh

There he-is

feund*.

blow.

Ami-

At-that-

gbb

invisible

watan

arriving

wuchan

seeing

Athi-peth khotu

It-verily-upon mounted

aram. Ati asa

repose. There were

nev tulith

was-conducted having-raised

(him)

patashah,
the-king,

pa^ye.

fairies.

patashah.

the-king.

akis-jaye-manz

a-place-in.

chuh

he-is

nagma.

dances-of-
women.

jenatace

heaven-of

Sapodu

He-became

jaye.

place.

bagas-akis-manz.
garden-one-in.

palang pbrith.

a-bed prepared.

trowun

was-released-by-him

Yimav^y

By-them-verily

Tsonukh

He-was-caused-to-
enter-by-them

Wuchan

bedar.

awake.

Ati

There

Patashah

The-king

chuh

is

Seeing

lbg^at1

were-being-
carried-on

mushtakh

enamoured

ath^tamashes-kun.

this-very-spectacle-towards.

■8]

///. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT

127

8. Dapan, —

(Is) saying (the-teacher), —

Gaye

Went

dife%h

was-given-
by-them

yima

these

kunz.
a-key.

par*ye panas. Amis

fairies for-themselves (i.e. To-him
away on their own business).

Dopuhas,

It-was-said-by-
them-to-him,

" yith

" to-this

thav

apply (i.e. open)

Tsav andar.

He-entered within.

zin karith.

saddle having-made.

kuluph. Woth, afeh

the-lock. Arise, enter

Ati wuchun

There was-seen-by-him

Kodun nebar

It-was-brought- outside
forth-by-him

karith.

having-done.

wodane

standing-still

ukhas

1 mount

Nebar

Outside

yeli

when

kodun,

it-was-brought-
forth-by-him,

kuthis
to-room

andar."

within."

guru

a-horse

thaph

hand-
grasping

chuh

he-is

thaph

hand-grasping

karith.

having-done.

yimis-guris.

to-this-to-horse.

Khotu

He-mounted

Dopuhas,

It-was-said-by-
them-to-him,

amis-guris.

to-that-to-horse.

Yih chuh

He (i.e. the king) is

ti nawav-asmanav-peth1

both the-nine-heavens-above

Khoda-Sbban

by-God-the-Master

patashehan.

by-the-king.

pbda

created

wuchan,

seeing,

ti,

also,

korumotu

(was) made

satav-zaminav-tal1

the-seven-worlds-below

yih-kenfehah

what-ever

tih

that

Tath^sbty

That-verily-with

gav

he-became

wuchu

was -seen

mushtakh.

entranced.

128

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

[8-

Gos

Became-to-him
chukh

art-thou

pbda

visible

wuchan ? "

Shetan. Dopunas, "kyah

Satan. It-was-said-by- " what
him (Satan)-to-him,

seeing

9 "

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him

patashehan,

by-the-king,

" yih-kenfehah

" what-ever

tih

that

chus

I-am

Khoda-Soban poda

by-God-the-Master created

wuchan."

seeing."

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him

koru,

was-made,

Shetanan

by- Satan

phirith,

in-reply,

"ami-khota

11 that-than

haway boh. Yih

(more) will-show- I. This

to-thee

chey

is-verily

kuluph.

the-lock.

patashah
the-king

gandith.

bound.

mybnti

my

kunz.

key.

Woth,

Arise,

andar.

within.

afeh

enter

Yith-kuthis

To-this-room

andar."

within."

Wuchun

Was-seen-by-him

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
him (Satan)-to-him,

"kadun

" bring-it-
forth

ati

there

nebar,

outside,

amistiy. Yih-kenfehah Khoda-Soban

to-that-very-one. What-ever by-God-the-Master

koru,

was-made,

klh."

something."

tami-peth^kani

that-in-addition-to

wuchakh

thou-shalt-see

thav

apply

Tsav

Entered

khar

an-ass

khas

mount

poda

created

biye

more

Khot*

Mounted

patashah

the-king

amis-kharas.

to-that-ass.

•9]

III. THE TALE OF A MERCHANT

129

9. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Barabar watanowun panunu

At-once he-was-caused-to-arrive- his-own
by-him (the-ass)

Khotu

He -ascended

hyoru.

up.

Phirith

Returning

wothu.

he-descended.

ati

there

na

not

tami-baguku,

of-that-garden.

Totu, dapan,

From-there, (they-are-)saying,

khar. Patashehas

the-ass. To-the-king

Wdh ketha-pbth1

how

gav

he-went

av

came

gara.

house.

Wuchun

Was-seen-
by-him

arman

longing

Now

wati?

will-he-arrive (there) ?

ath^nagas-peth.

that-very-spring-on.

Dopun

It-was-said-by-him

tamis-zanani,
to-that-to-woman,

'me

to-me

wanta

please- tell

this-if,

kyah ? "

what ? "

panunu

thine-own

ta

then

tih

that

kyah?

what?

tiy,

that-if,

ta

then

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
her-to-him

necyuvu,

son,

ami zanani,
by -that by -woman,

yih

this

" anun

bring-him

biye

also

an

bring

an shemsher."

bring a-sword."

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
her-to-him,

notu,

a-jar,

M was

descend

nagas-manz,

spring-in,

pawun

cause-him-to-fall

walun

bring-down-him

pathar,

down,

panunu

thine-own

thawus

place-of-him

biye

also

yith-

this-

necynvu,

son,

natis-peth

the-jar-upon

130

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

[9-

kala." Kanas kurtinas thaph

tbe-head." To-his-ear was-done-by- hand-

him-to-him grasping

patashehan, tuj% shemsher,

by-king, was-raised-by-him tbe-sword,

kurtis ami-zanani

by-tbat-by-
woman

amis-necivis,

to-that-to-son,

was-made-
for-bim

am1

by-tbat

layi

be-will-strike

thaph

band-grasping

ath-shemsheri,

to-tbat-to-sword.

tih;

that ;

tiy,

tbat-verily,

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
her-to-him,

gav

became
(i.e. is)

yih.

this.

" yiy>

this-verily,

Tsah

Tbou

mushtakh

enamoured

mushtakh

enamoured

bagas ;

for-tbe-garden ;

phakiras."

for-tbe-mendicant.

bene

tbe-sister

mybna

mine

gav

became
(i.e. is)

gokh

becamest

gaye

became

■8]

IV. A SONG OF LAL MALIK

131

IV.-LALA-MALIKUNU WONuMOTu GEWUN

LAL-MALLIK-OF
Dapan-chuh, —

Saying-he-is, —

Daye,

O-God,

boztam

please-to-hear-me

Samsar

The-world

zar

petitions

tay,

SPOKP]N

wairmay,

are-said-by-me-to-
Thee,

bbz^gar.

(is) a-deceiver.

2. Hazrat-i-Adam goda

Saint Adam first

lodunam

was-sent-by-Him-
for-me

Malakav

By-angels

Phoru

Was-a-plunderer
(i.e. ruined)

tay,

koruhay

he-was-made-by-
them -verily

tas Yiblis,

for-him Satan,

tayar,

complete.

tati

SONG

Khodaye,

O-God,

tay,

korunam

from-there he-was-expelled-
by-him-for-me

Samsar

The-world

bbz^ar.

(is) a-deceiver.

Hazrat-i-Noh

Saint Noah

Phlrith

Having-become-
hostile

chuy

is-verily

wolad-i-Adam tay,

a-descendant-of-Adam . . . ,

gos

went-for-him

kuphar.

the-infidels.

1 Hatim pronounces this word kWnam, but Snnagar pandits kii(funam or
kodunam.

132

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[4-

Ah tarn1

A-sigh by-him

tay,

korunay,

sar*

gav

alam

was-made-

flooded (in

went

the-universe

by-him-verily,

his tears)

Samsar bbz^gar.

The-world (is) a-deceiver.

4. Hazrat-i-Yisah

Saint Jesus

kih

anything

chuna kam tay,

is-not less . . . ,

Sbhiba-sondu

The-Master-of

tothu

beloved

yar.

friend.

Tson asmanan-peth tarn1 sabakh dopunam

Four heavens-upon by-Him lecture was-said-by-

Him-for-me.

tay,

Samsar

The-world

bbz^gar.

(is) a-deceiver.

5. Hazrat-i-Musay

Saint by-Moses

Sbhiba-sondu

The-Master-of

Koh-i-Tora-petha

Mount-of-Sinai-from-on

tay,

trowuy

was-put-forth-
verily

kadam

a-step

tay,

kara

I-will-do

tarn1

by-him

didar.

seeing.

katha

words

karenam

were-made-by-
him-for-me

Samsar

The-world

bbz^ar.

(is) a-deceiver.

-7]

IV. A SONG OF LAL MALIK

138

6. Hazrat-i-Yibrahim keh

Saint Abraham anything

Putalen korun

(Of-) idols was-made-by-him

Tarn1 koru dm-i-Mahmad

By-him was-made the-faith-of-

chuna

is-not

kam

less

nakar.
prohibition.

mahkam

established

Muhammad

Samsar

The-world

boz^ar.

(is) a-deceiver.

Marith kabari yeli

Having-died in-the-grave when

walanam

they-will-cause-
me-to-descend

Panin boy1 kyah

My -own brethren or

Tati Lala-Malikas kyah

There to-Lal-Mallik what

yar.

friends.

hawanam

will-they-show-
to-me

Samsar

The-world

boz^ar.

(is) a-deceiver.

tay,

tay,

tay,

tay,

134

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

[1-

V.— SONARA-SUNZ* KATH

THE-GOLDSMITH-OF STORY

Dapan wustad,—

(Is) saying the teacher,-

Shehara

A-city

akh

one

chuh-6sumotu.

has-been.

Tat1

There

chuh

is

sonar. Suy 6su featas bahan-hatan-hondu

goldsmith. He-verily was (of-) pupil twelve-hundred-of

zyuthu.

the-superior.

Yuhuy

He

6su-gadan

was-making

wasth

articles

patasheha-sanze-kore-kit1.

the-king's-daughter-for.

Totu

There

bsti-gafehan

was-going

sonara-siinz* zanana heth.

the-goldsmith-of wife carrying (them).

Aki-doha

On-one-day

dopus

it-was-said-
to-her

ami-patashah-kori, " sozunu

by-that-king's-daughter, " is-to-be-

sent

gafehi

it-is-proper

panunu

thine-own

khawand."

husband."

Doha-aki

On-day-one

drav

went-forth

sonar,

the-goldsmith,

sona-sunz*

gold-of

wbj*

ring

heth,

having-taken,

patashaha-sanze-kore-kife*.

king's-daughter-for.

Ami

By-her

pasand

approval

kiirtisna.

was-made-for-
it-not.

Dopunas,

It - was -said- by -
her-to-him,

" yith

M to-this

chey

is-verily

wad."

crookedness."

Av potu phirith.

He-came (home) back returning.

W6tu

He -arrived

V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH

185

panunu

his-own

2.

ashgkh

love

gara.

house.

Pev

He-fell

bemar,

sick.

Amis

To-him

osus patashaha-sanze-kore-hondu

was-to-him the-king's-daughter-of

gdmotu,

become.

Patashah-kore

To-the-king's-daughter

6su-gomotu

was-become

amis-sonara-sondu

this -goldsmith -of

ashgkh. Doda-maje-kun

love. The-foster-mother-to

wanan

(is) saying

patashah-kur",-

the-king's-daughter,-

" Zargar-necyuvah

M A-goldsmith-son

"Dlshith

puru-khumar.

(is) full-of-languishment.

" Having-
seen-him

hay

0!

Doda-moj*

The-foster-mother

"May

" Do-not

" Lagakh

" Thou-wilt-
be-caught

" Ora-kani

M In-that-
direction

"Ora

" (So that)
from-there

doda-maji,

O-foster-mother,

logum*y,

is-attached-
to-me-verily,

amar."

desire."

ches-wanan phirith,—

is-to-her-saying answering, —

kar, kui^yey, shur^bashe,

make, O-daughter, child-talk.

ashgkane walawashi.

love-of (in-) the-net.

motu

mad

ditay,

give-verily,

kur1,

daughter,

ma

not

lagaham

mayst-thou-find-
thyself-not

kana-dbli.

ear-closing.

wdbali."

in-blameworthiness.'

136

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[8-

3. Sonar

The-goldsmith

chuh

is

bemar.

sick.

Amis

To-him

ashskunu

love-of

gafj*.

clever.

dodu.

the-pain.

rinz1,

balls,

tab.

fever.

Amis

To-her

Dapan

Saying

Amis-sdnara-sUnz^-kolay

That-goldsmith's-wife

chuh

is

cheh

is

togu bozun am^-sond11

it-was-possible to-understand him-of

biye

also

ches,

she-is-to-
him,

gar

make

"feah

" thou

sona-sand1

gold-of

hech

learn

layan1

to-be-thrown

rinz1

balls

4. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Gar1

Were-made

Drav

He-went-forth

am1

by-him

athas-keth

the-hand-in

sona-sand1

gold-of

rinz1
balls

zah."

two."

zah.

two.

heth

taking

rinz1.

balls.

chuh

is

ta

and

apor1

in-that-direction

ta

and

yipbr1

in-this-direction

Layan-

Throwing-he-

kaniv1

stone-of

shestrav1.

iron-of (balls).

W6tu otu

He-arrived there

patashaha-sanze-

the-king's-

dare-tal.

window-under.

Lbyin

Were-thrown- from-there
by-him

ati sona-sand1 rinz1

gold-of

zah

two

howus

was- shown ■
to-him

patashaha-sanzi-kori-halamas-manz.

the-king's-daughter's-lap-cloth-into.

balls

Ami

By-her

ora phirith thiidti-kani bna,

there-from turning- backwards (a) mirror,

herself

■4]

V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH

137

biye

again

trowun

was-cast-by-her

dari-kan*

the-window-
through

ab,

water,

biye

again

trowun

was-cast-by-her

kih,

hair,

biye

again

poshe-gondu,

(a) flower-bunch,

tujtin

was-lifted-up-by-her

dyutun

was-given-by-
her

sonar l

goldsmith

wotu

he-arrived

biye trowun

again was-cast-by-her

shestruvti salay,

a-made-of-iron spike,

ath-dare-handis-dasas khash,

to-that-window's-sill a-cut.

Am'
By-that

wuch1,

they-were-seen,

av

he-came

panunu

his-own

gara. Dopunas

house. It-was-told-
by-him-to-her

phirith,

(home) returning,

panaiie-zanani.

to-his-own-wife.

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-her-
to-him,

wonunas

it-was-said-by-him-
to-her

11 ke-ho

. what-Sir

phirith,

answering,

koruth ? "

was-done-by-thee ?

Am1

By-him

"rinz1 hay loy^as.

' the-balls 0 were-thrown-by-
me-to-her.

Tim hay gbs halamas-manz.

They 0 went-for-her the-lap-cloth-

into.

howunam phirith thiidu-kani

was-shown-by- turning-herself backwards
her-to-me

Tora

Therefrom

bna,
(a) mirror,

hay

0

trowunam

was-cast-by-her-
to-me

dari-kan1

the-window- through

ab,

water,

hay

o

biye

again

biye

again

1 Sdnar is here the case of the agent ; the more usual form would be

sdnaran.

138

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[5-

trowunam

was-cast-by-her-
to-me

kih, biye

hair, again

poshe-gdndu,

(a) flower-bunch,

dyutun

was-given-by-her

biye

again

trowunam

was-cast-by-her-
to-me

shestravi-salayi-sbty

a-made-of-iron-spike-with

dasas khash." Dopunas ami

to-the- (window) a-cut." It-was-said-by- by-her
sill

her-to-him

thurti-kani hav howunay

" backwards 0 was-shown-by-
her-to-thee

bna,

(a) mirror,

phirith,

answering,

kus-tan

somebody

6sumotu-chus

was- (there) - for - her

ab-dawa-kaii

water-drain-by-
means-of

wopar ;

other ;

gafehi

it-is-proper

ab

water.

hav

0

afeunu ;

to-enter ;

trowunay,

was-cast-by-her-
to-thee

poshe-gondu

flower-bunch

trowunay,

was-cast-by-her-to-thee,

bagas-manz

the-garden-in

salayi-sbty howunay,

spike-by it-was-shown-by-her-
to-thee,

phaharawav, tath chiy

(a) file, to-it are-verily

tim gafehan featan1; kih

they are-proper to-be-cut ; hair

galshi

it-is-proper

anunu

to-be-brought

poladav1

made-of-steel

afeun ;
to-enter ;

gafehi

is-proper

neza,

railings,

trowunay,

was-cast-by-her-
to-thee,

" ches
I-am

walan
causing- to-descend

kangan.,,

a-comb."

5. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

•5]

V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH

139

Drav yih sonar shaman-bog*, feav

Went-off this goldsmith at-evening-about, he-entered

Wuchun ati palang,

Was-seen-by-him there a-bed,

ath-bagas-manz.

that-garden-in.

khotu

he-mounted

peyes

there-fell-to-
him

ath^palangas-peth.

that-very-bed-upon.

nendar.

sleep.

Ayes

She-came-
to-him

Shikasta-sbty

His-weakness-owing-to

yih patashah-kudu.

this king's-daughter.

"Shanda

From-the-pillow

ches-karan

she-is-for-him-
making

khor,

the-feet,

khdra

from-the-foot

ches-karan shand." Yih

she-is-for-him-making the-pillow." He

Yutan gash

In-the-meantime dawn

keh hushyar

at-all awake

gos-na.

became-for
her-not.

Patashah-kur11 feujti

The-king's-daughter fled

panunu

her-own

logu

began

gara,

house,

gav hushyar

became awake

panunu

his-own

" ke-ho

' what-Sir

sonar. Yiwan-chuh

the-goldsmith. Coming-he-is

"Wanan-ches panunti

Saying-she-is-to-him his-own

koruth ? " Yih chus-dapan

was-done-by- He is-to-her-saying
thee?"

gara.

house.

44 sa

' she

zanani,

woman,

nay

not-even

keh

at-all

" talau

"0

ay em.

came-to-
me."

yur^hond11

hither

Dopunas

Was-said-by-
her-to-him

wola."

come."

pholani.

to-flower.

path-kun

afterwards

yiti

from-here

kolay,

wife,

phirith,

answering,

ami-

by-that-

Gav.

He- went.

140

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[6

Wuchus ami-panaiii-zanani cendas. Wuchin

Was-looked- by-this-his-own-woman to-the-pocket. Were-seen-

by-her

for-him

ati rinz1 zah

there the-balls two

sona-sand1,

gold-of,

timay yim

those-very which

tami-doha layanas halamas-manz. Dopunas,

on-that-day had-been-thrown- lap-cloth-in. It-was-said-by-

by-him-to-her

"sa

" she

chey

is-to-thee

amuteti,

come,

teah

thou

hushyar.

awake.

kalacen,

at-eventide,

Wun,

Now,

teli

then

yeli

when

dapay

I-will-say-to-thee

her-to-him,

chukhna gdmotu

art-not become

biye

again

boh

I

gatehakh

thou-shalt-go

sabakh."

a-lesson."

6. Dapan wustad,—

(Is) saying the-teacher,-

Nam

Nails

dah

ten

tul^nas

were-raised-by
her-for-him

athan-hand1,

the-hands-of,

akis

to-one

6sunas dyutumotu sonu

was-by-her-to-it given a-deep

khash.

cut.

" moruthas." Ami dopunas

' killed (i.e. wounded)- By-her it-was-said-by-

by-thee-am-I." her-to-him

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-her,

phirith,

answering,

"mbl1

" by-father

sabakas.

to-lesson.

maji chesna fehur^mufe* nbyid

by-mother I-am-not put barber's

Won

Now

yeli

when

gatshakh,

thou-wilt-go,

teli

then

-6]

THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH

HI

dimay dawahan."

I-will-give-to-thee a-little-medicine.

marfea-wlgan

of-red-pepper

ratehi-hana,

a-very-little,

liana.

little.

peth

on

Yih

This

Dopunas, " biye

It-was-said-by- " again
her-to-him,

khasakh, teli

thou-wilt-mount, then

Ami

By-her

biye

also

yeli

when

dyutunas

was-given-by-
her-to-him

nuna rafehi-
of-salt a-very-

tath-palangas-

that-bed-

dawah

medicine

rafehi-han

a-little-amount

yiyiy, nendar.

will-come-to-thee, sleep.

gand'zes, ada

(thou) must-bind-it, then

will-come-to-thee
sonar,

the-goldsmith,

nendar shehujti." Drav ati

sleep cool." Went-forth from-there

dawah

the-medicine

rafehi-han

a-little-amount

heVn

was-taken-by-
him

sbty,

with,

wotu

he-arrived

ath-bagas-manz,

•that-garden-in,

palangas-peth,

bed-on,

chuh

he-is

praran

waiting

yih

she

yin*

to-come

chuh

he-is

kuni

at-all

nendar,

sleep,

karith

having-made

yiwan-ches-na.

coming-is-to-him-not.

khotu ath-

he-mounted that-

feer tan,

long-time during,

Hebunas

There-began-for-him

athas

to-the-hand

thaph.

holding.

chus

is-for-him

Dopun,

It-was-said-
by-him,

dodu,

pain,

ath

to- it

wun

aye-na,

she-came-not,

yith

(if) to-this

tshunahb
I-had-applied

b6h

I

" now-indeed

dodis

to-the-pain

142

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

' [7-

dawah,

the-medicine,

ath-dbdis

to-that-pain

pyos

there-fell-to-him

sheh*ja

(then) cool

karahb

I-should-
have-made

nendar." Yuthuy

sleep." As-verily

fehunun

was-applied-by-him

wolinje

to-the-heart

dawah,

the-medicine,

vih,

poison,

chuh

he-is

tyuthuy

so-verily

lalawan

caressing (it)

thodu

upright

wothith.

having- arisen.

7. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacheiy

Aye

Came

mothu

was-forgotten

yih

this

soruy

all

p atashaha-sUnz11

king's

kurti. Amis

daughter. To-him

yih

what

karunu

to-be-done

YutMan

Here-up-to (by-
this-time)

gash

dawn

dodu.

pain.

gofehu.

was-proper,

logu

Koran amis-sbty

Was-done-by-him her-with

Peyekh nendar.

There-fell-to-them sleep.

chuh

is

wasan

coming-
down

apbr^kin

on-that-side-
from

pholani.

to-flower.

agayi.

for-inspection.

Kutawal

The-chief-of-
police

Wuchun

Was-seen-
by-him

ati patashaha-siinz* kurti biye sonar.

there the-king's daughter and the-goldsmith.

Rat1 am^ku^walan, nin ratith,

They-were- by-that-chief- they-were-taken- having-

arrested

karin

they-were-made-
by-him

of-police, by-him

hawala feralen,

in-custody to-the-constables

arrested,

karikh

they-were-made-
by-them

-7!

V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH

148

kod.

imprisoned.

akhah.
a-certain-one.

doyav,

two,

Ati

There

OSu

there-was

pakan

going

wati

on-the-road

Amistiy dopukh yimav-kbdyau-

To-him-verily it-was-said- by- these- prisoners-
by-them

M teah,

" thou,

sonar-ata-petha.

the-goldsmiths'-market-
from.

hasa,

Sir,

Dap^ekh,

Thou-must-say-
to-them,

dizi

must-give

krekh
an-outcry

1 patashehas

' for-the-king (the-
king's)

khar

ass

lotu

tail

pev kong-wari.

fell in-the-saffron-field.

teatanasa

will-they-cut-
for-him ?

kina

or

Khabar chya

News is-there? (there-
is-not)

tsatanas.

they-will-cut-for-
him.

hotu

throat

Patashehas

The-king's

Pakan

Going

Vir heth

Fine- having

khar

ass

dil

the-heart

pev kong-ware.

fell in-the-saffron-field.

gom

became -to -me

tat1

there

money

Nata

Other-
wise

Buzu

Was-heard

bazar,

(to) the-market,

taken

tas

him

watunu

to-arrive

patashah

the-king

gotehu

was-proper

tati

there

tare.

confused.

soli-gare.

at-dawn-
time.

mare/ n

will-kill.' "

ami-sonara-sanzi-zanani. Draye

by-that-goldsmith's-wife. She-went-forth

hefean feoce, lazan kranje,

were-bought- loaves, were-placed to-a-basket,
by-her by-her

144 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [8-

draye heth.

she-went-forth having-taken (them).

4*

Shen-kbd-khanan tsoce bbgaremay.

" For-six-prisons loaves were-divided-by-me-O.

Satimis afeayo, bar-Khodayo hay."

To-the- I-will-enter-O, Great-God-0 alas."

seventh

8. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Bbgaren yima-feoce. Dopunakh, "khawand

Were-divided- these-loaves. It-was-said-by- " husband
by-her her-to-them,

chum bemar. Ath1 kyah dopuham

is-to-me sick. Therefore verily It-was-said-by-them-

to-me

pirav phakirav, 'fedce gatehan bbgarane

by-saints (and) by-faqirs, ' loaves are-proper to-be-divided

satan-kbd-khana^' Yih-kenfehah dapun chuwa,

to-seven-prisons.' Whatever to-be-said is-by-you,

tih dap^em yora afeawunuy. Ora

that you-must-say- from-here even-as-I-enter. From-there
to-me

nerawun11 klh dap^em-na, me gafehi

as-I-go-forth anything you-must-say-to- to-me will-occur

me-not,

shekh." Dopunakh biye, "ma chuh

anxiety." It-was-said-by-her- also, " I-wonder-if there-is
to-them

klh kbd1 yiti?" Dopuhas yimav,

any prisoner here ? " It-was-said-by-them- by -them,

to-her

-9]

THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH

145

" patimi-pahara

" at-the-last-watch
(of the night)

an^mat*

(were) brought

kutawalan zah

by-the-chief-of- two

police

kbd1.

prisoners.

Tim

They

chih
are

path-kiin.'

at-the-back."

Wbteu

She-arrived

yiman-nish. Dopun

these-near. It-was-said-by-her

amis-pananis-khawandas,
to-that-her-own-to-husband,

u wun ketha-pbth1

now

kur*?

daughter ?

kur* ? M

daughter ? '

yeli

when (if)

how

Tagiye

Is-she-possible-
for-thee

mokali

will-escape

yiti

from-here

patashah-
the-king's-

mokalawun11 yih patashah-

to-be-released this king's-

Dopunas

It-was-said-to-
her-by-him

tagihem,

it-had-been-known-
how-for-me,

am1

by-him

ada

then

kbd ? "

imprisonment ?

phirith,

answering,

"tih

" that

kyazi

why

lagahb

should-I-have-
remained (in)

9. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Kodun nala panunu poshakh, fehunun

Was-taken-off- from-the- her-own garment, it-was-put-

by-her neck

patashah-kore ;

to-the-king's-daughter

tehunun panas.

was-put-on-by-her to-herself.

on-by-her

patashah-kore-hondu kodun,

the-king's-daughter-of was-taken-off-

by-her,

Kriind*

The -basket

dife%as

was-given-by-her-
to-her

146 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [9-

wotamukh1, draye nebar patashah-kuru,

upside-down, issued forth the-king's-daughter,

gaye panunu gar a. Kutawalan dyutu

she-went her-own house. By-the-chief-of- was-given

police

rapat patashehas. Dopunas, " patashah-kur*

report to-the-king. It-was-said-by- c the-king's-daughter

him-to-him, (was)

biye 6su sonar bagas-manz. Timay

and was a-goldsmith the-garden-in. They-verily

kya karim kbd.,, Patashah drav

of-course were-made- (in) prison." The-king went-forth
by-me

adaliifeti-peth. Anikh yim-ratak^kbd1 zah.

the-court-of- Were-brought-by- these-of-the-night- two.
justice-on. them prisoners

Wuchikh yim bote11 zah. Sonara-sanzi-

Were-seen- these husband-and- two. By-the-goldsmith's-

by-them wife

kolayi gand1 gul1 zah patashehas.

wife were-fastened- the-fore-arms two to-the-king.

together

Dopunas, " patasheham, as1 kyah

It-was-said-by-her- \ my-king, we of-a-truth

to-him,

bs1 gamat1 salas. Tora kyah

were gone to-a-marriage-feast. From-there of-a-truth

ay ta wot1 yith-cybnis-sheharas-manz.

(we) came and arrived this-thy-city-in.

Gav feer. Ada 1say cybnis-bagas-manz.

It-became late. Then (we) entered thy-garden-in.

91

THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH

147

Ati wuchu

There was-seen

koru aram,

was-made repose,

Amiy kyah

palang, khat* ath-peth,

a-bed, (we) mounted it-upon,

ora av cyonu kutawal.

from-there came thy chief-of-police.

niy ratith karin

By-hiin
verily

of-a-truth were-taken having-arrested (we) were-made-

by-him

kbd." Wothu kutawal, dopun

(in) imprisonment." Arose the-chief -of -police, it-was-said-by-him

" patasheham, cybna kur*

" my-king, thy daughter

kasam Vig^ah naga-petha.

oath the-Vig'nah Nag-from-on.

' yus ati apozu kasam karihe,

(People are) saying, ' he-who there untrue oath might-have-made,

patashehas,

to-the-king,

karinam

let-her-make-for-me

Dapan,

suh wothihe-na

he would-have-arisen-not

tatiy mar an/"

there-verily dying.' "

zanani amis-sonaras,

to-that-goldsmith.

tat1

there

thodu,

upright,

suh

he

6su

was

wife

Dopu

It-was-said
[* tagiye

' is-she-possible- this
for- thee

kurti bacawuii* ? " Dopunas,

daughter to-be-caused-to- It-was-said-by-
escape ? " him-to-her,

wath." Dopunas, M akh,

a-way." It-was-said- by-her-to-him, ' (for) one (thing), put-off all

poshakh, khoran fehun khrav, biye

(thy) garments, to-the-feet put-on clogs, and

math sur, lag gusonu. Yeli otu

rub ashes, appear-like a-mendicant-monk. When there

watanawan amis-patashah-kore, cyonu

they-shall-cause-to-arrive this-king's-daughter, for-thee

ami-sonara-sanzi-
by-that-goldsmith's-

yih patashah-

king's-

" havtam

" show- please -
to-me

trav soruy

148

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[10-

gafehi gafehunu,

it-is-proper to-go,

gatehi thaph

is-proper seizing

* me dita

■ to-me give-please

havi ada

will-show then

ratith dapi,

having-seized she-will-say,

nemis-matis siwah

to-this-mad-one except

amis-patashah-kore kariin^

to-this-king's-daughter to-be-made

damanas, dapunu gafehes,

to-the-skirt, to-say it-is-proper-to-her,

goda khbrath.' Sa kyah

first alms.' She of-course

damanas

to-the-skirt

thaph.'"

seizing.' "
nagas

kasam,

the- oath,

' ha
'0

kyah

certainly

wufehtiy

cyonuy mokh

thine-only face

haz1 Vig^ah-naga,

holy O-Vig^ah-Nag,

kurtim-na kbsi

was-made-to- by-anyone
me-not

sranas.

"How

Mat1

By-the-mad-
one

do-I- on-the- I-wonder-
know, shoulder how

Vig^ah

To-the-Vig'fiah Nag she-descended- verily for -bathing.

" Kuwa zana mati mah lodunam rah ?

was-loaded- the-fault ?
for-me

doli-damanas."

to-the-skirt-of-the-gusset-
of-(my) garment."

kyah?

what?

thaph

seizing

lby%am

was -struck

gudariv

happened

Kutawal-ganas

To-the-chief -of -police
the-pimp

Sbriy yar gay panas

All friends went voluntarily

Kutawal-ganas gudariv

To-the-chief-of-police-the-pimp happened

10. Patashah-kur* gaye gara

The-king's-daughter went

panas.

voluntarily.

kyah?

what?

kutawal

home, the-chief-of-
police

-10]

V. THE TALE OF THE OOLDSMITH

149

dyutukh phahi,

was-given- on-the-empalement-
by-them stake,

sonara-sand1

the-goldsmith-of

bbfe*

the-husband-
and-wife

zah

two

bemar.

ill.

Yih

This

chih gari-panani.

are in-the-house-their-own.

Yihoy

This-veriiy

korunas

was-made-by-
him-for-her

S6nar

The-goldsmith

ashgkunu

of-love

OS1

was

Godun

Was-made-by-her

gondun

was-tied-by-her

logun

was-made-to-appear-
like-by-her

sonara-siinz*

the-goldsmith-of

mohara-hatas-akis

zanana

wife

roshu.

gav

became

tab.

the-fever.

gat*jti.

clever.

Yih

(of) mohars-a-hundred-one a-necklace. This

pananis-khawandas.

to-her-own-husband.

samyas.

an-ascetic.

Amis

As-for-him

Pana

She-herself

portin

she (he)-was-
dressed-by-her

gopbl1.

(as) a-dancing-girl

gara.

at-the-house.

chem

is-to-me

Watanbwtin

She (he)-was-caused
to-arrive-by-her

Dopun

It-was-said-by-her

bby^kakan,

elder-brother's-wife,

patashaha-sondu

the-king-of

amis-patashehas, " yih

to-that-king, ' this (girl)

yih | chey fee

she is-to-thee to-thee

hawala.

a-deposit.

Suh

He

chey

is-to-thee

Me

To-me

chum

is-for-me

chuy

is-verily

gamotu

gone

gatshunu

to-be-gone

sodahas.

for-merchanting.

bbyis-nish.

to-the-brother-
near.

Yih

This (girl)

mybnu

my

gopbl1

dancing-girl

hawala,

a-deposit,

yotah

until

150 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [li-
as1 yimoy. Yih chey pakh, yih

we shall-come-to- She is-verily pure, her

thee.

thbv^zen panaiie-kore-sbty." Aye phirith

you-must-keep- thine-own-daughter-with." She-came returning
her

panunu gara. Keh kala gav, av

(to) her-own house. Some a-time went, came

yih sonar biye gara pammu.

this goldsmith again (to) home his-own.

11. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Logun sodagar ami zanani.

He-was-made-to-appear- a-merchant by-that woman,
like-by-her

Wot1 ath-patasheha-sandis-sheharas-manz .

They-arrived that-king's-city-in.

Logu ami biye saniyas.

He (she)-was-made-to- by-her again an-ascetic.

appear-like

Khawand thdwun deras-peth sodagar

Her-husband was-placed-by-her a-tent-on a-merchant

lbgith, pana gaye patashehas.

being-made-to-appear- she-herself went to-the-king.

like,

Gondunas dawah, " dim gopbl1."

Was-bound-by- a-claim, ugive-to-me the-dancing-girl."

her-to-him

Diwan chuh achen dtih. Dapan

Giving he-is to-the-eyes smoke. Saying

ches, " dim gopbl1.

she-is-to-him, " give-to-me the-dancing-girl.

•12]

V. THE TALE OF THE GOLDSMITH

151

Praran

Waiting

Saniyas

The-ascetic

Yih chus

This is-to-her

ddli
the-day

amotu

(is) come

dap an

saying

gav me bale.

went for-me for (-my) -girl.

gopale."

for-the-dancing-girl."

patashah
the-king

phirith, —

answering, —

"Saniyasu,

' O-ascetic,

Khotuna

A-certain-
lady

inov

do-not

lag

fix

akh dimay

a I-will-give-
to-thee

jenda,

the-flag (of
your claim),

luh-luh.

luh-luh.

danda, luh-luh. J '

in-exchange, luh-luh."

saying

is-to-him

answering, —

Saniyas dapan chus phirith, —

The-ascetic

" Saniyas

, An-ascetic

Danda

chusay bewasta, luh-luh.

I-am-verily without-worldly-ties, luh-luh.

An-exchange I-will-take-
from-thee

hemay dukhtar-e-khasa, luh-luh."

the-daughter-of- luh-luh."

thee-thyself,

12. Dapan wustad,—

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Mohara-hatas godun roshu, gondun

Of-mohars-a- was-made-by-him a-necklace, it-was-tied-
hundred by-him

panane kode. Kurtin hawala amis

to-his-own daughter. She-was-made- to-the- to-this

by-him charge

saniyasas.

to-ascetic.

152

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

[12-

Tanana

Tanana

Yim

These

tananana

tananana

kar

actions

cheh

are

tananay.

tananay.

karan

doing

zananay.

women-only.

• Niyen

Was -taken -
by-her

khawandas.

husband.

yih

(thou) this-woman

ta

and

kiirtin

was-made-
by-her

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-her-
to-him,

zan.,,

know."

hawala pananis-

to-the- to-her-own-

charge

"feah

1 thou

zan,
know,

ta

and

-4] Vi. STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA 153

VI. YUSUPH-ZALIKHA KATH.

YUSUF-ZULAIKHA STORY.

1. Shah-i-Yusuph Zalikha, yara, bozakh-na?

King-Yusuf Zulaikha, Friend, wilt-thou-not-

hear?

2. Zalikha cheh wanan,—

Zulaikha is saying, —

"Salas

" To-the-feast

yikh-na ?

wilt-thou-not-
come ?

polav khekh-na ?

puldo wilt-thou-not-eat ?

Yitam

Come-thou-
please-to-me

gah

in-season

begah ;

out-of-season ;

yara,

Friend,

bozakh-na ?

wilt-thou-not-hear ?

3. Sath kuth1

Seven rooms

lare

in-the-house

chim, cyane-

are-to-me, for-thy-

ldhlari

longing

chim.

they-are-to-me.

Behtam satha ;

Sit-please-for-me a-moment ;

yara,

Friend,

bozakh-na ? "

wilt-thou-not-
hear?"

4. Putal-khanas

Of-the-idol-house

byonu byonu panas

separately separately of-her-own-

accord

Korunakh parda ; " yara,

Was-made-by-her- a-veil ; Friend,

for-them

bozakh-na ? n

wilt-thou-not-
hear ? "

154

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[5-

5. " Ati

" Here

kya thowuth,

what was-placed-by-thee,

ase-kun

us-before

howuth?"

-shown-by-thee ? "

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-her-
to-him,

" chum Khoda;

" it-is-to-me a-God ;

yara0?"

Friend, etc. ? "

6. " Khoda

"God

gav suy, mani-panane

is He-alone, from-the-mind-thine-

own

kas doy.

expel the-belief-in-two.

Sholan chuh shemah ;

Shining is the-lamp-flame ;

7. Khoda chuh kunuy,

God is one-only,

drav nonuy.

He-issued manifest.

yara° ?

Friend, etc. ?

jalwa dith

glory having-given

Kane-manz chya

moda? yara0?"

Stone-in is-there

meaning ? Friend, etc. ? "

8. Hazrat-i Yusuph

tsolu. Pata ladyeyes

Saint Yusuf

fled. After ran-to-him

Zalikha.

Zulaikha.

Yusuph Isalan,

Zalikha laran.

Yusuf fleeing,

Zulaikha running.

Dopunas, "yi

pazya ? yara0 ? "

It-was-said-by- " this-

is-it-proper ? Friend, etc. ? "

her-to-him, indeed

-11] VI. STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA 155

9. Nalas thaph karith, nyun

To-the-neck seizing having-done, he-was-taken-

by-her

hatha

an-accusation

karith.

having-made.

Gay

They-went

pesh-e-patashah

before-of-the-king,

Yara° ?

Friend, etc. ?

10. Aziz-

Azlz

i-Misar 6su

■i-Misar was

patashah. Amis

the-king. To-him

6su zid

was hatred

Hazrat-i Yusupha-sondu.

Saint Yusuf-of.

Yusuph kbd-khan, kah chus-na bozan.

Yusuf (in) the-prison, anyone is-to-him- listening.

not

Mokali

He-will-be-
released

az-Khoda.
from-God.

YaraD ?

Friend, etc. ?

11.

OS1

were

khab.

a-dream.

Yeli

When

prbn1

old

Yusuph

Yusuf

logu

became

Akis

To-one

kgh1.

certain-people.

korun

was-rnade-by-

many

will-kill-certainly

Biyis

To-another

him

patashah."

the-king."

korun

was-made-by-him

kbd,

imprisoned,

Timau

By -them

tbbir.

interpretation.

ati

there

dyuthu

was- seen

"Tse

M Thee

M6rtt

He-was-killed

patashahan.

by-the-king.

tbbir.

interpretation.

uTsah
11 Thou

156

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[12-

sapadakh patashaha-sond11 peshkar. Me-ti,

wilt-become the-king-of head-official. Me-also

hasa, pbVzi yad."

Sir, please-cause-to-fall memory."

Kbdyau khab dyuthu,

By-the- dream was-seen,

prisoners

myuthu.

sweet.

Mokaliy

They-were-released-
verily

tbbir

drakh

interpretation issued -
for-them

pharda ;

on-the-morrow ;

yara0 ?

Friend, etc. ?

12. Patashah Aziz-i-Misar deshan khab.

The-king Aziz-i-Misar (is) seeing a-dream.

Aziz-i-Misar

Aziz-i-Misar

khaba-nishe
the-dream-from

abtar,

terrified,

Gav bedar, wothu shora-gah. Yara° ?

Became awake, there- arose an-outcry. Friend, etc. ?

'

13. Kamyuku

Of-what

wothu shora-gah?

arose the-outcry ?

Malan,

Of-priests,

Bani-na
Will-there-not-be

baban,

of-calendars,

piran,

of-saints,

hakima ?

a-single-wise-man ?

phakiran,

of-mendicants,

Yara° ?

Friend, etc. ?

14. Kamyuku hakim, ath-khabas yus

Of-what wise-man, to-this-dream he-who

-15] VI. STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA 157
mane tearihe, yus am^Aziz-i-Misaran

the-meaning might-bring- which by-this-AzIz-i-Misar

out,

khab

dream

OS1

was

dyuthumotu ? Dopunas

seen ? It-was-said-to-him

golaman, " khabuku tbbir zani

by-the-servant, " of-the-dream the-interpretation will-know

Hazrat-i Ynsuph.

Saint Yusuf.

Khabuku tbbir Yusuphas chuh wbphir.

Of-dream interpretation to- Yusuf is plentiful.

Daden chuy

Of-pains he-is-verily

dawa.

the-remedy.

Yara0?"

Friend, etc. ?"

15. Onukh

Was-brought-
by-them

Hazrat-i Yusuph,

Saint Yusuf.

patashehan,

by-the-king,

"me dyuthu

" by-me , was-seen

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him

Ath1

wanum

say -to -me

" kyah

" what

"akh

"One

bariten

full

khab.

a-dream. For-it-

verily

tbbir."

the-interpretation."

dyuthuth?"

was-seen-by-thee ? "

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him

Yusuphan,

by-Yusuf,

Dopunas patashehan,

It-was-said-by- by-the-king,

him-to-him

dyuthum, hokh1 nag sath

was-seen-by-me, dry springs seven

nagan satan cewan. Biye

springs seven (were) drinking. Again

158

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[16-

dyuthum,

was-seen-by-me,

kham

unripe

sath
seven

hel1

ears-of-corn

wuchim

were-seen-
by-me

pokhtan satan helen

ripe seven ears

wuchem lagar gov*

were-seen-by-me lean cows

mastan satan

plump

ningalan. Biye

(were) swallowing. Again

sath

seven

yiwan,

(were) coming,

seven

govun

cows

wanum
tell-to-me

M drag

11 a-famine

tbblr."

the-interpretation."

w6thi.,,

will-arise."

ningalan. Amyuku

(were) swallowing. Of-it

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him

Yusuphan,

by-Yusuf,

16. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the teacher,-

Yusuphan

By-Yusuf

mokalowu

was-finished

patashehas gav asar.

to-the-king happened a-result.

tbbir

the-interpretation

Liifs

There- was- joined-
to-him

wanith,

having -
spoken,

boche.

hunger.

Dopunakh,

It-was-said-by-him-
to-them,

" diyum

give-ye-to-me

bata.,J Ami-wakta

food." At-that-time

patashah

the-king

khewan

eating

6suna. Ami-asara-sbty

was-not. That-result-owing-to

dopunakh, " jel

it-was-said-by-him- " quickly
to-them,

anyum.

bring-ye-to-me."

Dapan,

(People are)
saying,

-16] VI. STORY OF YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA

159

gay ta onukh bat a. Yih khyon.

they-went and was-brought- food. This \ms-eaten-
by-them by-him.

"biye anyum." Anehas

" again bring-ye-to-me." Were-brought-by-

them-to-him

Dopanakh,

It-was-said-by-him-
to-them,

dega

cauldrons

khyon,

it-was-eaten-
by-him,

wokavith.

having-drawn-forth.

tasali

satisfaction

keh

any

ath^bochi-sbtiy

that-very-hunger-owing-
to-only

pagah dite*

next-day was -given

gav

he-went

Onuhas ta

It-was-brought-by- and

them-to-him

as-na.

came-to-him-
not.

marith.

having-died.

wazirau

by-the-Viziers

wasiv

descend -ye

nami,

will-bow,

sapadi

shall-become

vidian,

to-the-'Idgah,

Pbz

The-hawk

Yusuph

Yusuf

sbriy vidian.

all (to) the-'Idgah.

poz

the-hawk

behi

will-sit

wurdi,

command,

Yes

To -whom

nechi,

(on) the-thumb-
ring,

Dapan,

(People are)
saying,

Dapan,

(People are)
saying,

11 pagah

" to-morrow

hostu

the-elephant

suy

he-verily

patashah." Dapan, wath*

king." (People are) saying, they-descended

av hostu,

came the-elephant,

av,

came,

byuthus

sat-for-him

namyov

bowed

nechi.

(on) the-thumb-
ring.

Yusuphas.

to-Yusuf.

Banyov

Became

patashah.

king.

160 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [17-

Jaloy howun, hostu manganowun,

Gk)ry was-shown-by-him, the-elephant was-sent-for-by-him,

bozakh-na ?

Yusuph patashah ; yara,

Yusuf king ; Friend,

wilt-thou-not-
hear?

17. Tonph-e- Yusuph, par, Wahab-Khara,

The-praise-of-Yusuf, recite, Wahb-the-blacksmith-O,

khub.

thoroughly.

Gatsh paran "layila"; yara, bozakh-na?

Go reciting " the-creed " ; Friend, wilt-thou-not-

hear?

-4] VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE 161

VII.— NAYE-HUNZ* KATH

REED(-FLUTE)-OF TALE

1. Bani yes dodu, tas chuh

Will-happen to-whom pain, to-him is

panas tiy nanan.

to-himself it-verily being-manifest.

Naye-hondu

The-reed-flute-of

dodu nay

pain the-reed-flute

cheh pan ay

is herself

tiy

that-verily

wanan.

telling.

2. Nay

The-flute

cheh dapan,

is saying,

" Bar-sbhib

° The- Almighty

chuy kunuy.

is-verily one-only.

Day1 ta

God-only and

feakhi-nishe panas chuy

anger-from of-His-own- is-verily
will

byonuy."

distinct."

3. Nay cheh dapan, "Bar-sbhib munazath.

The-flute is saying, M The-Almighty pure.

Panastiy-kun chuy mushtakh ddh

Himself-only-towards He-is-verily yearning day

ta rath.

and night.

4. Hamud gafehiv tas-Khodayes-kun paran,

Praise go-ye that-God-towards reciting,

162 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [5-

Pbda

korun

thothu

Mahmad

mizman.

Created

was-made-
by-Him

the-Beloved

Muhammad

the-Guest.

5. Bar-sbhiban sbty ditin saman.

By-the-Almighty with (him) were-given-by- appliances.

Him

Tsor yar chis sbty sbty shuban.

Four friends are-of-him with with glorious.

6. Nura tam^sandi pbda korun Adam.

By-the- Him-of created was-made- Adam,

glory by -Him

Adamas-sbty pbda korun yidam."

Adam-with created was-made-by-Him this (world)."

7. Nay cheh dapan, "lodun Adam

The-flute is saying, " was-sent-forth- Adam

by-him

benawah.

destitute.

6sti mashiyeth lari-tala drayes

There-was a-wish, the-side-from- issued-for-

under him

Hawah."

Eve."

8. Nay cheh dapan, "kyah zabar

The-flute is saying, " how excellent

6su suy sath.

was that-very moment.

Yemi-satay pbda kur% zuryath."

At-what-time-verily created was-made- (the world with

by-Him its) offspring."

■12] VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE 168

9. Nay cheh dapan,

The-flute is saying,

buz^av.

hear-please-ye.

" hal myonuy

condition my-verily

DbdUaday chiv,

Pained-if ye-be,

ta

then

satha

a-moment

ruz^av."

wait-please-

ye."

10. Nay cheh

The-flute is

dapan,

saying,

"path

" behind

wanan
the-woods

bstis pinhan.

[-was concealed.

Shakha-bargau

Branch-leaves

sbty

with

bstis

I-was

shuban."

beautiful."

11. Nay cheh

The-flute is

dapan,

saying,

"thodu me

" upright to-me

osum bala-pan.

was-to-me the-youthful-body.

Sona-kananay

Of-the-golden-ears-
verily

diwan.

giving.

12. Gayemay

There-happened-
to-me

graye duran ches

wavings to-the-ear-pendants I-am

gum-rbyi, ta tamyukuy

going-astray, and of-it-verily

gom badal.

there-happened-to-me exchange.

164

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[13-

Pyom

me

gutfla

lbn^feur wbtith

There-fell-to- to-me a-woodcutter a-fate-thief having-

me

azal."

doom."

arrived

13. Nay cheh dapan, g< sakath me

The-flute is saying, "severe to-me

gom suy kusur.

happened-to-me that-very fault.

Nazari-tam^sanzi-sbty sapodum toka-sur."

Seeing-his-owing-to there -became -to -me crushing-to-

powder."

14. Nay cheh dapan,

The-flute is saying,

makh chum diwan.

an-axe he-is-to-me giving.

Phala byonu byonu

Splinters separate separate

chum tulan.

he-is-of-me raising.

" feakhi-hotu

" rage-struck

chela mazas

pieces (of my) flesh

15. Mad me osum,

Pride to-me was-to-me,

ches karan."

I-am making."

had panas

the-limit (of) myself

Bala-panas walanay kbfe11 chum

(Of my) youthful-body humiliation how-much he-is-to-
me

karan.

making.

■19] VII. THE TALE OF THE BEED-FLUTE

165

16. Gaye judah, s6y judbyl chey

She-went apart (from that-very separation she-is-
the forest), verily

wanan.

telling.

6su wadan, alvidah bsuy karan.

She-was lamenting, last-farewell was-she-verily making.

17. "Tati wblith wati wati

" From-there having-brought- on-the-road on-the-road
(me) down

tarn chum diwan.

weariness he-is-to-me giving.

Walawunuy torka-chanas

Immediately-on-bringing- to-a-private-carpenter
(me) down (from the forest)

kanan."

selling."

18. Nay cheh dapan,

The-flute is saying,

phir1 chum wuchan.

turning he-is-me inspecting.

Duri ruz1

ruz1

tori-dab

chum

he-is-me

" lari phir1

on-the-side turning

sakHh

severe

At-a-distance remaining remaining adze-blows

chum diwan ."

he-is-to-me giving."

19. Nay cheh dapan, "litri-sbty yeli

The-flute is saying, " a-saw-with when

gbjunas,

was-caused-to-melt-by-him-I,

166 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [20-

AthV1 peyem yeli carkas khbj%as."

A-wool-worm fell-on-me when to-the-lathe was-caused-to-

mount-I."

20. Yeli carkas khiite11 amis-torka-

When to-the-lathe she-mounted that-private-

chanas-nishe, amis pewan panan1 hamnishin

carpenter-near, to-her (are) falling her-own companions

yad. Yimantiy-kun cheh wanan kentsah.

(in) memory. Them-only-to she-is saying something.

Ta kyah wani ?

And what will-she-say ?

Nay cheh dapan, "hamnishin mybn1

The-flute is saying, "companions my

rud1 kati ?

remained where ?

Wan1 boh dimahakh, tur1 ma

Messages I would-have-given- there- I-wonder-

to-them, verily if

rud1 ada-wati ?

they-remained on-midway ?

21. Hamnishman sir panunuy bawahb;

To-the-companions secret my-own- I-would-explain ;

verily

Sina mutsarith dodu panunuy hawahb."

Bosom having-opened pain my-own- verily I-would-show."

22. Nay cheh dapan, "kyah banyom?

The-flute is saying, "what happened-

to-me ?

kutu ches riwan ?

how-much am-I lamenting ?

-24] VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE 167
Dadi-panani nala pha^yad ches diwan."

By-the-pain-my- cries calls-for-help I-am giving."

own

23. Nay cheh dapan, " nala dimahb

The-flute is saying, " cries I-would-have-

given

marakan ;

(in) the-assemblies ;

Banana-rostu nau klh ti rozan

Fated-sorrow-without not anyone even remaining

marda-zan."

man- (or) woman."

24. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Kyah wanihe yiman hamnishinan ?

What would-she-have- to-these companions ?

said

Yiman wanihe yiy.

To-these she-would-have-said this-verily.

Narm kar1 kar1 baram panas

Smooth making making auger(-hole)s to-the-body

chum karan ;

he-is-to-me making ;

War a wuch^om, maz kotah chum

Thoroughly inspect-please- the-flesh how-much is-to-me
ye-me,

haran.

dropping.

168

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[25-

25. Wadana boh,

Shall-I-not-weep I,

tbVnam,

are-caused-to-pass-
over-by-him-to-me,

Kham-p5san zith1

For-cheap-pice long arms

zade panas

holes to- (my) body

atha kiit1

do^nam.

how-many are-place-by-
him-on-me.

26. Dapan wustad,—

(Is) saying the-teacher,-

Won

Now

chus

is-to-her

Ath1

To-this-very

kentehah.

something.

Nay

The-flute

yeli kham-pbsan

when for-cheap-pice

pewan panunu

falling her-own

nay i stanas-kun

cane-brake- to

aye-kftnana, won

she-was-sold, now

nayistan

cane-brake

cheh

she-is

yad.

(in) memory.

Kyah

What

wani?

will-she-say ?

cheh

is

dapan,

saying,

" nayistanuku

" of-the-canebrake

wanan

saying

chum

is-to-me

tamah.

longing.

Garza-panani

For-the-purpose-

my-own

fehljyam

was-searched-
by-me

arz-o-sama.

earth-and-heaven."

27. Nay cheh dapan, "nayistan myonu

The-flute is saying, " the-canebrake my

kyah chuh jan ;

how it-is good ;

-30] VII. THE TALE OF THE REED-FLUTE

169

Zani kyah tath mane buzith

Will-know ? of-that the-meaning having-heard

gbr-zan ? "

an-ignorant-person ? "
28. Nay cheh dapan,

The-flute is saying,

kyah zabar ;

how excellent ;

" nayistan myonu

the-canebrake my

kyah

9

Zani

Will-know

be-khabar?"

an-untaught-person ?

tath mane buzith

of-that the-meaning having-heard

29. Nay cheh dapan,

The-flute is saying,

yes cheh zan ;

to-whom is knowledge ;

" nayistanuctt

" of -the-canebrake

Zani suy

Will-know he-only

la-makan."

at-Him-Who-has-no-
abode-(i.e God)."

yus

who

asi

will -be

wotumotu

arrived

30. Nay cheh

The-flute is

dapan,

saying,

" kyah

" what

cheh

is

wuniimufeii masnavi ?

said the-rhymed-poem ?

Zani suy

Will-know he-alone

yes

to-whom

asi

will-be

pemufeti

fallen

ashgka chih.,,

(of) love a-particle."

170

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[81-

31. Nay cheh dapan,

The-flute is saying,

kbtyah cewan,

how-many (are) drinking,

" moduru

" sweet

mas

wine

Sodurabalay

In-Sodarabal-only

nay

the-(story-of-
the) flute

Subhan
Subhan

chuy

is

wanan."

saying.

-1]

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

171

VIIL-PATASHEHA-SUNZ* KATH

KING-OF

STORY

1. Patashaha

A-certain-king

Suy patashah

That-very king

ath^zunadabi-peth.

that-very-roof-bungalow-on

61°

the-nest birds-of

osu.

was.

6su

was

Dapan

(Is) saying

neran

going-out

Ath'

Of-it-verily

janawaran-hondu .

osu

was

Yim

prath-doha

every -day

yihiinz^

of- these

They (king and queen)
bolbbshti bozan.

wustad, —

the-teacher, —

prath-ddha

every-day

petha-kani

the-top-on

OS1

were

OS1

were

khosh

pleased

bstina

was -not

patashaha-sand1

the-king-of

the-chirping

bbfeu

husband-and-
wife

Yim

hearing. They

zah sethah

two very-much

gafehan.
becoming.

klh

Doha-aki

On-a-day-one
gafehan.

any

patashehas,

to-the-king,

bolbbshti ? "

chirping? "

Ath^manz

It-verily-in

occurring.

"az

" to-day

Dapan

Saying

bace

young-ones

bolbbsh* ati

the-chirping there

Dopu ami-patashah-bayi

It-was-said by-that-queen

kona cheh gafehan

why-not is occurring

wnchukh ath blis.

it-was-seen-by- to-that nest,

them

zah

two

mumat1.

(were)

Wblikh

They-were-brought-
down-by-thein

bon. Sethah phyuru

down. Much regret-occurred

dead.

yiman-patasheha-sanden

to-these-king's-two-

172

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOEIES

IV

don-bafean.

husband-and-wife.

Dopuhakh,

It-was-said-by-them-to-
them,

Anikh

Were -summoned -
by-them

wazir gat^l1 gat^l1.

viziers skilful skilful.

noman

to-these

wuch^av,

please-look-ye,

kyah

what

chuh

is

gamotu ? "

happened ? "

Wuch^akh.

They- were -seen-by-
them.

Yiman

To- them (was)

rotumotu

caused-to-stick

kondu

a-thorn

hatis.

to-the-throat.

Danah-waziran-ak1

By-a-wise-vizier-one

dopunakh, " yih cheh

it-was-said-by-him- " this is

to -them,

yiman

to- them

mojti mumuls*. Am^naran kur^mute*1

mother dead. By-this-male (bird) (was) made

paniin11

their-own

byekh

a-second

w6riizu.

second-wife.

ampa-kani

mouth -to -mouth -
feeding-during

mumat1."

dead."

Ami chunakh

By-her is-by-her-to-them

Amiy

By-this- verily

dyutumotu

given

kondu.

a-thorn.

Patashah

The-king

chih

are

yim

they

wanan

(is) saying

patashah-baye,

to-the-queen,

"boy

" I-if

maray,

shall-die-if,

feah

thou

kar^i-na kuni. "

must-make-not at-all (a second
marriage)."

Patashah-bay

The-queen

maray, feah

shall-die-if, thou

wanan

(is) saying

kai^zi-na

must-make-not

patashahas,

to-the-king,

kuni.,,

at-all (a second
marriage)."

"boy

" I-if ;

Koru

Was-made

-2] VIII. THE TALE OF A KING 173

yimau driy kasam panawoii. Yih kyazi

by-them a- vow oath mutually. This why

korukh driy kasam ? Dopukh, " ase

was-made-by- vow oath ? It-was-said-by- * to-us

them them,

chih gabar zah; timan kyah kari

are sons two ; to- them perhaps will -do

wdramop ya molu yiy?"

a-step-mother or (step-)father this-very-thing? "

2. Keh kalah gav, patashah-bay

Some a-certain-space-of- went, the-queen

time

moye. Patashah kuni karan chuna,

died. The-king at-all (a second making is-not,

marriage)

ti-kyazi panawoii osukh doyau batsau

because mutually was-by-them by-the-two husband-

and-wife

driy kasam korumotu. Warayah kalah

vow oath made. Very-long a-certain-space-

of-time

gav, ay wazir. Dopukh patashehas,

went, they-came the-viziers. It-was-said-by- to-the-king,

them

''patasheham, nethar gafehi karunu."

" my-king, marriage-arrangement is-proper to-be-done."

Warayah kal k§h bozan chukhna.

A-very-long space-of- anything hearing he-is-to-them-not.
time

174

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[8-

Koruhas

Was-made-by-them-
to-him

nethar.

marriage-arrangement.

zor

force

wazirau.

by -the -viziers.

Korun

Was-made-by-
him

OS1

were

3. Yim patashah-zada

These princes (king's sons)

paran sabakh.

reading lesson(s).

zah

two

Doha-aki

On-day-one

OS1.

were.

yimau-panawbn-baranyau-doyau maslahath,

by-these-mutually-brothers-two consultation,

gafehav salam

we-will-go a-complimentary-
gift

heth."

taking."

Bur%h

Was-filled-by-

them

Tim

They

kiirti

was-made

" maje

" to-the-
mother

trbm1

a-copper-
dish

lalau

with-rubies

nigmau.

with-jewels.

Gay

They -went

heth

having -taken (it)

Trbm1 riit^nakh,

The- copper- was-accepted-by'

dish

Gay

They-went

salami maje.

for-a-complimentary- to-the-mother
present

wuchunah korunakh.

a-certain-look was-made-by-her-to-them.

patashah-zada zah sabakas.

princes two to-their-lesson.

doha doha yithay-pbthin karan.

each-day each-day in- this- very-manner passing.

gav amis-patashah-baye khbtir

there-occurred to-this-queen carnal-desire

her-from-them,

yim

these

Yim

These

chih

are

Doha-aki

On-day-one

yiman-

these-

woraneciven-hondu. Yiman

stepsons-of. To-them

dopun, " toh1

it-was-said-by-her, " ye

■4]

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

175

thbviv

keep -ye

"feah

" thou

Tse

For-thee

me-sbty salah." Yimau

me-with consultation." By-them

dopuhas,

it-was-said-by-
them-to-her,

chekh

art

ta

and

■d

moju, as

mother, we

ase wati-na."

for-us it-will-not-be-

sabakas.

to-the-lesson

mahalakhan.

private-apartments.

kuthu.

the-room.

suitable."

Kalacen av

In-the-evening came

Patashah-bayi

By-the-queen

"bar

" the-door

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-her,

chiy gabar.

are-to-thee sons.

Gay panas

They-went of-their-own-
accord

patashah panunu

the-king (to) his-own

tropunas

was-shut-by-her-to-him

koruth

kyazi

why

is-made-by-
thee

band ? "

shut ? "

"boh

" I

Yih

She

chesa

am-I

ches

is-to-him

neciven-hiinz11 ? "

sons-of ? "

"tih kyah

" that . what

dapan

saying

kolay,

the-wife,

Patashah

The-king

cyon

of-thee

patashah-bay,

the-queen,
kina

or

chus

is-to-her

gav?"

happened ? "

cyanen-

thy-

dapan,

saying,

"tim

u they

am lekan.

came-to-me for-(using-)indecent-
language.

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-her-
to-him,

Goda dim tihanza

First give-to-me their

wblinje

hearts

zah,

two,

ada mufearay

then I-will-open-to-thee

4. Dapan, —

(Folk are)
saying —

dyutun

was-given-
by-him

hukum

the-order

bar."

the-door."

waziran.

to-the-viziers.

176

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[4-

Tim bs1

They were

Dopunakh,

It-was-said-by-him-
to-them,

paran

reading

sabakh

lessons

hawala.

in-custody.

wotu

arrived

Sethah

Very-much

Timay

They-verily

wazir

the-vizier

gos

occurred-
to-him

"marawatalan

'* to-the-executioners

maranakh."

will-kill-them."

featahal.

(in) the-school.

karyukh

make-ye-them

Dapan, —

(Folk are) saying, —

yiman-patashahzadan-nishin.

to-these-princes-near.

yinsaph.

compassion.

Dopunakh, * * wasiv

It-was-said-by-
him-to-them,

bon featahala."

down from-the-school."

Dopunakh,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-them,

"tealiv
" flee-ye

come-ye-
down

yimi

from-this

shehara."

city."

kbm*.

a-deed.

Tim

They

Dopun

It-was-said-by-

feal1, waziran

fled, by-the-vizier

marawatalan,

to-the-executioners,

him

kiirti

was-done

"mbryukh

1 kill-ye-for-
them

hun1

dogs

yiman

of-them

zah."
two."

Mbrikh

Were-killed-
by-them

hun1

dogs

zah,

two,

kadikh

were-extracted-
by-them

wblinje

the-hearts

zah,

two,

lazakh

they-were-put-by-
them

tbkis,

to-a-tray,

gay heth patashah-baye. Dopuhas,

they-went taking (them) to-the-queen. It-was-said-by-them-

to-her,

" aney noma

are-brought-to-thee these

patashahzadan-hanza

the-princes-of

-5]

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

177

wblinje zah. Thav darwaza

hearts two. Open the-door

Thowunakh darwaza, racen

Was-open-by-her- the-door, were-seized-
for-them by-her

zah. Dopuhas, "yima chey

two. It-was-said-by- " these are-for-thee
them-to-her,

ta

and*

rath."

take-hold-of
(them)."

yima wblinje

these hearts

patashahzadan-

the-princes-

ddn-hanza."

two-of."

karani.

for-doing.

Byuthu at1 patashbhi

(The king) sat (i.e. remained) sovereignty

there

5. Yim bby^baran1 zah wot1 biyis-

These brothers-brethren two arrived another-

patashehas-akis-nish. Dopunakh

king-one-near.

It-was-said-by-him-to-
them

"ton1

ye

Toh1

Ye

yor

here

chiwa shahzada

are princes

wai^tav toh1

please-tell ye

la^mat1.

arrived.

Timau dopuhas

By-them it-was-said-by-

Kyah

What

yih

this

them-to-him

Dopunakh,

It-was-said-by-him-
to-them,

M behiv
M sit-ye

me

by-me

patashehan,

by-the-king,

yiwan-bozana.

being-thought.

ketha-pbth1

in-what-manner

sabab

reason

panunu

their-own

me-nish

me-near

chiwa

are

chuwa ? "

is-to-you ? "

gudarun.

happening.

n6kari.,,

in-service."

178

HATIM'S SONGS AND STbRIES

[6-

Dapan, — bith1

(Folk are) saying, — they-sat

patashehas

to-the-king

ti bith1,

pron1

old

gay

huzuri-nokar,

(as) personal-
servants.

golam zah.

Amis os1

To-this were

also sat, They-became four.

zima

in-charge

pahar

watch

feor

four

Yim zah

servants two. These two

feor. Tson-zanen karin

To-the-four- were-made-
persons by-him

pahar. Godanukuy

watches. The-first-verily

amis-patashahzadas-
to-this-prince-

patasheha-sandyau-

the-elder. (Folk are) saying, — by-the-king's-

doyau-bafeau trowukh aram.

two-husband-and-wife was-made-by-them rest.

6. Dapan, — golam chuh wodaiie,

(Folk are) saying, — the-servant is standing (by),

nazar ches patasheha-sanden-don-bafean-kun.

sight is-of-him the-king-of-two-husband-and-wife-towards.

rates

by-night

chuh lagan

is being-allotted

zithis-hihis. Dapan, —

Yimavay-syodu logu wasani

Them-verily-in-front began to-descend

talawa-kani. Golam chuh

the-ceiling-from. The-servant is

yih shehmar logu watani

this great-snake began to-arrive

baye-handis-badanas-nizikh, av

wife-of-body-near, he-came

shehmar

a-great-snake

wuchan. Yeli

watching. When

amis-patashah-

to-this-king's-

laran golam,

running the-slave,

lbytin shemsher amis-shehmaras, hani

was-struck-by- a-sword to-this-great-snake, in-fragment

him

-6]

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

179

hani

in-fragment

palangas-tal,

the-bed-below,

phamb.

cotton-wool.

ka^nas tukara,

were-made-by-him- pieces,
of-it

shemsheri-handis-tegas

the-sword's-to-the-blade

fehunun

was-placed-by-him

wolun

was-wrapped-
by-him

Log"

He-began

amis-patashaha-baye-handis-

to-this-king's-wife's-

badanas

the-body

asi
will-be

wotharani.

to-wipe.

shehmara-sondu

the-great-snake-of

Dopun,

It-was-said-by-him,

" amis

to-this-one

zahar ladyomotu.,, l

poison brought-into-contract-

with.

Amiy mojub

For-this-very reason

bedar.

osu

was

yib

he

gav

became

nizikh

near

pahar

the-watch

pahar.

the-watch.

awake.

wotharan. Patashah

wiping. The-king

Wuchun golam amotu

Was-seen-by-him

the-servant

come

shemsher heth niinu. Am^sond11

sword having-taken bare. This-one-of

mokalyav, av d6yimis-golama-sondu

was-finished, there-came the-second-servant-of
nizikh.

Av

He-came

near.

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him

patashehan,
by-the-king,

ay

ho

golam,

servant,

kari, tas

may-do, to-him

wothus

arose -for -him

yus-akhah agas-peth be-wophoyi

whoever the-master-on infidelity

kyah wati karunu ? " Yih

what will-be-proper to-be-done?" This

golam phirith, 4I patasheham,

slave answering, ■ my-king,

So Hatim. Gflvind Kaul writes laryomot*.

180

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

[7-

tas gafehi kala teatunu,

to-him is-proper the-head to-be-cut-off,

waliin^. Patasheham, boh

(is) to-be-brought- My-king, I

down.

Tsah

thavtam

tath

biye

moreover

wanay

will-tell-
to-thee

kan."

basta

his-skin

dalila.

a-certain-
story.

Thou place-please-for-me for-that the-ear."

7. Dopunas golaman,— "suh patasheha

It-was-said-by- by-the-servant, — "that a-certain-king

him-to-him

akh 6su.

one was.

shikaras

for-hunting

wotu

he-arrived

Suy

He-verily

kunuy

only-one

gav

went

zonu.

person.

doha-aki
on-day-one

solas

for-excursion

Sbty osus pbz,

With was-to-him a-falcon,

jaye-akis, lujus tresh.

at-a-place-one, was-felt-to-him thirst.

chesna kuni.

is-for-him (alleviation anywhere,
of thirst)-not

Wuchun

Was-seen-by-
him

aba-sreha

water-moisture

hyuhu,

a-little.

Atb1

At-it-verily

dyutun

was-given-by-
him

Banan

Becoming

jaye-akis

in-a-place-one

bai^shi-

his-spear-

sbty

with

pyala.

a-cup.

cyonu.

to-drink.

doba-hana.
a-hole-small.

Lodun

Was-filled-by-
him

As

Come-to-him

Kodim

Was-withdrawn-by-
him

ath-pyalas

to-that-cup

bagala-manza

his-armpit-from-in

ab.

water.

Hyotun

He-began

poz,

the-falcon.

1sbununas-trbvith.

(the-cup) was-dashed-down-
by-it-for-him.

-7]
Biye

Again

cyonu.

to-drink.

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

181

borun yih

was-filled-by-him this

As biye

Came-to-him again

aba-pyala, hyotun

water-cup, he-began

yih

this

poz,

falcon,

fehununas-trbvith. Ddyi-lati fehununas-trbvith.

(it) was-dashed-down-by- On-two-occasion(s) it-was-dashed-down-

by-it-for him.

it-for-him.

Patashehas

To-the-king

borun.

it-was-filled-by-
him.

thaph-karith ;

having-held ;

khotu

arose

Dachini

With-the-
right

zahar.

poison (i.e.
anger).

atha

with-hand

Treyimi-lati

On-the-third-occasion

chuh

he-is

ath-pyalas

to-that-cup

nebar.

outside.

Yuthuy

Even-as

khowuru

the-left

hyotun

he-began

atha thowun

hand was-placed-by-him

cyonu,

to-drink,

av poz,

came the-falcon.

fehununas-trbvith.

Difetis

it-was-dashed-down-by- Was-given-
it-for-him. to-it

tyuthuy

even -so

am1

by-him

thaph, rotun latan-tal, hefeanas pakha

seizing, was-held-by- the-feet-below, were-taken-by- the-wings

him

zah, ka^nas tan.

two, were-torn-off-by- the-limb
him-of-it

him-of-it

Yih yeli morun,

It when was-killed-by-
him,

pata phyurus ataty. Won tresh

ifterwards regret-was-felt- in-that-very- Now (water to allay)
to-him place. thirst

ceyenna. Gav wuchani

ras-drunk-by-him-not. He-went to-see

i ath-abas
1 to-this-water

182

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[8-

asina

will-there-not-
be

kuni

somewhere

agur f

source ?

Pakan

Going

chuh

is

patashah,

the-king,

ati

there

wotu

he-arrived
shehmara

a-certain-great-snake

bsa-kani

the-mouth-from

lal.

spittle.

Yih

This

chus
is-to-him

" hargah-kiy

"if

wanan golam

saying the-servant

suh

that

jaye-akis. Wuchun

at-a-place-one. Was-seen-by-him

shongith, amistiy neran

asleep, to-it-verily issuing

Yih ab 6su zahar."

This water was poison."

amis patashehas,

to-this to-king,

patashah

king

sa

that

ceyihe,

had-drunk,

suh

he

marihe.

would-have-
died.

karihe, suh patashah

he-had-made, that king

Wiin^y

Now-verily

tas-pbzas

to -that- falcon

Patasheham, say cheh dalil.

My-king, that-verily is the-story.

gafehi kariin^."

is-proper

tresh

(water-to-allay)
thirst

saragi

investigation (if)

marihe-na.

would-not-have-
killed.

Saragi

Investigation

to-be-made.'

8. Mokalyav

Was-finished

am^sond11

this-one-of

pahar

the-watch

ti.

also.

treyumu

the-third

Patashah

The-king

pahar.

watch.

chuh

is

Zah gay panas

The-two became at-their-own-
will

bedar.

awake.

Dapan

Saying

Av

Came

bith1.

seated.

chuh

he-is

-9]

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

188

amis-treyimis-paharawblis. Dapan chus, " ay

to-this-third-watchman. Saying he-is-to-him, " ho

golam,

servant,

kari,
may-do,

yus-akhah

whoever

agas-peth

to-the-master-on

dagay

faithlessness

tas kyah wati karunu?,,

to-him what will -be -proper to-be-done ? "

Dopunas phirith am^golaman, u suh

It-was-said-by-him- answering by-that-servant, " he
to-him

gatehi sangsar karunu. Baki, patasheham,

is-proper stoning-to- to-be-done. But, my-king,
death

Boh wanay

I will-tell-to-thee

saragi gatehi kariihA

investigation is-proper to-be-made.

dalila. Tsah thawum, patasheham, kan."

a-certain- Thou place-for-me, my-king, ear.'*
story.

9. Dapan

Saying

akh,

one.
pev

fell

Suy

He-verily

muhim.

poverty.

sodagara

a-certain-merchant

chus,

he-is-to-him,

6su

was

"suh

"that

sethah

very

OS1

was

baktawar.

prosperous.

Tamis^y 6su hunu.

To-him-verily was a-dog.

sodagara

a-certain-
merchant

Tamis

To-him

Byakh

Another

6su. Dopunas,

was. It-was-said-by-him-
to-him,

ma kanahan ? '

•wonder-if wilt-thou-sell-it ?

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him,

* yih hunu

' this dog

1 kanan.'

' I-will-sell-it.*

184 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [9-

Dopunas, * karus mol/ Korunas

It -was -said -by -him- ' make-of-it a-price.' Was-made-by-

to-him, him-of-it

mol ropaye-hath. Dyutunas mol,

the-price a-rupee-hundred. Was-given-by-him-to- the-price,

him

nyuv sodagaran yih hunu. Drav

was-taken by-the-merchant this dog. He-went-forth

soda heth, wotu jaye-akis. Lirps

merchandize taking, he-arrived at-place-one. Came-on-for-him

rath. Ratali feas feur, nyuhas

night. By-night entered-for-him thieves, was-taken-by-them-

of-him

yih mal. Hunu chuh wuchan, am1

this property. The-dog is seeing, by-him

koru-na keh-ti sadah. Phplu gwash.

was-made-not any-at-all sound-a. Broke the-dawn.

Sodagar gav bedar. Wuchun ta mal

The-merchant became awake. It-was-seen- verily property

by-him

na kuni. Dapan chuh, *yith kyah

not at-all. Saying he-is, ' to-this what

gbmV Av yih hunu. Am1 kiir^nas

happened-to- Came this dog. By-it was-made-by-

me ? ' him-of-him

poshakas thaph. Chus laman. Hunu

to-the-coat seizing. He-is-to-him pulling. The-dog

drav bruh briih, pata pata chus

went-forth in-front in-front, behind behind is-of-him

sodagar. Watanowun mbdanas-akis-manz.

the-merchant. He-was-caused-to-arrive- to-a-plain-to-one-in.

by-him

-10]

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

185

Wuchun ati feurau thowumotu

Was-seen-by-him there by-the-thieves deposited

mal. Parzanowun.

property. It-was-recognized-
by-him.

Onun

Was-brought-
by-him

panun1

his-own

yih osus

what was-of-him

ta tih, biye 6su

both that, also there-was

feurau biyen-sodagaran-hondu nyumotu,

thieves other-merchants-of taken,

onun,

was-brought-
by-him,

sethah

very

watanowun

it-was-caused-
to-arrive-by-him

khosh.

pananis-deras.

to-his-own-lodging.

asondu

his

mal,

property,

yimau-

by-these-

ti-ti

that-also

Gav

He-became

happy.

Dopun,

It-was-said-by-
him,

* tamis

' to-that

togu-na

knowledge-how- was-
not

Tamis 6su

To-him was

amis

to-this

pemotu

fallen

hun is
dog

muhim,

poverty,

mol

a-price

sodagaras
merchant

karun.

to-make.

tami-mokha

on-that-account

togus-na.,,>

knowledge-how-to-him-was-not.' "

10. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

"Amis-hunis korun mol

11 For-that-dog was-made-by-him price

ropayes

(of) rupee

)ants hath. Lichen cith1. Yihuy

five hundred. Was-written- a-document. This-verily
by-him

fehuntin amis-hunis nbl1. Dopunas,

vas-put-by-him to-that-dog on-the-neck. It-was-said-by-him-

to-it,

186

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

[10-

< feah galsh

1 thou go

cith* heth.' Gav

document having- taken.' Went

pananis-khawandas-nishin

to-thine-own-master-near

hunu,

the-dog,

wotu

arrived

yih

this

nazdikh
near

amis-sodagaras. Sodagaran dyuthu. Parzanowun

to-that-merchant. By-the-merchant he-was- Was-recognized-

seen. by-him

yih hunu. Dopun

this dog. It-was-said-by-him

'hunu

1 the-dog

pananen batean.

to-his-own family-members.

Dopunakh,

It-was-said-by-him-to-
them,

koru

was-done

kyah-tan

some-or-other

av phirith. Am1

came returning. By-it

takhsir. Amiy

fault. For-this-very (reason)

tehunukh-kadith. Bal£ki

it-has-been-driven-out- Moreover

by-them.

nolV

on-the-neck.'

Sodagar

The-merchant

gav

became

chus

there-is-to-
it

phikiri.

in-anxiety.

kyah kara? Ropaye-hath gom

what shall-I-do ? The-rupee-hundred went-for-me

calan

a-letter-of-
dispatch

'Wun

'Now

kharac.'

expended/

Kodun
Was-taken-out-by-him

morun.

it-was-killed-by-him.

bandukh, loyunas, ta

a-gun, was-aimed-by-him-at-it and

Yeli

When

phyurus.

grief -came-to-him.

amis kyah

to- it what

Gos

He-went-
to-it

kakaz

paper

morun

it-was-killed-
by-him

nizikh.
near.

ta ada

then afterwards

'Boh
'I

chuh

is

nolV

on-the-neck.

wuchaha

would-see

Yihuy

This-verily

-11]

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

187

kodunas

nala

ta

mufeorun,

ta

was-taken-off-by- from-the-neck and it-was-opened-by-him, and
him-of-it

wuchun ath lyukhumotu r op ayes panfe

was-seen-by- on-it (was) written (of-)rupee five

him

hath. Ada phyurus sethah. Patasheham,

hundred. Then grief-came-to- exceedingly. My-king,

him

say cheh dalil. Saragi gafehi karunu.

that-verily is the-story. Investigation is-proper to-be-made.

Hargah-ay suh sodagar godaniy wuchihe

If

that merchant at-the-very-first- had-seen

even

amis-hunis kyah chuh nbl1, suh hunu

to-that-dog what is on-the-neck, that dog

ma marihe.,, Gav am^sond11 pahar.

not he-would-have-killed." Went him-of the-watch.

11. Av feurimis-zan^sond11 pahar. Tgurimis

Came the-fourth-person-of watch. The-fourth

golama-siinz11 dalil.

servant-of story.

Tsurimis-golamas wanan

To-the-fourth-servant (is) saying

patashah,

the-king,

bewophbyi

infidelity

M ay golam,

" ho servant,

kari, tas kyah

may-do, to-him what

yus-akhah

whoever

agas-peth

the-master-on

wati karunu?"

will-be- to-be-done ? "
proper

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-him-
to-him

golaman,

by-the-servant,

44 patasheham, tas

" my-king, to-him

188

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[11-

gafehi sar featunu,

is-proper the-head to-be-cut-off,

kadunu.

(he-is) to-be-expelled,

shehara-manza

the-city-from-in

Patasheham, boh

My-king,

I

dur

distant

wanay

will-tell-to-thee

dalila,

a-certain-story,

chus

is-to-him

fe»h

thou

golam.

the-servant.

OS1

akh. Amis

one. To-him were

moye panun1

died their-own

thawum

place-for-me

"suh

" that

neciv1

sons
!ii

OS

was

kan." Dapan

the-ear." Saying

patasheha

zah.

two.

moju. Patashehan

mother. By-the-king

a-certain-king

Timan^y

To-them-verily

kiir*

was-made

woruzu

second-wife

don

to-the-two

zanana.

woman.

wdramop

stepmother.

Sa

She

gaye

became

Yim

These

OS1

were

zah sabakas.

the-two at-a-lesson.

Tora ay,

Thence they-came,

patashahzadan
to-the-princes

patashahzada

princes

amis-woramaje

to-this-stepmother

niyekh salam, lalau niginau

was-taken-by-them a-complimentary- (filled) with- with- jewels

gift, rubies

trbm1. Thbvtikh amis bontha-kani.

a-copper-dish. It-was-placed-by-them to-her in-front.

Yim

These

chih

they-are

paniin*

her-own

gay

went

biye sabakas. Doha doha

again to-the-lesson. Each-day each-day

kadan. Patashah-baye wuzti

(thus) passing. To-the-queen was-aroused

ray. Kyah wuztis? 'Boh

intention. What was-aroused-in-her ? ' I

-11]

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

189
gdnah.'

karahb yiman-patashahzadan-sbty

would-have-done these-princes-with sin.'

Doha-aki wonun yiman-patashahzadan-ddn,

On-a-day-one it-was-said-by-her to-these-princes-two,

'me-soty kariv gona^' Yimav dopuhas,

do-ye sin.' By-them was-said-by-them-

' me- with

<feah

* thou

chekh
art

son1

our

mbj1

fee

to-her,

ta

and

ase

for-us

mother ; for-thee

wati-na.' Patashahzada gay sabakas.

it-will-not-be-suitable.' The-princes went to-the-lesson.

Patashah av darbar murkhas karith.

The-king came the-court dismissed having-made.

W6tu mahalakhan. Patashah-bayi

He-arrived at-the-private-apartments. By-the-queen

tropunas

was-shut-by-her-for-
him

darwaza.

the-door.

Darwaza

The-door

ches-na

she-is-for-him-
not

thawan. Dopunas, 'yih kyazi?' Wofehus

opening. It-was-said-by- ' this why ? ' She-rose (in-

him-to-her,

reply) -to-hira

patashah-bay. Dopunas, 'boh chesa

the-queen. It-was-said-by-her-to-him, ' I am-I

cybnti kolay, kina cyanen-neciven-hunzti ? '

of-thee the-wife, or thy-sons-of ? '

Dopunas patashehan,

It-was-said-by-him-to- by-the-king,

her

'tih

'that

gav

?>

Dopunas,

happened ? ' It-was-said-by-her-to-him,

Him

1 they

kyah

what

am
came-to-me

190

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[11

lekan.'

for (-using) -indecent-
language.'

' wun kyah

' now what

Patashah

The-king

chus

is-to-her

dap an,
saying,

chuh salah ? p Patashah-bay

"is (your) advice ? ' The-queen

ches dapan, (me gafehi tihanza

is-to-him saying, • for-me is-necessary their

wblinje zah. Tima khema boh, Ada-kyah

hearts two. Them I-will-eat I. Then-of-course

Patashehan dyutu

By-the-king was-given

waziras. Dopunas,

to-the-vizier. It-was-said-by-him-to-him,

zah dikh marawatalan athi.

two give-them of-the-executioners in-the-hand.

thaway

I-will-open-for-thee

hukum

an-order

shahzada

princes

Yiman

Of-them

darwaza/

the-door.'

'yim

1 these

wazir.

the- vizier.

kadan

they-will-extract

W6tu

He-arrived

wblinje

the-hearts

zah.'

two.'

Gav

Went

yim

these

shahzada

princes

nazarah.

zah

two

OS1.

were.

Sethah

a-single-glance. Exceedingly became-

to-him

featahal, yeti

at-the-school, where

Yiman-kun kurtin

Them-towards was-made-by-him

patashahzada

princes

gbs

yim

these

zah khosh.

two pleasing.

Dopunakh,

It-was-said-by-him-to-
them,

Tsal1."

They-fled."

Dilas

To-the-heart

< Isaliv

1 flee-ye

pyos yinsaph.

fell-of-him compassion.

yimi-shehar a dur. '

from-this-city far.'

-13]

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

191

12. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

" Marawatalan

' To-the-executioners

dyutu hukum waziran,

was-given an-order by-the-vizier,

'mbryukh hun1 zah.' Marawatalau mbr1

* kill-ye-them dogs two.' By-the-executioner were-killed

hun1 zah, kadikh yiman wblinje

dogs two, were-extracted-by-them of-them the-hearts

zah, lazakh tbkis-manz, gay heth

two, they-were-placed- a-tray-in, they-went taking

by-them

patashah-baye. Patashah-bayi thowu darwaza.

to-the-queen. By-the-queen was-opened the-door.

Patashah chuh karan patashbhi tat1.

The-king is doing ruling there.

13. Shahzada zah ay

The-princes two came

patashehas nish. Patashehan

king near. By-the-king

golam. G6danyuku pahar

(as) servants. The-first watch

badis-hihis-shahzadas. Shemah

the-elder-the-prince. A-lamp-flame

Patashaha-sand1 zah bbtsti

The-king two husband-and-

tsalan
fleeing

rat1

were-taken

aramas.

in-rest.

wife

Yiman^y

To-them-verily

biyis

to-another

yim

they

av amis-

came to-this-

chuh dazan.
is burning.

chih palangas-

are the-bed-

syodu

in-front

wasan

descending

192

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

[18-

chuh shehmar. Yih

is a-great-snake. This

shemsher. Amis- shehmar as

a-sword. To-this-great-snake

tukara. Ami pata chuh

pieces. This after he-is

gdlam chuh kadan

servant is drawing

chuh karan

he-is making

shemsheri-handis

to-the-sword's

tegas walan phamb. Amis-patashahbaye-handis-

blade wrapping cotton-wool. To-this-queen's-

badanas osu

body he- was

shehmara-sondu.

great-snake-of.

asim

there-will-be-on-my
(queen)

wotharan

wiping-off

Dopun,

It-was-said-by-him

yih

this

shehmara-sondu

the-great-snake-of

wotharan

wiping

ta

and

patashah

the-king

Dopu patashehan,

It-was-said by-the-king,

< yih

'he

zahar

poison

'amis

on -her

zahar. '

poison.'

gav

became

am

came-to-me

amis-

that-

ma

I-wonder-if

6su

He -was
bedar.

awake.

marani/

for-killing.'

Patasheham, say cheh

My-king, that-verily is

suh patashah sara

that king testing

neciven-peth ma diyihe

sons-on not would-he-

have-given

'toh1 mbryukh/ Ada gay tim

'ye kill-ye-them.' Afterwards went those

zah mara. Patasheham, agar

two to-death. My-king, if

dalil.

the-story

karihe,

had-made,

hukum marawatalan,

the-order to-the-executioners,

Hargah-kiy

If

pananen-

to-his-own-

hun1

dogs

bawar

believing

•14]

VIII. THE TALE OF A KING

198

karakh-na,

thou-wilt-not-make,

molu. Yih

father. This

suh

that

patashah
king

patashah

king

gokh

art

OSu

was

teah.

thou.

cheh

is

shemsher,
the-sword,

shehmar

the-great-snake

atf-kyah chuy

there-on-the- is-of-thee
other-hand

gane karith."

pieces having-made."

sonuy

our-verily

Yit'-kyah

Here-on-the-
one-hand

palangas-tal
the-bed-below

14.

Akh

One

Sethah

Exceedingly

boyu

gokh

became -with-
them

patashah

the-king

thowun

brother was-appointed-
by-him

banowun

was-made-by-him

patashah.

a-king.

wazir,

vizier,

byakh

the-other

khosh.

pleased.

boyu

brother

194

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[1-

IX. — GRIST1 - B AYE - HUNZ* TA
FARMER' S- WIFE-OF AND

HUNZ* KATH
OF STORY

1. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

MACH-TALARE-

HONEY-BEE-

Yih

This

bapath ?

reason ?

korumotu

done

Wbfe11
She-arrived

mach-taltirti.

a-honey-bee.

cheh

she-is

gnstf-bay

farmer's-wife

had

Kardaran ta

By-the-overseer and

feujumuteti.

fled.

mukadaman

by-the-village-
headman

zulm. Amiy-bapath cheh

tyranny. For-this-very- she-is

reason

wanas-akis-manz. Otuy

forest-one-in.

Kami-

For-what-

OSUS

had-been-to-
her

feujttmiifett.

fled.

wbVs

Amis

To-it

amis-gristf-baye,

to-this-farmer's-wife,

There-verily arrived-to-her

Dapan

Saying

chekh

aye zaban.

came speech.

" feah kyazi

" thou why

art

feujumutsti ? M Dopunas

fled?
chuh

is

phirith

answering

zulm.

tyranny.

Was-said-by-her-to-
it

gristf-bayi,

by-the-farmer's-
wife,

a

me

to-me

gdmotu

happened

zulm."

tyranny."

Ami

By-that

dopunas

was-said-by-it-
to-her

mach-talari,

by-the-bee,

Boh

I

ches

am

" me-ti

* to-me-also

wadan,

lamenting,

chuh gomotu

is happened

feah thavtam

thou please-place-for-
me

-3] IX. FARMERS WIFE AND HONEY-BEE 195

kan." Wanan mlch-taluru gristf-bayi kun.

the-ear." Saying (is) the-bee the-farmer's-wife to.

" Yitay,

vesi,

paran

pemos,

" Come-

friend,

at-feet

we-will-fall-of-Him,

please,

karos zarapar.

we-will-make- ejaculations.
to-Him

Buday chesay mich-talflrti, wanuku

I-verily am-Thy honey-bee, of-the-forest

janawar.

a-winged-creature.

2. Koha-kohai vyuruah anam, bstis

From-every- flower-nectar was-brought- I-became

mountain by-me,

ayalbar.

possessed-of-a-large-family.

Balay peyin hapath-ganas, wanan

Calamity may-fall to-the-bear-pimp, to-the-forests

febiitinam lar.

was-brought-in- running-away.
by-him-to-me

3. Poten tasanden bl^nash korun;

To-the-young- of-it nest-destruction was-made-

ones by-him ;

Sbhibo, ay-na ar ?

O-God, did-there-not-there- pity ?
come-to- thee

196

HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES

[4-

Buday

I-verily

chesay

am-Thy

janawar.

a- winged-creature . '

mSch-taltir*,

honey-bee,

wanuku

of-the-forest

4. Dapan

(Is) saying

m8ch-talarti,

honey-bee,

amis

to-this

gristf-baye

farmer's-wife

yih

this

"yih

" this

hal

condition

korunam

was-made-by-him-
for-me

wana-manza

the-forest-from-in

hapatan.

by-the-bear.

wufehtis

I-descended

gristf-garas,

to-a-farmer's-house,

rahath.'

ease.'

Wuchta wun

See-please now

yih gryustu, thavta

this the-farmer, place-please

wanay ?

shall-say-to-thee ?

Wun

Now

dapyam,

it-was-said-by-
me (long ago),

kyah

what

feajyeyes,

I-fled,

'kara

1 1- will-make

karem

will-do-to-me

kan.

the-ear.

Boh
I

kyah

what

Thiintia

Fresh-
butter

mathith

having-rubbed

kuthuah

a -room

thowunam,

was-placed-by-him-
for-me,

motun*

of-death

Bagan^ayes

It-was-my-fate

gayem

became-to me

chem

it-is-to-me

bSdi-hal.

a-prison.

gristf-garas, say me

(in) the-farmer's-house, that-verily to-me

gal.

shame.

■6]

IX. FARMER'S WIFE AND HONEY-BEE 197

5. Drati-sbtin kash* yeli featfnam,

A-sickle-with the-honeycombs when were-cut-by-him-

of-me,

kbtyah khatis mar.

how-many arose-for-him (guilt of) murders.

Buday chesay

I-verily am-Thy

janawar."

a-winged-creature."

mlch-talflrtt,

honey-bee,

wanuku

of-the-forest

6. M6kalowu

Was-finished

panunu dodu.

her-own pain.

ami-mach-talari wanith

by-this-honey-bee having-spoken

Wun cheh dapan amis-

Now she-is saying

gristf-baye, "cheyey klh gomotu,

farmer's-wife, " if-there-is-to- anything happened,
thee

to-this-

fea-ti
thou-also

wan.77

speak."

Dapan

Saying

chuh

is

Wanan

Saying

ches,

she-is-to-it,

gdmotV

happened."

cheh

is

" Boz,

11 hear,

wun

now

me

to-me

gristf-bay.

the-farmer's-wife.

kyah

what

Azal chawun chuh

Fate to-be-experienced is

tal wasun*

below to-be-descended

samsaras,

in-the-world,

jay.

a-place.

Buday

I-verily

chesay

am-Thy

gristf-bay,

farmer's-wife,

yor

here

zulm

tyranny

cheh

there-is

nay

not-verily

rozani

to-abide

ay.

we-are-come.

198 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES ' [7-

7. SSta yeli motastit* gresten dilasa

In-spring when the-accountants to-farmers soothing

dini hay ay,

to-give 0 ! came,

Modaryiv-kathau yedah btir%h, zalas

With-sweet-words a-belly was-filled-by-them, in-a-net

walana-ay.

we-were-surrounded.

8. Harada-vizi dard muth%h, layeni

In-autumn-time the-affection was-forgotten- for-beating

by-them,

tim-hay ay.

they-verily came.

Buday chesay grist^bay, yor nay

I-verily am-Thy farmer's-wife, here not-verily

rozani ay.

to-abide we-came.

9. Yim phal wawim maje-zammi,

What fruits were-sown-by-me in-mother-earth,

tim-hay papith ay,

they-verily ripened came,

Sombarith sbrith khalas karim,

Having-collected having-piled on-the-threshing- they-were-

floor made-by-me,

hatabod^khoris dray.

to-hundreds-of-kharwar- they -emerged,
weight

-12] IX. FARMERS WIFE AND HONEY-BEE

199

10. Cakla-cakla

In-each-village-
circuit

tolani tim-hay

to-weigh they-verily

mukadam

the-village-head-

man

ay,

came,

ta

and

pathwbr*

the-village-
accountant

Buday

I-verily

chesay

am-Tby

rozani ay.

to-abide we-came.

gristf-bay,

farmer's-wife,

yor nay

here not-verily

11. Oziz ta miskin

The-poor and penniless

halam dor^dor1 ay,

the-lap-cloth holding-out came,

kbtyah, vis^yiy,

how-many, O-friend,

Halam ditfmakh

The-skirts were-given-by-
me-to-them

chuli mokalan

is for-salvation

me bar^bari, suy

by-me filling, that-verily

pay.

a-means.

12.

yith-nay

so-that-not

Kalama sbtin sawab likhan,

A-pen with the-reward-of-good- they-will-

actions write,

lagekh gray.

will-happen-to-them shaking.

Buday chesay gristf-bay,

I-verily am-Thy farmer's-wife,

yor nay

here not-verily

rozani ay.

to-abide we-came.

200

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

X.— RAJE BIKARAMAJETUN* KATH

(In the original MSS. of this story, the Hindu word for " king M is
regularly written raj&, instead of the more familiar raja or raza.
This spelling is followed in the transcription.)

1. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Mahaniv*

Men

Akh

bor

four

There-came-to-
them

bruha

in-front

yeli

when

panawiin,

mutually,

hyotukh

they-began

OS1

were

mbdan.

a-plain.

pakun,

to-go,

pakan

going

Ath1

(On) this

lag1

they-began

wati.

by-road.

mbdanas
plain

wanani

to-say

" talau,

" ho,

mbdan kadon."

plain we-will-pass-over-

wan^av

tell-ye

Pata-kani

Afterwards

shekhba.
person -a.

dalila,

story-a,

it."

Amis

To-him

dopukh,

it-was-said-by-
them,

dalila,

story-a,

akh

there-came-
to-them

"bah

1 thou

yih mbdan mdkalawahun."

this plain we-will-complete-it."

dopunakh

it-was-said-by-him-to-
them

wanamowa dalil.

will-tell-to-you a-story

katha panb.

tales five.

phlrith,

in-answer,

" boh,

"I,

yih

this

byakh

other

wanta

tell-please

Am1

By-him

hasa,

sirs,

Dalil, hasa, wanamowa

Story, sirs, I-will-tell-to-you

Panban-kathan gabhanam

For-five-tales they-will-be-proper-to-

me

-1] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKBAMADITYA 201

din*

to-be-given

dopuhas

it-was-said-by-
them-to-him

r6payes

of-rupee

phirith,

in -answer,

pants
five

"feor

" four

hath."

hundred."

hath

Yimov

By-them

dimoy

hundred we-will-give-
to-thee

feor

four

zan*.

persons.

Ponfeyumu hath gay panunuy,

The-fifth hundred became thine-own-

only.

Wan-sa katha panfe." Dopunakh. —

Tell-sir the-tales five." It-was-said-by-him-to-them. —

" Dyar,

" Monies,

Yar,

A-friend,

Ashgnav,

A-near-
relation,

hasa, chih sapharas.

sirs, are for-a-journey.

hasa, chuh na-asanas.

sirs, is for-non-existence (of wealth).

hasa, chuh asanas.

sirs, is for-existence (of wealth).

Gaye

Went

trih

three

katha. Biye zah katha, hasa,

tales. The-other two stories, sirs,

chewa,—

are-for-you,-

Sa

That

yesa

who

zanana

woman

na

not

chewana

is-for-you-not

panunu,

your-own,

asi

will-
be

panas-sbty.

oneself-with.

Biye, hasa, —

Also, sirs, —

Yus rat as

He-who by-night

hedar

awake

rozi,

will-remain,

202

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[2-

suy,

he-only,

hasa,

sirs,

zeni Raje-Bikarmajetuii^

will-win King-Vikramaditya's

kurti."

daughter.'

Wanenakh

Were-said-by-him-to-

yima

these

them

chis

are-to-him

chukh

is-to-them

katha

tales

dapan,

saying,

dapan,

saying,

11 me,

by-me,

katha

tales

wan-sa

M tell-sir

hasa,

sirs,

panfe.

five.

dalil."

a-story."

Yim

They

Yih

He

wanemowa
were-told-by-me-to-you

pants."

five."

Miluv%h

Was-joined-in-by-them

chis

are-to-him

Yim

They

nith;

were-taken-by-thee ;

dapan,

saying,

dalil

story

"ropayes

" of-rupee

feor

four

ken

any

chuh

wune

still

pakanay."

not-having-been-
walked."

wuntith-na ;

was-told-by-
thee-not ;

Amis

To-him

ladby1.

fighting.

hath

hundred

mbdan
the-plain

loyukh

it-was-beaten

yimav-feorav-zanev. Am1

by-these-four-persons. By-him

" pakiv-sa yitikis-patashehas-nish

walk-ye-sirs of-here-the-king-near.

suh dapi, tih karav."

he will-say, that we- will-do."

dopunakh,

it-was-said-by-him-to-them,

Yih

What

2. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher,-

-2] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKBAMADITYA 20&

Wot1 patashehas-nish. Dyutu

They-arrived the-king-near. Was-given

pha^yad feorav-zanev. Dopuhas,

a-complaint by-the-four-persons. It-was-said-by-them-to-him,

"patasheham, yim^shekhtean khey

" my-king, by-this-person were-eaten

ase ropayes tsor hath. Dopun,

for-us of-rupee four hundred. It-was-said-by-him,

' wanamowa katha panfe.' " Patashehan

1 1-will-tell-you tales five.' " By-the-king

dopu amis-shekhfeas, "wan-sa kyah

it-was-said to-this-person, " tell-sir what

wonuthakh ? " Yih wothus

was-told-by-thee-to-them ? " He arose-to-him

phirith, "patasheham, boh wanay katha

in-answer, M my-king, I will-tell-to-thee tales

pants. Ropayes gafehanam din1

five. Of-rupee they-are-proper-to-me to-be-given

pants hath. Ada wanay boh katha

five hundred. Then I-will-tell-to-thee I the-tales

panfe." Patashehan kad* ropayes

five." By-the-king were-produced of-rupee

pants hath, ditin amis-shekhfeas. Yim

five hundred, they-were-given- to-this-person. These

by-him

karin band, pana kurtin kbmuah

rere-made- tied-up, by-himself was-done-by- deed-a

by-him him

204

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[3-

Patashbhi-hondu

Koyalty-of

poshakh

garment

am^patashehan.

by-that-king.

trowun, gadbyiye-hondu

was-put-off- beggary-of

by-him,

Biye gandin lal sath

Also were-tied-by-him rubies seven

drav yima katha pants sara

he-went-forth these tales five testing

3. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

poshakh

garment

purun.

was-put-on-
by-him.

matshi,
on-the-arm,

karani.

to-make.

Godaniy

At-the-very-
first

drav bene-handis-sheharas-kun.

he- went- his-sister's-city-towards.

forth

Guru

A-horse

nizikh

near

shech1

a-message

pemotu

fallen

turi.,,

there-even.

phirith

in -answer

pama

reproaches

chus

is-for-him

khasunu.

to-be-mounted.

W6tu

He-arrived

yeli

when

ath-bene-handis-sheharas

to-that-sister's-city

amis-bene, " me

to-that-sister, " to-me

muhim.

luztin

was-sent-by-him

kyah chuh

verily is

poverty.

Ami

By-that

Boh

I

luztinas

was-sent-by-
her-to-him

shech1, " me

a-message, " to-me

wbVvis-manz."

my-father-in-law's-
house-in."

kyah

of-course

beni

by-the-
sister

kyah

of-course

Potu

Back-again

yimahb

should-come

potu

back-again

rozan

will-remain

phirith

in-answer

■8] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKBAMADITYA 205

liiztinas

was-sent-by-
him-to-her

biye

again

shech*,

message,

'me

to-me

yeli

when

bani tor yunu, to-ti gatehem

will-be- there to-come, nevertheless it-is-proper-
possible to-me

naphfeas

for-the-belly

gatehi

it-is-proper

mohar

the -seal

beni

by-the-sister

kenfehah.

something.

Ladaham-ay,

Thou-wilt-send-

to-me-if,

gand

a-knot

kariinti

to-be-made

karunu,

is-to-be-made,

ii »

panun

thine-own."

petha

upon (it)

Ami

By-that

na

not

ladunu

to-be-
sent

tath

to-that

gafehes

it-is-proper-
for-it

kurti

was-done

kom^ah. Lodun

deed-a. Was-sent-by-her

panane-kenze

(in) her-own-dish-cup

bata-hana, ya fehyotu ya

a-little-boiled-rice, (not caring whether impure or
it was) either (leavings)

Petha

Upon (it)

rawana

dispatching

bene-hiinzu

the-sister-of

thowun-dabbvith.

was-buried-by-him.

kurtinas

was-made-by-
her-for-it

amis-bbyis.

to-that-brother.

panun1

her-own

Tarn1

By-him

mohar,

seal,

ySli

when

mohar,

the-seal,

rotun,

was-taken-
by-him,

shofeh.

purity.

korun

was -made
by-her

wuchu

was-seen

atiy

in-that-
very-place

206

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[4-

4. Drav yara-sanzi-wati.

He-went-forth on-a-friend's-the-road.

Yeli wotu

"When he-arrived

nizikh

near

hasa,

sir,

hasa,

sir,

suzun

was-sent-
by-him

amis

to-him

mahanyuvu,

a-man (saying),

is-come-to-thee

chuy

is-verily

Patashbhi

Koyalty

muhimzad."

struck-by-adversity."

chesna.

is-to-him-not.

"yar,

" (thy)
friend,

Suh,

He,

buzu,

it-was-heard,

drav,

he-went-forth,

wotu

he-arrived

Yaran yeli

By-the-friend when

amis-yaras-nish.

that-friend-near.

Dapan chus,

Saying he-is-to-
him,

<4ha
"0

yor

here

pbda ? "

manifest ? "

yara,

friend-0,

Pakan

Going

kati

whence

chih

they-are

goham

didst-thou-
become-for-me

donaway.

both.

Amis 6su miskini-hondu poshakh nbl1.

To-that-one was poverty-of garment on-the-neck.

Dapan chus,

Saying he-is-to-him,

dita

please-give

fehunta

please-put-on

me.

to-me.

feah."

thou."

11 yara,

" friend,

Yih

This

Yih

This

yih khalat-e-shbhi

this robe-of-royalty

myonu poshakh

my garment

as-na-bozana, " yih

was-not-considered- " this

by-him,

chuh

is

amis

to-that-one

yih as-bozana

this was-considered

miskini-hondu

beggary-of

khalat-e-shbhi ;

a-robe-of-royalty ;

poshakh " ;

garment " ;

kami-mokha ?

on-what-account ?

■5] X. THE TALE OF EAJA VIKRAMADITYA 207

Mahabata-sbty. Gav.

Affection-through. He-went.

gara.

house.

Yaran

By-the-friend

Wot1

They-arrived

kurtinas

was-made-by-
him-for-him

yara-sondu

the-friend-of

ziyaphath

a-feast

lbyik-e-patashah.

worthy-of-a-king.

Sapanes

There-happened-
to-him

otu-tan zah

there-up-to two

katha

statements

sara.

in-investigation.

5. Drav

He-went-forth

W6tu

He-arrived

bsti budu

wras an -old

Dopun

It-was-said-
by-him

wun zanani-handis-sheharas-kun.

now (his) wife's-city-towards.

and-kun. Ati

ath-sheharas

of-that-city

zanana.

woman-a-certain.

amis-buje-zanani,

to-that-old- woman,

the-outskirt-towards.

There

Byuthu am^sandi-gari.

He-stayed in-her-house.

u ditam

" please-give-
to-me

drotu.

a-sickle.

Boh ana yimis-guris-kyutu gasa." Drav

I
gasa

grass

will-bring

anani.

to-bring.

ath1

to-it-verily

chuh

he-is

patasheha-sunz*.

the-king-of.

this-horse-for

Wuchun

Was -seen -
by-him

lonan.

reaping.

ds1

Were

ati

there

Yih

This

grass." He-went-forth

gasa-mbdana,

grass- plain-a-cercain,

OS1

was

laran

running-up

rakh

the-private-
field

tahal1.

the-grooms.

208

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[5-

Nyukh

He-was-taken-
by-them

Korukh

He-was-made-
by-them

cheh

is

ratith

having-seized

pananis-mejeras-nish.

their-own-master-of-the-
horse-near.

kbd.

imprisoned.

Rath

Night

gafehan

becoming

amis-mejeras

to-that-master-of-the-
horse

pbda

manifest

ziyaphatha

dish-of-food-a

aye.

came.

zanana

woman -a

Amis

To-him

akh,

one,

heth. Yih

having- brought. He

chuh

is

bihith

seated

carpayi-peth,

a-bedstead-on.

Ziyaphath

The-dish-of-food

thUvtinas bontha-kani.

was-placed-by-her- front-in.

Ath1 wath*

To-it-verily they-descended

for-him

kheni

to-eat

donaway,

both.

Hana
A-little

dy utukh amis -kbdis.

was-given-by-them to-this-prisoner.

hareyekh.

remained-over-for-
them.

Koruhas

Was-made-by-them-
to-him

" hato

"ho

kbdyau,

prisoner- 0,

yih

this

khyuh

eat

feheth-han." Kbd1 rotu, khyon.

waste-food- By-the-prisoner it-was-taken, it-was-eaten-

a-little.'

chuh

he-is

kiir*

was-made

by-him.

Yih

This

alav,

a-call,

sbhu

our

Atiy

There-
verily

panane

in-his-own

jaye

in-place

bihith.

seated.

tamaskhuri ;

jesting ;

ath-palangas

to-that-bedstead

Yimav-doyav

By-these-two

phutti

was-broken

•5]

X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 209

tiirti. Korukh alav

the-tenon. Was-made-by-them a-call

amis-kbdis, " feah

to-that-prisoner, " thou

wuchta,

please-see,

ma

yith-palangas phutu tiirtt, fee

to-this-bedstead is-broken the-tenon, to-thee

tagiy."

I-wonder-if it-will-within-
thy-power."

Am1

By-him

tagem-na ?

will-it-not-be-within-
my-power ?

Dopuhas,

It-was-said-by-them-
to-him,

Hamsaye

Neighbours

dopunakh,

it-was-said-to-
them,

chim

are-to-me

'an,

yes,

chan.,,

carpenters.'

" w61a.,,
<< ii

come.

W6tu otu. Ami-

He-arrived there. By-that-

zanani

woman

Am1

By-him

bata-han

parzanowu

he-was-recognized (as)

bs^-parzanbv^mufe*

she-had-been -recognized

dife%as.

food-a-little was-given-by-them-to-
him.

dapan amis-mejeras,

saying to-this-master-of-the-
horse,

Yih chuh myonu

This is my

panunu

her-own

bronth,

before,

Yih

This

khawand.

husband.

yeli yih

when this

zanana

woman

cheh

is

wun

now

kyah karav ?

what shall-we-do ?

marunu

to-be-killed

ratas-rath.,,

this- very-night."

khawand.

husband.

Hukum

An-order

Yih

He

gafehi

is-proper

marawatalan.

to-the-executioners.

Dopunakh,

It-was-said-by-him-to-
them,

dyutun

was-given-by-him

' niyun yih

take-him this

210 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES [5-

kbd1, gatehi marunu; wbliirp gafehes

prisoner, he-is-proper to-be-killed ; the-heart is-proper-of-

him

yur1 aniiii*." Nyukh yih kod1

here-even to-be-brought." Was-taken-by- this prisoner

them

sheharas-nebar. Am1 dyutunakh sawal,

the-city-outside. By-him was-given-by-him- a-petition,

to-them

"me trbv^tav yela, boh chalabb atha

." me please-to-let-me- from-restraint, I would- the-hands

loose wash

buthu, Khodayes-kun karahb zarapar."

face, God-towards I-would-make ejaculations."

Trowukh yela. Wuchtin aba-hana,

He-was-let-loose- from-restraint. Was-seen-by- water-a-little,

by-them him

cholun atiy atha buthu, Khdda-Sbbas-

was-washed- there-indeed the-hands face. God-the-Lord-

by-him

kun korun zarapar. Atha pyos

towards was-made-by-him ejaculation. The-hand fell-of-him

yiman-lalan-satan-peth, yim tati bsis

these-rubies-seven-on, which there were-of-him

gan^mat1 matehi. Yiman dopun marawatalan-

tied on-the-arm. To-these it-was-said- to-executioners-

by-him

tsdn, " hata-sa,

me trbvyuv yela.

Nom

four, ' O-sirs,

me let-ye-me from-restraint.

These

chiwa lal

sath. Tsor chiwa

tohe

are-for-you rubies

seven. Four are-for-you

for-you

-6] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 211

fedn zanen.

four persons.

nish."

with."

Trih

Three

chiwa

are -for -you

myon

mine

tdhe-

you-

6. OtMan

There-up-to

karen

were-made-by-
him

tor

four

katha
statements

Ponton*

The-fifth

wotu

he-arrived

timan

to- those

kath

statement

panunu

his-own

pantsan

five

gayes

went-for-him

mashith.
forgotten.

gara.

house.

zanen,

persons,

Biye

Again

wanan

saying

waiiewa tone panfe

were-said-by-you by-you five

wothus potu phirith,

arose-to-him back-again in-answer,

" Patasheham, katea katha

" My-king, how- statements

many

Dopunakh patashehan,

It-was-said-by-him-to- by-the-king,
them

Yimav dopuhas,

By-them it-was-said-by-them-to-him,

wamv-sa

say-ye-sirs

katha."

statements.'

kareth

were-
made-by-thee

sara.

tested.

Av,

He-came,

chuh
he-is

kyah

what

Yih

He

sara ? "

tested ? "

"feor

" four

"kusa

" which

katha."

statements.'

kusa ? "

which ? "

Dopunakh

It-was-said-by-him-to-them

" Ashgnav

. Relations

chih

are

patashehan,
by-the-king,

paz^pbth1

really-truly

asanas.

for-existence (of

wealth).

p

212

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[7-

Yar chuh

na-asanas.

Ti-ti

pozuy.

A-friend is

for-non-existence That-also
(of wealth). (is)

true- verily.

Zanana sa

chena

panuii*1,

yesa na

Woman that

is-not

one's-own,

who not

panas-sbty

cheh.

Ti-ti

pozuy.

oneself-with

is.

That-also

true-verily.

Dyar chih

bakar

sapharas.

Ti-ti

Monies are

useful

for-a-journey

That-also

pozuy.

true-verily.

Yima feor

katha

karemav

These four

statements

were-made-by-me-for-you

sara. Wun

wanyum

pbnfeimti

kath."

tested. Now

tell-ye-me

the-fifth

statement."

Dopunas am1

shekhtean

potu

phirith,

It-was-said-by- by-this
him-to-him

by-person

back-again

in-answer,

" ropaye hath

gatshem (

lyun11."

Dyutunas

' rupees hundred

are-proper- to-be-given."
to-me

Was -given -by -
him-to-him

patashehan.

Dopunas, —

by-the-king. It-was-

said-by-him-to-him, —

" Yus ratas bedar

rozi,

" He-who by-n

ight awake

will-remain

>

suy zeni Raje-Bikarmajetiinti

kur*."

he-only will-win King-Vikramaditya's

daughter."

7. Patashehan

kiir11

kbmti.

Logun

By-the-king

was-done

a-deed.

Was-imitated-
by-him

■7] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 213

phakir. Gav, wotu Raje-Bikarmajetunu

a-faqir. He-went, he-arrived King Vikramaditya's

kiirti

gara.

house.

Nazarbazav

By-the-watchers was-done

khabardarav niye khabar

by-the-newsmen was-brought news

nazar,
watching,

amis-rajes.

to-this-king.

Dopuhas,

It-was-said-by-them-to-
him,

gamotu

(is) become

zenan

will-win-her

chukh

is-to-them

poda.

manifest.

raje-sunz*

the-king's

potu

back-again

"raje-sbba,

11 King-Sir,

Yihuy

He-verily

kurV »

daughter.' '

phirith,

in-answer,

phakira

faqir-a

dapan,

(is) saying,

Raje

The-king

akh

one

'boh

'I

wanan

saying

"az-tan kbtyah

today-up-to how-many
(are)

gamat1

gone

yih

this

rajezada

princes

ati

here

mara !

to-death !

Wun gav

Now is-gone

phakir

faqlr

hawala-y-Khoda,

(in) the-care-of-God,

ada

then

either

lasi ya

he-will-survive or

kuthis-manz."

the-room-in."

man.

he-will-die.

Gatehiv,
Go-ye,

khblyun

cause-ye-him-to-
mount

Yeti

Where

yih

this

bsti,

was,

yih

this

palang

a-bed

phakir

faqlr

trowuhas

was-put-by-them-
for-him

raje-sunz1

king's

shirith.

having-made-

kurtt

daughter

Khothu

Ascended

ready.

palangas-peth.

the-bed-on.

Amis-khotuni

To-this-lady

214
dife*n

was-given-by-
him

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES
Karen

zir

amis-sbty

a-push. Were-made-by- her-with
him

[7-

katha.

speeches.

Katha karith

kurtin kbmti.

Speeches having-made was-done-by- a-deed.

him

Ath-pdshakas

(Of) that-garment

kurtin

was-made-by-him

shekal

a-form

yinsan-hishti.

a-human-being-like.

drav dur-pahan,

went-forth distance-a-
little,

byuthu

he-sat

nazari.

in-watch.

Pana

He-himself

Shemah

A-lamp-
flame

chuh

is

drav

issued

yeth

which

korumotu

made

hewan.

(he is) taking.

dazan.

burning.

ajadah.

a-python.

yih

this

6su.

was.

Ati

Here

Amis-khotuni-handi-shikama-manza

This-lady's-belly-from-in

Tsav

It-entered

am^phakiran

by-this-faqir

ath-poshakas-manz,

that-garment-in,

yinsan-hyuhu

a-human-being-like

Yih

This

yeli

when

chuh

he-is

na

not

danan,

shaking,

feap1

bites

biye

again

manz.

in.

cheh

is

klh

any

Isav

entered

yih

this

Am^phakiran

By-this-faqir

ajadah

python

kur*

was-done

yinsan osu,

human-being it-was,

khotuni-shikamas-

(of)-the-lady's-belly-

saragi.

testing.

amis-khotuni-handis-shikamas-manz.

this-lady's-belly-in.

chena.

is-not.

Av

Came

phakir,

the-faqlr,

wotu

he-arrived

Balay

The-evil-
spirit

Nebar

External

biye

again

-7] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 215

ath-palangas-nishe.
that-bed-near.

Khotuni

dife%

zir1

To-the-lady was-given-by- a-push,
him

katha karen amis-sbty.

speeches were-made-by-him her-with.

korun biye yinsan-hyuhu,

it-was-made-by- again

Ath-poshakas

To-that-garment

a-human-being-like,

gav

went

biye

again

him

phakir,

the-faqlr,

byuthu

he-sat

duri-pahan. Shemah chuh

at-a-distance-a- A-lamp-flame is
little.

dazon1. Athas-keth kud%

burning-verily. The-hand-in was-drawn-forth-by-

him

Amis-khotuni-handi-shikama-manza logu

This-lady's-the-belly-from-in began

shemsher.

a-sword.

nerani

to-issue

yih

this

ajadah,

python.

Log"

It-began

Tujtin shemsher,

Was-raised-by-. the-sword,
him

ath-poshakas-manz afeani.

this-garment-in to-enter.

chuh amis-ajadahas

he-is to-this-boa-constrictor

kataran,

cutting- to-pieces,

fehunun

it-was-put-by-him

palangas-peth,

the-bed-upon,

morun, karenas gane,

it-is-killed-by- were-made-by-him- lumps,
him, of-it

Khotu pana

He-mounted himself

ath-palangas-tal,

that-bed-under.

shemsher dife% shand,

the-sword was-put-by-him (under) the-

pillow,

ta shongu.

and he-went-to-sleep.

216

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

8-

8. Rath gaye

The-night went

ada,

(to) com-
pletion,

subuh

morning

log"

began

ymi.

to-come.

Am^Raje-Bikarmajetan

By-this-King-Vikramaditya

dopu

it-was-said

marawatalan,

to-the-executioners,

" gafehiv.
" go-ye.

Yih

This

phakir

faqir

asi

will-be

Yohay

Him-verily

rajezada

princes (are)

asi

will-be

walyun.

bring-ye-down-him.

mara,

to-death,

ta

and

Az-tan

Today-up-to

gamat1

gone

mumotV Khat1

dead." They -ascended

Wuchukh phakir wara-kara

Was-seen-by-them the-faqlr

Nazarabazav kurti

By-the-watchers was-done

khabar

. news

mumotu.

dead.

kbtyah

how-many

yi-ti

this-one-also

ath-kuthis-manz.

this-room-in.

safe-sound
nazar,

watching,

zinday.

living-verily.

khabar darav

by-the-newsmen

mye

was- brought

rajes.

to-the-king.

Dopuhas,

It-was-said-by-them-
to-him,

" Raje-sa,

" King-Sir,

phakir

the-faqir

chuh

is

zinday."

living-verily."

Raje-sbb

The-king-Sir

khotu

ascended

pana

himself

kuthis-manz. Karan chuh

the-room-in. Doing he-is

mobarakh amis-phakiras. Dapan chus,

congratulation to-this-faqir. Saying he-is-to-him,

"phakira, feah wanta ketha-pbth1 bacyokh."

faqir-O, thou tell-please in-what-manner thou-escapedst."

Dapan chus phakir, "bedar rozana-sbty.

Saying is-to-him the-faqlr, " awake remaining-by.

-9] X. THE TALE OF BAJA VIKRAMADITYA 217

Raje-sa,

King- Sir,

kiir*

was-done

balaya

evil-spirit-a

Dapan

Saying

kyah

what

dapan,
saying,

kunuy."

one-only."

kar

do

nazar.

looking.

akh.

one.

chuh

is

chey

is-by-thee

w pozu

" true

nazar palangas-tal." Rajen

looking the-bed-under." By-the-king

Wuchun

Was-seen-by-him

palangas-tal

the-bed-under

Trbvtimufeti phakiran mbrith.

(It-was) put by-the-faqir having-

phakir

the-faqlr

amis-rajes,

to-this-king,

kurtimufeti ? "

made ? "

chuh,

is,

Phakir

The-faqlr

chus

is-to-him

Raje

The-king

Khoday

God-verily

dapan,

saying,

killed.

"zaban
" promise

chus

is-to-him
chuh

is

"yih,

1 this,

hasa,

Sir,

di-sa

give- Sir

chey

at1

panun1

is-to-thee here-verily thine-own

kur*. Me

daughter. To-me

panunu

thine-own

nishana.,, Difeunas wbj*

token." Was-given-by-him- a-ring

to-him

amis-phakiras.

to-this-faqir.

am^rajen.

by-this-king.

Phakira-siinz* wbju rut*

The-faqir's ring was-taken

9. Drav phakir,

Went-forth the-faqlr,

Phakiriye-hondu

Faqlrhood-of

wotu panunu shehar.

he-arrived his-own city.

jama fehunun-kadith.

coat was-doffed-by-him.

218 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES [10-

Patashbhi-hondu poshakh purun. Dyutun

Royalty-of robe was-put-on- Was-given-

by-him. by-him

hukum lashkari, " niriv-sa me sbty."

order to-the-army, " go-ye-forth-sirs me with."

10. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Godaniy gav ath-bene-handis-sheharas. Yih

At-the-very-first he-went to-that-sister's-city. This

patashah-ti 6su baj tar an amis^y-patashehas.

king-also was tribute paying to-this-very-king.

Untin bene panun", thuvtinas bontha-kani

Was-brought- the-sister his-own, was-placed- in-front

by-him by-him-to-her

sa tami-d6hucti ziyaphath, yeth tami-

that of-that-day present-of-food, to-which by-that-

beni mohar bsus petha kur^mufe11.

sister seal was-for-it on made.

Dapan chus, "yih chya mohar cybnti?"

Saying he-is- to-her, "this is seal thine?"

Dopunas phirith, "mybn^y chen." Dapan

It-was-said- in-answer, "mine-verily it-is." Saying

by-her-to-him

chus yih patashah, "boy kyah gos

is-to-her this king, " I- verily of-a-surety am

tami-dohuku miskin. Paz^pbth1 chuh ashgnav

of-that-day the-beggar. Truly is a-relation

asanas."

for-existence (of wealth)."

-12] X. THE TALE OF BAJA VIKBAMADITYA 219
11. Hete% amis-patashehas-ti lashkar,

Was-taken-by-him of-that-king-also the-army,

dyutun kadam yara-sondu kun. W6tu

was-put-by-him footstep the-friend-of direction. He-arrived

yaras-nish.

the-friend-near.

Yaran

By-the-friend

kiir*

was-made

yiman-don patashbhiyen-kite*. Rath

these-two kingdoms-for. Night

at*,

subahan

dray.

here,

at-dawn

they-went
forth.

ziyaphath

a-feast

kud%h

was- passed -
by-them

12. Dyutun kadam ath-hihara-sandis-sheharas-kun.

Was-put- footstep that-the-father-in-law's-the-city-towards.
by-him

A nan

Bringing

chuh

he-is

Dapan chus,

Saying he-is-to-him,

nad dith amis-patashehas.

call having-given to-this-king.

u anukh-sa tahal1. Timav

11 bring-them-Sir the-grooms. By-them

chuh

is

kati

where

cyahe-rakhi-manza Isur rotumotu. Suh

thy-private-field-from-in a-thief seized. He

chukh

is-by-them

thowumotu ? " Anikh tahal1,

put ? " Were-brought- the-grooms,

by-them

dopuhakh, " yus tohe

it-was-said-by- " what by-you

them-to-them,

rakhi-manza, suh

the-private-field-from-in, he

feur

thief

kati

where

rotuwa

was-seized-
by-you

chuwa

is-by-you

220 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES [12-

th6wumotu?,, Yimav wonu, "patasheham,

put ? " By-them it-was-said, " my-king,

ase chuh korumotu hawala pananis-

by-us he-is made in-custody to-our-own-

apsaras-mejeras." Onukh mejer. Dopuhas,

officer-the-master-of- Was-brought- the-master-of- Was-said-by-
the-horse." by-them the-horse. them-to-him,

" nomav tahalyav koruy hawala feur,

"by-these grooms was-made- in-custody a-thief,

to- thee

suh kati th6wuth?,, Yih chukh dapan,

he where was-put-by-thee ? " He is-to-them saying,

"me dyuthu-na." Tahal1 chis karan

"by-me he-was-seen-not." The-grooms are-to-him making

gawby1, " patasheham, ase koru tahkhlth

witnessing, "my-king, by-us was-made certainly

amis hawala." Dopunakh am^patashehan,

to-him in-custody." Was-said-by- by-this-king,

him-to-them

yus tami-doha phakir logith 6su,

he-who on-that-day faqlr having-made-himself- was,

to-resemble

suy chukh dapan, "anyukh marawatal

he-verily is-to-them saying, " bring-ye-them the-executioners

feor. Tim wanan panay." Anikh tim.

four. They will-say themselves- Were-brought- they.

verily." by-them

Dapan chukh yih patashah, "tdhe-nish

Saying is-to-them this king, " you-near

■12] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 221

chuh

is

diyiv

give-ye

kbm*.

a-deed.

amanath
a-deposit-in-trust

yur1."

here-verily."

Kadikh

Were-produced
by-them

patashehas bontha-kani.

to-the-king in-front.

tas-phakira-sondu,

of-that-faqlr,

Yimav-marawatalau

By-these-executioners

yim lal sath,

these rubies seven,

suh
that

kuru

was-done

thbvikh

were-put-
by-them

tulin

were-lifted-
by-him

"yim

feor,

four,
kam1

kar^nakh

were-made-by-

hawala.

in-charge.

him-to-them

bsVa ditfmat1 ? "

1 these by-whom
"phakiran-ak1."

" by-faqlr-one."

were-to-
you

given ?

"Suh

"He

osu

"Tarn1

"By-him

dyutumotu

given

kami

on-what

Satav-manza

The-seven-from-in

Dopunakh,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-them,

Dopuhas;

Was-said-by-
them-to-him,

bapath ? M
account ? "

yim^mejeran

by-this-master-of-
the-horse

marana-bapath."

killing-for."

amis-m e jeras-kun,

this-master-of-the-horse-to,

Dapan chuh patashah

Saying is the-king

"me chukhna parzanawan?

" me art-thou-not recognizing ?

Boy kyah gos suh phakir yus

I-verily certainly am that faqlr who

kbd 6suthan korumotu. Godan aye

imprisoned was-by-thee-he made. At-first came

sa

that

khotuna

lady

ziyaphath

a-dish-of-food

heth.

taking.

Kheyev

Was-eaten

222

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

[12-

yekh-jah.

in-one-place.

alav;

a-call ;

Haryov

Remained-
over

dopuwam,

it-was-said-by-
you-to-me,

fehyotu.

waste-food.

wola

'come

Koruwa

Was-made-
by-you

kbdyau,

prisoner-O,

khyo

eat

Rotu

Was-taken

kiirtiwa

was-made-
by-you

tur*.

the-tenon.

sonu

our

fehyotV

waste-food.

me

by-me

ta

and

murdamazbr1.

laughing-joking.

Koruwa

Was-made-
by-you

me

to-me

zanakh

thou-wilt-know

yith-palangas

to-this-bedstead

Me

By-me

chum

is-to-me

dopumawa,

it-was-said-by-
me-to-you,

chan.'

a-carpenter.'

'an,

1 yes,

Tami-pata

That-after

khyauv.

was-eaten.

Phuttiwa

Was-broken-
for-you

alav,

a-call,

wath

joining

zana-na ?

shall-I-not-
know?

as

came

me

to-me

yih

this

boh.
I.

Tami-pata

That-after

palangas

of-the-bedstead

«feah

' thou

ma

I- wonder -
if

Palangas

To-the-bedstead

karith ? '

having-made ? '

Hamsaye

A-neighbour

dyutumawa

was-given-by-
me-for-you

wath karith. Ami-panaiii-zanani parzanowus.

joining having-made. By-this-my-own-wife I-was-recognized.

Dopunay fee, 'yiih chuh myonu

It-was-said-by- to-thee, ' this is my

her-to-thee

khawand. Yih chuh amotu

husband. He is come

phakir

a-faqir

•18] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKBAMADITYA 228

lbgith. Yih gafehi

having-made- He is- proper
himself-to-resemble.

ratas-rath marunu.,

this-very-night to-be-killed.'

Koruthas hawala

Was-made-by-thee-I in-charge

Yiman av ar

To-them came pity

yela. Yiman

from-restraint. To-them

noman-marawatalan.

to-these-executioners.

Yimav trowuhas

By-them was-let-by-them-I

ditim lal sath. Tsor

were-given- rubies seven. Four

myonu

of-me.

ditim

were-given -
by-me

Yitf-kyah

Here-in-fact

chim

are-by-me

chiy

are-verily

by-me
feon-zanen, trih thbv^atf amanath.

to-four-persons, three

placed

chim

are-to-me

tim

those

lal

rubies

trih,

three,

as-deposit.
feor

four

ditfmat1

given

tim

those

ti^

also."

noman-feon-zanen.

to-these-four-persons.

Kh61unas

Was-caused-to-mount-
by-him-on-him

Yiti-kyah

Here-in-fact

zima

the-
responsibility

takhsir.
(for) the-crime.

13. Dapan wustad,—

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Dyutun

Was-given-
by-him

hukum panani-lashkari.

the-order to-his-own-army.

yih

this

mejer

master-of-
the-horse

ti,

both,

yih

this

panunu

his-own

Kodun

Was -dragged -
out-by-him

zanana
wife

224

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[14-

ti.

and.

donaway

both

Khananowun

Was-caused-to-be-dug-
by-him

ath-khodas,
(into) that-pit,

khod, fehananbvin

a-pit, were-caused-to-be-cast

karanbvtin

was-caused-to-be-
done-by-him

kane-kunti.

lapidation.

Atiy

Here-verily

chuh

is

" Shrakh,
11 A-knife,

be-wopha."

treacherous."

likhan sbhib-i-kitab,—

writing a-master-of-books, —

saraph, makhar-i-zan,

a-serpent, coquetry-of-a-woman,

14. Drav

Went-
forth

ati

from-
there

phlrith

returning

yih

this

patashah.

king.

W6tu

He-arrived

Otu

there

gara.

house.

Diwan chih

Giving they-are

chuh amotu pananen-bafean.,

is come for-his-own-people-of

Raje-Bikarmajetunu

King-Vikramaditya's

rajes khabar, " patashah

to-the-king news, " a-king

Raje chukh

The-king is-to-them

the-house (i.e. wife)

>»

dap an,

saying,

"sa

" she

cheh

is

phakira-sunzti.

a-faqir-of.

Patashaha-siinz11

A-king-of

chena."

she-is-not."

Patashah

The-king

chus

is-to-him

dapan,

saying,

"boy

" I-verily

gos suh

am that

phakir.

faqir.

Me-irishe
Me-near

chuh

is

cyonu

thy

nishana,

token,

fee-nishe

thee-near

chuh

is

-14] X. THE TALE OF RAJA VIKRAMADITYA 225

myonu

my

nishana."

token."

" tami-dohucti

" of-that-day

patashbhi

royalty

patashah,
the-king,

phakiri

faqlrhood

kyah

why

Dapan

Saying

kyah

why

gaye?"

me

by-me

became ?

asa
were

chus

is-to-him

gaye?

was ?

Dapan

Saying

hefeamatsa
taken

panls mol1.

five at-a-price.

Tamiy

Therefore

kurti

was-done

osum

was-by-
me

kbmti.

a-deed.

Timay osus

Them-verily I-was

16gumotu

taken-the-
semblance-of

Dianas

Were-given-by-

sara

tested

phakir."

a-faqir."

raje,

the-king,

azicu

of-today

chus

is-to-him

katha

statements

karan.

making.

Rajen

By-the-king

sbty panan1

in-company his-own

him-to-him

bbfe*.

people-of-the-
house (i.e. wife).

Drav,

He-went-
forth,

wotu pananis-sheharas-

he-arrived his-own-city-

manz.

in.

Chuh

He-is

karan

doing

rajy.

ruling.

Wa-salam,

And-the-peace,

wa-yikram.

and-respect.

226 HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES [1-

XI.— PHORSAT SOHIBUNu SHAR YELI

XI.— FORSYTH SAHIB-OF POEM WHEN

YARKAND ZENANI GAV
YARKAND TO-CONQUER HE-WENT

Yiy me dyuthumay, ti gafehta

What- by-me was-seen-by-me-verily, that- please-go-
verily verily thou

bozan.

hearing.

Yarkand anon zenan. 1

Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering. 1

Godaii dopu Ma^kani, "kus kari

First was-said by-the-Queen, "who will-do

yuhay kar ?

this -very work ?

Phorsat chuh zorawar.

Forsyth is powerful.

Raje, ben Yarkand, baj gafeh

O-king, sit-thou (in) Yarkand, tribute go

taran.

taking.

Yarkand anon zenan." 2

Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering." 2

Landana-petha Yarkand yimav koru

London-from (up to) Yarkand by-whom was-done

tay.

authority.

-5]

XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB

227

Mashhur,

Celebrated,

ha,

Ha,

Godan Sonamargi

First at-Sonamarg

fedporu

on-all-sides

chawan

(they-were)
enjoying

gay.

they -became.

poshe-mbdan.

(the-odours-of) the-

flower-meadows.

Yarkand anon zenan.

Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering.

Hukm-i-Mahraj Botanis brbh

The-order-of-the-Maharaja to-Tibet in-advance

M Balti, tnm age jav.

" O-Baltis, you ahead go-ye.

Piche jawo Kashmir nale

Afterwards go-ye to-Kashmlr with

3

3

drav,

issued,

Yarkand

Yarkand

anon

we-shall-bring-it

Rasad say tedporu

Assembling that- on-all-
very sides

zenan.

conquering.

kur%ay

was-made-by-
them-for-you

calan."1

a-certificate-
of-dispatch."

4

4

taraphan.

in-(all)
directions.

Goda

At-first

Tim

They

logu

was -reached

Maraz-i-Pargan.

Maraz-of-the-Pargana.

wadan

lamenting

OSi,
were,

Yarkand

Yarkand

Timan

In-those

anon

we-shall-bring-it

Bota-garan

Tibetan-houses

" kotu lag1

' where (are we)
arrived

zenan.

conquering.

Kbshir1

Kashmiris (were)

gbr-zan?"

ignorant-
ones ? "

5

5

thbVk1,

stationed,

1 This speech of the Maharaja of Kashmir is meant to be in Hindi.

Q

228

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

[6-

Bota-bby* bruh

The -Tibetan -brothers in- advance (were)

Gur1

Horses

bity

were-stationed

dakas,
for-the-post,

nybVk*.

dispatched.

zomba chih

yaks are

gasa

grass

Yarkand

Yarkand

saran.
conveying-and-piling.

anon

we-shall-bring-it

Baraye kombakas

In-the-way-of for-reinforcement

sombaran,

collecting,

zenan.

conquering.

zananan

women

6

6

chih

they-are

Zyunu

Firewood

Aje

Half (i.e.
some)

Yarkand

Yarkand

Gur1

Horses

ta

and

gasa

grass

wartawan.

distributing.

asa pyawal, keh asa

were fresh-from- some were
childbed,

anon

we-shall-bring-it

zenan.

conquering.

dujan.

pregnant.

7

7

manganbVhay

were-demanded-by-them

"Chuh"

" Tchk " (is)

"Bar1 bar*"

"Ha^har1"

karunu

to-be-made
(by-those)

yim

who

kokar-gaman,

(in) -fowl-villages,

na zanan.

not know (how to
make the sound).

karan

making

OS1

they -were

timan

them

pakanawan.

causing-to-go.

■9]

XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB

229

Yarkand

Yarkand

anon

we-shall-bring-it

Kala kan*

Head in-the-direction

kan1 lakam,

in-the-direction bridle,

zenan.

conquering

ddmbij*

crupper

ches,

is-to-it,

8

8

lati

tail

Gasa-raz

A-grass-rope

(was)

kannekh

the-rear-binding-

mahkam.
strong.

Gasa-gand1

G rass-packsaddles2

saman.

appliance.

rope

ta

and

zace-zm

rag-saddles

piirith

having-
saddled

soruy

entire

Yarkand

Yarkand

anon

we-shall-bring-it

Rasad karthan

Proportionate- having-

division made

zenan.

conquering.

an^hay

were-brought-
by-them

9

9

nan-gar,

menial-
cultivators,

Mati

On-the-
shoulder

Geje

Bundles-of-
grass

chikh

are-to-
them

karekh

were-made-
by-them

panan^panan1

each-his-own

kralan

for-the-
potters

kar.

works.

godan leje

at-first cooking-
pots

saran.

conveying-and-piling.

1 Karhlekh is the term used for the two ropes attached at the hack of a
Kashmiri saddle, to secure blankets, etc. (Stein).

2 gamp is the term used for the Turkestan packsaddle, which consists of
two straw-filled pommels joined in front (Stein).

230

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[10-

Yarkand

Yarkand

anon

we-shall-bring-it

zenan.

conquering.

10

10

Kraji

By-the-potter's-
wife

kralau,

potter-O,

Katho-kit*

What-for (pots)

Kbm*,

The-business,

gafehu

go

dopu

it-was-
said

khawandas,
to-the-husband,

1 ' nadana

' foolish

kondi

into-the-
potter's-oven

walav ?

shall-we-bring-
down?

hav,
0,

cheh pakawUii*

IS

one-that-
marches,

trawan."

leaving-behind."

bm1

uncooked
(things)

Yarkand

Yarkand

anon

we-shall-bring-it

zenan.

conquering.

11

11

Gur1

By-the-
cowherd

dopu

it-was-said

nerav,

let-us-go-forth,

Gov^-kite11

Cow-for

Wodi

The-head

jay

a-place

gur^baye,

to-the-cowherd's-
wife,

sherav.

we- will-arrange.

" donaway

" both

peth

on

gatehan
will-go

heh

carry

laran."

running."

gasa-lowu,

a-grass-handful,

govu

the-cows

-14]

XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB

231

Yarkand anon zenan. 12

Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering. 12

Khdni keth ddda-notu ware heth

The-haunch on a-milk-pail earthen-pots taking

drav.

he-went-forth.

chnh sapharunu tav.

is of -the- journey exhaustion.

bari

in-a-load

Lokan

To-the-people

Tahkhith

Of-a-certainty

Yarkand

Yarkand

doda-guru Jenatuku

the-milk-herd of-Paradise

bagwan.

[is) the-garden-
watcher.

anon

we-shall-bring-it

zenan.

conquering.

Watal1

By-the-
Mihtar

zah.

ever.

Chim

They-are-
from-me

Tsorafeh

Leather-cutter

hay,

0,

Yarkand

Yarkand

11 Phlrith

" In-answer

dopu wataje, ub6-nay

it-was- to-the-Mihtar's- " I-not
said wife,

mangan

asking

ta

and

dalomuy

leather-only

ta

and

oru

awl

heth,

having-taken,

13

18

sara

shall-
remember

kah.

cobbler's-
lace.

me-ti,

me-also,

pakanawan.^

(they are) causing- to-go."

anon

we-shall-bring-it

dap^ihekh,

you-should-have-
said-to them,

zenan.

conquering.

14

14

watal-ganau,

Mihtar-pimp-O,

23.2

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

[15-

Dap^zihekh,

You-should-have-
said-to-them,

" Dapyamakh,

" It-was-said (long ago)
by-me-to-them,

chim

they-are-to-me

Yarkand

Yarkand

Shumar

Counting

Mang

A -request

as1

' we

nau

not

wat^j1,

O-Mihtar's-
wife,

bozan."

listening."

zanav.

know (how-to-
use-them.' ")

kih

any-thing

zenan.

conquering.

tbyiphdaran.

of-the-artisans.

anon

we-shall-bring-it

buzti, hay,

was-heard, 0,

lirp ahan-garan.

was-made for-iron-workers.

Wocji peth yiran heth

The-head on the-anvil having-taken

dakhanawan.

leaning-upon.

Yarkand anon zenan.

Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering.

dit1 barav, " yengar

were- grumblings, " charcoals
given

feharav ?

shall- we-search-for ?

Wan kati jan

A-shop where good

(i.e. smithy)

Hal

Arrangement

nay

not

15

15

Kharav

By-the-

blacksmiths

shranz

the -tongs

16

16

kati

from-
where

sherav ? "

shall-we-arrange ?

kyah

somehow-
or-other

garanawan.

getting-made.

koruhakh,

was-made-by-
them-for-them.

nal

horse-shoes

-18]

XL THE SONG OF FORSYTH SAHIB

233

Yarkand anon zenan.

Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering.

17

17

Khosh kyah gosay, amobu gav

Pleased certainly I-became-verily, very it-became

jan.

good.

Pata

Afterwards

nyukh

wras-taken-
by-them

nbyid

barber

ta

and

chan.

carpenter.

Bata-duju

Food- kerchief

athi

in-the-
hand

heth

taking
(others)

pata

after

chikh

are-to-them

laran.

-

running.

Yarkand

Yarkand

anon^ zenan.

sve-shall-bring-it conquering.

18

18

Maslahath
Consultation

karan

making

tima

they (fern.)

asa

were

panawbn.

amongst-
themselves.

" Kusuy kari nayezu ta chbntt ?

" Who will-do (i.e. the-barber's- and the-carpenter's-
support) wife wife ?

Katawaii

The-wages-
of-spinning

karith,

having-done,

hay,

0,

karav

we-shall-make

guzaran.

a-livelihood."

234 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

Yarkand anon zenan.

Yarkand we-shall-bring-it conquering.

Sbbir

O-Sabir

Yamath

As-long-as

Tan

At -length

Yarkand

Yarkand

Tilawani,

Oilseller,

khabar

the-news

tamath

so-long

yutuy

this-much

bozan.

they-will-hear.

[19-

19

19

wan,

say,

av Sbhib ba-soruy-saman.

came the-Sahib with-all-pomp.

anon

we-will-bring-it

zenan.

conquering.

20

20

1]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

285

XII.-OKHUNA-StJNZ* DALIL.

XII.— RELIGIOUS-TEACHER-OP THE-STORY.

1. Okhuna akh

1. Religious-teacher- one
a-certain

OSu"

was.

Tamis^y bs1

To-him- were
verily

neciv

sons

feor.

four.

budyos,

am-grown-old,

tdh1

ye

Ak*

By-one

Biyi

By-the-
second

Biy1

By-another

Lok^-hih1

By-the-youngest

dopus,

it-was-said-
to-him,

Timan^y

To-them-
verily

waniv

say-ye

"boh
"I

pryutshun,

it-was-asked-
by-him,

kyah

what

"boh
"I

kariv."

ye- will-do."

kara

will-do

dopus,

it-was-said-
to-him,

dopus,

it-was-said-
to-him,

feurim1

by-the-
fourth

"boh

"I

"boh

"I

para

will -recite

yimamath."

leading-prayers-
in-a-mosque."

big."

the-call-
to-prayers."

para

will-recite

waz.

sermons.'

dopus,

it-was-said-
to-him,

"boh

"I

tsurV

thieving."

patashehas

to-the-king

Doha

Day-a-certain

akh

one

banyav,

happened,

kara

will-do

gav

he-went

feuri. W6tu

for- He-

thieving, arrived

gara,

house,

rudu

(while) he-
remained

wddahe,

standing,

yeli patasheha-sondu

when the-king's

tan neran tora

in-the- (was)-coming- from-
meantime forth there

236

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

[1-

wazir

the-vizier

wuchukh

was-seen-
by-them

kam

who

kus
who

feur."

a-thief."

tmr."

thieves."

sawar

mounted

biye

and -also

ati

there

chiwa ? M

are?"

chukh?"

art?"

Yimau

By-them

Kadikh

Were-brought-
out- by-them

patasheha-siinz^ kurti.

the-king's daughter.

wodane.

standing.

Yimau

By-them

Dopunakh,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-themf

dopuhas,

it-was-said-by-
them-to-him,

Yih

He

tohi

you

Dopunakh,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-them,

dopuhas,

it-was-said-by-
them-to-him,

gur1

horses

"boh

<< X

" as^ti

"we -also

"1sah

11 thou

chus

am
chih

are

akh

one

yih

this

okhun,

reli'gious-
teacher,

zah. Sapodu

two. He-became

biye yih

and-the- this

other

patashah-kurti.

king's-daughter.

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him

tdh1.

ye.

kath,

word,

kuni

in-any-
respect

pat a,

after,

Nasiyeth,

Instruction,

yina-sa

that-not-Sir

karakh.

thou-wilt-
make.

hasa,
Sir,

waziran,

by-the-vizier,

karay

I-will-make-to-thee

" mriv

" go-forth

akh

one

patashah-kore sbty kath

the-king's-daughter with conversation

Boh,
I.

hasa,

Sir,

yimawa

will-come-
to-you

ta

and

toh1

ye

nirrvv

go-ye-forth."

-2]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

237

pakan.

going-along.

"yih

" this

2. Yim chih

2. They are

chena khabar,

is-not belief,

okhun-zada." Tas cheh

the-teacher's-son." To-her is

chuh wazir." Gwash

is the-vizier." Dawn

Wath1 guryau petha bon.

They- the-horses from down,

descended

patashah-kurti koli akis

king's-daughter to-a-stream one

Patashah-kore

To-the-king's-daughter

chuna me sbty

is-not me with

khabar,

belief,

log"

began

"yih

" this

pholani.

to-break.

Gaye

She-went

yih

this

buthu

face

lal.

a-ruby.

cholun.

was-washed-
by-her.

Wuchun

Was-seen-
by-her

peth, atha

on, hands

ath-koli-manz

that-stream-in

Yih

This

lal

tulun, aye

ruby was-taken- she-
up-by-her, came

heth

taking (it)

amis

that

okhun-zadas

teacher's-son

chuh

is

"yih
" this

nish. Tas cheh khabar,

near. To-her is belief,

wazir.,> Wazir keh 6suna.

the-vizier." The-vizier anyone he-was-not.

Yutu gwash chuh pholan, tyutu chuh

As-soon-as dawn is breaking, so-soon is

yih lal gah trawan. Parzanowu ami

this ruby light giving-forth. He-was-recognized by-that

patashah-kori wazir na. Lal tulukh

king's-daughter the-vizier not. The-ruby was-carried-

by-them

238 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

wot1

[8-

sbty,

with they-

(them), arrived

sheharas

to-city

wuchtikh pari-hana.

was-seen-by-them a-small-hut.

akis

to-one

Ath1

It-verily

manz. Ati

in. There

manz bith*.

in they-sat.

3. Yih

3. He

chuh

is

yiwan amis atikis

coming to-that of-that-place

patashehas nish

king near

ami

of-that

sheharakis.

city.

Dapan

Saying

chus,

he-is-to-him,

dapan,

saying,

chus,

he-is-to-him,

khazmath."

service."

"boh
"I

" kyah

* what

beha nokar.,>

will-sit (as) servant."

Yih chus

He is-to-him

nokari

service

karakh?"

wilt-thou-do ? "

Dapan

Saying

"boh
"I

Yim

They

karan.

making.

amis

to-this

zah.

two.

dapan,

saying,

bekh

the-other

Shekhfeah

Person -a-certain

patashehas

king

Yih

This

wothu

arose

kara

will-do

chih

are

akh

one

kanani.

to-sell.

sbyisth.

groom.

guren-hiinz*

horses-of

yimay

these-verily

katha

words

av lal-pharosh

came ruby-seller

Lai

Rubies

Yih

He

chis

are-to-him

chus

is-to-him

" patasheham,

" my-king,

chuh

is

akh lal bebaha,

one ruby (is) priceless^

khotu. Ath manz chuh

flawed. To-it in is

-4]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

239

kyomV

a- worm."

Dapan

Saying

chus

is-to-him

patashah,

the-king,

ketha-pbth1 6y fee bozana ? "

in-what-manner came-to-thee to-thee into-

(forming passive) knowledge ? "

"tih
M that

Dapan

Saying

chus

he-is-to-him

tahkhith

certainly

Hargah

If

patashehas

to- the-king

karunu.

to-be-done.

gafehem

is-proper-to-me

yih

he

phirith,

in-reply,

chus manz kyomu,

there-is-to-it inside a-worm.

" patasheham,

" my-king,

Phutaryun.

Break-ye-it.

kyomu

a-worm

khosh

pleased

Hargah

If

dras-na,

issued-from-it-not,

kari,

will-make,
kyomu

a-worm

ada

then

tih

that

yih

what

gafehem

it-is-proper-
to-me

dras, teli

issued-from-it, then

bakhacbyish

a-present

dinti."

to-be-given.'

4. Dapan wustad, —

4. (Is) saying the- teacher, —

Phut°rukh

Was-broken-by-them

kyomu,

a-worm.

Ami

At-that

yih

this

sata

time

lal. Ami

ruby. From-it

fehunuhas

was -cast- by -

manza

from-in

drav

issued

" sbyisth "-nav

" groom "-name

nahith,
having-cancelled,

Gav

Went

yih

this

them-to-him

<4al-shenakh,,

11 lapidary "

lal-shenakh
lapidary

pyos nav.

fell-to-him name.

panunu

his-own

gara.

house.

240

HATIMS SONGS AND STOBIES

[4-

Doha

Day-a

behan

sitting-down

yiwan

coming

doha
day-a

chuh

he-is

chuh

he-is

panani

in-his-own

chuh

he-is

lal pasand

rubies approved

kadan.
passing.

gari,

house,

karani.

for-making.

patasheha-sondu

king-of

kasani amis

for-shaving to-this

wuchan *"ml

noyid gafehan chuh

barber going is

lal-shenakas. Tati

lapidary. There

Eatas

By-night

dohas

by-day

Amis

This

mast

hair

chuh

he-is

seeing

khobsurath

beautiful

waziras

of-the- vizier

anv-sunz"

him-of

sethah.

very.

mast

the-hair

yih

this

zanana.
woman.

Yih

She

dsu

was

ay

0

wazira,

vizier,

lal-shenakas. Yih

lapidary. She

Av

Came

kosunas.

was-shaved-by-
him-6f-him.

zanana

woman -a

shubiheh

would-have-
been-becoming

yih

this

noyid,

barber,

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him,

cheh

is

amis

to-this

gari. Amis karta kentshah

in-the-house. To-him please-make some

wazira-sandi

of-the-vizier

ndktah."

fault-a."

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him,

*'ada-kyah.!

" certainly."

Yih

This

wazir

vizier

gav

went

amis patasheha-sanze kore, dopunas, " feah

to-that king-of daughter, it-was-said-by- " thou

him-to-her,

-4]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

241

daph

say

patashehas,

to-the-king,

'me

to-me

gafehi
is-necessary

lal-shenakan g6daniy lal pasand

by-the-lapidary at-the-very-first ruby approved

yus

what

koru,

was-made,

tath1

that-verily

Dopu

Was-said

mblis,

father,

hyuhu

like

byakh

another

patasheha-sanzi

by-the-king's

lal

ruby

kori

daughter

asun

u » >>

u me gatehi lalas-hyuhu

1 to-me is-necessary the-ruby-like

lal

ruby

asunV

to-be."

Av

Came

lal-shenakh.
the-lapidary.

to-be.' "

pananis

to-her-own

bebaha

a-priceless

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him

patashehan,

by-the-king,

"dis lal anith, tath

give-to-her a-ruby having-brought, to-that

lalas hyuhu.,, Av ora lal-shenakh, wotu

ruby like." Came thence the-lapidary, he-arrived

panane

zanani nish.

Byuthu

fehdpa

to-his-own

woman near.

He-sat

silence

karith.

Yih ches dapan

z an ana,

"feah

making.

This is-to-him saying

woman,

11 thou

kyazi chukh phikiri

why art in-anxiety

gomotu ? " Dopunas

become ? " It-was-said-by-
him-to-her

phirith

in -answer

am1

lal-shenakan,

lapidary,

by-this

chum lal mangan bebaha.

is-from-me a-ruby demanding priceless.

"patashah

M the-king

Suh kati

That from-where

U42

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[5-

ana?"

shall-I-bring ?

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-

ami

by-that

zanani,
woman,

"gateh,

go,

her-to-him

daph

say

kharaj,

expenses,

Patashehan

By-the-king

patashehas,

to-the-king,

' retas

for-a-month

boh

I

dimay

will-give-to-thee

kyutu dim

for give-to-me

lal anith.' "

a-ruby having-brought.' "

dyutus

was-given-
to-him

Yih onun panunu

This was-brought- his-own
*by-him

khewan. Nu

eating. Not-at-all

nu chuh

not-at-all he-is

kharaj

expenses

gara.

house.

retas

for-a-
month

Chuh

He-is

sumbu.

adequate.

bihith

seated

gav

went

lal,

ruby,

Gav

He-went

ada.

completion.
yus tami

which from-

that

chuh

he-is

gafehan

going

Diwan

Giving

koli

stream

gafehan patashehas,

going to-the-king,

biye-kun. Reth

other-where. The-month

ches

is-to-him

manza

from-in

yih

suh

that

tujyan.

was -taken -up-
by-her.

heth

taking (it)

patashehas,

to-the-king,

lal

the-ruby

5.

5. Went-forth

kurtinas

was-made-by-
him-to-him

bontha-kani.

in-front.

salam,

a-bow,

panunu

his-own

thowunas

was-placed-by-him-of-him

Drav phirith lal-shenakh, wotu

back-again the-lapidary, he-arrived

Rathah kiidtin panani

Night-a was-passed-by-him in-his-own

gara.

house.

-5]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

243

gari.

house.

amis

of-that

Subahas

In-the-morning

lal-shenakas

lapidary.

av nbyid

came the-barber

mast

hair

kasani

to-shave

Mast

Hair

m6kalowunas

was-completed-by-
him-for-him

kbsith, ta

having-shaved, and

W6tu biye

He-arrived again

waziras,

to-the- vizier,

drav noyid ' panas.

went-forth the-barber of-his-own-accord.

amis waziras-nish. Dopun

to-that vizier-near. It-was-said-

by-him

" kenfehah karta amis

1 something please-to-do to-that

lal-shenakas. Amis

lapidary.

sethah.

very.

Soh

She

gari."

in-the-house.

cheh zanana khobsurath

To-him is the-woman beautiful

shubiheh wazira-sandi

would-have-been-becoming of-the-vizier

Wazir av biye amis

The-vizier came again to-that

patasheha-sanze kore.

king's daughter.

Dopunas,

It-Avas-said-by-
him-to-her,

mang

demand

Dopu

It-was-said

pananis

to-her-own

patashehas
to-the-king

ami

by-that

mblis,

father,

lalan-hondu

rubies-of

patasheha-sanzi

king's

* me

to-me

lalan-hondu

rubies-of

trotu.,,

a-necklace.

gafehiy

is-necessary-
from-thee

Lal-shenakh

The-lapidary

' thou

trotu."

necklace."

kori

daughter

asunu

to-be

av

came

244

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[o-

patashehas

to-the-king

nish.

near.

chus

is-to-him

asan*

dapan,

saying,

setliah
many

Kurtinas

Was-made-
by-him

"lal,

' rubies,

salam.

a-bow.

hasa,

sir,

to-be

lal-shenakh, wotu

the-lapidary, he-arrived-

ches dapan

tratis

for-a-necklace

sumb1."

adequate."

panunu

his-own

gara.

house.

Patasheh

The-king

gafehanay

are-required-
from-thee

Av

Came

Yih

She

is-to-him
chukh

art-thou

phirith,

in-reply,

lalan-hondu

rubies-of

b6h?,>

I? "

saying

bihith ? w

seated ? "

(< patasheh
11 the-king

trotu.

a-necklace.

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
her-to-him

zanana

woman

Yuh

He

lotf-pbth1,

gently,

chus

is-to-her

"kyazi
" why

dapan

saying

chum mangan az

is-from-me demanding today

Suh kati ana

That whence will-I-bring

ami

by-that

zanani,
woman,

chena phikir11. Gafeh, patashehas

is-not anxiety. Go, of (i.e. from)-

the-king

hyonu tren retan-kyutu

to-take for-three months-for

Dyutunas

Was-given-by-
him-to-him

panunu

his-own

patashehan

by-the-king

kharaj,

expenses,

ta

and

^keh

any

gafehi

it-is-
necessary

kharaj."

expenses."

av

he-came

gara heth.

house taking (the money).

-6]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

245

6. Yih

6. He

YotMan

As-soon-as

chuh

is

yim

these

trih

three

khewan

eating

reth

months

ta

and

gay,

went,

ches dapan yih zanana

she-is-to-him saying this woman

lal-shenakas. Dapan ches,

lapidary. Saying she-is-to-him,

tami koli manza lal tujyav,

from-that stream from-in the-ruby was-taken

" yetat1

1 where

cewan.

drinking.

wun

now

amis

to- that

me

by-me

up,

tamiy

along-that-
very

koli koli gafehi khasunu

along- along- it-is-necessary to-ascend

stream stream

Tati chey nag. Tath1

There is-verily a-spring. To-that-verily

andas-kun

the-end-at

dobas-manz

pit-in

nagas-peth

spring-on

dob

a-pit

khanunu.

to-be-dug.

hyoru-pahan.

up-stream-a-little.

nagas gafehi

spring is-necessary

Tath1

To-that-very

beh^i khatith. Tath

you-must-sit having-concealed- To-that

yourself.

ymay

will-come-
before-thee

godaiiiy

at- the- very -
first

sheh

six

zane

females

sran karani. Timan kSh kar^i-na.

bathing to-do. To-them anything you-must-do-not.

Pata yiyiy timan shen zanen

Afterwards will-come- of-those six females

before-thee

246

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

[7-

zethti.

the-eldest-
sister.

karani.

to-do.

peth.

on.

feuri-pbth1,

thieving-like
(i.e. secretly),

7. Aye

7. Came

Sa

She

wasiy

will-descend-
before-thee

tath

to-that

nagas

spring

Poshakh

Garment

Cyonu

For-thee

gatshi

is-necessary

shell

six

traviy kadith

she-will-leave- having-
before-thee taken-off

gafehi

it-is-necessary

tih

that

zane.

females.

poshakh

garment

Koru

Was-done

sran.

bathing.

pata

after

Timan keh wonun-na.

T-o-them anything was-said-by-him-not.

sran

bathing

bathis

to-the-bank

gafehunu

to-be-gone

tulunu."

to-be-taken-
up."

timau

by -them

Yiman

To-them

poshakh

the-garment

wtifeh*

descended

feuri-pbth1.

secretly.

am^sond11

her-of

aye satim*

came a-seventh

kadith

having-taken-off

female,

trowu

was-left

bathis-peth,

the-bank-on,

ami

by -her

pana

she-herself

nagas-manz.

the-spring-in.

Av

He-came

poshakh,

the-garment,

ta

and

Yih lal-shenakh av

This lapidary came

tulun yih

was-taken-up-by-him this

gav

he-went

ta

and

ath dobas-manz,

to-that pit-in.

Khiife* bathis

She-ascended to-the-bank

Ami

By-her

peth.

on.

koru

was-done

Wuchun

Was-seen-by-her

byuthu

sat

sran.

bathing.

ati

there

-7]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

247

poshakh.

the-garment.

" dev

1 demon

na

not

cheh,

she-is,

tas

of-that

pbda

created

siras

of-my-secret disgracing.

Difetin krekh.

Was-given-by-her a-cry.

chukha ? yinsan

art-thou ? human-being

kasam

Khodaye-sondu chuy

God-of is-to-thee

korukh.

thou-was-made.

phash.

Yih

What

Me

For-me

fee

to-thee

an-oath

ma

do-not

Dap an

Saying

chukha ?

art-thou ?

yem1

by -whom

kar

make

gafehiy,

is-necessary-
to-thee,

tih

that

dimay." Am1

I-will-give-to-thee." By-him

ami

from-that

doba-manza.

pit-from-in.

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-her,

korus alav

was-made-to-her a-call

14 dim wada-y-Khoda,

give-to-me the-promise-of-God,

yih

what

boh

I

mangay, tih gafehem bozunu.,,

shall-demand- that will-be-certainly- to-be-
of-thee, for-me heard."

Ath1

That-verily

Dyutunas

Was-given-by-
him-to-her

peth

upon

dyutunas

was-given-by-
her-to-him

wada-y-Khoda.

the-promise-of-God.

poshakh.

the-garment.

ami nbl1. Dopunas,

by-her on-the-neck. It-was-said-by-

her-to-him,

Poshakh

The-garment

"kyah

" what

fehonu

was-put-on

chum

is-to-me

hukum ? "

the-order ? "

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-her

am

by-that

lal-shenakan,

lapidary,

248

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[8-

"fee

" for-thee

Pakan

Going-along

yunu

to-come

gafehiy

it-is-necessary

chuh lal-shenakh

is the-lapidary

pari

fairy

pat a

after

yih cheh pakan

this is walking

8. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Amis chuh nav Lalmal

To-her is name Lalmal

Wot1 amis lal-shenaka-sondu

They-arrived to-that lapidary's

9. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

me-sbty."

me-with."

bruh bruh,

in-front in-front,

pata.

after.

Pari.

Fairy.

gara.

house.

Ya

amis

kathan chih haran lal,

Either

for-her

of-the-words are dropping rubies,

ya

chis

bs^us1 haran lal doha

or they-are-
to-her

of-the- dropping rubies each-
mouth day

sath

sath.

Rath gaye ada. Subuh

seven

seven.

Night went to-completion. Morning

av.

Lai

sath tul1 lal-shenakan.

came.

Rubies

seven were-taken-up by-the-lapidary.

Gav

heth

patashehas. Eur%as salam.

He -went

taking
(them)

to-the-king. Was-made-by- a-bow.
him-to-him

Lai

sath

thav^as bontha-kani.

Rubies

seven

were-placed-by- in-front,
him-of-him

Patashah gav

sethah khosh.

The-king

became

very -much pleased.

1 So GOvind Kaul.

Stein's transcript has ashis, "for a tear."

10]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

249

10. Lal-shenakan

By-the-lapidary

W6tu panunu

He-arrived his-own

yih

this

kbsith

having-
shaved

nish.

near.

nbyid.

barber.

drav,

he-went-
forth,

Amis

For-him

Am1

By-him

wotu

arrived

hyotus rukhsath.

was-taken-from-him leave-to-depart.

gara. Patay wotus

house. Afterwards- arrived-

verily to-him

kosus mast. Mast

was-shaved- the-hair. Hair

for-him

yih

this

ti

also

chus,

he-is-to-him,

gamUfeti

(is) become

"ha

"0

kosun

was-shaved-
for-him

Wazira,

Vizier,

nbyid

barber

mast.

the-hair.

waziras-

the-vizier-

Dapan
Saying

amis

to-that

lal-shenakas

lapidary

az

today

pbda

manifest

byakh

another

zanana.

a-certain-woman .

Sa

She

cheh sethah khobsurath.

is very beautiful.

khota sethah

than more

karta amis lal-shenakas.

please-to-do to-that lapidary.

cheh lbyik-i-wazir,

is worthy-of-the-vizier

godaiiice-handi

first-one

Kentshah

Something

byikh.,, Dopunas,

worthy." It-was-said-by-

him-to-him,

wanun patasheh-k6re.,,

to-speak to-the-king's-daughter."

bekh

the-other

"pyom,

it-is-fallen-
to-me,

Gav

Went

Tamis

Of-that

khobsurath.

beautiful.

Akh

One

me

for-me

biye

again

wazir.

vizier.

cheh

is

hasa.
sir,

yih

this

250

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[11-

Dapan chuh amis patasheh-kore,

Saying he-is to-that king's-daughter,

1 me gafehi

1 to-me is-necessary

patasheh-kuru

the-king's-daughter

mang mblis,

demand to (-your) -father,

ratana-korV " Gaye

a-jewel-bracelet.' " Went

"feah
" thou

asun

to-be

pananis

to-her-own

mblis. Dapan

father. Saying

asun r atana-koru. "

to-be a-jewel-bracelet."

ches,

she-is-to-him,

Pagah

Next-day

me

Dapan chus patasheh, <4an,

Saying is-to-him the-king, " bring,

gafehi

to-me is-necessary

av lal-shenakh.

the-lapidary.

sa, ratana-koru."

sir, a-jewel-bracelet."

came

11. Drav

Went-forth

gara. Dapan

house. Saying

lal-shenakh,

the-lapidary,

wotu

he-arrived

panun1

his-own

chuh

he-is

"patasheh

11 the-king

Suh kati

That from-
where

chum

is-from-me

ana

shall-I-
bring

yiman

to-these

mangan

demanding

boh?"

I?"

zananan don,

women two,

ratana-koru.

a-jewel-bracelet.

Phlrith wofehtis

In-answer arose-tp-

him

Lalmal

Lalmal

mang

demand

Pari. Dopunas,

Fairy. It-was-said-by-
her-to-him,

tren retan-kyutu

for-three months-for

" gafeh,

go,

kharaj."

expenses."

patashehas

of (i.e. from)-
the-king

Dyutunas

Was-given-by-
him-to-him

patashehan. Av heth panunu gara.

by-the-king. He-came taking (them) his-own house.

•12]

XII. THE TALE OF TEE AKHUN

251

Doha doha

Day-a day-a

gay ada.

went to-completion.

kakad.

a-paper.

" gafeh

go

Dapan

Saying

tath

to-that

chuh

he-is

Likhan

Writing

cheh

she-is

nagas

spring

kadan.

passing.

cheh

is

amis

to-that

peth,

on,

Trih

Three

reth

months

boh iintithas.

I was-brought-by-

thee-I.

Tath^manz

It-verily-in

Lalmal Pari

Lalmal Fairy

lal-shenakas,

lapidary,

yemi-manza

which-from-in

gafehi yih

is-necessary this

kakad

paper

Tath^manz

It-verily-on

trawunu.

to -be -thrown.

Tora khasiy atha.

Therefrom will-arise-to-thee a-hand.

asiy

will-be-
for-thee

thaph.

seizing.

Pana

You-yourself

koru.

a-bracelet.

manz

within

Tath1

To-that-
verily

kar^i

you-must-
do

wasxzi-na.

you-must-not-descend."

12. Gav

He-went

heth

taking

ath

to-that

ath

to-that

nagas-peth.

spring-on.

nagas-manz,
spring-in.

yih

this

kakad.

paper.

Trowun yih

Was- thrown -by-him this

Yuthuy

As-verily

yih

this

Wotu

He-arrived

kakad

paper

kakad

paper

trowun, tyuthuy khotu ora atha.

was- thro wn-by-him, so-verily there-rose from-there a-hand.

Ath1 athas-manz ratana-koru. Dife%

To-that-very hand-on a- jewel- bracelet. Was-given-by-him

252

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

[13-

ath

to-it

amis

of-it

thaph.

seizing.

Ami

By-that

thapi

grasp

sotiy

by-means-
of-only

hofeu nirith.

the-forearm coming-forth.

Hofeu

The-forearm

heth

taking

av

came

ti,

both,

koru

the-bracelet

panunu

his-own

Subahanas

At-dawn

salam.
a-bow.

Patasheh

The-king

heth ti,

taking and,

gara.

house.

gav

he-went

Kar^han

The-bracelet

av panas, wotu

he-came for-himself he-arrived

(home) (i.e. without opposition),

gos

became-to-him

Rath

The-night

patashehas.

to-the-king.

thuvtinas

was-put-by-
him-of-him

sethah

very-much

gaye ada.

went to-completion.

Kurtin

Was-made-by-him

bontha-kani.

in-front.

kliosll.

pleased.

13. Hyotus

Was-taken-
from-him

panunu gara.

his-own house.

kosun mast

was-shaved- the-hair
by-him

kbsith drav,

having- he-went-

shaved forth,

Biye chus

Again he-is-to-him

rukhsath

leave- to-
depart

Av

Came

amis

for-this

wotu

he -arrived

dapan,

saying,

lal-shenakan,
by-the-lapidary,

biye

again

yih

this

lal-shenakas

lapidary.

av

he-came

nbyid,

barber,

Mast

Hair

amis

to-that

waziras-nish,

vizier-near.

i ' Wazira,

11 Vizier-O,

amis

to-that

-14]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

253

lal-shenakas
lapidary

kuni-kani.

in-any-way.

chukhna

thou-art-not

feah

thou

watan

getting-at

Gav

Went

yih

this

chus,

he-is-to-her,

wazir

vizier

"fe*h

thou

gafehiye asunu

is-proper-for-thee to-be

gafehi

is-necessary

Amis karta kenfehah."

To-him please-to-do something."

amis patasheh-kore. Dapan

to-that king's-daughter. Saying

chekh patasheh-kur*. Tse

art the-king's-daughter. To-thee

okuy koru ? Patashehas

one-only bracelet ? To-the-king

byakh." Gaye yih

another." Went this

mangunu

to-be-demanded

patasheh-kurti.

king's-daughter.

Dopun

It-was-said-by-her

panams

to-her-own

me

gafehi

for-me is-necessary

biye lal-shenakh.

the-lapidary.

asunu

to-be

byakh

another

again
chus

is-to-him

asunV

to-be."

Kiirtin

Was-made-by-him

koru."

bracelet.'

salam.

a-bow.

patasheh,

the-king,

"byakh

" another

koru

bracelet

mblis,
father,

Av

Came

Dapan

Saying

gafehiy

is-necessary-
for-thee

14.

gar a.

house.

"Az

"today

Av

Came

Dapan

Saying

chum

is-from-me

lal-shenakh,

the-lapidary,

wotu

he-arrived

chuh

he-is

yiman

to-these

zananan

women

patasheh

the-king

mangan

demanding

panunu

his-own

don,

two,

byakh

another

254

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[15-

ratana-l

korV

Diwan ches

Lalmal

Pari

jewel-bracelet."

Giving is-to-him

Lalmal

Fairy

panun*

her-own

wbj"

ring.

Dapan ches,

Saying she-is-to-him,

"gafeh

go

tath

to-that

nagas-peth. Tath1 nagas akith-kun

spring-on. To-that-very spring on-one-side

chuy

is-verily

pal

a-rock

bodu. Tath1

great. To-it-verily

hav

show

mybii11

my

wbjti.

ring.

Suh

That

pal wothiy

rock will-rise-for-thee

thodu.

erect.

Tami

From-it

tal1

below

chey

is-for-
thee

wath. Tamiy

a-path. By-that-
very

wati

path

was!zi

you-must-
descend

bon.

beneath.

Tati

There

chey mybnti

is-verily my

ves.

crony.

Say

She-verily

diyiy i

will-give-to-thee a

ratana-koru."

i- jewel-bracelet."

15.

Drav

yih lal-shenakh.

Wot"

Went-forth

this lapidary.

He- arrived

tath

to-that

jaye.

place.

Howun tath

Was-shown- to-that
by-him

palas

rock

wbjtt.

the-ring.

Pal

wothu

thod*. Wothu

tamiy

wati

The-rock

arose

erect. He-descended

by-that-very path

bon.

Bon

wuch^n

khotuna

akh,

beneath.

Beneath

was-seen-by-him a

-certain-lady

one,

kuntiy

ziin11.

Ami dop

unas,

" kati

a-single

woman.

By-her it-was-said-by-
her-to-him,

" whence

■16]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

255

osukh ? " Am1 dopunas,

wast-thou ? " By-him it-was-said by-

him-to-her,

" Lalmal Pa^yi

1 By-Lalmal Fairy

dopuy ratana-koru."

Amis

khotuni

is-asked-from-thee a-jewel-bracelet."

To-this

lady

pyauv yad. Tam^siinz"

mbjti

bsti sa,

fell remembrance. Her

mother

was she,

yes ratana-karis-sbty

hofeu

gayav

of-whom the-jewel-bracelet-with

the-forearm

went

nirith. Tas cheh uktiy niir

K Tas

going-away. Of-her is one

•only arm

Of-her

chuh dodu pananis

is pain to-her-own

dilas. Ray kurti

heart. Consideration was-made

ami

by-that

wati,

will -arrive,

6su

was

shekh

anxiety

nethar."

marriage."

khotuni,

lady,

nemis

(to-)this

sethah

very

dilas,

to-the-heart,

Wun

Now

"yan

" as-soon-as

manoshes
man

khobsurath.

beautiful.

mybnti

my

kheyi."

she- will-eat."

Amis

To-her

map

mother

Yih

He

gav

became

"boh

"I

kara

will-make

amis-sbty

this-one-with

yeli maje-hondu partawa

when the-mother-of sound-of-approach

pyauv, ath jaye gav

bunulu.

Amis

fell,

to-that place there-became an-earthquake. To-him

dyutun shaph. Korunas kani-pholu,

was-given-by-her a-charm- Was-made-by- a-pebble,

word.

her-of-him

256
thowun

it-was-put-
by-her

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
her-to-her,

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

cendas.

in-the-
pocket.

" hat ay,

" hullo,

WWs

Arrived-
to-her

koriy,

0 -daughter,

mbj*

the-mother

me

to-me

[15-

Otu.

there.

cheh

is

Yih

She

zor

force

yiwan mofea-boy."

coming man-stink."

kSh. Ami yeli

anything. By-her when

dopunas, "chuh

it-was-said-by-her- " there-is
to-her,

goda wada-y-Khoda ' boh

at-first a-promise-of-God ' I

Wada-y-Khoda

Promise-of-God

chesna hewan-zima

is-to-her-not admitting

korunas,

was-made-by-her-to-her,

manosh. Tsah dim

a-man. Thou give-to-me

kyah karas-na

verily will-do-to-him-not

ken.' "

anything.'

kodu

was-brought-
forth

tulunas,

was-raised-by-her-
from-him,

cenda-manza

the-pocket-from-in

dyutunas.

was-given-by-her-
to-her.

kani-pholu,

the-pebble,

Ami

By-her

shaph

the-charm

manosh yuthuy 6su, ta

a-man as (-before) -exactly he- was, and

rudu,

Dopunas,

tyuthuy

so-exactly he-remained. It-was-said-by-her-

to-her,

"yih

" this

myonu

my

yihuy

this-very-one

hakh-i-Khoday.

duty-of-God (i.e. husband as
sacred to me as God).

Boh

I

chuh

is

ostisan

was-him

fehadan.

seeking.

Yihuy

He-verily

lodunam,

was-sent-by-Him-to-

me,

■15]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

257

majiy,

O-mother,
the-mother,

Khddayen."

by-God."

Yih

This

ches

is-to-her

" zabar

1 excellent

gav.

it-is.

Bayen

To-brothers

dapan

saying

don lad

two send

kakad

a -paper

amis^y

of-this-very-one

athi."

by-the-hand.

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-her-to-
her,

" majiy,

" O-mother,

kakad

the-paper

athi.

in-the-hand.

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
her-to-him,

Wuchu

It-was-inspected

am^sanzi

by-her

likh feay." Lyukh* ami,

write thou-verily," Was-written by-her,

dyutun amis lal-shenakas

was-given-by-her to-that lapidary

Ami

By-that

korunas

was-made-by-
her-to-him

"yih
" this

ami

by-that

maji,

mother,

an

bring

khotuni,

lady.

"chiway

<( ..

ye-are-if

alav

a-call-of-
summons

kakad

paper

khotuni.

by-the-lady.

.i »

yur

even-hither."

Ath lyukhumotu

(In)-to-it (was) written

mybn* gabar,

my sons,

yih

this-person

Amis

To-her

pemotu

fallen

kakad

paper

gafehi

is -necessary

osu

was

ami

at- that

watawunuy

immediately-on-
arrival

sata panunu

time her-own

u »

yad suh

(in) memory (viz.) that
(pain)

hafeyuku.

of-the-forearm.

fehununas-featith ami

was-torn-to-pieces-by-her-for-him by-that

marun

to-be-killed."

dodu

pain

Yih

This

khotuni.

lady.

258

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

16-

Panunu

Her-own

lyukhunas

was-written-by-her-
for-him

kakad.
a-paper.

Ath manz

To-that in

lyukhunas,

was-written-by-
her-on-it,

gafehi

is-necessary

" chiway

" ye-are-if

myon1

my

boy1,

brothers,

jelad yunu, me kyah

quickly the-coming, for-me verily

tuhondu

of-you

chuh

is

yenewolV'

a-marriage-f estival . ' '

16. Lyukhunas

Was-written-by-
her-on-it

nas^eth.

instruction.

karahakh

thou-wilt-make-
to-them

kur^nas

was-made-by-
her-to-him

watakh,

thou-wilt-
arrive,

dizikh

thou-must-give-
to-them

feamruwu

leathern

gatehi-na."

is-not-proper."

kakad.

the-paper.

kara.

pease.

Badal
Instead

kakadas,
to- (on) -the-paper,

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
her-to-him,

zabbnti

by-word-of-
mouth

"totu

14 there

yeli

when

salam.

a-bow.

Tim

They

Salam

The-bow

ananay

will-bring-
to- thee

Tih

That

cyonu

thy

pblith

having-
fulfilled

khen

food

khyonu

eating

kara.

psase.

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
her-to-him,

dyutunas

were-given-by-
her-to-him

« yih

" this

sbty asal

with (him) real

khezi tati.

you-must-eat there.

•17]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

259

Tihondu

Their (pease)

panunu

your-own

fehan^zi

you-must-
let-fall

bebi-andartiy

your-breast-pocket-
within

khezi.

you-must-
eat.

Tami

From-that

pata

after

tim, ' kashena-hana

they, ' scratching-a-little

dyutunas shestruwu

was-given-by- an-of-iron
her-to-him

karunV"

is-to-be-done.' "

trbvith,

having-
let-go,

dapanay

they-will-say-
to-thee

Tath-kyutu

That-for

chih

are (of)

dewa-zath.

demon-race.

panja.

claw.

Timan

To-them

Dopunas, " tim

It-was-said-by- " they
her-to-him,

yiyi tasali

will-come a-pleasant-
feeling

shestravi

from-the-of-iron

panja-sbtiy."

claw-by-means-of-only."

17. Drav ati na^yeth yad heth.

He-went- from- the-instruction (in) memory taking,
forth there

W6tu

He-arrived

Dyutunakh

Was-given-by-
him-to-them

totu, kiirun

there, was-made-by-him

yih kakad.

this paper.

timan

to-them

khen

food

chuh

he-is

1samruwu

leathern

busu,

a-hand-
mouthful,

kara.

pease.

Amis

To-him

Amyuku

Of-it

salam.

a-bow.

dyutukh

was-given-
by-them

tulan

raising

fehanan chuh bebi-andar

letting-it- he-is his-breast-pocket-

fall within

s

260

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

[18-

trovith.

having-
let-go.

khewan.

eating.

Panunu

His-own

Ami

From-that

chuh

he-is

pata

after

kadan

taking-
forth

ti

and

" kashena-hana

" scratching-a-little

teuri-pbth1

secretly

kar."

do."

shestruw11

of-iron

dopuhas

it-was-said-by-
them-to-him

kodu

chuh

is

yimau,

by-them,

Am1 kodu yih

By-him was-brought-forth this

panja,

claw,

ami-sbty

from-this-by-
means-of

jewab

an-answer

chena

is-not

diwan

giving

ath

to-that

phursath.

leisure.

zala-zala.

a-scraping-
a-scraping.

Yimau

By-them

chukh

he-is-to-them

lyukhus

was-written-
to-it

kakadas.

paper.

Lyukhuhas,

It-was-written-
by-them-on-it,

diwan

giving

nad.

summons.

Hazrat-i-Sulayman

His-Highness-Solomon

Hala ! bismilla,

Be-quick ! in-the-name-of-God,

ikase
11 to-us

chuh

is

kariv

make-ye

yenewolu."

the-marriage-festival.'

18. W6tu otu,

He-arrived there,

Kakad
The-paper

howunakh

was -shown -by -
him-to-them

yih

this

porukh,

was-read-by-them,

korukh

was-made-by-them

yenewolu. Wun

a-marriage -festival. Now

cheh

is

yih

this

kakad.

paper.

amis-sbty

him-with

khotuna

lady

18]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

261

dapan

saying

rozakha,

wilt-thou-
remain,

Boh dies
I am

amis

to-that

kina

or

fee

to-thee

u dun^ahas-manz

■ the-world-in

khotuni,

lady,

wun

now

map

mother

gafehes

is-proper-
from-her

Biye

Other

yim

they

dapiy,

will-say -
to-thee,

khawandas

husband

dun^ahas

to-the-world

tobiyah/'

an-humble-
servant."

gatehav."

we-shall-go.'

yeli

when

kenfehah

something

panams,
her-own,

yit*

here

manz gafehakh ?
in wilt-thou-go ?

Am1 dopunas,

By-him it-was-said-by-
him-to-her,

Dopunas ami

It-was-said-by- by-that
her-to-him

nerav

we-shall-go-forth

mangum/

ask-for-from-
me.'

mangunu

to-be-demanded

watharanuku

of-a-spreading-out
(i.e. for a mat)

ken

anything

mang^zes-na."

you-must-demand-
from-her-not."

sakharyey,

made-ready-to-
set-out,

dopukh

it-was-said-
to-them

Wun

Now

ami

by-that

"mangunu

is-to-be-demanded

watharanuku

of-spreading-out
(i.e. for a mat)

kentshah.'

something."

musla.

the-skin.

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-her,

Tath

To-it

chuh
is

myonu

my

Cyon*

Of-thee

musla.

the-skin.

yeli

when

maji,

mother,

"dim

M give- to-
me

nav
the-name

262

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[19-

1 wuteha-prang.

' the-flying-couch.'

Drav

He-went-
forth

ati,

from-
there,

gara.

house.

Gara

The-house

ratana-koru. Gav

a-jewel-bracelet. Went

lal-shenakh.

lapidary.

19. Nbyidan

By-the-
barber

wbtith

having-
arrived

heth

taking (it)

wot1

they-
ar rived

korun

was-made-
by-her

patashehas

to-the-king

panunu

their-own

tayar

ready
yih

this

buzu,

it-was-
heard,

" lal-shenakh wotu."

' the-lapidary (has) arrived."

Gafehan

going

kasani.
to-shave.

khotuna.

lady.
phirith.

returning.

amis

to-that

lal-shenakas

lapidary

chus

is-for-him

At*

Here-verily

Drav

Went-forth

W6tu

He-arrived

noyid gara

the-barber (to) the-house

waziras,

vizier,

cheh

is

wuchan

seeing

ati

from-there

waziras-nish.

the-vizier-near.

"ha

"0

chuh

he-is

nbyid

the-barber

Dapan

Saying

wazira,

Vizier-O,

az

to-day

yiman don-handi-khota

these two- than

cheh lbyik-i-patashah,

is worthy-of-the-king,

treyimti

a-third

khobsurath.

beautiful.

akh

one

mast

hair

treyimti

the -third

potu

back-again

chuh

he-is

amis

to-that

khotuna,

lady,

Sa

She

cheh

is

■19]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

263

lbyik-i-wazir, byakh

worthy-of-the-vizier, another

Amis lal-shenakas

To-that lapidary

Dapan chus wazir,

Saying is-to-him the-vizier,

cheh

is

me

of-me

karta

please-do

lbyikh.

worthy.

kenfehah.M

something."

" az wana

to-day I-will-speak

bdh

I

patashehas.

to-the-king.

Suy

That-very

patashah

king

kari amis

will-do to-him

kentshah woridath. Suh mari, zanana

some occurrence (i.e. device). He will-die, the- women

treh

three

nimav

we-shall-take

as1."

we.

patashehas, " patasheham,

to-the-king, " my-king,

Dopu

It-was-said

amis

to-that

waziran

by-the- vizier

lal-shenakas

lapidary

cheh

are

zanana

women

treh,

three,

titeha chena

such (women) are-not

patashbhi-manz.

the-kingdom-in.

lal-shenakas

lapidary

rathta

please-seize

Patasheham,

My-king,

kenfehah

some

Suh gofehu galunu. Tima

He was-proper to-be-destroyed. Those

karuhukh dbkhil-i-mahala-khana. ,J

make- thou- entered-of-the-private-apartments-
them of-the-palace."

kiir11 phikirah. Dopun,

was-made a-thinking. It-was-said-by-him,

tamis

to-that

nokhta.

point (i.e. fault).

zanana treh

women three

Patashehan

By-the-king

u mangahas

M (If) thou-wilt-
demand-from-him

264

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[20-

kenfehah ciz, tih chuh anan soruy.

any thing, that he-is bringing all-even.

Wun dapas boh, 'mybnis mbl^sunz11

khabar

news

say-to-him

I, 'my

father-of

gatehi

aniina,

suh

chwa

is-proper

to-be-brought,

he

is-he-?

jenatas kina dozakas.' "

in-heaven or in-hell.' "

20. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the -teacher, —

Av

Came

salam.

a-bow.

yih

what

Az

Today

aniinu,

to-be-brought,

lal-shenakh,

the-lapidary,

Patashah
The-king

patashehas,

to-the-king,

chus

is-to-him

dapan,

saying,

kur%

was-made-
by-him

" az-tan

today-up-to

me wonumay,

by-me was-said-by-me-
to-thee,

tih

that

buzuth

was-heard-
by-thee

gatehi

is-proper

suh

he

myonis

my

chwa

is-he-?

mbl^stinz*1

father-of

jenatas-manz

heaven-in

dozakas." Drav lal-shenakh, wotu

hell-(in)." Went- forth the-lapidary, he-arrived

gara. Dapan

house. Saying

chuh

he-is

at1

there

tren,

three,

az

" today

chum

is-to-me

yiman

to-these

dapan

saying

fee.

by-thee.

khabar

news

kina

or

panunu

his-own

zananan
women

patashah,

the-king,

-21]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

265

myonis

' my

mbr-sunzu

father-of

kyah kara ? Ath

what shall-do? Of- that

kotyah

how- many

warihy

years (are)

Yih wbtehtis

This arose (-in-reply)-
to-him

yesa rat^na-kar1

who jewel-bracelets

pari ba-Khoda.

a-fairy (who-obeyed-)
' God.

gamat1

gone

khotuna.

lady.

bsa

was

khabar anunV B6h

news (is) to-be-brought.' I

sdh chya khabar,

that is-there-? news,

tas mumatis?"

to-him dead ? "

Yihai

She-verily (was)

karan.

making.

Sa

She

yih,

she,

OS*

was

Ami dopunas,

By-her it-was-said-by-
her-to-him,

" kentshah

any

chena

is-not

biye

also

zyunu

firewood

galshi

is-proper

phikirti,

anxiety.

dapus

say-to-him

Gatsh,

Go,

patashehas,

to-the-king,

hes kharaj,

take-from-him expenses,

4 cyonu

' of-thee

spmbarunu ;

to-be-collected ;

spmbarunu

to-be-collected

mbdanas-manz

the-plain-in

be-shumar. n

countless.' "

gafehi

is-proper

zyunu

firewood

21.

be-shumar.

countless.

S6mbarowu

Was-collected

Ath-peth

It -on

yih

this

musla-han

the piece-of-skin

patashehan

by-the-king

khotu

mounted

yih

this

watharith.

spreading-out.

zyunu

firewood

lal-shenakh
lapidary

Ath^peth

It-verily-on

266

byuthu

sat

"fee

11 to- thee

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[22-

pana.

he-himself.

Amis dopun patashehas,

To-him was-said-by-him to-the-king,

kyah gatehiy anunu

what is-proper-to-thee to-be-brought

nishana ? M

token ? "

dopunas

it-was-said-by-
him-to-him

jenatuku

of-heaven

myonis

my

Dopun

It-was-said-
by-him

Yih

This

"akh

one

wothus

arose (in-reply) -to-him

gafehiy

is-proper-for-
thee

mbl^sond11

father-of

patasheh,
king,

anunu

to-be-brought

mewa,

a-fruit,

biye

second

gafehiy anunu

is-proper-for- to-be-brought
thee

mbl^sandi

father of

yiman,

to-them,

udiyiv

" give-ye

daskhata

with-signature

yith

to-this

khath."

a-letter."

zinis nar

firewood fire

fedpbr1."

on-the-four-sides."

22. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher, —

Yimau

By-them

yeli ath zinis nar dyutu,

when to-this firewood fire was-given,

yiwan

coming
(passive)

chuna kuni

is-not at-all

bozana yih

in-possibility-of- this
seeing (passive)

lal-shenakh.
lapidary.

Lal-shenakan

By-the-lapidary

dyutu ath

was-given to-that

-22]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

267

muslas

leather

watunu

to-arrive

deshunV

to-be-seen."

ache.

the-eyes.

panunu.

his-own.

Hab-jushl

Of-the-seven-
metals

tayar,

prepared,

korun

was-made-
by-her

daskhath,

signature,

kasam.

a-charm.

panunu

my- own

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by
him-to-it.

M me

'* for-me

gatehi
it-is-proper

gara. Klh gafehem-na

house. Anyone is-proper-for-me-not

Tuvyeye

Were-closed

Mulsaren, ta

They-were-opened- and
by-him

am1

by-that

lal-shenakan

lapidary

Ami

By-that

korun

was-made-
by-her

khotuni

lady

wotumotu

(he-was) arrived

kiir11

was-done

gara

house

kbmu.

an-act.

mewa jenatuku dbnti

a-fruit of-heaven a -pomegranate

biye

also

amis

that

lyukhun khath, ath

was-written-by-her a-letter, to-it

patasheha-sandis

king's

biye

also

mohar.

lyukhun patashehas,

was-written-by-her to-the-king,

cyonu

of-thee

mbr-sondu

father-of

Ath^manz

It-verily-in

gatehi

it-is-proper

me-nish

me-near

watunu,

to-arrive,

wazir

vizier

heth,

having- taken j

biye

also

nbyid heth,

the-barber having-
taken ,

tithay

in-that-very-
kind-of

pbth1,

manner,

yethay

in-what-very-
kind-of

268

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

[28-

pbth1 lal-shenakh

manner the-lapidary

korun

was-made-
by-her

hawala

in-charge

dyutunas

was-given-by-her-to-him

me-nish

me-near

amis

to-that

wotu." Kakad

arrived." The-paper

lal-shenakas, biye

lapidary, also

athas-keth

the-hand-in

yih

this

dbn»,

pomegranate.

23. Otany gay feor

There-verily went four

gomotu feheta, path

(was) become extinguished, behind

doh.

days.

Yih

This

rudumotu

(was) remained

nar

fire

sur.

ash.

Yih lal-shenakh

This

Suli

At-dawn

chuh

he-is

lapidary

wothu,

he-arose,

drav

came-forth

ath

that

langut1 karith.

langoti haying-made (i.e.
having-put-on).

suras-manz

ash-in

dulan1.

rollings.

khabardarav

by-the-informers

Nazarbazav kiir11

By-the-inspectors was-made

niye khabar.

was-brought information.

diwan

giving

nazar,

inspection,

Dopuhas,

It-was-said-by-
them-to-him,

"patasheham,

" my-king,

ami

that

sura-manza

ash-from-in

susararay,

a-rustling.

amotu ? "

come ? "

nazar

sight

ma

I-wonder-if

Yih

This,

Yim chih

They are

chekh 6-kun,

is-to-them in-that-direction

yimay

these-very

galshan cheh

going is

asi lal-shenakh

will-be the-lapidary

katha karan,

words making,

av woda

came from-there

■24]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

269

lal-shenakh, athas-keth heth dbnu,

the-lapidary, the-hand-in taking the-pomegranate,

biyis

the-other

patashehas

to-the-king

athas-keth

hand-in

salam,

a-bow,

heth

taking

khath.

the-letter

bontha-kani,

in-front,

khath

the-letter

don*

the-pomegranate

thowunas

was-placed-by-
him-of-him

Kurtin

Was-made
by-him

thowunas

was-placed-by-
him-of-him

bontha-kani.

in-front.

Yih

This

khath

letter

mufeorun,

was-opened-
by-him,

porun.

it-was-read-
by-him.

Ath

(In-) it

lyukhumotu, " boh, kya,

(was) written, " I, of-a-surety,

Cyonu gafehi watunu yur1,

Of-thee is-proper to-arrive here-even,

biye nbyid heth, je^d."

also the-barber taking, quickly."

chus jenatas-manz.

am heaven-in.

wazir

the-vizier

heth,

taking,

24.

me

" by-me

Yih

He

Patashah chuh karan

The-king is making

dapyav, i yih lal-shenakh

it-was-long- ' this lapidary
ago-said,

av mb^-sunz* me khabar

came the-father-of to-me news

phikirah,

a-thinking,

gali.'

will-be-
destroyed.'

heth."

taking."

lal-shenakas,

lapidary,

Dapan patashah amis

(Is) saying the-king to-that

"boh ketha-pbth1 wata tath jenatas-manz ?"

" I how shall-arrive to-that heaven-in ? "

270

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

[25-

Dopunas

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him

me-kyutu

me-for

gafehan

are-proper

lal-shenakan,

by-the-lapidary,

sombar6wuth,

was-collected-by-thee,

somMrawan1 ;

to-be-collected ;

"yuthu

tithiy

so-even

zyunu

firewood

treh

three (times)

jelad

quickly

watakh

thou-wilt-arrive

jenatas-manz."

heaven-in."

S6mbarowu

Was-collected

patashehan

by-the-king

zyunu

firewood

be-shumar.

countless.

ath^peth

it-verily-on

nbyid.

the-barber.

Athi-peth

It-verily-on

khotu

he-mounted

Dyutukh

Was-given-
by-them

karanowun watharunu,

was-caused-to- a-mat,

be-made

pana biye wazir biye

himself also the-vizier also

zinis

to-the-
firewood

nar

fire

feopbr1.

on-the-
f our- sides.

25. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the- teacher,-

Dodu

Was-burnt-up

biye nbyid,

also the-barber,

lal-shenakas-nish

the-lapidary-near

patasheh-kur*

the-king's-daughter

samokhukh

was-met-by-them

yih

this

patashah,

king,

biye

also

wazir,

the-vizier,

trenaway gal1. W6tu otu

the-three were-destroyed. Arrived there

suh

that

heth

taking

wazir,

vizier,

6su

was

yus

which

fealan,

fleeing,

6khun-kotu,

the-religious-
teacher's-son,

suy

he-verily

wazir

vizier

ta

and

wotu

arrived

-26]

XII. THE TALE OF THE AKHUN

271

amis

to-that

karekh

were-made-by-
them

lal-shenakan

lapidary

lal-shenaka-sondu

lapidary's

katha-batha.

conversations.

gara.

house.

Wonus

It-was-said-
to-him

Panawbn

Mutually

am1

by that

yih

this

panunu

his-own

saphar,

travelling (i.e. experiences
of his journey),

yus

which

6su

was

am1

by-that

pesh

in-front

khotuna

lady

Lalmal

Lalmal

Yesa

Who

nbyidan

barber

onumotu.

brought.

nin-sa

take-her-sir

ta waziran amis

and by-the-vizier to-him

Dopunas,

It-was-said-by-
him-to-him,

^paniin11

' thine-own

panas.

for thyself.'

yih

this

Pari

Fairy
yih

this

OS1

was,

tas

to-her

dyutun

was-given-
by-him

Yesa

Who

rukhsath.

leave-to-depart

thowun

was-kept-by-him

pata

afterwards

panas.

for-him-self.

iin^n

was-brought-
by-him

zinith,

having-
conquered,

sa

she

26. Dapan wustad, —

(Is) saying the-teacher,-

Suh wazir

That vizier

Lal-shenakh

The-lapidary

Aslamalaikum,

The-peace-be-upon-you,

byuthu

sat

patashbhi

sovereignty

byuthu waziri

sat viziership

walaikum salam.

and-upon-you be-peace.

karani.

to-do.

karani.

to-do.

VOCABULARY OF ALL THE WORDS IN
GOVINDA KAULAS TEXT

[Roman numerals refer to the number of the story, and Arabic
numerals to the section. To save space, when several Arabic
numerals come together, tens are generally not repeated. Thus, xii,
21, 6, means xii, 21, 26. The order of words is based on the
alphabetical order of the consonants, without any regard to the vowels.
The latter come into consideration only in cases in which the same
consonant or consonants are followed or separated by different vowels.
Thus, the different words containing the consonants kn will be found
in the succession kan, kan1, kani, kina, kona, kun, kuni, and kunu.
All words beginning with vowels are arranged together at the com-
mencement of the Vocabulary, their mutual order being determined
by their consonants. The letter n follows n, and ts follows t. For
purposes of alphabetical order v and w are counted as the same letter.
In other respects the alphabetical order is that of the English
alphabet.']

a,

e, interrog. sun*. ; gatshiye, is it proper ? xii, 13 ; sapadakha,
wilt thou become ? iii, 2 ; iagiye, will it be possible for
thee ? v, 8, 9 ; tsatanasa, will they cut off for him ? v, 7.

interrog. suff. ; chwa, is he ? xii, 21.

suff. of indef. art., see ah.

i, y, izafat ; dukhtar-e-khasa, (your) own daughter, v, 11 ; khalH-
e-shbhi, robe of royalty, x, 4 (bis) ; loyik-e-patashah, worthy
of a king, x, 4 ; pesh-e-patashdh, before the king, vi, 9 ;
sbhib-e-agah, master intelligent, ii, 9 ; shehar-e- Yirdn, the
country of Persia, ii, 1 ; toriph-e- Yusuph, praise of Yusuf ,
vi, 17 ; Aziz-i-Misar, N.P., vi, 10, 2 (bis), 4 ; dbkhil-i-
mahalakhana, brought into the harem, xii, 19 ; din-i-
Mahmad, the faith of Muhammad, iv, 6 ; hakh-i-Khdddy,
duty due to God, xii, 15 ; hukm-i-Mahrdj , order of the
Maharaja, xi, 4 ; hekmat-i-Parwardigar, the power of
Providence, i, 11 ; koh-i-Tora, Mount Sinai, iv, 5 ; loyik-i,

I HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 274

worthy of, xii, 10, 19 (bis) ; makhar-i-zan, coquetry of a
woman, x, 13 ; sohib-i-kildb, a master of books, x, 13 ;
woldd-i-Adam, a descendant of Adam, iv, 3 ; ydd-i-Aldh,
memory of God, i, 7 ; dwd-yi-khor, a prayer for welfare, i, 3 ;
hawd-yi-asindn. the air of heaven, ii, 6 ; hawdla-y-Khodd,
in the care of God, x, 7 ; wdda-y-Khodd, an oath by God,
xii, 7 (bis), 15 (bis) ; irregular use, hazrat-i-Adam, and so on,
iv, 2, etc. ; hazrat-i-Sulaymdn, his highness Solomon, xii, 17 ;
hazrat-i-Yusilph, etc., his highness Yiisuf. etc., vi, 8, etc. ;
Shah-i-Yusuph, id. , vi, 1 ; Sultdn-i-Mahmod-i-Gaznavi, Sultan
Mahmud of Ghazni, i, 1 ; Maraz-i-Pargan, the Pargana of
Maraz, xi, 5.

1, interj . ; vest, 0 female friend, ix, 1 ; cf. iyih.

6 1, and ; arz o samd, earth and heaven, vii, 26.

5 2, in 6-kun, in that direction, xii, 23.

db, m. water, v, 4 ; v, 4 (bis) ; vii, 7 (bis) ; -dawa-kan, (enter)
through the water-drain, v, 4 ; aba-hand, f . a little water,
x, 5 ; -pydla, water-cup, vii, 7 ; -srehd, water-moisture,
viii, 7 ; abas, to the water, viii, 7.

abtar, terrified, vi, 12.

dch1, f . an eye ; pi. nom. tuvyeye ache, the eyes were closed, xii, 22 ;
dat. achen, diwdn chuh achen duh, he is putting smoke in her
eyes, i.e. he is abusing her, v, 11.

ad, in ada-wati, midway, vii, 20.

ada, then, iii, 1 ; v, 6, 9 (bis) ; viii, 3, 10 ; x, 2, 7 ; xii, 3 ; after-
wards, viii, 10, 13 ; introducing apodosis of a conditional
sentence, v, 8 ; -kydh, then of course, of course, certainly,
viii, 11 ; xii, 4.

add, m. completion ; — gatshun, (of a period of time) to be com-
pleted, to come to an end, to elapse, pass, x, 8 ; xii, 4, 9,
11, 2.

odu, half ; f. pi. aje, half, i.e. some, xi, 7.

adal, m. justice ; adHa soty, by means of justice, i, 3.

addlaih, f. a court of justice ; addlilts^-peth, (went) to the court of
justice, v, 9.

Adam, m. N.P., Adam, iv, 2, 3 ; vii, 6, 7 ; sg. dat. ddamas-soty,
together with A., vii, 6.

275 VOCABULARY ah 1

dga, m. a master ; sg. dat. dgas-peth, (infidelity) to a master, viii,
6, 8, 11.

age (Hindi), ahead, in front, xi, 4.

dgdh, sohib-e-dgdh, an intelligent master, ii, 9.

agar, if, viii, 13.

dgur, m. source (of a stream), viii, 7.

dgay, 1. information ; dgayi, for inspection, v, 7.

ah 1, a, suff. of indefinite art. ; dohd dohd, each day, every day, viii,
3 ; dalild, a story, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; x, 1 (bis) ; hakimd, a single
wise man, vi, 13 ; hdtshd, an accusation, vi, 9 ; keh kdld (v, 10),
or keh kdldh (viii, 2), some short time (elapsed) ; moddnd,
a plain, x, 5 ; pardd, a veil, vi, 4 ; pdtashdhd, a certain king,
viii, 1 ; sdddgdra, a merchant, viii, 9 ; shehmdrd, a python,
viii, 7 ; shehard, a city, v, 1 ; shekhtsd, a person, x, 1 ;
dba-srehd, st, water moisture, a trickle of water, viii, 7 ; sdthd,
(sit, wait) a moment, vi, 3 ; vii, 9 ; ihurfid, a (piece of) fresh
butter, ix, 4 ; zald zald, a scratch a scratch, a continuous
scratching, xii, 17; zarama,awoman,x,5; xii, 4, 10; ziydphathd,
a dish of food, x, 5 ; akhdh, a certain person, v, 7 ; yus akhdh,
whoever, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; ankah, a rara avis, ii, 2, etc., see ankd ;
hdnzdh, a boatman, i, 4 ; ko?nudh, a deed, x, 2, 3 ; kuthudh, a
room, ix, 4 ; kotydh, how many a ! ix, 5,11 J xii, 29 ; marhabdh,
a wish of good luck, ii, 10 ; necyuvdh, a son, v, 2 ; nazardh,
a glance, viii, 11 ; phakirdh, a faqlr, ii, 1 (bis) ; photawdh,
a decree, ii, 7 ; patashehdh, a king, ii, 1 ; phikirdh, a thought,
xii, 19, 24 ; rathdh, a night, xii, 5 ; sadah, a sound, viii, 9 ;
soldh, an excursion, ii, 2 ; sdthdh, for a short time, ii, 4 ;
totfyah, an humble servant (fern.), xii, 18 ; wuchundh, a
look, viii, 3 ; wdrayah kdldh, a long time (elapsed), viii, 2 ;
wdraydh kdl, for a long time, viii, 2 ; wustdddh, a teacher,
i, 13 ; vyuruah, a little nectar, ix, 2 ; yeddh, a belly, ix, 7 ;
za/aA, a net, i, 6, 7, 8 ; zatidndh, a woman, iii, 4.

Followed by akh, dkhund akh, a certain religious teacher,
xii, i ; baldyd akh, an evil thing, x, 8 ; dohd akh, one day,
xii, 1 ; hdnzdh akh, a certain fisherman, i, 4 ; danah waziran
ak1, by a certain wise vizier, viii, 1 ; khotund akh, a certain
lady, v, 11 ; xii, 15 ; phakird akh, a certain faqlr, x, 7 ;

T

ah 2 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 21 Q

patashehd akh, a certain king, viii, 7, 11 ; soddgdrd akh, a
certain merchant, viii, 9 ; shehard akh, a certain city, v, 1 ;
shekhtsdh akh, a certain person, xii, 3 ; zandnd akh, a certain
woman, x, 5.

ah 2, m. a sigh, iv, 3 ; pi. nom. ah, i, 5.

ahad, m. lifetime, time ; abl. sg. with emph. y, ahaday, i, 2.

Ahmad, m. N.P., Ahmad.

ahan-gdr, m. a blacksmith ; pi. dat. ahan-gdrdn, m.c. for -gdran,
xi, 16.

ajaddh, m. a python, a boa-constrictor, x, 11 (ter) ; sg. dat.
qjaddhas (in sense of ace), x, 7.

oku, one, a, a certain ; with emph. y, masc. okuy, one only, xii, 13 ;
fern. ukP'y, one only, xii, 15 ; ag.sg.masc. subst. dk{, by one (sc.
son) ; adj. phakiran dk{, by a certain faqir, x, 12 ; ddndh
waziran dk{, by a certain wise Vizier, viii, 1 ; sg. abl.
masc. aki ddha, on a certain day, one day, v, 1 ; doha aki,
id. ii, 8 ; iii, 1 ; v, 1 ; viii, 1, 3 (bis), 7, 11 ; sing. dat.
masc. subst. akis, v, 6 ; vi, 11 ; adj. bdgas akis manz, in a
certain garden, iii, 7 ; mohara hatas akis roshu, a necklace of
one hundred mohars, v, 10 ; moddnas akis manz, in a certain
plain, iii, 1 ; viii, 9 ; ndgas akis peth, on a certain spring, iii, 4 ;
phakiras akis, for a certain faqir, iii, 1 ; pdtashehas akis nish,
(arrived) near a certain king, viii, 5 ; sheharas akis manz,
(arrived) at a certain city, xii, 2 ; ivanas akis manz, in a certain
forest, ix, 1 ; fern, akis jdye manz, into a certain place, iii, 7 ;
jdye akis, in (at) a certain place, ii, 8 ; viii, 7 (ter), 9 ; jdye akis
. . . jdye akis, in one place ... in another place, i, 3, 4 ;
koli akis peth, (went) to the bank of a certain stream, xii, 2.

akh, one, a, a certain one, a certain. In these tales, when used
as an indefinite article, it follows the noun with which it is
in agreement, as in dkhund akh, a certain religious teacher,
xii, 1 ; baldyd akh, an evil thing, x, 8 ; doha akh, one day,
xii, 1 ; hdnzdh akh, a certain fisherman, i, 4 ; khdtund akh,
a certain lady, v, 11 ; xii, 15 ; phakira akh, a certain faqir,
x, 7 ; patashehd akh, a certain king, viii, 7, 11 ; sdgdddrd akh,
a certain merchant, viii, 9 ; shehar akh, a certain city, ii, 1 ;
shehard akh, a certain city, v, 1 ; shekhtsdh akh, a certain

277 VOCAB ULABY dna

person, xii, 3 ; zandnd akh, a certain woman, x, 5. It will

be observed that, except in one instance (ii, 1), the suffix

a or ah of the indefinite article is always added to

the noun.

When used as a definite numeral the word precedes the

noun in the one instance occurring in these tales, viz. akh kath,

one word, xii, 1. So also when opposed to " other " in the

following : akh . . . bekh (or bydkh), the one . . . the other,

viii, 14 ; xii, 3, 10, 19 ; akh . . . biye, in the first place . . .

in the second place, v, 9 ; vi, 15 ; xii, 1, 21.

With suffix of the indefinite article, akhdh, a certain person,

v, 1 ; yus akhah, whoever, viii, 6, 8, 11.
akh, dkho, see yunu.
dkhun, m. a religious teacher, a doctor of divinity, xii, 1 ; with sufT.

of indef. art., dkhund akh, a certain religious teacher, xii, 1 ;

6khun-kotu, the son of a r.t., xii, 25 ; -zdda, id., xii, 2 ; sg.

dat. -zddas nish, (came) to the r.t.'s son, xii, 2.
akith, on one side ; ndgas akith kun, on one side of the spring,

xii, 14.
6lu, m. a bird's nest, viii, 1 ; sg. dat. olis, viii, 1.
Aldh, m. God, i, 7 ; ii, 12.
alll, wretched, miserable, poverty-stricken, i, 4.
alum, m. the world, the universe, i, 13 ; iv, 3.
otf-ndsh, m. destruction of house and home, ix, 3.
alav, m. a call, a cry ; — karun, to call out (to a person), x, 5 (bis),

12 (bis) ; xii, 7, 15.
alvidah (= al-widd'), m. — karun, to make a last farewell, vii, 16.
dm, etc., see yunu.

6mu, raw, uncooked ; masc. pi. nom., dm1, xi, 11.
amdbu, very, excessively, xi, 18.
amdnath, m., a deposit in trust, x, 12 ; — thdwun, to place as a

deposit, to put in deposit, x, 12.
dmpa, f. pi., the feeding of one bird by another, beak to beak ;

-kani, by means of this method of feeding, viii, 1.
amdr, m. desire, longing, v, 2.
dmotu, dmuts", see yunu.
ona, aina, m. a mirror, v, 4 (ter).

unu HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 278

unu, sign of gen., generally used with persons, but used with ashekh

(qsh*kunu), love, v, 2, 3, 10.
and, m., end, extremity ; andas-kun, at the end, at the extremity,

xii, 6 ; w6tu sheharas and-kun, he arrived at the outskirts of

the city.
andar, adv. within, iii, 8 (ter) ; postpos. governing dat., within,

in, i, 13 ; xii, 17 ; andaruy, id., xii, 16.
anka (= 'anqa), m. a phoenix, a rara avis, something very rare ;

with suff. of indef. art. ankdh, ii, 2 (bis), 3, 4 (ter), 5, 6, 7,

10, 12.

anun, to bring, to fetch, ii, 8, 11, 12 ; iii, 1, 5, 9 ; v, 4, 8, 9 ; vi,
15, 16 ; viii, 4, 9 ; ix, 2 ; x, 5, 10, 12 ; xi, 10 ; xii, 4, 5, 10,

11, 15, 16, 19, 20, 21 ; to bring, to call, summon, viii, 1 ;
anun nod diih, having called to bring, to summon, send for,
x, 12 ; pesh anun, to bring before (a person) ; to cause (him)
to experience, to subject (him) to, xii, 25 ; anun zlniih (xii, 25)
or anun zenan (xi, 1, 2, etc.), to conquer and carry off, to
conquer and appropriate to oneself ; aniih dyunu, to bring
and give, to bring to a person, xii, 4 (bis).

inf. of purpose, anani, x, v ; fut. pass. part, with gatshun 1,
anun, v, 4 ; anunu, xii, 21 (ter) ; fern, anun", x, 5 ; xii, 19,
20 (bis) ; conj. part, aniih, iii, 1 ; xii, 4 (bis). .

pres. part., forming pres. anan chuh, x, 12 ; chuh anan,
xii, 19.

1 past part, forming past, onu, fern. ilnu ; m. sg. with suff.
3 sg. ag. onun, iii, 5 ; viii, 9 (bis) 12, 4 ; with suff. 3 pi. ag.
onukh, ii, 11, 12 ; vi, 15, 16 ; x, 12 ; with ditto and suff.
3 sg. dat. onuhas, vi, 16 ; m. pi. with suff. 3 pi. ag. dnikh, v, 9 ;
viii, 1 ; x, 12 (bis) ; dn*hay (poet.), xi, 10 ; f. sg. with suff.
2 sg. ag. and 2 sg. nom. iinHh-as, xii, 11 ; with suff. 3 sg. ag.
unun, x, 10 ; xii, 25 ; with suff. 3 pi. ag. unP-kh, ii, 8 ; f . pi.
with suff. 2 sg. dat. aney, viii, 4 ; with suff. 3 pi. ag. and 3 sg.
dat. anehas, vi, 16 ; perf. part. onumotu ; m. pi. drfrndt1,
v, 8 (for plup.) ; m. sg. forming plup. m. sg. 3 6su onumotu,
xii, 25 ; 2 past part, anav, forming 2 past, with suff. 1 sg.
ag. andm, ix, 2.

fut. sg. 1 ana, x, 5 ; interrog. ana, xii, 4, 5, 11 ; pi. 1,

279

VOCABULARY

asun

with suff. 3 sg. ace. anon, xi, 1, etc. ; pi. 3, with suff. 2 sg.
dat. ananay, xii, 16.

impve. sg. 2, an, iii, 5, 9 (bis) ; xii, 10, 15 ; with suff.
3 sg. ace. anun, iii, 5, 9 ; with suff. 3 pi. ace. anukh, x, 12 ;

2 pi. with suff. 1 sg. dat. anyum, vi, 16 (bis) ; with suff.

3 pi. ace. anyukh, x, 12.
an, yes, x, 5, 12.

apor1, in that direction, v, 4 ; -kin1, from on that side, v, 7. Cf.

yipor*.
apsar, m. an officer ; sg. dat. apsaras, x, 12.
apozu, untrue, v, 9.
ar, m. pity ; dy-na ar, did not pity come to thee ? ix, 3 ; yiman

dv ar mydnu, pity for me came to them, x, 12.
or, there ; ora, from there, thence, v, 2, 4 ; xii, 4, 12 ; from there,

equivalent to " from some unnamed place ", v, 9 ; from there,

thereupon, then (opposed to yora), v, 8 ; ora-kani, in that

direction, v, 2. Cf. ivoda.
oru, f. a shoemaker's awl, xi, 14.
aram, m. repose ; — kariin, to repose, v, 9 ; — trdwun, to repose,

go to bed, lie down (on a bed), take rest, iii, 3, 7 ; viii, 5 ;

sg. dat. aramas, at rest, sleeping, viii, 13.
arman, m. longing ; — dv, longing came, iii, 9.
arz-6-samd f . ( = arz o sama) earth and heaven, vii, 26.
as, see yunu.
os, m. the mouth ; osa-kani (issuing) from the mouth, viii, 7 ;

chis 6sas haran (rubies) are dropping from her mouth, xii, 9.
qshkh, m. lo ve, v, 2 (bis) ; qsh*ka chVi, a particle of love, vii, 30 ;

sg. gen. qsh*kunu (not qshekuku), v, 3, 10 ; do. f. dat. qsWkane,

v, 2.
asWndv, m. a near relation, x, 1, 6, 10.
asal, real, ii, 8, 11 ; xii, 16.
asldmalaikum ( = as-saldm 'alaikum), the peace be upon you,

xii, 26.
asmdn, m. heaven, ii, 6 ; pi. dat. asmdnan peth, on the heavens,

iv, 4 ; pi. abl. asmdnav peth*, above the heavens, iii, 8.
asun, conj. 2, to be, to exist (as a verb subst.), i, 3 ; ix, 2 ; ii, 1, 4,

7, 8, 9, 10 ; iii, 7 ; v, 1, 9, 10 ; vi, 10, 11 ; vii, 7, 8, 10 i

asun HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 280

viii, 1 (bis), 3, 5, 7 (bis), 9, 11 (ter), 13 (bis) ; x, 1, 5 (bis),
7 (bis) ; xi, 7 (bis) ; xii, 1, 2, 4, 11, 15 (ter), 20, 25 ; to
become, i, 3 ; ix, 2 ; xii, 15. Often used with dat. of
possession, phaklras 6su, the faqir had, ii, 4 ; amis 6su, he
had, ii, 5 ; vi, 10 ; x, 4 ; 6su amis, he had, ii, 5 ; os^s, he
had (a wife), iii, 1 ; dsum, I had, vii, 11, 15 ; 6sus, he had,
viii, 7, 9 ; abas asind, has not the water ? viii, 7 ; tamis 6su,
he had, viii, 9 ; amis os\ he had (sons), viii, 11 ; tamis^y
ds% he had (sons), xii, 1.

inf. dsunu, xii, 4 ; sg. dat. asanas, for existence (of wealth),
i.e. when wealth exists, x, 1 (bis), 6, 10 ; fut. pass. part. m.
sg. asun, xii, 10 (bis) ; dsunu, xii, 4 (bis), 5, 13 (ter) ; with
emph. y, dsunuy, i, 12 (v.l.) ; pi. dsdn{, xii, 5.

past sg. masc. 6su, was, ii, 4, 5 (bis), 7, 8, 9, 10, 11;
v, 1, 9 (2idtashdh-kiLru biye 6su sonar bagas-manz, the
princess and also the goldsmith were in the garden) ; vi,
10 (bis) ; vii, 8 ; viii, 1 (bis), 7 (bis), 9 (bis), 11, 13 ; x, 4, 7 ;
xii, 1, 15 (bis); 6su-na, he was not, xii, 2 ; osnm, I had,
vii, 11, 15; dsus, he had, viii, 7, 9; Jcati osukh, whence
wast thou ? where have you come from ? xii, 15.

Forming impf . 6su gaddn, he used to make, v, 1 ; 6su Jcardn,
he was making, i, 1 ; 6su laydn, he was casting (a net), i, 6 ;
6su mardn, he was dying, v, 9 ; 6su neran, he used to go out,
viii, 1 ; 6su pherdn, he was wandering, i, 2 ; 6su pahdn, he
was going along, v, 7 ; 6su taran, he was paying (tribute),
x, 10 ; 6su traivan, he was emitting, i, 5 ; 6su tsaldn, he was
absconding, xii, 25 ; 6su wuchdn, he was watching, iii, 1 ;
6su woihardn, he was wiping, viii, 6, 13 ; hhewan 6su-na, he
used not to eat, vi, 16 ; dsus kardn, I was making, x, 14 ;
6sus-na khasdn, was not rising for him, i, 6 ; dsus zdgdn,
(disloyalty) was waking in him, ii, 5.

Forming plup. 6su onumotu, had been brought, xii, . 25 ;
6su dyuthumotu, had been seen, vi, 14 ; 6su dyutumotu, had
been given, x, 12 ; 6su gamotu, he had become, i, 4 ; 6su
gomotu, had befallen, v, 2 ; 6su Jcorumolu, had been made,
ii, 1 (bis) : horumotu 6su, had been made, x, 7 ; 6su nyumotu,
had been taken, viii, 9 ; 6su pemotu, had fallen, viii, 9 ; xii,

281

VOCABULARY

asun

15 ; dsukh korumotu, had been made by them, viii, 2 ; dsum
dmotu, (to-day) he came to me, iii, 1 ; phaklr dsum ldgumotu,
I dressed as a faqir, x, 14 ; 6sunas dyutumotu khash, she gave
a cut (to one of) his (nails), v, 6 ; 6sus gemot", (love) befel
him, v, 2 ; dsus korumotu, had been done to her, ix, 1 ; 6suthan
korumotu, he was made by thee, x, 12.

Forming plup. with conj. part. 6su zolith, he had kindled,

in, 1 ;

<>sl

logith, he had dressed himself as (a faqir),

x, 12.

m. pi. ds\ they were, etc., vi, 11 ; viii, 3, 5, 11 (ter) ; xii, 1 ;
forming impf. dsl bozdn, they were listening to, viii, 1 ; os{
gatshdn, they were becoming, they used to be, viii, 1 ; dt*
Jcardn, they were making, i, 3 ; Jcardn ds\ they were making,
xi, 8 ; os{ lardn, they were running, x, v ; osi pakdn, they were
walking, x, 1 ; os* pardn, they were reading, viii, 3, 4 ; waddn
osi (m.c), they were lamenting, xi, 5.

Forming plup. os* gamdt1, v, 9 ; bsis gan&mdV-, they had
been tied (on) his (arm), x, 5 ; os{wa diVmdt1, they had been
given to you, x, 12.

f. sg. os", she was, etc., v, 10 ; vii, 7 ; x, 5 (bis), 7 ; xii, 4,
15, 20, 25 ; osuna, it (f.) was not, ii, 1 ; dsils, I was, vii, 10 ;
I became, ix, 2 ; dsus, he had (a wife), iii. 1.

Forming impf. osu gatshdn, she used to go, v, 1 ; d$* Jcardn,
she used to make, xii, 20 ; os" waddn, she was lamenting,
vii, 16 ; osuna gatshdn, (chirping f.) was not occurring, viii,
1 ; osus shubdn, I (f.) was beautiful, vii, 10 ; ostisan tshdddn,
I was seeking for him, xii, 15 ; dstiy kardn, she verily was
making, vii, 16.

Forming plup. dsu parzandvumutsu, she had been recognized,
x, 5 : osu tsiijumiltsii, she had absconded, ix, 1 ; osas kurumiitsti ■,
(a seal, f .) had been made on it, x, 10.

f. pi. dsa, they (f.) were, iii, 7 ; xi, 7 (bis) ; dsakh, the (eyes
f.) of them were (satisfied), i, 3.

Forming impf. kardn dsa, they (f.) were making, xi, 19.

Forming plup. dsa hetsamatsa, they (f.) were taken, x, 14.

fut. sg. 3, dsi, he (etc.) will be, x, 1 ; dsind, will there not
be ? i, 2 ; abas dsind, has not the water ? viii, 7 ; dsim (for

asar HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 282

dsem), there will be (on) my (queen), viii, 13 ; dsiy, there will

be for thee, xii, 11.
Forming fut. perf. ma dsi dmotu, I wonder can he have

come, xii, 23 ; dsi ldryomotu, is probably polluted, viii, 6 ;

dsi mumotu, he is probably dead, x, 8 (bis).

Forming fut. subjunctive, dsi pemutsu, (on whom a particle

of love) will have fallen ; vii, 30 ; dsi w6tumotu, (he who)

will have arrived, vii, 29.
past cond. forming durative past cond. sg. 3, dsihe shubdn,

it would be excellent, ii, 4, 5.

perf. m. sg. 3, chuh 6sumotu, has been, i.e. was, v, 1 ; 6sumotu

chits, (someone) was (near) her, v, 4.
asar, m. a result, vi, 16 ; asara-soty, owing to the result, vi, 16.
dt\ here, there (near), viii, 4 ; x, 11 ; xii, 20 ; here verily, x, 8 ;

xii, 19 ; yitf-kydh . . . dV-kydh, here, on the one hand . . .

there on the other hand, viii, 13 ; dtiy, in that very place,

x, 3, 5.
ati, here, there (near), ii, 1, 8, 10 ; iii, 1, 4, 7, (ter), 8 (bis), 9 ; v, 5,

7 (bis), 9 (bis) ; vi, 5, 11 ; viii, 1, 7, 9 ; x, 5 (bis), 7 (bis) ;

xii, 1, 2, 7 ; from there, v, 4, 6 ; x, 14 ; xii, 17, 18, 19 ;

atiy, there verily, ii, 10, 11 ; iii, 1, x, 5 ; in regard to this,

x, 13 ; sg. gen. atyuku, of there ; m. sg. dat. atikis pdtashehas

nish, (came) to the king of that place.
otu, there, v, 4, 9 ; x, 5, 14 ; xii, 15, 18, 25 ; otu tan, up to there,

by that time, x, 4, 6 ; otuy, there verily, iii, 4 ; ix, 1.
[ath], this, that (near, or within sight).

subst. an. m. sg. ag. am1, ii, 5 ; iii, 1 ; v, 4 (bis), 8 ;

viii, 7, 9 (bis), 10 ; x, 1 (bis), 5 (ter) ; xii, 7, 10, 15, 17, 18 ;

dmiy, by him verily, v, 9 ; an. m. sg. dat. amis, ii, 4 (of

a dead parrot), 5 (bis) ; iii, 8 ; v, 2, 3, 7, 10 (dat. comm.) ;

vi, 10 ; viii, 6, 10 (amis kydh chuh nop), what is on his neck ?),

11; x, 1, 1 (amis Idyukh, they beat him, bhdve prayoga), 4 (ter),

5, 12 ; xii, 4, 5, 10 (amis kdsun mast, he shaved him), 12

(meaning of genitive), 13, 15 (bis), 18, 19, 21, 25 ; amisuy

to this one verily, ii, 8 ; v, 7 ; viii, 7 (amisuy osa-kani, from

its (an.) mouth) ; xii, 15 (amisuy athi, by the hand of this

very one) ; sg. m. gen. dmi-sondu, v, 3 ; viii, 6, 8, 10 ; dm*-

283

VOCABULARY

atha

sunz", iii, 4 (bis) ; asondu, viii, 9 ; f. sg. ag. ami, iii, 1 (bis),

2, 4 ; v, 1, 4 (bis), 6 (bis), 11 ; viii, 1 ; xii, 7 (ter), 15
(quater), 20 ; f. sg. dat. amis, v, 3, 7 ; vii, 20 ; viii, 11 ; ix,
1 ; x, 7 ; xii, 8, 9 (amis kathan, on her words), 15 (bis) ; i. sg.
gen. dmi-so7idu, xii, 7 ; dm*-sandi, x, 5 ; dm*-sanzi, xii, 15.

subst. inan. sg. abl. ami, ii, 5 ; iii, 8 ; viii, 13 ; xii, 4,
17 (bis) ; amiy (for this very reason, etc.), viii, 1, 10 ; ix, 1 ;
viii, 6 ; sg. gen. amyuku, iii, 4 ; vi, 15 ; xii, 17 ; sg. dat.
ath, v, 6, 9 ; viii, 10 ; xii, 3, 12, 15 (bis), 20 (ath khabar,
news about that), 21, 22, 23 ; ath* (emph. *), i, 13 ; ii, 3 ;
iii, 7 ; vi, 15 ; viii, 1 (bis), 7 ; x, 5 (sense of ace.) : xii, 2,
7, 21, 22, 24 (bis).

adj. an. sg. m. ag. dm*, ii, 4, 7 (bis), 8 ; iii, 1, 9 ; v, 4, 7 ;
vi, 14 ; viii, 1,8; x, 2, 6, 7 (bis), 8 (bis), 12 ; xii, 4, 7, 22,
25 (bis), dat. amis, ii, 1, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 ; iii, 1, 2 (ter), 8 (bis),
9 ; v, 2 (agreeing with gen.), 3 (do.), 8, 9 (bis), 10, 12 ; vii, 20 ;
viii, 5 (bis), 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (quater), 13 (ter) ; x, 1, 2 (bis),

3, 4, 5, (quater) 7, 7 (for ace), 8 (ter), 11, 12 ; xii, 2, 3
(bis), 4 (ter), 4 (with gen.), 5 (bis), 5 (with gen.),
6, 8, 10 (bis), 11, 12, 13 (ter), 15, 18, 19 (quater),
22, 22 (with gen.), 24, 25 ; (with emph. y), amisuy, iii, 8 ;
x, 10 ; f. ag. ami, ii, 9 ; iii, 4, 9 (bis) ; v, 1, 5 (bis), 7, 9, 11 ;
viii, 1 ; ix, 1, 6 ; x, 3 (bis), 5, 12 ; xii, 2, 4, 5, (bis), 15
(quater), 18 (bis), 22 ; sg. dat. amis, ii, 9 ; iii, 1, 2 ; v, 9 (for
ace.) ; viii, 3, 6, 6 (with gen.), 11, 13 ; ix, 1, 4, 6 ; x, 3, 5,
7 (quater), 7 (with gen.), 10, 13, 15 ; (with emph. y),
amisuy, iii, 4.

adj. inan. sg. abl. ami, iii, 6 ; vi, 16 (bis) ; xii, 3 (with
gen.), 4, 7, 12, 15, 23 ; sg. dat. ath, ii, 4, 5, 7 (bis) ; iii, 4, 9 ;
v, 4, 5, 6 (ter), 11 ; vi, 14 ; viii, 1, 7 (ter) ; x, 3, 5 (bis), 7
(sexies), 8, 10, 12, 13 ; xii, 2, 7, 12 (bis), 15, 17, 22 (bis), 23 ;
(with emph. ') ath*, iii, 7, 9 ; v, 5 ; vi, 16 ; vii, 26 ; viii, 9 ;
xii, 12.

ath, m. a market ; sg. abl. ata-petha, v, 7.

atha, m. a hand, forearm, viii, 7 (bis) ; x, 5 ; xii, 11, 12 ; pi. nom.
vii, 25 (ztth* atha ddrdn*, to stretch out the arms) ; x, 5 (bis),
xii, 2 ; sg. abl. athi, viii, 11 (athi dyunu, to make over to so

oth HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 284

and so), xi, 18 ; xii, 15 (bis) ; pi. gen. athan-handi, v, 6 ;

sg. dat. athas, v, 6 ; athas-keth, in the hand, ii, 7 ; v, 4 ; x, 7 ;

xii, 22 ( — dyutu, put into the hand), 23 ; aihas-manz, (a

bracelet) on the hand, xii, 12.
oth, eight, iii, 5 ; othi doh1, after eight days, iii, 4.
aih^r", f. a wool- worm ; a wood- worm, vii, 19.
otdny, there verily, xii, 33.
ataty, in that very place, viii, 7.
atsun, to enter (manz, into).

impve. sg. 2, atsh, iii, 8 (bis) ; inf. and fut. part. pass.

atsun, v, 4 (bis) (with gatshun 1) ; fo#u atsani, began to enter,

x, 7 ; n. ag. atsawunuy, even as I enter, v, 8 ; fut. sg. 1,

atsayo, I will enter, 0! v, 7.

past m. sg. 2, tsdkho, didst thou enter, 0 ! ii, 2 ; 3 tsdv, ii,

1, 5 (bis), 7, 10, 11 ; iii, 8 (bis) ; v, 5 ; x, 7 (bis) ; pi. 3, tsdy,

v, 9 ; tsds, they entered for him, viii, 9.
dv, see yunu.
ay 1, if ; yiy, if this, iii, 4 (bis), 9; tiy, if that, iii, 4 (bis), 9; dodHad-ay,

if (ye are) pained, vii, 9 ; hargdh-ay, if (he had done), viii, 10 ;

hargdh ki-y, if (he had done), viii, 7, 13 ; ladaham-ay, if thou

wilt send to me, x, 3 ; chiway, if ye are, xii, 15.
ay 2,0 \ kuriyay (addressed by a nurse to a princess), 0 daughter !

v, 2 ; ay ivazira (addressed by an inferior), 0 vizier ! xii, 4.
ay, 0 ! ay golam, 0 slave ! (addressed by a superior), viii, 6, 8, 11.
ay, dye, see yunu.
*yiy, in visHfiy, 0 friend (ves, fern.), ix, 11. Cf. i and (in v, 2)

Jcu^yey.
6y, see yunu.
ayekh, see yunu.

aydlbdr, possessed of a large family, ix, 2.
ay am, ay em, dy-nd, dyes, see yunu.
az 1, to-day, ii, 9 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 1 ; xii, 5, 10, 14, 19 (bis), 20 (bis) ;

az tan, up to to-day, till now, x, 7, 8 ; xii, 20. sg. gen. f. azic",

x, 14.
az 2, from ; az Khodd, from God, vi, 10.
azal, m. fate, doom, vii, 12 ; ix, 6.
oziz, poor ; m. pi. nom. oz'iz, ix, 11.

285

VOCABULARY

bagal

Aziz-i-Misar, N.P., vi, 10, 12 (bis) ; sg. ag. -misaran, vi, 14.

ba ; pari ba-Khoda, a fairy who obeys God, xii, 20 ; dv ba-sdruy-

saman, he came with all (his) paraphernalia, xi, 20.
be, be, prefix of privation ; be-baha, priceless, xii, 3, 4 (bis) ; be-

shumdr, countless, xii, 20, 1, 4 ; be-khabar, untaught, ignorant,

vii, 28 ; be-wopha, treacherous, x, 13 ; be-wophoyi, treachery,

infidelity, viii, 6, 11 ; be-wdsta, without worldly ties, v, 11.
baba, m. a holy man, a Calandar ; baban (among) Calandars,

vi, 13.
beb, f. the breast-pocket ; sg. dat. bebi andar (xii, 17) or bebi-andar^y

(xii, 16), in the breast pocket.
bace, m. the young of any animal ; pi. nom. bace, viii, 1.
boche, f. hunger ; — liljus, he became hungry, vi, 16 ; bochi-sotiy,

merely owing to hunger, vi, 16.
bacun ; 2 past, bacyokh, thou escapedst, x, 8.
bacawun, to save ; inf. fern, tagiye bacawunu, do you know how to

save her ? v, 9.
bod1, m. a prisoner ; b'dd^hal, f. a prison, ix, 4.
bqdu ; hata-bod1, hundreds, ix, 9.

bodu, great, xii, 14 ; badis-hihis, to the elder (prince), viii, 13.
budu, old ; budu zanana, an old woman, x, 5 ; buje zanani, to the

old woman, x, 5.
badal, m. exchange, vii, 12 ; prep, governing dat. in exchange (for),

i, 9 ; adv. instead, xii, 16.
badan, m. the body ; sg. dat. badanas, viii, 6 (bis), 13.
budun, to be old ; 2 p. m. sg. 1 budyos, I am grown old, xii, 1.
bedar, awake, iii, 7 ; viii, 8 ; — gatshun, to wake (from sleep),

vi, 12 ; viii, 6, 9, 13 ; — rozun, to keep awake, x, 1, 6, 8.
bag, m. a garden, ii, 1 ; sg. gen. arman baguJcu, longing for the

garden, iii, 9 ; dat. mushtahh bagas, enamoured of the garden,

iii, 9 ; bagas-manz, in, or into, the garden, ii, 1 (ter), 7 (bis) ;

v, 4, 5, 6, 9 (bis).
bag, m. the Musalman call to prayer ; — parun, to cry the call to

prayer, xii, 1.
bog1, in shaman-bog1, at about evening, v, 5.
began ; gah begah, in and out of season, vi, 2.
bagal, m. : bagala-manza, from under his armpit, viii, 7.

bagan*

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

286

bdgdn1 ; bagan* dyes, it was my fate, ix, 4.

bogarun ; fut. pass. part, f . pi. bogarane, (loaves) must be divided,
v, 8 ; 1 p. f. pi. bogaren, she divided (the loaves), v, 8 ; 2 p.
f. sg. bogarem-ay, I divided it (f.), 0 ! v, 7.

bdgivdn, m. a garden- watcher, a gardener, xi, 13.

boh, I, ii, 5, 11 (bis) ; iii, 1, 4 (bis), 8 ; v, 5, 6 ; vii, 20, 5 ; viii, 3,
6, 8, 10, 11 (quater) ; ix, 1,4; x, 1, 2 (bis), 3, 5 (bis), 7, 12
xii, 1, 4, 11,. 19, 23; bo-nay, I (shall) not, xi, 14 (poet.)
bo ti, I also, iii, 4 ; boy, if I, viii, 1 (bis) ; I verily, x, 10, 2, 4
buday, I verily (poet.), ix, 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12.

ase, us, to us, etc., viii, 1, 3, 11 ; x, 2, 12 (bis) ; xii, 17
ase-kun hdwuth, thou showedst before us, vi, 5 ; ds{, we
v, 9, 10 ; viii, 3 ; xi, 15 ; xii, 19 ; ds{-ti, we also, xii, 1.

me, me, to me, etc., iii, 4, 9 ; v, 8, 9, 10, 11 ; vii, 11, 2, 3
viii, 11 ; ix, 1, 4, 6 ; x, 3 (bis), 4, 5 (bis), 8, 12 (bis), 5
xii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 7, 10 (bis), 13, 22, 24 (bis) ; by me, ii, 2
(bis) ; vi, 15 ; viii, 5 ; ix, 11 ; x, 1, 12 (ter), 14 ; xi, 1
xii, 6, 20, 4 ; me-kyutu, xii, 24 ; me loyikh, fit for me, xii
10 (bis) ; me nish, near me, viii, 5 ; xii, 22 (bis) ; me nishe
near me, in my possession, x, 14 ; me dsum, I had, vii, 15
me sotin, (share) with me, i, 7 ; me soty, together with me
viii, 3, 11 ; x, 9 ; xii, 2, 7 ; me-ti, to me also, ix, 1 ; me also
vi, 11 ; xi, 14.

bah, card., twelve ; tsdtas bahan-hatan-hondu zyuthu, the master
of twelve hundred pupils, v, 1.

Bahadur Khan, m. N.P., Bahadur Khan, ii, 1 ; sg. dat. — Jchdnas,
ii, 12.

behun, to sit down, vi, 3, 16 (bis) ; x, 7 ; xii, 4 (bis), 6, 7, 21 ; to
sit down in a place, take up a position, xi, 2 ; to be stationed,
posted (at a particular place), xi, 6 ; to remain, stay (in a
certain place), take up one's abode, viii, 4 ; x, 5 ; xii, 2, 4 ;
to sit down at a work, set to work, xii, 26 (bis) ; to be employed
(in a certain business), viii, 5 (ter) ; to sit down (after finishing
a work), to rest, viii, 8 ; byuthu nazari, he sat watching ;
nokar behun, to sit down as a servant, take service, xii, 3.

conj. part, in sense of past part, bihith, seated, x, 5 (bis) ;
xii, 4, 5 ; fut. sg. 1, beha, xii, 3 ; 3, behi, vi, 16 ; impve. sg. 2

287 VOCABULARY banduk-baz

beh, xi, 2 ; pi. 2, behiv, viii, 5 ; pol. impve. sg. 2, bihtam,

sit please for me, sit to please me, vi, 3 ; fut. impve. beWzi,

you must sit, xii, 6 ; pres. masc. sg. 3, beJidn chuh, xii, 4 ;

past masc. sg. 3, byuthu, viii, 4 ; x, 5, 7 (bis) ; xii, 4, 7, 21,

6 (bis) ; byuthus, sat (on) his (thumb-ring), vi, 16 ; m. pi. 3,

67$*, viii, 5 (bis), 8 ; xi, 6 ; xii, 2.
bahdr, m. the season of spring, i, 11.
bdj, m. tribute ; — tdrun, to collect tribute, x, 10 ; xi, 2.
bdju, m. in bojt-bath, sharing, partnership, i, 7.
bdki, conj. but.
fteM, see bydkh.

bakhacoyish, f. a present, a gift, ii, 7 ; xii, 3.
bahdr, useful, x, 6.
Bikarmdjeth, m. N.P., Vikramaditya ; sg. ag. bikarmdjetan, x, 8 ;

gen. m. — jetunu, x, 7, 14; f. — jetilniit x, 1, 6.
baktdwdr, prosperous, viii, 9.
bdl, m. a child ; bdla-pdn, a youthful body, the graceful body of

a child, vii, 11 ; sg. dat. -pdnas, vii, 15.
bdl, f. a girl : sg. dat. bale, m.c. for bdli, v, 11.
&o£, m. speech ; bol-bdsh'a, the chirping of birds, viii, 1 (ter).
bulbul, m. a nightingale, ii, 3 (bis) ; with sufL of indef. art. bulbuldh,

ii, 3.
baPki, conj. moreover.
Bald, m. a Baltl, an inhabitant of Baltistan ; voc. pi. balti, xi, 4

(Hindostani).
baldy, f. a calamity, evil (ix, 2), an evil genius, evil spirit, devil,

fiend (x, 7, 8) ; with suff. of indef. art. baldyd akh, an

evil spirit, x, 8 ; baldy peyin, may calamity fall on

him, ix, 2.
bemdr, adj. sick, ill, v, 1, 3 ; — gatshun, to become sick, v, 10 ;

— pyonu, to fall ill, v, 1.
bon, adv. down, below, xii, 15 ; — wasun, to descend, viii, 4 ; xii,

2, 14, 15 ; bona-kani, below, down below, iii, 2.
band, adj. shut, tied up ; bar band karun, to shut the door, viii, 3 ;

kdrin band, he tied up (rupees), x, 2.
banda, m. a slave, i, 13 ; voc. banda, i, 13.
banduk-baz, m. a gunner ; pi. nom. banduk-baz, ii, 7.

bandukh HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 288

bandukh, m. a gun, viii, 10 ; — Idyun, to fire a gun, ii, 11 ; cf.

viii, 10.
bindh, m. one who sees, ii, 2.
banun, to become, vi, 16 ; to be, vi, 13 ; to happen, ii, 7 ; vii, 22 ;

viii, 7 ; xii, 1 ; to become, turn out, viii, 7 ; to be possible,

x, 3 ; banun, inf., is used to mean " fate ", especially " evil

fate ", hence banana-rostu, free from fated sorrow, vii, 23.
fut. sg. 3, bani, vi, 13 ; vii, 1 ; x, 3 ; with v added

(I say to you, " there will happen "), baniv, ii, 7 ; pres. sg. f . 3

with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. bandn ches-na, viii, 7 ; II past,

banyov, vi, 16 ; with suff. 1 pers. sg. dat. banydm, vii, 22 ;

III past, banydv, xii, 1.
bonth ; bontha-kani, in front (governing dat.), ii, 3 ; iii, 1 ; viii,

11 ; x, 5, 10, 2 ; xii, 4, 9, 12, 23 (bis) ; pdtashehas bonth-kun,

(laid) before the king, i, 8 ; cf. bronth.
benawdh, adj. destitute, vii, 7.
bandwun, to make ; I past with suff. 3 pers. sg. ag. bandivun,

viii, 14.
bene, f. a sister, iii, 9 ; x, 3, 10 ; sg. ag. beni, x, 3 (bis), 10 ; gen.

bene-hondu, x, 3 (ter), 10 ; doda-bene, a milk-sister, a foster

sister, iii, 4.
bunulu, m. an earthquake, xii, 15 (gav, took place).
bdpath, postpos. for ; mdrana bdpath, he was made over for killing,

i.e. to be killed, x, 12 ; ami bdpath, for this reason, on this

account, ii, 5 ; amiy bdpath, for this very reason, ix, 1 ;

kami bdpath, for what reason ? why ? ix, 1 ; with what

purpose ? x, 12.
bar, m. a door ; — band karun, to lock the door, viii, 3 ; — mutsarun,

to open the door, viii, 3.
bar (1) ; Bar Khoddyo, O Great God ! v, 7 ; Bar-Sohib, the Almighty,

vii, 2, 3, 5.
bar (2) ; m. a load ; wunta-bdr (pi. nom.), camel loads, i, 9.
bdru, m. a load, ii, 5 ; sg. abl. heth bdri, taking in a load, xi, 13.
bardbar, adv. at once, iii, 9.

barg, m. a leaf ; pi. abl. bargau-soty, owing to leaves, vii, 10.
broh, adv. (an order) in advance, beforehand, xi, 4.
bruh, adv. in advance, in front, beforehand, xi, 6 ; bruh bruh,

289

VOCABULARY

bith*

(walking) in front, iii, 1,2; viii, 9 ; xii, 7 ; cf. pata pata, s.v.

pata ; dkh bruh, there came to them in front, there appeared

before them, x, 1.
baram, m. an auger, a drill (poet, for barma) ; bar°m pdnas chum

kardn, he is making auger(-holes) in my body, vii, 24.
bdrdri1, m. pi. a pair of uterine brothers, viii, 5 ; ag. bdranyau,

viii, 3.
barun, to fill, ii, 3 ; viii, 3, 7 (bis) ; ix, 7, 11 ; rath barunu, to pass

the night, i, 10.
freq. part, bar1 bdrl (for bar1 bar1, m.c.), ix, 11 ; conj.

part, barith, i, 10 ; fut. sg. 1, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat.

baray, ii, 3 ; past masc. sg. with suff. 3 sg. ag. borun, viii,

7 (bis) ; fern. sg. with suff. 3 pi. ag. biirukh, viii, 3 ; ix, 7.
bronth, adv. of time, before, previously, x, 5 ; cf. bonth.
barish, f. a spear ; sg. abl. barishi soty, (dug) with his spear,

viii, 7.
borutu, adj. full ; pi. dat. (for ace.) bariten, vi, 15.
bdrav, m. pi. grumbling ; — din*, to grumble, xi, 17.
bardye, prep, for the sake of ; on account of ; for the purpose of ;

by way of ; — kombakas, by way of reinforcement, in order

to give help, xi, 7.
busu, m. a gobbet or mouthful of food put into the mouth at one

time, xii, 17.
bashe, f. babbling of a child ; shu^-bdshe, infantile talk, v, 2.
be-shumdr, adj. countless, xii, 20, 1, 4.
bismilld, interj., bi'smi'lldh, in the name of God ! xii, 17.
basta, f. the skin ; — wdlunu, to flay, viii, 6.
bata, m. cooked rice, iii, 1 (ter) ; food generally, vi, 16 (bis) ; -diiju,

f. a cloth holding a quantity of boiled rice, xi, 18 ; -han,

a little boiled rice, x, 5 ; -hand, usually f., but m. in x, 3 ;

-tr6mu, a copper dish holding cooked rice, iii, 1.
bath, m. boj^bath, sharing ; — karun, to divide into shares amongst

partners, to take one's own share and give out the other

shares, i, 7.
bath, f . word, speech, language ; katha-bdtha, nom. pi. conversations,

xii, 25 (we should expect -bata).
bittf, see behun.

bdta HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 290

bdta, m. a Tibetan, esp. an inhabitant of Baltistan ; -boy1, m. pi.
Tibetan brothers, xi, 6 ; -garan, in Tibetan houses, xi, 6.

bothu, m. the bank of a river ; bathis-peth, on the bank, xii, 7 ;
(ascended) on to the bank, xii, 6, 7.

bathu, m. the face, x, 5 (bis) ; xii, 2.

botunu, Tibet, esp. Baltistan or Little Tibet, or Ladakh ; sg. dat.
botanis, xi, 4.

bots", m. the members of a family, the people of a house, viii, 10 ;
a husband and wife, v, 9, 10 ; viii, 1 (bis), 2, 5, 6, 13 ; a wife
(politely), x, 14 (bis) ; sonara-sdnd* bots* zah, the goldsmith
and his wife, v, 10 ; pdtasheha-sdnd* (zah) botsu, the king and
queen, viii, 1 (bis), 5, 6, 13 ; pi. nom. botsti, v, 9, 10 ; viii,
1, 13 ; x, 14 ; pi. dat. batsan, viii, 1, 6, 13 ; x, 14 ; ag. bdtsau,
viii, 2, 5.

bdwun, to make manifest, explain a secret, confide a secret, ii,
4 (bis) ; vii, 21 ; past m. sg. bdwu, ii, 4 ; with suff. 3 sg. ag.
bdwun. ii, 4 ; past cond. sg. 1, bdwaho, vii, 21.

be-wopha, adj. treacherous, x, 13.

be-wophoyi, f. infidelity, viii, 6, 11.

bdwar, m. belief, faith ; — karun, to believe, viii, 13.

be-wdsta, adj. without worldly ties, v, 11.

bay, f . a lady, a mistress ; used as a suffix to indicate the wife of a
man of a certain trade or profession ; thus, gurl-bay, a cow-
herd's wife, xi, 12 ; gristi-bdy, a farmer's wife, ix, 1, 4, 6,
8, 10, 12 ; pdtashdh-bdy, a king's wife, a queen, viii, 1, 2, 3,
4, 6, 11, 12, 13 ; soddgar-bdy, a merchant's wife, iii, 1, 2, 3.
sing. nom. iii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 ; viii, 1, 2, 3, 11 (bis) ; ix, 1,

6 (bis), 8, 10, 2 ; dat. bdije, iii, 1, 2 ; viii, 1, 3, 4, 11, 2 ; ix,
1, 4, 6 ; xi, 12 ; gen. bdye-hondu, viii, 6, 13 ; ag. bayi, viii,
1, 3, 11, 2 ; ix, 1 ; grist1 -bay i(ioi -bdye)-lcun, (saying) to the
farmer's wife, ix, 1.

biye (properly abl. of bydlch, q.v.), adv. again, once more, iii,
3 (ter) ; v, 4, 5, 6, 10, 1 : vi, 15, 6 ; viii, 7 (bis), 11 ; x, 3, 6,

7 (quater) ; xii, 5 (bis), 10, 3 (ter) ; again, also, ii, 7 ;
iii, 5, 9 (bis) ; v, 3, 4 (bis), 6, 8 ; x, 1, 2 ; xii, 20, 2 (quater),
3, 4 (bis), 5 (bis) ; biye Jceh, something more (iii, 8), anything
else (xii, 18) ; biye Jam, anywhere else, xii, 4.

291 VOCABULARY bozun

conj. again, moreover, viii, 6 ; and, v, 7, 9 (bis) ; and

also, iii, 4, 5 ; akh . . . biye, in the first place ... in the

second place, both . . . and, v, 9 ; vi, 15 ; xii, 21 ; ta . . .

biye, both . . . and, viii, 9.
boy, f. a smell, scent, stink, xii, 15.
bdyu, m. a brother, viii, 14 (bis) ; sing. dat. boyis, v, 10 ; x, 3 ;

pi. nom. boy1, iv, 7 ; xi, 6 ; xii, 15 ; dat. bdyen, xii, 15 ;

bdyt-bdrdn*, uterine brothers, viii, 5 ; boif-kdhan, an elder

brother's wife, v, 10.
biydbdn, m. a forest, ii, 4.
bydkh, byekh, or bekh, pron. adj. another, the other, one more,

hence often, " a second," in the sense of " one more " ;

sing. nom. bydkh, viii, 9, 14 ; x, 1 ; xii, 4, 10 (fern.), 3 (ter),

4, 9 (fern.) ; byekh, viii, 1 (fern.) ; bekh, xii, 3, 10 (fern.) ; sg.

dat. biyis, viii, 5, 13 ; vi, 11 ; xii, 23 ; m. sg. ag. biyi, xii,

1 (bis) ; fern. pi. nom. biye, x, 1 ; m. pi. dat. biyen, viii, 9.
The sing. abl. of this word biye or biyi is used as an adv.
meaning " again ", " once more ", " also ", and as a con-
junction meaning " moreover ", " and ". See s.v. biye.

byonu, adj. separate, apart. byonu byonu, adv. separately, each
apart, vi, 4 ; vii, 14 ; byunuy, He alone is apart from all
things, or discrete (of God), vii, 2.

bozun, to hear, ii, 1, 2 (bis), 3, 4 (ter), 5, 6, 7 (bis), 10 (bis), 2 ;
iii, 1 ; iv, 1 ; v, 7 ; vi, 1, etc. ; vii, 9, 27, 8 ; ix, 6 ; x, 4 ;
xi, 20 ; xii, 7, 19 ; to listen to, ii, 5 ; vi, 10 ; viii, 1,2; xi,
1, 15 ; to obey, heed, xii, 20 ; shumdr buzu, the counting was
heard, i.e. the roll-call was read out, xi, 16.

In the pass, this verb usually means "to be visible "
(xii, 22), or " to be considered (as such and such) ", " to
seem " (viii, 5 ; x, 4 (bis) ), or " to be known or recognized
(as such and such) ", xii, 3.

inf. bozun, abl. (forming pass.) bozana, viii, 5 ; x, 4 (bis) ;
xii, 3, 22 ; fut. pass. part, gatshem bozunu, you must hear me,
xii, 7 ; conj. part, buzith, vii, 27, 8 ; impve. sg. 2, boz, ii,

2 (bis), 3, 4 (ter), 5, 6, 7, 10, 2 ; ix, 6 ; pol. sg. 2, with suff.
1st pers. sg. ace. boztam, please to hear me ; pi. 2, buz{tav,
please hear ye, vii, 9 ; fut. sg. 2 neg. interrog. bozakh-nd,

u

boz'gdr HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 292

wilt thou not hear ? vi, 1 ff. ; plur. 3, bozan, xi, 20 ; pres.
part, bozan, hearing, gatsh bozan, go attentively, xi, 1 ; pres.
m. sg. 3 neg. with suff. 3 sg. ace. chus-na bozan, he is not
listening to him, vi, 10; with suff. 3 pers. pi. ace. bozan
chukh-na, he is not listening to them, viii, 2 ; m. pi. 3 with
suff. 1 pers. sg. ace. chim bozan, they are listening to me,
xi, 5 ; imperf. m. pi. 3, osl bozan, viii, 1 ; past m. sg. buzu, ii,
7 ; iii, 1 ; v, 7 ; x, 4 ; xii, 19 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag.
buzuth, xii, 20 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. buzun, ii, 1, 10 ;
also with suff. 3 pers. sg. ace. and neg. buzunas-na, he did not
listen to him, ii, 5 ; f. sg. buzu, xi, 16.
bozigdr, m. a deceiver, cheat, iv, 1, etc.
bazar, m. a market, a bazaar, v, 7.

chih, f . a particle, a very small amount of anything, vii, 30.
chuh 1, the cry used in urging on a horse, xi, 8. Cf. hdr* hdr\
chuh 2, verb substantive and auxiliary verb.

(a) Verb subst. 1 sg. masc. chus, I am, xii, 1, 23 ; fem.
dies, xii, 18 ; 2 sg. masc. chukh, thou art, i, 10 ; ii, 2 ; xii, 1 ;
fem. chekh, viii, 3, 11 ; xii, 13 ; sg. 3 masc. chuh, he is, ii,
6, 8, 11 ; iii, 1, 2, 7, 8 ; v, 1, 8 ; vi, 7, 14 ; vii, 27 ; viii,
6, 8, 10, 1 ; x, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 2 ; xi, 2 ; xii, 2, 3, 15 ;
fem. cheh, she is, v, 3 ; vii, 29 ; viii, 7, 10, 3 ; x, 6, 7, 10, 4 ;
xi, 11 ; xii, 10, 9 ; 1 pi. masc. chih, we are, xii, 1 ; 2 pi. m.
chiv, (if) ye be, vii, 9 (poet.) ; chiiva, ye are, xii, 1 ; 3 pi. m.
chih, they are, v, 8, 10, 3 ; x, 1, 6 ; xii, 16.

neg. 3 sg. masc. chuna, he is not, iii, 3 ; iv, 4, 6 ; xii, 2 ;
fem. chena, x, 6, 7, 14 ; xii, 2 (kore chena khabar, there is no
news for the daughter, i.e. she does not know), 5, 20 ;
3 pi. fem. chena, xii, 19.

interrog. chesa, am I (fem.) 1 viii, 3, 11 ; chukha, art thou
(masc.) ? xii, 7 ; chwa, is he ? xii, 19, 20 ; chyd, is she ? v, 7 ;
vi, 7 ; x, 10 ; xii, 20.

emph. chusay, I (masc.) am verily, v, 11 ; 3 sg. masc.
chuy, is verily, ii, 2 ; iv, 3 ; vi, 14 ; vii, 2, 3 ; x, 4 ; xii, 14 ;
fem. chey, iii, 4, 8 ; v, 1, 10 ; xii, 6, 14 ; 3 pi. masc. chiy,
v, 4 ; x, 12 ; fem. chey, viii, 4. Possibly, in some of these
cases, the final y is not the emphatic particle, but is the suffix

293

VOCABULARY

chuh 2

of the 2nd pers. sg. dat., used as a sort of dativus commodi.
Note that chey, xii, 6, is apparently masc. although fern,
in form. The true subject is kol in the preceding sentence.
Cf. cheyey, ix, 6.

Conditional. 2 pi. masc. chiway, if ye are, xii, 15.

Used in possessive phrases (tamis, etc.) chuh ndv, (his)
name is (so and so), ii, 1 ; xii, 8, 18 ; amis chuh tab, he has
fever, v, 3 ; lukan chuh tav, the people have exhaustion
(i.e. are exhausted), xi, 13 ; tas chuh d6du, she has pain,
xii, 15 ; me-nishe chuh nishana, I have a token, x, 14 ; fee
nishe chuh nishana, x, 14 ; patashehas cheh khabar, the king
has news, iii, 3 ; so tas cheh khabar, xii, 2, she has news, she
believes ; similarly cheh in xii, 4, 5 (he has a wife), 15 (tas
cheh ukuy niir", she has only one arm), 19 ; amis cheh zandna
treh, he has three wives, xii, 19 ; ase chih gabar zah, we have
two sons, viii, 1 ; neg. ase chma phursath, we have no
leisure, xii, 17.

With pronominal suffixes. 1st pers. sg. masc. chum,
v, 8 (my (husband) is (sick)) ; vi, 5 (chum khoda, it is my
god) ; vii, 26 (chum tamah, I have longing) ; x, 12 (I have) :
xii, 7, kyah chum hukum, (what order (have you) for me) ;
fern, chem, v, 10 (chem bmf-kakan, she is my sister-in-law) ;
ix, 4 (mdtunu chem bodi-hal, it is to me a prison-house of
death) ; 3 pi. masc, vi, 3 (sath kuth1 lari chim, there are
seven rooms in my house) ; vi, 3 (cyane lohlari chim, they are
(to fulfil) my longing for you) ; x, 5 (hamsdye chim, I have
neighbours).

2nd pers. sing., 1 fern, chesay, I (fern.) am thy, ix, 3, 5,
etc. ; 3 sg. masc. chuy, is of thee, viii, 13 ; Khodaye-sondu
chuy kasam, the oath of God is to thee, I adjure thee by God,
xii, 7 ; fern, chey, she is of thee, v, 10 ; x, 8 (you have her) ;
xii, 14 (there is a road (wath, fern.) for thee) ; conditional,
cheyey, if there be to thee, ix, 6. N.B. — This last is masculine
although feminine in form. Cf. chey in xii, 6. 1 pi. masc.
chiy (as1 chiy gabar, we are in the position of sons to thee).

3rd pers. sing., 3 masc. chus, is to him, he has something
masculine, ii, 11 ; v, 6 (athas chus dddu, his hand is sore) ;

chuh 2 HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 294

viii, 9 {fata chus, he is behind him) ; viii, 10 {chus cdldn nop,
he has a letter of dispatch on his neck) ; xii, 3 {chus manz,
there is in it) ; fern, ches, viii, 6 {nazar ches batsan-kun, he
looks towards the husband and wife) ; xi, 9 {kala-kdn*
dombiju ches, the crupper is close to its head) ; neg. patashohl
chesna, he has no royal state, x, 4 ; 3 pi. masc. led chis zah,
he has two rubies, xii, 3.

2nd pers. plur., 3 sg. m. kydh sabab chuwa, what reason
have you ? viii, 5 ; fern. neg. chewana panilnu, she is not your
own, x, 1 ; 3 plur. masc. tsor chiwa tohe, trih chiwa mybn1 tohe-
nish, four are for you, and three are mine in your charge,
x, 5 ; fern, chewa, they (fern.) are for you, x, 1.

3rd pers. pi., 3 sg. fern, chhekh, nazar chekh o-kun, their
look is (directed) thither, xii, 23 ; 3 pi. masc. chikh kar,
they have works, xi, 10.

(b) Auxiliary. (1) With present participle, sg. 1 masc.
chus wuchdn, I see, iii, 8 ; fern, ches diwan, I give, vii, 22 ;
ches kardn, I make, vii, 15 ; ches riwan, I lament, vii, 22 ;
ches wadan, I lament, ix, 1 ; ches wdldn, I cause to descend,
v, 4.

sg. 2 masc. chukh wuchan, thou seest, iii, 8.

sg. 3 masc. andn chuh, he brings, x, 12 ; chuh andn, xii,
19 ; behdn chuh, he sits down, xii, 4 ; chuh cewan, he drinks,
xii, 6 ; dapdn chuh, he says, iv, 1 ; viii, 8, 9 ; x, 8, 12 ; xii,
10, 1, 4, 9, 20 ; diwan chuh, he gives, v, 11 ; xii, 23 ; chuh
diwan, xii, 17 ; chuh dazdn, is burning, viii, 13 ; x, 7 ; gatshdn
chuh, he goes, xii, 4 ; chuh gatshdn, xii, 4 ; chuh kaddn, he
abstracts, he passes time, viii, 13 ; xii, 4, 11, 17 ; chuh
khewan, he eats, xii, 6, 17 ; chuh kardn, he does, makes,
viii, 12, 13 ; x, 8, 14 ; xii, 24 ; chuh katardn, he cuts, x, 7
chuh lagan, he is being attached, viii, 5 ; chuh lekhdn, he
writes, x, 13 ; chuh lalawdn, he caresses, v, 6 ; chuh lonan
he reaps, x, 5 ; chuh laydn, he throws, v, 4 ; chuh nandn
it is manifest, vii, 1 ; gwash chuh jpholdn, dawn is breaking
xii, 2 ; chuh pherdn, it moves about, ii, 5 ; chuh pakdn
he goes forward, iii, 1 ; pakdn chuh, viii, 7 ; xii, 7 ; chuh
prdrdn, he is waiting, v, 6 ; chuh sholan, is flaming, vi, 6

295 VOCABULARY chuh 2

chuh tiildn, he is raising, xii, 1 7 ; chuh gdh trdwdn, is emitting
light, xii, 2 ; chuh tshundn, he is letting fall, xii, 17 ; chuh
wuchhdn, he sees, iii, 1, 4, 7, 8 ; viii, 6, 9 ; xii, 4 ; wuchdn
chuh, iii, 7 ; xii, 19 ; chuh waldn, he wraps, viii, 13 ; wandn
chuh, he says, x, 6 ; chuh wasdn, he is coming down, v, 7 ;
wasdn chuh, viii, 13 ; chuh wdtdn, he arrives, iii, 7 ; cAwA
yiwdn, he comes, xii, 3 ; yiwdn chuh, v, 5 ; xii, 4.

sg. 3 fern, cheh dapdn, she says, vii, 2, 3, 7, 8 ; ix, 6 ; x, 5 ;
xii, 18 ; dapdn cheh, iii. 3, 4 ; ix, 1 ; xii, 7, 11 ; cheh gatshdn,
she goes, becomes, x, 5 ; gatshdn cheh, xii, 23 ; cheh kardn,
she does, iii, 4 ; likhan cheh, she writes, xii, 11 ; cheh pakdn,
she goes forward, iii, 2 ; xii, 7 ; cheh wandn, she says, vi, 2 ;
vii, 1, 20, 6 ; wandn cheh, ix, 6 ; cheh yiwdn, she comes,
xii, 15.

pi. 2 masc. chiwa yiwdn bozana, you appear to be, viii, 5.

pi. 3 masc. dajpdn chih, they say, iii, 3 (people say) ; diwdn
chih, they give, x, 14 ; chih hardn, (rubies) are dropping,
xii, 9 ; chih kadan, they pass the time, viii, 11 ; chih kardn,
they do, make, viii, 3 ; xii, 3, 23 ; chih Idrdn, they run, ii, 9 ;
chih pakdn, they go forward, xii, 2 ; pakdn chih, x, 4 ; chih
sombardn, they collect, xi, 7 ; chih sdrdn, they collect, xi, 6 ;
chih tshdrdn, they seek, iii, 3.

pi. 3 fern, cheh kardn, they do, v, 12 ; cheh gatshdn, they
occur, viii, 1.

neg. sg. 1 masc. chusna thahardn, I am not standing,
ii, 4 ; 2 masc. chukhna wdtdn, thou art not reaching, xii, 13 ;
3 masc. chuna kardn, he does not make, viii, 2 ; yiwdn chuna
bozana, he cannot be seen, xii, 22.

neg. interrog. chukhna parzandwdn, dost thou not recognize,
x, 12.

emph. sg. 3 masc. chuy dapdn, he verily says, iii, 4 ; chuy
wandn, he verily says, i, 13 ; vii, 31 ; fern, chey wandn,
she verily says, vii, 16.

With pronominal suffixes. 1st person ; sg. 3 masc. chum
dapdn, he says to me, xii, 20 ; chum diwdn, he gives to me,
vii, 14, 7, 8 ; chum hardn, my (flesh) is dropping, vii, 24 ;
chum kandn, he sells me, vii, 17 ; chum kardn, he makes

chuh 2 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 296

for me, vii, 15, 24 ; chum mangdn, he is asking from me,
xii, 4, 5, 11, 4 ; mdzas chum tuldn, he is raising (bits of) my
flesh, vii, 14 ; chum wuchdn, he is inspecting me, vii, 18.

pi. 3 masc. chim bozdn, they listen to me, xi, 15 ; chim
mangdn, they are asking from me, xi, 14.

3rd person sing. ; sg. 3 masc. chus dapdn, he says to him
or her, v, 5, 11 ; viii, 3, 11 (bis) ; x, 8 (bis), 14 ; xii, 3, 13,
20 ; dapdn chus, iii, 4 ; v, 11 ; viii, 9 ; x, 8, 10 (bis), 14 ;
xii, 3, 5, 10 (bis), 13 (bis), 19; chus lamdn, he pulls
him, viii, 9 ; chus pewdn, falls to her, vii, 26 ; chus ivandn,
he says to him, viii, 7 ; chus yiwan, (stink) is coming from
it, ii, 4.

3rd pers. plur. ; pi. 3 masc. pata chikh Idrdn, they are
running after them, xi, 18.

neg. bozdn chukhna, he is not listening to them, viii, 2 ;
fern. neg. rozdn chekhna, she is not remaining for them, ii, 9.

(2) With emph. pres. part, chuh dazon1, he is verily burning,
x, 7.

(3) With perfect participle, sg. 1 fern. neg. chesna
tshunumutsu, I have not been set (to learn), v, 6 ; sg. 2
masc. chukh gomotu, thou hast gone, xii, 4 ; neg. chukhna
gomotu, thou didst not become, v, 5 ; fern, chekh tsu^muts* ,
thou hast fled, ix, 1.

sing. 3 masc. chuh dmotu, he has come, x, 12, 4 ; chuh
6sumotu, he has been, v, 1 ; chuh gamotu, has gone, etc.,
ii, 4 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 1 ; chuh gomotu, ix, 1, 6 ; chuh korumotu,
he has been made, x, 12 ; chuh pemotu, it has befallen, x, 3 ;
chuh rotumotu, he has been arrested, x, 12 ; fern, cheh mumuts",
she is dead, viii, 1 ; cheh tsuj^miits" , she has fled, ix, 1 ; cheh
wunumutsu, it (fern.) has been said, vii, 30.

plur. 2 masc. chiwa ldgimdti, ye have arrived, viii, 5.

plur. 3 masc. chih mumdt1, they are dead, viii, 1.

With pronominal suffixes. 1st person ; sg. 3 masc. chum
gamotu, he has gone for me (dativus commodi), v, 10 ; pi. 3
masc. chim diV-mat1, I have given them, x, 12.

2nd person sg. ; sg. 3 masc. chuy golumotu, thou hast
destroyed, ii, 11 ; fern, chey dmuts^, she has come to thee,
v, 5 ; chey kur^muts", thou hast made it (fern.), x, 8.

297

VOCABULARY

cyon

3rd pers. sg. ag. and pi. dat. ; sg. 3 masc. chunakh dyutumotu,
she has given to them, viii, 1.

3rd pers. sg. dat. ; sg. 3 masc. kus-tdn 6sumotu chus wdpar,
somebody else was with her, v, 4.

2nd pers. pi. ; sg. 3 masc. chuwa thdwumotu, you have
deposited, x, 12.

3rd pers. pi. ; sg. 3 masc. chukh thdwumotu, they have
deposited, x, 12.

(4) With future passive participle ; sg. 3 masc. chuh
chawun, (one's fated lot) must be experienced, ix, 6 ; fern.
cheh wasun", it is to be descended (a place, fern.), ix, 6 ; emph.
chuy gatshun, (I) must certainly go, v, 10 ; with surf . 3rd pers.
sg. dat. chus khasun, he must mount, x, 3 ; with sufi°. 2nd
pers. plur. dapun chuwa, (whatever) is to be said by you, v, 8.

(5) With conjunctive participle ; sg. 2 masc. chukh bihith,
thou art seated, xii, 5 ; sg. 3 masc. chuh bihith, he is seated,
x, 5 ; xii, 4 ; chuh karith thaph, he is holding (it), v, 6 ; viii, 7.

(6) With negative conjunctive participle ; chuh pakanay,
it is not yet walked over, x, 1.

chel, f . a piece, fragment ; pi. nom. chela, vii, 14.

chalun, to wash ; past sg. m. with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. ag. cholun,

x, 5 ; xii, 2 ; past cond. sg. 1 chalaho, x, 5.
chdn, m. a carpenter, x, 12 ; xi, 18 ; sg; dat. chanas, vii, 17, 20 ;

pi. nom. chdn, x, 5.
chonu, f. a carpenter's wife, xi, 19.
chawun, to experience (ix, 6) ; to enjoy (xi, 3) ; fut. pass. part.

sg. m. chawun, ix, 6 ; pres. part, chawdn, xi, 3.
cakla, m. a group of villages, a village circle, ix, 10.
cdldn, m. a letter of dispatch, an invoice, viii, 10 ; xi, 4.
cenda, m. a pocket ; sg. dat. cendas, v, 5 ; xii, 15 ; abl. ccnda,

xii, 15.
carkh, m. a lathe ; sg. dat. carkas khalun, to put on to a lathe,

vii, 19 ; carkas khasun, to be put on to a lathe, vii, 20.
carpay, f . a bedstead ; sg. dat. carpayi, x, 5.
ceshma, m. an eye ; pi. nom. ceshma, i, 3.
cith*, f. a document, viii, 10 (bis).
cyonu, to drink ; inf. hyotun cyonu, he began to drink, viii, 7 (ter) ;

cyonu HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 298

pres. part, cewdn, vi, 15 ; vii, 31 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh cewdn,

xii, 6 ; past. sg. f . neg. with suff. 3 pers. sg. ag. tresh ceyenna,

he did not drink water, viii, 7 ; past cond. sg. 3, tresh ceyihe,

(if) he had drunk water, viii, 7.
cy6nu, poss. pron. thy ; sg. m. nom. cydnu, v, 9 ; x, 14 ; xii, 16, 8 ;

cy6nu gatshi, thou should st, v, 9 ; xii, 6, 20, 2, 3 ; emph.

cydnuy, thine verily, v, 9 ; dat. cydnis, v, 9 (bis) ; pi. m. dat.

cydnen, viii, 3, 11.

fern. sg. nom. cyonu, v, 9 ; viii, 3, 11 ; x, 10 ; dat. cydne,

vi, 3 ; x, 12.
clz, m. a thing, xii, 19.
dab, m. a fall from a height ; tori-dab, the fall, or blow, of an adze,

vii, 18.
dab, f. (in zuna-dab), a covered wooden balcony on the roof of

a house ; sg. dat. dabi, viii, 1 .
dob, m. a hole, or pit, in the ground, xii, 6 ; sg. dat. dobas, xii, 6, 7 ;

sg. abl. doba, xii, 7 ; doba-hand, a small hole in the ground,

viii, 7 (N.B. masc).
dabdwun, to press, squeeze ; dabovith thdwun, to press into (the

ground), to conceal (in the ground), x, 3.
dachyunu, adj. right (not left) ; m. sg. abl. dachini atha, with the

right hand, viii, 7.
dod, m. milk ; doda-bene, f . a milk-sister, a foster sister, iii, 4 ;

doda-guru, m. a milk cowherd, a milkman, xi, 13 ; doda-har,

m. cream of milk, ii, 3 ; ddda-moju, f. a foster mother, v, 2

(ter) ; doda-notu, a milk-pail, xi, 3.
dodu, see dazun.
dodu, m. pain, agony, anguish (mental or physical), v, 3, 6, 7 ;

vii, 1 (bis), 21 ; ix, 6 ; xii, 15 ; sg. dat. dodis, v, 6 (bis) ;

abl. dddi, vii, 22 ; pi. dat. ddden, vi, 14 ; tas chuh dodu

pananis dilas, she has pain in her heart, xii, 15.
dddkhdh, m. a petitioner ; dsus dagdy zdgdn dddkhdh, disloyalty

(to the king) was watching in him as a petitioner, ii, 5.
dodilad, adj. pained, afflicted ; with ay, if, suffixed, dodHad-ay, vii, 9.
diddr, adj. seeing ; s6hiba-sondu hara diddr, I will do seeing of the

master, I will see the master, iv, 5.
deg, f. a large metal pot, a cauldron ; pi. nom. dega, vi, 16.

299 VOCABULARY dalll

dagdy, f. disloyalty (cf. dadkhah), ii, 5 (bis), 11 ; dgas-peth dagay
kariinu, to show faithlessness to one's master, viii, 8.

duh, m. smoke ; diwan chuh achen duh, he puts smoke in (her) eyes,
he abuses her, v, 11.

dah, card., ten, v, 6.

doh, a day ; doh gav, the day passed, v, 11 ; ddh (a rath, night and
day (adverbially), vii, 3 ; with sufT. of indef. art. doha akh
banyav, a certain day came, xii, 1 ; doha doha kadun, to pass
each day, viii, 3, 11 ; xii, 4, 11 ; sg. dat. dohas, by day
(cf. ratas, by night), xii, 4 ; abl. tami doha, on that day,
ii, 7 ; v, 5 ; x, 12 ; doha, by day, on each day, xii, 9 ; aki
doha (v, 1) or doha aki (ii, 8 ; iii, 1 ; v, 1 ; viii, 1, 3 (bis),
7, 11), on a certain day ; prath doha, every day (adv.), viii, 1
(bis) ; gen. dohuku, x, 10 ; fern. dohucu, x, 10, 14 ; pi. nom.
doh gay, days elapsed, iii, 5 ; xii, 23. Note the adverbial
form, othi doh1, after eight days, iii, 4.

diiju, f . a square piece of cloth, a napkin, a kerchief ; bata-diiju,
a kerchief containing food, xi, 18.

dujan, adj. pregnant, xi, 7 (f. pi.).

ddkh, m. the post (for letters) ; sg. dat. dakas, xi, 6.

dokhil, adj. entered ; karuhukh dokhil-i-mahala-khana, bring them
into your harem, xii, 19.

dakhanawun, to lean upon (a stick or the like) ; pres. part.
dakhanawan, xi, 16.

dukhtar, f . a daughter ; dukhtar-e-khdsa, (your) own daughter,
v, 11.

dil, m. the heart, mind, soul, v, 7 ; dar dil, in the heart, ii, 5 ;
sg. dat. dilas, i, 7 ; ii, 5 ; xii, 15 ; dilas pyos yinsaph, his
heart was filled with pity, viii, 11 ; dodu dilas, pain in the
heart, xii, 5.

dbV, the gusset of a garment ; in doli-damanas, v, 9, to the skirt
of the gusset of the garment, i.e. to the skirt of the
garment. The sg. abl. ddli has been altered to doli m.c.
See daman.

doll, f. in kana-doli, closing of the ear, refusal to hear, v, 2.

dalil, f. a story, tale, narrative, viii, 7, 10, 1, 3 ; x, 1 (quater) ;
with suff. of indef. art. dalild, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; x, 1 (bis).

datom* HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 300

ddlomu, m. leather ; with emph. y ddlomuy, nothing but leather,
xi, 14.

dulunu, m. the act of rolling ; pi. nom. duldri* diwdn chuh, he is
rolling himself, xii, 23.

dildsa, m. soothing, consolation ; — dyunu, to soothe, ix, 7.

dombij", f. a crupper, xi, 9.

daman, the skirt of a garment ; sg. dat. ddmdnas thaph karunu, to
seize the skirt of a person in entreaty, begging, in making
improper advances, or the like, v, 9 (bis) ; doli-damanas
thaph ldyunu, id., v, 9 (see dot1), with the double meaning.

ddndh, adj. wise ; ddndh waziran, by a wise vizier, viii, 1.

din, m. faith, religion ; dm-i-Mahmad, the religion of Muhammad,
iv, 6.

ddnti, m. a pomegranate, xii, 22 (bis), 23 (bis).

dand, m. punishment, fine ; sg. abl. danda dyunu, to give in com-
pensation (for harm, etc., done), v, 11 ; danda hyonu, to take
in compensation, v, 11.

danun, to shake out (clothes), to shake (clothes) ; pres. 3 m. sg.
chuh dandn, x, 7.

donaway, card. both, x, 4, 5, 13 ; xi, 12.

duniyd, m. the world ; sg. dat. dunlydhas, xii, 18 (bis).

dapun, to say (the person addressed is usually put in the dat.,
sometimes with kun added, as in dapdn chuh amis mejeras
hun, he says to this master of the horse, x, 12) ; to send word
asking for something, xii, 15.

inf. dapun gatshis, you must say to her, v, 9 ; fut. pass,
part, dapun chuwa, (whatever) is to be said by you, (what-
ever) you have to say, v, 8 ; pres. part, dapdn wuchukh, as
they said (this), they looked, viii, 1.

impve. sg. 2, daph, xii, 4 ; say to him, dapus, xii, 20 ; fut.
dapizem, you must say to me, v, 8 ; ddphem-na, you must
not say to me, v, 8 ; ddphekh, you must say to them, v, 7 ;
past, ddphihekh, you should have said to them, xi,
15 (bis). .

fut. sg. 1, dapay, I will say to thee, iii, 4 ; v, 5 ; dapas,
I will say to him, xii, 19 ; 3, dapi, he will say, x, 1 ; she will
say, v, 9 ; dapiy, she will say to thee, xii, 18 ; pi. 3, dapanam,

301

VOCABULARY

dapun

they will say to me, ii, 11 ; dapanay, they will say to thee,
xii, 16.

pres. (often used as historical pres.), dapdn (pres. part,
alone used without auxiliary), say, (he or she) says, ii, 1, 2,
5, 9, 10, 12 ; iii, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 ; v, 1, etc ; vii, 3, etc. ;
viii, 1, 10 ; ix, 4 ; x, 7 ; xii, 4, 24 ; they say, i.e. people say,
iii, 9 : v, 9 ; vi, 16 (ter) ; viii, 4 ; sg. m. 3, dapdn chuh, he
says, iv, 1 ; viii, 8, 9 ; x, 8, 12 ; xii, 10, 11, 14, 19, 20 ; chuy
dapdn, he says verily, iii, 4 ; dapdn chum, he says to me,
xii, 20 ; he says to him or her, chus dapdn, v, 5, 11 ; viii,
3, 11 (bis) ; x, 8 (bis), 14 ; xii, 3, 13, 20 ; dapdn chus, iii, 4 ;
v, 11 ; viii, 9 ; x, 4, 8, 10 (bis), 14 ; xii, 3, 5, 10 (bis),
3 (bis), 9 ; he says to them, chukh dapdn, x, 1, 12 (ter), 4 ;
f . she says, cheh dapdn, vii, 2, 7, 8 ; ix, 6 ; x, 5 ; dapdn
cheh, iii, 3, 4 ; ix, 1 ; xii, 7, 11 ; she says to him or her,
ches dapdn, viii, 3, 11 ; xii, 4, 15 ; dapdn ches, v, 3, 11 ;
ix, 6 ; xii, 10, 4 ; pi. m. 3, dapdn chih, they say, i.e. people
say, iii, 3 ; they say to him, chis dapdn, x, 1 (bis) ; dapdn
chis, ii, 3.

past sg. 3 m. dopu, said, ii, 4 ; v, 9 ; viii, 1, 13 ; x, 2, 8 ;
xi, 2, 11, 2, 4 ; xii, 4, 5, 9.

dopum, I said ; I said to you, dopumaiva, x, 12.

dopun, he or she said, ii, 7, 9, 11 ; iii, 9 ; v, 6, 8, 9, 10 ;
viii, 3, 4, 6, 9, 10, 3 ; x, 2, 5 (bis) ; xii, 5, 13, 9, 21 (bis) ;
asked from thee, dopuy, xii, 15 ; said to him, dopus, i, 7 ;
v, 1 ; xii, 1 ; he said for me, dopunam, iv, 4 ; she said to thee,
dopunay, x, 12 ; he or she said to him or her, dopunas, ii, 9,
11 ; iii, 1 (quater), 2, 4 (ter), 5 (quinquies), 8 (quater),
9 (ter) ; v, 1, 4 (ter), 5 (bis), 6 (ter), 8, 9 (quater), 12 ;
vi, 5, 8, 14, 5 (quater) ; viii, 3 (bis), 6, 7, . 8, 9 (ter), 10,
1 (sexies) ; ix, 1 (bis) ; x, 6 (bis), 10 ; xii, 1, 4 (sexies),

5 (bis), 7 (ter), 10, 1, 5 (septies), 6 (ter), 8 (ter), 20, 1,
2, 4, 5 ; he or she said to them, dopunakh, ii, 6, 8 ; v, 8 (bis) ;
vi, 16 (ter) ; viii, 1, 4 (ter), 5 (bis), 10, 1 ; x, 1 (ter), 5 (bis),

6 (bis), 12 (quater).

dopuiva, you said ; you said to me, dopuwam, x, 12.
dopukh, they said, ii, 1 ; v, 7 ; viii, 1, 2 ; x, 1 ; xii, 18 ;

dar HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 302

they said to me, dopukam, v, 8 ; they said to him, dopuhas,

iii, 8 (bis) ; v, 8 ; viii, 3, 4 (bis), 5, 11 ; x, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8,

12 (bis) ; xii, 1 (bis), 17, 23 ; they said to them, dopuhakh,

viii, 1 ; x, 12.

3 past, 3 sg. m. dhpyav, said long ago, xii, 24 ; I said long

ago, dapydm, ix, 4 ; I said long ago to them, dapydmakh,

xi, 15.
dar, prep, in ; dar biyaban, in the forest, ii, 4 ; dar dil, in the

heart, ii, 5.
dera, m. a lodging, a temporary residence, viii, 9 ; a tent, v, 11 ;

sg. dat. deras, viii, 9 ; deras-peth, in a tent, v, 11.
doru, f . a window ; sg. gen. dare-handis ddsas, to the sill of the

window, v, 4 ; abl. dari-kan*, (thrown) through the window,

v, 4 (bis) ; dat. dare-tal, under the window, v, 4.
dur 1, an ear-pendant ; pi. dat. duran, vii, 11.
dur 2, distant ; dur Jcadun, to expel, banish, viii, 11 ; shehara dur,

far from the city, viii, 11 ; abl. duri rozun, to remain at a

distance, vii, 18 ; note, drdv dur-pahan, he went a short way

off, x, 7 ; but byuthn duri-pahdn, he sat at . a little distance,

x, 7.
darbdr, m. a court (a king's), viii, 11.
dard, m. affection, ix, 8.
drag, m. a famine, vi, 15.
ddrun, to place, etc. ; freq. part, halam dor1 dor1, holding out the

lapcloth, i.e. begging for alms, ix, 11 ; past masc. pi. 3,

ztfh* atha dbYnam, long arms are stretched over me, vii, 25.
drotu, m. a sickle, x, 5 ; sg. abl. drati-sotin, by means of a sickle,

ix, 5.
drdv, etc., see nerun.
darwaza, m. a doorway ; — ihawun, to open a door, viii, 4 (bis),

11 (bis), 2 ; — tropunas, she shut the door against him,

viii, 11.
dray, etc., see nerun.

driy, f. a vow ; driy kasam karun, to make a vow, viii, 1 (bis), 2.
das, m. a window-sill ; sg. dat. ddsas, v, 4 (bis).
deshun, to see ; fut. pass. part, hah gatshem-na deshunu, no one

may see me, xii, 22 ; conj. part, dishiih, having seen, v, 2 ;

303 VOCABULARY dyun*

pres. part, (for pres. tense), deshdn, (is) seeing, vi, 12 ; past
m. sg. 3, dyuthu, was seen, vi, 11 (bis), 5 ; viii, 10 ; dyuthu-na,
was not seen, x, 12 ; dyilthum, I saw, vi, 15 (bis) ; dyuthum-ay,
I verily saw, xi, 1 ; dyilthuth, thou sawest, vi. 15 ; plup.
m. sg. 3, 6su dyuthumotu, (a dream) had been seen.

daskhath, m. a signature ; — Jearun, to make a signature, sign,
xii, 21 ; abl. ath komn moV-sandi daskhata, she signed it
with the father's signature, xii, 22.

dwa, m. a prayer ; dwd-yi-khor, a prayer for welfare, i, 3.

dawd (vi, 14), dawdh (v, 6 (quater)), m. a medicine, a remedy ;
dawd-han, f. a little medicine, v, 6.

dev, a demon, xii, 7 ; sg. abl. deva-zath, the demon-race, the tribe
of demons, xii, 16.

dav, m. a channel, drain ; abl. db-dawa-kan, (enter) through the
water drain, v, 4.

dawdh, see dawd.

dawdh, m. a claim ; — gandun, to make a claim, v, 11.

Bay, m. God ; day1, God only, vii, 2 ; voc. daye, 0 God ! iv, 1.

doy, the belief in two, dualism, as opposed to monotheism, vi, 6.

doyumu, ord., second ; m. sg. dat. doyimis guldma-sondu , of the
second servant, viii, 6.

dyunu, to give ; to make over a person to another's charge, viii, 11.
anith dyunu, to bring and give, xii, 4 ; dab dyunu, to give
blows, vii, 18 ; dyutun bd^shi-soty doba-hand, he made a small
hole in the ground with his spear, viii, 7 ; achen duh diwdn
chuh, he is giving smoke in the eyes, he abuses, v, 11 ; duldn1
din1, to roll oneself about, xii, 23 ; dildsa dyunu, to comfort,
ix, 7 ; danda dyunu, to give in compensation, v, 11 ; tas
gardan dinu, to behead him, ii, 8 ; graye ches diwdn, I am
causing to wave, vii, 11 ; hukum dyunu, to give an order,
x, 5, 9, 13 ; halam bar1 bar1 dyunu, to fill the lap-skirt (of a
beggar), to give alms, ix, 11 ; jalwa dyunu, (of God) to give
forth glory, to become manifest, vi, 7 ; kadam dyunu, to set
forth (kun = to), x, 11, 2 ; khashdyuri", to cut, v, 4, 6 ; krekh
dinu, to make an outcry, v, 7 ; xii, 7 ; karith dyunu, to do
completely, x, 12 ; muslas dyutu kasam, he pronounced a
charm over the skin, xii, 22 ; makh dyunu, to hit with an

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 304

axe, vii, 14 ; anun ndd dith, to send for (a person), summon,
x, 12 ; xii, 17 ; ndla dimaho, I would give cries, vii, 23 ;
ndr dyunu, to set alight (to), to set on fire (dat. of obj.), xii,
21, 2, 4 ; phahi dyunu, to impale, v, 10 ; phanjdd dyunu,
to lay a complaint, x, 2 ; phash dyunu, to rub, v, 4 ; rukhsath
dyunu, to give leave to depart, xii, 25 ; rapat dyunu, to
make a report, v, 9 ; shemsher ditsun shdnd, he put the sword
under the pillow, x, 7 ; amis shdph dyunu, to pronounce
a charm over him, xii, 15 ; sawdl dyunu, to present a petition,
x, 5 ; tarn chum diwdn, he is causing me to be weary, vii, 17 ;
thaph din", to seize (dat. of obj.), viii, 7 ; xii, 12 ; wdday
Khodd dyunu, to swear by God, xii, 7 ; wurdi din", to give an
order, vi, 16 ; wotamukh* dyunu, to put on upside down,
v, 9 ; zir" din", to give a push, x, 7 (bis).

inf. dyun" ; sg. obi. dini, in order to give, ix, 7 ; fut. pass,
part. m. sg. ropaye hath gatshem dyunu, you must give me 100
rupees, x, 6 ; so, m. pi. gatshanam din*, you must give them
to me, x, 1 ; f . sg. gatshem bakhacoyish din", you must give
me a present, xii, 3 ; conj. part, dith, vi, 7 ; x, 12.

impve. sg. 2, dih ; di-sa, give, sir, x, 8 ; dim, give to me,
iii, 1 ; v, 11 (bis) ; viii, 3 ; xii, 4, 7, 15, 8 ; dis, give to her,
xii, 4 ; dikh, give to them, viii, 11 ; pi. 2, diyiv, give ye,
x, 12 ; xii, 21 ; give ye to me, diyum, vi, 16 ; pol. impve.
sg. 2, dita, please give thou, v, 9 ; x, 4 ; with emph. y, ditay,
v, 2 ; please give to me, ditam, x, 5 ; fut. dizikh, thou must
give to them, xii, 16.

fut. sg. 1, dima ; I shall give to thee, dimay, v, 8, 11 ;
xii, 4, 7 ; with irreg. suff. 2nd person pi. dimav, (I say to you)
I shall give, ii, 8 ; 3, diyi ; she will give to thee, diyiy, xii,
14 ; pi. 1, dimaw ; we shall give to thee, dimoy, x, 1.

pres. m. sg. 3, chuh diwdn, he gives, v, 11 ; xii, 17 (bis),
22 ; he gives to me, chum diwdn, vii, 14, 7, 8 ; pi. 3, diwdn
chih, they give, x, 14 ; f. sg. 1, ches diwdn, I give, vii, 11, 22 ;
3, cheh diwdn ; she gives to him, diwdn ches, xii, 4, 14.

past m. sg. dyutu, he was given, v, 9 ; viii, 11, 2 ; x, 2 ;
xii, 22 (bis) ; I gave for you, dyutumawa, x, 12 ; gave to him,
dyutus, i, 10 ; xii, 4 ; he or she gave, dyutun, v, 4 (bis) ;

305 VOCABULARY gadun

viii, 4, 7 ; x, 5, 9, 11, 2, 3 ; xii, 15 (bis), 25 ; with emph. y,
dyutunuy, li, 7 ; lie or she gave to him or her, dyutunas,
i, 9 ; v, 6 ; viii, 9 ; x, 6 ; xii, 5, 7 (bis), 11, 5, 6 (bis), 22 ;
he or she gave to them, dyutunakh, ii, 7 ; x, 5 ; xii, 17 ;
dyutukh, they gave, v, 10 ; x, 5 ; xii, 17, 24 ; pi. dit1, they
were given, xi, 17 ; I gave, ditim, x, 12 (bis) ; I gave to
them, ditfmakh, ix, 11 ; he or she gave, ditin, vii, 5 ; x, 2 ;
he gave to him, diVnas, x, 14.

f. sg. ditsu, she was given, vi, 16 ; given to him, ditsus,
viii, 7 ; he gave, dits^ti, x, 7 (ter) ; xii, 7, 12 ; he or she gave
to him or her, ditsunas, v, 9 ; x, 8 ; they gave, ditsukh, iii, 8 ;
they gave to him, ditsuhas, x, 5.

perf. m. sg. chunakh dyutumotu, she has given to them,
viii, 1 ; pi. chim diVmat1, I have given, x, 12.

plup. m. sg. 6su dyutumotu, had been given, x, 12 ; she had
given to him, 6sunas dyutumotu, v, 6 ; pi. they had been given
to you, oshva ditimdti) x, 12.

past cond. sg. 1, dimaho, vii, 23 ; I would have given to
them, dimahakh, vii, 20 ; 3, ma diyihe, he would not have
given, viii, 13.

dydr, m. pi. coined money, wealth, x, 1, 6 ; mohara-dyar, coin-
wealth, money in cash, i, 9.

dozakh, m. hell ; sg. dat. dozakhas (for dozakhas-manz), in hell,
xii, 19, 20.

dazun, to burn ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh dazdn, (a lamp) is burning,
viii, 13 ; x, 7 ; with emph. *, chuh dazdn1, is verily burning,
x, 7 ; past sg. m. 3, dodu, he was burnt up, xii, 25.

gob, adj. invisible ; — gaishun, to become invisible, iii, 6.

gobur, m. dial, for gpbur, s, son ; pi. nom. gabar, viii, 1, 3 ;
xii, 15.

gad, f . a fish ; gada-hath, a hundred fish, i, 8, 9.

g*du, a bunch or handful of grass or the like ; pi. nom. geje ; geje
karane, to make bundles of grass, hence, met. to crowd
together, xi, 10.

god, m. a beginning ; abl. goda, first, at first, iv, 2 ; v, 9 ; viii, 3 ;
xi, 5 ; xii, 15.

gadun, i.q. garun, q.v.

gddan HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 306

godan, adv. first, at first, iii, 1 ; x, 12 ; xi, 2, 3, 10 ; emph. godaniy,

at the very first, viii, 10 ; x, 3, 10 ; xii, 4, 6.
godanuku, adj. first, the first, viii, 13 ; with emph. y, godanuhuy,

the very first, viii, 5 ; f. gen. godanice-handi khota, (more

beautiful) than the first, xii, 10.
gudarun, conj. 3, to happen, occur ; inf. gudarun, a happening,

occurrence, viii, 5 ; 2 past m. sg. 3, gudariv, for gudaryov,

v, 9.
gadoyi, f . begging, mendicity, the condition of a beggar ; sg. gen.

gadoyiye-hondu, x, 2.
gdh, m. brightness, brilliancy, lustre ; — Irdwun, to emit light,

x, 2.
gdh, m. a place, a time, a turn ; gdh begdh, in and out of season,

vi, 2 ; shora-gdh, a time or opportunity for outcry, a pro-
clamation, vi, 13.
geje, see gedu.
gojunas, see gdlun.
gal, f. a feeling of shame caused by another's action, mortification,

humiliation, ix, 4.
gulu, m. the forearm ; gut1 ganddri1, to stand in a reverent attitude,

with the arms folded in front, v, 9.
goldm, m. a servant, a slave, viii, 6 (quinquies), 7, 11, 3 (bis) ; sg.

dat. goldmas, viii, 11 ; ag. goldman, vi, 14 ; viii, 7, 8, 11 ;

voc. ay goldm, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; pi. nom. goldm, viii, 5, 13.
galun, to be destroyed ; fut. pass. part, suh gotshu galunu , he must be

destroyed, xii, 10 ; fut. sg. 3, gali, xii, 24 ; past. m. pi. 3,

gal1, xii, 25.
gdlun, to destroy ; to cause to waste away ; past f . sg. gojunus,

he caused me (fern.) to waste away, he pared me down,

vii, 19 ; perf . m. sg. chuy gdlumotu, thou hast destroyed,

ii, 11.
gam, m. a village.; pi. dat. gdman, xi, 8.
gumroyi, f . going astray ; gayem gumrbyl, I went astray (lit. going

astray happened to me), vii, 12.
gamotu, gomotu, gdmotu, see gatshun.
gdn, m. the keeper of a brothel, a prostitute's bully ; used as a

term of contempt after another noun, as in hapath-gdn,

307 VOCABULARY gor

a wretch of a bear (ix, 2) ; kutawdl-gan, the wretch of a police-
captain (v, 9) ; wdtal-gdn, a wretch of a sweeper (xi, 15).
sg. dat. gdnas, v, 9 (bis) ; ix, 2 ; voc. gdnau, xi, 15 (used by
a wife to her husband).

gand, m. a knot ; taih gand karun, to tie it up (in a parcel), x, 3.

gpndu, m. a posy, bunch ; poshe-gdndu, a posy of flowers, v, 4 (ter).

gondu, m. the Turkestan pack-saddle, consisting of two straw-filled
pommels joined in front ; pi. nom. gand1, xi, 9.

gandun, to tie, to bind, iii, 8 (an ass was tied up), v, 6 ; the thing
to which the object is tied is put in the dat. (v, 10, 2 ; x, 2, 5).
gut1 ganddn1, to stand in a reverent attitude with the arms
folded, v, 9 ; ddwdh gandun, to present a claim in court,
v, 11. Conj. part, (in sense of past part, pass.) gandith,
iii, 8 ; impve. fut. gdn&zes, you must tie it, v, 6 ; past m.
sg. gondun, he or she tied, v, 10, 2 ; ddwdh gondunas, she made
a claim to him, v, 11 ; m. pi. gand1, were bound, v, 9 ; gdndin,
he tied them, x, 2 ; plup. m. pi. osis gdndhndt1, he had tied
them on it, x, 5.

gondii, m. sin ; — karun, to sin, viii, 11 (bis).

gun", a piece or gobbet of flesh or the like ; pi. nom. gane karith,
having cut up, viii, 13 ; chuh katardn gane, he cuts it into
lumps, x, 7.

gopoP, f. a female dancer, a singing girl, v, 10 (bis), 11 (bis).

gar, see dhan-gdr and ndn-gdr. .

gara, m. a house ; — gatshun, to go to a house, to go home, v, 9, 10 ;
xii, 4 (bis), 19 ; — tsalun, to run away home, v, 5 ; — wStun,
to arrive at a house, to reach home, iii, 2, 3 (bis) ; v, 1, 4 ;
x, 4, 6, 7, 14 ; 'xii, 1, 5 (ter), 8, 10, 1, 2, 4, 8 (bis), 20, 2 (bis),
5 ; — wdtandwun, to cause to arrive at a house, to bring
(a person) home, iii, 9 ; v, 10 ; — yunu, to go home, iii, 1 ;
v, 5, 10 (bis) ; xii, 11, 3 ; sg. dat. garas, ix, 4 (bis) ; abl.
gari, at home, iii, 1 ; v, 10 ; xii, 5 (bis) ; gari behun, to sit
down in a house, to stay at home, x, 5 ; xii, 4 (bis) ; pi. dat.
gar an (for garan-manz), xi, 6.

gdre, see guru.

gor, in gor-zdn, adj . an ignorant person, hence, an unknown person,
a stranger, vii, 27 ; xi, 5 ; sg. dat. gor-zdnas, ii, 1.

guru HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 308

guru; m. a horse, iii, 8 ; x, 3 ; sg. dat. guris-kyutu, (grass) for the horse,
x, 5 ; guris khasun, to mount a horse, ii, 11 ; iii, 8 (bis) ;
guris wothun, to mount a horse, ii, 6 ; abl. guri-petha wasith
pyonu, to fall from one's horse, ii, 6 ; pi. nom. gur1, horses,
xi, 6> 8 ; xii, 1 ; gen. guren-hunzti khazmath, service of horses,
groom's work, xii, 3 ; abl. wdth* guryau-petha bon, they dis-
mounted, xii, 2.

guru, m. a cowherd ; doda-guru, a milk-seller, xi, 13 ; sg. ag. gur*,
xi, 12 ; gur*-bdy, f. a cowherd's wife, xi, 12.

guru, f . a space of twenty minutes ; any particular moment of time ;
abl. soli-gdre (m.c. for suli-gari), at dawn time, v, 7.

gardan, f . the neck ; tas gardan dinu, to behead him, ii, 8.

garm, adj. warm ; used as subst., warmth, i, 11.

garun or gadun, conj. 1, to make, form, fashion, forge, work metals ;
impve. sg. 2, gar, v, 3 ; imperf . m. sg. 3, 6su gaddn, he used to
make, v, 1 ; past m. sg. godun, he or she made, v, 10, 2 ; pi.
gar1, were made, v, 4.

garandwun, conj. 1, to get made, to make (with help), prepare ;
pres. part, garandwdn, xi, 17.

gray, f. shaking ; — lagunu, shaking to be experienced, to be
unsteady, impermanent, ix, 12 ; pi. nom. grdye dine, to
cause to wave, vii, 11.

gryustu, m. a farmer, ix, 4 ; sg. ag. grist1 -bay, a farmer's wife, ix,
1 (quater), 4, 6 (ter), 8, 10, 2 ; grisV-gara, a farmer's house,
ix, 4 (bis) ; pi. dat. grlsten, ix, 7.

garaz, m. design, view, purpose ; abl. garza panani, for my own
purpose, vii, 26.

gorzdn, see gor.

gdsa, grass, hay, x, 5 (bis) ; xi, 6, 7 ; gasa-gondu, a pack-saddle
made of grass, xi, 9 ; gdsa-ldwu, a handful of grass, as much as
is grasped by the hand near the root when cutting it, xi, 12 ;
gasa-moddn, a grassy mead, a grass-field, x, 5 ; gdsa-raz,
a hay or straw rope, xi, 9.

gash or (viii, 9 ; xii, 2 (bis)) gwash, brightness, dawn ; — pholun,
dawn to break, iii, 3 ; v, 5, 7 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 2.

gusdnu, m. a mendicant monk, v, 9.

gdta, m. skill, cleverness ; sg. abl. gdta-san, with skill, i, 6.

309 VOCABULARY gaishun 1

gath, f. in gath karua", (of a widow) to do the sail ceremony, to
become sati, iii, 4.

gdtuju, see gdtulu.

gdtulu, adj. skilful, clever; m. pi. nom. gatH1 gdtHii several skilful
(viziers), viii, 1 ; f. sg. nom. gdtuju, v, 3, 10.

gutyulu, a man who wields a gutil, or axe for splitting logs into
planks, a woodcutter ; with suff. of indef. art. gutfld, a
certain woodcutter, vii, 12.

gaishun 1, conj. 2, to be right, proper, advisable ; to be necessary,
requisite. Constructed with the future passive participle,
either actively or passively. It appears in these stories
either in the future (sg. 3 gatshi, pi. 3 gatshan) or in the past
tense (m. sg. 3 gotshu). In the future it has the sense of the
present. The forms are all easily recognizable in the
examples given below.

A . Actively, ktih gatshem-na deshunu, no one may see me,
xii, 22.

B. Passively. Here the personal subject is either not
expressed, or else is put in the dative or in the genitive.

(a) Personal subject not expressed, anunu gatshi
phaharawdv, a file is necessary to be brought, i.e. you must
bring a file, v, 4 ; so, khabar (f.) gatshi aniin", you must bring
news, xii, 19, 20 ; gatshi atsunu, you must enter, v, 4 ; g. hyonu
kharaj, you must take expenses, xii, 5 ; dob g. khanuri", you
must dig a pit, iii, 6 ; g. khasunu, you must go up, xii, 6 ;
karunu g. gand, you must tie up, x, 3 ; nethar g. karunu, you
must arrange a marriage, viii, 2 ; sah g. sangsar karufi",
lapidation is to be done (to) him, he is to be stoned, viii, 8 ;
sargi g. kariinu, you must investigate, viii, 7, 8, 10 ; g. karun"
thaph, you must seize, v, 9 ; g. mangunu bydkh, you must
ask for another, xii, 13 ; yih g. marunu, you must kill him, x,
5 (bis), 12, 5 ; sozunu g. sonur, you must send the goldsmith,
v, 1 ; g. poshakh tulunu, you must take up the garment,
xii, 6 ; g. kdkad trdwunu, you must throw the paper, xii, 11 ;
tas g. kala (sar) tsatunu, you must cut off his head,
viii, 6, 11.

With pron. sufT. gatshem bakhacoish (f.) dinu, you must give

gaishunl HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 310

me a present, xii, 3 ; gatshem bozunu, you must hear me,
xii, 7 ; ropaye-hath gatshem dyunu, you must give me a hundred
rupees (sing.), x, 6 ; tih gatshem karunu, you must do that
to me, xii, 3 ; kentshah gatshem ladunu, you must send me
something, x, 3 ; wolinju gatshes anunu, his heart must be
brought (here), x, 5 ; dapunu gatshes, you must say to her,
v, 9 ; gatshes mohar karun"*, you must seal it, x, 3 ; tse kyah
gatshiy anunu, what must (I) bring to thee ? xii, 21 ; koru
gatshiy asunu, I want a bracelet from thee, xii, 13.

tsoce (f. pi.) gatshan bogarane, loaves are to be distributed,
you must distribute loaves, v, 8 ; tithiy treh gatshan
sgmbardwdni, you must collect three times as many, xii, 24 ;
tim gatshan tsatdri1, they must be cut, v, 4.

With pron. sufi0. gatshanam din1 ropayes pants hath, you
must give me five hundred rupees, x, 1, 2 ; lal gatshanay
asan*, rubies are required to be from thee, I want rubies
from thee, xii, 5.

suh gotshu galunu, he was proper to be destroyed, you should
have destroyed him, xii, 1 9 ; yih karunu gotshu, (that) which
was proper to be done, v. 7 ; watunu gotshu, it was proper to
arrive, I should have arrived, v, 7.

(b) Personal subject expressed in dative, me gatshi asunu
(koru), to me (a bracelet) is proper to be, i.e. I want (a bracelet),
xii, 4 (bis), 10 (bis), 13 ; me gatshiy asunu trotu, I want a
necklace from thee, xii, 5 ; me gatshi watun, I must arrive,
xii, 22 ; yih tse gatshiy, (that) which thou wantest, xii, 7 ;
gatshiy anunu meiva (khath), thou must bring a fruit (a letter),
xii, 21 ; tse gatshiy e asunu okuy koru, oughtest thou to have
only one bracelet ? xii, 13 ; tse gatshiy yunu , thou must come,
xii, 7. Note me gatshi tihanza wolinje, I want their hearts,
where the grammatical subject is plural, while the verb is
singular, viii, 11.

(c) Personal subject expressed in genitive. cy6nu gatshi
gatshun, thou must go, v, 9 ; xii, 6 ; tih cydnu khyonu
gatshi-na, thou must not eat that, xii, 16 ; cyonu gatshes
mangunu musla, thou must ask her for the skin, xii, 18 ;
cydnu gatshi zyunu sombarunu, thou must collect firewood,

811

VOCABULARY

gatshun 2

xii, 20 ; cyonu gatshi wdtunu, thou must arrive, xii, 22, 3 ;
tuhondu gatshi yunu, you must come, xii, 15.
gatshun 2, conj. 3, to go, i, 4 ; ii, 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, et passim (the place
or person to which one goes is usually in the dative, e.g. x, 10 ;
xii, 4, 10, 2 ; cf. however, gaye kdli akis peth, she went to
the bank of a stream, xii, 2) ; to go, disappear, die, ii, 4 ;
to go, elapse (of a period of time), iii, 1, 5 ; v, 10, 1 ; viii,
2 (bis), 10 ; xii, 6, 20, 3 ; to become, iii, 4, 9 ; viii, 11 ; ix, 4 ;
xi, 3, 18; to happen, occur, ii, 12 ; v, 8 ; vi, 16; vii, 12
(bis), 3 ; viii, 1 (ter), 3 (bis) ; ix, 1, 6 (bis) ; xii, 15, 23 (kyah
gom, what happened to me ? viii, 9 ; kyah gav, what is the
matter ? viii, 11 ; kyah gaye, what was (fern.) it ? x, 14 ;
gaye trih katha, three stories happened, i.e. there, you have
had your three stories, x, 1).

The past tense " became " is often used in the sense of
" am ", " is ", etc. Thus, ii, 1 ; iii, 9 ; v, 7 ; vi, 6 (khoda
gav suy, God is He alone, i.e. God is one, there is no duality
about Him) ; viii, 13 ; x, 1, 10 (kyah gos, of course I am,
I am no other than), 2 (id.), 4 ; xii, 15 (zabar gav, it is all
right).

Often in idiomatic phrases (mostly nominal compounds), as
add gatshun, to be completed, come to an end (of night,
a month, etc.), x, 8 ; xii, 4, 9, 11, 2 ; qshskh g., love to befall
a person, v, 2 (bis) ; beddr g., to become awake, awake,
wake up, vi, 12 ; viii, 6, 9, 13 ; g. bemdr, to fall sick, v, 10 ;
gay panas bith1, they sat down at liberty from their turn of
duty, viii, 8 ; gob g., to disappear, iii, 6 ; g. panunu gara,
to go home, xii, 4 ; hushydr g., to become awake, to wake up,
v, 5 (bis) ; khalds g., to go free, to be released from this mortal
coil, to die, iii, 4 ; ropaye hath gom kharac, expenditure of the
hundred rupees happened to me, I have spent the hundred
rupees, viii, 10 ; khosh g., to become pleased, happy, viii,
1, 9, 14 ; xi, 18 ; xii, 9, 12 ; gos yi:n zah khosh, these two were
pleasing to him, he felt affection for them, viii, 11 ; mdra
gatshun, to suffer a violent death, viii, 13 ; x, 7, 8 ; mushtdkhg.,
to become entranced, enamoured, iii, 8, 9 ; g. poda, to become
manifest, appear, become visible, turn up, ii, 1 ; iii, 8 ; x,

gatshun 2 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 312

4, 5, 7 ; xii, 10 ; phikiri g., to go into anxiety, to become
anxious, viii, 10 ; xii, 4 ; amis gav shekh, she felt hesitation,
xii, 15 ; sar1 gatshun, to be drowned, iv, 3 ; g. thodu wothith,
to stand up, ii, 3 ; tser gav, it has become late, it is too late,
v, 9 ; nar gomotu tsheta, the fire had become extinguished,
xii, 23 ; gos yinsaph, he felt pity, viii, 4 ; me-ti chuh gomotu
zulm, I also have experienced tyranny, ix, 1.

With a present participle, gatshun indicates continuous
action, as in gafshta bozdn, keep hearing, listen attentively
to the whole, xi, 1 ; gatshiv paran, recite ye continually,
vii, 4 ; similarly vi, 17 ; gatsh taran, take tribute, and go on
doing so perpetually, xiv 2 ; gatshu trawan, go on leaving behind
(at every stage), xi, 11.

With a conjunctive participle it forms frequent compounds,
most of them the so-called " Intensives ". Thus, heth gatshun,
to take away (Hindi le jana), v, 1 ; viii, 3 (bis), 4, 10, 2 ;
xii, 4, 9, 12, 8 ; marith gatshun (Hindi mar jana), to die, vi, 16 ;
hath mashith gayes, he forgot the statement, x, 6 ; riirith
gatshun, to go forth, ii, 3 ; xii, 15 ; phiriih gatshun, to become
hostile, iv, 3.

fub. pass. part, me chuy gatshunu, it is verily to be gone by
me, i.e. I must really go, v, 10 ; cy6nu gatshi gatshunu, thou
must go, v, 9 ; xii, 6 ; pres. part, gatshan, see pres. and
imperf . ; past part. gamotu or gomotu, see perf. and plup.

impve. sg. 2 gatsh, ii, 9 ; iii, 5. ; vi, 17 ; viii, 10 ; xi, 2 ;
xii, 4, 5, 11 (bis), 4, 20 ; poetical, gatshu, xi, 11 ; pi. 2 gatshiv,
vii, 4 ; x, 7, 8 ; pol. sg. 2 gatshta, xi, 1 .

fut. sg. 2 gatshakh, v, 5, 6 ; xii, 18 ; 3 gatshi, v, 8 ; pi. 1,
gatshav, viii, 3 ; xii, 18 ; 3 gatshan, xi, 12.

pres. m. sg. 3 gatshan, iii, 6 ; chuh gatshan, xii, 4 ; gatshan
chuh, xii, 4 ; with pron. sufi\ 3 pers. sg. dat. gatshan chus,
he goes (to shave) him, xii, 19 ; f. sg. 3 cheh gatshan, x, 5 ;
viii, 1 ; gatshan cheh, xii, 23 ; imperf. f . sg. 3 osti gatshan,
v, 1 ; neg. osuna gatshan, viii, 1 ; m. pi. 3 (two subjects,
one masc, the other fern.), osl gatshan, viii. 1.

I past m. sg. 1 gos, x, 10, 2, 4 ; emphatic, gosay, I verily
became (pleased), xi, 18 ; m. sg. 3 gav, viii, 10, 1 (bis), 3 ;

313

VOCABULARY

ha

x, 4, 7 (ter), 10 ; xi, 1, 18 ; xii, 1, 4 (quater), 7, 9 (bis),

10, 2 (bis), 3, 5 (ter), 8 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. gom, he

went to me, etc., iii, 1 ; v, 7 ; vii, 12, 3 ; viii, 9, 10 ; with

suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. gos, he went to him or her, etc., iii, 4,

8 ; viii, 4, 10, 1 ; xii, 12 ; neg. gos-na, went not for her,

v, 5 ; with sufL 3rd pers. pi. dat. gokh, he became (pleased)

with them, viii, 14 ; m. pi. 3 gay, ii, 1,4; iii, 5 ; v, 9 ; vi, 9

(he and she), 16 ; viii, 3 (ter), 4, 5, 8, 11 (bis), 2, 3 ; x, 1 ;

xi, 3 ; xii, 6, 11, 23 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. gos, they

went for him or her, etc., iv, 3 ; v, 4.

f. sg. 3 gaye, iii, 1 (bis), 4, 9 ; v, 9, 10, 1 ; x, 8, 14 (bis) ;

xii, 2, 9, 10, 2, 3 ; with sufL of 1st pers. sg. dat. gayem, ix, 4 ;

emph. gayemqy, it (fern.) verily happened to me, vii, 12 ;

with suff. of 3rd pers. sg. dat. hath gayes mashith (see above),

x, 6 ; f. pi. 3 gaye, iii, 8 ; x, 1.
II past, went a long time ago, m. sg. 3 gayav, xii, 15 ;

f. sg. 3 gaye (for gayeye), vii, 16 ; viii, 11.

perf . m. sg. 2 chukh gomot", xii, 4 ; neg. chukh-na gomot",

v, 5 ; 3 gamotu, x, 7 ; gomot", xii, 23 ; chuh gamotu, ii, 4 ;

iii, 1 ; v, 10 ; viii, 1 ; chuh goniot", ix, 1 (bis), 6 ; with suff.

2nd pers. sg. dat. cheyey (not chuyey) gomot", (cf. chey nag,

xii, 6), ix, 6 ; pi. 3 gamat1, x, 7, 8 ; xii, 20 ; f. sg. 3 gamuts",

xii, 10.
plup. m. sg. 3 6su gamotu, i, 4 ; v, 2 ; with suff. 3rd pers.

sg. dat. 6sus gomot", (love) had befallen him, v, 2 ; pi. 1

os{ gamat1, v, 9.
gav, f. a cow ; sg. dat. gov", xi, 12 ; pi. nom. gov", vi, 15 ; xi, 12

(bis) ; pi. dat. (in sense of ace.) gov"n, vi, 15.
gewun, m. a song, iv (title).
gwash, see gash,
gaivby*, f . evidence, testimony ; chis Jcaran gawdy*, they give

evidence to him, x, 12.
Gaznavi, of or belonging to the town of Ghazni, i, 1.
guzaran, m. a livelihood ; — Icarun, to make a livelihood, xi, 19.
ha, O ! (inferior addressing superior) ; ha, Wazir-a, O Vizier, xii,

19. Cf. the next.
ha, 0 !, ha ! ; as exclamation, xi, 3 ; governing voc, with -a ;

hau HATUTS SONGS AND STOBIES 314

ha phakir-a, 0 Faqir, ii, 3 ; ha Viginah nag-a, 0 Viginah Nag,

v, 9 ; ha yar-a, 0 friend, x, 4 ; ha Wazir-a (address by an

inferior), 0 Vizier, xii, 10 ; with -o ; ha phakir-o, 0 Faqir,

ii, 2 ; ha wazir-o, 0 Vizier (address by a superior), ii, 4.
hau, pleonastic sufL (poet.), ii, 10.
ho, pleonastic sufL added to kyah, Mho, what ? (addressed by wife

to her husband), v, 4, 5.
hab-jushi, composed of the seven metals (liaft-josh), i.e. iron,

antimony, lead, gold, tin, copper, and silver, xii, 22.
hechun, to learn ; impve. sg. 2 hech laijdn1 nnz\ learn to throw balls,

v, 3.
had, a limit ; had panas karun, to make a limit for oneself, to

consider oneself perfect, vii, 15.
hihur, a father-in-law ; sg. gen. hihara-sandis sheharas-kun, towards

the father-in-law's city, x, 12.
hakh, m. right, duty ; hakh-i Khoday, duty of God, i.e. (a husband),

sacred to me as God, xii, 15.
hokhu, dry (of a river) ; pi. nom. hdkh*, vi, 15.
hakim, m. a wise man, a sage, vi, 14 ; with suff. of indef . art.

hakimd, a single wise man, vi, 14.
hukum, hukm, m. an order, command ; kyah chum hukum, what

order have you for me, xii, 7 ; hukm-i-Mahraj , the order of the

Maharaja, xi, 4 ; hukum dyunu, to give an order, ii, 7 ; viii,

4, 11, 2, 3 ; x, 5, 9, 13.
hekmath, f . cleverness, skill, contrivance ; hekmat-i-Parwardigar,

the power of Providence, i, 11 ; sg. abl. hekmiits*, i, 12.
hat, m. condition, state, vii, 9 ; ix, 4 ; hat kyah koruhakh, an arrange-
ment of affairs was somehow or other made by them,

xi, 17.
hat, f . a house ; bod^-hal, a prison, ix, 4.
hala, inter j. expressing urgency, look sharp ! be quick, xii, 17.
halam, m. a skirt, a lap-cloth, apron, ix, 11 ; halam darun, to

hold out the lap-cloth for alms, to beg, ix, 11 ; sg. dat. halamas,

v, 4 (bis), 5.
hamud, m. praise ; h. parun, to recite praises, vii, 4.
hamnishln, m. a companion, a familiar friend ; pi. nom., id., vii,

20 <bis) ; dat. hamnishiTwn, vii, 21, 4.

315 VOCABULARY hondu

hamsaye, m. a neighbour, x, 12 ; pi. nom., id., x, 5.

han, dim. suff. f. bata-han, a little cooked rice, a little food, x, 5 ;
dawd-han, a little medicine, v, 6 ; kdr'-han, a small bracelet,
xii, 12 ; musla-han, a piece of skin, xii, 21 ; ndra-han, a small
fire, iii, 1 ; ratshi-han, a very little (of something), v, 6 (bis) ;
tsheth-han, a little waste food, x, 5.

hand, a small quantity, x, 5 ; dim. suff. (f. unless otherwise
stated) aba-hand, a little water, x, 5 ; bata-hand, a little cooked
rice, x, 3 (masc.) ; ddba-hand, a small hole or pit, viii, 7 (masc);
kashena-hand, a little scratching, a small amount of scratching,
xii, 16, 17 ; jpdri-hana, a small hut, xii, 2 ; ratshi-hand, a very
little (of something), v, 6.

hani-hani, in small pieces, in fragments, viii, 6.

hunu, m. a dog, viii, 9 (sexies), 10 (quater) ; sg. dat. hunts,
viii, 9, 10 (ter) ; pi. nom. hunt, viii, 4 (bis), 12 (bis).

hondu, postpos. of gen.

A. Added to fern. sg. nouns ; m. sg. nom. gaddyiye-hondu ;,
of beggary, x, 2 ; kore-hondu, of the daughter, v, 2, 9 ;
kathi-hondu, of a word, iii, 5 ; mdje-hondu, of a mother,
xii, 15 ; miskirii-hondu ;, of beggary, x, 4 (bis) ; naye-hondu,
of a reed flute, vii, 1 ; phakiriye-hondu, of faqirhood, x, 9 ;
patashohi-hondu, of royalty, x, 2, 9 ; rots^-hondu, of night,
iii, 1 ; dat. bene-handis, of the sister, x, 3 (bis), 10 ; bdye-
handis, of the wife, viii, 6, 13 ; ddre-handis, of the window,
v, 4 ; Jchotuni-handis, of the lady, x, 7 ; shemsheri-handis,
of the sword, viii, 13 ; zandni-handis, of the wife, x, 5 ; abl.
godanice-handi-khota, than the first, xii, 10 ; khotuni-handi,
of the lady, x, 7 (bis) ; fern. sg. nom. bene-hunzu, of the sister,
x, 3 ; naye-hunzu, of the reed flute, vii, 1 ; shemsheri-hunz",
of a sword, iii, 5, 6.

B. Added to plural nouns ; m. sg. nom. soddgdran-hondu,
of merchants, viii, 9 ; uvraneciven-hondu, of step-sons, viii, 3 ;
hatan-hondu, of hundreds, v, 1 ; jdndwdran-hondu , of birds,
viii, 1 ; ldlan-hondu, of rubies, xii, 5 (ter) ; abl. don-handi-
khota, than two, xii, 9 ; pi. nom. athan-hand1, of hands, v, 6 ;
f. sg. nom. guren-hiinz", of horses, xii, 3 ; neeiven-hiinz", of
sons, viii, 3, 11 ; yihiinz", of these, viii, 1 ; pi. nom. don-

hangata manga HATIM'S , SONGS AND STOBIES 316

hanza, of two, viii, 4 ; pdtashdhzddan-hanza, of princes, viii,

4 ; tihanza, their, viii, 3.

C. Added to an adverb ; yuri-hondu, hither, v, 5.
hanga ta manga, adv. unexpectedly, iii, 6.
hdnzu, m. a boatman ; with suff. of indef . art. hdnzdh, i, 4.
hdputh, m. a bear, ii, 10, 1 (ter), 2 ; hdpath-gdn, a bear pimp, a

bear referred to abusively, ix, 2 ; sg. dat. hdpatas, ii, 10, 1 ;

ag. hdpatan, ix, 4.
Aar 1, every ; ^ar wata', on every path (fem.), ii, 2.
har 2, m. cream ; sg. gen. doda-hardk1, (cups) of milk-cream, ii, 3.
hdr1 hdr1, the cry used in driving a cow, xi, 8. Cf. chuh 1.
harud, m. autumn ; harada-vizi, in autumn time, ix, 8.
hargdh, if ; hargdh drds-na, if it do not issue from it, xii, 3 (bis) ;

hargdh-ay wuchihe, if he had seen, viii, 10 ; hargdh kiy ceyihe,

if he had drunk, viii, 7 ; hargdh My karihe, if he had done,

viii, 13.
harun, to remain over and above ; 2 past m. sg. 3, haryov, x, 12 ;

f . sg. 3, with suff. 3 pers. pi. dat. haryeyekh, x, 5.
harun, to drop ; pres. sg. 3 mdz chum hardn, my flesh is dropping,

vii, 24 ; pi. 3 lal chih hardn, rubies are dropping (from her

mouth), xii, 9 (bis).
hasa, interj. sir! ii, 11 ; v, 7 ; vi, 11 ; x, 4 (bis), 8 ; xii, 1 (bis),

5, 10 ; sirs ! x, 1 (passim).
hosh, m. sense, i, 5.

hushydr, awake ; — gatshun, to awake (intrans.), v, 5 (ter).
hostu, m. an elephant, vi, 16 (ter).
hata, interj . ; Jiata-sa, 0 sirs ! x, 5 ; hatay, hullo ! (a mother speaking

to her daughter), xii, 15.
hato, interj . ; hato kddyau, ho prisoner ! x, 5.
hotu, smitten ; tsakhi-hotu, smitten by rage, full of rage, vii, 14.
hotu, m. the throat ; — tsatun, to cut the throat, v, 7 ; sg. dat.

hatis, viii, 1.
hath, a hundred ; gdda-hath, a hundred fish, i, 8 ; hath waisi,

a hundred (years) in age, ii, 12 ; ropaye-hath, a hundred

rupees, viii, 9, 10 (with verb in sg.) ; x, 6 (ditto) ; ropayes

pants hath, five hundred rupees, viii, 10 (bis) ; x, 1, etc. ;

sg. dat. gdda-hatas, for the hundred fish, i, 9 ; mohara-hatas

317

VOCABULARY

hyuh*

(akis) roshu, a necklace of one hundred mohars, v, 10, 12 ;
pi. dat. tsdtas (sic) bdhan hatan-hondu, of twelve hundred
pupils, v, 1 ; hata-bddu, hundreds, ix, 9 ; hatabdtf-khdr",
weighing hundreds of kharwars, ix, 7.

hotsu, m. the forearm, xii, 12 (bis), 15 ; sg. gen. hatsyuku, xii, 15.

hdtsh, f. an accusation ; with suff. of indef. art. hdtshd, vi, 9.

hav, interj. 0 (addressed by a woman to her husband), v, 4 ; xi, 11.
Cf. hay.

hawd, m. air, atmosphere ; hatvd-yi-asmdn, the air of heaven, ii, 6.

hawdh, f. Eve, vii, 7.

hawdla, m. deposit, consignment, charge, v, 10 ; hawala-y-Khddd,
in the care of God, x, 7 : hawdla karun, to put in so and so's
(dat.) charge, to make over (to) as a deposit, v, 7, 12 (bis) ;
viii, 4 ; x, 12 (quinquies) ; xii, 22.

hawun, to show, make manifest ; kasam hdivun, to make oath,
swear, v, 9 ; impve. sg. 2 hav, xii, 14 ; pol. with suff. 1st
pers. sg. dat. hdvtam, please show to me, v, 9 ; fut. sg. 1, with
suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. hdway, I will show to thee, iii, 8; 3, hdvi
v, 9 ; pi. 3, with sufT. 1st pers. sg. dat. hdwanam, they will show
to me, iv, 7 ; 1 past m. sg. with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. hdwuth,
thou showedst, vi, 5 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. howun,
vi, 16 ; xii, 15 ; ditto, with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. hdwunam,
she showed to me, v, 4 ; ditto, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat.
hdwunay, she showed to thee, v, 4 ; ditto, with suff. 3rd pers.
pi. dat. hdwunakh, he showed to them, xii, 18 ; with suff. 3rd
pers. sg. dat. hdwus, showed to him, v, 4 ; past cond. sg. 1
hawaho, vii, 21.

hay, interj. 0 ! (addressed by a man to his wife), v, 4 (passim) ;
xi, 14, 6, 9 ; (addressed by woman to woman), v, 2 ;
ix, 7, 9.

hay, interj., as exclamation, 0! v, 7.

hyuhu, adj. like ; m. sg. nom. lalas hyuhu, like a ruby, xii, 4 (bis) ;
tath1 hyuhu, exactly like that, xii, 4 ; yinsdn hyuhu, like a
human being, x, 7 (bis) ; dat. badis hihis, to the elder (prince),
viii, 13 ; zithis hihis, to the elder (prince), viii, 5 ; ag. IdkH*
hih\ by the youngest, xii, 1 ; f . sg. nom. yinsdn hishu, like a
man, x, 7.

hyolu HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 318

hyolu, an ear (of corn, etc.) ; pi. nom. MP, vi, 15 ; pi. dat. helm,

vi, 15.
hyonu, to take, ii, 1 ; iii, 1, 2 ; v, 1, 4, 6, 7 (bis) ; viii, 7 ; x, 5, 11 ;
xi, 12, 3, 4, 6, 8 ; xii, 5, 12, 20, 22, 23 ; to begin, hjotun cyonu,
he began to drink, viii, 7 (ter) ; hyotun nerun, he began to go
forth, ii, 3 ; hyotukh palcun, they began to go, x, 1 ; hetstin
woth tshuniiriu, she began to leap, iii, 4 j hets^nas yiiiu nendar,
sleep began to come to him, v, 6. The conj. part. heth, having
taken, may often be translated " with ", as in vir heth, with
the fine, v, 7 ; drdv soda heth, he went off with merchandize,
viii, 9 ; wazir heth, taking the Vizier, i.e. taking the Vizier
along with you, xii, 23 ; pdtashdh-kiir* heth tsaldn, running
away with the princess, xii, 25.

danda hyonu, to take in compensation, v, 11 ; Jchabar
hena, to bring new3, xii, 24 ; mol* hyonu, to buy, x, 14 ;
rukhsath hyonu, to take leave, depart, xii, 10, 3 ; tsdpi hen1,
to take bites, to bite, x, 7 ; ydd hyonu, to keep in memory,
xii, 17 ; zima hyonu, to take responsibility (for), to admit,
xii, 15.

heth gatshun (Hindi le jdnd), to take away, v, 1 ; viii,
3 (bis), 4, 10, 2 ; xii, 4, 9, 12, 8 ; heth yunu (Hindi le and),
to bring, i, 8 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 6 ; x, 12 ; xii, 2, 5, 11.

fut. pass. part. m. sg. hyonu, xii, 5 ; conj. part, heth,
i, 8 ; iii, 1,2; v, 1 (bis), 4, 7 (bis) ; viii, 3 (bis), 4, 6, 9, 10, 2 ;
x, 5, 12 ; xi, 13, 4, 6, 8 ; xii, 2, 4, 5, 9, 11, 2 (bis), 7, 8, 22,
3 (bis), 4, 5 ; impve. sg. 2, heh, xi, 12 ; with sufL 3rd pers.
abl. hes, take from him, xii, 20 ; fut. sg. 1, with sufL 2nd
pers. sg. abl. hemay, I will take from thee, v, 11 ; pres. m.
sg. 3, chuh hewdn, x, 7 ; f . sg. 3, with sufL 3rd pers. sg. dat.
and neg. chesna hewdn zima, she does not admit to her, xii,
15 ; past m. sg. 3, with sufL 3rd pers. sg. ag. hyotun, ii, 1,
3 ; viii, 7 (ter) ; with sufL 3rd pers. sg. abl. hyotus, took
from him, xii, 10, 13 ; with sufL 3rd pers. pi. ag. hyotukh,
x, 1 ; f. sg. with sufL 3rd pers. sg. ag. hetsun, iii, 1, 4 ; v, 6 ;
x, 11 ; ditto, with sufL 3rd pers. sg. dat. hetsunas, v, 6 ; pi.
with sufL 3rd pers. pi. ag. hetsan, v, 7 ; ditto, with sufL 3rd
pers. sg. gen. hetsanas, viii, 7 ; perf . part, f . pi. hetsamatsa, x, 14.

319

VOCABULARY

jay

hyoru, adj . upwards ; — khasun, to go upstairs, iii, 2, 9 ; -pahan

khasun, to go a short way up stream, xii, 6.
hdz\ as a title of respect, holy, v, 9.
huzilri nokar m. a personal servant, viii, 5.
hazrath, a title of respect, saint ; hazrat-i- A dam, Saint Adam, iv, 2 ;

hazrat-i-N oh, Saint Noah, iv, 3 ; hazrat-i-Yisdh, Saint Jesus,

iv, 4 ; hazrat-i-Musdy, Saint Moses, iv, 5 ; hazrat-i- Yibrdhim,

Saint Abraham, iv, 6 ; hazrat-i-Yusuph, Saint Joseph,

vi, 8, 10, 14, etc. ; hazrat-i- Sulay man, Saint Solomon, xii, 17.
judah, apart ; gaye judah, she went apart, she became separated,

vii, 16.
judoyi, fern, separation, vii, 16.
jah, a place, in gay yeg-jah, they went together, ii, 4 ; kheyev yekh-

jdh, (you) ate together, x, 12. Ci.jdy.
jel, i.q.jelad, quickly, vi, 16.
jelad or jel (q.v.), adv. quickly, xii, 15, 23, 4.
jalwa, m. glory ; — dyunu, to give forth glory ; — dith, giving

forth glory, in all His glory (of God), vi, 7 ; with emph. y,

jaloy hdwun, he manifested glory, vi, 16.
jaloy, see jalwa.
jama, m. a coat, x, 9.
jumala, m. entirety ; jumala dlam, (He who is the source of) the

whole world, God, i, 13.
jdn, adj. good, vii, 27 ; xi, 17, 8.
jenda, m. a flag ; — lagun, to set up a flag, to insist on a claim,

V, 11.

jenath, m. heaven ; sg. dat. jenatas (for jenatas-manz), xii, 19 ;

jenatas-manz, in heaven, xii, 20, 3, 4; sg. gen. m. jenatuku,

of heaven, xi, 13 ; xii, 21, 2 ; fern. pi. jenatace jaye, places of

heaven, iii, 7.
janawar, m. a winged creature, a bird, ix, 1, 3, 5 ; pi. gen. jdndwaran-

hondu, viii, 1.
jav, for Hindi jad, go ye, xi, 4.
jawd, for Hindi jad, go ye, xi, 4.
jewdb, m. an answer, reply, iii, 4 ; xii, 17.
jay, f. a place (ci.jdh), ix, 6 ; xi, 12 ; sg. dat. panufiejaye, (seated)

in his own place, x, 5 ; aih jdye gav bunul", there occurred an

jyclday HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 820

earthquake in that place, xii, 15 ; wdtu tath jdye, he arrived
at that place, xiii, 15 ; wdtu jdye akis, he arrived at a certain
place, ii, 8 ; viii, 7 (ter), 9 ; tsonukh akis jdye-manz, they led
him into a certain place, iii, 7 ; jdye akis . . . jdye akis,
in one place ... in another place, i, 3, 4 ; pi. nom. jdye,
iii, 7.

jydday, more ; kam yd jydday, (a hundred) less or more, ii, 12.

ke, see kydh, 1.

kabar, f . a grave, a tomb ; sg. dat. kabari wdlun, to cause to descend
into a grave, to inter, iv, 7.

kbd, m. prison ; — karun, to imprison, v, 7, 9 (bis) ; x, 5, 12 ;
— lagun, to become imprisoned, v, 8 ; vi, 1 1 ; kod-khdn (not
-khdna), a prison, v, 8 ; pi. dat. -khanan, v, 7, 8.

kudu, see kuru.

kod1, m. a prisoner, a person imprisoned, v, 8 ; sg. dat. kodis,
x, 5 (bis) ; ag. kod1, x, 5 ; voc. kodyau, x, 12 ; hato kodyau,
x, 5 ; pi. nom. (and ace.) kod1, v, 8, 9 ; ag. kodyau, v, 7,
vi, 11.

kadam, m. a step ; — dyunu, to set forth, x, 11, 12 ; — trdwun,
to step forward, iv, 5.

kadun, or (iv, 2 ; viii, 3) karun, to extract, pull out, viii, 4, 11, 2 ;
to drag forth (e.g. a person from his house), x, 13 ; to bring
forth, bring out, lead forth, iii, 4, 8 (ter) ; xii, 1 ; to take out
(of a receptacle), viii, 7, 10 ; xii, 17 (bis) ; to bring forth,
produce, exhibit, x, 2, 12; xii, 15 ; to tear out or off, dislocate,
viii, 7 ; to take off (from something to which the object is
attached), viii, 10 ; to expel, banish, iv, 2 ; viii, 11 ; to take
off clothes, v, 9 (bis) ; xii, 6, 7 ; to draw (a sword), viii, 13 ;
x, 7 ; to pass a (period of time), viii, 3, 11 ; x, 11 ; xii, 4, 5,
11 ; to while away the time (on a journey), x, 1 ; kadith
tshunun, to drive out, viii, 10 ; to take off, doff (clothes),
x, 9.

fut. pass. part. sg. m. gatshi kadun, he should be expelled,
viii, 11 ; conj. part, kadith, viii, 10 ; x, 9 ; xii, 6, 7. Impve.
sg. 2 with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. kadun, iii, 8 ; fut. pi. 1, with
suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. kadon, x, 1 ; pi. 3 kadan, viii, 11 ; pres.
masc. sg. 3 chuh kaddn, viii, 13 ; xii, 4, 11, 17 ; pi. 3 chih

321 VOCABULARY . khabar

kardn, viii, 3 ; chih kaddn, viii, 11 ; past sg. ra. kodu, xii, 15, 7 ;
with suff. 3 pers. sg. ag. kodun, iii, 8 ; v, 9 ; viii, 7, 10, 3 ;
with ditto and suff. 1 pers. sg. dat. korunam, iv, 2 ; with
ditto and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. kodunas, viii, 10 ;
with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. kodukh, iii, 4 ; pi. kdd*, x, 2 ; with
suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. gen. kddSnas, viii, 7 ;
with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. kddikh, viii, 4, 12 ; x, 12 ; xii, 1 ;
f . sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. kudufi, x, 7 ; xii, 5 ; with suff.
3rd pers. pi. ag. kudukh, x, 11.

kdh, f . the leather lace used by shoemakers for sewing together the
parts of leather shoes or the like, used where English cobblers
use thread, xi, 14.

keh, anything, something ; m. sg. nom. kdh, anyone, i, 2 ; vi, 10
xii, 22 ; kdh-ti, even anyone, vii, 23 ; kaisi, to anyone, iii, 3
by anyone, ii, 8 ; kosi, by anyone, v, 9 ; kSh, anything, i, 6
ii, 5 ; iv, 4, 6 ; v, 8 ; viii, 2 ; ix, 6 ; xi, 15 ; xii, 6, 7, 15 (bis)
biye keh, something more, iii, 8 ; anything else, xii, 8 ; na keh,
not at all, ii, 5 ; v, 5 (bis) ; xii, 2.

As adj . kdh kod1, any prisoner, v, 8 ; kdh-ti hosh, any sense
at all, i, 5 ; keh1 pron*, some old (prisoners), vi, 11 ; keh,
any (inanimate thing), vi, 16 ; viii, 1 ; x, 1, 7 ; xii, 5 ; some
women, xi, 7 ; keh kdld(h), some little time, v, 10 ; viii, 2 ;
keh-ti, any (sound) at all, viii, 9.

ke-ho, see kydh 1.

kih, m. loose hair (from the head), combings, v, 4 (ter).

kdh, kdh, m. a mountain ; koh-i-tora, Mount Sinai, iv, 5 ; koha-kohai,
on every mountain, ix, 2.

klidb, m. a dream, sg. dat. khdbas, vi, 14 ; abl. khdba, vi, 12 ; gen.
khdbuku tobir, the interpretation of a dream, vi, 14 ; khdb
deshun, to see a dream, have a dream- vision, vi, 11 (bis),
2, 4, 5.

khub, adv. well, thoroughly, vi, 10.

khabar, f . information ; news, tidings, xi, 20 ; notice, care, heed,
xii, 2 (ter) ; be-khabar, an untaught person, vii, 28 ; — anunu, to
bring news, xii, 19, 20 (bis) ; (tas) cheh khabar, there is informa-
tion (to him), (he) knows (all about it), iii, 3 ; there is heed (to
him), (he) believes, (he) is under the impression (that), xii,

khabardar HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 322

2 (ter) ; chya hhabar, is there news ? hence, (I) don't know,
how am (I) to know ? how can (I) know ? v, 7 ; xii, 20 ;
hhabar dinu, to give news, x, 14 ; las hhabar gaye, news went
to him, information was given to him, iii, 1 ; hhabar heth yunu,
to bring news, xii, 24 ; hhabar har, news when ? i.e. who knows
when (such and such a thing happened) ? ii, 4 ; — nin",
to bring news or information, ii, 16 ; x, 7, 8; xii, 23 ; hhabardh,
a piece of news, ii, 6.

hhabarddr, m. an informer, spy, scout, newsman; pi. ag. hhabarddrav,
ii, 1,6; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 23.

hhobsurath, adj. beautiful, xii, 4, 5, 10 (bis), 5, 9.

hhod, a pit ; x, 13 ; sg. dat. hhodas, x, 13.

Khodd, m. God, vi, 5, 6, 7 ; x, 7 ; Khoddy, verily God, God alone, x,
8 : az Khoda, from God, vi, 10 ; bd-Khodd, one who believes
in God, a true believer, xii, 20 ; wdda-y-Khodd, a promise of
God, an oath by God, xii, 7, 15 (bis) ; hahh-i-Khoddy , the duty of
God alone, i.e. a husband as sacred to the wife as God, xii, 15 ;
sg. dat. Khoddy es, vii, 4 ; x, 5 ; ag. Khoddy en, xii, 15 ; gen.
Khoddy e-sondu-chuy hasam, (I) adjure thee by God, xii, 7 ;
voc. Khoddy e, 0 God ! iv, 1 ; bar Khoddy 6, 0 Great God ! v, 7 ;
Khodd-Sob, God the Master, God, sg. dsit.-sdbas, x, 5 ; ag.
-soban, iii, 8 (ter).

hhojunas, see hhdlun.

hhal, m. a threshing floor ; sg. dat. hhalas harun, to put (crops) on
the threshing floor, ix, 9.

hhdlun, caus. of hhasun, to cause to mount, to take (upstairs),
x, 7 ; to fix (on to a lathe), vii, 19 ; zima hhdlun, to cause
responsibility to mount, to prove responsible, x, 12 ; impve.
pi. 2, with sufL 3rd pers. sg. ace. hholyun, cause ye him to
mount, x, 7 ; past. masc. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and
3rd pers. sg. dat. hh6lunas, x, 12 ; fern, with sun\ 3rd pers.
sg. ag. and 1st pers. sg. nom. hhojunas, vii, 19.

hhalas, adj. free ; — gatshun, to die, iii, 4.

hhalath, m. a robe of honour ; hhalat-e-shohi, a royal robe of honour,
a magnificent robe of honour, x, 4 (bis).

hhdm, adj. raw, unripe, green, vi, 15 ; of small value, cheap;
hham posa, the pice formerly current in Kashmir, of small

323 VOCABULABY khrdv

value compared to the British pice worth about a farthing,

now becoming current ; vii, 25, 6.
khumdr, m. intoxication ; languor of love, languishment ; puru-

khumdr, full of languishment, one who intoxicates another

with love, v, 2.
khan, a certain title, used as part of a proper name in Bahadur Khan

= Bahadur Khan, ii, 1 ; sg. dat. — Manas, ii, 12.
khdna, m. a house, sg. dat. khdnas, vi, 4 ; kod-khdna, a prison,

sg. nom (m.c.) kod-khdn, vi, 10 ; pi. dat. kod-khdnan, v, 7, 8 ;

mahala-khdna, a palace, xii, 19.
khen, m. food, xii, 16, 17.
khon, f . the haunch ; sg. dat. khoni-keth, (canying) on the haimch,

xi, 13.
khanun, to dig ; fut. pass. part. m. sg. gatshi dob khanunu, you must

dig a pit, xii, 6.
khanandwun, to cause to be dug ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers.

sg. ag. khanandtvun, x, 13.
Jchar, m. an ass ; iii, 8, 9 ; v, 7 (bis) ; sg. dat. khotu kharas, he

mounted the ass, iii, 8.
khdr, m. a blacksmith ; sg. voc. khdra, ii, 12 ; vi, 17 ; pi. ag.

khdrav, xi, 17 ; Wahab Khar, or Wahb the Blacksmith, is the

name of the author of stories ii and vi.
khdr (v, 5) or khdr (v, 9), m. the foot ; sg. dat. khdran, v, 9 ; shdnda

karun khdr, to go from the pillow to the foot of the bed, v, 5 ;

khdra karun shdnd, to go from the foot of the bed to the pillow,

v, 5.
khdr, m. welfare ; divd-yi-khor, a prayer for welfare, a blessing, i, 3.
kh6ru, a thing which weighs a khdr or kharwdr, i.e. an ass's load ;

sg. dat. hatabddi-khdris dray, they turned out (i.e. amounted)

to hundreds of kharwdrs, ix, 9.
kharac (viii, 10) or kharaj (xii, 4, etc.), m. expenditure ; expenses,

money to be spent for any purpose ; xii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 11,

20 ; kharac gom, expenditure has occurred by me, I have

spent, viii, 10.
khdrdth, m. alms, v, 9.
khrdv, m. the clog, patten, or wooden soles worn by Kashmiris in

winter ; nom. (ace.) plur. khrdv, v, 9.

Y

khasa HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 324

khdsa, adj. peculiar, special ; personal, own ; choice, select,
excellent, ii, 3 ; dukhtar-e-khdsa, thine own daughter, v, 11.

kh6su, m. a kind of metal cup ; pi. nom. khos\ ii, 3.

Mash, m. a cut ; — dyunu, to cut, v, 4 (bis), 6.

khosh, adj. pleased, happy ; — gatshun, to become happy, to become
pleased, viii, 1, 9 ; xii, 9 ; — gosay, I became pleased about
thee, xi, 18 ; gos — , he became pleased with him, xii, 12 ;
gdkh, — , he became pleased with them, viii, 14 ; gos — ,
they became pleasing to him, i.e. he loved them, viii, 11 ;
yih pdtashehas — Jcari, that which will make the king pleased,
whatever will please the king, xii, 3.

khashem, m. anger, wrath ; yimau amis phakiras — koru, by them
to that faqir wrath was made, i.e. they were made angry
with the faqir, ii, 3.

khasun (1 p.p. kholu or khothu), to rise, arise ; to rise, come up
(out of water), i, 6, 8 ; xii, 11, 2 ; to rise, go up, go upstairs,
iii, 2, 9 ; x, 8 (bis) ; xii, 7 ; to get up on to (e.g. on to a bed,
or a funeral pyre, governing dat., with or without peth), iii, 7 ;
v, 5, 6, (bis) 9 ; x, 7 (bis) ; xii, 21, 4 ; to mount (a horse, etc.,
guris or guris-peth), ii, 6, 11 ; iii, 8 (quater) ; to ride (a
horse), (guru chus khasunu, he has a horse on which to ride),
x, 3 ; carkas khutsu, she mounted on to the lathe, she was fixed
on the lathe (for being turned), vii, 20 ; kali kali khasun, to go
up stream, xii, 6 ; kalsi chuna khasan zima, the responsibility
rises on no one, no one can be made responsible, or, as we
should say, the responsibility falls on no one, iii, 3 ; kotyah
khdtis mar, how many murders have risen for him, i.e. of how
many murders is he guilty ! ix, 5 ; pdtashehas khotu zahar,
poison arose to the king, i.e. he became enraged, viii, 7.

Fut. pass. part. sg. m. khasunu, x, 3 ; xii, 5 (gatshi khasunu,
you must go up) ; impve. sg. 2 khas, iii, 8 (bis) ; fut. sg. 2
khasakh, v, 6 ; 3 with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. khasiy, xii, 11
(there will arise before you) ; pres. m. sg. 3 neg. chuna
khasan, iii, 3 ; imperf . sg. m. 3 with surl 3rd pers. sg. dat.
neg. 6sus-na khasan, i, 6 ; 1 past sg. m. 3 khotu, i, 8 ; ii, 11
iii, 7, 8 (bis), 9 ; v, 5, 6 ; viii, 7 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 12, 21, 4
khothu, ii, 6 ; x, 7 ; pi. 1 khdt1, v, 9 (we, i.e. one m. and one f.)

325 VOCABULARY khyon"

3 khdt\ x, 8 ; with sufL 3rd pers. sg. dat. khdtis, ix, 5 ; f. sg.

3 khiits", iii, 2 ; vii, 20 ; xii, 7.
khdta, postpos. than ; ddn-handi khdta, (more beautiful) than the

two, xii, 19 ; gddafiice-handi khdta, (more beautiful) than

the first (girl), xii, 10. In ami khdta haway bdh, iii, 8, I will

show thee more than that, the word " more " is not expressed.
khdtu, adj. false, base, counterf eit ; (of a jewel) flawed, xii, 3.
khath, m. a letter, a document, xii, 22, 3 (ter) ; moV-sandi daskhata

khath, a letter signed by (my) father, xii, 21.
kJiatun, to conceal ; conj. part. khatith, having concealed (sc.

yourself), secretly, xii, 6.
khdtmia, f . a noble woman, a lady, x, 12 ; xii, 18, 9 (bis), 20, 5 ;

with suff. of indef. art. khdtuna akh, a certain lady, v, 11 ;

xii, 15 ; sg. dat. khdtuni, x, 7 (bis) ; xii, 15 ; ag. khotuni,

xii, 15 (quater), 8, 22 ; gen. khotuni-handis shikamas-manz

(x, 7) or khdtuni-shikamas-manz (x, 7), in the lady's belly;

khdtuni-handi shikama-mafyza, from in the lady's belly, x,

7 (bis).
khotir, m. carnal desire, viii, 3.
khawand, m. a master, a lord, viii, 10 (of a dog) ; a woman's husband,

iii, 1, 2, 3, 4 ; v, 1, 8, 10, 1, 2 ; x, 5 (bis), 12 ; xi, 11 ; xii, 18 ;

sg. dat. khdwandas, iii, 4 ; v, 8, 10, 2 ; xi, 11 ; xii, 18 ;

khawandas nishin, (go) to (your) master, viii, 10 ; sg. gen.

fern, khdwanda-sunz", iii, 2.
kh6wuru, adj. left (not right) ; — atha, the left hand, viii, 7.
khyonu, to eat ; to consume unlawfully, misappropriate, x, 2.

inf. obi. wath1 kheni, they got down (in order) to eat, x, 5 ;

fut. pass. part. m. sg. tih cy6nu khyonu gatshi-na, you must

not eat that, xii, 16 ; pres. part, chuh hihith kheivan, he is

seated eating, xii, 4 ; impve. sg. 2, kheh, iii, 1 ; (dial.) khyuh,

x, 5 ; (dial.) khyo, x, 12 ; pol. sg. 2, with suff. 1st pers. sg.

dat. khetam, eat for my sake, iii, 1 ; fut. sg. 2, khezi, xii,

16 (bis),
fut. sg. 1 khema, viii, 11 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat.

khemay, I will eat for thy sake, iii, 1 ; do. with neg. khemay-na,

I will not eat for thy sake, iii, 1 ; 2, with neg. interrog.

khekh-na, wilt thou not eat ? ii, 3 ; vi, 2 ; 3, kheyi, xii, 15.

khazmath HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 326

pres. m. sg. 3 chuh khewdn, xii, 6, 17 ; imperf. m. sg. 3,

with neg. khewdn 6su-na, he used not to eat, vi, 16.

1 past m. sg. khyauv, x, 12 ; khev, ii, 2 ; with suff. 3rd

pers. sg. ag. khyon, vi, 16 (bis) ; x, 5 ; pi. (dial, for khyey)

khey, x, 2 ; f . sg. with suff. 2nd pers. pi. ag. (dial, for kheyewa)

kheyev, x, 12.
khazmath (xii, 3) or khizmath (ii, 3), f . service ; guren-hunz^ khazmath

karakh, I will do service of horses for them, i.e. I will do groom's

work, xii, 3.
kdkad, m. paper, a piece of paper, xii, 11, 2, 5 (quinquies), 6, 7,

8 (bis), 22 ; — likhun, to write a paper, xii, 11 ; sg. dat.

kdlcadas, xii, 16, 7 ; cf. kakaz.
kdkan, f . the wife of the eldest son in a Hindu family ; boy^kdkan,

an elder brother's wife, v, 10.
kokur, m. a fowl ; kokar-gdm, a fowl village, a village the speciality

of which is rearing fowls, xi, 8.
kakaz, m. paper, viii, 10. Cf. kakad*
kal, time ; with suff. indef . art. keh kola gav (v, 10) or keh kalah gav

(viii, 2), some short time passed ; warayah kalah gav, a very

long time passed, viii, 2 ; warayah kal, for a very long time,

viii, 2 ; sg. dat. wdraydhas kdlas, for (during) a long time,

iii, 1.
Jcala, the head, iii, 1, 5, 9 ; kala tsatun, to behead, iii, 2 ; viii, 6 ;

abl. kala-kari1, in the direction of the head, at the head end

(of an animal), xi, 9 ; kala-peth* tshunun" woth, to leap over

(so and so's) head, ii, 9.
kol, f . a small river, a stream ; sg. dat. koli-manz, in the stream,

xii, 2 ; gaye koli akis peth, she went to the bank of a stream,

xii, 2 ; abl. koli koli khasun, to go up along the stream, to

go up stream, xii, 4 ; koli-manza, from in the stream, xii, 4.
kdlu, adj. of or belonging to time ; yutsu-k6lu, of or belonging to

a long time ago, ii, 4.
kulu, m. a tree ; abl. kuli-dadari-manz, in the tree-hole, in the

hole in the tree, ii, 10.
kdlacen, adv. in the evening, at eventide, v, 5 ; viii, 3.
kalam, m. a pen ; kalama sotin likhun, to write with a pen,

ix, 12.

327

VOCABULABY

kani

kuluph, m. a lock. — thdwun, to open a lock, to unlock a door,

iii, 8 (bis).
kolay, f. a wife, iii, 4 ; v, 3, 5 ; viii, 3, 11 ; sg. ag. kdlayi, v, 9.
tow 1, adj. less, deficient, iv, 4, 6; kamyd jydday, less or more,

more or less, ii, 12.
kam 2, Mm*, fojm?', see kydh 1.
&om", f . a thing done, a deed : a business ; kom* cheh pakawiinu,

the business is one that marches, i.e. it involves marching,

xi, 1 1 ; in the stories, kiiru kom", he, she, or they, did a deed,

is equivalent to the English, " what do you think he, she,

or they did," " what did he do but," ii, 5, 7 ; viii, 4 ;

x, 7 (bis), 12, 4 ; xii, 22 ; so, with suff. of indef. art. kur^n

(x, 2) or kuru (x, 3) kbm^dh.
kombakh, m. help, aid, assistance, the reinforcement (of an army) ;

sg. dat. bardye kombakas, in order to help, by way of help,

as a reinforcement, xi, 7.
kamyuku, see kydh 1
lean, m. the ear ; — ihawun (ii, 7) or — thdwun (viii, 6, 8, 11 ; ix,

1, 4), to apply the ear, to lend the ear, to listen attentively ;

sg. dat. kanas kurunas thaph, he seized him by the ear, iii, 9 ;

abl. kana-doli din" (poet.), to give ear-closing, to refuse to

listen, v, 2 ; kana ratith, holding (a goat) by the ear, iii, 5 ;

pi. dat. with emph. y, kananqy, vii, 11.
kan1, postpos. signifying —

(a) direction, as in kala-kdn*, in the direction of the head,
at the head end (of an animal), xi, 9 ; lati-kdn\ at the tail
end, xi, 9.

(b) route, as in ddri-kdri1, (cast) out through the window,
v, 4 (bis).

(c) direction from, as in yes-kdn{, from whom (it will escape),
ii, 8.

Cf . kani, kun, kdn, and kin.
kani, postpos. signifying —

(a) locality, as in bdna-kani, (he is standing) below, down-
stairs, iii, 2 ; bontha-kani, in front, before (governing dat.),
ii, 3 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 11 ; x, 5, 10, 2 ; xii, 4, 9, 12, 23 (bis) ;
ath{-petha-kani, on the top of it verily, viii, 1.

Una HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 328

(b) direction towards, as in ora-Jcani, in that direction, v, 2.

(c) direction from, as in tdlawa-kani, (down) from the
ceiling, viii, 6 ; osa-kani, issuing from the mouth; viii, 7.

(d) other miscellaneous relations as in thiiru-kani (v, 4) or
thudu-kani (v, 4 bis), (turning) backwards (from there) ;
pata-kani, afterwards, x, 1 ; kuni-kani, in any way, xii, 13 ;
dmpa-kani, by means of beak-to-beak feeding, viii, 1 ; tami-
pethx-kani, in addition to that, iii, 8.

Cf. kdn1, kun, kdn, and kin.
kina, conj. or. Used to indicate an alternative in an interrogative

sentence, v, 7 ; viii, 3, 11 ; xii, 18, 9, 23.
kona, adv. why not ? viii, 1 (why is there no chirping ?).
kun, postpos. governing dat., meaning —

(a) towards, viii, 6, 11 ; x, 3, 5, 12 ; similarly d-kun, in
that direction, xii, 23 ; mustdkh kun, enamoured of, yearning
for, iii, 7 ; vii, 3 ; biye-kun, (he does not go) anywhere else,
xii, 4.

(b) to (after verbs of saying, addressing, etc.), v, 2 ; vii,
4, 20, 6 ; ix, 1 ; x, 5 (bis) ; x, 12.

(c) in, at, bonth-kun, i, 8, (came) before (the king) ; w6lu
sheharas and-kun, he arrived at the outskirts of the city, x, 5 ;
andas-kun, at the end, xii, 6.

(d) other meanings, ndgas akiih kun, on one side of the
spring, xii, 14 ; ase-kun hdwuth, thou showed st before us, vi, 5 ;
path-kun, afterwards, iii, 5 ; v, 5 ; at the back (of a place),
in the rear, v, 8.

(with gen.) ydra-sondu kun, (he set out) in the direction of

his friend's abode, x, 11.
Cf. kdn*, kani, kdn, and kin.
kuni, adv. at all, in any respect, v, 6 ; viii, 1 (bis), 2, 9 ; xii, 1, 22 ;

anywhere, viii, 7 ; somewhere, viii, 7 ; kuni-kani, in any

way, xii, 13.
kunu, num. adj., only one ; with emph. y, One only (of God), vi, 7 ;

vii, 2 ; x, 8 ; kunuy zonu, only one person, all alone, viii, 7 ;

fern. kunP-y zunu, xii, 15.
konda, f . a potter's kiln ; sg. abl. kondi wdlun, to put (unbaked pots)

into a lain for baking, xi, 11.

829 VOCABULARY kdra

kondu, m. a thorn, viii, 1 (bis).

kangan, f. a comb ; ches walan kangan, I am combing (my hair),

v, 4.
kong-wor*, f . a saffron-garden or -field ; sg. dat. (for loc), kdng-wdri,

or (m.c.) kdng-wdri, v, 7.
kanun, to sell ; inf. abl. dv kanani, he came (in order) to sell, xii, 3 ;

dye. kanana (pass.), she was sold, vii, 26 ; fut. sg. 1 with suff.

3rd pers. sg. ace. Jcanan, I will sell it, viii, 9 ; 2, with same

suff. md kanalmn, I wonder if thou wilt sell it, viii, 9 ; pres.

sg. 3, with suff. 1st pers. sg. ace. chum kandn, he is selling me,

vii, 17.
kentsdh (vii, 20) or (usually) kentshdh, indef. pron. something,

vii, 20, 6 ; x, 3 ; xii, 18 (bis) ; — karun, to do something,

esp. to do something malicious, xii, 5, 10, 3, 9 ; yih-kentshuh,

whatever, iii, 1, 8 (ter) ; v, 8.
As adj. some, xii, 4, 19 (bis) ; any, xii, 19.
kenz", f . a kind of cup with a foot to it ; Musalman women eat

their rice out of it. Sg. dat. kenze, x, 3.
kunz, f. a key, iii, 8 (bis).
kdn, postpos. by means of ; ab-dawa-kdn, (enter) by means of

(i.e. through) the water-drain, v, 4.
Cf. kdn1, kani, kin, and kun.
kin (for kin*), postpos. in apor^kin, from that direction, v, 7.

Cf. kdn1, kani, kun, and kdn.
kiln", f . a stone ; sg. dat. kane-manz, in a stone, iv, 7 ; kane-kiin",

punishment of death by stoning, lapidation, x, 13 ; abl.

kani-pholu, a pebble, xii, 15 (bis).
kannekh, ? gender, the apparatus consisting of two ropes -attached

at the back of a Kashmiri saddle, to secure blankets, etc.,

xi, 9.
kanuivu, adj. made of stone ; m. pi. nom. kaniv1, v, 4.
kuphdr, m. pi. infidels, non-Muslims (for kuffdr, Ar. plf of kdfir),

iv, 3.
kar, adv. when ? ii, 4.

kdr, m. an action, a deed, a work, xi, 2 ; pi. nom. Mr, v, 12 ; xi, 10.
kara, m. a pea, pease, xii, 16 (ter), 7.
kdra, in wdra-kdra, safe and sound, x, 8.

kor HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 330

kor, adv. where ? ii, 2.

koru, m. a bracelet, xii, 11, 2, 3 (ter) ; ratana-koru, a bracelet of
jewels, xii, 10, 1, 2, 4 (bis), 5, 8 ; kdr^han, f. a little bracelet,
xii, 12 ; sg. dat. rqtana-karis-soty, xii, 15 ; pi. nom. ratana-
kdrl} xii, 20.

Mr*, or (v, 5, 12) kudu, f. a daughter, v, 7 (bis), 9 ; x, 1, 6, 7 (bis),
8 ; xii, 1 ; pdtashdh-kuru, (v, 2, 5, 8 (bis), 9 (ter), 10 ; xii,
1, 2) or pdtashdh-kudu (v, 5) ; or pdtasheh-kur* (xii, 10, 3 (bis),
25), a king's daughter, a princess ; sg. dat. kode, v, 12 ; kore,
xii, 4, 5 ; pdtashdh-kore, v, 2, 9 (ter) ; xii, 2, 10, 13 ; pdtasheh-
kore, xii, 10 ; kore-kyutu, for the daughter, v, 1 (bis) ; kore-
soty, with the daughter, v, 10 ; pdtashdh-kdre-soty, with
the princess, xii, 1 ; gen. kore-hondu, v, 2 ; pdtashdh-kore-
hondu, v, 9 ; ag. kori, xii, 4, 5 ; pdtashdh-kori, v, 1 ; xii,
2 ; abl. kori-halamas manz, in the lap-cloth of the daughter,
v, 4 ; voc. kur\ v, 2 ; kur{yey, v, 2 ; kdriy, xii, 15 (all
addressed by an elder woman to a younger woman).

kdrddr, m. the Hindu overseer of a village, a government official
whose duty it is to collect the Maharaja's share of the grain ;
sg. ag. kdrddran, ix, 1.

krqju, f. a potter's wife ; cf. krdl ; sg. ag. krdji, xi, 11.

krekh, f . an outcry ; — dinu, to raise an outcry, to cry out, v, 7 ;
xii, 7 ; — wothun", an outcry to arise, iii, 3.

krdl, m. a potter ; cf. kroju ; sg. ag. krdlan, xi, 10 ; voc. krdlau
(addressed by a woman to her husband), xi, 11.

karun 1 ; to do, ii, 4, 11 (bis) ; iii, 8 ; v, 4, 5, 7 (bis), 12 ; viii, 1,
3, 4, 6 (bis), 8 (bis), 10 (bis), 1 (quater), 2 ; ix, 4 ; x, 3,
5, 8 (bis) ; xi, 2, 19 (bis) ; xii, 1 (quater), 3 (bis), 6, 15,
7, 20, 6 (bis) ; to make, i, 1, 3, 7 ; ii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 (bis), 4 (bis),
5, 10, 2 ; iii, 1, 4, 8 ; iv, 2, 3, 6 ; v, 2, 5 (bis), 6, 9, 10 ; vi,
9, 11 (bis) ; vii, 4, 6 (bis), 8, 15 (bis), 6, 24 (ter) ; viii, 1 (bis),
2 (ter), 3 (bis), 5, 7, 9 (bis), 11 (bis), 3 (quater) ; ix, 3,
4 (bis) ; x, 1, 3, 4, 5, 7 (bis), 8, 12 (bis) ; xi, 5, 8 (bis), 10 (bis),
7, 9 (bis) ; xii, 1, 4, 7, 15 (bis), 7, 8 (bis), 9 (bis), 20 (bis),
2 (bis), 3, 4, 5 ; to make something out of something else,
to turn one thing into another, poshdkus kiirun shekal yinsdn
hishu, he made the shape of a man out of his clothes, he

331 VOCABULARY karun 1

folded them up to look like a man, x, 7 (bis) ; kdn'-phol"
korunas, she (uttered a charm and) turned him into a pebble,
xii, 15 ; to make another marriage, to take a second wife,
(woriiz" zandna, or some such words, being understood), viii,
1 (bis), 2 ; khalas karun, to put (crops) on the threshing floor,
ix, 9 ; karith dyunu ( = Hindi kar dend), to complete, finish,
x, 12.

Nominal compounds are very commonly made with this
verb. The following examples by no means pretend to form
a complete list : dlav karun, to call out (to a person, dat.),
x, 5 (bis), 12 (bis) ; xii, 7 ; ardm karun, to repose, rest,
sleep, v, 9 ; band k., to tie up, x, 2 ; dlddr k., to do seeing,
to see (gen. of obj.), iv, 5 ; driy kasam k., to swear, to take
an oath, viii, 1 ; gane karane, to make into pieces, to cut
flesh into gobbets, x, 7 ; gath karun", (of a widow) to perform
the sail ceremony, to become suttee, iii, 4 ; gawdy{ karun",
to give evidence, x, 12 ; hawdla karun, to make over (to so
and so, dat.) for safe custody, to put into so and so's charge,
v, 7, 12 (bis) ; viii, 4 ; x, 12 (quinquies) ; kod karun, to
imprison, v, 7, 9 (bis) ; x, 5, 12 ; khosh karun, to please,
gratify (dat. of person), xii, 3 ; khizmath (ii, 3) or khazniath
(xii, 3) karun, to do service, to act as a servant ; kom" karun",
to do a deed (for the special meaning of this compound, see
komu), ii, 5, 7 ; viii, 4 ; x, 2, 7 (bis), 12, 4 ; xii, 22 ; kentshah
karun, to do something, esp. to do something malicious,
xii, 5, 10, 3, 9 (bis) ; kashena-hand karun", to do a little
scratching, to scratch a person (at his request), xii, 16 ; kasam
karun, to make oath, to swear, v, 9 ; viii, 1 ; katha karane,
to utter words, to speak, say, iii, 1 ; iv, 5 ; xii, 23 ; to converse,
x, 7 (ter) ; xii, 3 ; langup harun", to put on a loin-cloth ;
lar karun", to run after, pursue (dat. of obj.), ii, 8 ; mdhar
karun", to seal (dat. of obj.), x, 3 (bis), 10; mtil karun, to
fix a price, agree to a price, viii, 9 (bis), 10 ; putalen korun
nakar, he prohibited idols, iv, 6 ; nds^yelh karun", to give
instructions, xii, 16 ; neihar karun, to make preparations for
a marriage, to marry (amis soty, him), viii, 2 ; xii, 15 ; nazar
karun", to look, x, 7, 8 (bis) ; xii, 23 ; poda karun, to create,

karun 1 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 332

iii, 8 (bis) ; xii, 7 ; pardd Jcarun, to veil, cover with a veil
(dat. of obj.), vi, 4 ; pasand karun, to approve (ace. of obj.),
v, 1 ; xii, 4 (bis) ; rdjy karun, to do ruling, to rule, x, 14 ;
rawana karun, to dispatch, x, 3 ; maris karun reza, he cut
the corpse to pieces, ii, 7 ; saldm karun", to make a salaam,
to bow, xii, 4, 5, 9, 12, 3, 6, 7 ; sara karun, to inquire into,
test, prove the truth about, investigate concerning, viii, 1, 3 ;
x, 2, 6 (ter), 14 ; saragl karun*, id., viii, 7 (bis), 8, 10 ; x, 7 ;
sran karun, to bathe, xii, 6 (bis), 7 (bis) ; thaph karun*, to
seize, lay hold of, grasp (dat. of obj.), iii, 8, 9 (bis) ; v, 6, 9
(bis) ; vi, 9 ; viii, 7, 9 ; xii, 11 ; tukara kardn1, to make
pieces, to cut to pieces (dat. of obj.), viii, 6 ; tay karun, to do
authority, to exercise sway, xi, 3 ; taydr karun, to make ready,
to make and have ready, to make, xii, 22 ; tshopa karith,
silently, in silence, xii, 4 ; wuchundh karun, to do a seeing,
to take a glance at (dat. of obj.), viii, 3 ; wdriiz* zandna
karun*, to take a second wife, (of a man) to make a second
marriage, viii, 11 ; zulm karun, to exercise tyranny, ix, 1 ;
guru zin karith, a horse ready saddled, iii, 8 ; zor karun, to make
force, to show force, to insist, xii, 1 5 ; zdra-pdr karun, to make
lamentations, to lament, ix, 1 ; to utter pious ejaculations,
x, 5 (bis) ; to make earnest entreaties, ii, 3, 5 ; ziyaphuth
karun*, to make a feast, x, 11.

inf. tamis togu-na karun, he did not know how to make,
viii, 9 ; sg. abl. forming inf. of purpose, karani, viii, 4 ; x, 2
xii, 4, 6 (bis), 26 ; fut. pass. part. sg. m. sg. karunu, it is to be
made, it must be made, xi, 8 ; gatshi karunu, viii, 2, 8 ; x, 3
xii, 3 ; gotshu karunu, v, 7 ; wdti karunu, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; f. sg
karun*, it is to be done, please do, xii, 16 ; gatshi karun*
v, 9 ; viii, 7, 8, 10 ; x, 3 ; conj. part, karith, iii, 8 (bis) ; vi
9 (bis) ; viii, 11, 3 ; x, 7, 12 ; xi, 19 ; xii, 4, 23 ; zanakh
karith, thou wilt know how to make, x, 12 ; in adjectival
sense, zin karith, (a horse) ready saddled, iii, 8 ; chuh karith
thaph, he holds, v, 6 ; viii, 7 ; irreg. conj. part. kdrHhan,
xi, 10 ; freq. part, kar* kar1, vii, 24.

impve. sg. 2 kar, i, 7 ; ii, 12 ; v, 2 ; x, 8 ; xii, 17 ; neg.
ma kar, xii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. gen. karus, viii, 9 ;

333

VOCABULARY

karun 1

with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ace. (irreg.) Jcaruhulch, make thou them,
xii, 19 ; 3, with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. karinam, let her make
for me, v, 9 ; pi. 2 kariv, viii, 11 ; xii, 17 ; with suff. 3rd
pers. pi. ace. karyukh, make ye them, viii, 4 : pol. impve.
sg. 2 karta, xii, 4, 5, 10, 3, 9 ; pi. 2 with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat.
kdrHos, please make ye for him, ii, 10 ; impve. fut. kdrlzi,
xii, 11 ; neg. kdrhi-na, viii, 1 (bis) ; xii, 6.

fut. sg. 1 kara, ii, 4 ; iv, 5 ; viii, 10 ; ix, 4 ; xii, 1 (bis),
3, 15, 20 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. karay, ii, 3 ; xii, 1 ;
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. and neg. karas-na, xii, 15 ; 2
karakh, xii, 1, 3 ; neg. karakh-na, viii, 13 ; with suff. 3rd
pers. pi. dat. karahakh, thou wilt make to them, xii, 16 ;
3, kari, viii, 1 ; xi, 2, 19 ; xii, 3, 19 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg.
dat. karem, ix, 4 ; pi. 1 karav, x, 1, 5 ; xi, 19 ; with suff.
3rd pers. sg. dat. karos, ix, 1 ; 2 kariv, xii, 1 ; pres. subj.
sg. 3 kari, viii, 6, 8, 11.

pres. m. sg. 3 karan, he (is) making, ii, 5 ; chuh kardn,
viii, 12, 3 ; x, 14 ; xii, 24 ; karan chuh, x, 8 ; neg. chuna
karan, viii, 2 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. gen. or dat. chum karan,
vii, 15 (dat.), 24 (gen.) ; pi. 3 chih karan, viii, 3 ; xii,
3, 23 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. chis karan, ii, 3 ; x, 12 ;
f. sg. 1, ches karan, vii, 15 ; 3 cheh karan, iii, 4 ; with suff.
3rd pers. sg: dat. ches karan, v, 5 (bis) ; pi. 3 cheh karan,
v, 12.

imperf. m. sg. 1, 6sus karan, x, 14 ; sg. 3 6su karan, i, 1 ;
pi. 3 6*6* karan, i, 3 ; karan osi, xi, 8 ; f . sg. 3 osu Jcaran, xii,
20 ; emph. osuy karan, vii, 16 ; pi. 3 dsa karan, xi, 19.

past m. sg. koru, ii, 2, 3, 4 ; iii, 8 (bis) ; iv, 6 ; v, 9 ; viii,
1, 9, 10, 2 ; xi, 3 ; xii, 4, 7 (bis).

With suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. koruy, x, 12 ; ag. koruth,
v, 4, 5 ; viii, 3 ; with do. and suff. 1st pers. sg. nom. koruthas,
x, 12 ; with do. and suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. korutham,
ii, 11.

With suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. korus, xii, 7 ; ag. korun, ii, 4, 7 ;
iv, 6 ; v, 7 ; vi, 11 (bis) ; vii, 4, 6 (bis) ; viii, 2, 10 ; ix, 3 ;
x, 3, 5, 7 ; xii, 18, 22 (ter) ; emph. korunay, iv, 3 ; and with
suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. korunam, ix, 4 ; and with suff. 3rd pers.

karun2 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 334

sg. dat. ~korunas, v, 10 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 15 (ter) ; and with sufL
3rd pers. pi. dat. korunakh, vi, 4 ; viii, 3.

With sufT. 2nd pers. pi. ag. korwwa, x, 12 (bis).

With sufT. 3rd pers. pi. ag. korukh, viii, 1 ; x, 5 (bis) ; xii, 7,
18 ; and with surl. 2nd pers. sg. dat. JcoruJiay, iv, 2 ; and with
sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. koruhas, viii, 2 ; x, 5 ; and with sufL
3rd pers. pi. dat. koruhakh, xi, 17.

pi. with sufT. 1st pers. sg. ag. kdrim, v, 9 ; ix, 9 ; with
sufT. 2nd pers. sg. ag. kdrith, v, 7 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. sg.
ag. kdrin, v, 7, 9 ; viii, 5 ; x, 2 ; and sufL 3rd pers. sg. gen.
kdr{nas, viii, 6 ; and sufT. 3rd pers. pi. dat. kdrlnakh, x, 12.

f. sg. kurti, ii, 1, 5, 7 ; viii, 3, 4, 11 ; x, 3, 5, 7 (ter), 8 (bis),
11, 2, 4 ; xii, 15, 9, 22, 3 ; with sufT. 1st pers. sg. dat. and
neg. kilrum-na, v, 9 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. kur^s,
iii, 1, 9; and neg. kiir^sna, v, 1; ag. kiir^n, v, 12 (bis);
vii, 8 ; viii, 11 ; x, 2, 7 (bis) ; xii, 12, 3, 7, 20, 3 ; and sufT.
3rd pers. sg. dat. kurunas, iii, 4, 9 ; viii, 9 ; x, 3, 4 ; xii, 4,
5, 9, 16 ; with sufT. 2nd pers. pi. ag. kuruwa, x, 12 ; with sufT.
3rd pers. pi. ag. kiir^kh, ii, 8 ; and sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat.
kuruhay, xi, 5.

pi. kare, iii, 1 ; with sufT. 1st pers. sg. ag. and 2nd pers.
pi. dat. (irreg.) karemav, x, 6 ; sufT. 2nd pers. sg. ag. kareth,
x, 6 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. ag. karen, x, 6, 7 (bis) ; and
sufT. 1st pers. sg. dat. karenam, iv, 5 ; and with sufT. 3rd pers.
sg. gen. karenas, x, 7 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. pi. ag. karekh,
xi, 10 ; xii, 25.

perf. m.sg. chuh korumotu, x, 12 ; f. sg. with sufT. 3rd pers. sg.
dat. for ag. chcy kur^muts* , x, 8.

plup. m. sg. korumotu, iii, 8 ; 6su korumotu, ii, 1 ; korumotu
6su, x, 7 ; with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. ace. for
nom. 6suihan korumotu, thou hadst made him, x, 12 ; with sufT.
3rd pers. sg. dat. osus korumotu, ix, 1 ; with sufT. 3rd pers.,
pi. ag. dsukh korumotu, viii, 2 ; f. sg. kiiriimutsii, viii, 1 ; with
sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. ostis kur^muts", x, 10.

cond. past sg. 1, karaho, ii, 11 : v, 6 ; viii, 11 ,- x, 5 ;
3, karihe, v, 9 ; viii, 7, 13.
karun 2, see kadun.

335 VOCABULARY kati

krundu, f. a basket, v, 9 ; kranjg ladun, to put into a basket,
'v, 7.

karandwun, to cause to be made ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. ag. karandwun, he caused (a mat) to be made (i.e. spread),
xii, 24 ; f. sg. with same suff. as karanovun, x, 13.

kaisi, kosi, see keh.

kus, kusa, kusuy, see kyah 1.

koshu, a honeycomb ; pi. nom. kdsh\ ix, 5.

Kashmir (Hindi, not Kashmiri), Kashmir, xi, 4. The Kashmiri
word is Kashiru. Cf . J:6shyuru.

kashun, to scratch ; inf. abl. kashena-hand kariinu, to do a little
scratching, to scratch (somebody) a little, xii, 16, 7.

k6shyuru, m. (f. koshir"), an inhabitant of Kashiru, or Kashmir ;
pi. nom. koshir1, xi, 6.

kasam or (xii, 2, kasam), m. an oath ; a charm, an incantation ;
Khoddye-sondu chuy kasam, there is an oath to thee of God,
I adjure thee by God, xii, 7 ; — karun, to take an oath, to
swear, v, 9 (bis) ; driy kasam karun, to take an oath, to
swear, viii, 1 (bis), 2 ; — hdwun, to take an oath, swear by,
v, 9 ; muslas dyutu kasam, he uttered a charm over the skin
(cf. shdph), xii, 22.

kdsun, to expel, i, 12 ; vi, 6 ; to shave (hair) ; mast kdsun, to shave
(so and so, dat.), xii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 10 (ter), 3 (bis), 9.

inf. obi. (inf. of purpose) kdsani, xii, 4, 5, 19 ; fut. pass,
part, with emph. y, muhim iagiy kdsunuy, poverty will be
able to be expelled for thee, thou wilt know how to expel
poverty, i, 12 ; conj. part, kosith, xii, 10, 3 ; must mdkaldicunas
kosith, he finished shaving him, xii, 5.

impve. sg. 2, kds, vi, 6 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. ag. (amis) kdsun mast, he shaved him, xii, 10, 3 ; with
ditto, and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. mast kdsunas, he shaved
him, xii, 4 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. kdsus mast, shaved
him, xii, 10.

kusur, m. a fault ; gom suy kusur, that very fault happened to me,
i.e. that was my bad luck (for some fault of mine), vii, 13.

kdsawunu, one who expels, i, 11.

kati, adv. where ? (kdt1 of the grammars), vii, 20 ; x, 12 (ter) ; xi, 17 ;

kotu HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 336

from where ? whence ? (kati of the grammars), x, 4 ; xi, 17 ;
xii, 4, 5, 11, 5 ; hati-petha, from where ? whence ? ii, 2.

kotu, adv. where ? xi, 5.

kotu, a son, esp. a clever son ; 6khun-kotu, the son of a doctor of
divinity, xii, 25.

A;t^u, pron. adj. how much ? pi. how many ? m. sg. nom. toM,
vii, 22 ; kotdh, vii, 24 ; pi. nom. hut*, vii, 25 ; kaityah, ix,
5, 11 ; hbtydh, vii, 31 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 20 ; f. sg. nom. kotsu, vii,
15 ; ag. kdtsa, i, 12 ; pi. nom. katsa, x, 6.

K^afr, f. a book ; sohib-i-kitdb, a master of books, a celebrated
writer, x, 13.

kath, f. (this word is the equivalent of the Hindi bat), a word, an
uttered word, ix, 7 ; xii, 9 ; a word, a statement, iv, 5 ;
x, 4, 6 (many times), 14 ; a matter, circumstance, affair,
iii, 5 ; xii, 1 ; a story, tale, narrative, v (title) ; vii, 1 ;
viii, 1 ; x, 1 (many times), 2 (many times) ; katha-bdtha,
pi. conversations, xii, 25 ; hatha-harane, to converse, iii,
1 ; x, 7 (ter) ; xii, 3 ; to say (such and such) words, xii, 23 ;
hori sbty kath hariin", to hold speech with the girl, i.e. to
make improper overtures to her, xii, 1. In x, 1 ff., the point
of the story consists in a misunderstanding of the word
hath, one person of the company means " a statement ",
the others mean " a tale ".

sg. nom. kath, v, 1 ; vii, 1 ; viii, 1 ; x, 6 (bis) ; xii, 1 (bis) ;
gen. kathi-hondu, iii, 5 ; pi. nom. hatha, iii, 1 ; iv, 5 ; x,
1 (many times) ; 2 (many times), 4, 6 (many times), 7 (ter),
14 ; xii, 3, 23, 5 ; dat. kathan, x, 1 ; xii, 9 ; abl. kathan,
ix, 7.

kaiho, see kyah 1

keth, postpos. governing dat. in, on ; athas keth, in the hand, ii, 7 ;
v, 4 ; x, 7 ; xii, 22, 3 (bis) ; khoni-keth, on the haunch,
xi, 13 ; rumali keth, in a kerchief, iii, 2.

ketha, adv. ; ketha-potti, how ? in what manner ? iii, 9 ; v, 8 ;
viii, 5 ; x, 8 ; xii, 3, 24.

kotdh, see kutu.

kuthu, m. a room, viii, 3 ; with suff. of indef. art. kuthuah, ix, 4 ;
sg dat. kuthis, iii, 8 (bis) ; x, 7, 8 (bis) ; pi. nom. kulh1, vi, 3.

337

VOCABULARY

kydh 3

Jcatiko, adj. of or belonging to where ? ii, 2 (poet.). Cf. kati.
katarun, to cut to pieces ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh katardn, x, 7.
kutawdl, m. a chief of police, a kotwdl, v, 7, 9 (bis), 10 ; sg. ag.
kutawdlan, v, 7, 8, 9 ; kutawdl-gdnas (sg. dat.), to the wretch
of a police captain, v, 9 (see gdn).
katawan, f . the wages of spinning ; — karuna, to earn money by

spinning, xi, 19.
kaitydh, kotydh, see kutu.
katsa, kdtsa, see kutu.
kits", see kyutu.
kotsu, see kutu.
kuwa, adv. how ? v, 9.

kiy, in hargdh-kiy, if, viii, 7, 13. See hargdh.
kyd, see kydh, 1 and 4.
kydh 1 or kyd 1, interrog. pron. who ? what ?

As subst. an. m. sg. nom. kus, who ? xi, 2 ; xii, 1 ; kusuy,
who verily ? xi, 19 ; ag. kdm\ by whom ? hi, 3 (bis) ; x, 12 ;
pi. nom. kam, who ? xii, 1.

subst. inan. kyd, what ? vi, 5 ; kydh, what ? ii, 2, 4, 11 ;
iii, 4 (quater), 8, 9 (bis) ; iv, 7 ; v, 9 (bis) ; vi, 15 ; vii,
20, 2, 4, 6, 30 ; viii, 1, 3, 6, 8, 9, 10 (ter), 1 (quater) ;
ix, 4 (bis) ; x, 2, 5, 6, 8 ; xii, 1, 7, 20.

ke-ho, what, sir (colloquial, addressed by a woman to her
husband), v, 4, 5 ; dat. kath ; poet, colloquial, kathb-kiV-
(pots) for what ? xi, 11 ; abl. kami-bdpath, for what ? why ?
on what account ? ix, 1 ; x, 12 ; kami-mokha, on what
account ? x, 4 ; gen. kamyuku, of what ? vi, 13, 4.

%aA sabab chuwa, what is your reason ? viii, 5 ; kydh
gatshiy anunu nishdna, what is to be brought to thee as a
token % xii, 21.

adj. f. inan. nom. kusa kusa, which (of several) ? x, 6 (bis).
me kydh zulm chuh gomotu, (hear) what tyranny has happened
to me, ix, 6.

an. masc. kus-tdn wopar, some one else, v, 4 ; inan. kydh-tdn
takhsir, some fault of other, viii, 10.
kydh 2, adv. why ? x, 14 (bis) ; how ? vii, 8, 27, 8.
kydh 3, an expletive implying interrogation, vii, 27, 8.

kyahi HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 338

kyah 4 or kya 2 (v, 9 ; xii, 23), an expletive common in the colloquial
language, impossible to translate, but approximately equivalent
to the English " why ! ", " of course," " certainly,', " verily,"
" you see," or something of the sort, v, 8, 9 (many times) ;
viii, 1 ; ix, 10 ; x, 3 (ter), 12 ; xi, 18 ; xii, 15 (bis), 23 ; yifi
kyah, " here, in fact," or " here, you see," x, 12 (bis) ; yit*
kyah . . . at1 kyah, here on the one hand you see . . . there
on the other hand you see, viii, 13 ; ada-kyah, then of course,
of course, certainly, viii, 11 ; xii, 4.

kyah 5, conj., or, iv, 7.

kyomu, m. a worm, xii, 3 (ter), 4.

kyutu, postpos. for. This, like the postpositions of the genitive,
is adjectival, and agrees with the governing noun. Thus :
m. sg. nom. bag zananan-kyutu , a garden for the women, ii, 1 ;
guris-kyutu gasa, grass for the horse, x, 5 ; retas-kyutu kharj,
expenditure for a month, xii, 4 ; tren retan-kyutu kharj,
expenditure for three months, xii, 5, 11 ; tath-kyutu shestruwu
panja, an iron claw for that, xii, 16 ; zyunu me-kyutu, firewood
for me, xii, 24. With a special adverbial meaning indicating
time, rath-kyutu, by night, iii, 1.

m. pi. nom. waslh patasheha-sanze kore-kit1, articles for the
king's daughter, v, 1 ; katho-kit1, (pots) for what ? xi, 11.

f. sg. nom. wqju patashaha-sanze kore-kitsu, a ring for the
king's daughter, v, 1 ; ziyaphath patishohiy en-kits", a feast
for the kingdoms, x, 11 ; gov" kits" jay, a place for the cow,
xi, 12.

kyuthu, adv. how ? ii, 5.

kyazi, adv. why ? iii, 1 ; v, 8 ; viii, 1, 3, 11 ; ix, 1 ; xii, 4, 5 ;
ti-kyazi, because, viii, 2.

la, mLa-makan, without a dwelling-place, an epithet of the Deity,
vii, 29.

labun, to take ; fut. sg. 2, labakh, ii, 9 ; past m. sg. with suff.
3rd pers. sg. ag. lobun, ii, 10.

lach, m. a hundred thousand, a lakh ; lache-ndwu, m. He Who has
a hundred thousand names, an epithet of the Deity, ii, 2.

lichen, see likhun.

ladun, to send, iv, 2 ; vii, 7 ; x, 3 (many times) ; xii, 15 ; to put

339 VOCABULARY lagun

or place (into or on a receptacle, such as a basket or tray),
v, 7 ; viii, 4, 12 ; to fill (a cup with water, pyalas ah laduri),
viii, 7 ; to place or impose (a burden), ii, 5 ; mati rah ladun,
to impose a crime on the shoulder, to charge (a person, gen.
or dat.) with a crime, v, 9.

fut. pass. part. m. sg. gatshem ladunu kentshah, you must
send me something, xii, 15 ; impve. sg. 2, lad, xii, 15 ; fut.
sg. 2, with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. and conditional suff.
ladaham-ay, if thou wilt send to me, x, 3 ; past m. sg. with
suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. lodun, ii, 5 ; vii, 7 ; viii, 7 ; x, 3 ;
ditto and with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. lodunam, iv, 2 ; v, 9 ;
xii, 15 ; f. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. liiz^n, x, 3 ; ditto and
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. luz^nas, x, 3 (bis) ; pi. with 3rd
pers. sg. ag. lazan, v, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. lazahh,
viii, 4, 12.

ladun 1 and 2, see larun 1 and 2.

laddy\ f. fighting ; miliivukh ladoy1, fighting was joined by them,
i.e. they began to quarrel, x, 1.

lagun, to be joined (to), connected (with) ; to be felt, experienced,
(amar lagun, desire to be felt, v, 2 ; boche laguna, hunger to
be felt, vi, 16 ; tresh lagunu, thirst to be felt, viii, 7 ; in all
these cases the person is put in the dat.) ; to come into
existence (mang luju, a demand was made, xi, 16) ; to occur,
happen, become (rath lagunu, night to come on, viii, 9) ;
to become liable to, to incur (Jcod lagun, to incur imprisonment,
to be imprisoned, v, 8 ; vi, 11) ; to be experienced (gray
lagunu, shaking to be experienced, to be unsteady, to be
impermanent, ix, 12, dat. of pers. experiencing) ; to be
attached (to), find oneself in a certain condition (lagun wobali,
to find oneself in blameworthiness, to incur guilt, viii, 5) ;
to be caught (walawashi lagun, to be caught in a net, v, 2) ;
to arrive at (a place), viii, 5 ; xi, 5 ; (conversely), (of a place),
to be reached, to be arrived at, xi, 5 ; (of a work) to be allotted
(to so and so), viii, 5 ; to begin.

In the meaning " to begin ", this verb is used with the
oblique infinitive in -ni of another verb to form inceptive
compounds. Thus, atsani lagun, to begin to enter, x, 7 ;

lagun HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 340

nerani l.: to begin to issue, x, 7 ; phofani I., (of the dawn)
to begin to break, v, 5, 7 ; xii, 2 ; wanani L, to begin to
say, x, 1 ; wasani I., to begin to descend, viii, 6 ; wolharani L,
to begin to wipe, viii, 6 ; wdtani I., to begin to arrive, viii, 6 ;
yini I., to begin to come, x, 8. In all these cases, the verb
lagun is in the past tense.

fut. sg. 2, lagakh, v, 2 ; with prohibitive neg. repeated as
a suff. ma lagah-a-m, mayst thou not find thyself, v, 2 ;
3, lagi, with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. lagekh, ix. 12 ; pres. m.
sg. 3, chuh lagan, viii, 5.

past m. sg. logu, v, 5, 7 ; vi, 11 ; viii, 6 (ter), 7 (bis), 8 ;
xi, 5 ; xii, 2 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. and emph. y, logumuy,
v, 2 ; pi. lag1, x, 1 ; xi, 5 ; f. sg. lilju, xi, 16 ; with suff. 3rd
pers. sg. dat. lujus, vi, 16 ; viii, 7, 9 ; perf. m. pi. 2, chiwa
lagt-mat1, viii, 5.
cond. past sg. 1, lagaho, v, 8.

lagun, to apply ; to fix {jenda lagun), to fix a flag, set up a flag,
insist on a claim, v, 11) ; to assume the character of (so and
so), make oneself look like (so and so), dress oneself up as
(so and so), disguise oneself as (so and so), i, 2 ; v, 9, 10, 1 (ter) ;
x, 7, 12 (bis), 4 ; to cause to come into existence, to be carried
on (log1 mat1 nagma, dances were being carried on, iii, 7).

conj. part, logith, i, 2 ; v, 11 ; x, 12 (bis) ; impve. sg. 2,
lag, v, 9, 11 : past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. Idgun,
v, 10, 1 (bis) ; x, 7 ; perf. m. pi. (auxiliary omitted), l^mat1,
iii, 7 ; plup. m. sg. with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. dsum l6gumotu,
x, 14.

lagar, adj. lean, thin ; f. pi. nom. lagar, vi, 15.

luh-luh, a meaningless refrain added in songs, v, 11 (four times).

lohluru, f. longing, eager desire ; sg. abl. lohlari, vi, 3.

leju, f. a cooking pot ; pi. nom. leje, xi, 10.

liij", lujus, see lagun.

UJch, f . indecent language, immoral proposals made to a woman :
pi. dat. UJcan, viii, 3, 11.

lokh, m. pi. people ; pi. nom. ii, 11 ; dat. lokan, ii, 11 ; xi, 13.
According to the Kasmirasabdamrta (II, i, 6Q), in standard
Kashmiri this word is lulth, and retains the long u throughout
all its cases.

841 VOCABULARY lar

likhun, to write ; impve. sg. 2, likh, xii, 15 ; fut. pi. 3, likhan,
ix, 12 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh likhan, x, 13 ; f. sg. 3, likhan cheh,
xii, 11 ; part. m. sg. lyukhu, xii, 15 ; with surf. 3rd pers. sg.
ag. lyukhun, xii, 22 (bis) ; ditto and with suff. 3rd pers. sg.
dat. lyukhunas, xii, 15 (bis), 6 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat.
lyukhus, xii, 17 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. and 3rd pers.
sg. dat. lyukhuhas, xii, 17 ; f. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.
lichen, viii, 10 ; perf . (auxiliary omitted) m. sg. lyukhumotu,
viii, 10 ; xii, 15, 23.

lakam, m. a bridle, xi, 9.

lokutu, adj. small ; lokutu hyuhu, the younger of one or more
brothers, sg. ag. IdkH* hih\ xii, 1.

lal 1, m. a ruby, xii, 2 (quater), 3, 4 (many times), 6 ; sg. dat.
tath lalas hyuhu, like that ruby, xii, 4 (bis) ; pi. nom lal,
i, 9 ; x, 2 ; 5, 12 (ter) ; xii, 3, 5, 9 ; dat. lalan-peth, on the
rubies, x, 5 ; gen. ldlan-hondu, xii, 5 (ter) ; abl. lalau, viii,
3, 11 ; lal-phardsh, m. a ruby-seller, a jeweller, xii, 3 ; loil-
shendkh. m. a ruby-tester, a lapidary, xii, 4, 5, etc. ; sg. dat.
lal-shendkas, xii, 4 (bis), 5, 6, 10, 1, 3, 5, 9 (several times),
22, 4, 5, gen. ldl-shendka-sondu , xii, 8, 25 ; ag. -shenakan,
xii, 4 (bis), 7, 9, 10, 3, 22 (ter), 4, 5.

lal 2, f. spittle, saliva, viii, 7.

Ldlmal, N.P. f. xii, 8, 11 (bis), 4, 5 (indeclinable in composi-
tion), 25.

Ldla-Malikh, N.P. m. ; sg. gen. Lala-Malikunu, iv, title ; dat.
Ldla-Malikas, iv, 7.

lalawun, to caress ; to caress, in order to relieve pain, to soothe,
fondle, stroke, v, 6 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh lalawan, v, 6.

lamun, to pull, drag ; pres. m. sg. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat.
chus lamdn, he is pulling him, viii, 9.

I6nu, m. fate ; lon^tsur, a fate-thief, a destroyer of good luck,
vii, 12.

Landan, m. London ; sg. abl. Landana-petha, xi, 3.

langut1, i. a loin-cloth ; — karith, wearing only a loin-cloth, xii, 23.

lonun, to reap ; pres. sg. 3, chuh lonan, x, 5.

lar, f. the side (of the body) ; sg. abl. lari, vii, 18 ; lari-tala, from
under the side (of Eve's birth from Adam), vii, 7.

lar HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 342

lar, f, running, pursuit ; running away, fleeing ; — karun", to

pursue, ii, 8 ; lar tsdnunu, to pursue, ix, 2.
luru, f. a house ; dat. tare, vi, 3.
larun 1 or (iii, 5 ; vi, 8) ladun 1, to run ; pata larun, to run after,

to pursue (ii, 9 ; vi, 8 ; xi, 18).

pres. part. Idrdn, vi, 8 ; viii, 6 ; xi, 12 ; pres. m. pi. 3,

chih Idrdn, ii, 9 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. chikh Idrdn,

xi, 18 ; imperf. m. pi. 3, osi Idrdn, x, 5 ; 1 past m. pi. with

sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. loris, ii, 9 ; III past m. sg. Idrydv, ii, 10 ;

ladydv, iii, 5 ; f . sg. with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat. ladyeyes, vi, 8.
larun 2 or ladun 2, to be brought into contact with, to touch (of

oil or other liquid dirtying a person) ; perf. ldryomotu

(Govind Kaul) or lddyomotu (Hatim), viii, 6 (amis zahar l.t

the poison has touched her).
lashkar, f. an army, x, 11 ; sg. dat. lashJcari, ii, 7 ; x, 9, 13 ; lashkari-

manz, in the army, ii, 6, 8.
lasun, to survive (a danger) ; fut. sg. 3, lasi, x, 7.
lotu, adj. light, gentle ; IdP-pothK gently, xii, 5.
lotu, the tail of an animal, v, 7 ; abl. lati-kdn1, in the direction of

the tail, towards the tail (and not towards the head), xi, 9.
lath, f . a foot ; pi. dat. rotun latan tal, he held it under his feet,

i.e. he stood upon it, viii, 7.
lath, f . an occasion, time, turn ; sg. dat. doyi lati, on two occasions,

twice, viii, 7 ; treyimi lati, on the third occasion, viii, 7.
lituru, f. a saw ; abl. litri-soty, with (by means of) a saw, vii, 19.
I6wu, m. in gdsa-lowu, a bundle of grass, xi, 12.
lyukhu, etc., see likhun.
loyikh, adj. fit, worthy ; me loyikh, worthy of me, xii, 10, 9 ;

loyik-e-pdtashdh, worthy of a king, x, 4 ; loyik-i-wazir, worthy

of a vizier, xii, 10, 19 ; loyik-i-pdtashdh, worthy of a king,

xii, 19.
Idyild, the Musalman creed, a corruption of the Arabic la ildha

illa-lldhu, there is no god, but the God, vi, 17.
Idyun, to strike, hit, beat, iii, 1 (dat. of obj.), 2 (dat. of obj.), 9 (dat.

of obj.) ; ix, 8 ; x, 1 (amis Idyukh, they beat him, bhdve

prayoga) ; (shemsheri-hilnzu tsundu ldyunu, to strike a blow

with a sword, iii, 5, 6 ; thaph ddmdnas ldyunu, to strike a

343 VOCABULARY mach-fPr*

grasp to a skirt, to seize the skirt, v, 9; bandtikh layun, to
aim and fire a gun, ii, 11 ; viii, 10) ; to east, to throw,
i, 6, 7, 8 ; v, 3, 4 (ter), 5.

inf. clat. (inf. of purpose) layeni, ix, 8 ; fut. pass. part. m.
pi. hech laydn4 r%nz\ learn to throw balls, v, 3 ; impve. 2,
lay, i, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. layus, iii, 5 ; fut.
sg. 3, layi, iii, 9 ; pres. m. sg. 3, laydn chuh, v, 4 ; imperf. m.
sg. 3, 6su laydn, i, 6.

I past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. Idyun, i, 8 ; iii,
1,2; ditto and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. I6yunas, viii, 10 ; with
suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. Idyukh, x, 1 ; ditto and suff. 3rd pers.
sg. dat. I6yuhas, ii, 11 ; pi. with sufT. 1st pers. sg. ag. and suff.
3rd pers. sg. dat. loyimas, v, 4 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.
loyin, v, 4 ; f . sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. loyun, viii, 6,
ditto and suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. loyunam, v, 9 ; ditto and suff.
3rd pers. sg. dat. loyunas, iii, 6.

Ill past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers.
sg. dat. laydnas, he had thrown a long time ago to her, v, 5.

liizu, see ladun.

ma or (poet, v, 2) may, prohibitive adv., used with impve. ma kar,
do not make, xii, 7. Cf. ma 1.

ma 1, or (poet, v, 11) mov, prohibitive adv. With 2 sg. fut., in v, 2
it is repeated, under the form of m, as a suffix to the verb,
md lagaham (lagakh+a+m, in which the a is a junction vowel),
mayst thou not find thyself. It is also used as a negative
m the apodosis of a conditional sentence, as in hargdh-ay
wuchihe . . . md mdrihe, if he had seen ... he would not
have killed, viii, 10 (but cf. mdrihe-na, viii, 7) ; hargdh-kiy
sara karihe . . . md diyihe hukum, if he had investigated, . . .
he would not have given the order, viii, 13. Cf. ma and na.

md 2, or (poet, v, 9) mail, adv. indicating a question asked with
hesitation, equivalent to " I wonder if ", " can it be possible
that ? " i, 2 ; v, 8, 9 ; vii, 20 ; viii, 9, 13 ; x, 5, 12 ; xii, 23.

me, see boh.

mobdrakh, adj. blessed ; — karun, to congratulate, x, 8.

mach-tHV , f. a honey-bee, ix, 1 (ter), 3, 4, 5 ; sg. ag. mdch-lalari,
ix, 1, 6.

macama HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 344

77iacama, m. N. of a certain dainty, a kind of rice pudding, cooked

with ghi and spices, and coloured, ii, 3.
mad, m. pride, vii, 15.

modd, f. (Ar. mudda'd), meaning, object, vi, 7.
modu, see moru.
mudu, see marun.
moddn, m. an open field, plain, x, 1 (quater) ; with sufT. of

indef. art. gdsa-moddnd, a certain grass plain, x, 5 ; sg. dat.

moddnas, iii, 1 ; viii, 9 ; x, 1 ; xii, 20 ; pi. nom. (ace.) poshe-

moddn, the flower-meadows, xi, 3.
moduru, adj. sweet, vii, 31 (wine) ; pi. abl. modaryiv kaihau, with

sweet words, ix, 7.
mdh, see md 2.
mahabath, m. affection, love ; sg. abl. mahabata-soty, through

affection, x, 4.
mahkam, adj. made firm, firm, stable, strong, xi, 9 (of a rope) ;

strong, established, which cannot be abrogated, iv, 6 (of a

religion).
mahala-khdn, or (xii, 19) -Jchdna, m. the private apartments of

a palace, the harem, viii, 3, 11 ; ddkhil-i-mahalak7idna, (of

a woman) brought into the harem, xii, 19.
muhim, m. poverty, i, 11, 2 ; viii, 9 (bis) ; x, 3 ; sg. abl. muhima-

sotin, through (i.e. owing to) poverty, i, 4, 5 (bis) ; muhim-

zad, poverty stricken, x, 4.
Mahmad, m. N.P. Muhammad, iv, 6 ; vii, 4.
Mahmod, m. N.P. Mahmud ; — -i-Gaznavi, Mahmud of Ghaznl,

i, 1.
mahanyuvu, m. a man, x, 4 ; pi. nom. mahaniv1, x, 1.
mohar, f . a seal, x, 3, 10 ; xii, 22 ; N. of a certain coin, a gold

mohur ; mohar karufi?, to seal, x, 3 (bis), 10 ; mohara-dydr,

wealth of mohurs, much money, i, 9 ; mohar-hatas roshu,

a necklace worth a hundred mohurs, v, 10, 12.
mdhrdj, m. (a Hindi word), the Maharaja of Kashmir, xi, 4.
maharam, adj. familiar (with), intimately acquainted (with), ii, 4

(with a secret, dat.).
mojti, f. a mother, viii, 1, 3, 11 (bis) ; xii, 15 (quater), 8 ; sg.

dat. mdje, viii, 3 (bis) ; gen. mdje-Jwndu, xii, 15 ; ag. mdji,

315 VOCABULARY mdl

v, 6 ; xii, 15, 8 ; voc. mdjiy, xii, 15 (bis) ; mdje-zamin,

mother- earth, ix, 9 ; wdra-moj", a stepmother, viii, 1.
mqjub, m. a reason ; amiy mojub, for this reason, viii, 6.
mejer, m. a major (corr. of the English word), a superior officer,

e.g. a master-of-the-horse, x, 12, 13 ; sg. dat. mejeras, x, 5 (ter),

12 (bis) ; ag. mejeran, x, 12.
mulcadam, m. a certain revenue official, the village headman, ix,

10 ; sg. ag. mukadaman, ix, 1.
makh, m. an axe ; match dyunu, to apply, or wield, an axe (dat. of

obj.), vii, 14.
moJch, m. the face ; molch ratun, to seize the face, gaze on the face,

v, 9 ; abl. mokha, on account of ; tami mokha, on that account,

viii, 9 ; kami mokJia, on what account, x, 4.
malchara, m. coquetry ; makhar-i-zan, a woman's coquetry, woman's

wiles, x, 13.
mokalun, to be completed, finished, viii, 6, 8 ; to be released, to

escape, v, 8 ; vi, 10, 1 ; mohalan pay, a device for escape,

a way of salvation, ix, 11.
inf. obi. abl. mokalan (poet, for mokalana), ix, 11 ; fut. sg. 3,

mokali, v, 8 ; vi, 10 ; 1 past m. pi. with emph. y, mokdliy,

vi, 11 ; 3 past m. sg. mokalydv, viii, 6, 8.
mokaldtvun, to finish, to complete, vi, 16 ; ix, 6 ; x, 1 ; xii, 5 ;

to release, set free, v, 8.

waniih mokaldwun, to finish speaking, vi, 16 ; ix, 6 ;

kosith m., to finish shaving, xii, 5.
fut. pass. part, f . sg. tagiye mokaldwunu, do you know how

to get her released ? v, 8 ; fut. pi. 1, with suff. 3rd pers. sg.

ace. mokaldwahun, we shall complete it, x, 1 ; 1 past m. sg.

mokaldivu, vi, 16 ; ix, 6 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd

pers. sg. dat. mdkaldwunas, he finished (shaving) him, xii, 5.
makdn, m. a dwelling-place, see Id.
mokta, m. a pearl ; pi. nom. with emph. y, ?noktay, pearls verily,

i, 9. This word is elsewhere usually spelt mokhta.
mdl, m. goods, property, i, 9 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 9 (quater).
mala, m. a Musalman priest, a Mnllah ; pi. dat. malan, vi, 13
mdl, m. the price (of anything), viii, 9 ; — karun, to fix the price,

viii, 9 (bis).

molu HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 346

mdlu, m. a father, viii, 13 ; ivora-mdju yd mdlu, a stepmother or
(step)father, viii, 1 ; sg. dat. molis, xii, 4, 5, 10 (bis), 3 ;
gen. moli-sondui xii, 19, 20 (bis), 1 (bis), 2, 4 ; ag. moV, v, 6.

Malikh, N.P. See Ldla-Malikh.

malakh, m. an angel ; pi. ag. malakav (for malakau), iv, 2.

mulkh, m. a country, district ; pi. dat. mulkan, i, 1.

rndPhdn*, f. a queen, esp. Queen Victoria of England ; sg. ag.
mdPkdni, xi, 2.

milawun, to join, unite (transitive) ; 1 past f. sg. with sufi\ 3rd
pers. pi. ag. mililv^kh ladoyi, righting was joined by them,
they began to fight among themselves, x, 1.

mumotu, see marun.

man, f. the mind ; sg. abl. mani, vi, 6. This word is usually m.,
but here it is certainly feminine, with a fern. adj. (panane,
for panani, m.c.) in agreement with it.

mane, m. meaning, purport, iii, 4, 5 ; vii, 27, 8 ; khdbas mane
tsarun, to tell the meaning of a dream, vi, 14.

mang, f. a request ; — ladunu} to make a request, make a demand,
xi, 16.

manga, see hang a ta manga.

mangun, to ask for, demand ; fut. pass. part. m. sg. mangunu,
it is to be demanded, you must demand, xii, 18 ; with gatshi,
xii, 13, 8 ; impve. sg. 2, mang, xii, 5, 10, 1 ; with sutT. 1st
pers. sg. dat. mangum, ask from me, xii, 18 ; fut. with suff.
3rd pers. sg. dat. and neg. nidrighes-na, you must not ask from
her, xii, 18 ; indie, fut. sg. 1, with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. dat. mangay,
I shall ask from thee, xii, 7 ; 2, with sutT. 3rd pers. sg. dat.
mangahas, thou wilt demand from him, xii, 19 ; pres. m. sg. 3,
with sufl. 1st pers. sg. dat. chum mangdn, he is asking from
me, xii, 4, 5, 11, 4 ; pi. 3, with same sufl. chim mangdn, they
are asking from me. xi, 14.

manganaivun, to send for, summon (by another) ; past m. sg.
with sufl*. 3rd pers. sg. ag. mangandwun, vi, 16 ; pi. with sufL
3rd pers. pi. ag. and with emphatic suffix ay, gur1 manganov^iay,
they actually sent for horses, xi, 8.

manosh, m. a man, a human being, xii, 15 (bis) ; sg. dat. (for ace.)
manoshes, xii, 15.

347 VOCABULARY manza

manz, adv. inside, xii, 11 (descend inside).

postpos. governing dat. in ; on (in special cases only) ;
into.

in, ath-manz, in it, xii, 3, 15 ; attt-m., in it verily, viii, 1 ;
xii, 2, 22 ; bdgas-m., in the garden, ii, 1. 7 ; chus manz, he
is inside it, xii, 3 ; ddbas-m., in the pit, xii, 6, 7 ; dadari-m., in
the hollow, ii, 10 ; dilas-m., in the heart, ii, 5 ; hdpatas-m., in
the bear, ii, 11 ; janatas-m., in heaven, xii, 20, 3 ; kdli-m.,
in the stream, xii, 2 ; kane-m., in a stone, vi, 7 ; maris-m.,
in the body, ii, 6 ; patashbhl-m., in the kingdom, xii, 19 ;
suras-m., in the ashes, xii, 23 ; totas-m., in the parrot, ii, 8 ;
worHis-m., in the father-in-law's house, x, 3 ; yes-m., in whom,
ii, 9.

on, athas-m., (a bracelet) on the hand (arm), xii, 12 ;
moddnas-m., on the plain, xii, 20 ; tokis-m., (jewels) on a tray,
viii, 12 ; tathi-m., (a bracelet) on even it (sc. a hand), xii, 11.

into, (on to), amis-m., (put) into this (bear), ii, 4 ; bdgas-m. ,
(went, entered, arrived) into the garden, ii, 1 (bis) ; iii, 7 ;
v, 4, 5, 6, 9 (bis) : dunUjdhas-m., (go) into the world, xii, 18
(bis) ; halamas-m., (throw, etc.) into the lap-skirt, v, 4 (bis), 5 ;
hdpatas-m., (entered) into the bear, ii, 10 ; janatas-m., (arrive,
etc.) into heaven, xii, 24 (bis) ; jdye-m., (enter) into a place,
iii, 7 ; kuthis-m., (ascend) into the room, x, 7, 8 (bis) ;
laskari-m., (go, etc.) into the army, ii, 6, 9 ; moddnas-m.,
(arrived) on to a plain, iii, 1 ; viii, 9 ; mad(r)is-m., (enter)
into a body, ii, 5, 6, 7, 11 ; ndgas-m., (descend, throw) into a
spring, iii, 5, 9 ; xii, 7, 12 ; ndras-m., (leap) into the fire,
iii, 4 ; poshdkas-m., (entered) into the garment, x, 7 (bis) ;
sheharas-m., (entered, arrived) into the city, v, 9, 11 ; x, 14 ;
xii, 2 ; shikamas-m., (entered) into the belly, x, 7 (bis) ;
tath{-m., (throw) into it verily, xii, 11 ; totas-m., (entered)
into the parrot, ii, 5 ; wanas-m., (arrived) into a forest,
ix, 1.
manza, postpos. governing abl. from in ; ami-manza, from in it,
xii, 4 ; bagala-m., from in (i.e. from imder) the armpit, viii, 7 ;
cenda-m., from in (i.e. out of) the pocket, xii, 15 ; ddba-m.,
from in the pit, xii, 7 ; kdli-m., from in the stream, xii, 4, 6 ;

monzur HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 348

rakhi-m., (seized) from in (i.e. seized in and brought from) the
field, x, 12 (bis) ; shehara-m., from in (i.e. from) the city,
viii, 11 ; shikama-m., from in the belly, x, 7 (bis) ; sura-m.,
from in the ashes, xii, 23 ; satav-m., from in (i.e. from among)
the seven, x, 12 ; wana-m., from in the forest, ix, 4 ; yemi-m.,
from in which, xii, 11.

monzur, approved, accepted, i, 12.

munazdth (= munazzat), pure (of God), vii, 1.

mine-miiru, f . a hind, ii, 8 ; dat. -mare, ii, 9 ; ag. -mari, ii, 9.

mar, m. killing, slaughter ; mam gatshun, to die a violent death,
x, 7, 8, 13.

moru, or (ii, 5, 9) modu, m. the body of man or beast, ii, 5, 9, 10 (bis),
1 ; sg. dat. maris, ii, 7 ; maris-manz, ii, 6, 7, 11 ; madis-manz,
ii, 5.

miir", f . see mine-muru.

mard, m. a man ; marda-zan, man or woman, vii, 23.

murdamdzbn, f. laughing and joking, amorous sport, x, 12. The
word is a corruption of the Persian mardum azdri. In that
language mardum azdr, a tormenter of men, is colloquially
used to mean " a lovely woman ". Hence mardum azdri
would mean lit. " the conduct of a man with a lovely woman ",
i.e. " amorous sport."

marhabd, interj. welcome! hail! God bless you!; with sufT. of
indef . art. JcdrHds marlwbdh, make ye a God bless you for him,
wish him good luck, ii, 10.

mdraka (= ma'raka), m. an assembly; pi. dat. mdrakan, (in) the
assemblies, vii, 23.

murkhas (= murakhkhas), dismissed, allowed to depart ; — karun,
to dismiss (a court), viii, 11.

marun, irreg. to die ; conj. part, marith, having died, i.e. after death,
iv, 7 ; marith gatshun (= Hindi mar j ana), to die, vi, 16.

fut. sg. 1, boy mara-y, if I shall die, viii, 1 (bis) ; 3, mari,

x, 7 ; xii, 19 ; imperf. 6su mardn, he was dying, he used to

die, i.e. (in former times, if he did so) he always died, v, 9.

past sg. m. 3, mudu, ii, 3, 6 ; sg. f. 3, moye, viii, 2, 11.

perf . part. m. sg. mumotu, dead, ii, 3 (bis), 4 (bis), 10 ;

dat. kotydh warihy gamdt1 mumatis, how many years have

349 VOCABULABY vias

passed for him dead, i.e. how many years it is since he died, xii,
20; pi. mumat*, viii, 1 ; perf. m. pi. 2>,chxhmumdt\ they have
died, viii, 1 ; fut. perf. dsi mumotu, he is probably dead,
x, 8 (bis).

cond. past sg. 3, marihe, viii, 7.

mdrun, to kill ; to strike, wound (v, 6).

inf. dat. mdranas, for killing, (a decision) to kill, ii, 7 ;
abl. mdrana-bdjmth, (given) for killing, x, 12 ; dm mdrani,
he came to kill me, viii. 13 ; fut. pass. part, gatshi mdrunu,
he must be killed, x, 5 (bis), 12, 5 ; conj. part, morith trdwun
(— Hindi mar ddlnd), to kill, slay, x, 8.

impve. pi. 2, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. moryun, ii, 16 ;
with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ace. or dat. moryukh, viii, 4, 12, 3 ;
indie, fut. sg. 1, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ace. mdrath, ii, 11 ; 3,
mare (m.c. for mdri), v, 7 ; with emph. y, mdriy, vi, 11 ; with
suff. 2nd pers. pi. gen. yus mdriwa, he who among you will
kill, ii, 7 ; pi. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ace. mdranakh, viii, 4.
past m. sg. mdru, iii, 3 (ter) ; vi, 11 ; neg. mdru-na, ii, 8 ;
with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. and 1st pers. sg. nom. md^thas,
thou didst wound me, v, 6 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. morun,
viii, 7, 10 (bis) ; x, 7 : with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. and 1st
pers. sg. dat. mdruham, they killed him for me (dat. ethicus),
iii, 3 ; pi. mor\ viii, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. sg. morikh,
viii. 4.

cond. past 1, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. and neg.
mdrahath-na ; 3, neg. ma mdrihe, he would not have killed,
viii, 10 ; mdrihe-na, he would not have killed, viii, 7 ; both
being in apodosis of a cond. sentence.

martsa-ivagun, m. red pepper ; martsa-wcigan ratshi-hand, a little red
pepper, a small amount of red pepper, v, 6.

marj-ivatul, m. an executioner ; pi. nom. (for ace.) mdrawdtal, x, 12 ;
dat. mdraivatalan, viii, 4 (bis), 11, 2, 3 ; x, 5 (bis), 12 : ag.
mdrawdtalau, viii, 12 ; x, 12 ; Cf. wdtul.

Maraz, m. N. of the south-east end of the Valley of Kashmir ;
Mardz-i-pargan, the Pargana, or fiscal division, of Maraz,
xi, 5.

mas, m. wine, vii, 31.

Musa HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 350

Musd, Moses ; sg. ag. musdy, iv, 5.

mashhur, celebrated, renowned, xi, 3.

mashun, to be forgotten ; (with subj. in dat.) to forget ; conj.
part, kath gayes mashith, he forgot the statement, x, 6 ;
past part. m. sg. amis mothu, he forgot, v, 7 ; f. sg. 1 with
sufT. 3rd pers. pi. dat. muth^kh, (love, fern.) was forgotten to
them, they forgot (love), ix, 8.

mushtakh, enamoured (of), entranced (with), usually governing dat.,
iii, 1, 9 (bis) ; m. ath1 tamdshes-kun, enamoured of that
spectacle, iii, 7 ; m. tattf-soty, entranced with that also, iii,
8 ; pdnasuy-kun mushtakh, (God has) yearnings only for Him-
self ; i.e. He alone is free from imperfections, and if He has
yearnings, they can only be for Himself, as all things consist
in Him, vii, 3 ; mushtakh gatshun, to become entranced, etc.,
iii, 1, 7, 8.

mashlyeth, f. a wish, vii, 7.

miskin, m. a beggar, one who is poverty-stricken, x, 10 ; pi. nom.
miskin, ix, 11.

miskirii, f. poverty, beggary ; sg. gen. -hondu, x, 4 (bis).

musla, m. a piece of skin, xii, 18 (bis) ; dim. musla-han, f. a piece of
skin, xii, 21 ; sg. dat. muslas, xii, 22.

mashhath, f . consultation ; — karunu, to consult together, viii, 3 ;
xi, 19.

masnavi, f . a rhymed poem, vii, 30.

Misar, see Aziz-i-Misar.

mast, m. hair ; mast kdsun (personal obj. in dat.), to shave, xii, 4
(bis), 5 (bis), 10 (ter), 3 (bis), 9.

masHh, adj. plump, well-favoured (of cattle). This adjective is
here inflected to agree with a fern, noun in dat. pi., mastan,
vi, 15.

motu, adj. mad, v, 2 ; subst. m. a mad man ; sg. dat. nemis matis
siwah, except this madman, v, 9 ; ag. mat1, v, 9.

motu, the space between the shoulders, the upper part of the back,
sg. abl. mati, v, 9 ; xi, 10.

moth, m. death ; Death personified, hence sg. gen. f . motiin", (a
prison-house) of Death, ix, 4.

mathun, to rub ; conj . part, mathith, having rubbed (butter on

351 VOCABULARY

na

something), ix, 4 ; impve. sg. 2, math, rub (ashes on the body),
v, 9.

motasut* (for mutasaddl), m. an accountant ; pi. nom. mdtasiit*,
ix, 7.

matsh, f. the arm ; sg. abl. matshi, x, 5.

mdtsh, m. a contemptuous term used by demons or the like for a
man ; sg. abl. m8tsha-bdy, f. the smell of a man, xii, 15.

mutsarun, to open ; — a door (viii, 3) ; — a letter (viii, 10 ; xii,
23) ; — the eyes (xii, 22) ; slna — , to open the bosom, to
declare one's inmost thoughts and sorrows (vii, 21).

conj. part, mutsarith, vii, 21 ; fut. sg. 1, with suff. 2nd
pers. sg. dat. mutsaray, viii, 3 ; past sg. m. with sufL 3rd
pers. sg. ag. mutsorun, viii, 10 ; xii, 23 ; f. pi. with same
sufi\ mutsaren, xii, 22.

mewa, m. a fruit, xii, 21, 2.

mov, poet, for ma 1 (v, 11), q.v.

may, poet, for ma (v, 2), q.v.

moye, see marun.

myonu, possess, pron. my, i, 10 ; vii, 27, 8 ; x, 4; 5, 12 (bis), 4 ;
xii, 15 ; with emph. y, mydnuy, vii, 9 ; m. sg. dat. myonis,
xii, 19, 20 (bis), 1 ; abl. myani, i, 2 ; pi. nom. myon1, vii, 20 ;
x, 5 ; xii, 15 (bis) ; dat. myanen, ii, 7 ; f. sg. nom. myon",
iii, 2, 4, 8, 9 ; v, 10 ; xii, 14 (bis), 5, 8 ; with emph. y, myonay,
x, 10.

myuthu, adj. sweet, pleasant, vi, 11 (of the interpretation of a
dream).

maz, m. flesh, vii, 24 ; sg. dat. mazas, vii, 14.

mizman, m. a guest, vii, 4.

na, adv. neg. not. It is not used with the simple or with the
polite impve. (see ma, ma 1), but is used as a prohibitive
with the fut. imperative. In a direct statement it is usually
suffixed to the verb, as in mdru-na, did not kill, and if the
verb has pronominal suffixes it follows them, as in marahaih-na,
I should not have killed thee. Before it the suffix kh does not
become h, as in chukh-na, not chihana, thou art not. It is
used in this way. suffixed to a verb in i, 6 ; ii, 1, 4, 8, 9, 11 ;
iii, 1, 2, 3 ; iv, 4, 6 ; v, 6 (ter), 9 (bis) ; vi, 10, 6 (bis) ; viii,

na HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 352

I, 2, 3, 7 (ter), 9 (bis), 11 (bis), 3 ; x, 1 (ter), 4 (bis), 6, 7, 12,
4 ; xii, 2 (bis), 3, 7, 15 (bis), 6, 7, 22. With the fut. impve.,
we have ddpizem-na, you must not say to me, v, 8 ; kdrlzi-na,
you must not make, viii, 1 ; xii, 6 ; wdsizi-na, you must not
descend, xii, 11 ; mdnghes-na, you must not demand from
her, xii, 18.

It is also occasionally employed in other parts of the
sentence, as in na rudumotw, there was not remaining, i, 5 ;
wuchun ati na Jchar, he did not see the ass there, iii, 9 ; wuchun
ta mat na kuni, he saw that there was no property, viii, 9 ;
uruchun ati na poshdkh, she saw that her clothes were
not there, xii, 7. This is most common in subordinate
clauses, as in yeli na bani, when it is not possible, x, 3 ; yesa
na pdnas-soty cheh, (the woman) who is not with you, x, 6 ;
yeli na yinsdn 6su, when it was not a man, x, 7 ; yim na
zanan, they who do not know, xi, 8.

It is sometimes used as a privative prefix, as in na-dsanas,
for non-existence, x, 1, 6.

With emph. y, it becomes nay 1, as in sa nay keh ay em,
she did not come at all to me, v, 5 ; ydr nay rozani ay, we did
not come here to stay, ix, 6, 8, 10, 2 ; yith nay lagekh gray,
so that they may not be at all shaken, ix, 12 ; bo-nay sara
zah, I shall never remember, xi, 14 ; keh na/ chim bdzctn,
they do not listen to me at all, xi, 15. This word should not
be confused with nay 2, q.v.

na, negative interrogative suffix in dsi-nd, will there not be ?
viii, 7 ; dye-nd, did there not come ? ix, 3 ; bani-nd, will there
not be ? vi, 13 ; bozakh-nd, wilt thou not hear ? vi, 1, etc. ;
khekh-nd, wilt thou nob eat ? ii, 3 ; vi, 2 ; chukh-nd parzandwdn,
dost thou not recognize ? x, 12 ; tagem-nd, will it not be
within my power ? i.e. of course it will be, x, 5 ; wada-nd,
shall I not weep ? vii, 25 ; yikh-nd, wilt thou not come ?
vi, 2 ; zdna-nd, shall I not know ? x, 12.

nau, i.q. na (poet.) ; nau kah-ti, no one at all, vii, 23 ; nau zdnav,
we do not know, xi, 15.

nu, adv. neg. in nu chuh gatshdn pdtashehas, nu chuh gatshdn biye-kun,
he goes neither to the king not does he go anywhere else, xii, 4.

353 VOCABULABY nokar

nebar, adv. outside, iii, 8 (ter) ; viii, 7 ; x, 7 ; postpos. shcharcs
nebar, (he was taken) outside the city, x, 5.

nechi, see nethu.

necyuvu, m. a son, iii, 9 (bis) ; with sufT. of indef. art. zargar-
necyuvdh, a goldsmith's son, v, 2 ; sg. dat. (for ace.) neeivis,
iii, 9; pi. nom. neciv1, viii, 11; xii, 1; dat. neciven-peth,
on the sons, viii, 13 ; gen. neciven-hunzu, viii, 3, 11.

add, m. a call, a summons ; nod dyunu, to summon, i, 10 ; x, 12 ;
xii, 17.

ndddn, m. a fool ; sg. dat. ndddnas, ii, 5 ; voc. nddana, xi, 11.

nag, a spring (of water) (usually looked upon as sacred, where it
issues from a mountain side), xii, 6 ; sg. dat. ndgas, v, 9 ;
xii, 6 ; ndgas-manz, (descended, etc.) into the spring, iii, 5, 9 ;
xii, 7, 12 ; ndgas-peth, (went, etc.) up to, or on to the bank of,
a stream (a common idiom), iii, 4 (bis), 5, 9 ; xii, 6 (bis),
11, 2, 4 ; ndgas akith kun, on one side of the spring,
xii, 14.

sg. abl. kasam ndga-petha, an oath from by the stream,
an oath made on the bank of the spring, calling the spring
to witness, v, 9 ; voc. ndga, v, 9 ; pi. nom. nag, vi, 15 ; dat.
(for ace.) ndgan, vi, 15.

nagma, m. a melody, song ; in Kashmiri, a dance of women ; pi.
nom., id., iii, 7.

nigin, m. a jewel ; pi. nom. id., i, 9 ; ag. niginau, (a tray filled)
with jewels, viii, 3, 11.

Noh, m. Noah, iv, 3.

nahith tshunun, to cancel, make void, xii, 4.

nakha, adv. near, ii, 9.

nokhta (xii, 19) or nokta (xii, 4), m. a point ; hence a particular on
which one can condemn a person ; tamis rath-ta kentshah
nokhta, seize some point (in) him, bring a charge of some fault
against him, get up something against him, catch him
tripping, xii, 19 ; so kar-ta kentshah noktdh (with suff. of indef.
art.), xii, 4.

nakar, m. prohibition ; — karun, to prohibit (dat. of obj. pro-
hibited), iv, 6.

nokar, m. a servant ; nokar behun, to sit down as a servant, to take

nokari HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 854

service, xii, 3 ; pi. nom. huzuri-nokar behdri1, to sit down as

personal servants, to be employed as such, viii, 5.
nokari, f . service ; Icyah nokari karakh, what service wilt thou do ?

what employment dost thou want ? xii, 3 ; behiv me-nish

nokari, be employed (in) my service, take service with me,

viii, 5.
nokta, see nokhta.

ndl 1, m. a horse-shoe ; pi. nom. ndl, xi, 17.
ndl 2, m. the neck ; sg. dat. ndlas, vi, 9 ; abl. ndla, v, 9 ; viii, 10.

Cf. noP.
ndla, f . pi. cries, lamentation ; nom. (ace.) ndla dine, to utter cries,

to lament, vii, 22, 3.
ndle, postpos. (Hindi), with, xi, 4.
noP, adv. on the neck (cf. ndl 2), viii, 10 (ter) ; — tshunun, to put

round the neck, viii, 10 ; amis 6su poshdkh noP, he had

garments on his neck, i.e. he was wearing garments, x, 4 ;

poshdkh tshonu ami noP, she put the garment on her neck,

i.e. she dressed herself, xii, 7.
nam, a nail (of the finger or toe) ; pi. nom. nam, v, 6.
namun, to bow ; fut. sg. 3, nami, vi, 16 ; 2 past m. sg. 3, namyov,

vi, 16.
nemis, see noih.
ndmurdd, adj. unsuccessful ; in Kashmiri, without hope, without

expectation, i, 10.
nonu, adj. naked ; bare (of a sword), viii, 6 ; manifest, hence,

glorious, vi, 7 ; with emph. y, nonuy, vi, 7 ; f. sg. nom.

nun", viii, 6.
nun, m. salt ; sg. abl. nuna-ratshi-hand, a little salt, v, 6. (Elsewhere

the word is written nun.)
nendar, f . sleep ; — karunu, to sleep, v, 6 ; — pen", sleep to fall,

v, 5, 7 ; — yinu, sleep to come, v, 6 (ter) ; yiyiy nendar

shehuju, sleep will come to thee cold, i.e. thou wilt cease to be

sleepy ; but it also means " cool sleep will come to thee ",

and is misunderstood by the hearer in this sense, v, 6 (bis).
ningalun, to swallow ; pres. part, ningalan, vi, 15 (bis).
nan-gar, m. a menial cultivator, xi, 10.
nanun, to become manifest ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh nandn, vii, 1.

855 VOCABULARY nish

naphts, m. the belly ; sg. dat. naphtsas, x, 3.

nar, m. a male ; (of a bird) a cock, viii, 1 ; sg. abl. naran, viii, 1.

nar, m. fire ; zinis nar dyunu, to set fire to the firewood, xii, 21,
2, 4 ; nar gomoV* tsheta, the fire (had) become extinguished,
xii, 23 ; sg. dat. ndras-manz, (leap) into the fire, iii, 4 ; abl.
ndra-han zolith, having kindled a little fire, iii, 1.

nur, m. light, brilliancy, glory ; sg. abl. nura, vii, 6.

nur*, f . the arm (from shoulder to wrist), xii, 15.

narm, adj. smooth, vii, 24.

nerun, irreg. to go forth, come forth, issue, emerge ; to issue,
turn out, happen (as the result of something), vi, 11 ; to be
issued (of an order), xi, 4 ; hatabod^khdris dray, they turned
out (i.e. amoimted to) hundreds of kharwars, ix, 9 ; riiriih
gatshun, to issue forth and be gone (Hindi nihil jdna), ii,
3 ; xii, 15 ; riirith yunu, to come forth (Hindi nikal ana),
xii, 12.

inf. hyotun nerun, he began to go forth, ii, 3 ; logu nerani,
began to issue, x, 7 ; conj. part, riirith, ii, 3 ; xii, 12, 5 ; pres.
part, neran, viii, 7 ; impve. sg. 2, ner, ii, 9 ; pi. 1, nerav,
xi, 12 ; 2, niriv, ii, 7 ; xii, 1 (bis) ; riiriv-sa, go ye forth,
sirs, x, 9 ; indie, fut. pi. 1, nerav, xii, 18 ; imperf. neran,
xii, 1 ; m. sg. 3, 6su neran, viii, 1.

1 past m. sg. 3, drdv, ii, 8 ; iii, 1, 3, 4 (bis) ; v, 1, 4, 5, 6, 9 ;
vi, 7, 11 ; viii, 9 (bis) ; x, 2, 3, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 7 (bis), 9, 14 (bis) ;
xi, 4, 13 ; xii, 4, 5 (bis), 10, 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 20, 3 ; with surT.
3rd pers. sg. dat. drds, issued from it, xii, 3 ; drds-na, did not
issue from it, (if it does not) issue from it, xii, 3 ; pi. 3, dray, ix,
9 ; x, 11 ; f. sg. 3, draye, iii, 1, 2 ; v, 7 (bis) (draye bazar,
she went forth to the bazaar), 9 ; with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. dat.
drdyes, she issued from his (side), vii, 7.

nerawuri", n. ag. one who goes forth ; as adv. as I go forth, v, 8.

?idsh, m. destruction, see oll-ndsh, ix, 3.

nish, near, the equivalent of the Hindi pas, and governing the
dative ; me-nish, near me, by me, viii, 5 ; forming datives
of possession, tse-nish, in thy possession, x, 14 ; tdhe-nish,
in your possession, x, 5, 12. After a verb of motion, and
governing a noun signifying a person, it means " to ". Thus :

▲ a

nishe 1 HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 356

okhun-zddas nish, (brought it) to the teacher's son, xii, 2 ;
bbyis-nish, (go) to the brother, v, 10 ; ldl-shendkas-n., (came)
to the lapidary, xii, 25 ; me-n., (came) to me, xii, 22 ;
mejeras-n., (brought him) to the master of the horse, x, 5 ;
phakiras-n., (came) to the mendicant, iii, 2 ; pdtashdhas-n.,
(brought him) to the king, ii, 11 ; pdtdshehas-n., (came, etc.)
to the king, viii, 5, 13 ; x, 1, 2, 3, 5 ; waziras-n., (came) to
the Vizier, xii, 5, 10, 3 ; yiman-n., (she came) to these
(persons), v, 8 ; ydras-n., (came) to the friend, x, 4, 11 ;
zandni-n., (came) to the woman, xii, 4. Cf . nishe 1 and nishin.

nishe 1, i.q. nish, q.v. ; phakiras-nishe, (he was) near (i.e. with)
the" mendicant, ii, 9 ; torka-chdnas-nishe, near (i.e. in the house
of) the cabinet maker, vii, 20 ; me-nishe, in my possession,
x, 14 ; governing dat. of person and following a verb of
motion, me-nishe, (came) to me, xii, 22 ; phakiras-nishe,
came to the mendicant, ii, 7 ; waziras-nishe, (he came) to the
vizier, xii, 19 ; governing inan. noun, palangas-nishe, he came
near the bed, x, 7 ; Cf . nish and nishin.

nishe 2, postpos. governing abl. ( = Hindi pds-se), from near,
from ; khdba-nishe abtar, terrified from (i.e. at) the dream, vi,

12 ; tsakhi-nishe byonuy, distinct from (i.e. absolutely without)
anger, vii, 2.

nishdna, m. a token (given as a sign of recognition), x, 8, 14 (bis) ;
xii, 21.

nishin, postpos. governing dat, i.q. nish and nishe 1 ; phakiras-
nishin, (he was) near (i.e. with) the mendicant, ii, 8 ;
khdwandas-nishin, (go) to (your) master, viii, 10 ; pdtashdh-
zddan-nishin, (came) to the princes, viii, 4. Cf. nish and
nishe 1.

nasiyeth (xii, 16, 7) or nasiyeth, f. admonition, advice (xii, 1),
instruction ; — karunu, to advise, give instruction, xii, 16 ;
nasiyeth karay akh kath, I will give thee one piece of instruc-
tion (xii, 1).

nata, conj. (if) not then, (if so and so does) not (happen) then,
otherwise, v, 7.

notu, m. a jar, a pitcher, iii, 5 (ter), 9 ; doda-notu, a milk-jar, xi,

13 ; sg. dat. natis-peth, on the jar, iii, 5, 9.

357 VOCABULARY nyunu

neth see ndih.

nefha, f. a thumb-ring ; sg. abl. nechi, vi, 16.

ndih or neth, pronoun defective, said to be used mainly by villagers,

as the equivalent of yih 1, this. It has no nominative, and

neth is the inan. sg. dat. In declension it runs parallel to

ath, q.v.
As a substantive we have m. pi. dat. (for ace.) ndman,

(look at) these, viii, 1.
As adjective we have m. sg. dat. nemis matis siwdh,

excepting this madman, v, 9 ; nemis manoshes, to this man,

xii, 15 ; m. pi. nom. nam lal, these rubies, x, 5 ; f. pi. nom.

noma wolinje, these hearts, viii, 4 ; dat. ndman mdrawdtalan,

to these executioners, x, 12 ; ndman zanen, to these persons,

x, 12 ; ag. nomav tahalyav, by these grooms, x, 12.
nethar, m. a marriage-arrangement ; — karun, to make a marriage,

to marry (so and so, amis soty, xii, 15), viii, 2 (bis) ; xii, 15.
notuwan, adj. feeble, i, 2.
nav, card, nine ; pi. abl. nawav asmdnav-peth\ above the nine

heavens, iii, 8.
nav, m. a name, ii, 1 ; xii, 4 (bis) ; amis chuh nav, her name is,

xii, 8 ; tath chuh nav, its name is, xii, 18.
nowu, adj. new, i, 11.
n6wu, see Lache-ndwu, s.v. lach.
nay 1, see na.
nay 2, f . a reed-flute, vii, passim ; gen. m. naye-hondu, vii, 1 ;

f. naye-hiinz", vii, 1.
nayid, m. a barber, xi, 18 ; xii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 10 (bis), 3, 9 (bis),

22, 3, 4, 5 ; noyid-sabaJch, a barber-lesson, instruction in

barber's work, v, 6 ; sg. ag. noyidan, xii, 19, 25. Cf. nayez*.
nyunu, irreg. to take, v, 12 ; vi, 9 ; viii, 9 (ter), 11 ; x, 1, 5 (bis) ;

xi, 18 ; xii, 19, 25 ; to bring (news), ii, 1, 6 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 23 ;

ratith nyunu, to arrest, capture (a prisoner), v, 7, 9 ; x, 5 ;

tulith nyunu, to lift up and take away, to raise (a person from

a bed) and lead (him) away, iii, 7.
impve. sg. 2, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. nin, xii, 25 ; pi. 2,

with same suff., niyun, x, 5 ; indie, fut. pi. 1 nimav, xii, 19.
1 past m. sg. nyuv, viii, 9 ; nev, iii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd

nayistan HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 358

pers. sg. ag. nyiln, vi, 9 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. nyilkh,
x, 5 (bis) ; xi, 18 ; with ditto, and also suff. 3rd pers. sg.
gen. nyuhas, viii, 9 ; pi. niy, v, 9 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg.
ag. riith, x, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. nln, v, 7.

f. sg. niye, ii, 1, 6 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 23 ; with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. ag. niyen, v, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. niyekh,
viii, 11.
plup. m. sg. 6su nyumotu, viii, 9.

nayistan, m. a place where canes or reeds grow, a cane-brake, vii,
26, 7, 8 ; dat. nayistanas-kun, (saying) to the cane-brake,
vii, 26 ; gen. m. nayistdnuku, vii, 26 ; f . nayistanifc", vii, 29.

nyawun, to cause to be taken, to cause to be taken away, to have
dispatched ; 1 p.p. nydwu. In xi, 6, this is given a pleonastic
suffix ku, forming nydwu-ku, of which the m. pi. nom. is
nyovi-ki.

nay'ezu, f. a barber's wife, xi, 19. Cf. noyid.

ndz, m. blandishment, coaxing ; pi. dat. nazan, ii, 7 (applied by
a man to soldiers).

neza, m. a spear ; iron railings or the like round a garden, etc.
(v, 4) ; pi. nom. neza, v, 4.

nazdikh, postpos. near; sdddgdras-n., (he arrived) near (i.e. came
to) the merchant, viii, 10.

nizikh, adv. near, viii, 6 (bis) ; x, 4 ; gos n., he went near it, viii,
10 ; postpos. governing dat., near, badanas-n., (came) near the
body, viii, 6 ; sheharas-n., (he came) near the city, x, 3.

nazar, f . look, regard, glance ; observation, inspection, watching ;
— ches batsan-kun, his sight is (i.e. eyes are) directed towards
the married pair, viii, 6 ; — chekh 6-kun, their eyes were
directed thither, xii, 23 ; nazarah, a single glance ; nazardh
karun", to take one look at a person, viii, 11 ; nazar karun1
to look at, observe, inspect, watch, ii, 1 ; x, 7, 8 (ter) ; xii, 23
dat. byuthu nazari, he sat for looking, he sat in watch, x, 7
nazari tdm^sanzi soty, owing to his looking at (me), vii, 13.

nazarbaz, m. a watcher, a watchman, a detective ; pi. ag. nazarbdzav,
ii, 1 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 23.

piche (Hindi), adv. afterwards, xi, 4.

poda, adj . born, created ; manifest, manifested ; — karun, to

359 VOCABULARY pahdn

create, iii, 8 (ter) ; vii, 4, 6 (bis), 8 ; xii, 7 ; — gatshun,
to become manifest, to become visible, to come into sight,
ii, 1 ; iii, 8 ; x, 4, 5, 7 ; xii, 10.

pagdh, adv. to-morrow, iii, 4 ; vi, 16 ; on the following day, next
day, vi, 16 ; xii, 10.

phahi in phaki dyunu, to impale, v, 10.

phaharawdv, m. a file, a rasp, v, 4.

phakh, m. an evil smell, a stink, ii, 4.

phakir, m. a religious mendicant, a faqir, i, 2 ; ii, 1, 2, 3 (bis), 9 ;
iii, 1 ; x, 7 (many times), 8 (many times), 9, 12 (bis), 4 (bis) ;
— lagun, to dress oneself as a faqir, pretend to be a faqir,
x, 12 ; with suff. of indef. art. phakirdh, ii, 1 (bis) ; phakird
akh, x, 7 ; sg. dat. phakiras, ii, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9 ; iii, 1, 2, 9 ; x,
8 (bis) ; ag. phakiran, iii, 1 ; x, 7, 8, 12 ; gen. phakira-sondu ,
x, 12 ; f . — siinzu, x, 8, 14 ; voc. phakira, ii, 3 ; x, 8 ; phakird,
ii, 2 ; pi. dat. phakiran (for gen.), vi, 13 ; ag. phakirav, v, 8.

phakiri, f. the condition or state of a religious mendicant, faqir-
hood, x, 14 ; sg. gen. phakiriye-hondu, x, 9.

phikir", f . thought, consideration, reflection ; concern, solicitude,
anxiety ; keh chena phikiru (xii, 5) or ketshdh chena phikir*
(xii, 20), there is no anxiety, there is no reason to be anxious ;
with suff. of indef. art. phikirdh kariin", to do a thinking, to
consider, reflect, xii, 19, 24 ; phikiri gatshun, to go into
anxiety, to become anxious, viii, 10 ; xii, 4.

phal 1, m. a fruit*; pi. nom. phal, ix, 9.

phal 2, f. a small piece, a splinter ; pi. nom. (for ace.) phala, vii, 14.

pholu, m. a grain, hence any small round object, such as a pearl,
etc. ; kani-pholu, a pebble, xii, 15 (bis).

pholun, to flower ; to break (of the dawn), iii, 3 ; v, 5, 7 ; viii, 9 ;
xii, 2 (bis) ; inf. obi. phdlani logun, to begin to break, v, 5, 7 ;
xii, 2 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh phdldn, xii, 2 ; past m. sg. 3,
phqlu, iii, 3 ; viii, 9.

pliamh, m. cotton- wool, viii, 6, 13.

pahdn, a dim. suff. drdv dur-pahdn, he went forth a little distance,
x, 7 ; byuthu duri-pahdn, he sat down at a little distance,
x, 7 ; khasun hyoru-pahdn, to go a little distance up-stream,
xii, 6.

pahar HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 360

pahar, m. a division of time consisting of three hours, an eighth
part of a day, a watch, viii, 5 (bis), 6 (bis), 8 (bis), 10, 1, 3 ;
rotsu-hondu pahar, a watch of the night, iii, 1 ; sg. abl. patimi
pahara, at the last watch (of the night), v, 8 ; pi. nom. pahar,
viii, 5.

phardd, adv. to-morrow, on the morrow, vi, 11.

pharun, to cause loss, to be a plunderer or robber ; past m. sg. 3,
phoru tas Yiblis, Satan caused loss to him, plundered him,
ruined him, iv, 2.

pherun, to go round, wander about, i, 2 ; ii, 8 ; to return, go back ;
to feel regret, be grieved, viii, 1, 7, 10 (bis), (all with dat. of
subject) ; thudu-kani pherun, to turn oneself backwards,
to turn the back (on a person), v, 4.

conj. part, phirith, having returned ; with or without potu,
very common in the meaning " back again ", as in phirith
yunu, to come back, return, ii, 3 ; v, 10 ; viii, 10 ; esp. to
return home, go home, v, 1, 4 ; so phirith nerun (x, 14) or
phirith potu nerun (xii, 19), to go forth back again ; phirith
wasun, to come down again (after going upstairs), iii, 9 ; with
verbs of saying, it means " in answer " ; thus, phirith dapun,
to say in answer, to reply, iii, 1, 8 ; v, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11 (bis) ;
viii, 8 ; ix, 1 ; x, 1 (bis), 6, 10 ; xi, 15 ; xii, 3, 4, 5 (bis) ;
so phirith wanun, to reply, v, 2, 4 ; wanun potu phirith,
id., x, 7 ; phirith ladun, to send (a message) in reply, x,
3 (bis) ; with wothun, to arise, we have wothus phirith, he up
and replied to him, viii, 6 ; x, 2 ; wothus potu phirith, id.,
x, 6 ; w5tsh"s phirith, she up and answered him, xii, 11.
With gatshun, we have phirith gatshun, to go having turned
away, i.e. to become hostile, iv, 3.

pres. m. sg. 3, chuh pheran, ii, 5 ; imperf . m. sg. 3, 6su
pheran, i, 2.

past m. sg. 3, phyuru, viii, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat.
phyurus, viii, 7, 10 (bis).

phirun, to turn something round ; freq. part, phir1 phir*, turning
(me) round and round, vii, 18; conj. part, phirith tshunun,
to turn upside down, iii, 5.

pharosh, m. a seller ; lal-pharosh, a ruby-seller, a jeweller, xii, 3.

361 VOCABULARY pdldduw*

Phorsat, m. N.P., Sir Douglas Forsyth, xi, 2.

phursath, f. leisure, freedom from duties, xii, 17.

paharawolu, m. a man who keeps a watch, a watchman, sentry ;
sg. dat. -wolis, viii, 8.

phdrUjdd, m. a lamentation, cry for help or redress, complaint ;
— dyunu, to lay a complaint, cry for redress, vii, 22 ; x, 2.

phdsh, m. abusive language reflecting on a woman's chastity ;.
me ma kar siras phdsh, do not accuse my secret (parts) of
unchastity, do not disgrace me by letting me remain naked,
xii, 7.

phatun, to be broken ; past f. sg. 3, phiita, iii, 5 ; with suff.
2nd pers. pi. dat. phuttiwa, x, 12.

phufrun, to break (trans.) ; impve. pi. 2 with suff. 3rd pers. sg.
ace. phutaryun, xii, 3 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. pi.
ag. phufrukh, xii, 4 ; ditto and 3rd pers. sg. dat. phut°ruhas,
ii, 11.

photuwdh, m. a decree, order, ii, 7. This word has here the suff.
of the indef. art. added.

phyuru, etc., see pherun.

pakh, f. a wing ; pi. nom. pakha, viii, 7.

pdkh, adj. pure, spotless, undefiled, virginal (of a woman), v, 10.

pokhta, adj. ripe ; as subst. pi. dat. (for ace.) pokhtan, vi, 15.

pakun, to walk, to go, to go along ; inf. hyotukh pakun, they began
to go, x, 1 ; neg. conj . part, moddn chuh wune pakanay, the
plain is still not having been walked, i.e. we have not yet
passed over it, x, 1 ; pres. part, pakdn, going, i.e. as I go,
v, 7 ; impve. pi. 2, pakiv-sa, go ye, sirs, x, 1 ; pres. m. sg. 3,
chuh pakdn, iii, 11 ; pakdn chuh, viii, 7 ; xii, 7 ; pi. 3, chih
pakdn, xii, 2 ; pakdn chih, x, 4 ; f . sg. 3, cheh pakdn, iii, 2 ;
xii, 7 ; imperf. m. sg. 3, 6su pakdn, v, 7 ; pi. 3, os* pakdn,
x, 1.

palcandwun, to cause to go, to set on the march (xi, 14) ; to drive
an animal (xi, 8) ; pres. (aux. omitted) m. pi. 3, pakanawdn,
xi, 4 ; imperf. m. pi. 3, 6si pakandwdn, xi, 8.

pakawunu, n. ag., f. sg. nom. pakawunP-, one who marches, xi, 11.

pal, m. a rock, xii, 14 (bis), 15 ; sg. dat. palas, xii, 15.

pdladuwu, adj. made of steel ; m. pi. nom. p5ldddvi, v, 4.

palun HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 362

pdlun, to protect ; saldmpdliin", to make a bow, to salute reverently
(xii, 16) ; conj. part, pblith, xii, 16.

palang, m. a bedstead, cot, bed, iii, 7 ; v, 5, 9 ; x, 7 ; sg. dat.
palangas, v, 5, 6 (ter) ; viii, 13 (bis) ; x, 5, 7 (quater),
8 (bis), 12 (bis) ; palangas turu, the tenon of the bedstead,
x, 5, 12.

poldv, m. a dish made of rice boiled in soup, with flesh, spices,
etc., vi, 2 ; pi. nom. polav, ii, 3.

pdm, f . a reproach ; pi. nom. me rozan pama, reproaches will remain
(upon) me, i.e. I shall get a bad name, x, 3.

pan, m. the body, the human body, iii, 4 (ter) ; bala-pdn, a youthful
body, a youthful condition, vii, 11, 5 ; sg. dat. panas,
vii, 24, 5.

pdna, reflex, pron. self; myself, vii, 15; thyself, xii, 11,»25;
himself, i, 1 ; ii, 5 ; vi, 4 ; vii, 1, 2, 3 ; x, 2, 7 (bis), 8 ; xii,
5, 12, 21, 4 ; herself, v, 9, 10, 1 ; vii, 1 ; xii, 7 ; oneself
(indef.), x, 1, 6, ; themselves, iii, 8 ; viii, 3, 8 ; x, 12. This
word is equivalent to the Hindi dp.

sg. nom. pdna, i, 1 ; v, 10, 1 ; x, 7 (bis), 8 ; xii, 7, 11,
21, 4 ; with emph. y, sg. nom. pdnay, vii, 1 ; pi. nom. pdnay,
x, 12.

dat. (sg. unless otherwise stated), ii, 5 ; iii, 8 (pi.) ; v, 9 ;
vi, 4 ; vii, 1, 2, 15 ; viii, 3 (pi.), 8 (pi.) ; x, 1, 6 ; xii, 5, 12,
25 (bis) ; with emph. y, pdnas^y, vii, 3 ; had panas ches kardn,
I am making a limit for myself, i.e. I consider myself perfect,
vii, 15.
ag. sg. pdna, x, 2.
gen. panunu, q.v., s.v.

The dat. panas is often used adverbially, to signify
" voluntarily ", " of one's own free will ", " of one's own
accord ", vi, 4 ; vii, 2. Especially, with verbs of motion, it
signifies " to go of one's own accord ", hence, simply, " to go
off", " start off ", as in panas gatshun, to go away on one's own
business, to go away, to go home, iii, 8; v, 9; viii, 3; panas
nerun, to go forth on one's own business, xii, 5; panas yunu, to
set out home, xii, 12 ; so gay panas Kith1, they sat down free
from duty, they rested after finishing their turn of duty,

363 VOCABULARY pdnawon

viii, 8 ; gay panas panas, they went away each on his own

business, or each to his own home, v, 9.
pinhdn, adj. secret, hidden, concealed.
panja, a claw, xii, 16, 7 ; sg. abl. panja-sotiy, only by using the

claw, xii, 16.
panunu, poss. adj. reflex, (usually considered as the genitive of

pclna) own, the equivalent of the Hindi apnd. My own, iii, 1 ;

iv, 7 ; vii, 21 (bis), 2, 6 ; x, 12 ; xii, 22 ; thine own, ii, 9, 11 ;

iii, 2, 9 (bis) ; v, 1, 10 ; vi, 6 ; viii, 10 ; x, 1, 3, 8 (bis) ;

xii, 16, 25 ; his own, ii, 5, 7, 11 ; iii, 1, 3 (bis), 9 ; v, 1, 4 (bis),

5 (ter), 10, 2 ; viii, 3, 9 (bis), 10, 3 ; x, 5, 6, 9, 10, 3 (bis),

4 (ter) ; xii, 4 (quater), 5 (quater), 10, 1 (bis), 2, 3, 4, 7,
20, 2, 5 ; her own, iii, 2, 4 ; v, 5, 8, 9 (bis), 10 (bis), 2 ; vii,
20, 6; viii, 11 ; ix, 6; x, 3 (bis), 5; xii, 4, 5, 10, 3, 4, 5 (ter), 8;
one's own (indef.), x, 6 ; our own, x, 12 ; your own, x, 1 ;
their own, v, 10 ; viii, 1, 5, 11 ; x, 5 ; xii, 18 ; panuri"
panuri", each his own, xi, 10.

m. sg. nom. panunu, ii, 5, 9, 11 ; iii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 (bis),
9 (ter) ; v, 1 (bis), 4, 5 (bis), 9, 10 ; vii, 21, 6 ; viii, 3, 5, 9 ;
ix, 6 ; x, 5, 6, 8, 9 ; xii, 4 (bis), 5 (ter), 10, 1 (bis), 2, 3, 4,

5 (bis), 6, 7, 8 (bis), 20, 2 (bis), 5 ; with emph. y, panunuy,
x, 1 ; dat. pananis, ii, 7 ; iii, 2, 4 ; v, 8, 10, 2 ; viii, 9, 10 ;
x, 5, 12, 4 ; xii, 4, 5, 10, 3, 5, 8 ; abl. panani, v, 10 ; vii, 21,
2, 6 ; xii, 4, 5 ; pi. nom. pandn1, vii, 20 ; x, 14 ; pandn1
pandn1, xi, 10 ; panin (m.c. for panda1), iv, 7 ; dat. pananen,
viii, 10, 3, 4.

f. sg. nom. panunu, v, 5 ; viii, 1, 11 (bis) ; x, 1, 3 (bis),

6, 8, 10, 3 ; xii, 14, 25 ; dat. panane, v, 4, 10, 2 ; x, 5 ; xii, 4 ;

ag. panani, v, 5 ; x, 12 ; abl. panani, x, 3, 13 ; panane (m.c.

for panani), vi, 6.
pants, card, five ; hatha pants (f. pi. nom.) five statements, x, 1

(several times), 14 ; pants hatha, x, 6 ; ropayes pants hath,

five hundred rupees, viii, 10 (bis) ; x, 1, 2 (bis) ; pi. dat.

pantsan hathan, for five statements, x, 1 ; pdntsan zanen,

to the five men, x, 6.
pontsyumu, ord. fifth, x, 1 ; f. sg. nom. pontsim", x, 6 (bis).
pdnawon or pdnaivun, adv. mutually ; pdnawon, viii, 1,2; xi, 19 ;

papun HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 364

xii, 25 ; pdnawun, x, 1. This word is equivalent to the Hindi

dpas-me.
papun, to ripen ; conj. part, papith yunu, to become ripe, ix, 9.
par, m. a foot ; pi. dat. paran, (we fall) at (his) feet, ix, 1.
para, see zdra-pdra, s.v. zdr.
pari, f. a fairy, xii, 7, 8, 11 (bis), 4, 20, 5 ; sg. ag. par*yi, xii, 15 ;

pi. nom. parirue, iii, 7, 8.
pr, m. a saint, a spiritual guide or father, the head of a religious

order ; pi. dat. (for gen.) piran, vi, 13 ; ag. pirav, v, 8.
pdru, f . a hut ; dim. f . sg. nom. pdri-hand, a hovel, a small hut,

xii, 2.
piiru, adj. full, in puru-khumdr, full of languishment, v, 2.
parda, m. a veil ; with suff. of indef . art. pardd korunakh, she put

a veil over them, she hid them under a veil, vi, 4.
pargan, m. a certain fiscal division, a parish, a " pargana ", xi, 5.
pr6?iu, adj. old, of former times ; m. pi. nom. prori, vi, 11 ; viii, 5.
parun, to read, xii, 18, 23 ; to read, study, viii, 3, 4 ; to recite

(a holy name, or a charm, etc.), vi, 17 (bis) ; vii, 4 ; xii,

1 (bis),
pres. part, paran gatshun, to go reciting, i.e. to recite

continually, vi, 17 ; vii, 4 ; impve. sg. 2, par, vi, 17 ; indie.

fut. sg. 1, para, xii, 1 (bis) ; imperf. m. pi. 3, 6sl paran,

viii, 3, 4 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. porun, xii,

23 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. porukh, xii, 18.
pdrun, to prepare, make ready (a bed) ; conj. part, (in sense of

past part.) palang poriih, a bed prepared, iii, 7.
porun, to put (a garment) on, x, 2, 9 ; to clothe (a person), v, 10 ;

past m. sg. with suff . 3rd pers. sg. purun, x, 2, 9 ; f . sg. with

same suff. por^n, v, 10 ; pilrith, having put on (a saddle to

a horse), xi, 9.
prang, m. a bed, a couch ; wutsha-prang , a flying couch, = the magic

carpet of our fairy tales, xii, 18.
prdrun, to wait for (a person), v, 6, 11 ; to watch (for an

opportunity), ii, 10 ; pres. part, prdrdn, v, 11 ; pres. m. sg. 3,

chuh prdran, v, 6 ; 2 past m. sg. 3, prarydv, ii, 10.
prath, a distributive preposition, as in prath-doha, on each day,

every day, viii, 1 (bis).

365 VOCABULARY pata

pritshun, to ask ; 1 past m. sg. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.

timan^y pryutshun, he asked them, xii, 1.
partawa, m. the sound of a footstep, a footfall, xii, 15 (pyauv, fell).
poravi, f. following ; hence (in Kashmiri) protection ; — kariin*,

to protect, i, 1.
Parwardigdr, m. the Cherisher, the Provider, Providence, an epithet

of the Deity, i, 11.
parzandwun, to recognize ; pres. m. sg. 2 neg. interrog. chukh-nd

parzandwdn, dost thou not recognize ? x, 12 ; past m. sg.

parzandwu, x, 5 ; xii, 2 ; with suff. 1 sg. nom. parzanowus,

1 was recognized, x, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.
parzandwun, viii, 9, 10; plup. f. sg. 3, 6su parzandvumutsu, x, 5.

posa, m. N. of a small copper coin, a pice ; Jchdm posa, see khdm.
pi. dat. posan, vii, 25, 26.

pesh, adv. and prep., in front, before ; gay pesh-e-pdtashdh, they
went before the king, they were taken into the king's presence,
vi, 9 ; amis pesh anun, to bring before him, to cause him to
experience (trouble), xii, 25.

posh, m. a flower ; poshe-gpndu, a bunch of flowers, a nosegay,
v, 4 (ter) ; poslie-moddn, a flower-meadow, a field of flowers,
xi, 3 ; pdshe-thuru, a flower-shrub, ii, 3.

poshdkh, m. a robe, a garment, v, 9 (bis) ; x, 2 (bis), 4 (ter), 9 ;
xii, 6 (bis), 7 (several times) ; — trdwun, to put off a garment,
disrobe oneself ; sg. dat. ath poshdkas kurun shekal yinsdn-
hyuhu or ath poshdkas korun yinsdn-hyuhu, he made the
garment into the shape of a man, x, 7 ; poshdkas-manz,
(entered) into the garment, x, 7 ; am1 kur^nas poshdkas thaph,
he (the dog) caught hold of his coat, viii, 9.

peshkdr, m. a certain high official ; in vi, 11, a chief clerk.

pasand, adj. approved ; — karun, to approve of, v, 1 ; xii, 4 (bis).

pata, adv. after, afterwards, viii, 7 ; xi, 18 ; xii, 6, 25 ; with
emph. y, patayy xii, 10 ; pata-kani, afterwards, x, 1 ; with
verbs of motion, pata pata, (to go along) after, to follow, iii, 1,

2 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 7. Cf. brith bruh, s.v. bruh.

postpos. This governs the dative in the case of animate
objects, and the ablative in the case of inanimate objects.
It also governs pron. suffixes in the dative. Thus : —

potu HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 366

A. Animate dative, mine-mare pata lardn, running after
the hind, ii, 9 ; yiman pata, after these (women came another),
xii, 7.

B. Inanimate ablative, ami pata, after this, viii, 13 ;
xii, 17 ; tami pata, after that, x, 12 ; xii, 16.

C. Governing suffixes, loris pata, they ran after her,
ii, 9 ; pata ladyeyes, she ran after him, vi, 8 ; yimawa pata,
I will come after you, I will follow you, xii, 1 ; pata chikh
lardn, they are running after them, xi, 18.

potu, backwards, back again ; — yunu, to come back, return, v, 1 ;

— pherun, id., xii, 19 ; — phirith, common as adv., back again,

in return, in reverse, esp. common with verbs of saying, to

say back again, to say in reply, x, 3, 6 (bis), 7.

putu, the yoimg of any animal or insect, esp. a dear child ; pi. dat.

poten, ix, 3 (young ones of a bee).
path, adv. behind ; path rozun, to remain behind, remain over and
above, xii, 23 ; path-kun, afterwards, iii, 5 ; v, 5 ; in the
rear, v, 8.

prep, governing dat. path wanan, at the back of the forests,
deep in the forest, vii, 10.
peth, postpos. governing dat., on, upon, in various shades of
meaning. Thus : —

on, upon, asmdnan peth, on the heavens, iv, 4 ; palangas-
peth, (lying) on the bed, viii, 13 ; wodi-pUh, (carry) on the
crown of the head, iii, 1 ; xi, 12, 6.

on to, upon, lalan-peth, (the hand fell) upon the rubies,
x, 5 ; natis-peth, (put) upon the jar, iii, 5 ; cdrpdyi-peth,
(sat down) upon the bed, x, 5, so ath-peth, (sat) on it, xii, 21 ;
atfr-peth, on it verily, xii, 21 ; zunadabi-peth, (going forth) on
to the roof-bungalow, viii, 1.

on to (with verbs of mounting, etc.), guris-peth, (mounted)
the horse, ii, 11 ; ath1 peth, (got up) on to it (a bed), iii, 7 ;
so palangas peth, (got up) on to the bed, v, 5, 6 (bis), 9 (ath) ;
x, 7 (bis) ; bathis-peth, (ascended) on to the bank of the river,
xii, 7 ; atfc-peth, (ascended) on to it (a pyre), xii, 24.

down on to, bathis-peth, (put) down on the bank, xii, 6, 7.

With certain words it is used in the sense of " to " after

367 VOCABULARY pdth*

a verb o: motion. Thus addliits^-peth, (went) to the court
of justice, v, 9 ; kdli-akis-peth, (went) to (the bank of; a
stream, xii, 2 ; ndgas-peth, (arrived, etc.) at the spring, (went)
to (the bank of) the spring, iii, 4, 5, 9 (bis) ; xii, 6, 11, 2, 4.

on, close by, ndgas-peth cheh, she is (i.e. lives) close by a
spring, iii, 4.

It means " in " in khdwand thdwun deras-peth, she put her
husband in a tent, v, 11.

It means ".on", i.e. "with regard to", "towards", in
agas-peth (infidelity) to a master, viii, 6, 8, 11 ; neciven-peth,
(an order) concerning or against (his) sons, viii, 13.

Forming adv. athi-peth, thereupon, xii, 7.
petha, postpos. governing abl. from on, as in guri-petha, (fell) from
on (his) horse, fell off his horse, ii, 6 ; guryau-petha, (dis-
mounted) from (their) horses, xii, 2 ; Koh-i-Tora-petha,
(commandments given) from on Mt. Sinai, iv, 5.

from (generally), as in kati-petha, where from ? whence ?
ii, 2 ; Landana-petha, from London, xi, 3 ; sonar-ata-petha,
(a cry raised) from (i.e. in) the goldsmiths' market, v, 7.

In special cases it means simply " on ", like peth, as in
petha kilrunas mohar, on it she put a seal, x, 3, in which
petha governs the dat. pron. suS. as. Similarly x, 3 (again),
and x, 10.

Another special meaning occurs in karin kasam ndga petha,
let her make an oath from on (the bank of) (i.e. by) the spring,
v, 9.

petha-kani, on the top of (it = ath% viii, 1.
peth1, postpos. governing abl., on, above, in various shades of
meaning. Thus : —

nawav asmdnav peth1, above the nine heavens, iii, 8.

kala-peth1, (leaped) over (his) head, ii, 9.

tami-pettt-kani, in addition to that, iii, 8.
pothi or pothin, adv. used with other words to indicate manner.
It may be added either to adjectives or to adverbs, and in the
latter case is pleonastic. It converts adjectives into adverbs
of manner, and when the adjective is declinable it is put,
before poth\ into the case of the agent. Thus : —

pathar HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 368

Added to an adjective, loV-poth* (lptu), gently, xii, 5 ;
pdz'-poth* (pozu), really, truly, x, 6, 10.

Added to an adverb, ketha-poth1, how ? in what manner ?
iii, 9 ; v, 8 ; viii, 5 ; x, 8 ; xii, 3, 24 ; tithay-pbth1 , in that
very manner, exactly so, xii, 23 ; yethay-poth* , in what very
manner, exactly as, xii, 22 ; yithay-pothin, in this very manner,
exactly thus, viii, 3.

We occasionally find this word added to the agent case of
a substantive. Thus, from tsuru, theft, we have tsuri-potte,
theft-like, i.e. secretly, xii, 6, 7, 17 ; so tsuri-pothin, iii, 1.

pathar, adv. on the flat ground ; hence, down, in phrases such as
pathar wasun, to fall to the ground, ii, 3 ; pathar pyonu, id.,
ii, 11 ; pawun pathar, to throw down on the ground, iii, 9.

pathwor1, m. a village accountant, ix, 10.

putolu, an idol ; pi. dat. putalen, iv, 6 ; putal-khdna, an idol house,
a temple or room in which idols are worshipped, sg. dat.
-khdnas, vi, 4.

petarun, to be responsible for the carrying out of any work ; pyonu
petarun, a load of responsibility to fall on a person, ii, 5.

pdtashah (xfTrnnf ) or P^asheh (xTRT^Tf ) a k^g- Tnis word is
given with either of these spellings almost at random in the
stories as written in the nagari character. I have followed
them in this.

sg. nom. pdtashah, ii, 8, 10, 1 (bis) ; iii, 1 (ter), 2 (bis),
3, 4 (several times), 5, 6, 7 (ter), 8 ; v, 7, 9, 11 ; vi, 9, 10,
1, 2, 6 (quater) ; viii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 (bis), 6, 7 (ter), 8, 11
(ter), 2, 3 (quater), 4 (bis) ; x, 4, 10 (bis), 2 (bis), 4 (quater) ;
xii, 3, 4, 9, 19 (bis), 20 (bis), 4 (bis), 5 ; -bay, a king's wife,
a queen, viii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 (quater), 4, 6 (bis), 11 (quater),
2 (bis), 3 (bis) ; -hud* (= -kuru, bel.), v, 5 ; -kuru, a king's
daughter, a princess, v, 2 (bis), 5, 8 (bis), 9 (several times),
10 ; xii, 1 (bis), 2 (ter). With suff. of indef. art. patashahd,
viii, 1.

patasheh, ii, 5, 8, 9 ; xii, 5, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4 ; patasheh-kur",
a princess, xii, 10 (ter), 3 (ter), 5, 21, 5. With suff. of indef.
art. pdtashehd akh, viii, 7, 11 ; patashehah, ii, 1.

sg. dat. patashdhas, iii, 3 ; viii, 1.

369 VOCABULARY pydla

pdtashehas, i, 8 ; ii, 1, 3 (bis), 4, 5, 11 ; iii, 1, 3, 5, 9 ;

v, 7 (bis), 9 (ter), 10, 1 ; vi, 16 ; viii, 1, 2, 5 (bis), 7 (bis), 13 ;

x, 1, 2, 10, 1, 2 (bis) ; xii, 1, 3 (ter), 4 (quater), 5 (ter), 9,

11, 2, 3, 8, 9 (bis), 20 (bis), 1, 2, 3.
sg. ag. pdtashdhan, ii, 11 ; vi, 11 ; viii, 5.
pdtashehan, i, 10 ; ii, 1, 4 (bis), 8 ; iii, 1, 8 (bis), 9 ; vi,

15 (bis) ; viii, 6, 11 (ter), 3 (bis) ; x, 2 (ter), 6 (bis), 7, 12 ;

xii, 4 (bis), 5, 11, 9, 21, 4.

sg. gen. patashaha-sondu, ii, 10; v, 10; vi, 11; sand*

(m. pi.), viii, 1, 13 ; -siinz", v, 7 (bis) ; viii, 1 ; x, 14 ; -sanze,

v, 2, 4 ; -sanzi, v, 4 ; xii, 4.
pdtasheha-sondu, xii, 1, 4 ; -sandis, ii, 5, 6, 7 ; v, 11 ;

xii, 22 ; -sandi, ii, 9 ; -sanden, viii, 1, 6 ; -sandyau, viii, 5 ;

-sum", x, 5 ; xii, 1 ; -sanze, v, 1 (bis) ; xii, 4, 5 ; -sanzi, xii, 5.
pdtashdhi, f. royalty, sovereignty, the state or condition of a king,

x, 2, 4, 9 ; a kingdom, x, 11 ; xii, 19 ; — karunu, to rule,

exercise sovereignty, viii, 12 ; x, 4 ; xii, 26 ; sg. loc. patashdhi-

manz, xii, 19 ; gen. -hondu poshdkh, a royal robe, x, 2, 9 ;

pi. dat. pdtashohiyen-kyutu , x, 11.
pdtasheham, inter j. my king! your Majesty! ii, 4 ; v, 9 (bis);

viii, 2, 6 (bis), 7, 8 (bis), 10 (bis), 3 ; x, 2 (bis), 6, 12 (bis) ;

xii, 3 (bis), 19 (bis), 23.
pdtashahzdda, m. a king's son, a prince ; sg. dat. -zddas, viii, 5 ;

pi. nom. -zdda, viii, 3 (bis), 11 (ter) ; dat. -zddan, viii, 4 (bis),

11 (bis) ; gen. -zddan-hondu, viii, 4.
patyumu, adj. last, final ; m. sg. abl. patimi pahara, at the last

watch (of the night), v, 8.
pdwun, to cause to fall ; impve. sg. 2, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace.

pdwun patliar, cause him to fall down, iii, 9 ; fut. impve.

me pbvhi ydd, cause memory of me to fall, i.e. make (so and

so) remember me, vi, 11.
pay, m. a clue (for discovering a thief, etc.), iii, 3.
pay, m. a means ; mokalan pay, a means of salvation, ix, 11.
pydday, m. a messenger ; the messenger of death, x, 12.
pydla, m. a cup. viii, 7 ; dba-pydla, a water-cup, viii, 7 ; sg. dat.

lodun pydlas db, he filled the cup with water, viii, 7 ; pyalas

chuh ihaph kariih, he holds the cup, viii, 7.

pyonu HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 370

pyonu, to fall, vii, 19 ; x, 5 ; to fall, throw oneself down (before a
person, in humility), ix, 1 ; to fall (into a place), to trespass
(into a garden or the like), v, 7 (bis) ; to fall (of sound, on
a person's ears), xii, 15 ; to fall to a person's lot, to happen
to him, to be felt by him, vii, 30 (love) ; viii, 9 (bis) (poverty),
11 (pity) ; ix, 2 (calamity) ; x, 3 (adversity) ; to fall (of
sleep), v, 5, 7 ; to fall (in a person's way), to be encountered,
vii, 12.

wasiih pyonu, to fall down (= Hindi gir parnd), ii, 3, 6 ;
pyonu pathar, to fall to the ground, to fall down, ii, 11 ;
bemdr pyonu, to fall sick, v, 1 ; pyonu petarun, a load of
responsibility to fall (on a person, dat.), ii, 5 ; pyom wanun,
it is fallen to me to speak, I shall have to speak, xii, 10 ;
pyos ndv, a name fell to him, he was named (so and so),
xii, 4 ; ydd pyonu, memory to fall to so and so, so and so to
remember, iii, 5 ; vii, 20 ; xii, 15 ; amis dodu 6su pemotu ydd,
she remembered the pain, xii, 15 ; chits pewdn nayistdn ydd,
she remembers the cane-brake, vii, 26.

impve. sg. 3, peyin, ix, 2 ; indie, fut. pi. 1, with suff. 3rd
pres. sg. dat. pemos, ix, 1 ; pres. m. sg. 3, with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. dat. chus pewdn, vii, 26 ; m. pi. 3, pewdn, vii, 20.

past m. sg. 3, pyauv, xii, 15 (bis) ; pev, ii, 3, 5, 6, 11 ;
iii, 5 ; v, 1, 7 (bis) ; viii, 9 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat.
pyom, vii, 12 ; xii, 10 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. pyos,
v, 6 ; viii, 11 ; x, 5 ; xii, 4 ; f. sg. 3, with suff. 1st pers.
sg. dat. peyem, vii, 19 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. peyes,
v, 5 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. peyekh, v, 7.

perf . m. sg. 3, chuh pemotu, x, 3 ; plup. m. sg. 3, 6su pemotu,
viii, 9 ; xii, 15 ; fut. subj. f. sg. 3, dsi pemiitsu, vii, 30.

pydwal, adj. (of a woman), fresh from childbirth ; f. pi. pydwal,
xi, 7.

poz, m. a hawk, falcon, vi, 16 (bis) ; viii, 7 (quater) ; sg. dat. (for
ace.) poms, viii, 7.

pozu, adj. true, x, 8 ; with emph. y, as adv. pozuy, x, 6 (ter) ; m.
sg. ag. pdzi-pothi, really, truly, x, 6, 10 ; see poth*.

pazun, to be proper = gatshun 1, and used in the same way, the
future being used in the sense of the present.

371 VOCABULARY rasad

fut. sg. 3, interrog. yl pazya, is this proper ? is this right ?
vi, 8.

racen, see ratun.

rud1, rudu, riidu?notu, see rozun.

rah, m. a fault ; mati rah ladun, to impose a fault on (so and so's)
shoulder, to charge a person with a crime, v, 9.

rahaih (? gender) (=pers. rdhat), rest, repose, ease, tranquillity.
kara rahath, I will make ease, I shall be at ease, ix, 4.

raje, m. a king (esp. a Hindu king) (the usual form of this word is
raza, but in these stories it only occurs in Nos. x and xi,
and, there, under the form raje), x, 7, 8, 14 (ter) ; sg. dat.
rdjes, x, 7, 8 (bis), 14 ; ag. rdjen, x, 8 (bis), 14 ; gen. rdje-
sunzu, the king's (daughter), x, 7 (bis) ; voc. raje, xi, 2
(addressed by Queen Victoria to Sir Douglas Forsyth).

In composition we have voc. rdje-sa, Your Majesty ! x, 8
(bis) ; raje-sob (nom. sg.), His Majesty, x, 8 ; voc. rdje-sbba,
Your Majesty ! x, 7 ; rdje-bikarmdjeih, King Vikramaditya,
ag. -bikarmajetan, x, 8 ; gen. f . -bikarmdjetun", x, 6.

rajy, m. ruling (as a king) ; — karun, to rule, x, 14.

rajezdda, a prince ; pi. nom. rajezdda, xi, 7.

rakh, f. a plain kept for the pasturage of the king's cattle, x, 5 ;
sg. dat. rakhi, x, 12 (bis).

rukhsath, m. permission to depart, leave of absence, conge ; — dyuri",
to give a person leave to depart, to dismiss, xii, 25 ; — hyonu,
to take leave to depart, to take leave, xii, 10, 3.

rumdl, f. a handkerchief, kerchief, towel ; sg. dat. rumdli-keth,
in a kerchief, iii, 2.

rinz\ see ryunzu.

rapat, m. a report (the English word) ; — dyunu, to make a report,
v, 9.

ropay, m. a rupee ; ropaye-hath, a hundred rupees, viii, 9, 10 ;
x, 6 ; ropayes tsor hath, four hundred rupees, x, 1, 2 ; rdpayes
pants hath, five hundred rupees, viii, 10 (bis) ; x, 1, 2 (bis).

rasad, f. assembling of provisions, etc., xi, 5 ; share, portion,
quota, proportionate division, xi, 10; — karun11, to collect
supplies, xi, 5 ; — kdrHhan dnlhay nan-gar, menial cultivators
were brought in (from the villages), (each village) providing
its proportionate quota, xi, 10.

Bb

roshu HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 372

roshu, m. a necklace, v, 10, 12.

rostu (f. rutsh"), an adjectival suffix signifying " without " ; banana- •
rostu, without what is fated, (no one) escapes from what is
fated, vii, 23.

rath 1, m. night ; sg. dat. rotas, by night, x, 1, 6 ; xii, 4 ; rdtas-
rdth, on this very night, xy 5, 12 ; sg. gen. m. pi. rdtak1, of
last night, v, 9.

rath 2, f. night ; — aye, night came, x, 5 ; — bariin", to pass the
night, i, 10 ; — lagunu, night to come on, viii, 9 ; — kadiin*,
to pass the night, x, 11 : xii, 5 ; — gaye add, the night went to
completion, the night came to an end, x, 8 ; xii, 9, 12 ;
with suff. of indef. art. rdthdh, xii, 5 ; sg. gen. rots^-hond" ,
iii, 1.

rath 3, adv. doh ta rath, day and night, i.e. always, continually,
vii, 3 ; rdth-kyutu, by night. Cf . ratsas.

reth, m. a month, sg. dat. retas, pi. nom. reth, dat. retan, as in the
following : retas-kyutu kharaj or retas kharaj, a month's
expenditure, salary for a month, xii, 4 ; tren retan-kyutu kharaj,
salary for three months, xii, 5, 11 ; reth gav add, a month
went to completion, a month came to an end, xii, 4 ; trih
reth gay add, three months came to an end, xii, 11 ; trih
reth gay, three months passed, xii, 6.

ratHi, adv. by night, viii, 9.

rqtan, m. a jewel ; ratana-koru, a bracelet of jewels, xii, 10, 12,
14 (bis), 15 (bis), 18, 20.

ratun, to take hold of, grasp, seize, iii, 5 ; to seize, capture, ii, 11 ;
to arrest (a prisoner), v, 7 (bis), 9 ; x, 5, 12 (bis) ; to take
hold of, take, accept, viii, 3, 4 (bis) ; x, 3, 5, 8?, 12 ; goldm
ratun, to engage as a servant, viii, 13 ; latan tal ratun, to
hold under the feet, viii, 7 ; mokh ratun, to seize (so and so's)
face, to look intently at, v, 9 ; ketshdh nokhta ratun, to find
some fault with (dat.), to get up some charge against, xii, 19 ;
ydd ratun, to seize the memory, to keep on the memory,
i, 7.

conj. part, ratith, ii, 11 ; iii, 5 ; v, 7, 9 (bis) ; x, 5 ; impve.
sg. 2, rath, i, 7 ; viii, 4 ; pol. sg. 2, rathta, xii, 19 ; past sg. m.
rotu, x, 5, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. rotun, viii, 7 ; x, 3 ;

373 VOCABULARY sa 2

with sufl. 2nd pers. pi. ag. rotuwa, x, 12 ; pi. rat\ v, 7 ; viii,

13 ; f. sg. ruf, x, 8 ; with sufl. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers.

pi. abl. rutunakh, viii, 3 ; pi. with sufl. 3rd pers. sg. ag. racen,

viii, 4 ; perf. m. sg. 3, chuh rotumotu, x, 12.
rdtun, to cause to be grasped, to cause to stick ; perf. part. m. sg.

rdtumotu, viii, 1 (of a thorn).
ratsh, f ., a very small amount of (anything) ; ratshi-han, v, 6 (bis),

or ratshi-hand, v, 6 (bis), id.
rdtsas, adv. by night, viii, 5. Cf . rath, 3.
rawdna, adj. dispatched, sent ; — karun, to dispatch, x, 3.
riwun, to lament ; pres. f. sg. 1, ches riwdn, vii, 22.
ray, f . belief, judgment, opinion ; thought, meditation, deliberation ;

an intention, viii, 11 ; — karun* , to consider, think, xii, 15.
ryunzu, a ball (such as children play with) ; pi. nom. rinz*, v,

3 (bis), 4 (several times), 5.
raz, f. a rope ; gdsa-raz, a grass rope, xi, 9.
reza, m. a piece, a fragment ; — karun, to cut to fragments.
rozun, to remain, continue, i, 5 ; ii, 9 ; vii, 18, 20 (bis), 3 ; x, 1,

6, 8 ; xii, 1, 15, 8 ; to wait a while, to wait, vii, 9 ; to abide,

continue in one place, ix, 6, 8, 10, 2 ; path rozun, to remain

behind, to remain over and above, to be all that is left, xii, 23 ;

pdma rdzan, reproaches will remain, i.e. (1) shall get a bad

name, x, 3.

inf. abl. beddr rozana-soty, by means of remaining awake,

x, 8 ; forming inf. of purpose, rozani ay, came in order to

stay, x, 6, 8, 10, 2 ; freq. part, ruz* ruz{, remaining con-
tinually, vii, 18 ; pres. part, rdzan, vii, 23 ; perf. part.

rudumotu, i, 5 ; xii, 23 ; impve. pol. pi. 2, ruz^v, vii, 9 ;

indie, fut. sg. 2 interrog. rozakha, xii, VS ; 3, rozi, x, 1, 6 ;

pi. 3, rdzan, x, 3 ; pres. f . sg. 3, with sufl. 3rd pers. pi. dat.

nakha rdzan chekh-na, she does not remain near them, ii, 9 ;

past m. sg. 3, rudu, xii, 1, 15 ; pi. 3, rud', vii, 20 (bis).
sa 1, see tih.
sa 2, a vocative sufl., equivalent to our " sir " or " sirs ".

Attached to : —
(a) A noun, rdje-sa, Your Majesty ! x, 8 (bis).
(6) Verbs, ansa, bring, sir, xii, 10 ; anukh-sa, bring them,

SO i

HATIATS SONGS AND STORIES 374

sir, x, 12 ; di-sa, give, sir, x, 8 ; gatsh-sa, go, sir, ii, 9 ; nin-sa,
take her, sir, xii, 25 ; niriv-sa, go forth, sirs, x, 9 ; pakiv-sa,
walk, sirs, x, 1 ; wan-sa, tell, sir, x, 1 (bis), 2 ; wanta-sa,
please tell, sir, ii, 4 ; waniv-sa, say, sirs, x, 6.

(c) A conjunction, yina-sa, that not, sir, xii, 1.

(d) An interjection, hata-sa, 0, sirs, x, 5.

sob (= sahib), an honorific suffix; rdje-sbb, His Majesty, x, 8;

sg. voc. rdje-soba, Your Majesty ! x, 7 ; Khodd-Sob, God ;

sg. dat. Khodd-Sbbas, x, v ; ag. Khodd-Soban, iii, 8 (bis).
sabab, m. a reason, cause, viii, 5.
subuh, m. morning, dawn, x, 8 ; xii, 9 ; subahan, adv. in the

morning, at dawn, x, 11 ; subahanas, id., xii, 12 ; subahas, id.,

xii, 5.
Subhdn, m. N.P., Sublmn, N. of the author of the 7th story in

this collection, — The Tale of the Reed-flute.
sabakh, m. a lecture, lesson, reading ; sabakh dapun, to teach a

lesson, iv, 4 ; v, 5 ; — parun, to read a lesson, to study,

viii, 3, 4 ; sg. dat. sabakas, viii, 3 (bis), 11 ; sabakas dsun,

to be at a lesson, to be at school, viii, 11 ; ches-na tshun"-

mutsu nbyid sabakas, I (fern.) was not taught a barber's lesson,

I did not learn barber's work, v, 6.
Sbbir Tilaiv6nu, m. N.P., Sabir, the oilseller, N. of the author of the

11th story in this collection, — How Forsyth Sahib went to

conquer Yarkand.
saddh, .m. a sound, viii, 9.
soda, m. goods, wares, merchandise, viii, 9 ; marketing, bargaining,

acting as a merchant, iii, 1 ; v, 10 ; sg. dat. soddhas, iii, 1 ; v, 10.
sodagar [iii, 3 (bis), 4] or soddgar [iii, 1 (ter), 3 ; v, 11 (bis) ; viii,

9 (bis), 10 (bis)], m. a merchant ; with suff. of indef. art.

sodagard, viii, 9 ; soddgard akh, viii, 9 ; sg. dat. soddgaras,

iii, 2 ; soddgaras, viii, 9, 10 ; ag. soddgaran, viii, 9, 10 ;

gen. soddgara-sondu, iii, 1 ; soddgdra-sondu, iii, 1 ; pi. gen.

soddgdran-hondu, viii, 9.

soddgar-bdy, f . a merchant's wife, iii, 1 (bis), 2, 3 ; sg. dat.

-baye, iii, 1, 2.
Sodurabal, m. N. of a place in Kashmir ; with emph. y, Sodurabalay,

only in Sodurabal, vii, 31.

375 VOCABULARY shthmar

soh, suh, see tih.

shech1, f. a message ; — ladunu, to send a message, x, 3 (ter).

sohib, m. a possessor, owner, lord, great man ; a European gentle-
man, xi, 20 (referring to Sir Douglas Forsyth) ; a title of
courtesy added to the name of a European gentleman,
Phdrsat sohibunu (of Mr. Forsyth), xi, title ; God, iv, 4, 5 ;
ix, 3 ; sohib-e dgdh, an intelligent master, i.e. a master of
recondite learning, a profound magician, ii, 9 ; sohib-i-kitah,
a master of books, a famous author, x, 13 ; sg. gen. Sohiba-
sondu, of God, iv, 4, 5 ; Phdrsat sohiburi" (treated as part of
a proper name), xi, fcitle ; sg. voc. Sohibo, 0 God ! ix, 3.
Bdr-Sohib, the Almighty, vii, 2, 3 ; ag. — Sohiban, vii, 5.

shubun, to shine ; to be beautiful, ii, 4, 5 ; vii, 10 ; to be beautiful,
to be glorious, vii, 5 ; to be becoming, to suit, be worthy,
be proper, xii, 4, 5.

pres. m. pi. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. gen. chis shubdn,
vii, 5 ; imperf. f. sg. 1, osus shubdn, vii, 10 ; durative past
conditional, dsihe shubdn, it would have been (i.e. it must
have been, it probably was) beautiful, ii, 4 ; (I would see) how
beautiful it was, ii, 5 ; past cond. sg. 3, shubiheh, xii, 4, 5.

shod", m. news, intelligence, ii, 10.

shah, sheh 1, m. a king; shehan-shah, a king of kings, an emperor,
i, 1 ; shdh-i-yilsuph, King Joseph, vi, 1 ; sg. ag. shehan, i, 7.

sheh 2, card. six. sheh zane, six females, xii, 6, 7 ; pi. dat. shea
kbd-khdnan, for six prisons, v, 7 ; shen zanen, for (of) six
females, xii, 6.

shohi, f . royalty ; khalH-e-shdhi, a robe of honour of royalty, a
royal robe, x, 4 (ter).

shehulu 1, m. coolness, cold, i, 11.

shehulu 2, adj. cool ; (of sleep) cold, the reverse of deep, v, 6 ;
f. sg. nom. yiyiy nendar shehuju, sleep will come to thee cold,
i.e. you will lose the desire to sleep, but it also means cool
(refreshing) sleep will come to you, and is misunderstood by
the hearer in this sense, v, 6 (bis).

shehmdr, m. a great snake, a huge poisonous python, viii, 6 (bis) ;
13 (bis) ; with suff. of indef. art. shehmdrd, viii, 7 ; sg. dat.
shehmdras, viii, 6, 13 ; gen. shehmdra-sondu , viii, 6, 13 (bis).

shehar HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 376

shehar, m. a city, x, 9 ; a country, ii, 1 ; shehar-e-Yirdn, the land

of Persia, ii, 1 ; with sufT. of indef. art. shehard, v, 1.

sg. dat. sheharas, (went) to the city, x, 10 ; riizikh sheharas,

(arrived) near the city, x, 3 ; sheharas and-Jcun, (arrived) at

the outskirts of the city, x, 5 ; sheharas-kun, (went, etc.)

towards the city, set out for the city, x, 3, 5, 12 ; sheharas-

manz, in the city, v, 11 ; x, 14 ; into the city, v, 9 ; sheharas

akis-manz, (arrived) at a certain city, xii, 2 ; sheharas nebar,

(he was taken) outside the city, x, 5.
gen. sheharakis, (to the king) of the city, xii, 3.
abl. shehara dur, far from the city, viii, 11 ; shehara-

manza, from in the city, viii, 11 ; tsaliv yimi shehara, flee ye

from this city, xiii, 11.
shdhzdda, a prince ; sg. dat. -zadas, viii, 13 ; pi. nom. -zdda, viii,

5, 11 (bis), 3.
shalch, f . a branch ; shakha-bargau-soty, (beautiful) with the leaves

of (my) branches, vii, 10.
shekh, m. anxiety ; — gafshun, anxiety to occur, anxiety to be felt,

v, 8 ; xii, 15.
shekhats, m. a person, an individual ; with suff. of indef. art.

shekhtsd, x, 1 ; shekhtsdh akh, xii, 3 ; sg. dat. shekhtsas, x,

2 (bis) ; ag. shekhtsan, x, 2, 6.
shekal, f . a form, shape ; poshdkas kurun shekal yinsdn-hishti, he

folded his clothes into the shape of a man, x, 7.
shikam, m. the belly ; sg. dat. shikamas-manz, (entered) into (her)

belly, x, 7 (bis) ; abl. shika?na-manza, (issued) forth from (her)

belly, x, 7 (bis).
shikar, m. hunting, sport, the chase ; sg. dat. shikaras, ii, 4, 8 ;

viii, 7.
shikast, m. weakness, sickness ; sg. abl. shikasta-soty, owing to (his)

weak condition, v, 5.
sholun, to shine, flame (of a lamp) ; pres. sg. m. sg. 3, sholan chuh,

vi, 6.
sham, m. evening ; shaman-bog1 , at about evening, at eventide,

v,5.
shemdh, m. the flame of a lamp, vi, 6 ; viii, 13 ; x, 7 (bis).
shumdr, f . counting, enumeration ; shumdr buzu, the counting was

377 VOCABULARY sakharun

heard, i.e. the roll-call was heard, the roll was called, xi, 16.

Cf. be-shumdr.
shemsher, f. a sword, viii, 6, 13 ; x, 7 ; — kadunu, to draw a sword,

viii, 13 ; x, 7 ; — layun", to give a blow with a sword, viii, 6 ;

— tuliin", to raise a sword (in order to strike), ii, 7 ; iii, 9

(ter) ; x, 7 ; sg. dat. kilrus thaph shemsheri, she seized the

sword, iii, 9 ; gen. shemsheri-hondu teg, the blade of a sword,

viii, 6, 13 ; shemsheri-hunz* tsundut a blow of a sword, a

sword-cut, iii, 5, 6.
sJidnd, m. a bed-pillow ; shdnd dyunu, to put (anything) under

one's pillow, x, 7 ; khora ches kardn shdnd, she goes from the

foot of the bed to the pillow, v, 5 ; sg. abl. shdnda, v, 5.
shortgun, to go to sleep; past m. sg. 3, shpngu, x, 7. The conj.

part, shongith, having gone to sleep, is used as an adjective,

meaning " asleep ", viii, 7.
shendkh, m. one who recognizes, in lal-shendkh, one who recognizes

rubies, a lapidary. See lal-shendkh, s.v. lal 1.
shdph, m. a charm, spell, incantation ; amis shdph dyutun, she

pronounced a spell over him, xii, 15 ; shdph tulunas, she took

the spell off him, xii, 15. Cf. kasam.
shdr, m. a poem, xi, title.
shor, m. in shora-gdh, an outcry, vi, 12, 3.
shuru, m. an infant, a child ; shur^bdshe, child-talk, infantine

babbling, v, 2.
shrdkh, f. a knife, x, 13.
sherikh, m. a sharer, partner, i, 10.
sherun, to put in order, to arrange ; conj. part, shirith trdwun, to

make ready (for a person), x, 7 ; fut. pi. 1, sherav, xi, 12, 7.
shranz, 1 m. a blacksmith's tongs, xi, 16.
shestruwu, adj. made of iron, xii, 16, 7 ; m. sg. abl. shestravi, xii, 16 ;

pi. nom. shestrdv', v, 4 ; fern. sg. nom. shestriiv", v, 4 ; abl.

shestravi, v, 4.
Shetdn, m. Satan, iii, 8 ; sg. ag. Shetdnan, iii, 8.
shotsh, m. purity, the condition of not being denied, hence (x, 3)

pure (i.e. undefiled) food.
sakharun, to prepare to set out, make ready to depart.
II past, m. pi. 3, sakharyey, xii, 18.

sakath HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 378

sakath, adj. hard, severe, vii, 13, 18.

sal, a feast, vi, 2 ; a wedding feast, v, 9 ; sg. dat. solas, v, 9 ;

vi, 2.
sol, m. a stroll, ramble, walk, taking the air, excursion, with sufl.

of indef. of art. solah, ii, 2 ; sg. dat. solas, ii, 4, 8 ; iii, 1 ;

viii, 7.
sulu, dawn ; suli, at dawn, xii, 23 ; soli-gare (m.c. for suli-gari),

at dawn time, v, 7.
salah, m. advice, viii, 11 ; thaviv me-soty salah, make ye a con-
sultation with me, i.e. have an understanding with me, have

an intrigue with me, viii, 3.
salam, f. peace (in Arabic formulas), x, 14 ; xii, 26 ; a bow, saluta-
tion ; a complimentary present, viii, 3 (bis), 11 ; — karunu,

to make a bow, to salute, iii, 1 ; xii, 4, 5, 9, 12, 3, 6, 7, 20, 3 ;

— pdlunu, id., xii, 16 ; sg. dat. salami, viii, 3.
sultan, m. a Sultan ; Sultdn-i-Mahmod-i-Gaznavi, Sultan Mahmiid

of Ghaznl, i, 1.
salay, f. a spike, v, 4 ; sg. abl. salayi-soty, with, or by means of,

a spike, v, 4 (bis).
Sulaymdn, m. N.P. Solomon, xii, 17.
sama, m. heaven ; arz o samd, earth and heaven, vii, 26.
sumbu, adj. ; adequate (for), sufficient (for) ; retas sumbu, (money)

sufficient for a month, xii, 4 ; m. pi. nom. lal tratis sumo1,

rubies enough for a necklace, sufficient to make a necklace,

xii, 5.
sgmbarun, to collect, bring together, amass ; fut. pass. part. m. sg.

cydnu gatshi sgmbarunu, you must collect, xii, 21 ; conj. part.

sgmbarith, ix, 9 ; pres. m. pi. 3, chih sombaran, xi, 7.
sdmb^rawun, i.q. sgmbarun ; fut. pass. part. m. pi. gatshan

somb^rawan1, they must be collected, xii, 24 ; past m. sg.

sombar6wu, xii, 21,4; with surf. 2nd pers. sg. ag. sombar6wuth,

xii, 24.
samakhun, to meet a person, have an interview with, to encounter ;

past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. samokhukJt, xii, 25.
saman, m. requisites, materials, appliances, vii, 5 ; xi, 9 ; pomp and
circumstance, xi, 20 ; sdruy saman, the entire appliance, xi, 9 ;
ba-s6ruy-samdn, with all pomp, xi, 20 ; pi. nom. saman, vii, 5.

379

VOCABULARY

sond*

samsdr, the world, iv, 1, etc.

son
sdn

sg. dat. samsdras, for samsdras-
manz, in the world, ix, 6.
sdn, postpos. with ; gdta-sdn, with skill, skilfully, i, 6.
sina, m. the bosom, vii, 21.

son, m. gold ; sg. gen. sona-sondu, made of gold ; m. pi. nom.
sona-sdnd*, v, 3, 4 (bis), 5 ; f . sg. sdna-siinz*, v, 1 ; sdna-kan,
an ear adorned with golden ears ; pi. dat. with emph. y, sdna-
kananciy, vii, 11.

adj . deep ; — Jchash, a deep cut, v, 6.

possess, pron. our, x, 12 ; with emph. y, sonuy, viii, 13 ;
f. sg. nom. sonu, viii, 11 ; x, 5.
sondu, postpos. of gen. Added

A. to masc. sg. animate nouns. goldma-sondu, of the
servant, viii, 6 ; khoddye-sondu, of God, xii, 7 ; lal-shendka-
sondu, of the lapidary, xii, 8, 25 ; mbli-sondu, of the father,
xii, 21, 2 ; phakira-sondu, of the faqlr, x, 12 ; pdtashdha-
sondut of the king, ii, 10 ; v, 10 ; vi, 11 ; pdtasheha-sondu,
of the king, xii, 1, 4 ; soddgara-sondu, of the merchant, iii, 1 ;
sdddgdra-sondu, id., iii, 1 ; Sohiba-sondu, of the Master (i.e. of
God), iv, 4, 5 ; shehmdra-sondu , of the python, viii, 6, 13 ;
sonara-sondu, of the goldsmith, v, 2 ; ydra-sondu, of the friend,
x, 4, 11 ; Yusupha-sondu, of Joseph, vi, 10 ; zdni-sondu,
of the person, viii, 11.

hihara-sandis, of the father-in-law, x, 12 ; pdtasheha-sandis,
of the king, ii, 5, 6, 7 ; v, 11 ; xii, 22.

mbli-sandi, of the father, xii, 21 ; patasheha-sandi, of the
king, ii, 9 ; wazira-sandi, of the vizier, xii, 4, 5 .

pdtashaha-sdnd1, of the king, viii, 1, 13 ; sonara-sdnd* , of
the goldsmith, v, 10.
pdtasheha-sanden, of the king, viii, 1, 6.
pdtasheha-sandyau, of the king, viii, 5.
goldma-silnzu, of the servant, viii, 11 ; Jchdwanda-sunz",
of the husband, iii, 2 ; moP-sunz", of the father, xii, 19,
20 (ter) ; phakira-siinzu, of the faqlr, x, 8, 14 ; pdtashdha-
sunzu, of the king, v, 7 (bis) ; viii, 1 ; x, 14 ; pdtasheha-
silnzii, of the king, x, 5 ; xii, 1 ; rdje-sunzu, of the king, x,
7 (bis) ; sonara-siinz", of the goldsmith, v, 1, 3, 10.

sangsdr HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 380

pdtashaha-sanze, of the king, v, 2, 4 ; pdtasheha-sanze,
of the king, v, 1 (bis) ; xii, 4, 5.

pdtashaha-sanzi, of the king, v, 4 ; xii, 4 ; pdtasheha-sanzi,
of the king, xii, 5 ; sonara-sanzi, of the goldsmith, v, 7, 9
(bis) ; ydra-sanzi, of the friend, x, 4.

B. Used with masc. sg. inan. noun, to indicate the material
of which a thing is made, sona-sand*, made of gold, v, 3,
4 (bis), 5 ; sona-siinz", id., v, 1.

C. With sg. an. pron. m. or f. dmi-sondu, of him, v, 3 ;
viii, 6, 8, 10 ; of her, xii, 7.

drrf-sandi, of her, x, 5 ; tdm'-sandi, of him, i, 3 ; vii, 6.
dmt-sunz*, of him, iii, 4 ; xii, 4 ; dmt-sanzi, of her, xii, 15 ;
tdmi-silnzii, of her, xii, 15 ; nazari tdnf-sanzi-soty, owing to his
seeing (me), vii, 13.
sangsdr, m. lapidation, stoning (the punishment), viii, 8.
Sonamarg, f . N. of a marg or mountain plateau in the Sind valley
of Kashmir, celebrated for its flowery meads. It is a favourite
camping ground for European visitors ; sg. dat. Sonamargi,
at Sonamarg, xi, 3.
sonar, m. a goldsmith, v, 1 (bis), 3, 5 (bis), 6, 7, 9, 10 (bis) ; sg. dat.
sonaras, v, 9 ; gen. sdnara-sondu, v, 2 ; -sand1 (m. pi. nom.),
v, 10 ; -sunz* (f. sg. nom.), v, 1, 3, 10 ; -sanzi (f. sg. ag.),
v, 7, 9 (bis).
sg. ag. irreg. sonar (for sonaran), v, 4.
sonar-ath, the goldsmiths' market, the goldsmiths' quarter
(of a town), v, 7.
This word is more usually sonur or sonar.
saniyds, m. a kind of Hindu ascetic, a Samnydsin, v, 10, 11
(quater) ; sg. dat. saniydsas, v, 12 ; voc. (poet.) saniydsu,
v, 11.
sapadun, sapanun, to become.

fut. sg. 2, sapadakh, vi, 11 ; interrog. sapadakha, iii, 2 ;
3, sapadi, vi, 16 ; past m. sg. 3, sapodu, iii, 7 ; sapodu saivar,
he became mounted, he mounted (a horse), xii, 1 ; with suff.
1st pers. sg. dat. sapodum, there became to me (crushing),
I became (crushed), vii, 13 ; f . sg. 2 with neg. suft\ sapuzukh-na,
thou didst not become, iii, 2 ; pi. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat.

381 VOCABULARY sarun

sapanes zah hatha sara, two statements became tested for
him, i.e. he had two statements tested, x, 4.

saphar, m. travelling, a journey, xii, 25 ; sg. dat. sapharas, x, 1,
6 (bis) ; gen. (poet, for sapharuku) sapharunu, xi, 3.

sapanes, see sapadun.

sar, m. the head ; sar tsatun, to behead, viii, 11.

sara 1, m. investigation, testing, x, 4 ; sara karun, to test, viii, 13 ;
x, 2, 6 (ter), 14. In this phrase, the grammatical object is the
thing tested, as in karen tsor katha (f. pi.) sara, he tested four
statements (x, 6). Similarly sapanes zah katha sara, two
statements became tested for him, i.e. he had two statements
tested (x, 4). Cf. saragi.

sara 2, see sarun.

sdr*, an old word, now used in compounds such as sar* gatshun,
to be flooded, to be covered with a flood of water, iv, 3.

ser, adj. satisfied, contented, i, 3.

sir, m. a secret, a mystery, ii, 4 ; sir bdwun, to explain a secret,
vii, 21 ; me ma kar siras phdsh, do not accuse my secret
(parts) of unchastity, i.e. do not disgrace me by letting me
remain naked, xii, 7.

sdru, adj. all. This word is always used with emph. y; m. sg.
nom. sdruy, iii, 1 ; v, 7, 9 ; xi, 9 ; xii, 19 ; bd sdruy sdmdn,
with all pomp, xi, 20 ; pi. nom. soriy, iii, 4 ; v, 9 ; vi, 16.

sur, m. ashes, xii, 23 ; sur mathun, to rub ashes over one's body
(like a Hindu ascetic), v, 9 ; toka-sur, ashes of crushing,
i.e. crushing into a powder like ashes, crushing to powder,
vii, 13.

sg. dat. suras-manz, in the ashes, xii, 23 ; abl. sura-manza,
from amid the ashes, xii, 23.

sarda, m. coolness, i, 11.

saragi, f. investigation, testing, viii, 7 (bis), 8, 10 ; x, 7. Cf. sara 1.

sreh, m. moisture ; with suff. of indef . art. aba-srehd, a water-
moisture, a slight trickle of moisture, viii, 7.

srdn, m. bathing ; — karun, to bathe (oneself), xii, 6 (bis), 7 (bis) ;
sg. dat. srdnas, v, 9.

sarun, to remember ; fut. sg. 1, sara, xi, 14.

sarun, to carry goods from one place to another, and there to

saraph HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 382

collect them, to pile up ; conj. part, sorith, ix, 9 ; pres. part.
sdrdn, xi, 10 ; pres. m. pi. 3, chih sdrdn, xi, 6.

saraph, m. a serpent, x, 13.

susurdray, f. a rustling sound, xii, 23.

suti, see tih.

sath, card, seven ; (preceding noun) sath kuth1, seven rooms, vi, 3 ;
sath hel1, seven ears of corn, vi, 15 ; (following noun) nag sath.
seven springs, vi, 15 ; govu sath, seven cows, vi, 15 (fern.) ;
lal sath, seven rubies, x, 2, 5, 12 (bis) ; doha lal sath sath,
seven rubies each day, xii, 9.

pi. dat. satan kbd-khdnan, to seven prisons, v, 8 ; satan
helm (for ace), seven ears of corn, vi, 15 ; satan govun (for
ace.) seven cows (fern.), vi, 15 ; ndgan satan (for ace), seven
springs, vi, 15 ; lalan satan petit, on the seven rubies, x, 5 ;
abl. satav-manza, from among the seven, x, 12 ; satav zamlnav
tdl\ below the seven worlds, iii, 8.

sath, m. a particular instant of time, a moment, vii, 8 ; with sun\
of indef. art. sdthdh, during a moment of time, for a short
time, ii, 4 ; sdthd, id., vi, 3 ; vii, 9.

sg. abl. ami sata, at that time, iii, 6 ; xii, 4, 15 ; with
emph. y, yemi sdtay, at what time verily, vii, 8.

soth, m. the season of spring ; sdta, in the spring time, ix, 7.

sethdh, adj. very much ; sethdh yinsdph, great pity, viii, 4. adv.
very, very much, exceedingly. With adj. preceding the word
qualified, as in viii, 1, 9 (bis) ; or following it as in khobsurath
sethdh, very beautiful, xii, 4, 5 ; but sethdh khobsurath, xii,
10, 5 ; khota sethdh khobsurath, much more beautiful than,
xii, 10. With a verb, sethdh gav khosh, became much pleased,
viii, 11 ; xii, 9 ; so sethdh gokh khosh, viii, 14, but gos sethdh
khosh, xii, 12 ; sethdh phyuru, they regretted extremely,
viii, 1 ; phyurus sethdh, he regretted extremely, viii, 10.

sotin, postpos. i.q. soty, q.v. governing dat. ; me-sotin, (share)
with me, i, 7.

Governing abl., with, by means of ; drdti-sotin, (cut) with
a sickle, ix, 5 ; kalama-sotin, (write) with a pen, ix, 12 ; with,
by means of, owing to ; muhima-sotin, owing to poverty,
i, 4 (bis).

383 VOCABULARY soty

soty, adv. with, together with ; soty dyunu, to give with (a person),
to give as a companion, vii, 5 ; x, 14 ; xii, 16 ; soty hyonu>
to take (a person) with (one), to take as a companion, ii, 1 ;
v, 6 ; soty tulun, to carry along (with one), xii, 2 ; soty -soty,
continually in (one's) company, vii, 5.
postpos. governing dat. and abl.

A. Governing dat. with, together with, in various shades
of meaning ; thus,

amis-soty, in company with her, v, 7 ; khdwanda^-soty,
(burnt) together with her (dead) husband, iii, 4 ; kore-soty,
(keep her) in (your) daughter's society, v, 10 ; me-soty, in
company with me, in my company, xii, 2 ; (come) with me,
xii, 7 ; (go) with me, x, 9. We have it governing a pronominal
suffix in the dat. in soty 6sus, (a falcon) was with him,
viii, 7.

With, in the sense of consultation with, etc., me-soty
(intrigue) with me, viii, 3 ; (sin ye) with me, viii, 11 ;
pdtashdhzddan-soty, (sin) with the princes, viii, 11.

Together with, simultaneously with ; adamas-soty, (created)
simultaneously with Adam, vii, 6.

Together with, along with ; karis-soty, (the arm was pulled
off) together with the bracelet, xii, 15.

(a marriage) with (so and so) in amis-soty, xii, 15, 8.

(conversation) with (so and so), amis-soty, x, 7 (bis) ; kore-
soty, xii, 1.

Special meanings are panas-soty, with oneself, under one's
own control, x, 1, 6 ; tath-soty mushtdkh, enamoured of that,
iii, 8.

B. Governing abl., with, by means of ; ami-soty, (scratches)
with it, xii, 17 ; bd^shi-soty, (dug) with (his) spear, viii, 7 ;
litri-soty, (cut) with a saw, vii, 19 ; beddr rozana-soty (escaped)
by keeping awake, x, 8 ; salayi-soty, (scratched) with a spike,
v, 4 (bis) ; with emph. y,panja-sotiy, (a pleasant feeling arose)
merely owing to (the application of) the (iron) claw, xii, 16 ;
thapi-sotiy, merely by means of the grasp, xii, 12.

With, by means of, owing to ; adala soty, (contented)
. owing to his justice, i, 3 ; asara-soty, owing to the result,

satyumu HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 384

vi, 16 ; bargau-soty, owing to the leaves, vii, 10 ; mahabata-
sdty, owing to affection, x, 4 ; nazari-soty, owing to (his)
seeing (me), vii, 13 ; shikasta-soty, (fell asleep) owing to
weakness, v, 5 ; with emph. y, bochi sotiy, owing only to
hunger, vi, 16.

satyumu, ord. seventh ; m. sg. dat. satimis, v, 7 ; f. sg. nom.
satimu, xii, 7.

sawab, m. meed, reward (of good works, of faith, etc.), ix, 12.

siwdh, postpos. with the exception of, except, save ; nemis matis
siwdh, with the exception of this madman, v, 9.

sawal, m. asking, questioning ; solicitation ; a petition, applica-
tion ; — dyunu, to present or make a petition, x, 5.

sawdr, adj. mounted, riding (on) ; sawdr sapadun, to mount, ride,
xii, 1.

say, soy, suy, see tih.

syodu, adj. straight ; as adv. yiniau syodu, straight in front of them,
viii, 6, 13.

soylsth, m. a horse-attendant, a groom, syce, xii, 3, 4.

sozun, to send ; fut. pass. part. m. sg. nom. sozunu gaishi panuri"
hhdwand, you must send your husband, v, 1 ; past m. sg.
with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. silzun, x, 4.

ta 1, conj. and, i, 5 ; iii, 5 ; v, 4, 9, 12 ; et passim ; ta — biye, both
. . . and, viii, 9.

ta 2, conj. introducing the apodosis of a conditional sentence, as
in yi-y, ta tih Jcydh ? ti-y, ta yih Jcydh ? if this, then (ta) what
(is) that ? if that, then (ta) what (is) this ? iii, 4 (bis), 9 ;
so vii, 9 ; after yeli, when, yeli buzu, ta tsolu, when he heard,
then he fled, ii, 7 ; yeli mdrun, ta ada phyurus, when he had
killed (the dog), then afterwards he grieved, viii, 10.

ta 3, illative conjunction, hardly translatable, equivalent to the
Hindi to. In the following passage translated " verily ", but
this is merely written for want of a better word, viii, 9.

ti, conj. also, viii, 5, 8 ; x, 10, 1, 2 ; xii, 10. Often used as an
enclitic, as in ds{-ti, we also, xii, 1 ; me-ti, me also, vi, 11 ;
ix, 1 ; xi, 14 ; su-ti, he also, ii, 4 ; ti-ti, that also, viii, 9 ;
x, 6 (ter) ; tsa-ti, thou also, ix, 6 ; yi-ti, this one also, x, 8.
and, xii, 17.

385 VOCABULARY tagun

even ; kdh-ti, any even, i, 5 ; anyone even, vii, 23 ; keh-ti,
any at all, viii, 9.

ti . . . ti, both . . . and, iii, 8 ; x, 13 ; xii, 12 ; to-ti,
nevertheless, x, 3.

ti, see tih.

to, in to-ti, nevertheless, x, 3.

tab, m. fever, v, 3, 10.

to¥, e.g. an humble servant, a subject ; with suff. of indef. art.
tbVyah, f. (of a woman), xii, 18.

tobir, m. interpretation (of a dream), vi, 11, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 6 ;
— karun, to interpret, vi, 11, 16.

teg, m. the blade (of a sword) ; sg. dat. tegas, viii, 6, 13.

tagun, to be known how to be done, to be possible, used as a quasi-
impersonal passive, to make potential compounds. It is
generally used to indicate mental possibility, while hekun
(which does not occur in these tales) indicates physical
possibility. Its use with the infinitive or future passive
participle will be clear from the following : —

fut. sg. 3, tagi, it will be possible ; with sufT. 1st pers.
sg. dat. and interrog. neg. tagem-na, will it not be possible
for me ? i.e. of course I can, of course I know how, x, 5 ;
with sufL 2nd pers. sg. dat. muhim tagiy kasunuy, poverty
would have been known how to be verily expelled for thee,
thou wouldst have been able to expel poverty, i, 15 ; tse ma
tagiy, I wonder if (ma) it will be possible for thee, I wonder
if you know how (to make it right), x, 5 ; with the same suffix
and the interrogative suffix tagiye mfikalavoiin", will she be
possible for thee to be released ? do you know how to release
her ? v, 8 ; tagiye yih patashah-kuru bacawiiri*, can you save
this princess ? v, 9.

past m. sg. amis togu bozun dMu, to her the pain was
possible to be understood, she could understand the pain,
v, 3 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. and neg. togus-na (or tamis
togu-na) mol karun, to fix a price was not known how to him,
i.e. he did not know how to fix a price, he could not fix a
fair price, viii, 9 (bis),
cond. past sg. 3, with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. tih yeli tagihem,

till

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

386

if that had been known how to me, i.e. if I had known how,
v, 8.
till, pron. he, she, it, that.

ANIMATE. Subst. Masc. sg. nom. suh, ii, 8, 11 (bis) ;
v, 9 (bis), 10; viii, 7, 8 ; x, 1, 4, ]2 (quater) ; xii, 5,
19 (ter), 20. Used idiomatically in introducing the hero of
a story, as suh pdtashehd dkh 6su, that king one was, equivalent
to " once upon a time there was a king ", viii, 7 ; so viii,
9, 11 ; su-ti, he also, ii, 4 ; suy, he verily, i, 4, 8 ; iii, 3 (bis) ;
v, 1 ; vi, 16 ; viii, 7, 9 ; x, 12 ; xii, 25 ; he only, he alone,
vi, 6 ; vii, 29, 30 ; x, 1, 6.

dat. tas, to him, i, 5, 8 ; ii, 8 ; iv, 2 ; v, 7 ; vii, 1 ; viii,
6 (bis), 8, 11 (bis) ; tamis, ii, 7 ; viii, 9 (bis) ; iamisuy,
to him verily, ii, 1 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 1.

ag. tarn1, by him, ii, 1 ; iv, 3, 4, 5, 6 ; x, 3, 12.

gen. (tdmi-sondu)1 his ; tdm^sandi, i, 3 ; vii, 6 ; -sanzi,
vii, 13.

pi. nom. tim, they, v, 4 (bis), 8 ; viii, 3 (bis), 4 (bis), 11 ;
x, 12 (bis) ; xi, 5 ; xii, 16 (ter) ; timqy, they verily, v, 9 ;
viii, 4 ; tim-hay, they verily, ix, 8, 9, 10.

dat. timan, to them, them, viii, 1 ; xi, 8 ; xii, 16, 7 ; timanuy,
to them verily, them verily, viii, 11 ; xii, 1.

ag. timau, by them, vi, 11 ; timav, x, 12.

gen. tihondu, their, xii, 16 ; tihanza, viii, 3, 11.

Fem. sg. nom. sa, she, v, 5 (bis), 9 ; viii, 11 ; x, 14 ;
xii, 6, 10, 5, 9, 20, 5 ; soh, xii, 5 ; say, she verily, iii, 1, 4 ;
xii, 14.

dat. tas, to her, xii, 2 (bis), 15 (bis), 25.

gen. (tasondu), her, tasanden, ix, 3 ; (tdmt-sond"), tdm{-
sunz", xii, 15.

pi. nom. tima, they, them (ace.) (fem.), viii, 11; xi, 9;
timay, them verily (fem.), x, 14.

dat. timan, to them (fem.), xii, 6 (bis), 7.

ag. timau, by them (fem.), xii, 7.

Adj. Masc. sg. nom. suh, that, ii, 8, 9 (bis) ; viii, 7 (bis),
10 (bis), 3 (bis) ; x, 12 (bis), 4 ; xii, 25, 6 ; suy, that very,
xii, 19.

387 VOCABULARY tih

dat. tas, to that, that, ii, 7 ; vii, 4 ; viii, 7 ; x, 12 ; xii, 7, 20 ;
tamis, to that, viii, 9 ; xii, 19.

pi. nom. tim, those, viii, 13.

dat. timan, to those, x, 6.

Fem. sg. nom. sa, that, x, 1, 6, 12 ; sdh, iii, 5.

dat. tamis, to that, iii, 9 ; xii, 10.

ag. tami, by that, x, 10.

pi. nom. tima, those, xii, 19.

INANIMATE. Subst. (m. or f.). sg. nom. tih, that, iii,
4 (bis), 9 ; viii, 3, 9, 11 ; x, 1 ; xii, 3 (bis), 7, 16, 9. As a
correlative to a preceding relative, iii, 1, 8 (bis) ; v, 8 (bis) ;
xii, 7, 20 ; ti-kydzi, because, viii, 2 ; ti-ti, that also, viii, 9 ;
x, 6 (ter) ; tiy, that verily, vii, 1 (bis) ; iii, 9 ; fi, that verily,
xi, 1 ; tiy, (for tih + ay), if that, iii, 4 (bis), 9.

dat. tath, for that, for it, ii, 1 ; v, 4 ; vii, 27, 8 ; viii, 6 ;
x, 3 ; xii, 16, 8 ; tath1, to that verily, iii, 8 ; xii, 4, 11 (ter), 4.

ag. tdmiy, by that verily, iii, 1.

abl. tami pata, after that, x, 12 ; xii, 16 ; tami-peth1 Jcani,
in addition to that, iii, 8 ; tami-tdV, below it, xii, 14 ; tamiy,
therefore, x, 14.

gen. tamyukuy, of it verily, vii, 12.

Adj. As an adjective the masculine and feminine forms
are commonly used in the sg. nom., even when agreeing with
inanimate nouns. In one case the inanimate form of the
pronoun is used, viz. tih poshakh, that garment, xii, 6. Other
examples are : —

Masc. sg. nom. suh, that, xii, 4 (ruby) (bis), 11 (bracelet),
4 (rock), 5 (pain) ; suy, that very, ii, 4 (magic power, corre-
lative) ; vii, 8 (time), 13 (fault) ; ix, 11 (action).

dat. tath, to that, etc., ii, 1 (bis), 7 ; iii, 5 ; v, 6 ; xii, 4,
6 (bis), 11, 4, 5, 24 ; tath1, to that very, xii, 6 (bis), 14.

abl. tami, from that, etc., ii, 7 ; v, 5 ; viii, 9 ; x, 12 ;
agreeing with inan. gen. masc. iii, 9 ; x, 10 (bis), 4.

pi. nom. tim, those, x, 12 (bis) ; timgy, those very, v, 5.

dat. timan, to those, xi, 6.

Fem. sg. nom. sa, that, viii, 7 (thirst) ; x, 10 (dish of food) ;
sdh, xii, 20 (news) ; say, that very, ii, 6 (news) ; viii, 7

cc

toU HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 388

(story), 10 (id.), 3 (id.) ; ix, 4 (prison) ; xi, 5 (assembling) ;
soy, vii, 16 (separation),
dat. tathjdye, at that place, xii, 15.

abl. tami koli manza, from in that stream, xii, 4, 6 ; tamiy
koli koli, along that very stream, xii, 6 ; tamiy wati, by that
very road, xii, 14, 5.
gen. tami kathi-hondu, of that story, iii, 5.

tohe, toll1, see tsah.

thad or thar, f. the back ; sg. obi. thudu or ihiir* 1 (for thiir* 2, see
s.v.) ; sg. abl. thiid^-kani (v, 4, bis), thiir^-kani (v, 4), (turning
herself) backwards (from there).

thodu, adj. erect, upright, standing up, ii, 3 ; vii, 11 ; — wdthun,
to stand up, ii, 5, 6 ; v, 6, 9 ; xii, 14, 5.

thaharun, to stay in expectation, to await, wait ; pres. f. sg. 1,
neg. chus-na thahardn, I am not waiting, i.e. I am not going
to stay here, I cannot stop here (on account of the evil smell),
ii, 4.

tdhkhith (for tahqiq), adv. of a certainty, certainly, assuredly, x, 12 ;
xi, 13 ; xii, 3.

taholu, m. a groom, x, 5, 12 (quater).

tihondu, tihanza, see tih.

tuhondu, possessive pron. your, ii, 2 ; xii, 15. Cf. tsah.

thihn", f. fresh butter. With suff. of indef. art. thunua, ix, 4.

thaph, f . a grasp with the hand ; sg. abl. thapi-sotiy, merely by means
of the grasp, xii, 12.

— din", to seize, take hold of, thaph ditsus, he seized it,
viii, 7 ; ditsun ath thaph, he seized it, he grasped it, xii, 12 ;
— kariinu, to take hold of ; kur^nas thaph, he took hold of her,
iii, 4 ; hirH thaph shemsheri, he took hold of the sword,
iii, 9 ; kanas kurunas thaph, he took hold of him by the ear,
iii, 9 ; kariin* gatshi thaph ddmdnas, you must seize hold of
(her) skirt, v, 9 ; kurus-na k~bsi ddtndnas thaph, no one has
seized hold of (my) skirt, v, 9 ; dm* kurunas poshdkas thaph,
he caught hold of him by his garment, viii, 9 ; tath1 kdrhi
thaph, you must take hold of it, xii, 11 ; thaph karith, having
(previously) grasped, i.e. holding, iii, 8 (bis) (of holding the
bridle of, or leading, a horse) ; athas chuh thaph karith, he is

389 VOCABULARY thawun

holding (his) hand, v, 6 ; nalas thaph karith, holding him by
the neck, vi, 9 ; chuh thaph karith pyalas, he is holding the
cup, viii, 7 ; — layiin*, i.q. — kariin", v, 9 (poet.).

thurti 1, see thad.

thiir" 2, f . a shrub ; poshe-thura , a flower-shrub, ii, 3.

th6thu, adj. beloved, dear, vii, 4 ; i.q. t6thu, q.v.

thdvW, see thawun.

thawun or thawun (this verb is the equivalent of the Hindi rakhnd),
to place, put, deposit, ii, 4 ; hi, 1, 5, 9 ; v, 11 ; vi, 5 ; viii,
7, 9, 11 ; ix, 4 ; x, 5, 10, 2 (quater) ; xii, 4, 9, 12, 5, 23 ;
to keep, ii, 11 ; v, 10 ; xii, 25 ; to station (a person in a certain
place), xi, 6 ; to appoint (a person to a post), akh boyu thdwun
wazlr, he appointed one brother Vizier, viii, 14.

amandth thawun, to place as a deposit, to give in trust,
x, 12 ; thdwun dabdvith, to press (into the ground), to hide in
the ground, to bury, x, 3 ; thdwun darwaza, to open a door,
viii, 4 (bis), 11 (bis), 2 ; thawun kuluph, to unlock, iii, 8 (bis) ;
thdwun kan, to apply the ear, to give ear, attend, pay attention
(to), listen (to), ii, 7 ; viii, 6, 8, 11 ; ix, 1, 4 ; thdviv me-sdty
salah, keep an understanding with me, have an intrigue with
me, viii, 3.

perf. part. m. sg. nom. thowumotu, viii, 9.
impve. sg. 2, thdv, iii, 8 (bis) ; viii, 4 ; with suff. 1st pers.
sg. dat. thdwum, viii, 8, 11 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. gen.
thawus, iii, 5, 9 ; pi. 2, thdviv, viii, 3 ; pol. sg. 2, thdvta, ix, 4 ;
with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. ihdvtam, viii, 6 ; ix, 1 ; with suff.
3rd pers. sg. ace. thavtan, ii, 4 ; pi. 2, thdv'tav, ii, 7 ; fut. with
suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. thdvhen, v, 10.

fut. and pres. subj. sg. 1, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ace. wumdh

ihdwath, I may not now keep thee, ii, 11 ; with suff. 2nd pers.

sg. dat. thdway darwdza, I will open for thee the door, viii, 11.

pres. f. sg. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. and neg. ches-na

thdwdn, viii, 11.

past masc. sg. thowu, viii. 12 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag.
thdwuth, vi, 5 ; x, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. thdwun,
v, 11 ; viii, 7, 14 ; x, 3 ; xii, 15 ; with same, and also
with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. thowunam, ix, 4 ; with same, and

tuj* HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 390

also with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. ih6ivunas, iii, 1 ; xii, 4, 23 (bis) ;

with same, and also with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. thdwunakh,

viii, 4, 9.
pi. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and also with suff. 3rd pers.

sg. dat. thavinas, xii, 9; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. thovikh, x, 12.
fern, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag., thov^n, xii, 25 ; with same,
and also with sufT. 3rd pers.

sg. dat. thilv^nas, x, 5, 10 ; xii, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi.

ag. thovikh, viii, 11.
perf. m. sg. with suff. 2nd pers. pi. ag. chuwa ih6wumotu,

x, 12 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. chukh ih6wumotu, x, 12 ;

pi. (without auxiliary) thovhndt1, x, 12.

Altogether irregular is the peculiar form thov^k1 (xi, 6).

This is the m. pi. of the past thdwu, with a pleonastic suffix -ku

added. So that we get th6wu-Jcu, m. pi. nom. thov^-kK
tuju, tujyav, etc., see tulun.

tdku, m. a tray ; sg. dat. tokis, viii, 4 ; tokis-manz, viii, 12.
tokh, m. crushing ; sg. abl. toka-sur, ashes of crushing, crushing

into powder like ashes, crushing to powder, vii, 13.
takhsir, m. a crime, a fault, viii, 10 ; x, 12.
tukara, m. a piece, fragment ; pi. nom. tuk9ra karan1, to break or

cut into pieces, viii, 6 ; shehmdras chuh karan tukara, he cuts

the python to pieces, viii, 13.
ti-kyazi, see tih.
talt adv. below ; tal wasun, to descend, ix, 6 ; postpos. governing

dat., below ; atfr-tal, below it verily, ii, 3 ; ddre-tal, under

the window, v, 4 ; latan-tal, under the feet, viii, 7 ; palangas-

tal, under the bed, viii, 6, 13 ; x, 7, 8.
tola, postpos. governing abl. ; lari-tala, issued from under the side,

vii, 7.
tdP, postpos. governing abl. ; satav zaminav tal1, below the seven

worlds, iii, 8 ; tami tap, below it, xii, 14.
talau, interj. 0 ! Ho ! v, 5 (addressed by a woman to her husband) ;

x, 1 (addressed by men to men).
teli, adv. then, ii, 3 ; v, 5, 6 (bis) ; xii, 3.
tolun, to weigh (something) ; inf. sg. obi. tolani ay, they came to

weigh, ix, 10.

391 VOCABULARY timav

tulun, to raise, take up, lift up, iii, 1, 2, 7 ; v, 4 ; x, 12 ; xii, 2, 4,
, 6 (bis), 7, 9, 17 ; mdzas chum tuldn, he is raising bits of my

flesh, i.e. cutting bits out of me, vii, 14 ; nam tuldn', to cut

(another's) nails, to manicure, v, 6 ; shemsher tulun*, to raise,

i.e. to draw, a sword, ii, 7 ; iii, 9 ; x, 7 ; shdph tulun, to raise

(i.e. undo) a charm, xii, 15 ; tulun soty, to carry along with

one, xii, 2 ; wdth tulun", to leap, ii, 9.
fut. pass. part. m. sg. gatshi pdshdkh tulunu, you must take

up the garment, xii, 6 ; conj. part, tulith, iii, 7 ; pres. m.

sg. 3, tuldn chuh, xii, 17 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. gen. chum

tuldn, vii, 14 ; 1 past m. sg. tulu, iii, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers.

sg. ag. tulun, iii, 2 ; xii, 2, 7 ; with ditto, and with suff.

3rd pers. sg. gen. tulunas, xii, 15 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag.

tulukh, xii, 2 ; pi. tul\ xii, 9 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.

tulin, x, 12 ; with ditto, and with suff. 3rd pers. sg. gen.

tuPnas, v, 6 ; f . sg. tuj", ii, 9 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.

tujun, ii, 7 ; iii, 9 ; v, 4 ; x, 7 ; 3 past m. sg. tujydv, xii, 6 ;

with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. tujydn, xii, 4.
taluru, f. a bee ; mdch-taluru, a houey-bee, ix, 1, 3, 4, 5 ; sg. ag.

-talari, ix, 1, 6.
tdlav, m. the ceiling of a room ; sg. abl. tdlawa-Jcani, down from the

ceiling, viii, 6.
tilaw6riu, m. an oil-seller, an oilman ; sg. voc. tilawdni, xi, 20.
tarn, m. weariness (from walking, travelling, etc.) ; — dyunu, to

cause such weariness, vii, 17.
tarn1, tami, tim, tima, timau, see tih.
turn, you (Hindustani), xi, 4.
tamdh, m. longing, longing desire, vii, 26.
timan, see tih.
tamis, see tih.
tamdshe, m. an entertainment, exhibition, sight, show, spectacle ;

sg. dat. mushtdkh tamdshea-kun, enamoured of the spectacle,

iii, 7.
tamaskhuri, f. jesting, joking.
tdmath, adv. so long (of time) ; tdmath . . . ydmath, so long . . .

as, xi, 20.
timav, tamiy, tdmiy, timay, timqy, see tih.

tan HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 392

tan, m. a limb of the body ; pi. nom. tan, viii, 7.

tdnana, tananana, tananay, meaningless words, introduced into a

verse, like our " fol-de-riddle-i-do ", v, 12.
tan, adv. and postpos. as far as, up to, as in otu-tdn, up to there,

i.e. by that time, x, 4, 6 ; az-tdn, up to to-day, until to-day,

x, 7, 8 ; xii, 20 ; tser-tan, up to lateness, i.e. during a long time,

v, 6 ; yotu-tan, up to where, i.e. as soon as, xii, 6 ; yutu-

tdn, up to here, i.e. by this time, in the meantime, v, 7.
Used as a suffix implying indefiniteness added to an

interrogative pronoun, as in kus-tdfi wopar, someone else,

v, 4 ; hjdh-tan takhsir some fault or other, viii, 10.

By itself, tan is used in the sense of yutu-tdn, abl., xi, 20 ;

xii, 1.
tdph, m. sunshine, i, 11.
tare, see tor",
tor 1, m. Mount Sinai ; sg. abl. tora-petha, from on Mount Sinai,

iv, 5.
tor 2, adv. there, x, 3.

tora, adv. therefrom, thence, i, 6, 8 ; v, 4, 9 ; viii, 11 :

xii, 1, 11.

tur1, adv. there verily, even there, vii, 20 ; x, 3.
tor", f. delay; sg. abl. tare (m.c. for tdri), with delay, hence, as

adv. confusedly, v, 7.
tur1, see tor 2.

tur", f. an adze ; sg. abl. tori-dab, the blow of an adze, vii, 18.
tur", f. a tenon (in carpentry), x, 5, 12.
tarbyeih, f. instruction, tuition, ii, 4, where the word is treated as

m. It is usually f.
treh or trih, card, three ; trih, x, 1, 12 (as subst.) ; trih hatha, three

statements, x, 1 ; lot trih, three rubies, x, 12 ; trih reth, three

months, xii, 6, 11 ; zandna treh, three women, xii, 19 (ter) ;

tithiy treh, three times as much, xii, 24 ; pi. dat. tren retan-

Jcyut" Jcharaj, expenses for three months, xii, 5, 11 ; yiman

zananan tren, to these three women, x, 20.
tdrJca-chdn, m. a carpenter, turner, cabinet maker, who is not a

village servant, but who works independently on his own

account ; sg. dat. -chdnas, vii, 17, 20.

393 VOCABULARY trawun

trom\ f. a copper dish, or tray, viii, 3 (bis), 11.

tromu,i. i.q. tram*, iii, 1.

tdrun, to cause to pass over; bdj tdrun, to take tribute (from a

subordinate king, etc.), x, 10 ; xi, 2 ; zade patios tdrane, to

cause holes to pass over a person's body, to bore holes in it,

vii, 25 ; pres. part, tdrdn, xi, 2 ; imperf . m. sg. 3, 6su tdran,

xi, 2 ; past m. pi. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 1st pers.

sg. gen. tor'nam, vii, 25.
tiranddz, m. an archer, a bowman ; pi. nom. tiranddz, ii, 7 ; dat.

tiranddzan, ii, 7.
trenaway, card, all three, the three, xii, 25.
taraph, m. a direction ; pi. dat. as adv. taraphan, in all directions,

xi, 5.
torlph, m. praise : toriph-e- Yusuph, praise of Joseph, vi, 17.
trapun, to shut (a room, viii, 3), (a door, viii, 11) ; past m. sg.

with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. dat. tropunas, she

shut (the door, — room) against him, viii, 3, 11.
tresh, f. thirst ; — centi, to drink thirst, i.e. to drink water to allay

thirst, to drink water, viii, 7 (bis) ; — lagiin*, thirst to Ibe

felt, to become thirsty, viii, 7.
trotu, m. a necklace, xii, 5 (ter) ; sg. dat. lal tratis sumo*, rubies

sufficient for a necklace.
trawun, to let go, let loose ; to abandon, leave behind, ii, 10 ;

xi, 11 ; to emit, give forth, i, 5 (sighs) ; xi, 11 (light) ; to

cast, throw, v, 4 (many times) ; xii, 11, 2 ; to put off, doff

(garments), v, 9 ; x, 2.
trawun dram, to take repose, iii, 3, 7 ; viii, 5 ; trawun

kadam, to put forth a step, to step forward, iv, 5 ; trawun

yUa, to let go free, to release, iii, 4 (bis) ; x, 5 (ter), 12.
tshanun trovith, to let drop, throw down, xii, 16, 7 ; tshunun

trovith, to throw or dash down and cast away, ii, 5 ; viii,

7 (bis)
trawun kadiih, to take off, doff (clothes), xii, 6 ; trawun

mbrith, to kill ( = Hindi mar ddlnd), x, 8 ; palang trawun

shirith, to make ready a bed, x, 7.

fut. pass. part, gatshi kdkad trdwunu, you must throw the

paper, xii, 11 ; conj. part, trovith, ii, 5 ; viii, 7 (bis) ; xii,

treyum" HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 394

16, 7 ; pres. part, trawan, xi, II; perf. part. sg. f. trov"-

mutsu, x, 8.
impve. sg. 2, trav, iii, 4 ; v, 9 ; pi. 2, trovyuv (for troviv),

x, 5 ; pol. pi. 2, trovHav, x, 5 ; fut. sg. 3, with suff. 2nd pers.

sg. dat. traviy, xii, 6 ; pres. m. sg. 3, chuh trawan, xii, 2 ;

imperf. m. sg. 3, 6su trawan, i, 5.

past m. sg. trdwu, xii, 7 ; with emph. y, trdwuy, iv, 5 ;

with sufL 3rd pers. sg. ag. trdwun, ii, 10 ; iii, 3, 7 ; v, 4 (ter) ;

x, 2 ; xii, 12 ; with ditto, and sufL 1st pers. sg. dat. trdwunam,

v, 4 (ter) ; with ditto, and suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. trdwunay,

v, 4 (ter) ; with sufL 3rd pers. pi. ag. trdwuhh, viii, 5 ; x, 5 ;

with ditto, and suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. trdwuhas, x, 7, 12.
past f. sg. with sufiF. 3rd pers. sg. ag. trovun, iii, 4.
treyumu, ord. third, viii, 8 ; m. sg. dat. treyimis, viii, 8.

f. sg. nom. treyim", xii, 19 (bis) ; abl. treyimi lati, on the

third occasion, viii, 7.
tas, tasondu, see tih.
tasali, m. satisfaction; — as-na, satisfaction did not come to him,

he did not become satisfied, vi, 16.
tat1, adv. there, in that place, ii, 1 ; v, 1, 7, 9 ; viii, 12.
tati, adv. from there, thence, iv, 2 ; vii, 17 ; there, in that place

(for tat1), iv, 7 ; v, 7 ; x, 5 ; xii, 4, 6, 14, 6 ; with emph. y,

tatiy, there verily, v, 9.
tota, m. a parrot, ii, 4, 5 (bis), 6, 7 (bis), 8, 9, 11 ; sg. dat. Mas,

ii, 9 ; tdtas-manz, ii, 5, 8 ; ag. totan, ii, 7, 10.
totu, adv. there, in that place, v, 1 ; xii, 7, 16 ; from there, thence,

iii, 9.
tath, tath*, see tih.

tdthu, adj. beloved, iv, 4 ; i.q. thdthu, q.v.

tithay, adv. ; tithay poth1, in that very manner, xii, 22. Cf. tyuthu.
tdv, m. fever caused by starvation ; hence, exhaustion generally

as in sapharunu tdv, exhaustion of the journey, exhaustion

from long travel, xi, 13.
tuwun, to close (the eyes) ; 2 past f . pi. tuvyeye ache, he closed his

eyes, xii, 22.
tay 1, a pleonastic word put at the end of a line of verse, iv, 1 if.
tay 2, m. authority ; — karun, to rule, xi, 3.

395 VOCABULARY tshanun

tiy, that verily ; if that ; see tih.

toyiphddr, m. an artizan ; pi. dat. -damn, xi, 16 (for genitive).

taydr, adj. ready, complete ; — karun, to make ready, to complete,

prepare, iv, 2 ; xii, 18, 22.
tyutu, adv. so soon ; yiitu . . . tyutu, as soon as ... so soon,

xii, 2.
tyuthu, adj. such, of that kind ; m. pi. nom. with emph. y, tithiy
treh, three times so many, xii, 24 ; f. pi. nom. titsha, such
(women), xii, 19.

tyuthu (with emph. y, tyuihuy) is often used adverbially to
mean " so ", " exactly so ", v, 6 ; viii, 7 ; xii, 12, 5. Cf.
tithay. In viii, 7, it means " at that very time ".
tyulhu is correlative of yuihu, and tyuthuy of yuthuy.
tse, see tsah.
tsoce, see tsdt*.

ts% thou, ii, 11 ; iii, 2 (fern.), 9 ; v, 3, 5, 7, 12 ; vi, 11 ; viii,
1 (bis), 3 (fern.), 6, 8, 10, 1 (fern, bis), 3 ; ix, 1 (bis) ; x, 1,
4, 5, 8, 12 ; xii, 1, 4 (bis), 5, 10, 3 (bis), 5 ; tsa-ti, thou also,
ix, 6 ; tsay, thou verily, i, 10 ; xii, 15.

sg. acc.-dat. tse, v, 10 ; vi, 11 ; viii, 3, 11 ; x, 5, 12 ; xii,
3, 7 (bis), 13, 8, 21 ; tse-nishe, in thy possession, x, 14.
ag. tse, i, 12 (v.l.) ; ii, 11 (bis) ; xii, 20.
gen. For this, the possessive pronoun cy6nu is used, q.v.
pi. nom. toh*, viii, 3, 5 (ter), 13 ; xii, 1 (quater).
acc.-dat. tohe-nish, in your possession, x, 5, 12.
ag. tohe, x, 12.

gen. For this, the possessive pronoun tuhondu is used, q.v.

tshddun or tshddun, to seek for, search for ; imperf. f. sg. 1, with

sufT. 3rd pers. sg. ace. osusan tshdddn, I (fern.) was seeking for

him, xii, 15 ; 3 past m. sg. with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. tsMjyam,

I searched (earth and heaven), vii, 26. Cf. tshdrun.

tshajydm, see tshddun.

tshanun or tshunun {tshanun is used only in villages), to cast,
throw ; to put, place, viii, 6 ; x, 7 ; to put on (clothes),
v, 9 (bis) ; x, 4 ; to apply (an ointment, medicine, etc.),
v, 6 (bis) ; — not1, to put on the neck, tie on to the neck,
viii, 10 ; to put on (clothes), xii, 7 ; — sahakas, to put to

khananawun HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 396

a lesson, to teach, v, 6 ; woth tshuniinu, to throw a leap, to

leap, ii, 9 ; iii, 4 ; — kadith, to drive out, expel, viii, 10 ;

to doff clothes, x, 9 ; — nahiih, to cancel, xii, 4 ; — phirith,

to put upside down, iii, 5 ; — troviih, to let drop, throw down,

xii, 16, 7 ; to dash down and cast away, ii, 5 ; viii, 7 (bis) ;

— tsatiih, to tear to pieces, xii, 15.

fut. pass. part, f . sg. tshuniin", iii, 4 ; perf . part, f . sg. neg.

chesna tshun^miits" sabakas, I have not been taught, v, 6.
impve. sg. 2, tshun, iii, 5 ; v, 9 ; pol. sg. 2, tshun-ta, x, 4 ;

fut. tshariizi, xii, 16.
pres. m. sg. 3, tshanan chuh, xii, 17.
past m. sg. tshonu, xii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.

tshunun, ii, 5 ; v, 6, 9 (bis) ; viii, 6 ; x, 7, 9 ; with ditto, and

with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. tshununas, viii, 7 (bis) ; xii, 15 ;

with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. tshunukh, viii, 10 ; with ditto, and

with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. tshunuhas, xii, 4 ; f. sg. with

suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. tshunun, ii, 9 ; viii, 10.
past cond. sg. 1, tshunaho, v, 6.
tshanandwun (village form for tshunanaimri), to cause to be cast ;

past pi. m. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. tshananovin, x, 13.
tshopa, in tshopa karith, having made silence, in silence, xii, 4.
tshdrun, a dialectic form of tshddun, q.v., to search for, seek ; pres.

m. pi. 3, tshdrdn chih, iii, 3 ; fut. pi. 1, tshdrav, xi, 17.
tshela, adj. extinct ; ndr gomotu tsheta, the fire had become extinct,

xii, 23.
tshdta, m. a stout stick, a club, iii, 1, 2.
tshdwul, a he-goat, iii, 5 (ter).
tshyotu, m. remains or leavings of food, orts, refuse, offal ; hence,

food which, as such, is considered to be defiled, x, 3, 12 (bis) ;

fern. tshetti-han, a little waste food, x, 5.
tsiiju, etc., see fsalun.
tsakh, fern, rage ; sg. abl. tsakhi-hotu, m. full of rage, vii, 14 ; tsakhi-

nishe, from anger, vii, 2.
tsalun, to flee, run away, ii, 7, 9 ; v, 5 ; vi, 8 (bis) ; viii, 4 (bis),

11 (bis), 3 ; ix, 1 (ter), 4 ; xii, 25 ; to escape by flight, ii, 8.
pres. part, tsaldn, vi, 8 ; viii, 13 ; impve. pi. 2, tsaliv, viii,

4, 11 ; pres. subj. sg. 3, with irreg. suff. 2nd pers. pi. dat.

897

VOCABULARY

tsur

tsaliv, (I say) to you he may escape, ii, 8 ; imperf. m. sg. 3,
6su tsaldn, xii, 25.

1 past, m. sg. 3, tsolu, ii, 7 ; vi, 8 ; pi. 3, tsdl{, viii, 4, 11 ;
f . sg. 3, tsuju, ii, 9 ; v, 5.

2 past, f. sg. 1, tsajyeyes, I (fern.) fled, ix, 4.

perf. f. sg. 3, cheh tsujumutsu, ix, 1 ; 2, chekh tsuj^muts*,
ix, 1 ; pluperf. f. sg. 3, o's" tsuj^muts* , ix, 1.

tsamruivu, adj. made of leather, leathern, xii, 16, 7.

tson, see tsor.

tsiindu, f . a blow, a stroke ; — ldyunu, to strike a blow (with a sword),
iii, 5, 6.

tsdnun, to cause to enter ; to bring in ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd
pers. pi. ag. tsonukh, iii, 7 ; f . with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and
1st pers. sg. tsonunam lar, he caused pursuit to enter for me,
i.e. he caused me to run away, ix, 2. Causal of atsun, q.v.

tsopu, m. a bite ; pi. nom. tsdpi hen*, to take bites, to bite repeatedly,
x, 7.

tsop6ru, adv. on all four directions, on all sides, ii, 3, 5 ; (sopor*,
id., xii, 21, 4.

tser, m. delay ; — gatshun, delay to occur (to a person), to be
delayed, to be late, iii, 1 ; v, 9 ; tser-tdn, up to lateness,
during a long time, v, 6.

tsir1, adv. late, iii, 1.

tsor, card, four, x, 12 (ter) ; gay tsor, they became four, viii, 5 ;
following qualified noun, mahaniv* tsor, four men, x, 5 ;
mdrawdtal tsor, four executioners, x, 12 ; neciv* tsor, four
sons, xii, 1.

Preceding qualified noun, tsor doh, four days, xii, 23 ;
tsor hath, four hundred, x, 1 (bis) ; tsor hatha (f.), four state-
ments, x, 6 (ter) ; tsor pahar, four watches, viii, 5 ; tsor ydr,
four friends, vii, 5 ; tsor zdn\ four persons, x, 1 (bis).

pi. dat. mdrawdtalan tson, to four executioners, x, 5 ; ts&n
asmdnan-peth, on the four heavens, iv, 4 ; tsdn zanen, to
the four persons, viii, 5 ; x, 5 (bis), 12.
ag. tsdrav zanev, by four persons, x, 1, 2.

tsur, m. a thief, x, 12 (ter) ; xii, 1 ; lort-tsur, a fate-thief, a destroyer
of good luck, vii, 12.

1sU+* HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 398

pi. nom. tsilr, viii, 9 ; xii, 1 ; ag. tsurav, iii, 3 (bis) ; tsurau,

viii, 9 (bis),
fewr", f . theft ; — kariin", to do thieving, to be a professional

thief, xii, 1 ; sg. dat. gav tsuri (for tsure), he went to steal,

xii, 1 ; ag. tsuri-pdth1, like theft, secretly, xii, 6, 7, 17 ;

tsuri-pothin, id., iii, 1.
tsrdlu, m. a police spy, a detective. In v, the word is used in the

sense of a police constable, pi. dat. tsrdlen, v, 7.
tsdrun, to pick out, select ; past cond. sg. 3, mane tsdrihe (for tsdrihe),

he who might pick out (i.e. explain) the meaning, vi, 14.
tsoratsh, (?) f., a leather-cutter (the tool), xi, 14.
tsilryumu, ord. fourth ; m. sg. dat. tsurimis, viii, 11 (ter) ; ag. tsurim*,

xii, 1.
tsot?, f. a loaf ; pi. nom. tsoce, v, 7 (bis), 8 (bis).
tsdth, m. a pupil ; sg. dat. tsdtas bdhan hatan-hondu, (a leader) of

twelve hundred pupils, v, 1 .
tsdtahdl, m. a school, viii, 4, 11 ; abl. -hdla, viii, 4.
tsatun, to cut, to tear, tsatith tshanun, to tear (a paper) to pieces,

xii, 15 ; sar (or halo) tsatun, to behead, iii, 2 ; viii, 6, 11.
fut. pass. part. m. sg. tas gatshi kala (or sar) tsatunu, his

head should be cut off, viii, 6, 11 ; pi. tim gatshan tsatdn1,

they must be cut, v, 4 ; conj. part, tsatiih, xii, 15 ; fut. pi. 3,

with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. tsatanas, they will cut for him,

v, 7 ; do. interrog. tsatanasa, v, 7 ; past m. sg. tsotu, iii, 2 ;

pi. with sufT. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 1st pers. sg. gen. tsdfnam,

ix, 5.
wa, conj . used in the corrupt Arabic phrase, wa-saldm, wa-yihrdm, and

the peace, and the respect, a polite ending to a story, equivalent

to " may peace and respect be upon the hearers ", x, 14.
wobdl, f. a guilty condition, blameworthiness ; sg. dat. wobdli

(m.c. for wobdli), v, 2.
wuchun, to see ; to look at, inspect, v, 5 ; vii, 18, 24 ; viii, 1, 3 ;

to watch, iii, 1 ; viii, 6, 9.
inf. nom. with sufL of indef. art. wuchundJi horunahh, she

made a look at them, i.e. she looked at them, viii, 3 ; abl.

forming inf. of purpose, wuchani, in order to see, viii, 7.
impve. pol. sg. 2, wuchta, ix, 4 ; x, 5 ; pi. 2, wuchHav,

399

VOCABULARY

wbdaM

viii, 1 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. ace. wuchHom, please inspect me,

vii, 24 ; indie, fut. sg. 2, wuchakh, iii, 8.

pres. m. sg. 1, chus wuchan, iii, 8 ; 2, Jcydh chukh wuclvdn,

what dost thou see ? iii, 8 ; 3, chuh wuchan, iii, 1, 4, 7, 8 ;

viii, 6, 9 ; xii, 4 ; wuchan chuh, iii, 7 ; xii, 19 ; with suff. 1st

pers. sg. ace. chum wuchan, vii, 18 ; imperf. m. sg. 3, 6su

wuchan, iii, 1.
past m. sg. wuchu, iii, 8 ; v, 9 ; xii, 15 ; with suff. 3rd pers.

sg. gen. wuchus chendas, (she) looked into his pocket, v, 5 ;

with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. wuchun, i, 4 ; ii, 1 ; iii, 8 (bis), 9 ;

v, 5, 7 (with two singular grammatical subjects — one fern.,

the other, the nearer, masc.) ; viii, 6, 7 (bis), 9 (bis), 10 ;

x, 5, 8 ; xii, 2, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. wuchukh, ii, 4 ;

x, 8 ; xii, 1 ; aih blis wuchukh, they looked at that nest,

viii, 1 ; pi. wuch1, v, 4 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. wuchim,

vi, 15 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. wuchin, v, 5 ; with suff.

3rd pers. pi. ag. wuchikh, v, 9 ; with ditto, and also suff.

3rd pers. pi. nom. wuch{hakh, they were seen by them,

viii, 1.

f . sg. wuchu, x, 3 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. wuchan, ii, 8 ;

iii, 4, 5 ; x, 5 ; xii, 15 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. wuchukh,

xii, 2 ; pi. with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. wuchem, vi, 15.

past cond. sg. 1, wuchaha (for -ho, similarly the next),

I would see, i.e. I should like to see, viii, 10 ; with suff.

3rd pers. sg. ace. wuchahan, I should like to see it, ii, 5 ;

3, wuchihe, viii, 10.
wad, f- crookedness, v, 1.
wdda, m. (wa'da), a vow. With izafat, wdda-y-Khoda, a vow by

God ; waday-Khodd dyunu, to swear by God, to make a vow

in God's name, xii, 7 (bis), 15 (bis).
wod, f . the crown of the head ; sg. dat. wodi-peth, on the crown of

the head, iii, 1 ; xi, 12, 6.
wdda, adv. from there, xii, 23. Cf. ora, s.v. dr.
wadun, to lament, to weep ; fut. 1, neg. interrog. wadand, shall

I not weep ? vii, 25 ; pres. f. sg. 1, ches waddn, ix, 1 ; imperf.

f. sg. 3, 6su ivadan, vii, 16 ; m. pi. 3, waddn ds\ xi, 5.
wodane, erect, standing up, iii, 1, 8 ; viii, 6 ; — rozun, to remain

waday HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 400

standing, to stand, xii, 1 ; yih wuchuhh ati wodane, they saw

him standing there, xii, 1.
waday, see wdda.
Viginah, m. N. of a certain forest goddess ; Viginah Nag, a spring

sacred to her, v, 9 (ter).
Wahab, m. a Musalman proper name, Wahb. Wahab-Khar, Wahb

the Blacksmith, N. of the author of stories ii and vi ; voc.

Wahab-Khara, ii, 12 ; vi, 17.
vih, m. poison ; pyos wolinje vih, poison fell into his heart, i.e. he

became in an agony of pain, v, 6.
w8h, adv. now, iii, 9 ; i.q. won, q.v.
woju, f. a finger-ring, v, 1 ; x, 8 (bis) ; xii, 14 (bis), 15.
wakth, m. time ; sg. abl. ami wakta, at that time, vi, 16.
wokawun, to draw forth, bring out ; conj. part, anun wokavith, to

draw out (e.g. from a store-room) and bring, vi, 16.
wola, see yunu.
ivolad, m. offspring, issue, progeny ; woldd-i-Adam, a descendant

of Adam, iv, 3.
walaikum (borrowed from Arabic), and on you, xii, 26. Cf. wa.
walun, to wrap round anything ; tegas walun phamb, to wrap

cotton wool round the blade (of a sword), viii, 6, 13 ; zdlas

walun, to wrap round in a net, to entangle in a net, ix, 7.

Inf. abl. forming pass, walana yunu, ix, 7 ; pres. m. sg. 3,

chuh waldn, viii, 13 ; past m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag.

wolun, viii, 6.
walun (causal of wasun), to cause to descend, to bring down, iii, 9 ;

vii, 17 (bis) ; x, 8 ; xi, 11 ; bon walun, id., viii, 1 ; basta

walunti, to bring the skin down, to flay a person alive, viii, 6 ;

kabari walun, to cause to descend into a tomb, to bury (a

dead man), iv, 7 ; kangan walun", to cause a comb to descend,

to comb the hair, v, 4.
fut. pass. part. f. sg. ivalun", viii, 6; conj. part, wolith,

vii, 17 ; n. ag. m. sg. nom. with emph. y, wdlawunuy,

immediately on bringing down, vii, 17; impve. sg. 2, with

suff. 3rd pers. sg. ace. walun, iii, 9 ; pi. 2, with same suff.

wdlyun ; indie, fut. pi. 1, wdlav, xi, 11 ; 3, with suff. 1st pers.

sg. ace. walanam, iv, 7 ; pres. f. sg. 1, ches waldn, v, 4 ; past

m. pi. with suff. 3rd pers. pi. ag. wdlikh, viii, 1.

401 VOCABULABY wanun

wdlinj", f. the heart, x, 5 ; sg. dat. wolinje, v, 6 ; pi', nom. wolinje,

viii, 3, 4 (ter), 11 (bis), 2.
wdlanay, f . bringing down ; humiliation, humbling (a proud person),

vii, 15.
wdlawosh*, f . a kind of net made of hair (will), for catching birds or

animals ; sg. dat. (in sense of loc.) -wdshi (poet, for wdshe),

v, 2.
wumedwdr, adj. hopeful, i, 13.
wumdh, a negative adv. signify " now not ", as in wumdh thdwath,

now I may not keep thee, how can I keep thee now, ii, 11.
wan, m. a forest, a wood ; sg. dat. wanas akis-manz, (she arrived) in

a certain forest, ix, 1 ; abl. wana-manza, from in the forest,

ix, 4 ; gen. wanuJcu, ix, 1, 3, 5 ; pi. dat. wanan, ix, 2 ; path

wanan, at the back of the woods, vii, 10.
wan, m. a shop, i, 2 (bis) ; a shop, in the sense of a working place,

e.g. a blacksmith's shop, xi, 17 ; abl. wdna-wdn, from shop

to shop, i, 2.
wonu, m. a thing said (properly past part, of wanun) ; wan1 din1,

to give sayings, to send messages, xi, 20.
wanun, to say, speak, till ; wanun phirith, to say in reply, to answer,

v, 4 ; wanun potu phirith, id., x, 7.

inf. pyom wanun, it fell to me to speak, I shall have to

speak, xii, 10 ; abl. lag1 wanani, they began to say, x, 1 ;

conj. part, wanith, vi, 16 ; mdkalowu ami wanith, she finished

telling, ix, 6 ; perf . part. wonumotu, a thing said, iv, title ;

f. wun^muts", vii, 30.

impve. sg. 2, wan, ix, 6 ; xi, 20 ; wan-sa, tell, sir, x, 1 (bis),

2 ; with sufL 1st pers. sg. dat. wanum, tell (say) to me, iii, 5 ;

vi, 15 (bis) ; pi. 2, waniv, kydh Jcariv, say ye what ye will do,

xii, 1 ; waniv-sa, say ye, sirs, x, 6 ; with sufL 1st pers. sg.

dat. wanyum, tell ye me, x, 6 ; pol. sg. 2, wanta, iii, 9 ; x,

1, 8 ; wanta-sa, say please, sir, ii, 4 ; pi. 2, wdn{tav, viii, 5 ;

x, 1.
fut. sg. 1, wana, xii, 19 ; with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. dat.

wanay, I shall (would) say to (tell) thee, i, 12 (v.l.) ; viii,

6, 8, 11 ; ix, 4 ; x, 2 (bis) ; with sufT. 2nd pers. pi. dat.

wanamowa, (a village form), x, 1 (bis), 2 ; 3, wani, vii, 20, 6 ;

won HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 402

with suff. 2nd pers. |g. dat. waniy, iii, 4 ; pi. 3, wanan,
x, 12.

pres. m. sg. 3, (without auxiliary) wanan, v, 2 (to, kuri) ;
viii, 1 (bis), 11 ; ix, 1 ; wanan chuh, x, 6 ; with emph. y,
chuy ivanan, i, 13 ; vii, 3 ; with sufL 3rd pers. sg. dat. chus
wanan, viii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers. pi. dat. wanan chukh,
x, 7 ; f. sg. 3, cheh wanan, vi, 2 ; vii, 1, 20, 6 ; wanan cheh,
ix, 6 ; with emph. y, chey wanan, vii, 16 ; with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. dat. ches wanan, v, 2 ; wanan ches, v, 5.

past m. sg. wonu, x, 12 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. and
2nd pers. sg. dat. wonumay, I said to thee, xii, 20 ; with
suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. pi. dat. wonuthakh, thou
saidst to them, x, 2 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. wonus,
said to him, xii, 25 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. wonun, he
said, viii, 11 ; neg. wonun-na, xii, 7 ; with suff. 3rd pers.
sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. dat. wonunas, v, 4 ; pi. with suff.
1st pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. sg. dat. watfmay, iv, 1.

f . sg. with suff. 2nd pers. sg. ag. wunHh, x, 1 ; pi. with suff.

1st pers. sg. ag. and 2nd pers. pi. dat. wanemowa (a village

form), x, 1 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. and 3rd pers. pi. dat.

wanenakh, x, 1 ; with suff. 2nd pers. pi. ag. wanewa, x, 6.

past cond. sg. 3, wanihe, vii, 24 (bis).

won, adv. now, v, 6 ; vii, 26 (bis) ; viii, 7. Cf. wdh.

wun, even now, now indeed, now, immediately, ii, 5 ; iii, 1, 2 ;
v, 5, 6, 8 ; viii, 10, 1 ; ix, 4 (bis), 6 (bis), x, 5 (bis), 6, 7 ;
xii, 6, 15, 8 (ter), 9 ; wurie, now and on, still, still more, x, 1 ;
wunP-y, i.q. wun, viii, 7.

wopha, see be-wopha.

wophadori, f. loyalty, fidelity, faithfulness, ii, 2 (bis), 3, 4 (ter),
5, 6, 7, 10, 2.

wophoyl, see be-wophoyi.

wophir, adj. (m.c. for wophir), abundant, plentiful ; tobir Yusuphas
chuh wophir, there is abundant interpretation to Joseph,
i.e. he is full of interpretation, vi, 14.

wopar, adj. other ; kus-tan wopar, someone else, v, 4.

warn 1, adj. well, safe, in good condition ; wara-kara, safe and
sound, x, 8.

403 VOCABULARY wasun

wdra 2, adv. well, thoroughly, properly, vii, 24.

vir, ? gend., a fine (in money) ; vir heth, bringing the money (to

pay a fine), v, 7.
w'w* 1, f. a kind of small earthen pot ; pi. nom. ware, xi, 13.
ww* 2, f. a garden, a field plot in which flowers (e.g. saffron) are

cultivated ; sg. abl. wdri and (m.c.) ware, in the (saffron-)

field, v, 7.
vir*d, m. skilled practice ; hence, magic skill, magic power, ii, 3, 4.
wwiddth, ? gend. an occurrence, incident ; kari amis kentshdh

woriddth, he will do some occurrence to him, i.e. he will devise

something against him, xii, 19.
warihy, m. a year ; pi. nom. warihy, xii, 20.
wora-moj*, f. a step-mother, viii, 1, 11 ; sg. dat. -mdje, viii, 11.
wwa-necyuvu, a step-son ; pi. gen. -neciven-hondu, viii, 3.
wartdwun, to deal out (to), distribute, apportion, dispense ; pres.

m. pi. 3, (chili) wartdwdn, xi, 7.
wdraydh, adj. very much, excessive ; wdraydh Jcdl (viii, 2) or

— kdldh (viii, 2), or — kdlas (iii, 1), for (during) a very long

time.
wwyuvu, m. the house of a man's father-in-law, the house of a

wife's father ; sg. dat. worivis-manz, x, 3.
woruz*, f . the second wife of a widower, — kariln*, (of a widower)

to take a second wife, viii, 1, 11. (The word also means a

woman who has married a second time, after the death of her

first husband.)
ves, f . a female friend, a female crony, xii, 14 ; sg. voc. vest, ix, 1 ;

vis^yiy, ix, 11.
wals, f . the age (of a person) ; sg. dat. hath waisi gav, he went in

age a hundred (years), i.e. he lived for a himdred years,

ii, 12.
wosh, m. a sigh, a groan ; pi. nom. 6su trdwdn dh ta wosh, he was

emitting sighs and groans, i, 5. This word is more usually

written wosh. It is here probably altered to wdsh for the

sake of rhyme.
wasun, to descend, go down, come down, iii, 2, 5, 9 (bis) ; v, 9 ;

vi, 16 (bis) ; viii, 6, 13 ; ix, 4, 6 ; x, 5 ; xii, 6, 7, 11 ; to

come down (in the sense of coming along), to descend (upon

Dd

wustdd HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 404

a place), v, 7 ; wasun bon, to descend, get down, viii, 4 ;
xii, 14, 5 ; tal wasun, to go down below, ix, 6 ; wdth1 guryau
petha bon, they dismounted from the horses, xii, 2 ; wasith
pyonu, to fall down, tumble down, ii, 3, 6 (= Hindi girparnd).
inf. sg. obi. logu wasani, he began to descend, viii, 6 ;
fut. pass. part, f . sg. cheh tal wasun" jay, there is a place to
be descended below, i.e. there is a place to which one must
(in the end) descend (sc. the grave), i.e. we must all die,
ix, 6 ; conj. part, wasith, ii, 3, 6.

impve. pres. sg. 2, was, iii, 5, 9 ; pi. 2, wasiv, vi, 16 ; viii, 4 ;
fut. wdshi, xii, 14 ; with neg. wds{zi-na, xii, 11 ; indie,
frit sg. 3, with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. dat. wasiy, she will descend
in thy presence, xii, 6.

pres. m. sg. 3, chuh wasdn, v, 7 ; wasdn chuh, viii, 13.
past m. sg. 3, wotku, iii, 9 ; xii, 15 : pi. 3, wdth1, vi, 16 ;
x, 5 (m. and f. subject) ; xii, 3 (m. and f. subject) ; f. sg. 1,
wiltsh^s, ix, 4 ; 3, wutsh", iii, 2 ; xii, 7 ; with emph. y>
wutshay, v, 9.

wustdd, m. a preceptor, tutor, teacher ; esp. the teacher from whom
the reciter learnt the stories in this book. Very common in
the phrase dapan wustdd, " the teacher says," as in ii, 1, 5,
9, 10, 2, et passim ; wustdddh, a certain teacher, i, 13.

wasth, m. an article, a thing ; pi. nom. (for ace.) wasih, v, 1.

vis{yiy, see ves.

wath, f. a way, a road, a path, v, 9 ; xii, 14 ; tath osu-na wath,
there was no path into it, i.e. no one was allowed to enter it,
ii, 1 ; sg. abl. wati, (going) by or along a road, v, 7 ; x, 1 ;
xii, 14, 5 ; drav yara-sanzi wati, he went forth by the road of
his friend, i.e. he took the road to his friend's house, x, 4 ;
ada-wati, on half the road, half-way, mid-way, vii, 20 ; har-
wati, on every path, ii, 2 ; wati wati, along the road, vii, 17.

wath, m. joining, uniting, junction, repairing something broken ;
wdth harun, to repair, join broken pieces, x, 12 (bis).

wdth, f . a leap, jump ; — tulun", to leap, ii, 9 (bis) ; — tshunurC1,
id. iii, 4.

wothu, see wasun.

wpthu, see wothun.

405 VOCABULARY watun

wuth, m. a camel ; abl. wwtha-bdr, m. pi. camel-loads, i, 9.
wdthun, to arise, rise, ii, 3 ; iii, 1, 8 (bis) ; v, 6, 9 ; vi, 12, 3 ; xii,

3, 23 ; to arise (of some immaterial thing), to come into

existence, to happen, iii, 3 (an outcry) ; vi, 15 (a famine) ;

(with dat. of person), to rise in reply to a person, to up and

answer, viii, 11 ; xii, 20 ; phirith wdthun, having replied to rise,

to rise and answer, to up and answer, viii, 6 ; x, 2, 6 ; xii, 11 ;

wdthun thodu, to rise erect, to stand up, ii, 5, 6 ; v, 6, 9 ; xii,

14,5.
conj. part, wothith, ii, 3 ; v, 6 ; impve. sg. 2, woth, iii, 8 (bis) ;

indie, fut. sg. 3, woihi, vi, 15 ; with sufT. 2nd pers. sg. dat.

wothiy thodu, (the rock) will stand up before thee, xii, 14.
past m. sg. 3, wothu, ii, 5, 6 ; v, 9 ; vi, 12, 3 ; xii, 3, 15, 23 ;

with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. wgthus, he up and answered him,

viii, 6 ; x, 2, 6 ; xii, 21.

f. sg. 3, wotsh*, iii, 1, 3 ; with sufL 3rd pers. sg. dat. wotsh*s,

she up and answered him, viii, 11 ; xii, 11, 20.
cond. past sg. 3, neg. wothihe-na ihodu, he would not have

stood up, i.e. he would not have been able to stand up, v, 9.
watharun, to spread out ; inf. sg. gen. watharunuku musla, a skin

of spreading out, a leather mat, xii, 18 (bis) ; conj. part.

wathariih, xii, 21.
watharunu, m. a mat, a carpet, xii, 24.
woiharun, to wipe clean ; inf. obi. logu woiharani, he began to wipe

clean, viii, 6 ; imperf. m. sg. 3, 6su wothardn, viii, 6, 13 (bis).
wdtuju, see watul.
watul, m. a sweeper, a mihtar ; sg. ag. wdtdV, xi, 14 ; voc. (addressed

by his wife) wdtal-ganau, 0 pimp of a mihtar, xi, 15 ; f.

wdtuju, a mihtar's wife, sg. dat. wdtaje, xi, 14 ; voc. wdt"j\

xi, 15. Cf. mdra-wdtul.
wotamukh1, adv. upside down, v, 9.
wdtun, to arrive, come to, come up to, reach, ii, 8 ; iii, 1 (ter),

2 (bis), 3 (ter), 4, 7, 9 ; v, 1, 4 (bis), 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 ; vii, 12, 29 ;

viii, 4, 5, 6, 7 (bis), 9, 10, 1 (bis) ; ix, 1 (bis) ; x, 2, 3, 4 (ter),

5 (bis), 6, 7 (bis), 9, 11, 4 (bis) ; xii, 1, 2, 4, 5 (ter), 8, 10 (ter),

1, 2 (bis), 3, 4, 5 (ter), 6, 7, 8 (ter), 9 (bis), 20, 2 (quater),

3, 4 (bis), 5 (bis) ; to arrive at (a person, dat.), get at (him),

watun HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 406

circumvent (him), xii, 13 ; to be suitable, to be proper, to be
convenable (in this sense, the fut. is used in the sense of the
present, like gatshi, see gatshun 1) ; tse ta ase wdti-na, is not
proper for thee and for us, viii, 3, 11 ; kyah wati karunu,
what should be done ? viii, 6, 8, 11.

In the sense of " arriving " if the object is a person, it is
usually put in the dative governed by nish, as in wotu
lalshendkas-nish, he came to the lapidary, xii, 25 ; so
me-nish, to me, xii, 22 (bis) ; waziras-nish, to the vizier,
xii, 5, 10, 3, 9 ; ydras-nish, to (his) friend, x, 4, 11 ; zanani-
nish, to the woman, xii, 4. Or it may be indicated by a
pronominal suffix, as in wdtus, he came to him, xii, 10 ;
wotsus, she came to her, ix, 1 ; xii, 15.

If the object is not a person it may remain simply in the nom.
form of the ace. as in wdtu panunu shehar, he arrived at his
own city, x, 9 ; wdtu gara, he reached the house, iii, 3 ; v, 1,
4 ; x, 4, 6, 14 ; xii, 1, 5, etc. ; or it may be put in the dative,
as in w6tu tath jdye, he arrived at that place, xii, 15 ; or a
postposition may be used, as in wdtu sheharas-kun, he arrived
at the city, x, 5 ; or (with manz) chuh watan bdgas-manz, he
arrives in a garden, iii, 7 ; so janatas-manz, in heaven, xii,
24 (bis) ; sheharas-manz, in the city, x, 14 ; xii, 2 ; wanas-
manz, in a forest, ix, 1 ; or (with peth) wdtu ndgas peth, he
arrived at the spring, iii, 4 ; xii, 12. It will be observed that
the word shehar, a city, may be used either by itself or with
Jcun or with manz.

inf. bbl. logu wdtani, he began to arrive, viii, 6 ; fut. past
part. m. sg. nom. gotshu wdtunu, v, 7 ; gatshi wdtunu, xii, 22
(bis) ; perf. part. m. sg. nom. wdtumotu, xii, 22 ; conj. part.
wotith, vii, 12 ; xii, 18.

fut. sg. 1, wdta, xii, 24 ; 2, wdtalch, xii, 16, 24 ; 3, wati, iii,
9 ; viii, 6, 8, 11 ; xii, 15 ; neg. wdti-na, viii, 3, 11 ; pres.
m. sg. 2 neg. chukh-na watan, xii, 13 ; 3, chuh watan, iii, 7.

past m. sg. 3, w6tu, ii, 8 ; iii, 1 (bis), 3, 4 ; v, 1, 4 (bis), 6 ;
viii, 4, 7 (bis), 9, 10, 1 (bis) ; x, 3, 4 (bis), 5 (bis), 6, 7 (bis),
9, 11, 4 (bis) ; xii, 1, 4, 5 (ter), 10 (bis), 1, 2 (bis), 3, 4, 5, 7,
8, 9 (bis), 20, 2, 3, 5 (bis) ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. ivdtus,

407 VOCABULABY wazir

xii, 10 ; pi. wot1, iii, 1 (m. and f. subject) ; v, 9 (ditto),
11 ; viii, 5 ; x, 2, 4 ; xii, 2 (m. and f. subject), 8 (ditto),
18 (ditto).

f . sg. 3, wotsu, iii, 2 (bis), 3 ; v, 8 ; ix, 1 ; with suff. 3rd
pers. sg. dat. wots^s, ix, 1 ; xii, 15.
fut. perf . m. sg. 3, dsi wdtumotu, vii, 29.
3 past m. sg. 3, wdtsdv, iii, 3.

wdtandivun, to cause to arrive ; fut. pi. 3, wdtandwan, v, 9 ; past
m. sg. with suff. 3rd pers. sg. ag. wdtandwun, iii, 9 ; viii,
9 (bis) ; f. sg. with same suff. wdtandwan, v, 10.

wdtawunu, n. ag. of wdtun, one who arrives, with emph. y, as adv.
wdtawunuy, immediately on arriving, xii, 15.

wotsu, see wdtun.

wotshu, see wothun.

wutshu, see ivasun.

wutsha-prang , m. a flying couch, equivalent to the flying carpet
of English fairy-tales, xii, 18.

wotsus, wdtsdv, see wdtun.

wawun, to sow ; past m. pi. with suff. 1st pers. sg. ag. wdwim,
ix, 9.

vyuru, m. flower-nectar ; with sufl. of indef . art. vyurudh, a little
nectar, a drop of nectar, ix, 2.

wdz, m. a sermon (Musalman) ; pi. nom. (for ace.) wdz, xii, 1.

viz, f. a time, a season ; abl. harda-vizi, in the autumn season, ix, 8.

wuzun, to awake, be awakened, aroused ; past f . sg. 3, wuzu,
viii, 11 ; with sufl. 3rd pers. sg. dat. wuz*s, viii, 11. In
both cases of an evil desire.

wazir, m. a prime-minister, a vizier, ii, 1, 6 (bis), 11 (ter) ; viii,
4, 11, 4 ; xii, 1, 2 (quater), 4, 5, 10 (bis), 3, 9 (bis), 22,
3, 4, 5 (ter), 6 ; sg. dat. waziras, ii, 4 (bis), 5 (bis) ; viii, 11 ;
xii, 4, 5, 5 (nish), 10 (nish), 3 (nish), 9, 9 (nish) ; ag. waziran,
ii, 4, 5 (bis), 7 ; viii, 1, 4, 12 ; xii, 1, 19, 25 ; gen. wazira-
sandi gari, in the vizier's house, xii, 4, 5 ; voc. ay wazira
(addressed by a subordinate), xii, 4 ; wazira (ditto), xii, 13 ;
ha wazira (ditto), xii, 19 ; ha wazira (ditto), xii, 10 ; ha wazlro
(addressed by a superior), ii, 4 ; pi. nom. wazir, viii, 1, 2 ;
dat. waziran, viii, 4 ; ag. wazirau, vi, 16 ; viii, 2.

waziri HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES 408

wazlrl, f . the post or office of a vizier, viziership, xii, 26.

y (izdfat), see e, i, y.

yd, conjunct, or, ii, 12 ; viii, 1 ; yd ... yd, either ... or, x,
3, 7 ; xii, 9.

yi 1 (izdfat), see e, i, y.

yi 2, yi, see yih 1.

Yiblis, m. Iblis, Satan, the Devil, iv, 2.

Yibrdhim, Abraham (the Patriarch), iv, 6.

ydd, m. memory, remembrance ; ydd-i-Aldh, memory of God, i, 7 ;
nds^yeth ydd heth, keeping the advice in mind, xii, 17 ; ydd
pdwun, to cause memory to fall, to cause to be remembered,
(dat. of obj. remembered), vi, 11 ; ydd pyonu, memory to fall,
remembrance to come (to so and so), iii, 5 ; vii, 20 ; xii, 15 ;
amis dddu 6su pemotu ydd, to her the pain has fallen (as)
memory, i.e. she bore in mind the pain, xii, 15 ; chus pewdn
nayistdn ydd, the canebrake falls to her as a memory, she
remembers the canebrake, vii, 26.

yed, f. the belly ; with suff. of indef. art. yedah, ix, 7.

yidam, m. (corruption of the Sanskrit idam), this (world),
vii, 6.

yufrkdh, m. an 'Idgdh, the common outside a town where Musulmans
celebrate the 'Id services (put by an anachronism in Joseph's
time), vi, 16 (bis).

yeg-jah, see yekh-jdh.

yih 1, pron. demonstr. this ; (referring to a person or thing near by,
or just referred to), he, she, it. See noth or neih.

ANIMATE. Subst. Masc. sg. nom. yih, this (referring
to a male), xii, 2 (bis), 15 ; he, ii, 9, 11 ; iii, 7, 8 ; v, 5 ;
viii, 6, 13 ; x, 1, 2, 5 (bis), 6, 12 (bis) ; xii, 1, 3 (quater),
6, 15, 24, and others ; yuh (for yihu), he, xii, 5 ; yuh, this,
ii, 9 ; x, 12 ; with emph. y, yihuy, he verily, x, 7 ; xii, 15 ;
yohay, him verily (nom. form of ace), x, 8 ; yuhuy, x, 1 ;
yi-ti, this one also, x, 8.

pi. nom. yim, they (masc), ii, 3 ; viii, 1, 3, 13 ; x, 1 (bis) ;
xii, 2, 3, 23 ; they (one masc. and one fern.), xii, 18.

dat. yiman, to them (masc), vii, 24 ; viii, 1, 3, 11 ; x, 12
(bis) ; xii, 21 ; to them (masc. and fern.), v, 8 ; in sense of

409 VOCABULARY yih 1

gen., of them, viii, 1, 4, 11, 12 ; with emph. y, yimanuy, to
them verily, vii, 20 ; viii, 13.

ag.-abl. yimau, by them, ii, 3 ; viii, 1, 3, 5 ; xii, 1 (bis),
17 (bis), 22 ; yimav, v, 8 ; viii, 11 ; x, 6, 12 ; yimov, x, 1 ;
with emph. y, yimav^y syodu, in front of them verily, viii, 6
(m. and f.).

gen. (f. nom.) yihilnz", of these (birds, masc), viii, 1.

Fem. sg. nom. yih, this (referring to a female), v, 10 (ter),
12 ; x, 8 ; xii, 25 ; she, ii, 8 ; iii, 4 ; v, 6, 10 (ter) ; viii, 3 ;
xii, 4 (ter), 15, 20 ; with emph. y, yihay, she verily, xii, 20.

pi. dat. yiman pata, after them, xii, 7.

ag. with emph. y, yimav^y, by them verily, iii, 7.

Adj. Masc. sg. nom. yih, this, ii, 8, 9 ; iii, 3, 4 ; v, 5,
10, 1 ; viii, 6 (bis), 7, 9 (ter), 10, 3 (bis) ; ix, 4 (bis) ; x, 5,
7 (bis), 8, 10 (bis), 3, 4 ; xii, 1, 3, 4 (ter), 7, 10 (ter), 3 (bis),
5 (bis), 8, 21 (ter), 2, 4, 5, and others ; yiih, in yus yiih wazir 6su,
he who was this vizier, ii, 11.

dat. yimis, to this, iii, 8 ; x, 5.

ag. yim\ by this, x, 2, 12.

pi. nom. yim, these, v, 9 ; viii, 1 (m. and f .), 3 (bis), 5 (bis),
11 (quater).

dat. yiman, to these, ii, 11 ; vii, 24 ; viii, 1, 3, 4, 11 (bis) ;
x, 5.

ag. yimau, by these, v, 7 ; viii, 3, 9 ; yimav, iii, 1 ; x, 1, 5 ;
xr 12 (bis).

Fem. sg. nom. yih, this, iii, 1 ; v, 7, 8, 9, 10 ; viii, 1 ;
ix, 1, 4 ; x, 7 ; xii, 1, 2, 4 (bis), 5, 6, 7, 13, 5, 8, 20, 5, and
perhaps others.

pi. nom. yima, these, iii, 8.

dat. yiman, to these, xii, 11, 4, 9, 20.

INANIMATE. Subst. Masc. sg. nom. yih, this, iii, 4
(bis), 8, 9 (bis) ; vi, 16 ; viii, 7, 11 ; x, 4, 5 (bis), 7, 12 ;
xii, 4 (bis), 16, 23, and others ; it, viii, 7 ; with emph. y, yl,
this indeed, vi, 8 ; yihuy, this verily, viii, 10 (bis) ; yiy,
this very thing, viii, 1 ; this verily, ii, 5 ; yiy, this verily,
vii, 24 ; iii, 9 ; with conj. ay, if, yiy, if this, iii, 4 (bis), 9.

dat. yiih, to this, v, 1, 6 ; viii, 9 ; xii, 21.

yih 2 HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 410

pi. nom. yim, these (referring to masc. inan. things), x,
2, 12 ; yima (referring to fern. inan. things), viii, 4.

Adj. sg. nom. yih, this, ii, 3, 10 (bis) ; v, 6 ; viii, 1, 5,

7 (bis), 9, 10, 3 ; x, 1, 4 (bis), 5 ; xii, 7, 11, 2, 5 (bis), 7 (bis),
8, 22, 3 (bis), 5, and others ; with emph. y, yihoy, verily this,
v, 10 ; yuhay, this very, xi, 2.

dat. yith, to this, iii, 5, 8 (bis), 9 ; v, 9 ; x, 5, 12.

abl. yimi, from this, viii, 4, 11.

pi. nom. yim, these (masc. things), v, 12 ; x, 12 ; xii, 6 ;
yima, these (fern, things), v, 8 ; viii, 4 ; x, 1, 2, 6 ; with
emph. y, yimay (fern.), these very, xii, 3, 23.

dab. yiman, to these, x, 5.

It will be observed that when emph. y is added to yih,
the word takes several varying forms. As occurring in these
tales they are as follows : yihuy (an. m. and inan.), yihay
(an. f.), yihoy (inan.), yuhuy (an. m.), yohay (an. m.), yuhay
(inan.), yiy (inan.), yiy (inan.), y% (inan.).
yih 2, pron. rel. who, which, what. In construction, the antecedent
clause as a rule contains a demonstrative or other pronoun
as correlative, but in the following cases there is no correlative
pronoun : —

(a) Eelative clause preceding antecedent clause, ii, 9 ;
xi, 3, 8.

(b) Antecedent clause preceding relative clause, v, 7.
When there is a correlative pronoun it is most usually

some form of the demonstrative pronoun tih, q.v., as in —
(a) Eelative clause preceding antecedent clause, ii, 4, 7,

8 (bis), 11 ; iii, 1, 8 (ter) ; v, 8, 9 ; vi, 16 ; vii, 1, 29 ; viii, 6,
8, 9, 11 ; ix, 9 ; x, 1 (bis), 6, 12 (bis) ; xi, 1 ; xii, 3, 7 (bis),
20, 2.

(6) Antecedent clause preceding relative clause, ii, 7 ;
v, 5 ; vii, 8, 29, 30 ; x, 1, 6, 10, 2 ; xii, 4, 7, 11, 5, 25.

Or the correlative pronoun may be some form of yih 1,
as in (in every case the antecedent clause preceding), x, 5 ;
xii, 20, 5.

Or it may be some form of the pronoun ath, as in (antecedent
clause in each case preceding), ii, 9 ; vi, 14 ; x, 7.

411 VOCABULARY yih 2

In vi, 14, the antecedent is the genitive of the interrogative
pronoun kydh, i.e. kamyuku, of what ?

Sometimes the correlative pronoun is used twice, once
immediately after the relative, and again in the antecedent
clause, which in this, case follows the relative clause. The
repeated correlative is not necessarily the same as the one
after the relative pronoun. Thus, yus suh iota 6su, yuh 6su
phakiras nishe, who he (i.e. he who) was the parrot, he was
with the faqir, ii, 9 ; so yus yiih wazir 6su, suh chuh hdpatas-
manz, he who was the vizier, he is (now) in the bear, ii, 11 ;
yus yih pdtashdha-sondu moru 6su, yih trdwun, that which was
the body of the king, that he abandoned, ii, 10 ; yesa yih
Ldlmdl Pan osu, tas dyutun rukhsath, she who was the Fairy
Lalmal, to her he gave leave to depart, xii, 25 ; yesa yih fata
uilun zinith, sa thovun panas, she whom he had won and after-
wards brought home, her he kept for himself, xii, 25.

Like the demonstrative pronouns, the relative pronoun
has animate and inanimate forms, and either of these may be
substantival or adjectival. But in some cases in which we
should look upon the relative as a substantive it is treated
as an adjective. This is specially the case when the
antecedent correlative is an adjective. In such a case the
relative, even if not in direct agreement with a noun, also
takes the adjectival form. Thus, suh lal, yus tujydn, xii, 4,
that ruby which she had taken up. Here we have the in-
animate adjectival form yus, because the antecedent
correlative, suh, is an adjective. The inanimate substantival
form would be yih. Similarly, yih panunu saphar, yus
noyidan 6su pesh onurrwtu, this (yih) his suffering, which he
experienced at the hands of the barber, xii, 25.

The following forms of this pronoun occur in these tales : —

ANIMATE. Subst. Masc. sg. nom. yus, ii, 7 (bis), 8, 11 ;
v, 9 ; vi, 14 ; vii, 29 ; x, 1, 6, 12 (bis) ; yus-akhdh, whoever,
viii, 6, 8, 11.

dat. yes, ii, 8, 9 ; vi, 16 ; vii, 1, 29, 30.

ag. yemi, xii, 7.

pi. nom. yim, ii, 9 ; xi, 8.

yuh HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 412

ag. yimav, xi, 3.

Fem. sg. nom. yesa, x, 6 ; xii, 20, 5.
dat. yes, xii, 15.

Adj. Masc. sg. nom. yus, ii, 9, 11 ; x, 12 ; xii, 25.
Fem. sg. nom. yesa, x, 1 ; xii, 25.

INANIMATE. Subst. sg. nom. yih, v, 7 ; viii, 9 ; x, 1 ;
xii, 6, 7 (bis), 20 ; with emph. y, yiy, what verily, xi, 1 ;
yih-kentshdh, whatever, iii, 1, 8 (ter) ; v, 8.
dat. yeth, x, 7, 10.
abl. yemi, xii, 11.
pi. nom. (masc.) yim, v, 5 ; x, 5.
Adj. sg. nom. yus, ii, 4, 10 ; vi, 14 ; xii, 4, 25.
abl. yemi sdtay, at what time verily, vii, 8.
pi. nom. (masc.) yim, ix, 9.
yuh, yuh, see yih 1.
yihunz", see yih 1.

yihay, yihoy, yihuy, yohay, yuhay, yuhuy, see yih 1.
yikh, see yunu.
yekh-jdh, adv. in one place, (of two persons) together, x, 12 ; yeg-

jdh, id., ii, 4.
yikrdm, in wa-saldm wa-yikrdm, inter j. (may) both the peace and

respect (be on you) (corrupt Arabic), x, 14.
yel, m. pulling (with the arms), restraint ; abl. yela trdwun, to
release from restraint, to let a person go, iii, 4 (bis) ; x,
5 (ter), 12.
yeli, relative adv. when, at what time, ii, 3, 7 (bis) ; iii, 8 ; iv, 7 ;
v, 5, 6 (bis), 9 ; vi, 11 ; vii, 19 (ter), 26 ; viii, 6, 7, 10 ; ix,
5, 7 ; x, 1, 3 (ter), 4 (bis), 5, 7 ; xi, 1 ; xii, 1, 15 (bis), 6, 8, 22.
In v, 8, " when " is used in the sense of " if ".
yem1, yemi, see yih 2.
yim 1, yima, yimau, yim1, yimi, see yih 1.
yim 2, see yih 2.
yimaho, see yunu.

yimdmath, ? gender, the office of a leader of prayers in a mosque,
boh kara yimdmath, I shall act as prayer-leader in a mosque,
I shall adopt the profession of such a leader, xii, 1.
yiman, yiman^y, yimis, see yih 1.

418 VOCABULARY yunu

yamath, adv. as long as, tdmath . . . yamath, so long ... as,
xi, 20.

yimav 1, yimdv, yimavuy, see yih 1.

yimav 2, see yih 2.

yimawa, see yunu.

yimay, see yih 1.

yimoy, see yim".

#ina, conj. that not. kmy akh hath, yina-sa kath karakh, I say to
thee one word, viz. that, sir, you will not make conversation,
i.e. I tell you one thing, — do not converse, xii, 1.

yini, see yunu.

yunu, to come, i, 8 ; ii, 2, 3, 12 ; iii, 1 (bis), 3, 4 (bis) ; v, 5 (quin-
quies), 6 (bis,) 7, 9 (bis), 10, 1 ; vi, 2 (bis), 15, 6 (bis) ; viii,
2, 3 (bis), 6 (bis), 7 (ter), 8, 9, 11 (ter), 3 (ter) ; ix, 1, 3, 6,
7, 8 (bis), 12 ; x, 1, 3 (bis), 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 (quinquies), 4 ; xi,
20 ; xii, 1, 3 (bis), 4 (quater), 5 (ter), 6 (bis), 7 (quinquies),
10, 2, 3 (bis), 4, 5 (bis), 6, 20, 3 (bis), 4.

dv armdn, longing came (to the king), i.e. he felt longing,
iii, 9 ; bdgan1 yunu, to come by (one's) share, to obtain on 's
» share allotted by fate, to receive one's fated portion, ix, 4 ;
bruha yunu, to come in front, to be seen in front of a person,
to come into sight, x, 1 ; boy yin", a smell to come, a smell to
be perceived, xii, 15 ; gar a panunu yunu, to come to one's
own house, to go home, v, 10 (bis) ; xii, 5, 13 ; Idrdn yunu,
to come running, viii, 6 ; nendar yinu, sleep to come, v, 6 (bis) ;
dv tsurimis zdni-sondu pahar, the watch of the fourth man
came, i.e. it was now the time for him to go on watch, viii, 11 ;
phakh chus yiwdn, a stink comes from it, i.e. it stinks, ii, 4 ;
rath dye, night came, x, 5 ; subuh logu yini, morning began
to come, x, 8 ; so subuh dv, morning came, xii, 9 ; tasali ds-na,
satisfaction did not come to him, i.e. he was not satisfied,
vi, 16 ; dye zabdn, speech came, i.e. she became able to speak,
ix, 1.

With conj. parts, we have heth yunu, having taken to
come, i.e. to bring, to take with one (Hindi le and), iii, 1 ;
viii, 6 ; xii, 2, 5, 11, 2 ; ninth yunu, to come forth, xii, 12 ;
phiriih yunu, to come back, to return, v, 1, 4, 10 (bis).

yunu HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 414

With the abl. of the infinitive of another verb yunu forms
a passive, as in kanana yunu, to be sold, vii, 26 ; walana yunu,
to become wrapped up, ix, 7. The passive of bozun, to hear,
bozana yunu, means (1) (potentially) to be visible, xii, 22 ;
or (2) to be considered as such and such, to appear to be
such and such, viii, 5 ; x, 4 (bis) ; or (3) to be known, recognized,
as such and such, xii, 3.

inf. me na bani yunu, to come will not be possible for me,
i.e. I shall not be able to come, x, 3 ; tse gatshi yunu, thou
must come, xii, 7 ; tuhondu gatshi yunu, you must come,
xii, 15 ; abl. subuh logu yini, morning began to come, x, 8 ;
fut. pass. part. f. hetsunas yinu nendar, sleep began to come
to him, v, 6 ; perf. part. m. sg. dmotu, come (H. dyd hud),
viii, 6.

impve. sg. 2 (irreg.) wola, v, 5 ; x, 5, 12 ; pol. sg. 2, yita,
with emph. y, yitay, ix, 1 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. yitam,
please come to me, vi, 2.

fut. sg. 1, yima, with suff. 2nd pers. pi. dat. yimawa, I will
come to you, xii, 1 ; 2, with neg. interrog. yikh-nd, wilt thou
not come ? vi, 2 ; 3, yiyi, xii, 16 ; with suff. 2nd pers. sg.
dat. yiyiy, will come to thee, v, 6 (bis) ; xii, 6 ; pi. 1, yimav,
with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. yimoy, we shall come to thee,
v, 10 ; 3, yin, with suff. 2nd pers. sg. dat. yinay, they will
come before thee, xii, 6.

pres. m. sg. 3, chuh yiwdn, xii, 3 ; yiwdn chuh, v, 5 ; xii, 4 ;
neg. yiwdn chuna, xii, 22 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. abl. chus
yiwdn, is coming from it, ii, 4 ; pi. 2, chiwa yiwdn, viii, 5 ;
f. sg. 3, cheh yiwdn, xii, 15 ; with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. and
neg. ches-na yiwdn, v, 6 ; imperf . f . pi. 3 (auxiliary omitted)
yiwdn, vi, 15.

1 past m. sg. 1, as, x, 12 ; 2 (with vocative suff. 5) akho,
ii, 2 ; 3, dv, i, 8 ; ii, 3, 12 ; iii, 1, 9 ; v, 1, 4, 9, 10 ; vi, 16
(bis) ; viii, 3, 6 (ter), 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 (bis), 3 ; x, 6, 7, 12, 20 ;
xii, 3, 4 (ter), 5 (quinquies), 7 (bis), 9, 10, 11, 2 (bis), 3 (ter),
4, 20, 3, 4 ; with suff. 1st pers. sg. dat. dm, viii, 13 ; with suff.
2nd pers. sg. dat. 6y, x, 4 ; xii, 3 ; irreg. with neg. interrog.
dy-nd, did there not come to thee ? ix, 3 ; with suff. 3rd pers.

416 VOCABULARY yora 2

sg. dat. as, viii, 7 (bis) ; x, 4 ; with neg. ds-na, vi, 16 ; x, 4 ;
with suft\ 3rd pers. pi. dat. dkh, x, 1 (bis).

pi. 1, ay, v, 9 (m. and f.) ; x, 6, 7, 8, 12 ; 3, ay, viii, 2,
11, 3 ; ix, 7, 8 ; with sufE. 1st pers. sg. dat. am, viii, 3, 11.

fern. sg. 1, ayes, ix, 4 ; 2, ayekh, iii, 1 ; 3, dye, iii, 4 (bis) ;
v, 5, 7, 10 ; vii, 26 ; ix, 1 ; x, 5, 12 ; xii, 2, 7 ; with neg.
dye-na, v, 6 ; with neg. interrog, ix, 3 ; with surT. 1st pers.
sg. dat. dyem, v, 5 ; pi. 3, aye, xii, 7.

3 past m. sg. 3, dydv, with suft\ 1st pers. sg. dat. dyam,
iii, 3.

perf. m. sg. 3, dmotu (without auxiliary), v, 11 ; chuh
amotu, x, 12, 4 ; f . sg. 3, with sufE. 2nd pers. sg. dat. chey
dmiitsu, v, 5 ; plup. m. sg. 3, with sufE. 1st pers. sg. dat.
bsum dmotu, iii, 1 ; fut. perf. m. sg. 3, ma dsi dmotu, I wonder
if he has come, xii, 23.

cond. past sg. 1, yimaho, x, 3.
yengur, charcoal, pi. nom. yengar, xi, 17.
yinsdn, m. a human being, a man, x, 7 ; xii, 7 ; -hyuhu, like a

human being, x, 7 (bis) ; fern. -hishu, x, 7.
yinsaph, m. compassion, — gos (viii, 4) or dilas yinsaph pyos (viii,

11), he felt compassion.
yinay, see yunu.
ydn, adv. as soon as, xii, 15.
yinu, see yunu.

yenew6lu, m. the bridegroom's party in a marriage festival ; hence,
a marriage festival (from the bride's point of view), xii, 15 ;
— karun, to hold a marriage festival, xii, 17, 18.
yipor1, adv. in this direction, v, 4. Cf. apor1.
ydr, m. a friend, iv, 4 ; x, 1, 4, 6 ; sg. dat. yarns, x, 4, 11 ; ag. ydran,
x, 4 (bis), 11 ; gen. ydra-sondu, x, 4, 11 ; yara-sanzi wati,
on the friend's road, on the road to (his) friend, x, 4 ; voc.
ydr a, 0 friend, vi, 1, etc. ; x, 4 (bis) ; pi. nom. ydr, iv, 7 ;
v, 9 ; vii, 5.
ydr, adv. here, in this place, ii, 2 ; viii, 5 ; ix, 6, 8, 10, 2 ; x, 4.
yora 1, adv. hence, from this place, v, 8.

yora 2, rel. adv. whence, from what place (with torn as correlative),
i, 6.

yur* HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 416

yiir1, adv. emph. form of yor, even here, hither ; diyiv yur1, give

ye (them) even here, produce them, x, 12 ; wolinju gatshes

yur1 anun", bring his heart here (hither), x, 5 ; an kdkad

yur1, bring the paper here (hither), xii, 15 ; cy6nu gatshi

wdtunu yur1', you must come here (hither), xii, 23 ; sg. gen.

yurt-hond" wola, come here ! v, 5.
YdrJcand, m. the town of Yarkand, in Central Asia, xi, 1, etc.
yiran, f. an anvil, xi, 16.
Yiran, m. Iran, Persia, ii, 1.
yes, yesa, yus, see yih 2.
Yisdh, m. Jesus, iv, 4.
Yusuph, m. Yusuf, Joseph, vi, 1, etc. ; sg. dat. yusuphas, vi, 14, 16 ;

ag. yusuphan, vi, 15 (bis) ; gen. yusupha-sondu , vi, 10.
yeti, adv. where, in the place which, viii, 11 ; x, 7.
yit1, adv. here, xii, 18 ; yiV-kydh . . . aV-kydh, here you see on

the one hand . . . there you see on the other hand, viii, 13 ;

yitf-kydh . . . yitf-kyah, here you see . . . and here you see,

x, 12.
yiti, adv. from here, hence, v, 5, 8 ; here, v, 8 ; sg. gen. yityuku,

m. sg. dat. yitikis pdtashehas-nishe, to the king of this place,

x, 1.
yi-ti, see yih 1.
yotu, adv. where ; yotu-tdn, up to which place, i.e. until, as soon as,

xii, 6. Cf. yotdfi.
yutu 1, adj. this much, with emph. y, yutuy, xi, 20. This word is

usually spelt yutu.
yutu 2, adv. yutu-tdn, up to here, i.e. in the meantime, v, 7. Cf.

yutdn.
yutu, adv. yutu . . . tyutu, as soon as ... so soon, xii, 2.
yelh, see yih 2.
yiih, see yih 1.

yith-nay, conj. so that not, in order that not, ix, 12.
yetha, adv. how, in the manner which ; with emph. y, yethay poth1,

in what very manner, exactly as, xii, 2.
yitha, adv. thus, in this manner ; with emph. y, yithay pothin, in

this very manner, viii, 3.
yuthu, adj. and adv. as, of what kind, xii, 24 (correlative tyuthu) ;

417 VOCAB ULABY zah

with emph. y, yuthuy, as verily, even as, exactly as (correl.

tyuthuy), v, 6 ; xii, 12, 5 ; even as, at the very time that, viii, 7

(correl. tyuthuy).
yitam, see yunu.

yotdn, adv. until, (contraction of yotu-tdn, see yotu), v, 10.
yutdn, adv. in the meantime, (contraction of yutu-tan, see yutu),

v, 5.
yitay, see yunu.

yetdt1, adv. where, in the place where, xii, 6.
yutuy, see yutu 1.

yutsu, adj. much, very, yiitsu-k6lu, for a long time, ii, 4.
yiwan, see yunu.
yiy 1, 2/^?/, see yih 1.
yiy 2, see yih 2.
y»yi, yiywy, see yunu.
zabdn, f . tongue, speech, language ; — karilnu, to say a thing ;

hence, to promise, x, 8 ; — dye, speech came (to it), it became

able to speak (of a bee), ix, 1 ; sg. abl. zabdn", by word of

mouth, xii, 16.
zabar, adj. superior, excellent, vii, 8, 28 ; — gav, it became excellent,

as an interj. all right ! xii, 15.
zace, see zutu.
zdda, m. at end of compound, a son ; dkhun-zdda, the son of a

religious teacher, xii, 2 ; sg. dat. okhun-zddas, xii, 2 ; pdtashdh-

zdda, a king's son, a prince, sg. dat. -zddas, viii, 5 ; pi. nom.

-zdda, viii, 3 (bis), 11 (ter) ; dat. -zadan, viii, 4 (bis) 11 (bis) ;

gen. -zddan-hondu, viii, 4 ; shdh-zdda, a prince ; sg. dat.

-zddas, viii, 13 ; pi. nom. -zdda, viii, 5, 11 (bis), 3.
zodu, m. a hole ; f. ziid" (pi. nom. zade), a small hole, vii, 25.
zid, m. hatred; amis 6su zid Yusujpha-sondu, he hated Joseph, vi, 10.
zdgun, to watch for, to be wide awake and on the alert ; imperf .

m. sg. 3, with suff. 3rd pers. sg. dat. dsus dagdy zdgdn dddkhah,

disloyalty, (like) a petitioner, was watching in him, ii, 5.
zah, card, two, viii, 8, 11 ; following noun qualified, bace zah, two

young ones, viii, 1 ; bmf-bdrdn1 zah, two brothers, viii, 5 ;

botsu zah, the two members of a family, husband and wife,

v, 9, 10 ; viii, 1 ; gabar zah, two sons, viii, 1 ; gul* zah, the two

zah HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES 418

fore-arms, v, 9 ; goldm zah, two servants, viii, 5 ; gur1 zah,
two horses, xii, 1 ; hurt* zah, two dogs, viii, 4, 12 (bis), 3 ;
hod1 zah, two prisoners, v, 9 ; lot chis zah, he has two rubies,
xii, 3 ; neciv* zah, two sons, viii, 11 ; pdtashah-zdda zah, two
princes, viii, 3 (bis), 11 ; rinz1 zah, two balls, v, 3, 4 (bis), 5 ;
shdh-zdda zah, two princes, viii, 11 ; wblinje zah, two hearts,
viii, 3, 4 (ter), 11, 2 ; yim zah, these two, viii, 5.

Preceding noun qualified, zah hod1, two prisoners, v, 8 ;
zah hatha, two statements, x, 1, 4.

sg. abl. doyi lati, on two occasions, viii, 7.
pi. dat. don, viii, 11 ; following noun qualified, bdyen don,
to the two brothers, xii, 15 ; pdtashdh-zddan don, to the two
princes, viii, 11 ; yiman don pdtashohiyen kits", for the
kingdoms of these two, x, 11 ; zandnan don, to two women,
xii, 11,4; preceding qualified noun, don bdtsan, to the husband
and wife (see hots" zah, ab.), viii, 1, 6.

pi. gen. pdtashdh-zddan don-hanza, of the two princes,
viii, 4 ; yiman don-handi-khota, than these two, xii, 19.

pi. ag. baranyau doyau, by the two brothers, viii, 3 ; hodyau
doyav, by the two prisoners, v, 7 ; yimav doyav, by these two,
iii, 1 ; x, 5 ; doyau bdtsau, by the husband and wife, viii, 2, 5.

zah, adv. ever, at any time ; na zah, never, xi, 14.

zahar, m. poison, viii, 6, 7, 13 (bis) ; pdtashehas khotu zahar, poison
rose to the king, i.e. he became enraged, viii, 7.

zal, m. scratching (with the nails) ; with sufT. of indef. art. zHd-zald,
a continuous scratching, xii, 17.

zal, m. a net ; with suff. of indef. art. zdldh layun, to cast a net (to
catch fishes), i, 6,7, 8; sg. dat. zdlas, i, 6 ; zdlas walana yunu,
to be caught in a net, ix, 7.

Zalikhd, f . N.P. Zulaikha (the wife of Potiphar, in the story of
Joseph), vi, 1, etc.

zalil, adj . brought low, humbled, i, 4.

zulm, m. tyranny ; — karun, to do tyranny, ix, 1 ; me chuh
zulm gomotu, tyranny has been done to me, ix, 1 (bis), 6.

zdlun, to set on fire, to kindle, to burn ; conj. part, zolith, iii, 1 ;
fut. sg. 1, zdla, iii, 4 (bis) ; past m. sg. z6lu, iii, 4 ; with sufT.
3rd pers. pi. ag. zdlukh, ii, 12 ; iii, 4.

419 VOCABULABY zanana

zima, m. responsibility ; zima karun, to make a responsibility ;
tson zanen kdrin zima tsor pahar, four watches were made
a responsibility to the four men, i.e. each was put in charge
of a watch, viii, 5 ; zima hyonu, to take responsibility, i.e.
to confess, admit, yih ches-na hewdn zima keh, she does not
admit anything, xii, 15 ; zima khdlun, to cause a responsibility,
to mount ; khdlunas zima takhsir, he caused the responsibility
(for) the crime to mount on him, i.e. he proved him guilty,
x, 12 ; zima khasun responsibility to mount ; kalsi chuna
khasan zima, on no one does the responsibility mount, i.e. no
one could be proved guilty, iii, 3.

zomba, m. a Yak ; pi. nom. zdmba, xi, 6.

zamin, f. earth, land, ix, 9 ; the world, land, as opposed to the sky,
iii, 8 ; sg. dat. maje-zamini, in mother earth, ix, 9 ; pi. abl.
satav zaminav tap, below the seven worlds, iii, 8.

zan, f . a woman ; marda-zan, man or woman, vii, 23 ; mqkhar-i-zan,
the coquetry of a woman, x, 13.

zan, f. knowledge, understanding, vii, 29 ; gor-zan, adj. ignorant,
vii, 27 ; xi, 5.

zm, m. a saddle ; guru zin karith, a horse ready saddled, iii, 8 ;
pi. nom. zace-zin, rag-saddles, saddles made of rags, xi, 9.

zonu, m. a man, a male person ; kunuy zonu, only one person ;
gav kunuy zonu, he went alone ; sg. gen. zdn^sond^*, viii, 11 ;
pi. nom. zan1, x, 1 ; dat. zanen, viii, 5 ; x, 5, 6, 12 (bis) ; ag.
zanev, x, 1, 2. Cf. ziin".

zun, f . moonlight ; zuna-dab, f . a kind of roof-bungalow, or small
erection on the roof of a house, in which people sit to enjoy
the moonlight ; sg. dat. -dabi, -jpeth, on the roof-bungalow,
viii, 1.

zinda, adj. living, alive, ii, 3 ; with emph. y, zinday, x, 8 (bis).

zang, f. the leg, ii, 11.

zanana, f. a woman ; ii, 1 ; iii, 4 (ter), 5, 9 (ter) ; v, 5 (bis), 11, 2 ;
viii, 11 ; x, 1, 5 (several times), 6 ; xi, 7 ; xii, 4 (several
times), 5 (ter), 6, 10, 1, 4, 9 (ter), 20 ; a wife, iii, 1 ; v, 1,
4, 7, 9, 10 ; x, 5, 12, 3.

sg. nom. iii, 1, 5 ; v, 1, 10 ; viii, 11 ; x, 1, 5, 6, 13 ; xii,
4 (bis), 5 (bis), 6 ; with suff. of indef. art. zanana, x, 5 ; xii,

zdnun HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES 420

4, 10 ; zandndh, iii, 4 ; zandnd akh, x, 5 ; sg. dat. zandni,
iii, 4, 9 ; v, 4 ; x, 5 ; xii, 4 ; ag. zandni, iii, 4, 9 (bis) ; v, 5
(bis), 7, 9, 11 ; x, 5, 12 ; xii, 4, 5 ; gen. zandni-handis, x, 5;
pi. nom. zandna, xii, 19 (ter) ; with emph. y, zandnay, only
women, v, 12 ; dat. zandnan, ii, 1 ; xi, 7 ; xii, 11, 4, 20.

zdnun, to know ; to know how, x, 12 ; xi, 8, 15 ; impve. sg. 2,
zdn, i, 12 ; tsah zdn ta yih zdn, (a woman addressing a man and
a woman) do thou (the man) know, and do this x woman
(i.e. thou, this woman) know, v, 9 ; fut. (often in sense of
pres.) kuwa zdna, how do I know, v, 9 ; with neg. interrog.
zdna-nd, do I not know ? i.e. of course I know, x, 12 ; 2,
zdnakh kariih, thou wilt know how to make, x, 12 ; 3, zdni,
vi, 14 ; vii, 27, 8, 9, 30 ; pi. 1, dsi na zdnav, we do not
know how (sc. to work), xi, 15 ; 3, yim na zdnan, who do not
know how (sc. to make a certain sound), xi, 8.

zenun, to conquer (xi, title) ; to win (x, 1, 6, 7) ; zendn anun, to
conquer (a country), xi, 1, 2, etc. ; zinith anun, to capture
(a person), xii, 25 ; inf. obi. (inf. of purpose) zenani, xi, title ;
conj. part, zinith, xii, 25 ; pres. part, zendn, xi, 1, 2, etc. ;
fut. sg. 3, zeni, x, 1, 6 ; pi. 3, zenan, x, 7.

zinis, see zyunu.

ziinu, f. a female person, a woman, xii, 7, 15 ; pi. nom. zane, xii,
6, 7 ; dat. zanen zeth", the eldest of the females, xii, 6. Cf.
zonu, of which this is the fern.

zdr, a prayer, supplication (made in misery or sorrow), i, 13 ; pi.
nom. zdr, iv, 1 ; zdra-pdr, m. ejaculatory prayers, ix, 1 ;
x, 5 (bis) ; zdra-pdra, m. entreaty, coaxing request,
ii, 3, 5.

zdr, m. force ; — karun, to use (moral) force, to insist, viii, 2 ;
xii, 15.

ziru, f. a push, shove, nudge ; — din", to push, etc., x, 7 (bis).

zargar, m. a goldsmith ; zargar-necyuvdh, a young goldsmith, v, 2.

zdra-pdr, zdra-pdra, see zdr.

zordwdr, adj. powerful, mighty, xi, 2.

zurydth (for zurriyat), f. progeny, offspring ; hence, the offspring
of God, the whole world, vii, 8.

zdsanuy, a word used by Hatim in i, 12, but the meaning of which

421 VOCABULABY zyuthu

is unknown to him ; he gives it as part of the traditional

text, a variant reading is fee dsunuy.
ziif, f . a rag ; sg. dat. zace-zin, rag-saddles, saddles made of rags,

xi, 9.
zdth, f. a race, tribe, caste ; dewa-zdth, of demon race, xii, 16.
zethu, see zyuthu.
zlth1, see zyuthu.
zuv, m. the soul, ii, 4.
zyunu, m. firewood, ii, 12 ; xi, 7 ; xii, 20, 1, 4 (bis) ; sg. dat. zinis,

xii, 21, 2, 4.
ziydphath, f . a feast, a dinner-party, x, 4, 11 ; a dish of food brought

as a present, a present of dainty food, x, 5 (bis), 10 ; with

sufT. of indef . art. ziydphathd, x, 5.
zyuthu, adj. old, elder, eldest ; m. the head or superior of a guild

of artizans, v, 1 ; m. sg. dat. zithis-hihis, to the elder (of two

brothers) (cf . hyuhu), viii, 5 ; f . sg. nom. zethu, the eldest

(sister), xii, 6.
zyuthu, adj. long ; m. pi. nom. zith1 atha damn*, to stretch out the

arms, vii, 25.

APPENDIX I

INDEX OF WORDS IN SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT,

SHOWING THE CORRESPONDING WORDS IN GOVINDA

KAULA'S TEXT

Figures between marks of parenthesis indicate the number of
times, when there are more than one, that a word occurs
in the passage to which reference is made. The word
" caret " indicates that the word referred to does not occur
in Govinda KauUis text. The order of words is the same
as that employed in the Vocabulary.

a (e), x, 4.

a (i), xi, 4.

ai (ay), x, 3 ; xii, 4.

ai (ay), viii, 11.

ai (ay), viii, 6, 8.

5* (fy), v, 9.

au (caret), vii, 13.

du (dv), i, 8 ; ii, 3, 12 ; iii,
1, 9; v, 1, 4, 9, 10; vi,
16 (2) ; viii, 3, 6 (3), 7, 8, 9,
10, 1 (2), 3; x, 6, 7, 12;
xi, 20 ; xii, 3, 4 (3), 5 (5),
7 (2), 9, 10, 1, 2, 3 (3), 4,
20, 3, 4.

i (e), vi, 17 ; x, 4 (2).

i (i), x, 13 ; xii, 10, 5, 7, 9 (3).

o (6), vii, 26.

db (db), v, 4 (4) ; viii, 7 (2).

db* (aba), viii, 7 (2) ; x, 5.

ibrdhim (yibrahim), iv, 6.

abas (abas), viii, 7.

dbtqr (abtar), vi, 12.

ach (ache), xii, 22.

achqn (achen), v, 11.

ad (ada), vii, 20.

adr (ada), viii, 10.

adq (ada), v, 6, 9 (2) ; viii, 3, 10,
' 1, 3 ; x, 2, 7 ; xii, 3, 4.

ade (ada), iii, 1.

ode (ada), v, 8.

ada (add), x, 8 ; xii, 4, 9, 11, 2.

adq (ora), xii, 12.

Idgdh (yuV-kdh), vi, 16 (2).

qdalat (addluts^), v, 9.

adql (adala), i, 3.

ddam (ddam), iv, 2, 3 ; vii, 6, 7.

dd*mas (ddamas), vii, 6.

idam (yidam), vii, 6.

afsqrqs (apsaras), x, 12.

age (age), xi, 4.

dga (dgdh), ii, 9.

agar (agar), viii, 13.

dgur (dgur), viii, 7.

dgqs (dgas), viii, 6, 8, 11.

dgqye (dgayi), y, 7.

ah (ah), i, 5 ; iv, 3.

ahadai (ahaday), i, 2.

ahmqd (ahmad), i, 13.

ahengdrqn (dhan-gdrdn), xi, 16.

a& (aM), ii, 1 ; v, 1, 9, 11 ;

vi, 15 ; viii, 7, 9, 11, 4 ;

x, 5, 7, 8 ; xii, 1 (3), 3 (2).
ak (caret), viii, 7.
ok1 (aki), v, 1 ; viii, 3.
ok1 (dk{), viii, 1 ; x, 12 ; xii, 1.

aki

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

424

aki (aki), ii, 8 ; iii, 1 ; v, 1 ;

viii, 1, 3, 7, 11.
ak (dkh), x, 1 (2).
akh (akh), i, 4 ; xii, 10, 5,

9,21.
aklna (akhah), v, 7 ; viii, 6, 8, 11.
dkhu (dkho), ii, 2.
dkhun (dkhun), xii, 1, 2 (2).
dkhun (dkhun), xii, 25.
okun (6-kuri), xii, 23.
ikrdm (yikrdm), x, 14.
a^s (akis), i, 3, 4 ; ii, 8 ; iii,

1 (2), 7 ; v, 6 10, 1 ; viii,

5, 7 (3), 9 (2) ; ix, 1 ; xii, 2.
akis (akis), iii, 4, 7 ; xii, 2.
a%^ (akith), xii, 14.
a&<^ (uk"y), xii, 15.
a&o?/ (okuy), xii, 13.
afau (akw), x, 5 (2), 12 (2) ;

xii, 7, 15.
dl (6lu), viii, 1.
alii (alii), i, 4.
alia (aldh), i, 7.
ilM (aldh), ii, 12 (2).
iWaA, see la illdh, vi, 17.
alam (alam), i, 13 ; iv, 3.
dVndsh (oP-nash), ix, 3.
dlis (olis), viii, 1.
al vida (alviddh), vii, 16.
am1 (ami), v, 1 (2), 4, 5, 6 (2), 9,

11, 6 (2) ; viii, 1 (2) ; x, 12 ;
• xii, 2, 3, 4 (3), 5 (2), 7 (3).
am1 (am*), v, 4 (2) ; vi, 14 ;" viii,

7, 9 (2).
am1 (dmiy), v, 9.
am1 kuy (amyuku), vi, 15.
am1 sund (asondu), viii, 9.
am1 suy (amisuy), viii, 7.
ami (ami), iii, 9 ; v, 4, 5, 11 ;

viii, 13 ; ix, 1 ; x, 3.
ami (amiy), viii, 1, 6, 10 ; ix, 1.
ami suy (amis^y), v, 7,

am1 (ami), ii, 5, 9 ; iii, 1, 2, 4 (2),

6, 8, 9 ; xii, 7, 12.

amf (dm*'), ii, 4, 7 (2), 8 ; iii, 1 (2),
9 ; v, 4, 7, 8 ; viii, 1, 8, 10 ;
x, 1 (2), 2, 5 (3), 6, 7 (2), 8,
12 ; xii, 4, 7 (2), 10.

am* 5a?/ (amisuy), iii, 4, 8.

a?w* sm?/ (amisuy), ii, 8.

ami (ami), ix, 6 ; x, 3.

ami suy (amisuy), x, 10.

dm (dm), viii, 3, 11, 3.

aV (ami), xii, 15.

a^ (dm*), xii, 17, 25.

almi (ami), xii, 15 (8), 7 (2), 8,
20.

a*mi suy (amisuy), xii, 15.

a*m* (ami), iii, 1.

a*'m** (dm1), xii, 15, 8, 22, 5.

almi (ami), xii, 18, 22, 3.

a*mi sund (dmi-sondu), xii, 7.

dlmi (dm1), xi, 11.

amob (amobu), xi, 18.

amdnat (amdnath), x, 12 (2).

dmpa (dmpa), viii, 1.

amd> (amdr), v, 2.

amis (amis), viii, 6 ; ix, 1 (2), 4 ;
xii, 4, 5.

amis (ami), x, 5.

amis (amis), ii, 1, 3, 4 (2), 5 (3),
9 (2), 10 ; iii, 1 (2), 2 (4),
8 (3), 9 ; v, 2 (2), 3 (3), 7 (2),
8, 9 (3), 10 (2), vi, 10 ; vii,
20 (2) ; viii, 3, 5 (2), 6 (3),

7, 8, 9, 10 (5), 1 (2), 3 (5) ; ix,
6 ; x, 1 (2), 2 (2), 3 (2), 4 (4),
5 (6), 7 (8), 8 (3), 11, 2 (3) ;
xii, 2, 3 (2), 4 (4), 5 (4), 6,

8 (2), 10 (4).
amis (caret), x, 7.
amis suy (amis), viii, 11.

almis (amis), xii, 15 (3), 7, 8 (2),

9 (3), 25.

421

INDEX TO SIR AUEEL STEIN'S TEXT

ase

a'mis (amis), xii, 9, 11, 2, 3 (5),

5 (3), 9 (2), 21, 2 (2), 4, 5.
qm>sund (dmi-sondu), viii, 6.
qmisandi (dmi-sandi)) x, 5.
amisund (dmi-sondu), v, 3 ; viii,

8, 10.
qmisqnz (dmt-siinz"), iii, 4.
qmisunz (dmi-sunzii), xii, 4.
atmisqnzi (dmi-sanzi), xii, 15.
amw£ (amotu), iii, 1 ; v, 11 ; viii,

6 ; x, 12, 4 ; xii, 23.
dmuts (amutsu), v, 5.
qmy (dm1), ii, 5.
qmvuk (amyuku), iii, 4.
qmyuk (amyuku), iii, 4.
a{mvuk (amyuku), xii, 17.
an (aw), iii, 5, 9 (2) ; xii, 15.
ana (ana), x, 5 ; xii, 4, 5, 11.
am mot1 (d^mat1), v, 8.

ana (ona), v, 4 (2).

dne (ona), v, 4.

and (and), x, 5.

andar (andar), i, 13 ; iii, 8 (4).

andas (andas), xii, 6.

qnhas (onuhas), vi, 16.

aw&a (ankah), ii, 2, 3, 4 (3), 5, 6,

7, 10, 2.
cm&a (ankah), ii, 2.
am& (dnikh), v, 9 ; viii, 1 ; x, 12.
emw& (anukh), x, 12.
am'& (dnikh), x, 12.
am£& (onukh), ii, 11, 2 ; vi, 16 ;

x, 12.
wnn/j (onukh), vi, 15.
on mw^ (onumotu), xii, 25.
anan (anan), x, 12 ; xii, 19.
anqnai (ananay), xii, 16.
anqni (anani), x, 5.
awcm (anon), xi, 1, 2.
anwn (anun), iii, 9.
amm (anunu), v, 4 ; xii, 21 (3).
qnun (anun), iii, 5.

anww (onun), iii, 5 ; viii, 9 (2) ;

xii, 4.
anqnv (anun*1), x, 5.
awe% (anunu), xii, 19, 20 (2).
ansa (an sa), xii, 10.
insaf (yinsaph), viii, 11.
msan (yinsan), x, 7 (3).
am'Z (anith), iii, 1 ; xii, 4 (2).
a%ai (amy), viii, 4.
a%6 /ias (anehas), vi, 16.
a% (an), x, 5, 12.
qnyhai (dnlhay), xi, 10.
qnyik (un^kh), ii, 8.
any ilk (anyukh), x, 12.
any am (anam), ix, 2.
qnyum (anyum), vi, 16 (2).
anyen (iln^n), xii, 25.
an?/m (un^n), x, 10.
anythas (unHhas), xii, 11.
apaV (apor1), v, 7.
apqtr* (apor1), v, 4.
ajrnz (apozu), v, 9.
a> (a>), ix, 3 ; x, 12.
dY (6>a), v, 2.
dV (or"), xi, 14.
dra (ora), v, 8.
are (ora), v, 4, 9.
dure (ora), v, 2.
aram (aram), iii, 3, 7 ; v, 9 ;

viii, 5.
arman (armdn), iii, 9.
aramas (aramas), viii, 13.
Iran (ylran), ii, 1.
arzo (arz 6), vii, 26.
as1 (ase), vi, 5 ; viii, 1, 3.
as1 (as1), v, 10 ; viii, 3.
asi (ase), viii, 11 ; x, 2, 12 (2) ;

xii, 17.
as1 (ds{), xii, 1.
as (as), viii, 7 ; x, 4, 12.
as (6su), viii, 9.
ase (asa), xi, 7 (2).

as

IIATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

426

as* (dsi), vii, 29, 30 ; viii, 6.

as* (ds{), viii, 1, 4 ; xi, 5.

dsi (dsi), i, 2 ; viii, 7 ; x, 1,

.8(2K
dsi he (dsihe), ii, 4.

aV (as*), xii, 19.

aisi (dsi), xii, 23.

as* (os{), v, 9 ; x, 1.

as (as), vi, 16 ; viii, 7.

as (os*), vi, 11 ; viii, 3 (2), 5,
11 (2) ; x, 5 ; xii, 1.

as (os*), ii, 1 ; v, 1, 10 ; vii, 7,
16 ; viii, 1 ; ix, 1 ; x, 5 (3),
7 ; xii, 4, 15, 20 (2), 5.

as (6su), i, 4, 5, 6 ; ii, 1 (2), 4,
5 (2), 7, 8, 9 (3), 10 (2),
11 (2) ; iii, 1 (2) ; v, 1 (2),
2, 7, 9 (2) ; vi, 10 (2), 4 ;
vii, 8 ; viii, 1 (2), 6, 7 (2),
9 (5), 11, 3 (3) ; x, 4, 7 (2),
10, 2 (2) ; xii, 15 (2), 25 (2).

as (dsus), v, 2.

as, see bud* as, xii, 1.

as na (6suna), xii, 2.

as na (ds-na), vi, 16.

as na (6suna), vi, 16.

as nas (6sunas), v, 6.

as suy (osuy), vii, 16.

dsa (dsa), iii, 7.

dsa (dsa), x, 14 ; xi, 19.

as* (ds{), i, 3 ; viii, 1, 11 ; xi, 8.

dsi (dsiy), xii, 11.

as1 ndv (ashgndv), x, 6.

dsu (dsa), viii, 7.

dsu (6su), i, 1, 2.

isd (yisdh), iv, 4.

os (6su), xii, 15.

dsihe (dsihe), ii, 5.

ashkq (qshgka), vii, 30.

qshik (qshekh), v, 2 (2).

qshkun (qshgkunu), v, 10.

ashkanye (qsWkane), v, 2.

as^* new (dshendv), x, 1.

dshndu (dsh^ndv), x, 10.

asfos (os"s), xii, 9.

asa& (dsakh), i, 3.

dsw& (dsukh), viii, 2.

6sw& (dsukh), xii, 15.

askun (ashskunu), v, 3.

aslkya (as1 kydh), v, 9.

asaZ (asaZ), ii, 8, 11.

as/ (asaZ), xii, 16.

asld malaikum (asldmataikum),

xii, 26.
dsim (dsim), viii, 13.
dsum (dsum), iii, 1 ; vii, 11, 5 ;

x, 14.
asmdn (asmdn), ii, 6.
asmdnau (asmdnav), iii, 8.
as^mdnqn (asmdnan), iv, 4.
dsmut (6sumotu), v, 1, 4.
qsinau (as* nau), xi, 15.
ds^na (ds-na), x, 4.
dsqn* (dsdn1), xii, 5.
dsun (dsun), xii, 10 (2).
dsun (dsunu), xii, 4 (2), 5, 13 (3).
dsan(dsusan), xii, 15.
asanas (asanas), x, 1 (2), 10.
dsinas (asanas), x, 6 (2).
asar (asar), vi, 16.
asr? (asara), vi, 16.
asis (osi's), x, 5.
dsus (dsus), i, 6 ; ii, 5 ; viii,

7, 9 ; ix, 1 ; x, 14.
dsus (os^s), iii, 1 ; vii, 10 (2) ;

ix, 2 ; x, 10.
ustdd (wustdd), ii, 1.
ostan (6suthan), x, 12.
dsyu (os^a), x, 12.
at (ath), ii, 5, 7 (2) ; iii, 9 ; v,

6 (4) ; viii, 7 (3) ; x, 3, 5 (2),

7 (5), 8, 10, 2, 3 ; xii, 2, 3,
17.

at (caret), x, 7, 8.

427 INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT

az

at, see fsdvat, v, 5.

ata (atha), vii, 25 ; x, 5 (3) ;

' xii, 2.
ata (ata), v, 7.
at1 (aii), ii, 8, 10 ; iii, 1, 7 (2),

8 (2), 9 ; v, 4, 5 (2), 6, 7 (2),

9 (2); vi, 5, 11; viii, 7, 9;
x, 5 (2), 7, 14 ; xii, 1, 2, 7.

at1 (at1), viii, 4, 13 ; x, 8.

at1 (otu), x, 14.

at1 (ath), ii, 4 ; v, 4, 9, 11, 4 ;

viii, 1, 10.
at* (ath1), ii, 3 ; iii, 7, 9 ; v, 5 ;

vi, 15, 6 ; vii, 26 ; viii, 1 (3),

7 ; xii, 2, 7.
at1 (athi), viii, 11 ; xi, 18.
at1 (atiy), ii, 10, 1 ; iii, 1 ; x, 13.
at (ath), iii, 4.
at* (ati), iii, 4, 7 (2).
at* (ath), x, 7.

at* (ath*), i, 13 ; iii, 7 ; x, 1, 5.
o$*' (atiy), x, 3, 5.
a^ (ath*), xii, 22.
a*£i (orfi), ii, 1 ; xii, 17, 8, 9.
a*ti (at*), xii, 19, 20.
q*t* (ath), xii, 21.
q*t* (ath*), xii, 21, 4 (2).
ot (otu), v, 4 ; x, 5.
ut (otu), v, 9.
ath (ath), xii, 7, 12 (3), 5 (3), 20,

2 (3), 3 (2).
atha (atha), viii, 7 (2) ; xii, 12.
atho (atha), xii, 11.
atih (atiy), x, 5.
ath (otu), xii, 18, 25.
ath (6th), iii, 5.
ath* (othi), iii, 4.
aW (athi), xii, 15.
a*$i (a£fo), xii, 15.
ithai (yuthay), viii, 3.
nth (oiu), xii, 15.
athan (athan), v, 6.

a^Aas (athas), x, 7 ; xii, 12, 22,

3(2).
at*kyd (ath1 Jcyah), v, 8.
qtdny (otdny), xii, 23.
qtqr^th^r*1), vii, 19.
atas (athas), ii, 7 ; v, 4, 6.
afc (afc£), iii, 8 (2).
atsqni (atsani), x, 7.
afewrc (atezm"), v, 4.
atsavunuy (atsawunuy), v, 8.
atsayo (atsayo), v, 7.
ottdny (otu-tdh), x, 4.
otHdny (otu-tdn), x, 6.
ato£w (ataty), viii, 7.
aZve (ata), x, 7.
a*v (at*), x, 11.
a*v (a*#), x, 5.
atuy (otuy), iii, 3, 4.
a*** (a^'j, xii, 12.
otuy (otuy), ix, 1.
ay (dv), xii, 12.
% (%)» yiii> 2, 11, 3 ; ix, 6,

7 (2), 8, 9, 10, 1.
ayq (dye), iii, 4.
aye (aye), iii, 4 ; v, 10 ; x, 5 ;

xii, 7.
ayi (aye), vii, 26 ; ix, 1 ; xii, 2, 7.
ay£ (aye), x, 12.
ay (6y), x, 4.
dy (6y), xii, 3.
aya& (dyekh), iii, 1.
aya7 6a> (aydlbdr), ix, 2.
ayam (ay dm), iii, 3.
ayem. (dyem), v, 5.
aywa (ay -no), ix, 3.
dyinq (aye-na), v, 6.
ayas (ayes), ix, 4.
ayes (dyes), v, 5.
ayiye (aye yiA), v, 7.
az (az), ii, 9 ; iii, 1 ; vi, 10 ;

viii, 1 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 5, 10,

4, 9 (2), 20 (3).

azich

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

428

azich (azic*), x, 14.

qzhda (qjaddh), x, 7 (3).

qzhdqhas (qjaddhas), x, 7.

azal (azal), vii, 12.

azql {azal), ix, 6.

aziza (azTz-i), vi, 10, 2 (2), 4.

az^z (oziz), ix, 11.

6a (6a), xi, 20.

bai (bay), viii, 1, 2, 3.

fow (bdye), viii, 4.

6ai (%), iii, 1 (2), 2, 3.

6ai (boy1), iv, 7 ; viii, 5.

be (beh), xi, 2.

bo (boh), ii, 5, 11 ; iii, 1, 4 (2), 8 ;
v, 5, 6 ; vii, 20, 5 ; viii, 6,
10, 1 (2) ; ix, 1 ; x, 2 (2), 3,
5, 12 ; xii, 1 (6), 3 (2), 4, 5,
7, 11 (2), 5 (3), 9 (20), 20, 3.

bou (bdiou), ii, 4.

bu(boh), viii, 3, 8, 11 (2) ; ix, 4 ;
x, 5, 7 ; xii, 1, 18, 24.

bebahd (bebaha), xii, 3.

be bahd (bebaha), xii, 4.

bebaha (bebaha), xii, 4.

baban (baban), vi, 13.

bebindrr (bebi andar), xii, 17.

bebindqtr1 (bebi andaruy), xii, 16.

bache (bace), viii, 1.

bo che (bochi), vi, 16.

boche (boche), vi, 16.

bachok (bacyokh), x, 8.

bachdviny (bacawufi"), v, 9.

budai (buday), ix, 1, 3, 6.

bud* (bod1), ix, 9.

bud (bud"), x, 5.

bud (bodu), xii, 14.

badal (badal), i, 9 ; vii, 12 ; xii, 16.

badanqs (badanas), viii, 6 (2).

badqnas (badanas), viii, 13.

bedar (bedar), vi, 12.

bedar (bedar), iii, 7 ; viii, 6, 8,
9, 13 ; x, 1, 6, 8.

bud1 as (budyos), xii, 1.

bqdis (badis), viii, 13.

bag (bag), ii, 1.

bqSg* (bog1), v, 5.

begd (begdh), vi, 2.

baguku (bdguku), iii, 9.

bagHq (bagala), viii, 7.

bdgen1 (bdgdn*), ix, 4.

fragre remai (bogaremay), v, 7.

bdg°ren (bogaren), v, 8.

bdgaranye (bogarane), v, 8.

fracas (bdgas), ii, 1 (2) ; iii, 9 ;

v, 4, 5, 6, 9 (2).
bdgas (bdgas), ii, 1, 7 ; iii, 7.
bdgvdn (bdgwan), xi, 13.
6aM, see 6e 6aM, xii, 4.
fcefo (behi), vi, 16.
6eAe (beha), xii, 3.
fo'Aw (behiv), viii, 5.
bah°dur (bqhadur), ii, 1.
bqhadilr (bqhadur), ii, 12.
2>afom (bahan), v, 1.
foAaw (behdn), xii, 4.
6aMr (bahar), i, 11.
6o7ia se (6oA hasa), ii, 11.
boh°sq (boh hasa), x, 1.
2>eM (bihith), x, 5.
fo/b'£ (bihith), x, 5 ; xii, 4.
bihith (bihith), xii, 5.
6eA to?n (behtam), vi, 3.
fo'A zi (bettzi), xii, 6.
6a^ (6a/), xi, 2.
&a/a (6a?'), x, 10.
&w;e (buje), x, 5.
bdjtvat (bof-bath), i, 7.
bakcdyish (bakhacoyish), ii, 7.
6e Jchabar (be-khabar), vii, 28.
bd-khudd (bd-khodd), xii, 20.
bakhshayish (bakhacoyish), xii, 3.
bakhtdvdr (baktdivdr), viii, 9.
6aMr (bakdr), x, 6.
Mai (balqy), vii, 31.

429

INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT

bat-

balai (baldy), ix, 2 ; x, 7.

bal* (bald), vii, 15.

balq (bdla), vii, 11.

bqHi, see vu bqHi, v, 2.

bulbul (bulbul), ii, 3 (2).

bulbula (bulbuldh), ii, 3.

bolbdsh (bolbdsh"), viii, 1 (3).

balki (baPki), viii, 10.

balti (baltl), xi, 4.

baldyq (baldyd), x, 8.

bdlvk'(bdle), v, 11.

bimdr (bemdr), v, 1, 3, 10.

bimdr (bemdr), v, 8.

6<m, see ?m/a 6<m, ii, 4.

banq (bani), vii, 1.

bandu (banydv), vi, 16.

6am (bani), x, 3.

6ma (blndh), ii, 2.

fom (6<m), viii, 1, 4 ; xii, 2, 14,

5(2).
bun® (bona), iii, 2.
bunai (bo-nay), xi, 14.
6a^ (band), viii, 3 ; x, 2.
fomde (banda), i, 12, 3.
bdnd{hdl (bod^ial), ix, 4.
banduk (bandilkh), ii, 11 ; viii,

10.
banduk baz (bandukbdz), ii, 7.
6ara# (bag), xii, 1.
banana (banana), vii, 23.
banan (banan), viii, 7.
banina (bani-nd), vi, 13.
6cm£ (bonth), i, 8.
6ow£? (bontha), ii, 3 ; iii, 1 ; viii,

11; x, 5, 10, 2; xii, 12,

23 (2).
bonta (bdntha), xii, 4, 9.
6e warn (benawdh), vii, 7.
bandvun (bandwun), viii, 14.
banyau (baniw), ii, 7.
banyau (banydv), xii, 1.
bqnye (bene), iii, 4.

6e%e (bene), iii, 9 ; x, 3 (4),

'10 (2).
6e%e (beni), x, 3 (2), 10.
bunyul (bunulu), xii, 15.
banvdm (banyom), vii, 22.
6apa£ (bdpath), ii, 5 ; ix, 1 (2) ;

x,12(2).
6a rai (bardye), xi, 7.
6ar (6ar), viii, 3 (2).
bar (bar*), see mebar, ix, 11.
6an (6dr*), ix, 11.
bar (bar), i, 9 ; v, 7 ; vii, 2, 3, 5.
bar, see a?/a7 6ar, ix, 2.
6araw (bdrav), xi, 17.
6aVi (6an), xi, 13.
66r (bdru), ii, 5.
6ro {broh), xi, 4.
bro-bro (bruh-bruh), iii, 1, 2 ;

viii, 9.
barabqr (bardbar), iii, 9.
burgau (bargau), vii, 10.
6roA (6mA), xi, 6 ; xii, 7 (2).
broho (bruha), x, 1.
6ar?& (burukh), viii, 3.
6ara& (bur^kh), ix, 7.
barqm (baram), vii, 24.
6aran (bar an1), viii, 5.
borun (borun), viii, 7.
burun (borun), viii, 7.
6row£ (bronth), x, 5.
bdr?nyau (bdranyau), viii, 3.
barshq (bdr^shi), viii, 7.
6an£ (barith), i, 10.
barVen (bariten), vi, 15.
6arey (baray), ii, 3.
6ws (busu), xii, 17.
6asAe (bdshe), v, 2.
6e shumdr (be-shumdr), xii, 20.
beshumdr (be-shumdr), xii, 21, 4.
bismilla (bismilld), xii, 17.
6asfo (basta), viii, 6.
bat*\bata), iii, 1.

bata

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

430

bata (bata), iii, 1 (3) ; vi, 16 (2) ;

x, 3.
bat1 (bith{), xi, 6.
bat (buthu), x, 5 (2) ; xii, 2.
bdthq (batha), xii, 25.
bqkhis (bathis), xii, 6, 7 (2).
b'ethy (bitfr), viii, 5.
batta (bata), xi, 18.
buttq (bota), xi, 6 (2).
battqhqn (bata-han), x, 5.
buttqnis (botanis), xi, 4.
6oF6' (6o^), iii, 4.
batsau (batsau), viii, 2, 5.
bats (bote*), v, 9; viii, 13; x,

14.
bats (bdts*), v, 10.
batsan (batsan), x, 14.
batsan (batsan), viii, 1.
bdtsen (batsan), viii, 6, 10.
bavq ha (bawaho), vii, 21.
bdvun (bdwun), ii, 4.
bevophd (be-wophd), x, 13.
bevophdi (bewophoyi), viii, 6.
be vuphai (bewophoyi), viii, 11.
framr (batvar), viii, 13.
be vastu (bewasta), v, 11.
6a?/* (biye), iii, 4.
6a?/ (fea?/), viii, 11 (2) ; ix, 1,

6 (2).
bay a (bayi), viii, 11.
bay6 (baye), iii, 2.
fcaye (baye), iii, 1 ; viii, 1, 3,
' 6 (2), 11, 2, 3 ; ix, 1, 4, 6 ;

xi, 12.
baye (bayi), viii, 1, 3 ; ix, 1 (2).
bay (boy*), v, 10 ; xi, 6 ; xii, 15.
bey (biye), vi, 16.
beye (biye), ii, 3 (3), 7 ; iii, 5 (2),

8, 9 (2) ; v, 3, 4 (8), 5, 6 (2),

7, 8, 9 (2), 10, 1 ; vi, 15 (2) ;

viii, 6, 7 (2), 9, 11 ; x, 1 (2),

2, 3, 6, 7 (4) ; xii, 1 (2), 4,

5 (2), 10, 3 (3), 8, 20, 1, 2 (4),

3, 4 (2), 5 (2).
bey (biy% xii, 1 (2).
boy (bdyu), viii, 14.
boy (bdyu), viii, 14. -
buy (boy), viii, 1 (2) ; x, 10, 2, 4 ;

xii, 15.
biya ban (biyaban), ii, 4.
bvek (byekh), viii, 1.
bvek (bydkh), xii, 10, 9.
bvek (bekh), xii, 10.
byak (bydkh), viii, 9, 14 ; x, 1 ;

xii, 4, 13 (3), 4.
byek (bekh), xii, 3.
bdyen (bdyen), xii, 15.
beyen (biyen), viii, 9.
6fyim (byonu), vi, 4 (2).
6wiift (byonu), vii, 14 (2).
bviinuy (byonuy), vii, 2.
fraz/is (boyis), v, 10 ; x, 3.
beyes (biyis), xii, 23.
fee?/is (biyis), vi, 11.
foyas (biyis), viii, 5.
foyis (biyis), viii, 13.
fo/aZ, see torn fo/a£, ii, 4.
byut (byuthu), x, 7 (2) ; xii, 4.
byut (byuthu), viii, 4 ; x, 5.
byeihl (bith*), viii, 8 ; xii, 2.
byoth (byuthu), xii, 26 (2).
byoth (bydthu), xii, 21.
fo/w£A (byuthu), xii, 7.
byuthus (byuthus), vi, 16.
fraz, see bqnduk bdz, ii, 7.
bdzau, see nazar (nazqr) bdzau,

ii, 1; x, 7, 8; xii,' 23.
6oz (66z), ii, 2 (2), 3, 4 (3), 5, 6,

7, 10, 2 ; ix, 6.
bdz (buz"), ii, 7 ; iii, 1 ; v, 7 ;

x, 4 ; xii, 19.
bdz (buz"), xi, 16.
bdzi gar (bdztydr), iv, 1, 2, 3, 4,

5, 6, 7.

431

INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT chem

bozak (bozakh), vi, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,

6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7.
bozdn (bozdn), xi, 1.

bozana (bozana), x, 4 (2) ; xii, 22.
bdz°ne (bozana), viii, 5.
bozan (bozan), xi, 20.
bozana (bozana), xii, 3.
bozan (bozan), vi, 10 ; viii, 1, 2 ;

xi, 15.
bozun (bozun), v, 3.
bozun (bozunu), xii, 7.
bozun (buzun), ii, 1, 10.
bazar (bazar), v, 7.
&03WS (buzunas), ii, 5.
602^ (buzith), vii, 27, 8.
bdzuth (buzuth), xii, 20.
6oz torn (boztam), iv, 1.
6oz to (buz^tav), vii, 9.
c/*a (chya), v, 7.
c^a (chrvd), xii, 19, 20.
cAa (cheh), x, 14 ; xii, 2.
cAa (chya), vi, 7.
cto (chey), iii, 4 ; v, 5, 10 (3) ;

vii, 16 ; viii, 4 ; xii, 14 (2).
che (cheh), iii, 2, 3 (2), 4 (2) ; v,

3, 12; vii, 1,2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10,

1, 3, 4, 8, 9, 20 (2), 2, 3, 6 (2),

7, 8, 9 (2), 30 (2), 1 ; viii,
1 (2), 7, 10, 3 (2) ; ix, 1 (2),
6 (2) ; x, 5, 6, 7, 10 ; xi, 11 ;
xii, 2, 4, 5, 7 (2), 10 (3), 1 (2),
5 (2), 8, 9 (5), 23.

che (chih), ii, 9 ; iii, 3 (2) ; v,

8, 10; viii, 1,3, 11, 3; x, 6,
14 ; xi, 6, 7 ; xii, 1, 3, 23.

che (chuh), iii, 7 ; v, 4.

che (chey), x, 8.

che (chya), xii, 20.

che, see bo che, vi, 16.

chi (chih), viii, 1 ; x, 4 ; xii, 16.

chi (chey), v, 1.

chi (chiy), viii, 3.

chi (chuy), iv, 3 ; vii, 2, 3 ; xii, 7.

chi (chih), vii, 30.

chi (chuy), vii, 2.

cho, see su cho, v, 7.

c^w (cheh), x, 5.

c^w (chih), x, 1 ; xii, 2.

dm (cfcuA), ii, 1, 4, 5, 6 (2), 8, 11 ;
iii, 1 (4), 2 (2), 4, 7 (3), 8 (2) ;
iv, 1 ; v, 1 (2), 3 (2), 5, 6 (3),
7, 8 ; vi, 6, 7, 14 ; vii, 1, 27 ;
viii, 1, 5, 6 (2), 7 (2), 8 (2),
9 (2), 10 (2), 1, 2, 3 (5) ; ix,

1 (2), 6 (2), 11 ; x, 1 (3), 3, 4,
5 (4), 6 (2), 7 (4), 8 (5), 10,

2 (6), 3, 4 (4) ; xi, 2, 13 ;
xii, 2 (4), 3 (4), 4 (8), 6, 7, 8,
10, 1 (2), 4, 5 (4), 7 (4), 8,
9 (3), 20, 3, 4.

chu (chiiva), viii, 5 (2) ; x, 5 (3) ;

xii, 1.
chu (chuwa), v, 8 ; viii, 5 ; x, 12.
chu (chuy), iii, 4.
chuh (chuh), xi, 8.
chak (chekh), viii, 3, 11 ; ix, 1 ;

xii, 13, 23.
chek (chekh), ii, 9.
chuk (chikh), xi, 10, 8.
chuk (chukh), iii, 8 ; viii, 2 ;

x, 1, 7, 12(5), 4; xii, 1, 4,

5, 17.
chuka (chukh), i, 10.
chuka (chukha), xii, 7 (2).
chakla (cakla), ix, 10 (2).
chuk na (chukhna), v, 5 ; xii, 13.
chale (chela), vii, 14.
chalqha (chalaho), x, 5.
chdldn (cdldn), xi, 4.
chdldnq (cdldn), viii, 10.
cholun (cholun), x, 5.
chulun (cholun), xii, 2.
chqm (chem), v, 10.
chem (chem), ix, 4.

chim

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

432

chim (chim), vi, 3 (2) ; x, 12 ;

ad, 14, 5.
chum (chum), v, 8, 10 ; vi, 5 ;

vii, 14, 5, 7, 8 (2), 24 (2), 6 ;

x, 12 ; xii, 4, 5, 7, 11,

4, 20.
chum? (chum), vii, 14.
chumu (chum), vii, 17.
chanq (chena), xii, 5.
chdn (chdn), xi, 18.
chq na (chena), xii, 20.
che na (chena), x, 7.
che na (chena), xii, 2.
chena (chena), x, 6 ; xii, 19.
che ne (chena), x, 14.
ch*dn (cyohii), v, 9.
chdn (cyonu), v, 9 (2) ; xii, 6.
cAw na (chuna), iii, 3.
cAim (cyonu), viii, 7 (2).
cAw na (chuna), iv, 4, 6 ; viii, 2 ;

xii, 2, 22.
chandq (cenda), xii, 15.
chandqs (cendas), v, 5 ; xii, 15.
cAw ra&& (chundkh), viii, 1.
cAanv (chdnii), xi, 19.
chdnve (cyane), vi, 3.
cAowy (c?/^tt), xii, 20, 2, 3.
cAawy (chyonii), x, 10.
chonuy (cydnuy), v, 9.
cAom/ (cydnu), xii, 18.
chanven (cydnen), viii, 11.
cAar &as (carkas), vii, 19.
charkas (carkas), vii, 20.
cAas (ches), xii, 4, 5, 6, 18.
cAas (chis), vii, 5.
c^as, see khurachas, v, 5.
c^asa (chesa), viii, 3, 11.
c#e sa (chesna), v, 6.
cto (cAes), v, 2, 3, 4, 5 (2), 6, 11 ;

vii, 11, 5, 22 (2) ; viii, 3, 6,

7, 11 (2) ; ix, 1, 6 ; xi, 9 ;

xii, 4, 6 10, 4 (2), 5.

che sai (chesay), ix, 1, 3.

chesai (chesay), ix, 6.

chis (chis), ii, 3 (2) ; xii, 3, 9.

chus (chis), x, 1 (2), 12.

chus (chus), ii, 4 (2), 11 ; iii, 4, 8 ;

v, 4, 6, 11 (3); vii, 26;

viii, 3, 7, 8, 9 (3), 10, 1 (2) ;

x, 3, 4 (2), 8 (4), 10 (2), 2,

4 (3) ; xii, 1, 3 (7), 5 (2),

10 (2), 3 (3), 9 (2), 20, 3.
chus, see yichus, v, 5.
chusai (chusay), v, 11.
chas na (chesna), xii, 15.
chus-na, see kahchus na, vi, 10.
chesna (chesna), x, 4.
chit (cith1), viii, 10 (2).
chetal (cheh tal), ix, 6.
chu vai (chiway), xii, 15.
chu voi (chiway), xii, 15.
chavan (chawan), xi, 3.
chavun (chawun), ix, 6.
chiy (chuy), ii, 11.
chvq (chih), x, 6.
c^wa (chya), x, 10.
c/i^aw (chewa), x, 1.
cAaz/ (chey), x, 8.
cAa^ (chey), iii, 8.
cAw/ (chiy), v, 4.
cA% (chey), xii, 6.
cAiy (chuy), ii, 2 ; v, 10 ; vi, 14 :

vii, 31 ; viii, 13 ; x, 4 :

xii, 14.
chiyai (cheyey), ix, 6.
cM?/ (chiy), x, 12.
chvum (chim), x, 5.
chyum (chim), x, 12.
cA^aw (chdn), x, 5, 12.
cA^aw* (cyonu), viii, 11.
chyenq (chena), xii, 17.
cA^ow (cydnu), x, 14 ; xii, 16.
cA%w (cy6nu), viii, 7.
chayen (ceyen), viii, 7.

433

INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT duMy

chvdnqs (chdnas), vii, 17, 20.
chvdnis (cydnis), v, 9 (2).
chvqnv (cydn"), viii, 3.
chvdnye (cydne), x, 12.
chvdnyen (cydnen), viii, 3.
chvutq (chiv ta), vii, 9.
chvavdn (cewdri), vi, 15 ; vii, 31 ;

xii, 6.
chvauvna (chewana), x, 1.
chvaye hve (ceyihe), viii, 7.
chiz (ciz), xii, 19.
ceshmq (ceshma), i, 3.
city (chuy), i, 13.
da (dah), v, 6.
do (doh), xii, 23.
dii (duh), v, 11.
dab (dab), vii, 18.
dafo, see zv/n? dabi, viii, 1.
dob (dob), xii, 6.
do&? (doba), xii, 7.
dob^hqnq (doba-hand), viii, 7.
do&os (dobas), xii, 6, 7.
dqbdvit (dabovith), x, 3.
da&za 7ie& (ddp{zihekh), xi, 15.
<2a&2i /*e& (ddphihekh), xi, 15.
dqbzik (ddpizekh), v, 7.
dactfnq (dachini), viii, 7.
dad (dddu), ix, 6.
c^'de (dddi), vii, 22.
oW? (doda), iii, 4.
dod (dod"), v, 3, 6, 7 ; vii, 1 (2),

21 ; xii, 15 (2).
dud (dodu), xii, 25.
dud® (doda), ii, 3.
dudq (doda), xi, 13 (2).
dad kha (dddkhdh), ii, 5.
dod^mdf (doda-mdje), v, 2.
dod^mqj (doda-mdj"), v, 2.
dod^mqj (doda-mdji), v, 2.
dadew (ddden), vi, 14.
dad?n (dadari), ii, 10.
dwZar (dlddr), iv, 5.

da^'s (dodis), v, 6 (2).

daidve Mai (dodiladay), vii, 9.

da^ai (dagdy), ii, 5 ; viii, 8.

de#a (dega), vi, 16.

dagdy e (dagdy), ii, 5.

da^ay (dagdy), ii, 11.

eM (do^), iii, 5 ; v, 11.

doh (doha), viii, 3.

doha (doha), viii, 11 (2) ; xii,

4(2).
doha (doha), viii, 3 (2) ; xii, 1,

11(2). '
doha (doha), viii, 3, 7, 11.
doh0 (doha), iii, 1.
doho (doha), ii, 7, 8 ; v, 1 (2), 5 ;

viii, 1 (3) ; x, 12 ; xii, 9.
dohuch (dohuc"), x, 10, 4.
dohuk (dohuku), x, 10.
dohas (dohas), xii, 4.
duh? (doh1), iii, 4.
daje (diiju), xi, 18.
da/ (wuzu), viii, 11.
dujdn (dujdn), xi, 7.
daj^s (wuzus), viii, 11.
di& (dikh), viii, 11.
ddkhHi (ddkhiUi), xii, 19.
aaMe ndvdn (dakhandwdn), xi,

16.
dukhtare (dukhtar-e), v, 11.
dokhtardt (doh ta rath), vii, 3.
da&as (dakds), xi, 6.
da*Zi (do7T), v, 2.
di7 (diQ, ii, 5 ; v, 7.
doili (doli), v, 9.
dalil (caret), vii, 20.
dalil (dalil), viii, 7, 10, 1, 3 ; x,

1(4).
dalilq (dalild), x, 1.
dalila (dalild), viii, 8, 11 ; x, 1.
dalilq (dalild), viii, 6.
dale muy (ddlomuy), xi, 14.
duleny (dulan*), xii, 23.

dilas

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

434

dilas (dilas), i, 7 ; ii, 5 ; viii, 11 ;

xii, 15 (2).
dlldsa (dildsa), ix, 7.
dim (dim), iii, 1 ; v, 11 (2) ; viii,

3, 4 ; xii, 7, 15, 8.
dimai (dimay), v, 6, 11 ; xii,

4,7.
dimau (dimav), ii, 8.
dimoi (dimoy), x, 1.
dumbij (dombiju), xi, 9.
dim9 ha (dimahb), vii, 23.
dim9 hak (dimahakh), vii, 20.
daman, see muka daman, ix, 1.
ddmdnas (ddmdnas), v, 9 (3).
ddna (ddndh), viii, 1.
ddna, see nd ddna, xi, 11.
dan (don*), xii, 22 (2), 3 (2).
dina (dini), ix, 7.
dm* ((foV), x, 1.
diHn1 (din-i), iv, 6.
dow (don), viii, 1, 4, 6, 11 (2) ;

x, 11 ; xii, 11, 4, 5.
dand (danda), v, 11.
danda (danda), v, 11.
don handi (dob-handi), xii, 19.
duWhas (dun^ydhas), xii, 18.
donan (dandn), x, 7.
ddnqs, see wa ddnas, ii, 5.
dow" ww (donaway), x, 5.
donovai (donaway), xi, 12.
donuvai (donaway), x, 13.
dunuvai (donaway), x, 4.
dm* (dm*), x, 2.
dm?/ (din"), xii, 3.
dunyilias (dutfydhas), xii, 18.
daj? (daph), xii, 4 (2).
dapai (dapay), v, 5.
dapai (dapay), iii, 4.
dap (dapi), x, 1.
dap (dapi), v, 9.
dop (dopu), v, 9 ; viii, 1, 13 ;

x, 2, 8 ; xii, 5, 19.

dopu (do^tt), ii, 4 ; xi, 12.
dup (dopu), xi, 2, 14 ; xii, 4.
dw^ (do^M), xi, 11.
dop hak (dopuhakh), x, 12.
dophak (dopuhakh), viii, 1.
dop ham (dopuham), v, 8.
dophas (dopuhas), x, 5, 6.
dop has (dopuhas), v, 8 ; x, 8„

12 ; xii, 1.
dopuhas (dopuhas), iii, 8 (2) ;:

viii, 3, 4 (2), 5 ; x, 1, 2, 7,.

12 ; xii, 1, 17, 23.
daphas (dopuhas), viii, 11.
dop«& (dopukh), ii, 1 ; v, 7 ;

viii, 1, 2 ; x, 1 ; xii, 18.
dopumau (dopumawa), x, 12.
dopum (dopuwam), x, 12.
dap9nai (dapanay), xii, 16.
dapan (dapan), ii, 1, 2 ; iii, 2,

3, 4 (4), 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 (2) ;
iv, 1 ; v, 1, 3, 4, 5 (2), 6, 7,
8, 9 (2), 11 (4), 2, 6 (5) ;
vii, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1, 3, 4,

8, 9, 20, 2, 3, 4, 6 (2), 7, 8,

9, 30, 1 ; viii, 1 (2), 3 (2),

4, 5, (2), 6, 8 (2), 9 (2) ;
viii, 10, 1, 2 ; ix, 1 (2), 4„
6 (2) ; x, 1 (4), 2, 3, 4 (2),.

5, 7, 8 (5), 10 (3), 2 (5), 3,

4 (4), 8 ; xii, 3 (6), 4 (2),.

5 (3), 6 (2), 7, 8, 9, 10 (4).
1 (2), 3 (3), 4 (2), 5, 8, 9 (2),
20 (4), 2, 4, 5, 6.

dapan (caret), xii, 22.

dapan (dapan), ii, 3, 5, 12 ; viii,lL

dopan (dapan), ii, 9, 10 ; iii, 3 ;

viii, 11.
.dapun (dapun), v, 8.
dopun (dopun), ii, 7, 9, 11 ; iii,.

9 ; v, 6, 8, 9, 10 ; viii, 3, 4,

6, 9, 10, 3 ; x, 2, 5 (3) ; xii,
13, 9, 21 (2).

4 Hi

INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT ddsas

dopun (caret), viii, 10.

dopun (dapunu), v, 9.

dopunai (dopunay), x, 12.

dopu nak (dopunakh), viii, 1 ; x, 1.

dopunak (dopunakh), v, 8 ; vi,
16 (3) ; viii, 4 (3), 5 (2), 10, 1 ;
x, 1 (2), 5 (2), 6 (2), 12 (2) ;
xii, 1 (2).

dopu nak (dopunakh), ii, 6.

dopunak (dopunakh), ii, 8 ; v, 8.

dqpqnam (dapanam), ii, 11.

dopu nam (dopunam), iv, 4.

dopu nas (dopunas), v, 4 ; viii, 7

dopunas (dopunas), iii, 1 (3)
2, 5 (4), 8 (4), 9 (3) ; v, 1, 4
(2), 5, 6 (3), 8, 9 (4), 12
vi, 5, 8, 14, 5 (4) ; viii, 3 (2)
6, 8, 9 (3), 10, 1 (5); ix
1 (2), 4 ; x, 6 (2), 10 ; xii, 1
4 (6), 5 (2), 7 (3), 10, 1, 5 (7)
6 (3), 8 (3), 20, 1, 2, 4, 5.

dopunqs (dopunas), iii, 4.

dopunas (dopunas), iii, 1, 4, 5

v, 5 ; -viii, 11.

dopunqs (dopunas), ii, 9, 11 :

iii, 4.
dapas (dapas), xii, 19.
dapus (dapus), xii, 20.
dopus (dopus), v, 1 ; xii, 1 (4).
dopusq (dopus), i, 7.
dqtpty (dapiy), xii, 18.
dapyau (dapydv), xii, 24.
dopuy (dopuy), xii, 15.
dapyam (dapyam), ix, 4.
dapvdmak (dapydmakh), xi, 15.
dap^zim (ddp{zem), v, 8 (2).
dar (dar), ii, 5.
dqr (dar), ii, 4.
ddrau, see kabar dar an, ii, 6.
ddrau, see khabqr ddrau, x, 7, 8.
ddhi, (ddri), v, 4.
dqr (dor1), ix, 11 (2).

dqSri (dare), v, 4 (2).

dqtri (ddri), v, 4.

ddWi, sec vuph d&ri, ii, 12.

dd^ri, see vupha d&ri, ii, 5, 6, 7,
10.

dqSri, see vupha dq^ri, ii, 2.

dqiri, see vupha ddiri, ii, 3, 4 (3).

rfain, see vupha ddiri, ii, 2.

dwr (dur), viii, 11 (2) ; x, 7.

dwn (duri), vii, 18 ; x, 7.

draw (drdv), ii, 8 ; iii, 1, 3, 4 (2) ;
v, 1, 4, 5, 6, 9 ; vi, 7 ; viii,
9 (2) ; x, 2, 3, 4 (2), 5 (2),
7 (2), 9, 14 (2) ; xi, 4, 13 ;
xii, 4, 5 (2), 10, 1, 3, 5, 7, 8,
9, 20, 3.

dqrbdr (durbar), viii, 11.

dard (dard), ix, 8.

drag (drag), vi, 15.

drdk (drdkh), vi, 11.

duran (duran), vii, 11.

dqtri nam (do^nam), vii, 25.

deras (deras), v, 11.

derqs (deras), viii, 9.

drds (dras), xii, 3 (2).

drot (drdtu), x, 5.

drdtis (drdti), ix, 5.

darvdza (darwdza), viii, 4 (2).

dqrvazq (darwdza), viii, 11 (3), 2.

dray (dray), ix, 9.

<7ra>? (drdye), iii, 1, 2 ; v, 7 (2), 9.

drqy (dray), x, 11.

dn?/ (driy), viii, 1 (2), 2.

drdyas (drdyes), vii, 7.

(fo'sa (di-sa), x, 8.

fca (di's), xii, 4.

deshdn (deshdn), vi, 12.

deshun (deshunu), xii, 22.

deshit (dishith), v, 2.

daskatq (daskhata), xii, 21.

daskaih (daskhaih), xii, 22.

dasas (ddsas), v, 4 (2).

Ff

dit

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

436

dit (dith), vi, 7 ; x, 12.

ddth, see valrv ddth, xii, 19.

dithai (ditay), v, 2.

dithin (ditin), x, 2.

dithas (dits^s), viii, 7.

cfo'tam (ditam), x, 5.

dtto'm (ditim), x, 12 (2).

ditfmak (diVmakh), ix, 11.

ditfnas (ditin), vii, 5.

ditinas (diPnas), x, 14.

<ftfr ((ftfe*), vi, 16.

<fe? has (ditsuhas), x, 5.

dtfedb (ditsukh), iii, 8.

dfo'feaw (ditsH), x, 7 (2).

ditsan (ditsuri), x, 7.

(&6mw (ditsan), xii, 7, 12.

ditsqnas (ditsunas), v, 9 ; x, 8.

d^Zta (cfo'to), v, 9 ; x, 4.

<ft&» (^*), xi, 17.

dava (dawdh), v, 6.

dava (dawa), vi, 14.

dava (dawdh), v, 6 (3).

dava (dawa), v, 4.

tt (dawdh), v, 11.

davahan (dawahan), v, 6.

rfiwm (diwan), v, 11 ; vii, 11, 4,

7, 8, 22 ; x, 14 ; xii, 4, 14,

7 (2), 23.
(fo°?/M (dwd-yi), i, 3.
da?/e (daye), iv, 1.
t%a (fe/*)> vii, 2.
c%i£ (diyiv), xii, 21.
<%w (diyiv), x, 12.
doi/aw (doyav), iii, 1 ; v, 7 ; viii,

2, 3, 5 ; x, 5.
doye (<%i), viii, 7.
<% (<%), vi, 6.
eft/aw (dev), xii, 7.
<%eAe (diyihe), viii, 13.
dtyum (diyum), vi, 16.
duyamis (doyimis), viii, 6.
<ft/im (dyunu), x, 6.

<fo/ar (dyar), i, 9 ; x, 1, 6.
dtotf (d?/w*tt), v, 9 ; x, 2.
d?/wZ (dyutu), viii, 11, 2.
dyu* (dyuthu), vi, 11 (2).
(fyw£ (dyuthu), vi, 15 ; x, 12.
dyuih (dyutu), xii, 22 (2).
dyilthuk (dyutukh), xii, 24.
dyuthum (dyuthum), vi, 15 (2).
dyiithun (dyutun), xii, 25.
dyiithunas (dyutunas), xii, 22.
dyuthut (dyuthuth), vi, 15.
dyutuk (dyutukh), v, 10.
dyiituk (dyutukh), xii, 17.
dyutuk (dyutukh), x, 5.
tfo/6£ www (dyuthumay), xi, 1.
dy1itumau (dyutumawa), x, 12.
dyuflmut (dyutumotu), viii, 1.
dyutmut (dyutumotu), v, 6 ; viii, 1.
dyutmut (dyuthumotu), vi, 14.
dyiltniat (diVmat1), x, 12.
dyutmut (dyutumotu), x, 12.
dHtamqty (diVmdt*), x, 12.
dyutun (dyutun), v, 4.
dyutun (dyutun), x, 5.
dyutun (dyutun), v, 4 ; viii, 4, 7.
dyutun (dyutun), x, 9, 11, 2, 3,

5(2).
dyut^nak (dyutunakh), x, 5.
dyutanak (dyutunakh), ii, 7.
dyutunak (dyutunakh), xii, 17.
dyutunas (dyutunas), xii, 16.
dyutunas (dyutunas), v, 6.
dyutanas (dyutunas), x, 6.
dyutanas (dyutunas), i, 9.
dyutunas (dyutunas), xii, 5, 7 (2),.

11.
dyutunas (dyutunas), xii, 15, 6.
dyutanay (dyutunuy), ii, 7.
dyutus (dyutus), i, 10 ; xii, 4.
dyav^zath (deva-zdth), xii, 16.
<%i?/ (diyiy), xii, 14.
daz, see ^raw daz, ii, 7.

437

INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT

galli

dizi (dizi), v, 7.

ddzakas (ddzakas), xii, 19, 20.

dazdn (dazdn), viii, 13 ; x, 7.

dazdn1 (dazdn1), x, 7.

ddzqn, see tiran ddzqn, ii, 7.

dlzvek (dizikh), xii, 16.

fakir a (phakir a), x, 7.

fakir (phakir), i, 2 ; ii, 1, 2,
3 (2), 9; iii, 1 ; x, 7 (5),
8 (6), 9, 12 (3), 4 (2).

faklra (phaklrdh), ii, 1 (2).

faklra (phaklra), ii, 3 ; x, 8.

fakirau (phaklrav), v, 8.

fakiri (phaklriye), x, 9.

fakiri (phakirl), x, 14.

faklro (phakird), ii, 2.

filflr (phikir"), xii, 20.

fikrra (phikirdh), xii, 19, 24.

faklran (phaklran), vi, 13 ; x, 12.

faklran (phaklran), iii, 1 ; x,
7 '(2), 8.

fakiras (phaklras), iii, 9.

fakir as (phaklras), x, 8.

faklrqs (phaklras), ii, 3, 4, 7, 8 ;
iii, 1, 2 ; x, 8

faklrqsund (phakir a- sondu), x, 12.

faklrqsqnz (phakir a- sum"), x, 8.

faklrqsunz (phakir a- silnz"), x, 14.

forsat (phorsat), xi, 2.

fursath (phursath), xii, 17.

#a (gdh), vi, 12.

#a, see har ga, viii, 7.

#a (gdh), vi, 13.

#a, see har ga, xii, 3.

0<w (gay), ii, 1, 4 ; iii, 5 ; vi, 9,
16 ; viii, 3 (3), 4, 5, 8, 11 (2),
2, 3 ; x, 1 ; xi, 3 ; xii, 6, 11,
23.

gau (gav), ii, 3 (3), 6, 7, 12;
iii, 1, 8, 9 (3) ; v, 5, 9, 10 (2),
1 ; vi, 6, 12, 6 ; viii, 2 (2),
3 (2), 6, 7 (2), 9 (2), 10 (3),

1 (2), 3 ; x, 4, 7 (3), 10 ; xi,
18 ; xii, 1, 4 (4), 7, 9 (2), 10,

2 (2), 3, 5 (3), 8.
gau (gov"), xi, 12.
gau, see sq^gau, iv, 3.
gau (gav), ii, 1.

gau (gov"), xi, 12.

gdu (gav), v, 5 ; vi, 16.

gau (gav), ii, 1.

gau (gov"), vi, 15.

goi (gay), v, 9.

gab (gob), iii, 6 (2).

gab*r (gabar), xii, 15.

gabqr (gabar), viii, 1, 3.

gddq (gdda), i, 9.

gddq (gdda), i, 8.

guda (gdda), viii, 3.

gud* (gdda), xii, 15.

guda (gdda), xi, 5.

gude (gdda), iv, 2 ; v, 9.

gudun (godun), v, 10, 2.

gudalny (gddan), iii, 1.

gudenH (gddaniy), viii, 10.

gudeny (gddan), x, 12 ; xi, 2.

gudeny (gddan), xi, 3, 10.

gudeny (gddaniy), x, 3 ; xii, 6.

gudenyi (gddaniy), xii, 4.

gudenyl (gddaniy), x, 10.

<7W(fe nyechi hqndi (gddanice-

handi), xii, 10.
gudenyuk (gddanyuk"), viii, 13.
$W nyukuy (gddanukuy), viii, 5.
gud°run (gudarun), viii, 5.
gud?ryau (gudariv), v, 9 (2).
</adoi yiye (gadoyiye), x, 2.
(7a& (#aA), vi, 2 ; xii, 2.
goham (goham), x, 4.
#MsA (gwdsh), viii, 9.
gqj^nas (gdjunas), vii, 19.
</a& (gdkh), iii, 9 ; viii, 13, 4.
#<JZ (groQ, ix, 4.
gaHi (gali), xii, 24.

gcfl*

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

438

gaH* (gdV), xii, 25.

guP (guV), v, 9.

gulam (golam), viii, 5, 6 (6), 8, 11

(2), 3 (2).
gulaman (goldman), vi, 14 ; viii,

11.
gulaman (goldman), viii, 7, 8.
gulamas (golamas), viii, 11.
guldmasund (golama-sondu), viii, 6 .
guldmasanz (golama-sunzu), viii,

11."
gdlmut (g6lumotu), ii, 11.
#afom (galunu), xii, 19.
<7<u ma (gayemay), vii, 12.
^dm (gom), iii, 1 ; v, 7 ; vii, 12, 3 ;

viii, 9, 10.
gommut (gamotu), i, 4.
gdman (gdman), xi, 8.
gurnard yiy (gum-royi), vii, 12.
gomus (gamotu), v, 10.
gamut1 (gamdt1), v, 9.
^mw« (gomotu), ix, 1 (2), 6 (2) ;

xii, 4, 23.
gomut (gamotu), ii, 4 ; iii, 1 ;

viii, 1 ; x, 7.
gomut (gomotu), v, 2 (2), 5.
gamaty (gamdt1), x, 7, 8.
gamuV (gamat1), xii, 20.
gamuts (gamuts*), xii, 10.
ganau (gdnau), xi, 15.
<7w?ia (gonah), viii, 11 (2).
#<mi (gand), x, 3.
gremd* (gand1), v, 9.
#awd^ (gand1), xi, 9.
#?md (#fodtt), v, 4 (3).
gand^maty1 (gandimati), x, 5.
gandin (gdndin), x, 2 (2).
gundun (gondun), v, 10, 2.
gund^nas (gondunas), v, 11.
gandit (gandith), iii, 8.
(jraftrf* zyes (gdnd{zes), v, 6.
<7<mas (ganas), v, 9 ; ix, 2.

ganas (ganas), v, 9.

#awv^ (gane), viii, 13.

<7aifo/e (gane), x, 7.

$w^aF (gopoV), v, 10 (2), 1 (2).

gwpaPe (gopale), v, 11.

#ar (flfar), v, 3.

#ar (gara), iii, 1, 9 ; v, 9, 10 ;

xii, 8.
#ar? (£ara), iii, 2, 3 (2) ; v, 1,

5 (2), 10 (2) ; xii, 19, 22.
gara (gara), v, 4, 10 ; x, 4, 6, 7,

14 ; xii, 1, 4 (2), 5 (3), 10,

1 (2), 2, 3, 4, 8 (2), 20, 2, 5.
gar1 (gar1), v, 4.
gar* (gari), v, 10.
gar, see nan gar, xi, 10.
gar (gor), xi, 5.
gar, see bdzi gar, iv, 1, 2, 3, 4,

5, 6, 7.
gaWi (gari), iii, 1 ; x, 5 ; xii,

4 (2), 5 (2).
galri (gor), vii, 27.
gur (gur1), xi, 6.
gur (guru), iii, 8 ; x, 3.
gur\ (gur1), xi, 8 ; xii, 1.
gur1 (guri), ii, 6.
#wr (gur1), xi, 12.
<7wr (guru), xi, 13.
<jrwr 6a?/e (gur^-baye), xi, 12.
gar dan (gar dan), ii, 8.
#arra (garam), i, 11.
#ar<m (gar an), xi, 6.
garan (gaddn), v, 1.
#ara navan (garandwan), xi, 17.
#aras (garas), ix, 4 (2).
^m (guris), ii, 6, 11 ; iii, 8 (2) ;

x, 5.
#ros£ (gryustu), ix, 4.
#res£ &a?/ (gristf-bay), ix, 1.
#resZ 6a?/e (grist1 -bay i), ix, 1.
(7resZ? 6% (gristi-bay), ix, 6 (2).
#resZ? 6%e (grist1 -bay i), ix, 1.

439

INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT

ha

grest" baye (grist1 -baye), ix, 6.

gresta baye (grist1 -baye), ix, 1, 4.

grest garas (grist1 -garas), ix, 4.

gresta garas (grist1 -garas), ix, 4.

gresVen (gresten), ix, 7.

garve (gdre), v, 7.

gray (gray), ix, 12.

graye (graye), vii, 11.

gurvau (guryau), xii, 2.

gurven-hqnz (guren-hunz*), xii, 3.

(jrar ze (garza), vii, 26.

garzanas (gorzanas), ii, 1.

#as (0ds), iv, 3.

gasa (gasa), x, 5 (3) ; xi, 6, 9 (2).

gase (gasa), xi, 7.

(jasw (gasa), xi, 12.

#as (gos), viii, 11.

#as (#os), v, 4.

^ra5 (^os), v, 5 ; x, 10.

gos (gos), iii, 4, 8 ; viii, 4, 10 ;
x, 12, 4 ; xii, 12.

gdsai (gosay), xi, 18.

gash (gash), iii, 3 ; v, 5, 7.

gash (gwash), xii, 2 (2).

gosdny (gusdnu), v, 9.

gat (gath), iii, 4.

(/afo (gata), i, 6.

gatij {gdfy), v, 3, 10.

</w^a (gutHa), vii, 12.

#a% (gafP), viii, 1 (2).

#afe (gatsh), iii, 5 ; vi, 17 ; viii,
10 ; xi, 2 ; xii, 4, 5, 11 (2),
4,20.

gatsq (gatshi), xii, 11, 22, 3.

gatsau (gatshav), viii, 3 ; xii, 18.

gatse (gatshi), v, 1, 4 (2), 8, 9 (2) ;
viii, 2, 8, 10, 1 ; x, 3, 5 (2),
12 ; xii, 4 (2), 5, 6 (4), 10 (2),
3 (2), 5 (2), 9, 20 (3), 2.

gatse (gatshiy), xii, 7, 13.

gatse (gatshi), viii, 7, 8.

gats* (gatsh), ii, 9.

<jrafci (gatshi), viii, 6, 11.
#afcw (gatshu), xi, 11.
#ofc (gotshu), v, 7.
#wfe (gotshu), v, 7 ; xii, 19.
gatsak (gatshakh), v, 5, 6 ; xii, 18.
gats°nq gatshi-na), xii, 16.
gats^nai (gatshanay), xii, 5.
gatsan (gatshan), v, 4, 8 ; xi, 12.
gatsan (gatshan), iii, 6 ; v, 1 ;

viii, 1 (3) ; x, 5 ; xii, 4 (3),

19, 23.
gatsun (gatshunu), v, 9, 10 ; xii,

6, 24.
gatse nam (gatshanam), x, 1, 2.
gatsqs (gatshes), xii, 18.
gatses (gatshes), v, 9.
gats tq (gatshta), xi, 1.
gatsiv (gatshiy), xii, 5.
gatsvu (gatshiv), x, 7, 8.
gatsiy (gatshiy), xii, 7, 21 (3).
gatsiye (gatshiye), xii, 13.
gatsyu (gatshiv), vii, 4.
gatsvem (gatshem), x, 3, 6 ; xii,

3 (2), 7.
gatsves (gatshes), x, 3.
gatsyes (gatshes), x, 5.
garni (gawdy1), x, 12.
gdvun (govun), vi, 15.
gayau (gayav), xii, 15.
gay6 (gaye), iii, 1, 4.

gaye (gaye), iii, 1, 9 ; v, 9, 10, 1 ;

viii, 11 ; x, 1, 14 (2) ; x, 8 ;

xii, 2, 9, 10, 2, 3.
9aVe {gaye), iii, 8.
gym (Me), xi, 10.
gayem (gayem), ix, 4.
gayqs (gayes), x, 6.
gaznavi (gaznavi), i, 1.
guzran (guzaran), xi, 19.
ha (ha), xii, 19.
ha, see 6at?a Aa, vii, 21.

ha

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

440

ha, see hav* ha, vii, 21.

ha, see dim? ha, vii, 23.

M, see hare ha, ii, 11.

M, see vuch9, ha, viii, 10.

ha, see yetsanq ha, v, 6.

M (M), ii, 2, 3, 4 ; x, 4 ; xi, 3 ;

xii, 10.
hai (hay), v, 4 (4) ; ix, 7, 8, 9,

10 ; xi, 14, 6, 9.
hai, see kur hai, iv, 2.
M*, see muthai, v, 2.
tat (Mv), v, 4 (2) ; xi, 11.
hau (hdv), xii, 14.
he, see asi M, ii, 4.
hi (hih1), xii, 1.
ho (hau), ii, 10.
M, see kvqho, v, 5.
M, see kyqho, v, 4.
Ao*, see yi Mi, xii, 20.
ho (ho), ii, 3.

habjoshi (hab-jushi), xii, 22.
McA (hech), v, 3.
Md? (Md), vii, 15.
hihis (hihis), viii, 5, 13.
hak, see dim" hak, vii, 20.
M&, see dop hak, x, 12.
M&, see kar? hak, xii, 16.
M&, see kur hak, xi, 17.
hak, see wcA M&, viii, 1.
hak, see tfa&za M&, xi, 15.
hek, see aa&zi hek, xi, 15.
/m&, see karu huk, xii, 19.
/m&* (hoW), vi, 15.
htfkhi (hakh-i), xii, 15.
hakim (hakim), vi, 14.
hakima (hakimd), vi, 13.
hukqm (hukum), viii, 12.
hukum (hukum), ii, 7 ; viii, 4 ;

x, 9, 13 ; xii, 7.
hukumq (hukm-i), xi, 4.
/m&m (hukum), viii, 11, 3 ; x, 5.
hekqmati (hekmat-i), i, 11.

hekqmats (hekmiits"), i, 12.

MZ? (kla), xii, 17.

MZ (MZ), vii, 9 ; ix, 4 (2) ; xi, 17.

Ml (MP), vi, 15.

halam (halam), ix, 11 (2).

haP mas (halamas), v, 4.

haPmas (halamas), v, 5.

halamas (halamas), v, 4.

Mew (helen), vi, 15.

km, see dop ham, v, 8.

hamai, see Zade hamai, x, 3.

Mm, see £>m Mm, vii, 10.

himai, (hemay), v, 11.

hamud (hamud), vii, 4.

Mm nishin (hamnishin), vii,

20 (2).
Mm nishman (hamnishinan), vii,

24.
Mm nishman (hamnishinan), vii,

21.
hamsai (hamsaye), x, 5.
Mm saye (hamsaye), x, 12.
/ma (hand), see pdrvehna, xii, 2.
A?na, see rafee A"na, v, 6 (2).
th"na (hand), xii, 17 (2).
han (han), iii, 1 ; x, 5 ; xii, 21.
hana (hand), x, 3, 5.
han (han), x, 5.
han, see ratsahqn, v, 6.
han, see rafra Mn, v, 6.
Mna (hand), xii, 16.
Mna (hand), x, 5.
Mna (hand), viii, 7.
Mm (Mm), viii, 6 (2).
hdunai (hdwunay), v, 4 (2).
Mn (Mn), xii, 13.
Aoni (hun1), viii, 4.
/km, see mukHdvq hun, x, 1.
Awn (Awn'), viii, 12 (2).
hun (hunu), viii, 9 (6), 10 (4).
hunq (hun1), viii, 13.
handi (handi), x, 7.

441

INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT hitsun

hand* (hand1), v, 6.

handi (handi), x, 7 ; xii, 10, 9.

hund (hondu), iii, 1, 5 ; v, 1, 2, 5,

9 ; vii, 1 ; viii, 1, 3, 9 ; x,

2 (2), 4 (2), 9 (2) ; xii, 5 (3),

15.
handis (handis), v, 4 ; viii, 6 (3),

13 (2) ; x, 3 (2), 5, 7, 10.
hangqt? manga (hanga-ta-manga),

iii, 6.
hdu nak (hdwunakh), xii, 18.
haunam (hdwunam), v, 4.
hunis (hunis), viii, 9, 10 (3).
hanza (hanza), viii, 11.
hqnz (hunzu), iii, 5, 6 ; viii, 11 ;

x, 3 ; xii, 3.
hanza (hanza), viii, 4.
hanza (hanza), viii, 3, 4.
hanza (hanzah), i, 4.
hunz (hunzu), viii, 3.
hunz (caret), xii, 6.
hdpat (hapath), ix, 2.
haput (haputh), ii, 10, 1 (3), 2.
hapqtan (hapatan), ix, 4.
hapqtas (hapatas), ii, 10, 1.
Mr (Mr), ii, 2.
Mrde (harada), ix, 8.
Mr #a (hargah), viii, 7.
Mr #d (hargah), xii, 3.
hargd (hargah), xii, 3.
Mrgw to/ (hargah-ay), viii, 10.
har°gakyey (hargah-kiy), viii, 13.
Mn Mn (Mr* Mr*), xi, 8.
harik (har&W), ii, 3.
Jbron (haran), vii, 24 ; xii, 9 (2).
h*rvau (haryov), x, 12.
h°reyek (hareyekh), x, 5.
h"sq (hasa), x, 1.
M se (hasa), ii, 11.
Ms, see anye has, vi, 16.
has, see do^p Ms, v, 8 ; x, 8, 12 ;

xii, 1.

has, see dits? has, x, 5.

has, see &wr has, viii, 2.

Ms, see manga has, xii, 19.

Ms, see nyu has, viii, 9.

Ms, see tray, has, x, 12.

Ms, see tsun has, xii, 4.

Msa (hasa), vi, 11.

Msa (hasa), x, 1 (6), 4 (2), 8 ;

xii, 1 (2), 5, 10.
hasa, see tsahasq, v, 7.
Mse (hasa), x, 1 (2).
Ms (Ms), xii, 20.
^sA (hishu), x, 7.
Aos^ (hdsh), i, 5.
hushar (hushyar), v, 5 (3).
Ms* (MsP), vi, 16 (2).
host" (hostu), vi, 16.
hat (hath), i, 8 ; ii, 12 ; viii, 9,

10(2); x, 1 (4), 2 (3), 6.
hat, see muslq hat, xi, 19.
hat (hath), viii, 10.
hatq (hata), x, 5.
hatai (hatay), xii, 15.
hato (hato), x, 5.
M£ (heth), iii, 1 ; v, 7.
^ (heth), i, 8.
M£ (Mp), v, 7.
fori (Miu), vii, 14.
hatq bud1 (hata-bdd{), ix, 9.
hathas (hatas), v, 10.
hatan (hatan), v, 1.
Mfos (hatas), i, 9 ; v, 12.
Mta's (hatis), viii, 1.
M fed (hdtsha), vi, 9.
Mfe (Mfeu), xii, 12 (2).
huts (hotsu), xii, 15.
hetsqmatsq (hetsamatsa), x, 14.
hitsan (hetsan), v, 7.
hitsan (hetsan), x, 11.
Aifean (M^), v, 4.
hitsan (hetsan), iii, 4.
hitsun (hetsun), v, 6.

hitsanas

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

442

hitsanas (hetsunas), v, 6.

hitsanas (hetsanas), viii, 7.

hatsvuk (hatsyuku), xii, 15.

ham (hawdh), vii, 7.

M (hdway), iii, 8.

Mm (havi), v, 9.

Aav? Aa (hdwaho), vii, 21.

havdla (hawala), viii, 4.

havala (hawala), v, 7, 10 (2), 2 ;

x,*12(4), 22.
havale (hawala), x, 12.
havale (hawala), v, 12.
havdlqv (hawdla-y), x, 7.
Aavww (hdwun), vi, 16 ; xii, 15.
Aovww (hdwun), ii, 3.
hdv^nam (hdwanan), iv, 7.
Acmms (hdwus), v, 4.
AavwZ (hdwuth), vi, 5.
havtam (havtam), v, 9.
havdye (hawd-yi), ii, 6.
A*6 (AeA), xi, 12.
Ave, see cA^aye Ave, viii, 7.
hve, see &an Ave, viii, 7.
An* (A?/wAu), x, 7 (2) ; xii, 4.
hay (hay), v, 7.
to/, see hargq hay, viii, 10.
Aa?/, see yi hay, viii, 10.
hyu (hyuhu), viii, 7 ; xii, 4 (2).
hvqhqrq (hihara), x, 12.
Ayww (hyonu), xii, 5.
Ayww (yunu), xii, 7.
A%r (hyoru), xii, 6.
A?/w> (hyoru), iii, 2, 9.
to (MA), iii, 2 ; v, 1 (2), 7 ;

viii, 3 (2), 4, 6, 9, 10, 2 ; x, 5,

12 ; xi, 13, 4, 6, 8 ; xii, 2, 4,

5, 7.
A*^A (Acta), xii, 9, 11, 2 (2), 8,

22 (2), 3 (4), 4, 5.
A»e*A (heth), xii, 12.
hvuthuy (yuthuy), xii, 12.
hvutuk (hyotukh), x, 1.

Altera (hetsun), iii, 1.

hviitun (hyotun), viii, 7 (3).

hyiitun (hyotun), ii, 1, 3.

hvutus (hyotus), xii, 10, 3.

hvevdn (hewdn), x, 7 ; xii, 15.

Aaz*, see ydhaz1, v, 9.

hazuri (huzuri), viii, 5.

AazraJ (hazrat-i), vi, 8.

hazrqV- (hazrat-i), iv, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

hazrqH* (hazrat-i), xii, 17.

AazreZ (hazrat-i), vi, 15.

hazret1 (hazrat-i), vi, 10.

Aazretf (hazrat-i), vi, 14.

ja (jaA), ii, 4.

ja(jah), x, 12.

jai (jdye), viii, 7.

jjai 0%), ix, 6.

jao (jdv), xi, 4.

jao (jaw 5), xi, 4.

jaw, see Zw jdu, xii, 6.

jaZ (je/) vi, 16.

jalU (jelad), xii, 15, 23, 4.

jal^va (jalwa), vi, 7.

jam, see tsdnv jam, vii, 26.

jumqlq (jumala), i, 13.

jaw (jaw)> vii, 27 ; xi, 17, 8.

jaw, see tu jan xii, 4.

jm, see tuh jin, iii, 9.

jande (jenda), v, 11.

janqtqch (jenatace), iii, 7.

janHuk (jenatuku), xi, 13.

jaw? Jw&A (jenatuku), xii, 21, 2.

janHas (jenatas), xii, 24.

jaw9 £as (jenatas), xii, 19, 23, 4.

janatas (jenatas), xii, 20.

jdn^var (janawar), ix, 3.

jdnqvdr (janawar), ix, 1, 5.

janavdran (jdnawaran), viii, 1.

josA£ (jushl), xii, 22.

javdb (jewab), iii, 4 ; xii, 17.

i<% (W)» xi> 12-

ja>? (jdye), i, 4 ; viii, 7.

443 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT khobsurat

jdye (jaye), iii, 7.

jaye (jaye), i, 3 ; ii, 8 ; iii, 7 ;

viii, 7, 9 ; x, 5 ; xii, 15 (2).
ka (kdh), xi, 14.
kq, see roz kq, xii, 18.
kq, see taslikq, vi, 16.
kdb (khdb), 'vi, 11, 2, 4, 5.

Cf. kdv.
kdbuk (khdbuku), vi, 14 (2).
kdb^nish (khdba-nishe), vi, 12.
kab"rq (kabari), iv, 7.
&a&ar (khabar), ii, 1, 4 ; iii, 1, 3 ;

v, 7.
kabara (khabardh), ii, 6.
&a&ar ddrau (khabarddrav), ii, 6.
kabarddrau (khabarddrav), ii, 1.
M£ws (khdbas), vi, 14.
kochuk, see tot kochuk, ii, 2.
Md (Md), v, 7, 8, 9.
teZ (kod), v, 7 ; vi, 11 ; x, 5.
had (kefc), vi, 11.
Wd (kod), x, 12.
Ara'cZ (hod*), x, 5 (3).
fca'd* (kod*), v, 8 (2).
Md (kod), v, 9.
&o(Z* (kore), v, 2.
&wda (khoda), iii, 8 (3).
&wZ ( W), xii, 10 (3), 1 (2), 2 (2),

3 (3), 4.
&woa (khoda), vi, 5, 6, 7, 10.
kud (kud"), v, 5.
ifcud (fair*), v, 2, 5, 7 (2), 8 (2),

9 (4), 10 ; xii, 10, 3.
kud1 (kod1), v, 9.
kud1 (kur1), v, 2.
kqWhen (kdr^han), xii, 12.
kqidik (kddikh), x, 12.
&o<Ztt& (kudukh), x, 11.
&ad Maw (kod-khdn), vi, 10.
kddkhdnen (kod-khdnan), v, 8.
kadam (kadam), x, 11, 2.
kadam (kadam), iv, 5.

kaddn (kaddn), viii, 13 ; xii, 4,

11,7. '
taZm (kudyri), x, 7.
kqdun (kadunu), viii, 11.
kqdun (kud^n), xii, 5.
kodun (kodun), iii, 8 ; viii, 10 ;

' x, 13. '
kudun (kodun), v, 9 (2).
kudis (kore), v, 10.
fopfe (kodis), x, 5 (2).
kodyau (kodyau), v, 7.
kd{dyau (kodyau), vi, 11 ; x, 5,

12.
koddyu (khoddyo), v, 7.
&odve (kori), xii, 5.
^o^e (kori), v, 4.
&a#" (&6n), v, 1.
&o^e (kore), v, 9 (2) ; xii, 4.
&ddwi (kore), v, 1, 2 ; xii, 1,

'10(2), 3.
&od^ (kori), xii, 4.
A^da^e (kore), v, 1.
kuddye (khoddye), iv, 1.
Mye (&dae), v, 12.
fcud'e (A:ore), v, 9 (2).
kudvi (koriy), xii, 15.
kudye (ku^yey), v, 2.
MA (kdh), i, 2 ; vii, 23 ; xii, 22.
kih (kih), v, 4 (3).
koh? (koha), ix, 2.
Ma, see dad kha, ii, 5.
khub (khub), vi, 17.
Ma6?r (khabar), xii, 20, 3.
khabar (khabar), vii, 28 ; xii, 19.
khabar (khabar), x, 7, 8, 14 ; xi,

20 ; xii, 2 (3), 20 (2), 4.
khabar ddrau (khabarddrav), x,

7,' 8.
khabarddrau (khabarddrav), xii,

23.
khdb surat (khobsurath), xii, 4.
khobsurat (khobsurath,) xii, 15.

khob surat

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

444

khob surat (khobsurath), xii, 5.
khobsurat (khobsurath), xii, 10 (2).
khobsurath (khobsurath), xii, 19.
kahchus na (kah chus-na), vi, 10.
khod (khod), x, 13.
khuda (khoda), x, 5, 7 ; xii, 7 (2),

15 (2), 20.
khuda (Midday), x, 8.
khudai (khoday), xii, 15.
khud (kitr"), xii, 13.
khudas (khodas), x, 13.
khudayen (khodayen), xii, 15.
khudayas (khodayes), vii, 4 ; x, 5.
khudayesund (khodaye-sondu), xii,

7.
khqtfnas (khdjunas), vii, 19.
khalakan (lashkari), ii, 6.
khalds (khalas), iii, 4.
khqHyun (khalyun), x, 7.
Mam (kham), vii, 25, 6.
khumba khas (kombakas), xi, 7.
Man (khan), ii, 1 ; vi, 10.
Man (khana), xii, 19.
khdnen, see kadkhanen, v, 8.
khanun (khanunu), xii, 6.
khanendvun (khanandwun), x, 13.
khanas (khanas), vi, 4.
Mar (Mar), iii, 8, 9.
Mwr (khor), v, 5.
khurachqs (khora dies), v, 5.
Mar? (kharaj), xii, 4 (2), 5 (2),

11.
Mar; (kharac), viii, 10.
Mar^' (kharaj), xii, 20.
kharas (kharas), iii, 8.
khqris (khoris), ix, 9.
kharat (khorath), v, 9.
Mas (khas), iii, 8 (2).
Mas, see khumba khas, xi, 7.
Mas£ (khasiy), xii, 11.
Mas (khasa), v, 11.
Mas9 (khasa), ii, 3.

MwsA (khosh), viii, 1, 11, 4 ; xi,

18 ; xii, 3, 9, 12.
khush (khosh), viii, 9.
khasihb (khosi ho), ii, 3.
khashim (khashem), ii, 3.
khash9na h^na (khashena-hana),

xii, i7.
khasak (khasakh), v, 6.
khasam (kasam), xii, 7.
khismat (khizmath), ii, 3.
khasan (khasan), i, 6 ; iii, 3.
khasun (khasunu), x, 3 ; xii, 6.
khasqni (kasani), xii, 4, 5.
khasun (kdsun), xii, 13.
khosun (kdsun), xii, 10.
khds^nas (kdsunas), xii, 4.
khdsus (kdsus), xii, 10.
khasit (kosith), xii, 5, 10.
kh&sith (kosith), xii, 13.
MM (MA ^), i, 5.
Map (Map), v, 9.
MoZa (khota), xii, 10.
Mo£" (Mor), iii, 8.
Mn£ (MoP), ii, 11 (2) ; viii, 7 ;

x, 7, 8 ; xii, 12.
khut (khothu), ii, 6 ; x, 7.
khut (khotu), xii, 21.
khut (khqtu), xii, 3.
khutq (khota), xii, 19.
MaiA (khath), xii, 21, 2, 3 (3).
khuth (khotu), xii, 24.
khuth (kotu), xii, 25.
khdtunq (khdtuna), xii, 19.
khdtuni (khdtuni), xii, 15.
khdtuni (khdtuni), xii, 15 (2), 8.
khdtun (khdtuna), x, 12 ; xii, 18,

20,5.
khdtunq (khdtuna), xii, 15, 9.
khdtuni (khdtuni), x, 7 (3).
khdtuni (khdtuni), x, 7 (3) ; xii,

khd tunl (khdtuni), xii, 22.

445 INDEX TO SIB AUREL STEIN'S TEXT kan*

khdtir (khdtir), viii, 3.

khutas (khotu tas), i, 8.

khats (khutsu), iii, 2.

khdvand (khdwand), x, 5 (2), 12.

khdv°ndas (khdwandas), xii, 18.

khdvqndas (khdwandas), xi, 11.

khdvur (kh6wuru), viii, 7.

khyau (khyo), x, 12.

khve (kentshdh), xii, 20.

kheyau (kheyev), x, 12.

kheye (kheyi), xii, 15.

khyau (khyuh), x, 5.

khyau (khyauv), x, 12.

khyau (khev), ii, 2.

khye (keh), xii, 18.

&%£ (kentshdh), xii, 18.

&oAye (koh-i), iv, 5.

&oM?/ (kohai), ix, 2.

khvema (khema), viii, 11.

khydn (khyon), x, 5.

&%en (khen), xii, 16, 7.

khyeni (kheni), x, 5.

khyun (khyonu), xii, 16.

M%* (kyutu), x, 5.

Mva^ (MA), xii, 23 (2).

khvqtha (ketha), xii, 24.

khyqth (keth), xii, 22.

khyuth (kyutu), xii, 16.

Mv£ &a (kentshdh), xii, 19.

khyetsa (kentshdh), xii, 19.

jfc%e fca (kentshdh), xii, 18, 9 (2).

khyavdn (khewdn), xii, 4, 17.

khyevdn (khewdn), xii, 6.

khvaiy (khey), x, 2.

khyezi (khezi), xii, 16 (2).

kakqd (kdkad), xii, 22.

M (kdkad), xii, 11 (2), 2 (3),

5 (5), 6, 7, 8 (2).
kdkad (kdkaz), viii, 10.
kdkadas (kakadas), xii, 16, 7.
&wM, see sam? kukh, xii, 25.
kdkinv (kdJcan), v, 10.

&w£ar (kukar), xi, 8.

M? (kala), iii, 1, 5 ; xi, 9.

&aZa (kala), ii, 9.

Me (kala), iii, 2, 9 ; viii, 6.

kdl (kdl), viii, 2.

Ma (kala), v, 10.

Ma (kdldh), viii, 2 (2).

M (Mu), ii, 4.

&aZai (kolay), iii, 4 ; v, 3 ; viii,

3, 11.
M* (kuli), ii, 10.
kdlrchen (kdlacen), v, 5.
kalqma (kalama), ix, 12.
kolnas (kh6lunas), x, 12.
Mwp (kuluph), iii, 8.
Mas (khalas), ix, 9.
M^ (khalat-e), x, 4 (2).
Mye (Mi), xii, 2 (2), 4, 6 (2).
kulye (koli), xii, 6.
km (kam), ii, 12 ; iv, 4, 6 ; xii, 1.
kam, see maA to, xi, 9.
kami (kami), ix, 1 ; x, 4, 12.
kam (khdm), vi, 15.
kdma (komPdh), x, 2, 3.
kqmi (kam1), iii, 3 (2) ; x, 12.
kam (kom*), x, 7 (2), 12, 4 ; xi,

11.
Mww (kdmu), xii, 22.
A;dm (komii), ii, 5, 7 ; viii, 4.
kum, see vdlai kum, xii, 26.
kumdr (khumdr), v, 2.
kamvuk (kamyuku), vi, 13, 4.
to (Axrn), ii, 7 ; viii, 6, 8, 11 ;

ix, 1, 4.
kan (kiln""), x, 13.
Mia (kana), iii, 5.
A*ane (Mia), v, 2.
Mie (kani), v, 2 ; viii, 1, 6.
Jean* (Jeani), ii, 3 ; iii, 1, 2, 8 ;

v, 4 (3) ; viii, 11 ; x, 1, 5.
kan* (Jean), v, 4.
Jean1 (kan1), v, 4 (2).

han%

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

446

Jean* (kin), v, 7.

Jcani (kani), viii, 1 ; x, 12 ;

xii, 4.
kdn, see mahalq kdn, viii, 11.
kqn1 (kani), viii, 7.
&<m* (&dw*), ii, 8 ; xi, 9.
kalni (kani), x, 10 ; xii, 9, 12,

23 (2).
fa (kind), viii, 11 ; xii, 18,

9,20.
kona (kun), vi, 5.
&owe (kona), viii, 1. ,
&ww (kun), i, 8 ; iii, 5, 7 ; v,

2 ; vii, 3, 4, 20, 6 ; viii, 6,

11 ; ix, 1 ; x, 3, 5 (4), 11,

2 (2) ; xii, 4, 6, 14.
&ww, see patkun, v, 5, 8.
kunq (kuni), viii, 7.
&ww* (kuni), viii, 1 (2), 2.
kuni (kuni), v, 6 ; viii, 7, 9 ; xii,

1, 22.
kondq (kondi), xi, 11.
kund (kondu), viii, 1 (2).
kangqnv (kangan), v, 4.
kung^var1 (kong-wari), v, 7.
kungVvarye (kong-ware), v, 7.
kqn^han (kanahan), viii, 9.
kunikqiny (kuni-kani), xii, 13.
kqnanq (kanana), vii, 26.
kanqni (kanani), xii, 3.
kqnan (kanan), viii, 9.
kqnan (kanan), vii, 17.
kanan (khanan), v, 7.
kanqnuy (kananqy), vii, 11.
kanas (kanas), iii, 9.
kanas (khanas), ii, 12.
kanye (kane), vi, 7.
&ara/e (kani), xii, 15.
&<mw (Mn*), xi, 9.
&a*wv (kani), xii, 13.
A:wnva (khoni), xi, 13.
ku*niy (kuntiy), xii, 15.

&wnw/ (kunuy), vi, 7 ; vii, 2 ;

viii, 7 ; x, 8.
kanyek (kannekh), xi, 9.
fomz (fomz), iii, 8 (2).
&a%e (kane), x, 13.
fomi/e (&emi), xii, 15.
kenvtsa (kentshah), iii, 8.
kenytsa (kentshah), iii, 8.
kanyevi (kaniv*), v, 4.
kuphar (kuphar), iv, 3.
&ar (to*), ii, 4 ; v, 2 ; x, 8 ; xii,

7, 17.
kar (khar), v, 7 (2).
karai (karay), xii, 1.
karau (karav), x, 1, 5 ; xi, 19.
kare (kara), ii, 4 ; iv, 5 ; viii, 10 ;

ix, 4 ; xii, 1 (2), 3, 15, 6 (2),

7, 20.
kar (kar), v, 12 ; xi, 2, 10.
kar (khor), i, 3.
kar (caret), xii, 1.
kara (khara), vi, 17.
karau (kharav), xi, 17.
kare (kara), x, 8.
kare (khara), ii, 12.
kar (kar), ii, 12.
kar (kdr% vii, 24 (2).
kar (koru), ii, 4.

&ar (kuru), ii, 1, 5, 7 ; viii, 3, 4,
' 11 ; x, 3, 5, 7 (2) ; x, 7, 8 (2),

11, 2, 4 ; xii, 15, 9, 22.
kqru (kur^wa), x, 12.
ka{ri (kare), iii, 1.
to'n (kari), viii, 8, 11 ; xi, 2 ;

xii, 3.
kalre (kari), viii, 6.
AaVe (kari), viii, 1.
&aV (to-*), xii, 20.
kqY (kiir*), xii, 23.
&a*n (kari), xi, 19 (2).
jfcor (kor), ii, 2.
&wr (M"), xii, 15, 7.

447 INDEX TO SIB AUREL STEINS TEXT katrin

kur (koru), ii 3; iii, 8 (2);

iv, 6 ; v, 9 ; viii, 1 ; x, 12 ;

xi, 3 ; xii, 4, 7 (2), 14, 5, 8.
kur1 (koru), viii, 9, 10.
kuri, see tamas kuri, x, 5.
kuru (koruwa), x, 12.
kuru (koruwa), x, 12.
kur (kur*), x, 1, 6, 7 (2), 8;

xii, 1 (2), 2, 25.
krdu (khrdv), v, 9.
kdrddran (kdrddran), ix, 1.
karqha (karaho), v, 6 ; viii, 11 ;

x, 5.
kare ha (karaho), ii, 11.
karehe (karihe), v, 9.
karhai (kuruhay), xi, 5.
kur hai (koruhay), iv, 2.
karihe (karihe), viii, 13.
&ar? Aa& (karahakh), xii, 16.
&arM tofc (karuhukh), xii, 19.
&wr Aa& (koruhakh), xi, 17.
kurhas (koruhas), x, 5.
&wr /ias (koruhas), viii, 2.
&an /^e (karihe), viii, 7.
&ra?e (krdji), xi, 11.
&ra& (krekh), iii, 3.
&re& (krekh), v, 7.
&ara& (karakh), viii, 13 ; xii,

1,3.
&m& (kddikh), viii, 4.
&an& (kdrikh), v, 7.
&arw& (korukh), xii, 18.
&am& (kiirukh), ii, 8.
&an£& (karyukh), viii, 4.
kalrik (kddikh), viii, 12 ; xii, 1.
&aWb (karekh), xi, 10.
koruk (korukh), x, 5.
kuruk (kodukh), iii, 4.
kuruk (korukh), viii, 1 ; x, 5 ;

xii, 7.
kalrikh (karekh), xii, 25.
&reM (krekh), xii* 7.

krdlan (krdlan), xi, 10.
krdlau (kralau), xi, 11.
&anm (kdrim), v, 9.
karimau (karemav), x, 6.
karme (kar me), i, 7.
kqrum (kiirum), v, 9.
kalrim (kdrim), ix, 9.
kairim (karem), ix, 4.
kurme (koru me), ii, 2.
kurmut (korumotu), ii, 1 ; iii, 8 ;

viii, 2 ; ix, 1 ; x, 7, 12 (2).
karmuts (kur^miits*), x, 8, 10.
kurmuts (kurumutsu), viii, 1.
karani (karani), x, 2 ; xii, 26 (2).
kardn (kardn), i, 1, 3 ; ii, 3, 5 ;

iii, 4; v, 5 (2), 12; vii,

15 (2), 6, 24 ; viii, 2, 3, 12, 3 ;

x, 8, 12, 4 (2) ; xi, 8, 19 ;

xii, 3, 20, 3, 4.
kardn (kaddn), viii, 11.
karqn (kadan), viii, 11.
karqn (kurun), v, 12 (2).
karani (karani), xii, 4.
karani (karani), xii, 6 (2).
karun (kadun), iii, 8.
karun (karun), viii, 9.
karun (karunu), v, 7 ; viii, 2, 6,

8 (2), 11 ; x, 3 ; xi, 8 ; xii, 3.
karun (kurun), xii, 12.
kariin (kur^n), xii, 17.
karnq (karani), viii, 4.
karqn (kiirun), viii, 11.
kqrin (kdrin), v, 7, 9 ; viii, 5.
karun (korun), v, 7 ; xii, 18,

' 22 (3).
karun (kurun), vii, 8 ; x, 7 ;

xii, 13, 20.
kaWin (karen), x, 6, 7.
kaWin (kdrin), x, 2.
ka{rin (kiirtin), x, 2.
kq'rin (karen), x, 7.
&aVm (kur*n), xii, 23.

korun

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

448

korun (kodun), iii, 8.

korun (korun), ii, 7 ; x, 3, 5, 7.

korun (kiirun), x, 7.

kurqn (khoran), v, 9.

kurun (kodun), viii, 7.

kurun (korun), ii, 4 ; iv, 6 ; vi,

11 (2) ; vii, 4, 6 (2) ; viii,

2, 10 ; ix, 3.
k"rqnd (krundu), v, 9.
kranj6 (kranje), v, 7.
kqlrinak (kdr^nakh), x, 12.
kurnak (korunakh), vi, 4 ; viii, 3.
kqrnam (karinam), v, 9.
&a*n warn (karenam), iv, 5.
&wr nam (korunam), ix, 4.
&wrM mw (korunam), iv, 2.
kar^nas (kurqnas), x, 3.
karinas (kd^nas), viii, 6.
&ar nas (kurqnas), viii, 9.
kqranas (kurqnas), iii, 9.
kqr^nas (kurqnas), xii, 4, 9.
kqr^nqs (kilrunas), iii, 4.
kqrnas (kurunas), xii, 5.
kaSrinas (karenas), x, 7.
kurunas (korunas), xii, 15.
kurunas (kiirunas), xii, 16.
kurqnas (korunas), viii, 9.
kurqnas (kodunas), viii, 10.
kurnas (korunas), v, 10 ; xii, 15.
kurqnas (korunas), xii, 15.
kiirunas (kiirunas), x, 4.
karanavun (karandwun), xii, 24.
ftar naviny (karanov^n), x, 13.
karinv (karunu), v, 9 ; viii, 10.
koronv (kadon), x, 1.
to* wa?/* (korunay), iv, 3.
Icareny (kariin"), x, 3 ; xii, 16.
kariny (karunu), viii, 7, 8.
torn* (karas), xii, 15.
&aros (karos), ix, 1.
torn (karus), viii, 9.
km (kur^s), iii, 1, 9.

&a*m (karis), xii, 15.

&wrws (korus), xii, 7.

&arws wa (kiirusna), v, 1.

&arfo (karta), xii, 5, 10, 3.

&arte (karta), xii, 4.

&anY (kariih), v, 6.

&an£ (kariih), vi, 9 (2).

&arw£ (koruth), v, 4, 5.

&a*n£ (kadith), viii, 10.

fcaViY (kareth), x, 6.

k'n'i (karith), iii, 8 (2) ; viii, 13

x, 7.
fcaViJ (kadith), x, 9.
A»Vi£ (karith), iii, 8 ; viii, 7, 11 ;

x, 12 (2) ; xi, 19.
&tmf£ (koruth), viii, 3.
&ar ZAe (karta), xii, 19.
ka{rith (kadith), xii, 6, 7.
ka{rith (karith), xii, 4.
kqlrith (karith), xii, 23.
tor ZAas (koruthas), x, 12.
&?r torn (kiXrHham), ii, 11.
kcfrtqn (kdrHhan), xi, 10.
kr* 2ds (kdrHos), ii, 10.
&arev (karay), ii, 3.
&aVv (&ad*'), x, 2.
&aV% (kariv), viii, 11 ; xii, 1,

17.
&orve (kori), xii, 2.
Ajor^e (kore), xii, 5.
^or^t (kore), xii, 2.
torn?/ (koruy), x, 12.
kqrHnas (ka&nas), viii, 7.
&aVzi (kdrhi), xii, 11.
karlzqnq (kdrhi-na), viii, 1 (2).
&aV zma (ka^zi-na), xii, 6.
&as, see c^ar &as, vii, 19.
Ms (kas), vi, 6.
&<m (kSsi), v, 9.
&a^ (kalsi), ii, 8.
M*'st (kalsi), iii, 3.
to, see 2/e£i to, x, 1.

449

INDEX TO SIB AUREL STEIN'S TEXT

kve

kus (kus), xi, 2 ; xii, 1.
kusa (kusa), x, 6 (2).
kash (khash), v, 4, 6.
kash9 (kdshi), ix, 5.
kashmir (kashmir), xi, 4.
&asA wa (kashena), xii, 16.
kashir1 (koshir1), xi, 6.
kas"m (kasam), xii, 22.
kasam (kasam), v, 9 (3).
&asm (kasam), viii, 1 (2), 2.
kismat (khazmath), xii, 3.
kcLs^ni (kasani), xii, 19.
kas^nuy (kasunuy), i, 12.
towr (kusur), vii, 13.
kustany (kus-tari), v, 4.
kasuvun (kasawunu), i, 11.
fom«/ (kusuy), xi, 19.
to (kath), xii, 1 (2).
toa (katha), iii, 1.
kat^kati), xi, 17 (2).
toi (toi), x, 12 (3).
to* (Jb&O, vii, 25.
to^i (toi), xii, 5, 11, 5.
kqHi (kati), xii, 4.
kit (kit% xi, 11.

i# (K^j, v, i.

to (tou), xi, 5.

kbta (kotah), vii, 24.

kut (khotu), iii, 8, 9 ; v, 5, 6.

kut (kuthu), viii, 3.

kuta (khota), iii, 8.

kut1 (kuth*), vi, 3.

kilt (kutu), vii, 22.

HZafr (kitab), x, 13.

kath (kath), x, 6 (2).

katha (katha), x, 4 ; xii, 23.

kathe (katha), iv, 5 ; x, 1 (6) ;

2 (4), 6 (5), 7 (3), 14 ; xii, 3,

25.
kathau (kathau), ix, 7.
to/m (katho), xi, II.
to&a (kuthuah), ix, 4.

kathen (kathan), x, 1 ; xii, 9.

kuthis (kuthis), x, 7.

toi kochuk (katiko chukh), ii, 2.

kotuna (khdtuna), v, 11.

kateran (kataran), x, 7.

tow (khdtis), ix, 5.

tois (kuthis), iii, 8 (2) ; x, 8.

tois (kuthis), x, 8.

kqHith (khatith), xii, 6.

kutval (kutawal), v, 7, 9.

to*vaZ (kufwal ' v 9 (3), 10.

kotvalqn (kutawalan), v, 7.

kutvalen (kutawalan), v, 8, 9.

toa ray (katawan), xi, 19.

to*e (tot), vii, 20.

toyi (kati), x, 4.

to*v (&to*')> x, 8.

kqHva (kotyah), xii, 20.

to Zwa (kotyah), ix, 11.

toye (toi), ii, 2.

kaHya (kotyah), vii, 31 ; ix, 5 ;

" x, 7, 8.
kaVehund (kathi-hondu), iii, 5.
katse (katsa), x, 6.
kats? (katsa), i, 12.
&afc (khiits*), vii, 20 ; xii, 7.
Mfe (kotsu), vii, 15.
te (A»fefi), v, 1 ; x, 11 ; xi, 12.
ketsa (kentshah), iii, 8.
kav (khab), vi, 11. Cf. kdb.
kuv? (kuwa), v, 9.
kdvand (khdwand), iii, 1, 3 ; v,

1, 8, 11.
kavandas (khawandas), v, 10, 2.
kavandas (khawandas), iii, 4 ;

v, 8.
kavandas (khawandas), viii, 10.
kavandqsunz (khawanda-sunz*),

iii, 2.
&wa (kyah), viii, 10.
&ve (MeA), iii, 1.
£ve (Uh), v, 5 ; x, 1.

m

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

450

tee (keh), iv, 4, 6 ; v, 5, 8, 10 ;
viii, 1, 9 ; x, 7 ; xi, 15;
xii, 5, 15.

kya (Jcyd), vi, 5.

kya (kydh), ii, 2, 11 ; iii, 4 (4),
8, 9 (2) ; iv, 7 (2) ; v, 9 (5)
vi, 15 ; vii, 8, 20, 2, 4, 6
viii, 1 (2), 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 (2)
1 (5), 3 (2) ; ix, 4 (2), 6
x, 2, 3 (2), 5, 6, 10, 2 (3), 4
xi, 17, 8 ; xii, 3, 4, 15, 20, 1.

Jcya, see as*kya, v, 9.

kyd (Jcyd), v, 9 ; xii, 23.

kyd (kydh), ii, 4 ; v, 9 ; x, 3 ;
xii, 15.

kyd, see atxkyd, v, 8.

kyd, see ti kyd zi, viii, 2.

kya (keh), i, 6.

kye (kih), ii, 5 ; iii, 8 ; viii; 2 ;
ix, 6 ; xi, 7 ; xii, 2, 6, 7,
15.

kuy, see am* kuy, vi, 15.

kuy, see tarn* kuy, vii, 12.

kvaho (ke-ho), v, 5.

kyah (kydh), vii, 27 (2), 8 (2), 30 ;
viii, 10 ; x, 8, 14 ; xii, 1, 7.

kyaho (ke-ho), v, 4.

kyek (kyekh), ii, 3.

kveknd (khekh-nd), vi, 2.

kyemai (khemay), iii, 1.

%wm (kyomu), xii, 3 (4), 4.

kvemdy (khemay), iii, 1.

fo/on (khyori), vi, 16 (2).

Kw rat (kina), viii, 3.

kvinna (kina), v, 7.

kyentsa (kentshdh), iii, 1.

kyenzi (kenze), x. 3.

&yeZ (&&A), iii, 2 ; v, 4 ; x, 7 ;
xi, 13.

kveta (ketha), iii, 9.

kvetq (ketha), viii, 5 ; x, 8.

kHta (ketha), v, 8.

kvut (kyutu), xii, 11.

fo/ata (ketha), xii, 3.

%e£ (MA), ii, 7.

%wZ (kyutu), ii, 1 ; iii, 1 ; xii,

4, 5.
%w£ (kyuthu), ii, 5.
&ve torn (khetam), iii, 1.
%wZA (kyutu), xii, 24.
&vefca (kentsah), vii, 20.
^efea (kentshdh), v, 8 ; x, 3.
&vlfca (kentshdh), vii, 26 ; xii, 10.
kyetsa (kentshdh), xii, 4, 13.
&z/e fea (kentshdh), xii, 5.
kvavdn (khewdn), vi, 16.
&we?/ (A%), viii, 13.
%ei/ (fay), viii, 7.
fo/a 26 (kydzi), viii, 1.
%azi (kydzi), iii, 1 ; v, 8 ; viii,

11 ; ix, 1.
kyd zi (kydzi), xii, 4, 5.
kydh1' (kydzi), viii, 3.
% (I6wu), xi, 12.
Za6a& (labakh), ii, 9.
Zo&tm (loburi), ii, 10.
ZacAe (lache), ii, 2.
fo'cAm (lichen), viii, 10.
Zadai, see da*dve ladai, vii, 9.
Zad (Zad), xii, 15.
Za$w (laddy1), x, 1.
Me hamai (ladaham-ay), x, 3.
Zacfam (ladunu), x, 3.
Www (hdun), vii, 7 ; viii, 7 ;

x, 3.
ludun (loduri), ii, 5.
Idddn (lardri), x, 5.
ludnam (lodunam), v, 9.
ludanam (lodunam), iv, 2.
lud^nam (lodunam), xii, 15.
Wdyau (ladydv), iii, 5.
lddvomut (lddyomotu), viii, 6.
Iddeyes (ladyeyes), vi, 8.
Za<7* (Zagr*), xi, 5.

451 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT lashka*ri

lag (lag), v, 9.

lag* (lag*), x, 1.

log (log-), viii, 6 (3) ; x, 7 (2), 8.

log (I6gu), v, 11.

lug (logu), v, 5, 7 ; vi, 11 ; xi,

5 ; xii, 2.
lagaha (lagaho), v, 8.
lag^ham (lagaham), v, 2.
lagak (lagakh), v, 2.
lagik (lagekh), ix, 12.
log^mai (logumuy), v, 2.
lagimna (gatshem-na), xii, 22.
lqgimati (lag^mdt*), viii, 5.
Zd#u mut (ldgumotu), x, 14.
Iqgimaf (ldg*mdt*), iii, 7.
fa^an (lagan), viii, 5.
Z%wn (Idgun), x, 7.
ZtN/wft (Idgun), v, 10, 1.
Za#ar (lagar), vi, 15.
Za^'Z (logith), i, 2 ; v, 11 ; x,

12 (2).

to? (%'*)* xi> 16.

fajfo's (lujus), vi, 16 ; viii, 7, 9.

Idk, see maulah, v, 11.

Za*&i (loyik-i), xii, 10.

Z6& (lokh), ii, 11.

feM (Zi£/i), xii, 15.

lekhan (UJchan), x, 13 ; xii, 11.

UJchan (likhan), ix, 12.

likhun (lyukhun), xii, 22 (2).

lakam (lakam), xi, 9.

Ze&aw (lekan), viii, 3.

Zo&aw (lokan), ii, 11 ; xi, 13.

Zoto (Zo£<T), xii, 1.

lal (lal), viii, 7 ; x, 5, 12 (3) ;

xii, 2 (4), 3 (2), 4 (9), 6,

9 (4).
lal* (lal), i, 9.
lala (lala), iv, 7.
lalau (lalau), viii, 3, 11.
Zofo (luh-luh), v, 11.
ZoZo (luh-luh), v, 11 (3).

Za i7Za^ (layild), vi, 17.

ZaZ maZ (lalmal), xii, 8, 11 (2),

4, 5, 25.
lalan hund (lalan-hondu), xii,

5(3).
lal pharosh (lal-pharosh), xii, 3.
lalan (lalan), x, 5.
Id larichim (Idhlari chim), vi, 3.
lalas (lalas), xii, 4 (2).
lal shindk (lal-shendkh), xii, 13.
lal shindk (lal-shendkh), xii, 4

(4), 5 (3), 7 (2), 10, 1, 3, 4, 5,

etc.
lal shindkan (lal-shendkan), xii,

4 (2), 7, 9, 10, 3, 22 (3),

4,5.
lal shindkas (Idl-sMndkas), xii,

4 (2), 5, 6, 10, 1, 3, 5, 9 (5),

22, 4, 5.
lal shindkasund (lal-shendka-

sondu), xii, 8, 25.
lal9sat (lal sath), x, 2.
lalqvan (lalawan), v, 6.
Za niakan (Id-makan), vii, 29.
laman (laman), viii, 9.
Za*m (Z6V), vii, 12.
landana (landana), xi, 3.
longu*th* (langut*), xii, 23.
Zoram (lonan), x, 5.
Zar (Zar), ii, 8 ; ix, 2.
lq*r* (lari), vii, 7, 18.
larichim, see Zo larichim, vi, 3.
larichim (lare chim), vi, 3.
Zaran (lardn), ii. 9 ; vi, 8 ; viii,

6 ; xi, 12, 8.
laris (loris), ii, 9.
Wryau (laryav), ii, 10 (2).
lasa (lasi), x, 7.
lashkar (lashkar), x, 11.
lashkqrq (lashkari), ii, 7.
lashkar* (lashkari), ii, 8.
lashka*ri (lashkari), x, 9, 13.

lat*

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

452

lat1 (lati), viii, 7 (2).
lati (lati), xi, 9.
lot (hV1), v, 7.
luH* (lot1), xii, 5.
latan (latan), viii, 7.
lit*ri (litri), vii, 19.
lay (lay), i, 7.
laye (layi), iii, 9.
I6y*has (I6yuhas), ii, 11.
i^e/a (%'e), xi, 10.
IdyVJcq (loyik-e), x, 4.
layak (loyikh), xii, 10, 9.
layiki (loyik-i), xii, 19 (2).
Idyuk (Idyukh), x, 1.
» (lyukhu), xii, 15.
Pukhmut (lyukhumotu), xii, 15, 23.
lyukhmut (lyukhumotu), viii, 10.
Pukh^nas (lyukhunas), xii, 15 (2).
Pukhunas (lyukhunas), xii, 16.
Pukhas (lyukhuhas), xii, 17.
Pukhas (lyukhus), xii, 17.
Pekan (lekan), viii, 11.
Iqy^mas (loyimas), v, 4.
Za?/cm (layan), i, 6 ; v, 4 (2).
Zaym (layan1), v, 3.
Za^'n (loyin), v, 4.
layine (layeni), ix, 8.
Za?/m (loyiri), viii, 6.
Za?/im (Idyun), iii, 1, 2.
Z%im (Idyun), i, 8.
layinam (loy^nam), v, 9.
lay anas (lay anas), v, 5.
lay^nas (I6yunas), viii, 10.
Wyinas (loyunas), iii, 6.
Z%ws (layus), iii, 5.
ZazaA; (lazakh),. viii, 4, 12.
Zaz<m (lazan), v, 7.
Zazww (luzun), x, 3.
laz^nas (luzunas), x, 3.
lazqnas (luzunas), x, 3.
ma (ma), viii, 10 ; x, 5, 12 ; xii,
23.

ma, see mafma, v, 9.

ma (ma), i, 2 ; v, 2, 8 ; vii, 20 ;

viii, 9, 13 (2).
ma (na), viii, 7.
ma (ma), xii, 7.
wet (me), v, 9 ; viii, 3 ; x, 8.
ma, see #ai ma, vii, 12.
mai (may), v, 2.
mai, see (fo/oJ mai, xi, 1.
me (me), i, 7 ; ii, 2 (2) ; v, 8, 11 ;

vi, 15 ; vii, 11, 3, 5 ; viii,

5, 11 (2) ; x, 1, 3 (3), 12 (4),

4 ; xii, 5.
mebar (me bar1), ix, 11.
mubdrak (mobdrakh), x, 8.
mdch tulari (mdch-talari), ix, 6.
mdch tular (mtich-tHV), ix, 1 (3),

3, 4.*
mdch tulari (mdch-talari), ix, 1.
macdmq (macdma), ii, 3.
mad9 (mad), vii, 15.
mod (mudu), ii, 3.
mod (mdru), vi, 11.
muda (modd), vi, 7.
mud (modu), ii, 5, 9.
mud (moru), ii, 10 (2), 1.
mud (mudu), ii, 6.
mdddn (modan), xi, 3.
ma{ddn (modan), x, 1.
maiddn (modan), x, 1 (3).
maiddna (moddnd), x, 5.
maidanas (moddnas), viii, 9; x, 1.
maiddnqs (moddnas), iii, 1.
m&ddnas (moddnas), xii, 20.
mudur (moduru), vii, 31.
mudrvau (modaryiv), ix, 7.
modis (madis), ii, 5.
mahabat (mahabata), x, 4.
ma^ &am (mahkam), xi, 9.
mahkam (mahkam), iv, 6.
mahalq (mahala), xii, 19.
mahHqkhan (mahalakhan), viii, 3.

458

INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT momut

mahala kdn (mahalakhdn), viii,

11.
mohim (muhim), x, 3.
muhim (muhim), i, 11, 2 ; viii, 9.
mahamad (mahmad), iv, 6.
mahmud1 (mahmod-i), i, 1.
muhimma (muhima), i, 4, 5 (2).
muhammad (mahmad), vii, 4.
mohim zad (muhimzad), x, 4.
mahnyiu (mahaniv*), x, 1.
mahnyu (mahanyuvu), x, 4.
mohra (mohara), i, 9.
mohara (mohara), v, 12.
mohara (mohara), v, 10.
mohqr (mohar), x, 3 (3), 10.
mohur (mohar), x, 10 ; xii, 22.
mahardj (mdhrdj), xi, 4.
mqharam (maharam), ii, 4.
muht^v (moktay), i, 9.
muhvim (muhim), viii, 9.
maje (mdje), viii, 3 ; ix, 9.
mo/e (mdji), xii, 18.
maj^maje), v, 2 ; viii, 11.
mdjij^mdje), viii, 3.
mdjij(mdji), v, 6.
majljijnaji), v, 2.
majl(moju), v,\2 ; viii, 1 (2) ;

' xii, 15 (2). ••
maiy& (mdji), xii, 15.
malji (mdjiy), xii, 15.
mo; (mdju), viii, 3, 11 (2) ;

xii, 15 (2), 8.
mojub (mojub), viii, 6.
maje /mna5 (mdje-hondu), xii, 15.
mej'ar (mejer), x, 12, 3.
mejqran (mejeran), x, 12.
mejqras (mejeras), x, 12 (2).
mejeras (mejeras), x, 5 (3).
mqtjiy (mdjiy), xii, 15.
ma& (makh), vii, 14.
mukadam (mukadam), ix, 10.
mw&a daman (mukadaman), ix, 1.

mukhq (mdkha), x, 4.
mukhe (mdkha), viii, 9.
makhri (mqkhar-i), x, 13.
moklai (mdkdliy), vi, 11.
moklau (mdkaldwu), vi, 16 ; ix, 6.
moHi (mokali), v, 8.
mwA;^ (mdkali), vi, 10.
muklan (mdkalan), ix, 11.
mukHdu nas (mokal6wunas),

xii, 5.
muklan (mdkalan), ix, 11.
mukHdva hun (mdkaldwahun),

x, 1.'
mokaldvany (mdkaldwunu), v, 8.
mukHyau (mokalydv), viii, 6, 8.
makdn (makdn), vii, 29.
mokrqtit (mokh raiith), v, 9.
mat (mdl), iii, 1 ; viii, 9 (4).
mdl, see lal mdl, xii, 8, 11 (2),

4, 5, 25.
ma7? (ma7), i, 9.
mqH (mbV), v, 6.
mo7 (m6Zu), viii, 1.
mul (mdl), viii, 9 (3), 10.
maPkau (malakav), iv, 2.
mauldk (mov lag), v, 11.
malaikum, see as£a malaikum,

xii, 26.
mulken (mulkan), i, 1.
malkdnye (mdVkdni), xi, 2.
maVkas (malikas), iv, 7.
malan (malan), vi, 13.
ma'fo's (molis), xii, 5, 10 (2), 3.
m&Vsandi (mbV-sandi), xii, 21.
mqWsund (mbV-sond"), xii, 21, 2.
mdHisqnz (mbV-siinz*), xii, 24.
mdW-sunz (mbV-siinz*), xii, 20.
mdHisunz (mbV-sunz*), xii, 19, 20.
miVvuk (miluv^kh), x, 1.
mdHyis (molis), xii, 4.
momut (mumotu), ii, 3 (2), 4 (2),

10 ; x, 8 (2).

momHis

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

454

momHis (mumatis), xii, 20.

momuts (mumutsu), viii, 1.

moimuV (mumdti), viii, 1 (2).

mane (mani), vi, 6.

mane (mane), vii, 27, 8.

malni (mane), iii, 5.

mang (mang), xii, 5, 10, 1.

manga (manga), iii, 6.

mangai (mangay), xii, 7.

manga has (mangahas), xii, 19.

mangHqj (mang liij"), xi, 16.

mangum (mangum), xii, 18.

m%e mar (mine-muru), ii, 8.

mangan (mangan), xi, 14 ; xii,
4, 5, 11, 4.

mangun (mangunu), xii, 13, 8 (2).

manga natfhai (manganov^hay),
xi, 8.

mange ndvun (mangandwun), vi,
16.

mingve mqri (mine-mare), ii, 9.

mingve mqri (mine-mari), ii, 9.

mentis (myonis), xii, 20 (2).

manosh (manosh), xii, 15 (2).

manoshas (manoshes), xii, 15.

mantsq (mOtsa), xii, 15.

matnye (mane), iii, 4.

manye (mane), vi, 14.

menv (my on1), vii, 20.

ma^g^zqs (mangles), xii, 18.

wans; (mcmz), ii, 1 (3), 4, 5
(3), 6 (2), 7 (2), 8 (2), 9,
10 (2), 1 (2) ; iii, 1, 4, 5, 7
(2), 9 ; v, 4 (3), 5 (2), 6, 9
(3), 11; vi, 7; viii, 1, 9,
12; ix, 1; x, 3, 7 (5), 8
(2), 14; xii, 2 (3), 3 (2),
6, 7 (2), 11 (3), 2 (2), 5, 8
(2), 9, 20 (2), 2, 3 (2), 4 (2).

manza (manza), viii, 7, 11 ;
ix', 4; x, 7 (2), 12 (3);
xii, 4 (2), 6, 7, 11, 5, 23.

manzur (mdnzur), i, 12.

mun* zat (munazaih), vii, 3.

meny (myon"), iii, 2, 8, 9.

mar (mar), ix, 5.

mar a, see s^aA mara, viii, 7.

mam (mara), viii, 13 ; x, 8.

mar (muru), ii, 8.

marai (maray), viii, 1 (2).

mare (mara), x, 7.

mare (mare), v, 7.

man (mare), ii, 9.

man (mari), x, 7.

man, see mingye mari, ii, 9.

wio'n (mari), xii, 19. ;

maVi, see tsim&ri, vi, 11.

mor (m^u), viii, 13.

mor (mdru), ii, 8 ; iii, 3 (3).

mardq (marda), vii, 23.

murad (murad), i, 10.

murde mazatry (murdamazor1),

x, 12.
margq, see son9 margq, xi, 3.
marine (marihe), viii, 7.
mqrihe (marihe), viii, 10.
marhaba (marhabah), ii, 10.
morham (mdruham), iii, 3.
marshal (mdrahath), ii, 11.
marihve (marihe), viii, 7.
mqraj (maraz-i), xi, 5.
murkhas (murkhas), viii, 11.
mdr^kan (marakan), vii, 23.
mar an (maran), v, 9.
marqnq (marana), x, 12.
marqni (mdrani), viii, 13.
marun (mdrunu), x, 5 (2), 12, 5.
mdrun (mdrun), viii, 10 (2).
morun (mdrun), viii, 7 ; x, 7.
mdrenak (maranakh), viii, 4.
marqnas (mar anas), ii, 7.
marqs, see sAaA mar as, viii, 6.
mam (maris), ii, 6, 7 (2), 11.
mara£ (marath), ii, 11.

455 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT

mye

mqrit (marith), iv, 7 ; vi, 16.
mcprit (morith), x, 8.
mor thas (morHhas), v, 6.
martsevangan (martsawdgan), v, 6.
mdravdtHau (mdrawdtaiau), viii,

12.
mdrqvdtal (mdrawdtal), x, 12.
mdrqvdtqlau (mdrawdtaiau), x, 12.
maravdtHan (mdrawdtalan), viii,

11.
mdr^vdtalan (mdrawdtalan), viii,

13. '
mdr^vdtelan (mdrawdtalan), x, 8.
maravdtHan (mdrawdtalan), x,

5(2).
mdrevdtHan (mdrawdtalan), x, 12.
mare vdtHan (mdrawdtalan), viii,

4.
mdrevdtalan (mdrawdtalan), viii,

12. '
mare vdtHan (mdrawdtalan), viii,

4.
mqlrv (mor*), viii, 12.
ma'ryu (mdriwa), ii, 7.
mdrvuk (moryukh), viii, 12, 3.
mdlryuk (moryukh), viii, 4.
mxprijun (moryun), ii, 11.
mas (mas), vii, 31.
mas, see hal? mas, v, 4.
musdi (musdy), iv, 5.
mdVi talari (mdch-talare), Title

of ix.
maushiir (mashhur), xi, 3.
mqshit (mashith), x, 6.
mashiyat (mashiyeth), vii, 7.
mushtdk (mushtdhh), iii, 1, 7, 8,

9 (2) ; vii, 3.
miskln (miskln), ix, 11 ; x, 10.
miskirii (miskini), x, 4 (2).
musla (musla), xii, 18.
musHq (musla), xii, 18.
musfchan (musla-han), xii, 21.

muslahat (mqslahath), viii, 3.
mws/a Aa< (mqslahath), xi, 19.
musHas (muslas), xii, 22.
masnavl (masnavi), vii, 30.
misar (misar), vi, 10, 2 (2).
misren (misar an), vi, 14.
masZ (masO, xii, 4 (2), 5 (2), 10

(3), 3 (2), 9. <
mast (mastan), vi, 15.
mat (math), v, 9.
mat1' (mat1), v, 9.
mat1 (mati), xi, 10.
mat1 (me-ti), vi, 11.
mot1, see ani mot1, v, 8.
mut (mothu), v, 7.
mw£, see Za#u mut, x, 14.
mw£, see thdu mot, viii, 9.
mwZA, see on muth, xii, 25.
muthai (motu hay), v, 2.
motuk (muthukh), ix, 8.
mapma (mati mdh), v, 9.
mbteny (mdtunu)} ix, 4.
mato's (matis), v, 9.
mata'Z (mathith), ix, 4.
ma&a (matshi), x, 5.
mwfe, see parzq ndu muts, x, 5.
mwfe, see fraw muts, x, 8.
mwfc, see tsunye muts, v, 6.
muts^rai (mutsaray), viii, 3.
muts?rin (mutsaren), xii, 22.
muts^run (mutsorun), viii, 10 ;

xii, 23.
muts*rit (mutsarith), vii, 21.
mut^sqHh* (mdtasilt1), ix, 7.
matsye (matshi), x, 2.
mov, see vanye mov, x, 1.
mve (me), iii, 4, 9 ; ix, 1 (2), 4, 6 ;

x, 4, 5 (2), 9, 12 (2), 4;

xi, 1 ; xii, 2, 4, 6, 7 (2), 10

(3), 3, 5 (2), 9, 20, 2 (3), 4 (3).
mye (me), v, 10.
mye (myon1), xii, 15.

mye

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

456

mye (mydn"), v, 10.
moye (moye), viii, 2, 11.
muy, see dale muy, xi, 14.
myegatse (me gatshi), xii, 4.
mven (mydn1), x, 5 ; xii, 15.
mven (myonu), iii, 4 ; xii, 14.
myani (myani), i, 2.
mydn (my6nu), vii, 27, 8.
myen (mydna), xii, 14, 8.
mydn (my6nu), i, 10 ; x, 4, 5,

12 (2), 4, 5.
myanen (myanen), ii, 7.
mvenis (myonis), xii, 19.
mveinis (myonis), xii, 21.
mvenish (me-nish), viii, 5.
wm/o ww/ (mydnuy), vii, 9.
mveny (mydn*), xii, 15.
myenyiy (mydnuy), x, 10.
mve^ (me-ti), xi, 14.
?m/w£ (myuthu), vi, 11.
mveva (mewa), xii, 21, 2.
moz (maz), vii, 24.
mez^mdn (mizmdn), vii, 4.
mdzaWy, see mwrde mdzdWy, x,

12.
mazas (mdzas), vii, 14.
wa (wa), ii, 8 ; iii, 1, 9 ; v, 6, 8 ;

vi, 10 ; viii, 1, 2, 3, 7, 11 (2),

3 ; x, 1 (3), 4, 6 (2), 7, 12 ;

xii, 2, 7 (2), 18.
na (nd), vi, 2, 13 ; viii, 7 ;

ix, 3 ; x, 5, 12.
na, see hvin na, viii, 3.
na (na), i, 5, 6 ; ii, 1, 4, 5, 9, 11 ;
' iii, 2, 3 ; v, 5, 9 ; vi, 16 (2) ;

viii, 1 (2), 2, 7, 9 (4) ; x,

1, 3, 4, 6, 7 ; xi, 8 ; xii,

2 (3), 3, 5, 6, 11, 3, 5 (2), 6,

7, 9, 20, 2 (2).
na, see dyinq, v, 6.
wa, see chu na, iv, 4, 6 ; viii, 2 ;

xii, 2, 22. '

na, see chuk na, v, 5 ; xii, 13.
na, see &ams wa, v, 1.
na, see &asA wa, xii, 16.
na, see vutehenq, v, 9.
wa (wa), i, 10 ; ii, 3 ; vi, 1, 2
(2), 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 ; x, 12.
na, see mde wa, vii, 25.
nd, see ^>arze nd vun, viii, 10.
na* (nay), vii, 2, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1,
3, 4, 8, 9, 20, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9,
30, 1 ; ix, 6, 12 ; xi, 14, 5.
nai, see sanai, v, 5.
wai, see tana nai, v, 12.
wai, see tim? nai, xii, 1.
nai, see <rau nai, v, 4.
nai, see va7e nai, vii, 15.
nai (nay), vii, 3.
nau (nau), vii, 23 ; xi, 15.
ndu (ndv), xii, 4 (2), 18.
waw, see parzq nau, xii, 2.
watt (nowu), ii, 2.
waw, see parzq ndu, x, 5.
watt, see parzq ndu muts, x, 5.
ndu, see ^arze waw vun, viii, 9.

we (wa), x, 14.

ne, see vwcA* ne, viii, 7.

wo, see vote no vun^, viii, 9.

ndu (nowu), i, 11.

ww (wu), xii, 4 (2).

ww (woA), iv, 3.

nebar (nebar), x, 5.

nebqr (nebar), iii, 8 (3) ; v, 9 ;
viii, 7 ; x, 7.

nqch, see wayis Jaw nqch, vii, 29.

nechiv (neciv*), viii, 11 ; xii, 1.

nichuva (necyuvdh), v, 2.

nech*vin (neciven), viii, 3.

nechevin (neciven), viii, 11, 3.

wad (wad), i, 10 ; x, 12 ; xii, 17.

nd ddnq (ndddna), xi, 11.

wa ddnqs (ndddnas), ii, 5.

457

INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN1 S TEXT

nas

nag (nag), vi, 15 ; xii, 6.

ndge (naga), v, 9 (2).

nagmq (nagma), iii, 7.

ndgan (ndgan), vi, 15.

nigin (nigiri), i, 9.

niginau (niginau), viii, 3, 11.

ndgas (ndgas), iii, 9 (2) ; v, 9 ;

xii, 6 (3), 11, 2 (2), 4 (2).
ndgas (ndgas), iii, 4 (2), 5 (2) ;

xii, 7.
wafo'Z (nahith), xii, 4.
wa&, see chu nak, viii, 1.
na£, see dopu nak, viii, 1 ; x, 1.
nak, see dojtra na&, ii, 6.
wa/c, see Mw nak, xii, 18.
wa&, see vanye nak, x, 1.
waM? (nakha), ii, 9.
nukhta (noktdh), xii, 4.
nukhta (nokhta), xii, 19.
naMr (nakar), iv, 6.
naukar (nokar), viii, 5.
naukri (nokari), xii, 3.
naukar (nokar), xii, 3.
ndk°ri (nokari), viii, 5.
wa£ (no7), xi, 17.
rcaZ (nol*), viii, 10 (3).
ndl? (ndla), vii, 22.
na7a (ndla), v, 9 ; vii, 23 ; viii,

10.
ndle (ndle), xi, 4.
na7*' (noZ*), viii, 10.
nalas (nalas), vi, 9.
ndlv (noP), x, 4.
nalV (nbl1), xii, 7.
nam (nam), v, 6.
nam, see dopu nam, iv, 4.
nam, see dqtri nam, vii, 25.
nam, seegatse nam, x, 1, 2.
nam, see A:a*>i nam, iv, 5.
nam, see &w nam, ix, 4.
nam, see kuru nam, iv, 2.
nam, see tq{ri nam, vii 25

nam, see fcany nam, ix, 2.

nam, see vafe nam, iv, 7.

nam* (nami), vi, 16.

nom (nto), x, 5.

noma (ndma), viii, 4.

nomau (ndmav), x, 12.

noman (ndman), viii, 1 ; x, 12

(2).
nqmis (7iemis), v, 9.
namvau (namyov), vi, 16.
nnna (nuna), v, 6.
nindqr (nendar), v, 5, 6 (4), 7.
ningaldn (ningaldn), vi, 15 (2).
nan aar (nan-gar), xi, 10.
nandn (nanan), vii, 1.
nunnuy (nonuy), vi, 7.
nmsa (m'w sa), xii, 25.
nanyi (nunu), viii, 6.
winy {win), v, 7.
naptsas (naphtsas), x, 3.
na> (nar), xii, 21, 2, 3, 4.
ner (ner), ii, 9.

neraw (nerav), xi, 12 ; xii, 18.
neru (riiriv), x, 9.
nur (nuru), xii, 15.
na>? (nura), vii, 6.
ndr^hqn (ndra-han), iii, 1.
narqm (narm), vii, 24.
naran (naran), viii, 1.
n&rini (nerani), x, 7.
neran (nerdn), xii, 1.
neran (nerdn), viii, 1, 7.
nernn (nerun), ii, 3.
naras (naras), iii, 4.
nm< (nirith), ii, 3.
ne*rith (nirith), xii, 12, 5.
neravun (nerawunu), v, 8.
nervw (nin'o), xii, 1.
nert/tZ (wotd), xii, 1.
ne{ryu (niriv), ii, 7.
nas, see as nas, v, 6.
nas, see aVpu nas, v, 4 ; viii, 7.

nas

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

458

nas, see kar nas, viii, 9.

nas, see mukHdu nas, xii, 5.

nas, see than nas, xii, 9.

nas, see thdu nas, xii, 4, 12.

nash (nash), ix, 3.

m'sA (nish), ii, 11 ; iii, 2 ; v,
8, 10; viii, 5, 13 ; x, 1,
2, 4, 5 (2), 11, 2 ; xii, 2, 3,
4, 5 (2), 10, 3, 9, 22 (2), 5.

nish (nishe), ii, 7 ; x, 14.

msA, see kabanish, vi, 12.

m'sA, see mvenish, viii, 5.

m'aAi (nishe), vii, 2, 20 ; x, 7,
14.

nishan (nishin), viii, 4.

nishana (nishdna), x, 8, 14 (2) ;
xii,' 21.

nishin (nishin), viii, 10.

nishin (nishin), vii, 20 (2).

nishinan (nishinan), vii, 24.

nishinan (nishinan), vii, 21.

m'scw (nishin), ii, 8.

nasiyat (nasiyeth), xii, 1.

naisiyat (nasiyeth), xii, 16.

nalsiyat (nasiyeth), xii, 17.

ntrt (rcoP), iii, 5 (3), 9 ; xi, 13.

nether (nethar), xii, 15.

nqtis (natis), iii, 5, 9.

natatas (nata tas), v, 7.

notuvdn (ndtuwdn), i, 2.

mwa, see &e warn, vii, 7.

navau (nawav), iii, 8.

nav (wav), ii, 1 ; xii, 8.

nav, see as* nav, x, 6.

nav*hai, see manga ndtfhai, xi, 8.

navan, see daMe navan, xi, 16.

navan, see <jrara navan, xi, 17.

navim, see mange ndwun, iv, 16.

naviny, see to* naviny, x, 13.

m/w (we?;), iii, 7.

wyw (nyuv), viii, 9.

nay (wm/), vii, 1.

nay*, see &wr nay', iv, 3.

na?/e (naye), vii, 1.

wa?/e (way), vii, 31.

?m/ (niy), v, 9.

my (niye), ii, 1.

my6 (niye), ii, 6.

wiye (niye), x, 7, 8 ; xii, 23.

wwy, see m?/d nwy, vii, 9.

nyech?, see wra nyech? vin, viii, 3.

nveche (nechi), vi, 16.

nvechu (necyuvu), iii, 9 (2).

nyeche (nechi), vi, 16.

nyechi, see ywie nyechi handi,

xii, 10.
nyechavis (necivis), iii, 9.
nayiaJ (noyid), v, 6 ; xi, 18 ;

xii, 4 (2), 5 (2), 10 (2),

3, 9 (2), 22, 3, 4, 5.
ndyidan (ndyidan), xii, 25.
na{ydan (ndyidan), xii, 19.
nyu has (nyuhas), viii, 9.
nyuk (nyukh), x, 5 (2) ; xi, 18.
niy ok (niyekh), viii, 11.
nyukuy, see gud nyukuy, viii, 5.
nyemau (nimav), xii, 19.
nyemis (nemis), xii, 15.
nyumut (nyumotu), viii, 9.
m/im (nyun), vi, 9.
niyun (niyun), x, 5.
niyanta (niyen ta), v, 12.
wa^'s Jaw (nayistan), vii, 27, 8.
nayis Jaww& (nayistanuku), vii, 26.
wayts Jaw wac^ (nayistaniic"),

vii, 29.
nayis Janas (nayistdnas), vii, 26.
naze's Janv (nayistan), vii, 26.
wvi£ (mJ/i), x, 1.
ftv#ar (neihar), viii, 2 (2).
nvavik (nyovik1), xi, 6.
wvaza (neza), v, 4.
ndyiz(ndyezu), xi, 19.
nyazik (nizikh), x, 3, 4.

459 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT pddshahan

nvezik (riizikh), viii, 6.

nvezlk (riizikh), viii, 6.

nazdik (nazdikh), viii, 10.

nazdik (riizikh), viii, 10.

nezik (nizekh), viii, 6.

nazan (ndzan), ii, 7.

nazari (nazari), vii, 13.

naz*r (nazar), xii, 23.

nazari (nazari), x, 7.

nazar (nazar), ii, 1 ; viii, 6.

nazar (nazardh), viii, 11.

nazar (nazar), x, 7, 8 (3) ; xii, 23.

naz*r bdzau (nazarbazav), xii, 23.

nazar bdzau (nazar-bdzav), ii, 1.

nazar bdzau (nazarbazav), x, 7, 8.

pai (pay), iii, 3.

^ncAe (piche), xi, 4.

2>ada (poda), iii, 8.

2?ad? (poda), vii, 4, 8.

2?ada (poda), vii, 6 (2).

2?a<fa (poda), iii, 8 (3).

2?ada (poda), ii, 1.

^a'dta (poda), x, 4, 5, 7 ; xii, 7,
10.

paduk (porukh), xii, 18.

paddn (paran), viii, 3.

padun (poruri), xii, 23.

padshah (pdtashdh), iii, 4 (3),
5, 8 ; vi, 16 ; viii, 3, 11 (2),
12, 3, 4 (2) ; x, 10 (2), 2 ;
xii, 4, 9, 24, 5.

padshah (patasheh), xii, 5 (2),
10 (4), 1, 3 (4), 4, 21, 5.

padshah* (pdtashdha), viii, 1.

pddshaha (pdtasheha), ii, 7; v, 11.

pddshaha (pdtasheha), viii, 6.

pddshaha (pdtasheha), viii, 7, 11.

padshah (pdtashdh), ii, 8, 10, 1 ;
iii, 1 (4), 2 (2), 3, 4 (2), 6,
7 (3), 8 ; v, 1, 2, (2), 5 (2),
7, 8 (2), 9, (8), 10, 1 ; vi,
9, 10, 1, 2, 6 (3) ; viii, 1 (5),

2(2), 3 (6), 4, 6 (2), 7 (3), 8, 11

(5), 2, 3 ; x, 4, 12, 4 (4) ;

xii, 1 (2), 2 (3), 3, 19 (2),

20 (2), 4.
padshah (pdtashdha), v, 1 ; vi,

11 ; viii, 6.
padshah (patasheh), ii, 5, 8, 9 ;

xii, 12.
padshah (pdtashehdh), ii, 1.
padshah* (pdtasheha), ii, 5.
pddshaha (pdtashdha), v, 10.
pddshahi (patashdhi), viii, 12.
padshdhi (patashdhi), viii, 4 ;

x, 4, 9, 14 ; xii, 19.
pddashdh (pdtashdh), ii, 11.
pad* shah (pdtashdh), viii, 13 (2).
pad*shdh (patasheh), ii, 5.
pdd*shaha (pdtasheha), viii, 5.
pdd*shdha (pdtashdha), viii, 13.
pad*shdhi (patashdhi), xii, 26.
padshah bdye (pdtashah-baye),

viii, 13.
pddshdhihund (pdtashohi-hondu),

x, 2.
pddshaham (pdtasheham), v, 9 (2) ;

viii, 2, 6, 7, 8 (3), 10 ; x,

2 (2), 12 (2); xii, 3 (2),

19 (2), 23.
pddshaham (pdtasheham), ii, 4 ;

viii, 11 (2), 3 (2) ; x, 6.
pddshahan (jpdtashehari), x, 2 ;

xii, 4, 11, 9, 24.
pddshahan (pdtasheham), viii, 6.
pddshahan (patashahan), ii, 11 ;

vi, li.
pddshahan (pdtashehan), ii, 4, 8 ;

iii, 1, 8 (2), 9 ; vi, 15 (2) ;

viii, 5, 6, 13; x, 2 (2);

xii, 5, 21.
pddshahan (caret), viii, 7.
pddshahan (pdtashehan), viii, 11 ;

xii, 4.

pddshahan HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

460

pddshahan (pdtashehan), ii, 1, 4 ;

viii, 11(2), 3; x, 6 (3), 7, 12.
pddshahan (pdtashehan), i, 10.
pddshahas (pdtashehas), iii, 9 ;

v, 7 (2), 9 (2) ; x, 2 ; xii,

4 (4), 5 (3), 9, 11, 2, 3, 8, 9,

(2), 20 (2), 1, 2.
pddshahas (pdtasheha), ii, 6.
pddshahas (pdtashdhas), ii, 11 ;

viii, 1.
pddshahas (pdtashehas), ii, 3 (2),

4, 5 ; iii, 1, 3, 5 ; v, 9, 10 ;

vi, 16; viii, 1, 2, 5 (2), 7

(2), 13 ; x, 1, 10, 1, 2 (2) ;

xii, 3 (3), 23.
padshahis (pdtashehas), v, 11.
pddshahas (pdtashehas), xii, 1.
pddshahas (pdtashdhas), iii, 3.
pddshahas (pdtashehas), ii, 1.
pddshahas (pdtashehas), i, 8.
pddshdh sund (pdtashdha-sondu),

vi, 11.
pddshahasandi (pdtasheha-sandi),

ii, 9.'
pddshahq sund (patasheha-sondu),

xii, 1.
pddshahasund (pdtasheha-sondu),

xii, 4.
pddshdhasund (pdtashdha-sondu),

ii, 10.
pddshahrsandis (pdtasheha-

sandis), xii, 22.
pddshahas sqndyan (pdtasheha-

sanderi), viii, 1.
pddshahasanzi (pdtashdha-

sanzi), v, 4.
pddshaha sanzi (pdtasheha-

sanze), xii, 4.
pddshahqsanz (pdtasheha- siinz"),

xii, 1.
pddshahq sanzi (patasheha-sanzi),

xii, 5.

pddshahq sanzi (pdtasheha-

sanze), xii, 5.
pddshahq sanzi (pdtasheha-

sanzi), xii, 4.
pddshahasunz (pdtasheha-sihnz"),

x, 5, 14.
pddshdh sanz (pdtashdha-sunzu),

v, 7.
pddshdhasanz (pdtashdha-siinz"),

v, 7.
pddshahasanzi (pdtashdha-

sanze), v, 2, 4.
pddshahas sanzi (pdtasheha-

sanze), v, 1.
pddshahiyqn (pdtashohiyen), x,ll.
pddshah zdda (pdtashdhzdda), viii,

11.
pddshdh zdda {pdtashdhzdda),

viii, 11 (2).
pddshahzddqn (pdtashdhzddan),

viii, 4, 11.
pddshdh zddan (pdtashdhzddan),

viii, 4 (2),' 11, (2).
pddshdh zddqs (pdtashdhzddas),

viii, 5.
W? (^aA), iii, 4.
2?a#a (pagdh), vi, 16 (2) ; xii, 10.
phahi (phahi), v, 10.
2?foi& (phakh), ii, 4.
phikri (phikiri), viii, 10 ; xii, 4.
phikir (phikiru), xii, 5.
2?M (phal), ix, 9.
2?M? (phala), vii, 14.
2>M (pfcoZ"), xii, 15 (2).
phul (phglu), iii, 3 ; viii, 9.
pholdn (pholdri), xii, 2.
phulen1 (pholani), v, 5.
pholen1 (pholani), v, 7.
phuleni (pholam), xii, 2.
phamb (phamb), viii, 6.
pahan (pahdn), x, 7 ; xii, 6.
pahqn (pahdn), x, 7. ,

461 INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT panun

phir1 (phir*), vii, 18 (2).

pahar (pahar), iii, 1 ; viii, 6 (2), 8.

pahar (pahar), viii, 5 (2), 8,

io, 3.

paharq (pahara), v, 8.
pherdn (pherdn), i, 2 ; ii, 5.
pharosh (pharosh), xii, 3.
pherit (phirith), ix, 1 ; x, 1 (2),

2, 3 (2), 6 (2), 7, 10 ; xi, 15 ;

xii, 4, 5.
pherit (caret), xi, 15.
phirit (phirith), iii, 5.
phirit (phirith), ii, 3 ; iii, 1, 8, 9 ;

iv,3;v,l,2,4(5),5, 6,8, 10,

1 (2) ; viii, 6, 8, 10 ; x, 14 ;

xii, 3.
phirit (caret), x, 5.
pherith (phirith), xii, 5, 11.
phtfrith (phirith), xii, 19.
phurtas (phoru tas), iv, 2.
pahre vdv (phaharawdv), v, 4.
pahara vdlis (paharawolis), viii, 8.
pharydd (phdr{ydd), vii, 22.
pherydd (phdr{ydd), x, 2.
phash (phash), xii, 7.
phot (potu), x, 6.
phut (potu), x, 3 (2), 6, 7.
2?/b£ (^Mr), x, 5 (2).
phutu (phuf"wa), x, 12.
phut^rhas (phut°ruhas), ii, 11.
phutfruk (phut°rukh), xii, 4.
2?Awfa rvun (phutaryun), xii, 3.
^o£w va (photuwdh), ii, 7.
phvurus (phyurus), viii, 10 (2).
_2?a&a (pakha), viii, 7.
2?a& (pdkh), v, 10.
pukhtan (pokhtan), vi, 15.
pakdn (pakdn), iii, 1, 2 ; v, 7 (2) ;

viii, 7 ; x, 1, 4 ; xii, 2, 7 (2).
pakun (pakun), x, 1.
pakenai (pakanay), x, 1.
pak?ndvdn (pakandwan), xi, 8, 14.

pakrvany (pakawunu), xi, 11.
pakyu (pakiv), x, 1.
2?a£ (paZ), xii, 14 (2), 5.
poldu (poldv), vi, 2.
^m&m (poldv), ii, 3.
polddevv (pdldddv1), v, 4.
palang (palaiig), v, 9 ; x, 7.
palahg (palang), v, 5.
palang (palang), iii, 7.
palangas (cdrpdyi), x, 5.
palangas (palangas), v, 6 ; viii,

6; x, 5 (2), 7 (4), 8 (2), 12 (3).
palangas (palangas), v, 5, 6.
palangas (palangas), viii, 13 (2).
2?afos (palas), xii, 15.
paHith (polith), xii, 16.
2?ama (pdma), x, 3.
2>am& (phamb), viii, 13.
_^6m (pandn1), xi, 10.
jp<m tpan), iii, 4 (3) ; vii, 11.
^<m" (pdna), xii, 11.
2?awa (pdna), v, 10.
^araw (pdnas), vii, 2.
2?<mat (pdnay), vii, 1 ; x, 12.
2>eme (pdna), i, 1 ; v, 11 ; x, 2,

7 (2), 8 ; xii, 7, 21, 4.
2»w ham (pinhdn), vii, 10.
jxm/e (panja), xii, 16 (2).
jt?a%6 (panja), xii, 17.
panqne (panani), vii, 22, 6.
panan1 (panani), v, 10.
panani (panani), xii, 4.
panani (panane), x, 5.
panen (pandn{), vii, 20.
panen (panunu), v, 10 ; x, 6.
panen (panilnu), v, 5.
panen* (panun*), viii, 11.
paneni (panani), xii, 5.
panun (panunu), ii, 5, 9, 11

iii, 1 (2), 2, 3 (2), 9 (3)

v, 1 (2), 4, 5 (2), 9 (2), 10 .

vii, 26 ; viii, 3, 5, 9 ; ix,

panenen

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

462

6 ; x, 5, 8, 9 ; xii, 4 (2), 5

(3), 10, 1 (2), 2, 3, 4, 5 (2), 6,

7, 8, 20, 2 (2), 5.
panenen (pananen), viii, 10.
paneneny (pananen), x, 14.
panqnqs (pananis), viii, 9.
panqnis (pananis), ii, 7, 11 ;

iii, 2, 4 ; v, 8, 10, 2 ; viii,

10 ; x, 5 ; xii, 4, 5, 10, 3, 5, 8.
panenis (pananis), x, 12, 4.
panqnve (panane), v, 10.
panenv (paniin"), viii, 1, 11.
panenve (panani), v, 5 ; x, 12.
paneny (pandn% x, 14 ; xi, 10.
paneny (panilnu), x, 1, 3 (2),

6, 8, 13 ; xii, 14, 25.
panenye (panane), v, 4, 12 ; x,

3 ; xii, 4.
panenye (panane), vi, 6.
panenye (panani), x, 13.
paniny (paniin"), x, 10.
panenuy (panunuy), x, 1.
panunuy (panunuy), vii, 21 (2).
panenven (pananen), viii, 13.
2?<mas (panas), v, 9 (2) ; vi, 4 ;

vii, 24, 5 ; x, 6 ; xii, 5, 25.
panas (panas), ii, 5 ; iii, 8 ;

vii, 1, 15 (2); viii, 3, 8;

xii, 12, 25.
panes (panas), v, 9 ; x, 1.
pane suy (panastiy), vii, 3.
pants (pants), x, 1 (5), 2 (6), 6, 14.
pdntsim (pontsimii), x, 6.
pantsen (pdntsan), x, 1, 6.
pantsvum (pontsyumu), x, 1.
pqntsvum (pontsimu), x, 6.
pawe vaW (panawon), xii, 25.
pane m" (panawon), viii, 2.
pawe t>cm?/ (panawon), viii, 1.
panevdny (panawon), xi, 19.
panevany (panawiin), x, 1.
pane veiny (panawon), viii, 3.

panven (panin), iv, 7.

panz (pants), viii, 10 (2).

papiJ (papith), ix, 9.

pra (para), xii, 1 (2).

par (para), ii, 3, 5.

2>ar, see zara par, x, 5 (2).

paV (pari), xii, 25.

2?a*n (pan), xii, 8, 11 (2), 4, 20.

pepr1, see feo paV, xii, 24.

pqlri, see so pqlri, xii, 21.

_praw (pirav), v, 8.

pwr (p7rtt), v, 2.

parda (parda), vi, 4.

paraa (pharda), vi, 11.

pargan (pargan), xi, 5.

par an (par an), ix, 1.

par an (paran), vi, 17 ; vii, 4 ;

viii, 4.
pqrqn (pdruri), v, 10.
pmm (piran), vi, 13.
porun (purun), x, 2.
purun (purun), x, 9.
prcm# (prang), xii, 18.
pranw (pron*), viii, 5.
prdny (prdn% vi, 11.
praran (praran), v, 6, 11.
prqhyau (praryav), ii, 10.
jora£ (prath), viii, 1 (2).
pafn'Z (porith), iii, 7.
2>a*n'£ (piirith), xi, 9.
par to? (partawa), xii, 15.
prutsun (pryutshun), xii, 1.
pdravi (poravl), i, 1.
parvardigar (parwardigar), i, 11.
parvahab (par wahab), vi, 17.
pq*riye (par{yi), xii, 15.
pqlriye (parlye), iii, 7, 8.
parvehna (pari-hana), xii, 2.
parza wau (parzandwu), xii, 2.
par2^ mit (parzan6wu), x, 5.
parza wdw mwfe (parzanovu-
muts"), x, 5.

463 INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT pyete

parze nd win (parzandumn), viii,

10.
parze ndii vun (parzandwun),

viii, 9.
parzendvdn (parzandwdn), x, 12.
parzqndvus (parzandivus), x, 12.
pash (khash), v, 4.
pesh (pesh), xii, 25.
peshe (pesh-e), vi, 9.
posha (poshe), xi, 3.
posh" (poshe), ii, 3.
poshe (poshe), v, 4 (3).
poshak (poshdkh), v, 9 (2) ; x,

2 (2), 4 (3), 9 ; xii, 6 (2),

7(5).
pushdkas (jposhdkas), viii, 9 ; x,

7(4).
peshkdr (peshkdr), vi, 11.
pqsan (pbsari), vii, 26.
pqsan (posan), vii, 25.
pasand (pasand), v, 1 ; xii, 4.
pasqnd (pasand), xii, 4.
2?a2 (path), vii, 10.
^? (pata), vi, 8 ; viii, 7.
2?ata (pata), ii, 9 (2) ; iii, 1 (2),

2 (2) ; viii, 9 (2), 13 ; x, 1,

12 (2) ; xi, 18 (2) ; xii, 1, 6,

7 (3), 16, 7, 25.
patai (patay), xii, 10.
pqH1 (pottt), v, 8.
petq (petha), ii, 2.
put (potu), v, 1.
path (path), xii, 23.
pqHh1 (pdth{), xii, 6, 17.
pqHh1 (pbW), xii, 5, 22.
puth (potu), xii, 19.
pathin (pothin), viii, 3.
pathar (pathar), iii, 9.
pqHhy (pbW), x, 6 ; xii, 3, 7.
#a*^v (poi#)* iii, 9 ; xii, 22, 4.
patkun (path-kun), v, 5, 8.
pat* kun (path-kun), iii, 5.

putal (putal), vi, 4.
putalin (putalen), iv, 6.
j?a£m (pothin), iii, 1.
pata-pata (pata-pata), iii, 1 (2),

2 (2)'; viii, 9 ; xii, 7.
2?ator (pathar), ii, 3.
^afar (pathar), ii, 11.
pitarun (petarun), ii, 5.
pafvdr1 (pathwor1), ix, 10.
2>a;'£v ($»&')] viii, 5 ; x, 8.
^?a% (poth1), x, 10.
paVqmi (patimi), v, 8.
pbVen (poten), ix, 3.
pdvun (pdwun), iii, 9.
pd{vzi (pbvlzi), vi, 11.
#yai* (^ev), ii, 3, 5, 6, 11 ; iii, 5 ;

v, 1, 7 (2) ; viii, 9.
pyau (pyauv), xii, 15 (2).
pay (pay), ix, 11.
pydday (pydday), ii, 12.
joyaZa (pyala), viii, 7 (2).
pydlqs (pydlas), viii, 7 (2).
^P2/om (pyom), xii, 10.
pyom1 (pyom me), vii, 12.
peyem (peyem), vii, 19.
pHmbs (pembs), ix, 1.
pvumut (pemotu), x, 3.
pyqmut (pemotu), xii, 15.
pyiimut (pemotu), viii, 9.
pHmats (pemuts*), vii, 30.
£>vwr (phyuru), viii, 1.
pvilrus (phyurus), viii, 7.
2>vos (pyos), x, 5.
^yds tPyos), xii, 4.
pyos (pyos), v, 6 ; viii, 11.
^ (p>^), iii, 4 (2), 5.
2>ve£i (^M* Zi), iii, 8.
pvet (peth), iii, 5, 7.
pyet (peth), iii, 1.
pyet (peth1), ii, 9.
pyet (peth), ii, 11.
^yete (petha), ii, 6.

pveth

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

464

pveih (peth), x, 5.
pvethq (petha), x, 3, 10.
pveth (peih), iii, 9 (2) ; iv, 4 ;
V; 5, 6 (2), 9 (2), 11 ; viii,

I, 6, 8, 11, 3 (2) ; x, 5, 7 (2) ;
xi, 12, 6 ; xii, 2, 6 (2), 7 (3),

II, 2, 3, 4, 21 (2), 4 (2).
pveth (petha), viii, 1.
pveth (pe'th% iii, 8.

pyethq {petha), iv, 5 ; v, 7, 9 ;

x, 3 ; xi, 3 ; xii, 2.
pydvHq (pydwal), xi, 7.
pvevdn (pewdn), vii, 20.
pyivdn (pewdn), vii, 26.
pveyak (peyekh), v, 7.
pHyen (peyin), ix, 2.
pveyes (peyes), v, 5.

2>vez (fras), viii, 9.

pqz (pdz1), x, 10.

pqz1 (pdz1), x, 6.

pdz (pdz), vi, 16 (2) ; viii,

' 7 (4).
puz (pozu), x, 8.
2?azws (pozas), viii, 7.
j9az?/a (pazyd), vi, 8.
2?wzim/ (pozuy), x, 6 (3).
ra (raA), v, 9.
rai (rdye), xi, 7.
rau, see somfr9 raw, xii, 24.
ru, see feaw rw, xii, 16.
rachen (racen), viii, 4.
rod1 (rutt), vii, 20(2).
rwa' (rudu), xii, 1, 15.
rod^mut (rudamotu), xii, 23.
rild^mut (rudumotu), i, 5.
raAaJ (rahath), ix, 4.
raj (rdjiy), x, 14.
raja (ra^), x, 7 (3), 8 (5), 14 (3).
rdje (rdje), x, 1, 6 ; xi, 2.
rajaw (rdjen), x, 8 (2), 14.
rajas (rdjes), x, 7, 8, 14.

rajas (rdjes), x, 8.

rdjqsqnz (rdje-sunzu), x, 7.

rdjqsunz (rdje-silnzu), x, 7.

raja zaaa (rdjezdda), x, 7, 8.

raM (rakh), x, 5.

raM^ (rakhi), x, 12.

rukhsat (rukhsaih), xii, 10, 3.

rukhsath (rukhsaih), xii, 25.

rakhve (rakhi), x, 12.

remai, see 6a^e remai, v, 7.

rumdli (rumdli), iii, 2.

rawz (riwz'), v, 3, 4 (2).

rniz (rw'), v, 4 (2), 5.

rmz (rmz*), v, 3.

rupia (ropaye), viii, 9, 10.

rupias (ropayes), viii, 10 ; x,

1 (2), 2 (3).
rupias (rdpayes), viii, 10.
rapqt (rapat), v, 9.
rup*yq (ropaye), x, 6.
rarai, see sus9 rdrai, xii, 23.
rwsA (roshu), v, 10, 2.
rasa* (rasad), xi, 5, 10.
rustfnau (rostu nau), vii, 23.
raZ (rath), i, 7 ; viii, 4.
rai (rfiV8), x, 8.
rat (rath), i, 10 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 9 ;

x, 5 (2), 8, 11, 2 (2).
rat, see dokhtardt, vii, 3.
rat1 (rdt% v, 7.
roi (ro£u), x, 12.
rit (reth), xii, 4, 6.
rw£ (ro£"), x, 5.
rutu (rotuwa), x, 12.
ra^ (rath), xii, 9.
raYAa (rdthdh), xii, 5.
rothunq (rqtana), xii, 20.
rothunq (rqtana), xii, 18.
ra^A Za (rathta), xii, 19.
ra£i& (rdtdk1), v, 9.
ra£?Zi (rdtHi), viii, 9.
rotfmut (rdtumotu), viii, 1.

465 INDEX TO SIB AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT sauddgar

rutmut (rotumotu), x, 12.

ritan (retan), xii, 5, 11.

rotun (rotun), x, 3.

rotun9, (rqtana), xii, 14.

rutun (rotun), viii, 7.

rutun* (rqtana), xii, 10 (2), 1.

rutuna (ratana), xii, 10, 2, 4,

5 (2). '
rutfnak (rutunakh), viii, 3.
rdtas (rdtas), x, 5, 12.
rdtqs (rdtas), x, 1, 6 ; xii, 4.
ritas (retas), xii, 4.
ritasumb (retas sumbu), xii, 4.
rqtit (ratith), ii, 11 ; iii, 5 ; x, 5.
rqtit (ratith), v, 7, 9.
rata'Z, see mokrqtit, v, 9.
r^f* (m^), viii',' 13.
rats (rots"), iii, 1.
ratsa hqn (ratshi), v, 6.
ratsq hqn (ratshi-han), v, 6.
ratse h?na (ratshi hand), v, 6.
ratseh^na (ratshi-hand), v, 6.
rdtsqs (rdtsas), viii, 5.
revdnq (rawdna), x, 3.
nwim (riwdn), vii, 22.
ray (my), viii, 11 ; xii, 15.
rvun, see phuta rvun, xii, 3.
rveth (reth), xii, 11.
raz (raz), xi, 9.
reza (reza), ii, 7.
roz (rwz*), vii, 18.
rbz1 (ruz1), vii, 18.
rozi (rozi), x, 1, 6.
roz kq (rbzakha), xii, 18.
rozan (rozan), x, 3.
rozqnq (rozana), x, 8.
rozan (rozan), ii, 9 ; vii, 23.
rozan1 (rozani), ix, 6.
roz* to (ruzHav), vii, 9.
5a (sa), ii, 9 ; v, 5, 9 ; viii, 7, 11 ;

x, 1, 2, 10 ; xii, 10.
sa, see che sa, v, 6.

«a (sa), ii, 4 ; x, 1 (2), 5, 6 (2),
' 8 (3), 9, 12 (2), 4 ; xii, 1, 6,
10, 5, 9, 20, 5 (2).
sq (soh), iii, 5 ; xii, 5.
sai (say), xi, 5.
sai (soy), vii, 16.
sai, see che sai, ix, 1, 3.
sai (say), iii, 4 ; ix, 4.
se (sa), x, 1.
se, see boha se, ii, 11.
so (suh), x, 4.
su (suh), ii, 8 (2), 9, 11 (2) ; v,

9 (2), 10 ; viii, 7 (4), 8, 9,

10 (2), 1, 3 (2) ; x, 1, 12 (6),
4; xii, 4 (2), 5, 11, 4, 5,
9 (3), 20, 5, 6.

su (soh), xii, 20.

su (suy), viii, 9.

su (tsah), v, 5.

sa&a (sbba), x, 7.

sa& (56*6), x, 8.

subu (subuh), x, 8 ; xii, 9.

sabab (sabab), viii, 5.

subhdn (subhdn), vii, 31.

subahanas (subahanas), xii, 12.

subhas (subahas), xii, 5.

sabak (sabakh), iv, 4 , v, 5 ;

viii, 3, 4.
sabakas (sabakas), v, 6 ; viii,

3(2).
sabakas (sabakas), viii, 11 (3).
sa6a?i (soban), iii, 8 (3).
suban (subahan), x, 11.
safrir (sbbir), xi, 20.
5a6a6- (sbbas)t x, 5.
swcAe (fedc£), v, 8 (2).
su cho (tsdce), v, 7.
.saaaw (saddh), viii, 9.
soaa (soda), viii, 9.
sauddgar (sbddgdr), iii, 1 (2).
sauddgar (sbddgar), iii, 1 (4),

2 (2), 3 (4), 4.

saudagar HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

466

saudagar (sddagar), v, 11.
sauddgqrq (sodagara), iii, 1.
sodagqr (sddagar), viii, 9.
sddagar (caret), viii, 9.
sddagar (sddagar), v, 11 ; viii,

9, 10 (2).
sddagar9 (sodagara), viii, 9.
sodagara (sodagara), viii, 9.
sddagaran (sddagaran), viii, 10.
sddagar an (sddagaran), viii, 9 (2).
sauddgdrqs (sodagaras), iii, 2.
sauddgdrqs (sodagaras), viii, 9.
sodagaras (sodagaras), viii, 10.
sauddgarasund (sdddgdra-sondu),

iii, 1.
sddahas (sddahas), v, 10.
sddahqs (sddahas), iii, 1.
swaar Mat (sddurabalqy), vii, 31.
sa/, see ?/m sa/, viii, 4.
safar (saphar), xii, 25.
safarun (sapharunu), xi, 13.
sapras (sapharas), x, 1.
safqras (sapharas), x, 6.
s/ie (sheh), xii, 6, 7.
saAz'6 (sohib), vii, 2, 3 ; xi, 20.
saM>* (sdhib-e), ii, 9.
sa/wfo* (sdhib-i), x, 13.
sahibd (sbhibd), ix, 3.
shdban (shuban), vii, 5, 10.
shuban (shuban), ii, 4, 5.
sahiban (sohiban), vii, 5.
sahib* sund (sbhiba-sondu), iv, 4,5.
sAecA^ (sMc/^), x, 3 (3).
sM (s/*odu), ii, 10.
shahi (shah-i), vi, 1.
shdhi (shdhi), x, 4 (2).
shqhij (shehY)> v, 6 (2).
shuhul (shehulu), i, 11.
shahmar (shehmar), viii, 6 (2).
sAa/i mam (shehmar a), viii, 7.
shahmar* (shehmara), viii, 6.
shahmdrq (shehmara), viii, 13 (2).

shahmar (shehmar), viii, 13 (2).
sAaA marqs (shehmaras), viii, 6.
shqhmdrqs (shehmaras), viii, 13.
shqhqn (shehan), i, 7.
shahqnshah (shehan- shah), i, 1.
shah*ra (shehara), viii, 11.
shah*rq (shehara), viii, 4.
shahar (shehar), ii, 1 ; x, 9.
shehra (sheharah), v, 1.
sAeAn (shehar-e), ii, 1.
sheherq (shehara), viii, 11.
sheharqkis (sheharakis), xii, 3.
shahras (sheharas), xii, 2.
shah*ras (sheharas), x, 3 (2), 5 (2),

12.
shahqras (sheharas), x, 10.
sheharas (sheharas), x, 14.
sheharas (sheharas), v, 9, 11 ;

x, 5.
shahtsa (shekhtsd), x, 1.
shahzddq (shdhzada), viii, 5.
shahzdda (shdhzada), viii, 11 (2),

3.
shahzddqs (shdhzddas), viii, 13.
sAa& (shekh), v, 8.
sM&? (shdkh), vii, 10;
s^o& (shekh), xii, 15.
shakhtsqn (shekhtsan), x, 2, 6.
shakhtsas (shekhtsas), x, 2 (2).
shakql (shekal), x, 7.
shikma (shikama), x, 7.
shikrmq (shikama), x, 7.
shikmas (shikamas), x, 7 (2).
shikdrqs (shikdras), ii, 4, 8 ;

viii, 7.
shikasta (shikasta), v, 5.
shdlan (shdldn), vi, 6.
shamd (shemdh), vi, 6 ; x, 7 (2).
shqmd (shemdh), viii, 13.
shaman (shaman), v, 5.
shumdr (shumdr) xi, 16 ; xii,

20. 4.

467

INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT

sun a

shamsher (shemsher), ii, 7 ; iii,
9 (2) ; viii, 6 (2), 13 (2) ;
x, 7 (3).

shamsher1 (shemsheri), iii, 9 ;
viii, 6, 13.

shamseri (shemsheri), iii, 5.

shen (shen), v, 7 ; xii, 6.

shdnd (shdnd), v, 5 ; x, 7.

shdndq (shdnda), v, 5.

shung (shongu), x, 7.

shungit (shongith), viii, 7.

shindk (shendkh), xii, 4 (4), 5 (3),
7 (2), 10, 1, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9,
20 (2), 1, 2 (2), 3 (3), 4, 6.

shindkan (shendkan), xii, 4 (2),

7, 9, 10, 3, 22 (2), 4, 5.
shindkas (shendkas), xii, 4 (2),

5 (2), 6, 10 (2), 1, 3 (2), 5,
9 (4), 22, 4, 5.
shindkasund (shendka-sondu), xii,

8, 25.

sherau (sherav), xi, 12, 7.
sMn (shur*), v, 2.
s^ora #a (shora-gdh), vi, 12.
shorqgd (shora-gdh), vi, 13.
sAra& (shrdkh), x, 13.
$Am& (sherikh), i, 10.
shrdnz (shranz), xi, 16.
sAm£ (sh'irith), x, 7.
shasftro ^shestruwu), xii, 16, 7.
shast^ro (shestriiv"), v, 4.
shastrev1 (shestrdv1), v, 4.
shast^rvi (shestravi), xii, 16.
shetdn (shetdn), iii, 8.
shetdnqn (shetdnan), iii, 8.
shWrqvi (shestravi), v, 4.
sM& (shotsh), x, 3.
s&op (shdph), xii, 15 (2).
shuybehe (shubiheh), xii, 4.
shuybihe (shubiheh), xii, 5.
sa& (sakath), vii, 18.
sakhme (sakath me), vii, 13.

sakhrvai (sakharyey), xii, 18.

sakhtsa (shekhtsdh), xii, 3.

saZa (saldh), viii, 3, 11.

safoi (salay), v, 4.

so7a (soldh), ii, 2.

saZa (sa?i), xii, 23.

sa£^ (sofo), v, 7.

saZam (saldm), iii, 1 ; viii, 3, 11 ;

xii, 4, 5, 9, 12, 3, 6 (2), 7, 20,

3,6.
salami (salami), viii, 3.
sqldmq (saldm), x, 14.
sulaimdn (sulaymdn), xii, 17.
saZas (sdlas), v, 9 ; vi, 2.
saks (solas), ii, 4 ; iii, 1 ; viii, 7.
sd/as (solas), ii, 8.
sultan1 (sultdn-i), i, 1.
salqyq (salayi), v, 4 (2).
sama (samd), vii, 26.
samo (sumb1), xii, 5.
swmfr (sumbu), xii, 4.
som6? raw (sgmbardwu), xii, 24.
somb"rau (sgmbar6wu), xii, 21.
somb^run (sgmbarunu), xii, 20 (2).
sumb-rdn (sombardn), xi, 7.
sumbrit (spmbarith), ix, 9.
somb*rdvaini (sd}ribardwdni), xii,

24.
sdmb?rdvuth (sombar6umth), xii,

24.
sam? &aM (samokhukh), xii, 25.
sdmdn (sdmdn), vii, 5 ; xi, 9, 20.
samsheri (shemsheri), iii, 6.
samsar (samsar), iv, 1, 2, 3, 4,

5, 6, 7.
samsdras (samsdras), ix, 6.
sana i (sa wa?/), v, 5.
sem (son), i, 6.
sm? (sma), vii, 21.
son (sonu), x, 12.
saw (son"), v, 6.
sana (caret), ii, 8.

Hh

sune

HATIMS SONGS AND STORIES

468

sune (sona), vii, 11.

sand1 (sand1), viii, 13.

sand1, see sunasand* , v, 3.

sand1, see sunasand*, v, 4, 5.

sandi (sandi), vii, 6 ; xii, 21.

sandi (sand1), v, 4.

sandi, see sunqsandi, v, 4.

sandi, see sunarsandi, v, 10.

sawd (sand1), viii, 1.

5awc?i (sandi), i, 3 ; ii, 9 ; x, 5 ;

xii, 4, 5.
stmd (sondu), ii, 10 ; iii, 1 (2) ;

v, 10 ; vi, 10, 1 ; viii, 6 (3),

8, 9, 10, 3 (2) ; x, 4, 11, 2 ;

xii, 1, 4, 7 (2), 8, 21, 2, 5.
sund (caret), viii, 8.
sund, see qmisund, v, 3.
sund, see sahib* sund, iv, 4, 5.
simd, see sunqrsund, v, 2.
sqndin (sanden), viii, 6.
sandis (sandis), v, 11.
sqndis (sandis), ii, 5, 6, 7 ; x, 12 ;

xii, 22.
sandyau (sandyau), viii, 5.
sandy an (sanden), viii, 1.
sa?w7 sar (sangsar), viii, 8.
son? margq (sonamargi), xi, 3.
sqnnyas (saniyas), v, 10.
swmr (sonar), v, 1 (2), 3, 4, 5 (2),

6, 7 (2), 9, 10 (2).
sunqras (sonaras), v, 9.
sunarsandi (sonara-sdnd1), v, 10.
sunqrsund (sonara-sondu), v, 2.
sunar sanzi (sonara-sanzi), v,

9 (2).
stmar scmz (sonara-sunzu), v, 1.
sunar sanz (sonara-sunz"), v, 3,

io.'

sunar sqnzq (sonara-sanzi), v, 7.
sunasand1 (sona-sdnd*), v, 3.
sunasand1 (sona-sdnd1), v, 4, 5.
sunqsandi (sona-sdnd1), v, 4.

sunqsqnz (sdna-sunzu), v, 1.
sowto (sdta), ix, 7.
somw/ (sdnuy), viii, 13.
sqnyas (saniyas), v, 11 (4).
sqnyas* (saniyasu), v, 11.
sqnyasas (saniyasas), v, 12.
sa?m (sanze), xii, 4.
sanzi (sanzi), v, 9 (2) ; vii, 13 ;

xii, 5.
sanz (sunz*), iii, 4 ; v, 7 ; viii,

11 ; x, 7, 8 ; xii, 1, 24.
sanz (caret), ii, 8.
sanz, see rdjasqnz, x, 7.
sanz, see swwar sanz v 1.
sanz, see sunar sanz, v, 3, 10.
sawz, see sunqsqnz, v, 1.
sanz, see pddshahasqnz, v, 7.
sqnzq, see sunar sqnzq, v, 7.
sanzi (sanze), v, 1 ; xii, 5.
sanzi (sanzi), x, 4 ; xii, 4, 15.
sanzi, see pddshahqs sanzi, v, 1.
sanzi, see padshahasanzi, v, 4.
sanzi, see padshahasanzi, v, 2, 4.
swnz (sunzu), iii, 2 ; x, 5, 7,

14 (2) ; xii, 4, 19, 20 (2).
simz, see rdjqsunz, x, 7.
swnz (sunzu), title of V.
sqnziiy (sunzu), xii, 15.
sanv (son"), viii, 11.
sa*n?/ (sonu), x, 5.
sapqd1 (sapadi), vi, 16.
sapud (sapodu), iii, 7 ; xii, 1.
sap* dak* (sapadakha), iii, 2.
sapadqk (sapadakh), vi, 11.
sqpqnum (sapodum), vii, 13.
sap*nyes (sapanes), x, 4.
so 2?a*n (tsopor1), xii, 21.
sap*zqk (sapilzukh), iii, 2.
sar (sar), viii, 11.
sar (sard), x, 2, 4, 6, 14.
sar? (sard), viii, 13.
sare (sard), x, 6 (2).

469

INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT

suy

sdr (sdr), viii, 8.

sqlre (soriy), vi, 16.

scpri (soriy), iii, 4 ; v, 9.

sera (sara), xi, 14.

ser (ser), i, 3.

sir (sir), vii, 21.

soirq (sdruy), xi, 9.

sd{ri (sdruy), xi, 20.

silr (sur), v, 9 ; vii, 13 ; xii, 23.

sura (sura), xii, 23.

sards (sarda), i, 11.

sargi (saragi), viii, 7.

sar<jrl (saragi), viii, 8, 10 ; x, 7.

sqrlgau (sdr1 gav), iv, 3.

sargeh (saragi), viii, 7.

sreAa (srehd), viii, 7.

sraw (srdn), xii, 6 (2), 7 (2).

5amw (sdrdn), xi, 6, 10.

srdnas (srdnas), v, 9.

sarp (saraph), x, 13.

sTras (siras), xii, 7.

slras (siras), ii, 4.

swras (siiras), xii, 23.

saW (sorith), ix, 9.

swraZ, see khobsurat, xii, 15.

swra£, see Mao swra£, xii, 4 ;

Mo6 sural, xii, 5 ; JchobsUrat,

xii, 10 (2).
surath, see khob-surath, xii, 19.
sarw?/ (sdruy), iii, 1.
sarwy (sdruy), v, 7, 9 ; xii, 19.
sws? ra/m (susardray), xii, 23.
sa£ (sa^), vi, 3, 15 (3) ; x, 2, 5,

12 (2>-
sato (safaw), iii, 8 ; x, 12.

sat* (sdta), iii, 6.

sdtq (sdthd), vii, 9.

salt (soty), ii, 1 ; iii, 4.

se*a (sethdh), viii, 1 (2), 4, 9 (2),

10, 1, 4.

se/a (sethdh), xii, 4.

swZ* (swZi), ii, 4.

sa^ (sa^), xii, 9 (4).

sath (sath), vii, 8.

sdtha (sdthd), vi, 3.

sdtha (sathdh), ii, 4.

«a^a (sdta), xii, 4, 15.

sdthai (sdtay), vii, 8.

sa*^ (soty), v, 4 (2), 5, 6, 7, 10 ;

vi, 16; vii, 5 (3), 6, 19;

viii, 7 (2), 11 (2) ; x, 1, 4,

6, 7 (2), 8, 9, 14; xii, 1,
2 (2).

sa^/i* (soty), vii, 10, 3 ; viii, 3 ;

xii, 15 (2), 6, 7, 8.
*aW (sotiy), xii, 16.
sa^i (sotiy), vi, 16.
sa^M (sotiy), xii, 12.
se^M (sethdh), xii, 5, 9, 15.
se^a (sithdh), xii, 10 (2), 2.
saW (soft/), iii, 8 ; xii, 7.
sqtim? (satimu), xii, 7.
safcm (satan), v, 8 ; vi, 15 (3).
safam (satan), x, 5.
sewYm (sotin), i, 4.
6a%n (sotin), ix, 5, 12.
sai'Zm (sotin), i, 5 (2), 7.
sd7v (soft/), i, 3.
satyqmis (satimis), v, 7.
siw (siwdh), v, 9.
sam6 (sawdb), ix, 12.
sava7 (sawdl), x, 5.
savar (sawar), xii, 1.
say (say), viii, 13 ; xii, 14.
say, see am* say, iii, 4, 8.
sa?/e, see ham sdye, x, 12.
say (say), ii, 6 ; iii, 1 ; viii,

7, 10.

suy (suy), i, 4, 8 ; ii, 4 ; iii, 3 (2) ;

v, i ; vi, 6, 16 ; vii, 8, 13 ;

viii, 1, 7 ; ix, 11 ; x, 1, 6,

12 ; xii, 19, 25.
suy, see am* suy, viii, 7.
suy, see ami suy, x, 10.

suy

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

470

suy, see aimi suy, xii, 15.

suy, see amis suy, viii, 11.

suy, see as suy, vii, 16.

suy, see pane suy, vii, 3.

suy, see am^ 5%, v, 7.

5%, see am' 5%, ii, 8.

suy, see torn* siiy, viii, 9 (2) ;

xii, 1.
syud (syodu), viii, 13.
syud (syodu), viii, 6.
sqyist (soyisth), xii, 3, 4.
suyyas (suy yes), vii, 30.
suyyus (suy yus), vii, 29.
sozun (sozunu), v, 1.
sozm (suzuri), x, 4.
Z°, see dokhtardt, vii, 3.
^ (to), xii, 15.
t°, see hangqt9, iii, 6.
to (to), viii, 11.
to (to), ii, 7 ; iii, 4 (4), 5, 9 (2) ;

v, 4 (2), 9, 12 ; vi, 16 (2) ;

vii, 2, 9, 12, 20 ; viii, 3, 4,

9 (2), 10 (3), 3 ; ix, 10, 1 ;

x, 7, 8 ; xi, 9, 14, 9 ; xii, 1,

5, 6, 7 (2), 22, 5 (2).
to, see gats tq, xi, 1.
to, see niyantq, v, 12.
to, see rath tq, xii, 19.
to, see than tq, ix, 4.
to, see vuch tq, ix, 4 ; x, 5.
tai (tay), xi, 3.
tai, see yi tai, ix, 1.
tai (tay), iv, 1, 2, 3 (2), 4 (2),

5 (2), 6 (2), 7 (2).
te (to), xi, 7.
ti (ti), vii, 23 ; viii, 5, 9 (2) ; ix,

1, 6 ; x, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2, 3 (2) ;

xi, 14 ; xii, 1, 10, 2 (2), 7.
ti (tih), iii, 1, 4 (2), 8 (2), 9 (2) ;

v, 8 (2); viii, 3, 9, 11;

x, 1 ; xii, 3 (2), 6, 7 (2), 16,

9, 20.

ti (tiy), iii, 9.

ti, see tqHti, iii, 8.

ti, see 2>tfeta', iii, 8.

ti, see yi ti, x, 8.

JT (%), vii, 1.

f, see ma£*, vi, 11.

ttibir (tdbir), vi, 11 (3), 4 (2),

5 (2), 6.
tq(bya (to&yah), xii, 18.
tad (thud*), v, 4.
£od? (torn), xii, 11.
t&fqdarqn (toyiphdaran) , xi, 16.
to#i (tagiy), i, 12.
to#i (tagiy), x, 5.
fop (to#M), v, 3.
tagimna (tagem-na), x, 5.
togunq (togu-na), viii, 9.
fogws (togus), viii, 9.
to#ve (tagiye), v, 8.
tag* ye (tagiye), v, 9.
iagvehqm (tagihem), v, 8.
*Mw (thav), iii, 8 (2) ; viii, 4.
<Mm (£av), xi, 13.
thdu (th6wu), viii, 12.
zAe, see Jcar the, xii, 19.
tih (ti), xi, 1.
to/**' (tdh*), xii, 1 (3).
toAi (tohe), x, 5, 12 (2).
tuh (toh% viii, 3, 5 (3).
tuh1 (toJi1), xii, 1.
thud (thodu), ii, 3, 5, 6 ; v, 6. 9 ;

vii, 11 ; xii, 14, 5.
tuhjin (tujan), iii, 9.
thai (tai), viii, 6, 7, 13.
tqhql (tahdl1), x, 12.
toAaZ* (tahdl/), x, 12.
to,W (toM*), x, 5, 12.
tqhqlyau (tahalyav), x, 12.
thaumut (th6wumotu), x, 12.
thdu mut (thowumotu), viii, 9.
thaumut (thdwumotu), x, 12.
tihund (tihondu), xii, 16.

471

INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT tamd

tuhund (luhondu), ii, 2 ; xii, 15.
thaunam (lhdwunam), ix, 4.
thaunas (thowunas) , xii, 23 (2).
thaunas (thuv^nas), x, 5, 10.
thay, nas (thaunas), xii, 9.
than nas (thowunas), xii, 4.
thau nas (lhiivunas), xii, 12.
thdunas {thowunas), iii, 1.
thanya (thilnua), ix, 4.
fa Aawza (tihanza), viii, 11.
to Acmza (tihanza), viii, 3.
^aj9 (thaph), iii, 9 (2).
$Aa*p (thapi), xii, 12.
fAajoA (thaph), xii, 11, 2.
tah^ran (thaharan), ii, 4.
fAas, see &wr f/?as, x, 12.
thas, see mor £/*as, v, 6.
toAsIr (takhsir), viii, 10 ; x, 12.
fM?/ fa (thavta), ix, 4.
*Wa (for), xii, 17.
thautam (thavtam), ix, 1.
thavai (thaway), viii, 11.
thavik (thovik1), xi, 6.
thavik (thovikh), x, 12.
thdvulc (thovukh), viii, 11.
thavum (thawum), viii, 8.
thavan (thawan), viii, 11.
thdvun (thdwuri), v, 11 ; viii, 7,

14 ; x, 3 ; xii, 15, 25.
thavnak (th6wunakh), viii, 4.
thdvus (thawus), iii, 5, 9.
thavat (thawath), ii, 11.
thdvut (thowuth), vi, 5 ; x, 12.
thav tarn (thavtam), viii, 6.
thdvulan (thavtan), ii, 4.
thalvyu (thoviv), viii, 3.
thaivzin (thovhen), v, 10.
toA** (foAe), x, 5, 6.
ft/./** (tdh{), viii, 13.
thaymak (thov^mdt*), x, 12.
% (fc*f*), ii, 9.
iujan (tujyav), xii, 6.

lu/ero (tujun), v, 4 ; x, 7.

tujan (tujyan), xii, 4.

tujyen (tujun), ii, 7.

fo^ (tftfra), vii, 13.

fwM, seejan? tukh, xii, 21, 2.

faMlf (tahkhith), x, 12.

fw&ra (tukara), viii, 6, 13.

£a'Hs (tokis), viii, 4.

faHs (tokis), viii, 12.

fa&7f (tahkhith), xi, 13 ; xii, 3.

to" kyd zi (ti-kyazi), viii, 2.

tal (tal), ii, 3 ; v, 4 ; ix, 6 ; x,

7, 8 (2).
faZa (faZa), vii, 7.
talau (talau), v, 5 ; x, 1.
WP (tdl{), xii, 14.
feZa (teli), xii, 3.
tell (teli), v, 5, 6 (2).
til1 (teli), ii, 3.
tul (tulu), iii, 1.
tuluk (tulukh), xii, 2.
tolani (tolani), ix, 10.
fw/aw (tulan), vii, 14 ; xii, 17.
tulin (tulin), x, 12.
fwZtm (tulun), iii, 2 ; xii, 2, 7.
tulun (tulunu), xii, 6.
tulinas (tuPnas), v, 6.
tulunas (tulunas), xii, 15.
fwZar (*W), ix, 1 (3), 3, 4.
fwfon (talari), ix, 1, 6.
fa'/to' (tdP ti), iii, 8.
fwfo'f (tulith), iii, 7.
fa£? va (talawa), viii, 6.
tilavanye (tilawani), xi, 20.
*m*Zv (to^')> xii, 9.
tarn (tarn), vii, 17.
tarn,' see oeA fam, vi, 3.
tarn, see 602 torn, iv, 1.
tarn, see &ve tarn, iii, 1.
torn, see fMv tarn, viii, 6.
fam, see tsik°r tarn, ii, 11.
fawm (tamdh), vii, 26.

tarn

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

472

torn* (tami), ii, 7 ; iii, 9 ; v, 5 ;

x, 12 (2), 4 ; xii, 4.
tarn1 (tamiy), x, 14.
tami (tami), viii, 9 ; x, 10 (3), 2 ;

xii, 6.
tami (tamiy), xii, 6.
tarn* (tami), iii, 5, 8.
tarn1 (tarn1), i, 3 ; ii, 1 ; iv, 3, 4,

5, 6 ; vii, 13 ; x, 3, 12.
tarn1 (tamiy), iii, 1.
to'm* (tamiy), xii, 14.
talmi (tami), xii, 16.
taxmi (tamiy), xii, 15.
tqlmi (tami), xii, 14.
tim (tim), v, 4 (2), 8 ; viii, 3, 4,

11, 3 ; x, 12 (4) ; xi, 5 ; xii,

16 (3).
tim9 (tima), xi, 19 ; xii, 19.
timq (tima), viii, 11.
timai (timay), x, 14.
timai (timqy), v, 5, 9 ; viii, 4.
timau (timau), vi, 11 ; xii, 7.
timau (timav), x, 12.
tim* (tim), viii, 3.
torn, see vuch torn, vii, 24.
turn (turn), xi, 4.
tim hai (tim-hay), ix, 8, 9.
tim hay (tim-hay), ix, 10.
torn* kuy (tamyukuy), vii, 12.
timan (timan), viii, 1 ; xi, 6, 8 ;

xii, 6 (2), 7, 16, 7.
timan (timan), x, 6.
tim* nai (timan^y), xii, 1.
timanai (timan^y), viii, 11.
tomis (tamis), ii, 7 ; iii, 9 ; viii,

9 (2) ; xii, 10.
taxmis (tamis), xii, 19.
tamashas (tamashes), iii, 7.
tamis kuri (tamaskhuri), x, 5.
tqmisandi (tdmi-sandi), vii, 6.
taxmisqnzuy (tdmi-sunziX), xii, 15.
tqmxsuy (tamisliy), ii, 1.

torn* 5% (tamisuy), viii, 9 (2) ;

xii, 1.
tdmat (tamath), xi, 20.
timv (tim), viii, 4.
ton (tan), viii, 7.
Zcm, see nqyis tan, vii, 27, 8.
tan, see na^'s ton nacA, vii, 29.
turn, see Ma turn, xii, 22.
tanuk, see wayis tanuk, vii, 26.
towa raw (tananai), v, 12.
tannana (tananana), v, 12.
tannqnq (tdnana), v, 12.
tinandn (tiy nanan), vii, 1.
tonas, see nayis &mas, vii, 26.
Z<mv, see nqyis tdny, vii, 26.
Zany, see kustdny, v, 4.
ton?/* (tan), xi, 20.
Ja% (toil), v, 6 ; viii, 10 ; x, 4, 6,

7, 8 ; xii, 1, 6, 20.
tdny, see yutdny, v, 7 ; ?/a

tdny, v, 10.
Zap (too), v, 3, 10.
to^> (thaph), iii, 4, 8 (2) ; v, 6,

9 (3) ; vi, 9 ; viii, 7 (2), 9.
tap (tdph), i, 11.
frw (Zrav), iii, 4 ; v, 9.
tre \treh), xii, 19 (3), 24.
tre (trih), x, 1, 5, 12 (2) ; xii, 6,

11.
tar (thiir"), v, 4.
tor {tvr*)t x, 5 (2), 12.
tare (tare), v, 7.
tor (thudu), v, 4.
Zor? (torn), i, 8.

£ora (Zora), i, 6 ; viii, 11 ; xii, 1.
tore (tora), v, 4, 9.
tor1 (tor), x, 3.
tor1' (tur1), x, 3.
toxri (tori), vii, 18.
tfara (tora), iv, 5.
Jari (Jar*), vii, 20.
tur (thiir% ii, 3.

473

INDEX TO SIB AUREL STEIN'S TEXT

tut

tqrq byat (tarbyeth), ii, 4.
tqtrif-i (toriph-e), vi, 17.
tarfan (taraphan), xi, 5.
trail has (tr6wuhas), x, 12.
turke (torka), vii, 17, 20.
tram (trdm*), viii, 11.
trail muts (trovtimutsu), x, 8.
tram* (trdm1), viii, 3 (2).
trdm (tramti), iii, 1.
trdunai (trdivunay), v, 4 (2).
trdu nai (trowunay), v, 4.
tren (tren), xii, 5, 11, 20.
twran (tar an), x, 10 ; xi, 2.
firan daz (tirandaz), ii, 7.
iirqn dazqn (tirandazan), ii, 7.
faln warn {tor1 nam), vii, 25.
traunam (trowunam), v, 4.
traunam (trdwunam), v, 4.
traunam (tr6wunam), v, 4.
/rm? vai (trenaway), xii, 25.
tropunas (tropunas), viii, 3.
trup^nas (tropunas), viii, 11.
/ras (tresh), viii, 7.
frM (*res&), viii, 7 (2).
£m£ (frof), xii, 5 (3).
£ra£is (tratis), xii, 5.
£rdy (Zrchtf"), xii, 7.
trdvhas (trdwuhas), x, 7.
trdvuk (trowukh), viii, 5 ; x, 5.
travan (trawan), i, 5 ; xi, 11 ;

xii, 2.
travun (trdivun), v, 4.
travun (trovun), iii, 4.
travun (trowun), iii, 3.
travun (trawunu), xii, 11.
travun (trdwun), ii, 10 ; iii, 7 ;

v, 4 (2) ; x, 2 ; xii, 12 (2).
trqlvit (trovith), viii, 7 (4).
trdvit (trovith), ii, 5.
trqvHoh (trovHav), x, 5.
tr&vith (trovith), xii, 17.
trafvith (trovith), xii, 16.

trqvyii (trovyuv), x, 5.
2raw?/ (traviy), xii, 6.
trdvuy (trdwuy), iv, 5.
triyim (treyim*), xii, 19 (2).
treyimi (treyimi), viii, 7.
treyimi (treyamu), viii, 8.
treyimis (treyimis), viii, 8.
fas (fas), ii, 7, 8 ; vii, 1, 4 ; viii,

6 (2), 7, 8, 11 (2); x, 12;

xii, 2 (2), 7, 15 (2), 20, 5.
fas, seesaw? fas, xii, 19, 23, 4.
fas, see natatas, v, 7.
fas, see phurtas, iv, 2.
£os, see &ar* tds, ii, 10.
fas?Zi (tasali), xii, 16.
taslikq (tasali keh), vi, 16.
faswa (fas wa), i, 5.
tasqnden (tasanden), ix, 3.
tat \tath), ii, 1 (2), 7 ; iii, 5 ; v, 4,

6 ; vii, 27, 8 ; viii, 6 ; x, 3 ;

xii, 4, 6, 16, 24.
tat (tath1), iii, 8.
tat1 (tati), iv, 2, 7 ; v, 7 ; vii,

17 ; xii, 4.
tat1 (tat1), ii, 1 ; v, 1, 9.
tat* (tatiy), v, 9.
tat1 (tat% v, 7 ; viii, 12.
tat* (tath% xii, 4.
taH* (tath% xii, 14 (2).
taH1 (tath% xii, 6.
fafyi (tati), xii, 14.
fa^ (fa£i), xii, 6.
taH* (tath1), xii, 11 (3).
tqH1 (tath1), xii, 6 (2).
faT, see ?/e tqH1, xii, 6.
titi(ti-ti), viii, 9; x, 6(3).
fa* (far), v, 1.
tot (th6thu), iv, 4 ; vii, 4.
iota '(tota), ii, 5, 7 (2), 8, 9, 11.
*dr (tota), ii, 4, 6.
2dfo« (tota), ii, 5.
Jw£ (fa*"), iii, 9 ; xii, 16.

tath

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

474

tath (tath), xii, 6, 11, 4, 5 (2), 8.

tithai (tithay), xii, 22.

tith' (tithiy), xii, 24.

tithuy (tyuthuy), v, 6.

tiiihuy (tyuthuy), xii, 15.

£oto (totan), ii, 7.

tfofcm (totan), ii, 10.

Jofos (totas), ii, 8.

Zotas (totas), ii, 5, 9.

fo'tea (titsha), xii, 19.

to^ (ta^), x, 5.

to^ (foZA), ii, 1.

totH (to-ti), x, 3.

ta^v (tath'), xii, 6.

taw?, see par tav°, xii, 15.

£ou, see van' toy, viii, 5.

tuy, see 602 to, vii, 9.

tuy, see ro2l to, vii, 9.

to, see iwc& tuy, viii, 1.

tavum (thawum), viii, 11.

tavosh (ta wosh), i, 5.

taivtau (thdv'tav), ii, 7.

tofy (tuvyeye), xii, 22.

£wa, see Am Zva, ix, 11.

tve (ti), viii, 8.

Vi (ti), x, 3.

Zay (tay), iv, 2.

^egras (tegas), viii, 6, 13.

foiyaV (tayar), iv, 2 ; xii, 18, 22.

ft/uJ (tyutu), xii, 2.

Vuthuy (tyuthuy), viii, 7.

tyutuy (tyuthuy), xii, 12.

^e*/ (%), iii, 4 (2), 9.

tsa (caret), xii, 18.

tsa, see khye tsa, xii, 18, 19 (2).

tsa, see khve tsa, xii, 19.

tea, see kye tsa, xii, 5.

tsa (tse), viii, 3 ; xii, 7, 13, 8, 21.

tea (tsah), ii, 11 ; iii, 2, 9 ; v, 3 ;
vi, 11 ; viii, 1 (2). 3, 6, 8, 10,
1 (2), 3 ; ix, 1 (2) ; x, 1, 4, 5,
8, 12 ; xii, 4, 5, 10, 3 (2), 5.

tsa, see ha tsa, vi, 9.

tsai (tsay), v, 9.

tsau (tsav), ii, 1, 5,^7,|_10, 1 ;

'iii, 8 (2) ; x, 7 (2).
tse (tse), v, 10 ; xii, 3, 7.
tsi (tsah), xii, 4.
tsu (tsah), v, 12 ; xii, 1.
tsuche (tsoce), v, 7.
tsahasa (tsah hasa), v, 7.
tsaj (tsiiju), v, 5.
tsajmats (tsiijilmutsii), ix, 1 (2).
tsqjamqts (tsujumutsu), ix, 1.
tsajes (tsajyeyes), ix, 4.
tea^y (tew;'"), ii, 9.
tsakh' (tsakhi), vii, 14.
tsakhu (tsakho), ii, 2.
tsakhve (tsakhi), vii, 2.
fci&?r tarn (tse kurHham), ii, 11.
tsul (tsolu), ii, 7 ; vi, 8.
tsalau (tsaliv), ii, 8.
tsalan (tsaldn), vi, 8 ; viii, 13 ;

xii, 25.
tsalvu (tsaliv), viii, 11.
tsalv (tsdP), viii, 4. 11.
tsqlvu (tsaliv), viii, 4.
teima (tee ma), x, 5.
tsam^ru (tsamruwu), xii, 17.
team nt (tsamruwu), xii, 16.
tsimd'ri (tse mariy), vi, 11.
tsun (tshonu), xii, 7.
tsun (tson), iv, 4 ; viii, 5 ; x,

5 (2), 12.
tsuan (tson), x, 12.
fetm (tshun), iii, 5 ; v, 9.
teim^ (tsundu), iii, 5, 6.
teawa ha, see yetsanq ha, v, 6.
teim /*as (tshunuhas), xii, 4.
tsdnuk (tsonukh), iii, 7.
tsunuk (tshunukh), viii, 10.
ts^ndn (tshanan), xii, 17.
tsunun (tshunun), ii, 5 ; v, 6,

9 (2) ; viii, 6 ; x, 7, 9.

475 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT vuch* ha

tsun^nas (tshununas), xii, 15.
tsununas (tshununas), viii, 7 (2).
tsununqs (tsfamunas), viii, 7 (2).
tsqnqndvin (ishananovin), x, 13.
tsqneny (tshuniin"), iii, 4.
tsunthq (tshunta), x, 4.
tsanv jam (tshdjyam), vii, 26.
tsunye muts (tshurfimuts"), v, §.
feany warn (tsonunam), ix, 2.
tsinvan (tshun^n), viii, 10.
tsinyen (tshunun), ii, 9.
tsqn^zi (tshdtfzi), xii, 16.
feo£>? (tshopa), xii, 4.
fro jwV (tsopor*), xii, 24.
feopor (tsop6ru), xi, 3, 5.
fea^v (tsdp*), x, 7.
feamw (tsharav), xi, 17.
feer (feer), iii, 1 ; v, 6, 9.
feoraw (tsorav), x, 2.
fear (fear), vii, 5 ; viii, 5 (2) ; x,

1 (4), 2, 5, 6 (3), 12 (4) ;

xii, 1, 23.
tsorau (tsorav), x, 1.
tsur (tsur), vii, 12 ; viii, 9 ; x,

12 (3) ; xii, 1 (2).
tsur (tsur"), xii, 1.
tsurau (tsurau), viii, 9 (2).
tsurau (tsurav), iii, 3 (2).
tsuri (tsuri), iii, 1 ; xii, 1.
tsu{r{ (tsuri), xii, 7.
fewV* (tsuri), xii, 6.
tsulri (tsuri), xii, 17.
tsarike (tsarihe), vi, 14.
tsralin (tsralen), v, 7.
feoWm (tsurim1), xii, 1.
tsurimis (tsurimis), viii, 11 (2).
fearaw (tsharan), iii, 3.
fearaw (tshddan), xii, 15.
tsorastq (tsoratsh), xi, 14.
felrv (fetr*), iii, 1.
fea^ (fea-*4 ix, 6.
feeta (tsheta), xii, 23.

fedY (feor), iii, 2.
feo^ (ts'hota), iii, 1, 2.
fewi (tshyotu), x, 12.
tsatahal (tsatahal), viii, 4.
tsatahal (tsatahal), viii, 11.
tsatahal* (tsatahala), viii, 4.
tsethan (tsheth han), x, 5.
tsateri (tsatdn{), v, 4.
feato (tsatunu), viii, 6, 11.
tsetfnam (tsdtfnam), ix, 5.
tsatanas (tsatanas), v, 7.
tsatanasa (tsatanasa), v, 7.
featos (tsdtas), v, 1.
tsqHith (tsatiih), xii, 15.
feaw (feav), ii, 5.
feawZ (tshdwul), iii, 5 (3).
feam£ (feai> a£A), v, 5.
fe^e (fee), x, 12, 4 ; xii, 20.
tsye (fee), ii, 11.
fe% (tsay), i, 10 ; xii, 15.
tsveta (fee to), viii, 11.
tsvut (tshyotu), x, 12.
tsvut (tshyotu), x, 3.
va, see photu va, ii, 7.
va, see tdl* va, viii, 6.
vai, see c^w vai, xii, 15.
vai, see aow9 vai, x, 5.
vai, see <nw? vai, xii, 25.
vat, see yalq vai, vi, 16.
vo (wun), v, 5 ; ix, 6.
voi, see c^w vol, xii, 15.
vw (wa), x, 14 (2).
vu (won), v, 6 ; vii, 26.
vu (wun), ix, 6 ; xii, 6.
vu (wun), xii, 18.
vu bqHi (wobdli), v, 2.
vuch (dyuthu), viii, 10.
vuch (wuch), xii, 15.
vwc& (wuch1), v, 4.
vwc^ (wuchu), iii, 8 ; v, 9.
v?/c^ (wuch"), x, 3.
vwc^? Aa (wuchaha), viii, 10.

vuch"he

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

476

vuch^he (wuchihe), viii, 10.
vuch hak (wuctthakh), viii, 1.
vuchak (wuchakh), iii, 8.
vuchuk (wuchikh), v, 9.
vuchuk (wuchukh), viii, 1 ; x, 8 ;

xii, 1.
vuchuk (wuchakh), xii, 2.
vuchan (wuchdn), iii, 1 (2), 4,

7 (2), 8 (3) ; vii, 18 ; viii,

6, 9 ; xii, 4, 19.
vuchan (wuchiri), v, 5.
vuchan (wuchiri), x, 5.
vuchin (wuchan), iii, 4, 5 ; xii, 15.
vuchun (wuchun), iii, 8.
vuchun (wuchem), vi, 15.
vuchun (wuchim), vi, 15.
vuchun (wuchun), iii, 8, 9 ; v, 5,

7 ; viii, 6, 7 (2), 9 (2), 10 ;

x, 5, 8 ; xii, 2, 7.
vuchuna (wuchundh), viii, 3.
vwcA* we (wuchani), viii, 7.
vucehan (wuchahan), ii, 5.
vuchus (ivuchus), v, 5 (2).
vuchus {won chus), vii, 26.
twcA to (wuchta), ix, 4 ; x, 5.
m«c^ £om (wuchHom), vii, 24.
m*c7i tow (wuchHav), viii, 1.
VMCW& (wuchukh), ii, 4.
vwctm (wuchun), ii, 8.
vucun (wuchun), ii, 1.
vucun" (wuchun), i, 4.
wwfai (wdday), xii, 7 (2), 15 (2).
vwfa, see ai w'da, vii, 16.
vad (wad), v, 1.
voda (ora), xii, 4.
^ocfa (woda), xii, 23.
wzcZaw (waddn), vii, 16 ; ix, 1 ;

xi, 5.
vade na (wadand), vii, 25.
vudanye (wodane), iii, 1 ; viii, 6.
vudanye (ivodane), xii, 1.
vudanye (wodane), iii, 8.

vudanye (wodane), xii, 1.

vo^e (wodi), xi, 16.

VMe£ve (wodi), xi, 12.

vocfo/e (wodi), iii, 1.

vignya (viglndh), v, 9 (3).

w>A (wo/?), iii, 9.

vahab (wahab), ii, 12.

vahab, see parvahab, vi, 17.

wy (woj"), x, 8.

wx; (woju), x, 8 ; xii, 14 (2), 5.

«a/v (woju), v, 1.

vikarmdjitan (bikarmdjetan), x, 8.

vikarmajitun (bikarmdjetunu), x,

7, 14.
vikarnmjiteny (bikarindjetun"), x,

1, 6.
wita (wakta), vi, 16.
vokrvit (wokavith), vi, 16.
mfow (wdlav), xi, 11.
wf£, see ?/em/i vaZ, xii, 15.
wZo (wold), x, 12.
vwZa (ivola), v, 5 ; x, 5.
vulddi (woldd-i), iv, 3.
mZi& (wolikh), viii, 1.
vaZat fcwm (wdlaikum), xii, 26.
vafcm (waldn), viii, 13.
m&m (waldn), v, 4.
vafctfi (wdlun), iii, 9.
valena (wdlana), ix, 7.
vate raw (wdlany), vii, 15.
wtfom (wolun), viii, 6.
vdlinja (wolinje), viii, 11 (2).
vdlinje (wolinje), viii, 3.
vdlinje (wolinj"), x, 5.
vdlinja (wolinje), viii, 12.
vdlinje (wolinje), viii, 4 (3).
vdlinj1 (wolinje), v, 6.
mfe warn (wdlanam), iv, 7.
vdlqny (wdlunu), viii, 6.
wfos, see pah^ra vdlis, viii, 8.
vafo'£ (wolith), vii, 17.
mZe vunuy (wdlawunuy), vii, 17.

477 INDEX TO SIR AUREL STEIN'S TEXT vupha

vale vaslie (wdlawdshi), v, 2.

valyun (wdlyun), x, 8.

vuma (ivumdh), ii, 11.

vumedvdr (vumedwdr), i, 13.

van (wan), ix, 6 ; x, 1 ; xi, 20.

vana (wana), ix, 4.

vanai (wanay), viii, 11 ; ix, 4 ;

x, 2 (2).
vanai (wanay), viii, 6, 8.
vane (wana), xii, 19.
vane (wani), vii, 20, 6.
vane (waniy), iii, 4.
van (wan), xi, 17.
iw^n*, see j3ane vqtn1, xii, 25.
ww, see vara nvecti* vin, viii, 3.
vun (wun), viii, 10 ; x, 7.
van (wonu), x, 12.
van, see parze nd vun, viii, 10.
vun, see ^arze mf^ vun, viii, 9.
van, see vdte no vun, viii, 9.
wnahe (wanihe), vii, 24 (2).
vanuk (wanuku), ix, 1, 3.
vunmai (wonumay), xii, 20.
vanemau (ivanamowa), x, 1.
vanemou (wanamowa), x, 2.
vanumai (wanhnay), iv, 1.
vanum (ivanum), iii, 5 ; vi,

15 (2).
vanemov (ivanamowa), x, 1.
vanan (wanan), vii, 10.
vanqn (wanan), x, 12.
vanan (wanan), ix, 2.
vanan (wanan), i, 13 ; v, 2 (2),

5; vii, 1, 16, 20, 6, 31;

viii, 1(2), 7,11; ix, 1,6(2);

x, 6, 7.
vanan (caret), xi, 15.
vaneni (wanani), x, 1.
vanun (wanun), xii, 10.
vunun (wonun), viii, 11 ; xii, 7.
vununas (wonunas), v, 4.
vanse (wan-sa), x, 1.

van°sq (wan-sa), x, 2.

vanas (wanas), ix, 1.

vqtnsi (waisi\ ii, 12.

vonas (wonas), xii, 25.

van£a (wanta), ii, 4 ; x, 1.

vante (wanta), iii, 9 ; x, 8.

vanHo (wdnHav), x, 1.

vam£ (waniih), vi, 16 ; ix, 6.

vanfo (ivutha), i, 9.

vunthak (wonuthakh), x, 2.

van* Zov (wdnHav), viii, 5.

vdnavdn (wana-wan), i, 2.

vanyau (wanewa), x, 6.

vanv (war^), vii, 20.

van?/, see katq vqny, xi, 19.

vqnyu (waniv), x, 6.

vany, see pane vdnv, viii, 2.

van?/, see pane vdny, viii, 1.

vony (wun), v, 8.

vnnv (wun), ii, 5 ; viii, 11 ; ix, 4.

vunvai (wunuy), viii, 7.

van?/ (won), viii, 7.

van?/ (wun), ix, 4.

vana ?/e?/ (wanay ey), i, 12.

vanyu (waniv), xii, 1.

va%, see ^ane van?/, viii, 3.

vony (wun), xii, 15.

van?/ (wun), iii, 1, 2 ; v, 6 ; x,

5 (2), 6 ; xii, 18 (2), 9.
vunye (wune), x, 1.
vunuy, see vale vunuy, vii, 17.
vunuy, see va7? vunuy, xii, 15.
vqnyum (wanyum), x, 6.
vunvmuts (ivunPmuts*), vii, 30.
van?/e mov (wanemowa), x, 1.
vanye na& (wanenakh), x, 1.
vanyit (wiinHh), x, 1.
vuphdl (wophoyi), viii, 11.
va^ aaVi (wdphdddri), ii, 12.
vupha dd'ri (wdphdddri), ii, 5, 6,

7, 10.
vupha dqWl (wdphdddri), ii, 2.

miphaddirl HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

478

vupha ddiri (wophddori), ii, 2, 3,

4(3)!
vapliir (wophir), vi, 14.
vupar (wopar), v, 4.
vdre (warn), vii, 24.
vdre hare (wdra-kdra), x, 8.
vdri (ware), xi, 13.
vqlri (warihy), xii, 20.
vir (vir), v, 7.
mr^ (virld)} ii, 3, 4.
^wr^ (wurdi), vi, 16.
vurudz (woruzu), viii, 1, 11.
«w mo; (woramoj"), viii, 1.
vur^noj (wdramoju), viii, 11.
flwra rnaj' (ivoramdje), viii, 11.
twra nvechr vin (woraneciven),

viii, 3. "
vartavdn (wartdwdn), xi, 7.
vqr^vis (wdr^vis), x, 3.
mn/a (wdraydh), viii, 2.
wya (wdraydh), viii, 2.
va'r* da7& (woriddth), xii, 19.
vdryahqs (ivdrayahas), iii, 1.
t?m («), ix, 1.
vis (ves), xii, 14.
vdshe, see t>a7e t>as/ie, v, 2.
?;6sA (wosh), i, 5.
vasan1 (wasunu), ix, 6.
vasqni (wasani), viii, 6.
wzs<m (wasdn), v, 7 ; viii, 13.
ms£ (wasth), v, 1.
wmY (wasith), ii, 3, 6.
t'asZw, see be vdstu, v, 11.
vustad (ivustdd), vii, 26.
vustdd (wustdd), ii, 5, 9, 10, 2 ;

iii, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9 ; v, 1, 4, 5, 6,

7,8,9,11,2; vi,16; vii, 24 ;

viii, 1, 10, 2 ; ix, 1 ; x, 1, 2,

3, 10, 3 ; xii, 4, 8, 9, 20, 2,

5, 6.
vustddq (wustdddh), i, 13.
vasyu (wasiv), vi, 16.

vasyu (wasiv), viii, 4.

visydi (vislyiy), ix, 11.

vasiy (wasiy), xii, 6.

msyatf (was yiYA), iii, 9.

vasyqt (ivas yith), iii, 5.

vats1 zinq (wdshi-na), xii, 11.

vat (wath), ii, 1 ; v, 9.

txtf* (wato'), v, 7 ; vii, 17 (2) ;
x, 1, 4.

vat1 (wath1), x, 5.

vdte (ivdta), xii, 24.

vat* (wdti), viii, 3, 6, 11 (2).

vat1 (wot1), v, 9 ; viii, 5 ; x, 2.

vat1 (wot1), iii, 1 ; xii, 2.

vat (wotu), xii, 18.

vat1 (wot1), v, 11.

wty (wati), ii, 2.

mYi (wati), xii, 14, 5.

tw^ (wati), xii, 15.

f>o# (woY**), x, 4 ; xii, 8.

vtiW (wot1), xii, 18. •

vot (wotu), ii, 8 ; iii, 1 (2), 3, 4 ;
v, 1, 4 (2), 6 ; viii, 4, 7, 9,
10, 1 (2) ; x, 4 (2), 5 (2),
6, 7 (2), 9, 11, 4 (2) ; xii, 1,
5 (2), 10 (2), 1, 2 (2), 3, 9 (2),
20, 2, 5 (2).

vot1 (wath*), vi, 16.

vot* (wothu), xii, 3.

vot1 (iv6tu), viii, 7 ; x, 3 ; xii,
4,5.

vut (wothu), iii, 9.

vut (ivoth), iii, 8 (2).

vut (wothu), ii, 5, 6 ; v, 9 ; vi,
12,3.

vut (woth), iii, 4.

va£ (waiA), x, 12 (2).

vot (w6thu), xii, 14.

vut (woth), ii, 9 (2).

vath (wath), xii, 14.

voth (wothu), xii, 23.

voth (wdtu), xii, 15, 17.

479 INDEX TO SIB AUREL STEIN'S TEXT

ya

vuth (wothu), xii, 15.
vuth (wothu), xii, 15.
vuthi (wothi), vi, 15.
vuHhi (wothiy), xii, 14.
vutehenq (wothihe-na), v, 9.
vutherqni (wotharani), viii, 6.
vutherdn (wothardn), viii, 6, 13.
vuthqrdnv (wothardn), viii, 13.
vothus (wothus), xii, 21.
vuthus (wothus), viii, 6.
vuthit (yjothith), v, 6.
vatoj (wat^f), xi, 15.
va£y (caret), xi, 15.
vdtujq (wdtaje), xi, 14.
vdtak (wdtakh), xii, 16, 24.
vdtql (watal), xi, 15.
wztoZ* (watal1), xi, 14.
vdFlan (wdtalan), viii, 4.
vdt^lqn (wdtalan), viii, 4.
vutamak1 (wotamukh1), v, 9.
votumut (wdtumotu), vii, 29.
votumuth (w6tumotu), xii, 22.
vdtqne (wdtani), viii, 6.
wzfrlm (wdtdn), iii, 7 ; xii, 13.
mftm (wdtunu), v, 7 ; xii, 22 (2), 3.
vafe wo mm (wdtanowun), viii, 9.
vatqndvun (wdtandwun), iii, 9.
vdt9ndvan (wdtandwan), v, 9.
vatqndvun (watanbwun), viii, 9.
vatqndvun (wdtanowun), v, 10.
vaFrun (watharunu), xii, 24.
vat"ranuk (watharanuku), xii, 18

vatqlrith (watharith), xii, 21.

w>£ws (wothus), x, 2, 6.

vo7ws (wdtus), xii, 10.

wfta'£ (wotith), vii, 12.

w/taZ (wothith), ii, 3.

vdHith (wotith), xii, 18.

vo£9 vunuy (wdtawunuy), xii, 15.

m^y (wdth{), xii, 2.

m£ve (wa£i), vii, 20.

m^ve (wdti), iii, 9 ; viii, 8.

vdtsau (wdtsdv), iii, 3.

wfe (titffc*), iii, 2 (2), 3 ; ix, 1.

vats (wotsu), v, 8.

vwfe (wotshu), iii, 1, 3.

mjfe (wutshu), iii, 2 ; xii, 7.

vuts^prang (wutsha-jrrang), xii, 18.

mfeas (wutshus), ix, 4.

m&ws (wotsus), ix, 1.

vdtsus (wotsus), xii, 15.

iwfeas (wotshus), xii, 20.

vutsus (wbtshus), viii, 11 ; xii, 11.

vatsqyqs (wiitshuy), v, 9.

vav, see £>a^re vav, v, 4.

vavim (wdwim), ix, 9.

vve (vih), v, 6.

vmz/, see yim? vuy, iii, 7 ; viii, 6.

vaz (wdz), xii, 1.

vize (to), ix, 8.

vazir (wazir), ii, 1, 6 (2), 11 (3) ;

viii, 1, 2, 4, 11, 4 ; xii, 1,

2 (4), 4, 5, 10 (2), 3, 9 (2),

22, 3, 4, 5 (3), 6.
vazir? (wazira), xii, 10.
vazirq (wazira), xii, 4, 13, 9.
vazirau (wazirau), vi, 16.
vazirau (wazirau), viii, 2.
mzm (waziri), xii, 26.
vaziro (wazir 6), ii, 4.
vaziran (waziran), xii, 1, 19, 25.
vazirqn (waziran), ii, 4 (2), 5 (2),

7*; viii, 1,4, 12.
vaziras (waziras), xii, 5 (2), 10,

3, 9, (2).
vaziras (waziras), ii, 4 (2), 5 (2) ;

viii, 11 ; xii, 4.
vazirqsqndi (wazira-sandi), x, 4 ;

xii, 5.
vqzlzq (wdshi), xii, 14.
ya (yd), ii, 12.
yd (yd), x, 3 (2), 7 (2) ; viii, 1 ;

xii, 9 (2).

ye HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES 480

ye (yih), v, 5. yele (yela), x, 12.

ye, see ayiye, v, 7. t/eZ* (yeli), ii, 7 (2).

yi (yl), vi, 8. i/eZi (yefo), ii, 3 ; iii, 8 ; iv, 7 ;

yi (yih), ii, 3, 8 (2), 9, 10 (2), 1 ; v, 5, 6 (2), 8, 9 ; vi, 11 ; vii,

iii, 1 (2), 3, 4 (4), 7, 8 (5), 19 (2), 20, 6 ; viii, 6, 7, 10 ;

9 (2) ; v, 5 (2), 6 (3), 7, 8 (2), ix, 5, 7 ; x, 1, 3 (3), 4 (2),

9, 10 (7), 11, 2 ; vi, 16 ; 5 ; xii, 1, 15 (2), 6, 8 (2), 22.

viii, 1 (2), 3, 5, 6 (3), 7 (5), yil9 (yela), iii, 4.

9 (5), 10 (2), 1, 3 (4) ; ix, 1, yile (yela), iii, 4.

4 (3) ; x, 1 (2), 2, 4 (5), yelina (yeli na), x, 7.

5 (10), 6, 7 (5), 8 (2), 10 (3), yala vai (jeloy), vi, 16.

2 (5), 3, 4 ; xii, 1 (3), 2 (6), yam1 (yemi), vii, 8.

3 (6), 4 (10), 5, 6 (2), 7 (5), yami (yimi), viii, 11.

10 (5), 1, 2 (3), 3 (3), 5 (8), 6, yem* (yim*), x, 12.
7 (2), 8 (3), 20 (3), 1 (3), 2 (2), yemi (yimi), viii, 4.
3 (4), 4 (2), 5 (4). ye{mi (yemi), xii, 11.

yi (yuh), xii, 5. yim (yih), x, 1.

yi (yuh), ii, 11. yim (yem1), xii, 7.

yi (yit% viii, 13. yim (yim), ii, 9 ; v, 5, 9 (2), 12 ;

yi (yiy), xi, 1. viii, 1 (3), 3 (3), 5 (2), 11 (4),

yil (yuh), x, 12. 3 ; ix, 9 ; x, 1 (2), 2, 5, 12 (2) ;

yibHis (yiblls), iv, 2. xii, 2, 3, 6, 18, 23.

yichus (yih chus), v, 5. yim (yim1), x, 2.

yad (yad), iii, 5 ; vi, 11 ; vii, 20, yim (caret), x, 2.

6 ; xii, 15 (2), 7. yima (yima), iii, 8.
yddi (ydd-i), i, 7. yim9 (yima), viii, 4 (2).

yeg (yeg), % 4. xjima (yima), v, 8 ; x, 1, 2, 6.

yahoi (yihoy), v, 10. yimai (yimay), xii, 3, 23.

yih (yiy), iii, 9. yimau (timav), x, 12.

yi hoi (yihai), xii, 20. yimau (yimau), ii, 3; viii, 1, 3

yohoi (yihuy), x, 7. (2), 5, 9 ; xii, 1 (2), 17 (2), 22.

yohoi (yohay), x, 8. yimau (yimav), iii, 1 ; v, 7, 8 ;

yohoi (yuhay), xi, 2. viii, 11 ; x, 1, 5, 6, 12 (2) ;

yuhoi (yihuy), xii, 15 (2). xi, 3.

yihna (yikh-na), vi, 2. yimau (yimov), x, 1.

yihas (yihunz^), viii, 1. yimau (yimawa), xii, 1.

yi hay (yihuy), viii, 10. yimchis (yim chis), ii, 3.

yohay (yihuy), viii, 10. yimqha (yimaho), x, 3.

yuhay (yuhuy), v, 1. yimdmat (yimamath), xii, 1.

yahaz1 (ha hdz1), v, 9. yimna (yim na), xi, 8.

yek (yekh), x, 12. yiman (yiman), ii, 11 ; v, 8 ;

2/eZa (2/efa), x, 5 (3). vii, 24 (2) ; viii, 1 (3), 3 (2),

481 INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT yitha

4 (2), 11 (3) ; x, 5, 11, 2 (2) ;

xii, 7, 11, 4, 9, 20, 1.
yiman (yiman), viii, 11, 2 ; x, 5.
yimqniy (yimanuy), viii, 13.
yim?nuy (yimaniy), vii, 20.
yqmis (yimis), x, 5.
yemis (yimis), iii, 8.
ydmat (ydmath), xi, 20.
yim" vuy (yimavuy), iii, 7 ; viii, 6.
yimoy (yimoy), v, 10.
yina (yina), xii, 1.
yinai (yinay), xii, 6.
yini (yini), x, 8.
yiln (yunu), x, 3 ; xii, 15.
yingar (yengar), xi, 17.
yin sdf (yinsdph), viii, 4.
yinsdn (yinsdn), x, 7 ; xii, 7.
ymy (yinu), v, 6.
yony (yaw), xii, 15.
yenyi vol (yenew6lu), xii, 15.
yeny^ol (yenewdlu), xii, 18.
yenyivdl (yenew6lu), xii, 17.
yip&r1 (yipor1), v, 4.
?/a> (ya>), iv, 4, 7 ; vii, 5 ; x, 1,

4,6.
ydr (ydra), x, 4.
ydr9 (ydr), v, 9.
ya>? (ydra), vi, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,

7, 8, 9, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7.
t/ara (ydra), x, 4.
yera (yedah), ix, 7.
ydr (ydr), ii, 2 ; viii, 5 ; ix, 6 ;

x, 4.
ydra (ydra), i, 6 ; v, 8.
f/wr* (yur1), x, 5.
ywr* (yur{), v, 5.
ywra (vyurudh), ix, 2.
ydrkand (ydrkand), xi, 1, 2 (2),

3 (2), 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1, 2,

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 20.
ydrqn (ydran), x, 4 (2), 11.
yiran (yiran), xi, 16.

ydras (ydras), x, 11.

yams (ydras), x, 4.

ydrqsund (ydra-sondu), x, 4, 11.

ydrisqnzi (ydra-sanzi), x, 4.

ywrv (ywr*), x, 12 ; xii, 23.

yury (yur*), xii, 15.

yas (yes), ii, 8, 9 ; vi, 16 ; vii,

1, 29, 30 ; xii, 15.
yasq (yesa), xii, 20.
yesq (yesa), x, 1 ; xii, 25 (2).
yis (yus), xii, 4.
yisu (yih suh), x, 1.
yus (yus), ii, 4, 7 (2), 8, 9, 10,

1 (2) ; v, 9 ; vi, 14 (2) ; vii,

29 ; viii, 6, 8 ; x, 1, 12 (3) ;

xii, 4, 25.
yus (yus), viii, 11 ; x, 6 ; xii, 25.
yusuf (yusuph), vi, 1, 8.
yusuf (yusuph), vi, 8, 10, 1, 4,

5, 6 (2), 7.
yusuf9 (yusupha), vi, 10.
yusuf an (yusuphan), vi, 15 (2), 6.
yusuf as (yusuphas), vi, 16.
yusufas (yusuphas), vi, 14.
yqsinq (yesa na), x, 6.
yaZ (yeth), x, 7, 10.
ya£ (y^&), iii, 8 ; v, 1, 9 ; viii, 9 ;

x, 5, 12.
yat, see vasyat, iii, 9.
yqt (yith), iii, 5.
yat, see zur yat, vii, 8.
ya£*' (yeti),x, 7.
ye£ (y^A), iii, 8.
yet1 (yeti), viii, 11.
yet1 (yit1), xii, 18.
yeta (yiti), v, 8 (2).
yi tai (yitay), ix, 1.
yi li (yi-ti), x, 8.
ytf (yiti), v, 5.
yw£ (yutu), xii, 2.
ya£A (yith), xii, 21.
ytYAa (yetha), xii, 22.

yilth

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOEIES

482

yuth (yuthu), xii, 24.

yitthuy (yuthuy), v, 6 ; viii, 7 ;

xii, 15.
yeti kis (yitikis), x, 1.
yitam (yitam), vi, 2.
yiftnai (yith-nay), ix, 12.
yutany (yutu-tdh), v, 7.
yutany (yutdn), v, 5.
2/w £a% (yotdn), v, 10.
2/e to'i* (yetdt1), xii, 6.
yuttdny (yotu-tdn), xii, 6.
yflrt* ##)> x, 12.
ye'fy (jfOO, x, 12.
^tefti^ (yutuy), xi, 20.
2/i'fe? (yiits"), ii, 4.
yetsana ha (yiih tshunaho), v, 6.
paw (yiwdn), ii, 4 ; v, 5, 6 ;

vi, 15 ; viii, 5 ; xii, 3, 4, 15,

22.
yivdn (caret), vi, 15.
yiy (yiy), ii, 5.
yey (yiy), iii, 4 (2), 9.
yey, see wma yey, i, 12.

y*y (y*y)» viii, i-

yiy (yiy), vii, 24.

yiy (caret), xii, 13.

yiy, see gumPra yiy, vii, 12.

y»y« (w)> xii> 16-

yiye, see yaefoi yiye, x, 2.

W (W!f). xii> 6-
za (zdh), xi, 14.

za (zah), viii, 11 (7), 2 (3), 3 (3) ;

x, 4 ; xii, 1, 3.
ze (zi), viii, 1.
ze (zah), v, 3, 4 (2), 5, 8, 9 (3),

10 ; viii, 1, 3 (3), 4 (4), 5

(2), 7, 8; x,l.
ze, see gar ze, vii, 26.
ze, see kyd ze, viii, 1.
zi, see bih zi, xii, 6.

zi, see kyd zi, xii, 4, 5.

zi, see fo' %a zi, viii, 2.

zw (zm>), ii, 4.

za&aw (zabdn), ix, 1 ; x, 8.

zabdny (zabdn11), xii, 16.

za&ar (zabar), vii, 8.

za6?r (zabar), xii, 15.

za&ar (zabar), vii, 28.

zacAe (zace), xi, 9.

zad (zad), x, 4.

za<fe (zade), vii, 25.

zada (zdda), viii, 11 (3) ; xii, 2.

zada, see pddshdh zdda, viii,

ii (2).

zac^a, see raja zada, x, 7, 8.

za^e (zdda), viii, 3 (2).

z^ (zz'a'), vi, 10.

zddqn (zddan), viii, 4 (2), 11 (2).

zddas (zddas), xii, 2.

zaaas (zddas), viii, 5.

zia/aZ (ziydphath), x, 4, 5, 10,

1,2. "
zia/aZ (ziydphathd), x, 5.
zdyaw (zdgdn), ii, 5.
zhudd (juddh), vii, 16.
zhudM (judoyi), vii, 16.
zhdday (jydday), ii, 12.
zhdnia (jama), x, 9.
zaAar (zahar), viii, 7 (2), 13 (2).
zeAar (zahar), viii, 6.
zd7a (zala), iii, 4 (2).
za7a (zdldh), i, 7, 8.
zaTa (zdldh), i, 6.
zoZ (zdZM), iii, 4.
zaZw& (zolukh), iii, 4.
zafo^ (zdlukh), ii, 12.
zalikhd (zalikhd), vi, 8 (2).
zulikhd (zalikhd), vi, 1.
ziZfa (zaZa), xii, 17 (2).
za^ (zalil), i, 4.
zu£m (zulm), ix, 1 (3), 6.
zdTas (zdlas), i, 6.

483 INDEX TO SIR AUBEL STEIN'S TEXT zHthis

zdlqs (zdlas), ix, 7.

zdlit (zoliih), iii, 1.

zima (zima), viii, 5.

zima (zima), iii, 3 ; x, 12 ; xii, 15.

zumbq (zomba), xi, 6.

zeminau (zaminav), iii, 8.

zemini (zamini), ix, 9.

zan (zan), i, 12 ; vii, 23 ; x, 13.

zan* (zan1), x, 1.

zan (zan), v, 12 (2) ; vii, 27, 9 ;

xi, 5.
zana (zana), v, 9.
zana (zani), vii, 29.
zdnau (zdnav), xi, 15.
zdne (zani), vi, 14 ; vii, 27, 8,

30.
zalni (zeni), x, 1.
zinq, see kqiri zinq, xii, 6.
zinq, see vqisi zinq, xii, 11.
zin (zin), iii, 8 ; xi, 9.
zun (zonu), viii, 7.
ziln (zyunu), xii, 20 (2), 1.
zindq (zinda), ii, 3.
zindai (zinday), x, 8 (2).
zun" dabi (zunadabi), viii, 1.
zang (zang), ii, 11.
zdnak (zdnakh), x, 12.
zandna (zandna), iii, 1 ; xii, 19.
zqndnq (zandna), iii, 5 ; v, 1, 10 ;

viii, 11 ; x, 1, 5, 6, 13 ; xii,

4 (2), 5 (2), 6, 19 (2).
zandna (zandna), x, 5 (2) ; xii,

4, "10.
zandna (zandni), iii, 4 (2), 9 (3) ;
' v, 4, 5 (2), 7, 9, 11 ; x, 5 (3),

12; xii, 4(2), 5.
zqndnq (zandndh), iii, 4.
zqndnai (zandnay), v, 12.
zdnan (zdnan), xi, 8.
zanen (zanen), viii, 5 ; x, 6,

12 (2).

zdnena (zdna-nd), x, 12.
zendn (zendn), xi, 1, 2.
zqndnan (zandnan), xii, 11.
zqndnqn (zandnan), ii, 1 ; xi, 7 ;

xii', 14, 20.
zinas (zinis), xii, 24.
zinis (zinis), xii, 21, 2.
zany (zun""), xii, 15.
zalnv (zun"), xii, 7.
za{nve (zane), xii, 6.
zaifa/e (zane), xii, 7.
zqlnyau (zanev), x, 1, 2.
zanven (zanen), x, 5.
zanyen (zanen), xii, 6.
zar (zar), i, 13 ; iv, 1.
zdr* (zdra), ii, 5.
zdrq (zdra), ii, 3.
zer (zir"), x, 7.
zor (zor), viii, 2 ; xii, 15.
zargqr (zargar), v, 2.
zdr^pdr (zdrapdr), ix, 1.
zara par (zdrapdr), x, 5 (2).
zordvdr (zordwdr), xi, 2.
zw ydt (zurydth), vii, 8.
zds°nuy (zdsanuy), i, 12.
zaZ, see mun* zdt, vii, 3.
z^*' (zitW), vii, 25.
za£A (za^), xii, 16.
zith (z&thu), xii, 6.
zH (zah), viii, 5.
zvqni (zeni), x, 6.
zvim (zyunu), xii, 24 (2).
zyww (zyunu), ii, 12.
zyenan (zenan), x, 7.
zvimte (zyunu ta), xi, 7.
zyeniih (zinith), xii, 25.
zver (zSr*), x, 7.
zyes, see gandi zyes, v, 6.
zyut (zyuthu), v, 1.
zvi7Ais (zithis), viii, 5.

APPENDIX II

INDEX OF WORDS IN GOVINDA KAULA'S TEXT,

ARRANGED IN THE ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS,

SHOWING THE CORRESPONDING WORDS IN SIR AUREL

STEIN'S TEXT.

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

Words ending in a

dega
ndga

dega.
ndge.

aba

db9.

hanga-ta-manga

hangqt9 manga.

doba

dob*.

ha

ha.

zomba

zumbq.

beha

behe.

soba

sdbq.

ddha

doh, doha, dohq,

ada

ad*, ada, ade, ade.

doh°, doho.

ada

ad.

wuchaha

vuch9 ha.

doda

dud^, dudq, dod9.

pdtashdha

padshah9,

gdda

gdda, gdda.

pddshdh,

gdda

guda, gud9, guda,

pddshdhq,

gude.

pdd9shdhq.

banda

bande.

pdtasheha

pddshaha,

cenda

chandq.

pddshahq,

danda

dand, danda.

pddshdh9,

shanda

shanda.

pdd9shahq,

jenda

jande.

pddshaliqs.

zinda

zindq.

koha

koh9.

poda

pddq, pad9, pqda,

sapadakha

sap9dak9.

pqda, p&dq,

chukha

chukq.

Jidda.

shakha

shdk9.

harada

harde.

mdkha

mukhq, mukhe.

marda

marda.

nakha

nakh9.

sarda

sarde.

pakha

pakq.

woda

vodq.

rozakha

roz kq.

zdda

zddq, zdde.

yusuplia

yusuf9.

shahzada

shahzada,

bruJia

broho.

shahzddq.

atha

athq, atlio, atq.

pdtashdhzdda

pddshah zddq,

bdtha

bdthq.

pddshdh zddq.

katha

katha, kathe,

rajezdda

raja zddq.

katq.

kttha

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

486

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

ketha

khvqthq, kveta,

ceshma

ceshma.

kvetq, kHta,

jama

zhdmq.

kyatq.

shikama

shikma, shik^mq.

bdntha

bont9, bontq.

kalama

kalama.

petha

pveth, pvethq,

noma

noma.

pvethq, petq,

pdma

pdmq.

pyete.

tima

tim", timq.

yeiha

yiiha.

yima

yima, yim9, yima

wMha

vuntq.

zima

zima, zima.

titsha

titsq.

na

ma, na, na, ne.

panja

panje, panje.

ana

ana.

qshgka

ashkq.

bna

ana, cine.

tdrka

turke.

bdna

bun9.

tdka

tofr,

ndddna

na ddnq.

bdla

bdl9, bdla.

landana

landana.

adala

adql.

togu-na

togunq.

bagala

bagHa.

chena

chq na, che na,

hala

hal*. '

che na, che ne,

chela

chale.

chanq, chena,

mahala

mahala.

chvenq.

phala

phal*. '

chuna

chu na, chu nq.

tsdtahdla

IsaPhal*.

wdthihe-na

vutehenq.

kala

kal9, kale, kala.

khdna

khan.

cakla

chaklq.

chukhna

chuk nq.

lata

Idlq.

kashena

kash na.

jumala

jumqlq.

nishdna

nishdna.

ndla

ndl9, ndla.

gatshi-na

gats°nq.

musla

muslq, musHq.

kana

kana, kane.

tola

tola.

kina

kina, kvin na,

wola

volo, vulq.

kvinna.

hawdla

havdla, havdlq,

kdna

kone.

havdle, havdle.

wdlana

valenq.

yela

yela, yele, yil?,

yeli na

yelina.

yile.

gatshem-na

lagimnq.

pydla

pydla.

yim na

yimnq.

zdla

zdla.

nuna

nuna.

ma

ma.

banana

banana.

mamma

macdmq.

kanana

kqnanq.

nagma

nagma.

tananana

tannana.

khema

khvema.

tdnana

tdnnqnq.

muhima

muhimma.

zandna

zandna, zqndnq.

487

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

ta

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

pdna
mdrana

pan*, pdnq, pane,
mdrqnq.

kara
kdra

kare.
kdre.

6suna
ds-na

as na.
ds?nq.

phakira
wdra-kdra

fakirq.
vdre kdre.

sina

sin*.

tukara

tukrq.

sona

sune.

mdra

mdra, mare.

chesna

chesna, chqs na,

shehmdra

shahmdr?,

che sa.

shahmdrq.

kah chus-na

kahchus na.

nura

nur?.

kur^sna

kqrus na.

para

para.

tas na

tasnq.

para

par.

yesa na
khdtuna

yqsinq.
khdtuna, khdtun.

sara

sar, sar?, sare,
sera.

rqtana

rothunq, rothunq,

sura

sura.

rotunq, rutun?,

asara

asr?.

rutunq.

torn

tod?, tor?, torq,

wana

vanq, vane.

tore, turq.

chewana

chvauvna.

wdra

vdre.

rawdna

revdnq.

ydra

ydr, yar?, ydra.

dye-na

dyinq.

yora

yora.

yina

yina.

zdra

zdr?, zdra.

zdna

zdna.

wazira

vazir?, vazirq.

bozana

boz?nq, bdzqnq,

sa

sa, sa, se.

boz?ne.

dsa

dse, dsa, dsa.

kdrhi-na

karhqnq, kq{r{

dsa

dsu.

zinq.

di-sa

disq.

rbzana
wdsizi-na

rozqnq
vqisi zinq.

gdsa
hasa

gdsa, gase, gdsu.
ha se, h?sq, hasa,

tshopa

dmpa

ora

tsop?

dmpa.

ddq, dr, drq, are,

chesa
bdh hasa

hasq, hase.
chqsq.
boh?sq, boha se.

dure, vodq.

tsah hasa

tsahasq.

gara

soddgara

hihara

gar, gar?, gara.

sauctdgqrq.

hvqhqrq.

khdsa

kusa

dildsa

khds, khds*.

kusa.

dildsa.

shehara

shah?ra, shah?rq,

an sa

ansa.

sheherq.

nin sa

ninsq.

khdra

karq, kdre.

tsatanasa

tsatanasq.

mdhara

mohrq, moharq,

wan-sa

vanse, van?sq.

pahara

moh?rq.
pahara.

yesa
ta

yasq, yesa.
t?, ta, ta, te.

ata

HATIWS SONGS AND STOBIES

488

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

ata

ata.

dawa

davq.

hata

bat", hata, battq.

chewa

chvau.

bota

buttq.

chiwa

chu.

mahabata

mahabat.

chuwa

chu.

dita

dittq.

kuwa

kuv".

gdta

gdtq.

jalwa

jaPva.

hata

hata.

tdlawa

tal* va.

wuchta

vuch tq.

mewa

mveva.

khota

hutq, khotq,

wanamowa

vanemau,

khutq.

vanemou,

nokhta

nukhtq.

vanemov.

daskhata

daskatq.

wanemowa

vanye mov.

rathta

rath tq.

dopumawa

dopumau.

tsheta

tsetq.

dyutumawa

dyutumau.

tshota

tsof.

yimawa

yimau.

gatshta

gats tq.

wanewa

vanvau.

wakta

vaktq.

koruwa

kuru, kurit.

tshunta

tsunthq.

kiiruwa

kqru.

wanta

vantq, vante.

mdriwa

mqtryu.

niyen ta

niyantq.

os{wa

dsyu.

zyunu ta

zyunte.

phutuwa

phutu.

fata

pat", patq.

rotuwa

rutu.

pata-pata

patq-patq

partawa

par tav?.

Jcarta

kartq, karte,

neza

nvqzq.

kar the.

hanza

hanzq, hanza,

sdta

sat?, sdthq.

hqnzq.

sdta

sontq.

tihanza

tq hanzq,

basta

basta.

ti hqnzq.

shihasta

shikasta.

manza

manzq.

bewdsta

be vdstu.

reza

rezq.

tota

tota, tota, totu,

garza

gar ze.

totu.

darwdza

darvdza, dqrvdzq.

tseta

tsyeta.

chiv ta

chvutq.

Words ending in a

thdvta

thdu tq.

ba

ba.

wdta

vdte.

add

dda.

Jcatsa

katse.

khodd

kudd, kudd,

Jcdtsa

kdts*.

khudd.

motsa

mdntsq.

bd-khodd

bd-khudd.

hetsamatsa

hetsamatsa.

modd

mudd.

wa

vu.

pardd

parda.

489

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

tsurau

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

phardd

parda.

khotund

khdtunq, kotuna

soda

soda.

dy-nd

dyna.

ha

ha.

thuntid

thanyd.

bebahd

be bahd, bebahd,

soddgdrd

soddgdr",

bebahd.

soddgarq.

dohd

doha.

phakira

fakirq.

pdtashehd

pddshaha.

shehmdrd

shah mdra.

zalikhd

zalikhd, zulikhd.

shekhtsd

shahtsa.

be-wophd

bevophd.

dawd

davd.

srehd

sreha.

chwa

cha.

ziydphathd

zidfat.

yd

ya, yd.

sdthd

sdtha, sdtq.

chya

cha, cha, che,

hdtshd

ha tsd.

chvd.

kdld

kdla.

kyd

kya, kyd.

dalila

dalilq, dalila,

Cf. kyah.

dalila.

baldyd

baldyq.

bismilld

bismilla.

pazyd

pazyd.

gutHd

Idyild

zald

gutHd.
Id illdh.
zilla.

Words ending in ai
kohai kohdy.
yihai yi hoi.

ma
hakimd

ma, ma.
hakima.

tandnai

tana nai.

samd

samd.

Words ending in au

tsemd

tsima.

bargau

burgau.

na

na, na.

hau

ho.

mbddnd

maiddna.

kathau

kathau.

wadand

vade na.

lalau

lalau.

hand

h*nd, hana, hqna,

kralau

kralau.

hand, hqna,

talau

talau.

hna.

mdrawdtalau

mdrqvdtqlau,

doba-hand

dob^hqnq.

mdrqvdtHau.

khekh-nd

kveknd.

timau

timau.

yikh-nd

yihna.

yimau

yimau.

ratshi-hand

ratseh^na,

Cf. yimav.

raise h°na.

nau

nau.

khashena-hand

khash^nq h°nd.

ganau

ganau.

pdri-hand

pdrvehna.

nigmau

niglnau.

tagem-nd

tagimna.

as* nau

qslnau.

bani-nd

banina.

rostu nau

rust^nau.

zdna-nd

zdnend.

tsurau

tsurau.

zandnd

zandna.

Cf. tsurav.

wazirau

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

490

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

wazirau

vazirau, vazirau.

kranje

kranje. /

batsau

batsau.

raje

raja, raje.

doyau

doyau.

wataje

vatujq.

kodyau

kqfdyau, kqdyau.

loyik-e

lay^kq.

sandyau

sandyau.

me

ma, me, mve,

baranyau

baranyau.

mye.

guryau

guryau.

sakath me

sakhme.

pyom me

pyom1.

Words ending in e

kar me

karme.

e

a, i.

koru me

kurme.

sohib-e

sahib1.

bene

bqnye, benye.

bace

bache.

wodahe

vudanye,

jenatace

janqtqch.

vudanye,

tsoce

su cho, suche,

vudanye,

tsuche.

vudanye.

zace

zache.

gane

ganvi, ganye.

kode

kudve.

kane

kanye, kanye.

Cf. kore.

qshekane

ashkanye.

zade

zade.

mane

mane, matni,

ache

qch.

mdnye,

boche

boche.

matnye.

lache

lache

panane

panqni,

toriph-e

tqhif-i.

panqnve,

tsarihe

tsarihe.

panenye.

bdshe

bdshe.

bogarane

bagaranye.

khaba-nishe

kab°nish.

wune

vunye.

nishe

nish, nishi.

cyane

chdnye, chyanye.

pesh-e

peshe.

zane

za^e, zanye.

poshe

posha, posh?,

dare

dalri.

poshe.

shehar-e

shehri.

tohe

tohi, tohH.

kare

kalri.

aje

ajq.

kore

kod1, kudis,

buje

buje.

kodve, kodvi,

geje

gvm-

kudve, kodye,

leje

lvejq.

kb~rve, korvi.

maje

maje, maj1, mdji.

Cf. kode.

doda-mdje

dod°mdji.

mare

mqri.

woramaje

vurq maj1.

mine-mare

mingve mqri.

wolinje

vdlinjq, valinje,

ware

vdri.

valinjq, valinje,

ase

as*, asi.

valinj1.

khalat-e

kalni.

491

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

hih*

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

tse

tsq, tse, tsve, tsye.

wuchihe

vuch^he.

dye

dyq, dye, dyi,

wanihe

vanqhe.

dyx.

karihe

karehe, kaxrihe,

bdye

bai, bdye, baye.

kari hve.

biye

bay1, bey, beye.

marine

marihve.

pdtashdhbdye

pddshah bdye.

marine

mcirihe, mdriJie.

gurl-bdye

gur bdye.

dsihe

dsi he, dsihe.

gristl-bdye

grist" bdye,

ceyihe

chvaye hve.

grestq bdye.

diyihe

diyehe.

daye

daye.

bale

bdVe.

khoddye

kuddye.

ndle

ndle.

gaye

gaye, gaye, gay6.

gopdle

gupdVe.

tagiye

tagve, taglye.

panane

panenye.

gatshiye

gatsiye.

gdre

gdrve.

jdye

jai, jdyq, jdye,

mare

mare.

jdye.

tare

tare.

moye

moye.

dukhtar-e

dukhtare.

naye

naye.

kong-wdre

kung°vdrve.

niye

niy, niye, niye.

gaye

gaye-

ropaye
rdye

rupia, rup%yq.
rai.

Words ending in *

bardye

ba rai.

sumb*

sumb.

drdye

drdye.

bod1

bud1.

grdye

grdye.

hata-bod1'

hatq bud1.

phakiriye fakiri.

kddi

kaxrv.

parxye

pqlriye.

ko'd1

kqxd, kqxdx, kud1

hamsdye

hamsai, ham

gdndi

gand1, gandi.

sdye.

hand1

hand*.

gadoyiye

gadoi yiye.

sand*

sand1, sandi,

tuvyeye

tuvxy.

sand.

kenze

kyenzi.

sana-sdnd*

sunasand*,

same

sanzi, sanzi.

sunqsand*,

pdtashdha-sanze

pddshdhasqnzi.

sunqsandi.

pdtasheha-sanze

pddshahq sanzi,

sdnara-sdnd1

sunqrsandi.

pddshahq sanzi,

rud*

rod*.

pddshahqs

bog1

My.

sanzi.

w

lag\ lag1.

sheen*

shechv.

Words ending in e

wuch*

vuch.

age

age.

ddh*

duhv.

fUehe

piche.

hih*

hi.

kill*

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

492

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

keh*

kqd.

tsdl*

tsqV.

hokh*

huk*.

dm*

am*, am*, a*m*,

wotamukh*

vutamak*.

q*m*, qmv.

hash4

kash".

dm*

q*mi.

ath*

at*, at*, a*t*, a*t*,

kdm*

kqm*.

qtv,a*V.

trom*

tram, trqmv.

dth*

at*.

tsurim*

tsorim.

toh*

toh*, tuh, tuh*,

tarn*

tqm*.

tuhv.

yem*

yim.

bith*

bethv, bveth*,

yim*

yim, yem*.

bat*.

din*

din*, dinv.

cith*

chit.

bdgdn*

bdgen*.

kuth*

kut*.

hun*

hun, hunq, hdni,

peth*

pveth, pyet.

kdn*

kan*, kqn*t kqnv.

poth*

pqHh*, pq*th*,

Ion*

lq*ni.

pqH*, pd*thv,

duldn*

duleny.

pq*thv, pq*ty,

pandn*

pan, panen,

pq*V.

paneny.

tath*

tat, tat*, ta*t*,

bdrdn*

barqn.

tqH*, to,1?.

pron*

prdny, prdnv.

wdth*

vat1, vot*, vatv.

dsdn*

dsqn*.

zith*

Zlt*.

tsatdn*

tsaten*.

wat'j1

vdtaj.

wan*

vqnv.

dk*

ok*.

8dmbardwdn*

sombvrdvtfn*.

hardk*

harik.

laydn*

Idyin.

raidk*

raiik.

myon*

menv, mye,

thovik*

thdvik.

mven.

nyovik*

nvdvik.

zdn*

zan*.

gal*

gq*l*.

dazon*

dazdn*.

gul*

gul*.

tsdp*

tsqpv.

Ml*

Ml.

bar*

bar, bari.

tahdl*

tqhql, tqhql*,

mi bar*

mebar.

' tqhqiv. '

dor*

dqr.

mol*

mq*l.

gar*

gar*.

nbl*

ndl, ndl*, ndlv,

gur*

gur, gur*.

nq*lv.

gur*

gur.

gdpol*

gupdl*.

phir*

phir*.

tdi*

ta*l*.

hdr* hdr*

hqri hqri.

tul*

tu*lv.

ihuf4

shuri.

gdtH*

gdtily.

koshir*

kdshir*.

wdtdl*

vdtal*.

kdr*

kqr, kq*r*.

5

493

INDEX IN ORDEB OF FINAL LETTERS pftdti

KAULA

*wr*

RKU

fc#o\

KAULA

■mmmm4

STUN

■mV

m&r*.

mmmmmf*

ndttjpy,

CjmV

<.T,i\l:r, wpQnr*

/. ..-,, .-.

MM%Mr\

MMJMf

so jwVt, t» yoV.

mmimv**.

m**

IfijtfV.

!*•

1* ^

tm*

for*, fiirt.

l%<

|£ %.

:<>.r-'

B*»

i*<

(i MM

1 . •

MMMtM^

■■ '.Kir .

fatty1

m^mI

yfir*

yitr*> f&r9, afiir*,

f"*V

«•*£.

3f*>*

lift*

ygj^tB*

mmmmmmmV

mturde maz&ry.

rMVr*

re&w, rmr, rl«c

it*

OS*, as*, oV.

M*

MM, mm*

fit*

oV , ^ as, aV.

-:.:•

ro:. r. :s.

<*

ol*, a*ft, of*.

A*

AM

Wards ending in t

/(ru^Mf

kmgi?th\

%

ft k

few

«y*/wp.

MMMfWl

am'tfaok

*»v

*•> , &*»;

mmnV*

«*#*.

Htl*

ip*.

mm

*?*

(&W

blot

wttN

mMK

UK1

fart*

ma&mojrf-t

MMMNM^

m*

■Ml1,

ImmV

mmmTi, Aanii

mMSm*

%J%AmM Mrvf##^j %

kmtmmm]

dtmhamii*

j*m&

y%mmHM*i yttifHJf ,

l(MMh

1ag*m&

Im/mmI*,

I&mK

ldMM>

lifmit

igMjMMft

Mmi

mmm^minK

mtt'ndr

MWil#,

1 \Tu M R c 0 1 1 - >'. hmK

" i~. \\ " . ' > : " "

jm*w*it

a*imot\

mot^MmiK

rmVl'&indL

iifmit

L - MMMVMMMl

rtw'^mrf*

mmmmmK.

tdm^-sand*

{(im^nnmKi

thovhrnit*

mm mm

KtlClfO^SMMn

tt::7r:*\: ''.,::.

t*f

raf, ra*f».

sapath

$apq&*

M&MnW

tmrf*«lW.

«*di

i\\i\\ cu..:\\

fdf

tol*, taf\

«otf><\

y*jf

jeta'k

y*M

j ^»^« i •

' *#

fw*. «jK*, wff\

sfaamHtrai

MM%MWWk

««*, «#*•;

mi

^'■.f'.

art**

3f*» *< a****

:. | .;,,

6or**

Oc-77.

ftfell

n%MMj nmimWi

InmV

niWi&t imqAi,

ihdh-t

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

494

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

shdh-i

shdhi.

nami

nam1.

kbh-i

kohve.

tami

tarn1, tami, tgm1,

hakh-i

halkhi.

talmi, tqtmi.

rahhi

rakhi, rakhve.

patimi

paVqmi.

tsakhi

tsakh1, tsakhve.

yemi

yam1, ye*mi.

barlshi

barshg.

yimi

yqmi, yemi.

wdlawdshi

vale vdshe.

treyimi

treyimi.

athi

aHW, aHhi, at1.

bani

bang, bani.

othi

ath\

dini

ding.

wothi

vuihi.

din-i

din*.

gatshi

gatsg, gatse,

hani

hani.

gatse, gatsi.

dachini

dach{ng.

me gatshi

mvegatse.

wucJiani

vuch* ne.

matshi

matsq, matsve.

kheni

khyeni.

ratshi

ratsa hgn.

khoni

kunvg.

mdji

mdje, mdji,

kani

kane, kan*, kani,

mgj, md^ji.

kgn{, ka*ni,

doda-mdji

dod^maj.

kglnv.

krdji

kraje.

kuni-kani

kunikginv.

aki

ak\ aki.

kuni

kung, kuni,

baVki

balki.

kun1.

loyik-i

Wki, layiki.

pholani

pholen*, phuleni,

doli

doili.

phulen1.

gali

gaHi.

tolani

tolani.

dokhil-i

ddkhHi.

mani

mane.

koli

kulve, kulye.

zamini

zemini.

kuli

kul\

anani

angni.

mokali

mokli, mukli.

kanani

kangni.

rumdli

rumdli.

panani

pangne, pangn1^

soli

sulli.

pangni,

suli

sulg.

paneni.

teli

tela, teli, til\

wanani

vaneni.

rdtHi

rdtHi.

zandni

zgngng, zgndnq

yeli

yell, yeV.

wotharani

vuthergni.

ami

am1, ami, am1,

karani

karng, karani,

ami, alml,

kargni,

almi, flW,

karglni.

g*mi, amis.

mdrani

mdrgni.

kami

kami.

nerani

nghini.

hukm-i

hukumq.

kdsani

kdsani, khdsgni.

salami

salami.

wasani

vasani

495

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS hazrat-i

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

khdtuni

khdtuni,

lashkari

lashkqrq,

klidtuni,

lashkqr*,

khdtuni,

lashkq{ri,

khd tuni,

khalakan.

khdtuni.

lari

WrK

sultdn-i

sultan1.

talari

tulqri.

atsani

atsani.

mdch-talari

mdch-tulari,

wdtani

vatqne.

mdch-tulqri,

wani

vane.

mdsh-tulqri.

yini

yini.

mari

mqri, mqWi.

layeni

Idyine.

mine-mari

mingve mqri.

mydni

mydni.

tori

to{ri.

zdni

zdnq, zdne.

litri

lit?ri.

zeni

za*ni, zvdni.

tsuri

tsuri, fewV,

rozani

rozqn1.

fcwV, tsu{ri.

beni

benye.

kdng-wdri

kung^vdr*.

kani

kanye, kanye.

nazari

nazari, nazari.

mdPkdni

malkdnye.

dsi

dsi, dsi, 5V.

panani

panenve,

kaisi

kaisl, kcfsi.

panenye.

kbsi

kdsi.

tilawdni

tilavdnye.

lasi

lasq.

dapi

dapi, dapi.

waisi

v&nsi.

ihapi

tha*pi.

ti

tt, tve, Vi.

bdri

bdWi.

ati

at1, at1, aHi, aVe

kabari

kab^rq.

bdti

botv\

ddri

ddlri, dqfri.

k&h ti

kahti.

duri

duri.

peth* ti

pveti.

dadari

dadari.

kati

kat1, kati, kaHi,

gari

gar1, ga*ri.

kqHi, katve,

guri

gur1.

kaVi, katye.

mqkhar-i

makhri.

lati

lot*, lati.

shemsheri

shamsher* \

tdV ti

tdHti. '

shamseri,

mati

mat\

samsheri.

me-ti

mat1, mveti.

kari

ka*re, ka{re,

hekmai-i

kekqmati.

katri, kq{ri.

drdti

drdtis.

kori

kodve, kodye,

hazrat-i

hazrat, hazrqt*,

kddve,

hazrqH*,

kd'dH,

hazret,

kdrve.

hazret* ,

phikiri

phikri.

hazret.

suti

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

496

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

suti

sut*.

rozi

rozi.

tali

tat*, ta*ti, ta*t*,

kdr*zi

kq*rzi.

tatv.

mardz-i

mqrdj.

ti-ti

titi.

wds*zi

vqz*zq.

to-ti

toVi.

vizi

vize.

tsa-ti

tsqti.

pov*zi

pq*vzi.

wati

vat*, vaH*, va*ti,

kydzi

kydzi, kyd ze,

vatve.

kyd zi, kyd*zi,

wdti

vat*, vd*t*, vdtve.

ti-kydzi

ti kyd zi.

yeti

yqt*, yet*.

aziz-i

aziza, aziza.

yi-ti

yi ti.

yiti

yeti, yit*.

Words ending in 1

hdvi

hd%vi.

wurdl

vurdi.

shestravi

shast?rvi,

saragl

sargi, sargi,

shWrqvi.

sargeh.

bdyi

bdyq, baye.

shohl

shdhi.

gnst*-bdyi

grest baye,

pdtashdhi

pddshdhi,

grest9 baye.

pddshdhi,

doyi

doye.

pdd9shahi.

dgayi

agqye.

jushi

joshi.

kheyi

klieye.

hab-jushi

habjoshi.

layi

laye.

wobdli

vu bq*l%.

salayi

salqyq.

doll

dq*li.

cdrpdyi

palangas.

tasali

tasUi.

par*yi

pq*riye.

miskirii

miskini.

dwd-yi

dv°yu.

wophddori

vuph dq*ri,

hawd-yi

havdye.

vupha dq*ri,

yiyi

yiye.

vuphd dq*ri,

zi

ze.

vupha dqiri.

dizi

dizi.

tamaskhurl

tamis kuri.

beh*zi

bih zi.

phakirl

fakiri.

khezi

khyezi.

nokari

naukri, nokari.

tshdn*zi

tsqn^zi.

pari

pq*r*, pq*ri.

sanzi

sanzi, sanzi.

huzuri

hazilri.

pdtashaha-sanzi

pddshahasqnzi.

waziri

vaziri.

pdtaslieha-sanzi

padshahq sanzi,

vesi

vesi.

padshahq sanzi

tl

tih.

dmt-sanzi

a*misqnzi.

balti

balti.

sonara-sanzi

sunqr sanzi,

masnavi

masnavi.

sunqrsqnzq.

gaznavi

gaznavi.

ydra-sanzi

yarisqnzi.

poravi

pdravi.

497

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

togu

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

tfi

yi.

bodu

bud.

juddyl

zhudai.

dodu

dud.

wdphoyi

vuphdl.

d6du

dad, dod.

be-wdphoyl

bevophdi.

shod"

shod.

bewophoyi

be vuphdl,.

thodu

thud.

gum-royi

gurnard yiy.

kodu

kur.

modu

mud.

Word ending in 6

mudu

mod, mud.

ke-ho

kvqho, kyqho.

ggndu

gund.

hondu

hund.

Words ending in 6

pdtashohi-hondu

pddshdhihund.

6

0.

kathi-hondu

kafehund.

sohibo

sahib 6.

mdje-hondu

mdje hund.

ho

ho.

ldlan-hondu

Idlan hund.

khos1 ho

khqsiho.

tihondu

tihund.

dkho

dkhu.

tuhondu

tuhund.

tsdkho

tsdkhu.

kondu

kund.

katho

kathu.

sondu

sund.

phakiro

fakiro.

asondu

am* sund.

waziro

vaziro.

sohiba-sondu

sdhib^sund.

hato

hato.

pdtashdha-sondu

pddshdhasund.

jdwo

jdo.

pdtasheha-sond"

pddshahq sund,

khoddyd

koddyu.

pddshahqsund

khyo

khvau.

shendka-sondu

shindkqsund.

atsayo

atsayo.

mbli-sondu

nupVsund.

arz 6

arzo.

dmt-sond"

qm*sund,
qmisund,

Words ending in o

a'mi sund.

lagaho

lagaha.

goldma-sond"

guldmqsund.

chalaho

chqlqha.

soddgara-sond"

sauddgdrqsund.

dimaho

dim? ha.

phakira-sondu

fakirqsund.

yimaho

yimqha.

sonara-sondu

sunqrsund.

yith tshunaho

yetsanq ha.

ydra-sondu

ydrqsund.

karaho

kare ha, karqha.

khoddye-sond"

khuddyesund.

bdwaho

bdvq ha.

sapod"

sapud.

hdwaho

hdv* ha.

rudu

rud.

syodu

syud, svud.

Words ending in M

log"

log, lug.

am6bu

amob.

I6g«

log.

sumbu

sumb.

shdngu

shung.

retas sumbu

ritasumb.

'tog"

tug.

ivuchu

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

498

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

wuchu

vuch.

kdlu

kol.

lyukhu

Pukh.

molu

mbl, mor.

roshu

rush.

bunulu

bunyiil.

buihu

but.

tulu

tut.

khoihu

khut.

boP

tsul.

thdthu

tot. Cf. tdjh*.

yenewdP

yenyi vdl,

'kuthu

kut.

yenyivol,

mothu

mut.

yenyh'dl.

td'thu

tot. Cf. thotliu.

zdlu

zol.

wothu

vut, vuih.

kyomu

kyum.

wothu

vot1, vut, voth,

treyumu

treyimi.

vuih.

pontsyumu

pdntsvum.

yuthu

yuth.

kadunu

kqdun.

byuthu

byiit, byut,

ladunu

ladun.

byoth, byoth,

mangunu

mangun.

byuth.

hunu

hun.

dyuthu

dyut, dyut,

deshunu

deshun.

dyuthu, vuch.

tshonu

tsun.

kyuthu

kyut.

gatshu?iu

gatsun.

myuthu

myut.

qsh6kunu

qshkun, qskun.

zyuthu

zyut.

galunu

galun.

gotshu

gots, guts.

tulunu

tulun.

hyuhu

hvu, hyu.

anunu

anun.

khdbuku

kdbuk.

khanuri"

khanun.

bdguku

bdguku.

panunu

panen, panun.

dohuku

dohuk.

dapunu

dopun.

watharanuku

vat^ranuk.

spmbarunu

somb^run.

nayistdnuku

nayis tdnuk.

sapharunu

safarun.

wanuku

vanuk.

watharunu

vat^run.

jenatuku

janHuk, jan*

karunu

karun.

tukh.

mdrunu

mdrun.

amyuku

am* kuy, qmvuk,

sdnu

son.

qmyuk,

sqnu

sun.

a{myuk.

dsunu

dsun.

kamyuku

kamvuk.

khasunu

khasun.

godanyuku

gudenyuk.

bikarmdjetunu

vikarmdjitun.

hatsyuku

hatsyuk.

tsatunu

tsatun.

6lu

dl.

wdtunu

vdtun.

pholu

phul.

atsunu

atsun.

phqlu

phul.

wonu

vun.

shehulu

shuhul.

nerawunu

neravun.

499

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

host'

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

trdivunu

trdvun.

khdtu

khut.

kdsawunu

kdsuvun.

kotu

kot.'

yunu

hvun, yiin.

kotu

khuth.

byonu

bviin, blyun.

kUtu

kut'.

cyonu

chun, chvun.

lot"

lot.

cydnu

chon, chonv,

amotu

dmut.

chony, chv6n.

rudumotu

rdd°mut,

dyunu

dyun.

rud"mut.

hyonu

hvun.

gamotu

gommut, gomus,

Jchyonu

khyun.

gomut.

mydnu

mydn, mydn.

gomot"

gamut, gomut.

zyunu

ziin, zviin, zyiin.

ldgumotu

ldgu mut.

zonu

zun.

dyuthumotu

dyutmut.

bozunu

bbzun.

lyukhumotu

Pukhmut,

sozunu

sozun.

lyukhmut.

gus6nu

gosony.

g6lumotu

gdlmut.

dopu

dop, dopu, dup,

mumotu

momut.

dup".

onumotu

on muth.

bdru

bor.

pemotu

pvumut, pyamut

moduru

mudur.

pyiimut.

guru

gur.

korumotu

kurmut.

guru

gur.

6sumotu

dsmut.

phoru

phurtas.

rotumotu

rutmut.

koru

kud, kar, kur,

r6tumotu

rotfmut.

kur\

wdtumotu

votumut,

moru

mud.

votumuth.

m6ru

mod, mor.

dyutumotu

dyutmut,

puru

piir.

dyutmut,

tsopdru

tsopdr.

dyiit^mut.

khdwuru

khdvur.

thowumotu

thdu mut.

hyoru

hvur, hyiir.

thowumotu

thdumut,

phyuru

pvur.

thdumut.

6su

as, as, dsu, os.

lddydmotu

lddvomut.

busu

bus.

nyumotu

nyumut.

otu

al\ ot, ut, qth,

not"

nut.

uth.

potu

phot, phut, put,

hotu

hut.

puth.

hotu

hot.

rotu

rot, rut.

khotu

khotu, khut,

drd't"

drot.

khut, khulh,

trot"

trut.

hut.

host"

lwst, host".

Kk

gryust1

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

500

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

gryustu

grost.

krund*

k?rqnd.

totu

ihuth, tot, tut.

tsiind*

tsund.

tsotu

tsot.

wuch*

vuch.

wd'tu

vat, vot, vol1,

bolbosh*

bdlbdsh.

vot, voth.

hish*

hish.

yutu

yut.

zeth*

zith.

dijutu

dvut, dyut, dyutli.

wdtsh*

vuts.

kyutu

khvut, khyuth,

wiitsh*

vuts.

kvut, kyut,

dombij*

dumbij.

kyuth.

duj*

daje.

tshyotu

tsut, tsvut, tsvut.

sheh*j*

shqhij.

tydtu

tyut.

liij*

Iqj.

hotsu

hots, huts.

mang liiju

mangHqj.

bdwu

bou.

moj*

mqj, moj.

thdwu

thdu.

doda-mqj*

dodrmqj.

I6wu

lau.

woramoj*

vur mqj,

mokaldwu

moklau.

vur°moj.

ndwu

ndu, ndu.

wolinj*

valinje.

parzandwu

parzq ndu,

tuj*

tuj.

parzq ndu.

gaff

gatij.

sgmbardwu

somtyrau,

tsuju

&«/. teqijy.

somb* rau.

woj*

vaj, vqjk vajv.

tsamruwu

tsam ru, tsamPru.

kom*

kdm, kdma, kom.

trdwu

trov.

trbm*

trom.

shestruwu

shast^ro.

satim*

sqtimv.

necyuvu

nvechu.

pontsim*

pdntsim,

mahanyuvu

mahnyu.

pqntsvum.

Uyu

boy, boy.

treyim*

triyim.

buzu

boz.

don*

dan.

pgzu

puz.

zabbn*

zqbdny.

apozu

apuz.

din*

diny.

chon*

chanv.

Words ending in *

kiln*

kan.

dohiic*

dohuch.

walun*

valqny.

nayistanuc*

nay is tan nqch.

nun*

nanyi.

azic*

azich.

anun*

anqny, aneviy.

bud*

bud.

tshunun*

tsqneny.

thud*

tad, tor.

paniln*

panen, paneri1,

' Cf . ihiir*.

panenv,

kud*

kud. See also

paneny,

kur*.

paniny.

501 INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS pltakira-sunz*

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

kariin*

karinv, kareny,

amuts*

dmuts.

kariny.

gamuts*

gamuts.

son*

sanv, sqSny.

tsuj*muts*

tsqjmqts,

wasiin*

vasan1.

tsqjqmqts.

bikarmdjetiin*

vikarmajiteny .

hekmiits*

hekqmats.

motun*

moteny.

mumuts*

momuts.

bacdwiin*

bacMviny.

tshun*muts*

tsunye muts.

pakawiin*

pakPvany.

wun*muts*

vunvmuts.

mdkalawun*

mokaldvany.

pemiits*

pHmats.

yin*

yiny.

kiir*muts*

kqrmuts,

cyoh*

ch{dn, chPan1,

kurmuts.

chyqnv.

par zanov* muts*

parzq ndu muts.

chyon*

chdny.

trbv*muts*

trau muts.

myon*

mye, meny, mven,

rots*

rats.

my en, mveny.

wots*

vats, vats.

ziin*

zany, za{nv.

yiits*

yits*.

or*

dr.

gov*

gau, gau, gau.

Mr*

tar, tur.

shestriiv*

shast-ro.

' Cf. thud*.

buz*

boz.

qth*r*

qtqr.

hiinz*

hqnz, hunz.

kur*

kild, kur, khud.

guren-hiinz*

gurven-hqnz.

See also kild*.

yihiinz*

yihas.

kiir*

kqr, kqtr1.

siinz*

sqnz, sunz,

phikir*

fik?r, phikir.

sqnziiy, siinz.

Pl*r*

tulqr.

khdwanda- siinz*

kavandqsunz.

mach-H*r*

mdch tulqr.

patashaha-siinz*

padshah sqnz,

milr*

mar.

padshdhasqnz.

mine-milr*

minge mar.

patasheha-siinz*

padshahqsqnz,

niir*

nur.

■pddshahqsunz.

tur*

tar.

raje-sunz*

rajqsqnz,

tsur*

tsur.

rajqsunz.

zir*

zer, zver.

mbV-silnz*

mqH—sunz,

os*

as.

mqHisqnz,

phut*

phut.

mqHisunz.

rUt*

rat.

dm^sunz*

qmisqnz,

lots"

bats, bats.

qmisunz.

dits*

dits.

goldma-siinz*

guldmqsqnz.

khuts*

khats, kqts.

tdm^-siinz*

ta'misqnziiy.

kits*

kits.

sdna-siinz*

sunqsqnz.

kots*

kdts.

phakira-siinz*

faklrqsqnz,

adaliits*

qddlat.

fakirqsunz.

sd7iara~siinzu

BATIM'S SO

KAULA

STEIN

sonara-sunz"

sunqr sqnz,

sunqrsqnz.

w6ruzu

vurudz.

wuz^

dqj.

ndyezu

ndyiz.

Words ending in u

gatshu

gatsu.

nu

nu.

Word ending in u

saniydsu

sqnyas?.

Words ending in b

db

db.

sabab

sabab.

dab

dab.

dob

dob.

gob
khdb

gab.
kab, kdv.

khub

khub.

sbhib

sahib.

wahab

vahab.

par wahab

mojub

phamb

sob

parvahab.
mojub.

phamb, pamb.
sab.

tab
kitdb

tap.
kitdb.

jewdb
sawdb

javdb.
savdb.

Word ending in c

kharac

Jcharj.

Words ending in d or d

had

had*.

khod

khod.

kdd

kdd, kdd, kdd,
kqld.

kdkad

kdkad, kakqd.

lad

lad.

TD STOBIES 5C

KAULA

STEIN

jelad
mad

jaM.
mad?.

hamud

hamud.

ahmad

ahmqd.

mahmad

mahamad,

muhammad.

ndd

ndd.

and

and.

band

band.

gand
shdnd

gand.
shdnd.

ydrkand

pasand

khdwand

ydrkand.
pasand, pasand
khdvand,

kdvand.

dard

dard.

murdd

murdd.

vir*d

vir*d.

rasad

rasat.

wustdd

ustdd, vustad,

vustdd.

wad

vad.

ydd

noyid

phdr*yad

zad

ydd.

ndyid.

pharydd,

pherydd.
zad.

zid

zid.

muhimzad

mohim zad.

Words ending in g

bag

bag

lag

mov lag

bag.
bang,
lag.
mauldk.

nag
palang

nag.

palang, palang,
palang.

mang

mang.

prang
wutsha-prang

prang,
vuts^prang.

503

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS nazdikh

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

zang

zang.

sheh

she.

drag

drag.

shehan-shdh

shdhqnshdh.

ytg

yeg-

pdtashdh

pddshah,
pddshdh,

Words ending in h

pdd°shdh.

ah

ah.

pdtasheh

pddshah,

beh

be.

pddshdh,

boh

bo, bu.

pdd°shdh.

marhabdh

marhaba.

kuthudh

kutha.

subuh

subu.

rathdh

rdtha.

hech

hech.

sdthdh

sdtha.

wuch

vuch.

setJidh

seta, seta, sethd,

dah

da.

setha.

doh

do, doh.

kenfshah

khvi khve tsa,

d*h

dil.

khye, khye tsa,

judah

zhudd.

khyetsa, kenvtsa,

qjaddh

azhda.

kenvtsd, ketsd,

saddh

sadau.

kventsa, kvetsa,

wustdddh

vustadq.

kvetsd, kvetsa,

alviddh

al vida.

kvetsd, kye tsa,

yeddh

yera.

kyetsa.

gah

ga, ga, gah.

jah

ja> ft.

dgdh

aga.

akh

ak, akh.

begdh

bega.

dkh

dk.

pagdh

pag?, paga.

hah

ka.

hargdh

har ga, har ga,

kah

kah.

harga.

keh

khye, kve, kve,

shdra-gdh

shora ga,

kygZ, kye.

shorqga.

kih

kih.

heh

hve.

bekh

bvek, byek.

shubiheh

shuybehe,

labakh

labak.

shilybihe.

sabakh

sabak.

cheh

shq, che, chu.

dikh

dik.

chih

che, chi, chu,

kddikh

kq^dik, karik,

chvq.

ka'rik.

chih

chi.

kudukh

kaduk.

chuh

che, chu, chuh.

kodukh

kuruk.

pdtashehdh

padshdh.

bandukh

bqnduk.

kheh

kve.

sapadakh

sapadqk.

akhah

akha.

ytd*kdh

Idgdh.

dadkhah

dad kha.

nazdikh

nazdik.

gokh

HATIATS SONGS AND STOBIES

504

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

gokh

gdk.

chunakh

chu nak.

lagakh

lagak.

ishunukh

tsunuk.

lagekh

lagik.

shendkh

shinak.

chekh

chak, chek.

dopunakh

dopu nak,

chikh

chuk.

dopunak,

chukh

chuk, chukq.

dopu nak,

wuchakh

vuchak.

dopunak.

wuchikh

vuchuk.

kdr{nakh

kqirinak.

wuchukh

vuchuk, vucuk.

koru)iakh

kurnak.

wuchakh

vuchuk.

mdranakh

mdrenak.

wucfchakh

vuch hak.

rutunakh

ruPnak.

katiko chukh

kati kochuk.

dyutunakh

dyut?nak,

khekh

kyek.

dyutqnak,

samokhukh

sam? kukh.

dyiitunak.

dimahakh

dim9, hak.

tsdnukh

tsdnuk.

phakh

phak.

howunakh

hdu nak.

dopuhakh

dop hak, dophak.

thowunakh

thdvnak.

karahakh

kar* hak.

zanakh

zdnak.

koruhakh

kur hak.

unukh

qnyik.

karuhukh

karu huk.

kannekh

kanyek.

shekh

shak, shok.

wanenakh

vanye nak.

qshskh

qshik.

pd'kh

pdk.

poshdkh

poshdk.

dopukh

dopuk.

milth^kh

motuk.

rakh

rakh.

wonuihakh

vunthak.

bilr^kh

bar?k, bqrqk.

gatshakh

gatsak.

mobdrakh

mubdrak.

daphihekh

dabzq hek,

drdkh

drak.

dabzi hek.

shrdkh

shrdk.

likh

lekh.

sherikh

sherik.

lokh

lok.

krekh

krqk, krek,

tasali keh

taslikq.

krekh.

tulukh

tuluk.

karakh

karak.

wolikh

valik.

karekh

kqhik, ka{rikh,

zdlukh

zdluk, zdluk.

kdrikh

kqrik.

makh

mak.

korukh

kqruk, koruk,

ditfmakh

dit^mak.

kuruk.

dapydmakh

dapvdmak.

kur^kh

kqruk.

ankdh

anka, ankd.

porukh

paduk.

dnikh

anik, qnik.

phut°rukh

phutfruk.

anukh

anuk.

dsakh

dsak.

onukh

qnuk, unuk.

dsukh

dsuk, dsuk.

505

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

phdsh

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

khasakh

khasak.

sbldh

sdlq.

mushtdkh

mushtdk.

zdldh

zdlq, zdld.

wdtakh

vdtak.

shemdh

shamd, shqmd.

dyutukh

dvuthuk,

kom*dh

kdma.

dvutuk,

tamdh

tamd.

dvutuk,

mati mdh

maVma.

dyutuk.

wumdh

vuma.

hyotukh

hvutuk.

noh

nu.

dits^kh

ditsuk.

bindh

bind.

thovikh

thdvik.

ddndh

ddnq.

thovukh,

thdvuk.

gondh

guna .

mililv^kh

7nilevuk.

wuchundh

vuchuna.

trdwukh

trdvuk.

zandndh

zqndnq.

yekh

yek.

vig{ndh

vignya.

dyekh

dyak.

daph

dap.

bydkh

byek, bydk.

thaph

tap, thap, thaph

byekh

byek.

shdph

simp.

bacydkh

bachok.

kuluph

kulup.

loyikh

Idyak.

saraph

sqrp.

Idynkh

Idyuk.

yinsdph

insdf, yin sdf.

nyukh

nyuk.

yusuph

yusuf, yusuf.

anyukh

qnyuk.

tdph

tap.

niyekh

niyak.

rah

ra.

peyekh

pveyak.

brdh

bro.

hareyekh

hHeyek.

bruh

broh.

karyukh

kqruk.

khabardh

kabara.

moryukh

mdrvuk,

bruh-bruh

bro-bro.

nwSryuk.

shehardh

shehra.

bozakh

bozak.

phakirdh

fakira.

dizikh

dizyek.

phikirdh fik?ra.

lazakh

lazak.

treh

tre.

nlzikh

nyqzik, nyezik,

trih

tre.

nyezik, nazdik,

vyurudh

yura.

nezik.

nazardh

nazar.

dapizekh

dqbzik.

sdh

sq, su.

sapuz^kh

sap^zqk.

suh

so, su.

qldh

alia, allqh.

gash

gash.

bulbuldh

bulbula.

hdsh

hdsh.

luh-luh

lolo, lolo.

khash

kash, pash.

kdldh

kdla.

khdsh

khush, khush.

saldh

said.

phdsh

phdsh.

yih suh

HATIATS SONGS AND STORIES

506

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

yih suh

yisu.

rahath

rahat.

ndsh

ndsh.

mdrahath

mdr^hat.

nish

nish.

dishith

deshit.

bV-ndsh

dVndsh.

mashith

mqshit.

mandsh

mandsh.

mathith

matit.

me-nish

mvenish.

wothith

vuthit, vutit.

fish

pesh.

dyuthuth

dyuthut.

phardsh

pharosh.

kath

kat, kath.

tresh

trqs, tresh.

keth

kvet, kyet,

wdsh

vdsh.

khvqth,

gwdsh

ghdsh, gash.

khyqth.

ta wdsh

tavosh.

akith

qlkiih.

ylsdh

isd.

kotdh

kdta.

bakhacoyish

bakcdyish,

noktdh

nukhta.

bakhshdyish.

sakHh

sak.

ath

at, at1, at, at1,

polith

pqHith.

qHl, ath.

tulith

tulit.

oth

ath.

wolith

vdlit.

tih

ti.

zolith

zdlit.

bojt-bath

bajHat.

math

mat.

dith

dit.

yimdmath

yimdmat.

kadith

ka{rit, kqWit,

tdmath

tdmat.

kahith.

ydmath

ydmat.

gandith

gandit.

khazmath

kismat.

woriddth

va{rv ddth.

khizmath

khismat.

gath

gat.

nith

nHt.

logith

lagit.

anith

qnit.

shongith

shungit.

bbnth

bdnt.

hath

hat, hat.

amdnath

amdnat.

heth

het, hit, hitsqn,

bronth

bront.

hvet, hveth,

wanith

vanit.

hveth.

zinith

zvenith.

bihith

behit, bihit,

wunHh

vanyit.

bihith.

path

pat, path.

khath

khath.

peth

pvet, pvet, pyet,

tdhkhlth

tdkhit, tdkit.

pyet, pveth,

daskhath

daskath.

pveth.

mqslahath

muslq hat,

bdpath

bapat.

muslahat.

hdpath

hdpat.

nahith

nqhit.

hdputh

haput.

ziyaphath

zidfat.

papith

papit.

507

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

gabh

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

rath

rat, rath.

wasith

vasit.

reth

rit, rveth.

soyisth

sqyist.

rath

rat.

tath

tat, tath, tqtv.

barith

barit.

khatith

kqHith.

sdmbarith

sumbrit.

ratith

rqtit, rqtit.

khordth

Marat.

mdkh ratith

mokrqtit.

phirith

phirit.

tsatith

tsqHith.

phirith

pherit, phirit,

wotith

vdtit, vqHith.

pherith,

dabovith

dqbdvit.

phirith.

wath

vat, vath.

shlrith

sherit.

wath

vat.

watharith

vatqtrith.

woth

vut.

kareth

kalrit.

wdth

vut, vut.

karith

karit, kqrit,

hdwuth

hdvut.

katrit, ka{rit,

thdwath

thdvat.

katrith, kaWith.

thdvuth

thdvut.

koruth

kqrut, kurut.

wokavith

vokrvit.

marith

mqrit.

sgmbarowuth

somb^rdvuth.

marath

mdrat.

trovith

trdvit, trqlvit,

morith

mtprit.

trqlvith,

nirith

nerit, nelrith.

trdlvith.

prath

prat.

tsdv aih

tsdvat.

porith

paint.

yeth

yat.

purith

paint.

yith

yat, yqt, yet,

sorith

saint.

yath.

surath

stlrath.

tarbyeth

tqrq byat.

khobsurath

khdb sural,

mashiyeth

mashiyat.

khobsurat,

zurydth

zur yat.

khdb surat,

nasiyeth

nasiyat.

khobsurat,

ndshjeth

naWyat,

khob-surath.

nasiyat.

mutsarith

muts^rit.

was yith

vasyat, vasyqt.

doh ta rath

dokhtardt.

zdth

zdth.

sath

sat, sath.

buzith

bdzit.

sath

sath.

buzuth

bozuth.

rukhsath

rukhsat,

munazdth

muri* zdt.

rukhsath.

deva-zdth

dyav*zath.

kosith

khdsit, khqlsith.

tsah

su, tsa, tsq, tsi,

lal sath

ldl*sat.

tsu.

phursath

fursath.

atsh

ats.

wasth

vast.

gatsh

gats, gats*.

shotsh

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

508

KAULA

STEIN

shotsh

shuts.

shekhtsdh

sakhtsa.

kentsdh

kyetsa.

tsoratsh

tsorastq.

vih

vye.

wdh

voh.

dawdh

dava, davd.

ddwdh

davd.

hawdh

havd.

benawdh

be nam.

siwdh

siva.

photuwdh

photu va.

necyuvdh

nichuva.

yih

ye, yi, yim, yiy.

yuh

yi.

yuh

yi, yii.

tbVydh

Wbya.

khyuh

khyau.

dth1 kydh

aVkyd.

kydh

kvq, kya, kyd,

kyah. Cf . kyd.

as* kydh

as{kya.

wdraydh

vdrya, vdryq.

kotydh

kqi tva, kqHya,

kdHya.

dye yih

dyiye.

zah

zq, ze, zvi.

zdh

za.

hdnzdh

hdnzq.

Words ending in j

bdj

bdj9, bdjq.

kharaj

kharj, kharaj.

mdhrdj

mahardj.

Words ending in I

bulbul

bulbul.

dil

dil.

badal

badal.

gdl

gal.

hdl

hdl.

bod^hdl

bdndfkdl.

KAULA

STEIN

phal
tsdtahdl

phal.

tsat9hdl, tsdtahdl.

jel
kdl

jal.
kdl.

shekal

shakql.

lal

lal, lal9, lal.

alii

alii.

dalil

dalil.

zalil

zalil.

mdl

mdl, mdl9.

mdl

mul.

lalmdl

lal mdl.

ndl

ndl.

pal
asal

pal.
asl, asal.

tal

tal, thai.

cheh tal

chetal.

putal
wdtal

putal.
vdtql.

mdrawdtal

mdrqvdtal.

tshdwul

tsdvul.

sawdl

savdl.

kutawdl

kutvdl, kut9vdl.

pydwal
azal

pydvHq.
azal, azal.

Words ending in m

dm

dm.

dim

dim.

ddam

ddam.

kadam

kadam, kadam.

mukadam

mukadam.

sapodum
yldam

sqpqnum.
idam.

gom

gom.

mangum
chem

mangum.
chqm, chem.

chim

chim, chum.

chum

chvum, chyum
chum, chum9,
chumu.

509

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS wuch'tftn

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

lare chim

larichim.

wdlanam

vale nam.

lohlari chim

Id larichim.

tsonunam

tsdny nam.

wuchem

vuchun.

dapanam

dqpqnam.

wucliim

vuchun

dopunam

dopu nam.

goham

goham.

dbr'nam

dq'ri nam.

lagaham

lagaham.

harenam

ka'ri nam.

tagihem

tagvehqm.

karinam

kqrnam.

pdtasheham

pddshahqm,

korunam

kur nam,

pddshqhqm,

kuru nam.

pddshahqn.

tbYnam

tq(ri nam.

khdm

khdm, kdm.

tsaVnam

tseVnam.

muhim

?nohim, muhim,

wanum

vanum.

muhvim.

hdwanam

hdv°nam.

dopuham

dop ham.

hdwunam

haunam.

y Ibrahim

ibrdhim.

th6wunam

thdunam.

moruham

morham.

trdwunam

traunam,

khashem

khashim.

trdunam,

dyuthum

dyuthum.

trdunam.

kurHham

k?r tarn.

loyunam

Iqyinam.

tse kurHham

tsik^r tarn.

andm

anyam.

gatshem

gatsvem.

ardm

ardm.

kam

kam.

baram

baram.

hakim

hakim.

garam

garm.

hukum

hukqm, hukm,

maharam

mqharam.

hukum.

karem

kairim.

mahkam

mah kam,

kdrim

karim, kairim

mahkam.

kurum

kqriim.

Idkam

Idkam.

yikrdm

ikram.

asldmalaikum

asld malaikum.

narm

narqm.

wdlaikum

vdlai kum.

kasam

kasm, khasam,

dlam

dlam.

kasam.

goldm

guldm.

kasam

kas*m.

halam

halam.

asim

asim.

saldm

saldm, sqldmq.

6sum

dsum.

zulm

zulm.

tarn

tain.

nam

nam.

tim

tim, tim', timv.

nom

nom.

turn

turn.

lodunam

ludanam,

ditam

ditam.

lud°nam,

ditim

ditim.

ludnam.

behtam

beh tarn.

gatshanam

gatse nam.

wuchHom

vuch tdm.

kh&tam

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

510

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

khetam

kve tarn.

kadan

karan.

hdvtam

hdvtam.

kaddn

kaddn karan.

thdvtam

thdutam, thdv

kadon

koronv.

tarn.

kadun

karun.

yitam

yitam.

kodun

kodun, kudun,

boztam

boz tarn.

korun, kurun.

thdwum

thdvum, tavum.

kiidun

kqdin, kadun.

dopuwam

dopum.

lodun

lodun, ludun.

wdwim

vavim.

moddn

mdddn, maiddn,

yim

yim.

maiddn.

dydm

dydm.

gdndin

gandm.

dyem

dyem.

gondun

gundun.

diyum

diyum.

sanden

sqndin,

gayem

gayem.

sqndyan.

tshdjydm

tsdny jd7n.

pdtasheha-sanden

pddshahas

anyum

anyum.

sqndyan.

banyom

banvdm.

tasanden

tasanden.

wanyum

vqnvum.

gardan

gardan.

pybm

pyom.

waddn

vaddn.

peyem

peyem.

noyidan

ndyidan,

dapydm

dapvdm.

ndlydan.

dapizem

dap^zim.

zddan

zddan.

pdtashahzddan

pddshdh zddan,

Words ending in n

padshdhzddqn.

an

an.

lagan

lagan.

bon

bun.

Idgun

Idgun, Idgun.

bdban

bdban.

ndgan

ndgan.

shubdn

shobdn, shubdn.

nigin

nigln.

sohiban

sdhiban.

mangan

mangan.

lobun

lobun.

pargan

pargan.

sbban

sdban.

martsawtigan

martsevdngan.

biydbdn

biyd ban.

zdgdn

zdgdn.

zabdn

zabdn.

han

han, han, hen.

Jcdlaeen

hdlrchen.

bahan

bahan.

racen

rachen.

behdn

bihdn.

don

don.

subhdn

subhdn.

ddden

ddden.

subahan

suban.

gaddn

gardn.

chdn

chdn, chvdn.

godun

gudun.

achen

achan.

tshdddn

tsdrdn.

lichen

lichin.

Cf. tshdrdn.

wuchdn

vuchdn.

511

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

tsratin

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

wuchin

vuchdn.

pothin

pdthin, pqtin.

wuchin

vuchqn, vuchin,

kdrHhan

kq'rtqn.

vucun.

6suthan

dstan.

wuchun

vuchun, vuchun,

tshun

tsiin.

vucun, vucun9.

gatshan

gatsan.

wuchahan

vucehan.

gatshdn

gatsdn, gatsun.

shehan

shqhqn.

pryutshun

priitsun.

pdtashdhan

pddshahqn.

dawdhan

davdhan.

pdtashehan

pddishqhqn,

mdkaldwahun

mukaldvq hun.

pddshahan,

jam

jdn.

pddshqhan,

dujdn

dujdn.

pddshahqn,

rdjen

rdjqn.

pddshahqn.

tujtin

tuhjin, tujen,

ratshi-han

ratsq han.

tujyen.

khan

khan.

kan

kan.

khen

khyen.

kun

kona, kun.

okhun

dkhun, dkhun.

o-kun

dkun.

kod-khdn

kqd khan.

path-kun

pat9 kun,

likhan

likhan.

patkun.

likhan

lekhdn.

lekan

lekan, Pekan.

mahalakhdn

mahalq kan,

lokan

lokan.

mahHqkhdn.

mulkan

mulken.

lyukhun

likhun.

makdn

makdn.

musla-han

musPhan.

la-makdn

Id makdn.

kanahan

kqn9han.

shendkan

shindkan.

pinhdn

pin ham.

pakdn

pakdn.

pahdn

pahan, pahqn.

pakun

pakun.

taraphan

tarfan.

mdrakan

mdr9kan.

yusuphan

yusufan.

miskin

miskin.

kdrl-han

kqidihen.

caldn

chdldn

ndra-han

ndr9hqn.

chdlunq.

shen

shen.

ningaldn

ningaldn.

deshdn

deshdn.

helen

helen.

nishin

nishqn, nishin,

cholun

cholun, clmlun

nisqn.

pholdn

pholdn.

nishin

nishin.

sholdn

shdlan.

hamnishin

ham nishin.

mokalan

muklan.

athan

athan.

lalan

lalqn.

bata-han

battqhqn.

malan

malan.

tsheth han

tsethan.

krdlan

krdhn.

kathan

kathen.

tsrdUn

tsrdUn.

tuldn

HATIM'S SONGS AND STOBIES

512

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

tuldn

tuldn.

kod-khdnan

kddkhdnen.

tulin

iulin.

nishman

nishman,

tulun

tulun.

nishman.

putalen

putalin.

hamnishinan

ham nishman,

wdtalan

vdtHan, vdtHan.

ham nishman

mdrawdtalan

mdr°vdtqlan,

tshandn

ts°ndn.

mdr^vdlelan,

tshunun

tsunun.

mdrqvdtHan,

kanan

kanan.

mare vdtHan,

kandn

kandn.

mare vdtHan,

asmdnan

as^mdnqn.

mdrevdtHan,

londn

londn.

mdrevdtqlan.

nandn

nandn.

tsaldn

tsaldn.

pananen

panenen,

waldn

valdn.

paneneny,

wdldn

vdldn.

panenven.

wdlun

vdlun.

tiy nandn

tmandn.

wolun

vulun.

zandnan

zandnan,

kutawdlan

kotvdlqn,

zandnan.

kutvdlen.

panin

panyen.

mukadaman

mukq daman.

shetdnan

shetdnan.

gdman

gdman.

wanan

vanan, vanqn,

shaman

shaman.

vanan.

lamdn

lamdn.

ivandn

vanan.

goldman

guldman,

wanun

vanun.

guldmqn.

wonun

vunun.

ndman

noman.

cydnen

chdnyen,

armdn

armdn.

chvdnyen.

asmdn

asmdn.

mydnen

mydnen.

sdmdn

sdmdn.

zdnan

zdnan.

timan

timan, timqn.

zanen

zanen, zanven.

yiman

yiman, yiman.

zenan

zyenan.

sulaymdn

sulaimdn.

zendn

zendn.

mizmdn

mez^mdn.

unun

anyen, qnyin.

nm

winy.

tshunun

tsinvan, tsinyen.

andn

andn.

zanen

zanyen.

anon

anon.

pan

pan.

anun

anun, anun.

dapdn

dapdn, dapdn,

onun

anun.

dopdn.

bandn

bandn.

dapun

dapun.

dandn

dondn.

dopun

dopun.

khdnan

kdnan.

borun

borun, burun.

513 INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

sutin

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

sombardn

sumb"rdn.

porun

paran.

duran

duran.

purun

porun, purun.

gudarun

gudarun.

prdrdn

prdrdn.

toyiphddran

t&fqddrqn.

srdn

srdn.

kdrddran

kdrddran.

sdran

sdran.

garan

garan.

misaran

misren.

bogaren

bdg?ren.

tren

tren.

soddgdran

soddgarqn,

idrdn

tdrdn.

soddgdran.

katardn

katerdn.

dhan-gdrdn

ahengarqn.

petarun

pitarun.

hardn

hardn.

mutsaren

muts^rin.

khoran

kurqn.

mutsorun

mutsorun.

pherdn

pherdn.

jdndivaran

janavdran.

thahardn

tahrrdn.

ydran

yarqn.

wothardn

vutherdn,

yiran

yiran.

vuthqrdnv.

yiran

Iran.

tshardn

tsdrdn.

guzardn

guzrdn.

Cf. tshdddn.

waziran

vaziran, vazirqn.

mejeran

mejqran.

sdn

sdn.

kardn

kardn.

asun

dsun.

karen

kahin, kqhin.

khasdn

khasdn.

kdrin

kqrin, ka^rin.

kdsun

khdsun, khosun.

karun

karun.

yinsdn

insdn, yinsdn.

korun

karun, korun,

posan

pqsan, pqsqn.

kurun.

6stisan

dsan.

kuru7t

karqn, karun,

icasdn

vasdn.

karun, karqn,

tan

tan.

karun, ka{rin,

ditin

dith in, dit?nas.

kqhin, korun.

hatan

hatan.

phaklran

fakiran,

pdkhtan

pukhtan.

fakirqn.

shetdn

shetdn.

Idrdn

ladan, Idrdn.

bikarmdjetan

vikarmdjitan.

mardn

mardn.

latan

latan.

morun

mdrun, morun.

poten

pot1'

naran

naran.

hdpatan

hdpatan.

nerdn

nerdn, nerdn.

retan

ritan.

nerun

nerun.

rotun

rotun, rutun.

paran

paran.

bariten

barVen.

pardn

paddn, pardn.

satan

satan, satqn.

piran

piran.

sot in.

porun

pqdun.

sa it in.

mas tan

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

514

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

mastan

mast.

bandwun

bandvun.

gresten

gresVen.

mangandwun

mange ndvun.

nayistdn

nqyis tan,

dakhandwdn

dakhe ndvdn.

nay is tdnv.

pakandwdn

pak^ndvdn.

totan

totan, totan.

khanandwun

khanendvun.

wdtdn

vdtdn.

tshananovin

tsqnqndvin.

ihdvtan

thdvHan.

garandwdn

garq ndvdn.

dyutun

dvuihun, dvutun,

karandwun

karandvun.

dyutun, dyutun,

karandvun

kar naviny.

dyutun.

wdtandwan

vdtrndvan.

hyotun

hvutun, hyutun.

wdtandwun

vdte no vun,

tsdn

tsun, tsuan.

vdt^ndvun,

bdtsan

bdtsan, bdtsan,

vatqndvun.

bdtsen.

wdtanowun

vdtqndvun.

ditsun

ditsan, ditsqn,

wdna-wdn

vdnavan.

ditsun.

farzandwdn

parzenavdn.

hetsan

hitsan.

parzan6wun

parze nd vun,

hltsun

hitsan, hitsan,

parze ndu vun,

hitsun, hveten.

pdwun

pdvun.

shekhtsan

shakhtsqn.

pewdn

pvevdn, pvivan.

pantsan

pdntsen.

riwdn

rivdn.

wan

van.

trdwdn

trdvdn.

wan

van.

trdwun

trdvun, trqvun,

bdwun

bdvun.

trdvun.

cewdn

chvavdn.

trdvun

trqvun.

neciven

nech^vin,

ndtuwdn

notuvdn.

nechevin.

wartdwdn

vartdvan.

woraneciven

vurq nyech9 vin.

yiwdn

yivdn.

diwdn

divan.

bdyen

bdyen.

govun

gdvun.

biyen

beyen.

bdgwan

bdgvdn.

ceyen

chayen.

hewdn

hvevdn.

khoddyen

khuddyen.

hdwun

hdvun, hovun.

pdtashohiyen

pddshaliiyqn.

chdwdn

chdvdn.

klfiyon

khydn, kydn.

chawun

chdvun.

tujydn

tu jan.

khewdn

Jchyavdn,

laydn

Idydn.

Jchyevdn,

loyin

Idyin.

kvavdn.

loyun

Iqyin.

ihdwan

thdvdn.

Idyun

Idyun, Idyun.

thdwun

thdvun.

khdlyun

khqHyun.

lalawdn

lalqvdn.

wdlyun

vdlyun.

515

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS sodagar

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

nyun

nyun.

pdnawon

pane vqtn1,

niijun

niyun.

pane vdnv,

peyin

pHyen.

pane vdny,

moryun

nuVryun.

pdnevdfiy,

phufryun

phutq rvun.

pane vdny.

zan

zan.

pdnawun

pdnevdny.

zdn

zdn.

katawan

katq vqny.

zin

zin.

ydn

ydny.

bdzan

bdzan.

Words ending in r

bdzan

bozdn, bdzan.

m

bdzun

bdzun.

ar

bar

ar.
bar.

buzun

bdzun.

~hnv

bar.

gab?r, gabar.

kabar, khabar,

khabar,

khabar.

dazdn

tiranddzan

lazan

luzun

dazdn.
tiran ddzqn.
lazan.
lazun.

gabar
khabar

ndzan

ndzan.

be-khabar

be khabar.

rdzan

rdzan.

aydlbdr

ayal bar.

rdzan

rdzan.

nebar

nebar, nebar.

suzun

sdzun.

bardbar

bardbar.

ihovizen

thdivzin.

darbdr

darbdr.

Words ending in n

sbbir

sdbir.

an

any.

tbbir

tipbir.

gddan

guda*ny, gudeny,

zabar

zabar, zab*r,

gudeny.

zabqr.

kangan

kangqnv.

dar

dar, dqr.

kan

kan\

diir

dur.

kin

kan*.

beddr

beddr, beddr.

kdkan

kdkiny.

diddr

diddr.

tan

tdnye, tdny.

bqhadur

bahPdur,

kus-tdn

kustdny.

bqhadur.

otu-tdn

ottdny, otutdny.

andar

andar.

yotu-tdn

yuttdny.

bebi andar

bebind9r,

yutu-tdn

yutdny.

nendar

nindqr.

yotdn

yu tdny.

gar

gar.

yutdn

yutdny.

gar

gar.

won

vu, vuny.

gdr

gar, gqtri.

wun

vo, vu, vu, vun,

agar

agar.

vony, vunv,

dgur

dgur.

vuny, vony,

parwardigdr

parvardigdr.

vuny.

sodagar

sauddgqr.

Ll

soddgar

HATIWS SONGS AND STORIES

516

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

soddgar

saudagar,

khumdr

kumdr.

saudagar,

shehmdr

shahmdr,

soddgar,

shahmdr.

soddgar.

shumdr

shumdr.

lagar

lagar.

be-shumdr

be shumdr,

nan-gar

nan gar.

beshumdr.

yengar

yingar.

kashmir

kashmir.

zargar

zargar.

nar

nar.

bdz*gdr

bdzi gar.

ner

ner.

har

har.

sonar

sunar.

bahdr

bahdr.

zdrapdr

zdrapdr,

shehar

shahar.

zdrq par.

mashhur

maushur.

wopar

vupar.

khar

khar, kar.

sar

sar.

khor

khur.

asar

asar.

Ichor

kar.

sar

sar.

mohar

mohar, mohur.

ser

ser.

pahar

pahar, pahqr.

sir

sir.

kuphdr

kuphdr.

sur

sur.

saphar

safar.

sangsdr

sang sar.

wophir

vdphlr.

takhsir

tahsir.

shemsher

shamsher.

kusur

kosur.

nethar

nether, nvetar.

misar

misar.

pathar

pathar, patar,

samsar

samsar.

patar.

tor

tor1.

zahar

zahar, zehar.

abtar

dbtqr.

mejer

mejqr.

khotir

khdtir.

Tear

kar, kar.

tser

tser.

har

kar.

tsor

tsor.

kor

kor.

tsitr

tsur.

bakar

bakar.

vir

vir.

phakir

fakir.

bdwar

bdvar.

lashkar

lashkar.

wumedwar

vumedvdr.

peshkar

peshkar.

jdndwdr

jdn"vdr,

kukar

kukar.

jdnqvdr.

nakar

nakar.

sawdr

savdr.

nokar

nauJcar, ndukar.

baktdwdr

bakhtdvdr.

lar

lar.

zordwdr

zordvdr.

mar

mar.

ydr

ydr, ydr9.

amar

amar.

ydr

ydr.

bemdr

bimdry bimdr.

dydr

dydr.

517

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS koruhas

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

hushydr

hushdr.

palangas

palangas,

taydr

taiydr.

palqnga8t

zdr

zdr.

palangas.

zor

zor.

tegas

Vegas.

bazar

bazar.

togus

togus.

nazar

naz?r, nazar,

hes

has.

nazar.

subahas

subhas.

mdnzur

mdnzur.

ches

chqs, ches.

ivazir

vazir.

chis

chqs, chis, chus.

chus

chus.

Words ending in s

yih chus

yichus.

as

as, as.

yim chis

yimchis.

abas

abas.

wdn chus

vuchus.

dobas

dobas.

khora ches

khurachqs.

khdbas

kdbus.

wuchus

vuchus.

sobas

sdbqs.

dohas

dohas.

dis

disq.

qjaddhas

qzhdqhas.

badis

badis.

sodahas

sodahas,

dbdis

dqldis.

sodahas.

khodas

khudas.

mangahas

manga has.

hodis

kq?dis.

hihis

hihis.

kdkadas

kdkadas.

lyukhuhas

Piikhas.

madis

modis.

patashdhas

pddshahqs,

■ andas

andas.

pddshahqs.

cendas

chandas.

pdtashehas

pddshalias,

handis

handis.

pddshahqs,

sandis

sandis, sandis.

pddshahqs,

fdtasheha- sandis

pddshah" sandis.

pddsJtqhas,

khdwandas

khdv^ndas,

pddshahis,

khdvqndas,

pdd'shdhqs.

kdvandas,

khas

khas.

kdvandas,

murkhas

murkhas.

kdvandas.

lyukhus

Piikhas.

zadas

zadas, zadas.

onuhas

qnJia-s.

shdhzddas

shahzddqs.

tshunuhas

isun has.

pdtashdhzddas

pddshdh zadas.

amhas

anye lias.

90s

gas, gos.

dopuhas

dop has, dophas,

90s

gas, gas, gas.

duphas,

dgas

dgas.

dopuhas.

bagas

bagas, bagas.

yusuphas

yusufas, yiisufas

ndgas

ndgas, ndgas.

koruhas

kurhas, kur has.

phufrvhas

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

518

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

phut°ruhas

phut?rhas.

tokis

t&kis, tqkis.

tamdshes

tamdshqs.

yitikis

yeti kis.

manoshes

manoshas.

dozakas

dozakas.

athas

athas, atas.

olis

dlis.

bathis

bqHhis.

yiblis

yibUis.

kuthis

kuthis, kutis,

dilas

dilas.

kutis.

khalas

kolas.

unHhas

anythas.

khalds

khalds.

koruthas

kur (has.

lalas

lalas.

m6ruthas

mor thas.

mblis

mqHis, mqHyis.

wdthus

vothus, vuthus,

ndlas

ndlas.

votus.

palas

palas.

byuthus

bvuthus.

pydlas

pydlas.

zithis

zHthis.

sdlas

sdlas.

ditsuhas

dits? has.

solas

sdlas, sdlas.

gatshes

gatsqs, gatses,

muslas

musHas.

gatsves, gatsyes.

paliarawblis

pah?rq vdlis.

%votshas

vutsqs, vutsus.

zdlas

zdlas, zdlas.

ivutsh^s

vatsds.

mas

mas.

trdwuhas

trdu has,

amis

amis, amis,

trdvhas.

amis suy,

I6yuhas

loy^has.

a*mis, qtmis.

nyilhas

nyii lias.

ddamas

ddamas.

durtyahas

duny^ias,

pemos

pHmos.

duWhas.

shikamas

shikmas.

wdraydhas

vdryahqs.

goldmas

guldmqs.

liljtis

lajis.

halamas

haP mas,

rdjes

rajas, rajas.

halamas,

kas

kas.

halamas.

kus

kus.

nemis

nqmis, nvemis.

akis

akis, qkis.

ardmas

ardmas.

kombakas

khumba khas.

tsurimis

tsurimis.

sabakas

sabakas,

tamis

tqm1 suy, tamis,

sabakas.

talmis.

ddkas

ddkas.

satimis

satyqmis.

pdshdkas

poshdkas,

yimis

yqmis, yemis.

pushdkas.

doyimis

duyqmis.

malikas

maPkas.

loyfmas

tdy^mas.

shendkas

shindkas.

treyimis

treyimis.

carkas

char kas, charkas.

badanas

badanas,

sheharakis

sheharakis.

badanas.

519

INDEX IN OBDEB OF FINAL LETTEBS loy\as

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

kadSnas

kqrvinas.

kurnas,

kodunas

kurqnas.

kurqnas.

moddnas

maiddnas,

kurunas

kqr nas, kar9nas,

maiddnqs,

kqranas,

m&ddnas.

kqranas,

ndddnas

nd ddnas.

kqr^nqs,

gondunas

gund^nas.

kqrnas,

gdnas

gdnas, gdnqs.

kurqnas,

hunis

hunis.

kurqnas.

subahanas

subahanas.

nmranas

mdrqnas.

chdnas

chvdnqs.

srdnas

srdnas.

Jchdnas

khdnas, kanas.

asanas

asanas, as^ias.

lyukhunas

Puklftnas,

6sunas

as nas.

Pukhunas.

kdsunas

khds?nas.

gdjunas

gdj^nas.

botanis

buttqnis.

khqjunas

khqfnas.

ditfnas

ditinas.

kanas

kanas.

nayistdnas

nqyis tdnqs.

khdlunas

kolnas.

tsatanas

tsatanas.

tuV-nas

tulinas.

dyutunas

dyuthunas,

tulunas

tulunas.

dviUunas,

ddmdnas

ddmdnas.

dyutunas,

tshununas

tsun^nas,

dyutqnas,

tsununas,

dyutqnqs,

tsununqs.

dyutunas,

pananis

panqnqs,

dyiitunas.

pananis,

ditsiinas

ditsqnas.

panenis.

hetsanas

hitsqnas.

wonunas

vununas.

hetsanas

hitsanas.

pdnas

pdnai, pdnas,

wanas

vanas.

pdnqs, panes.

wonus

vonus.

dopunas

dopu nas,

thdvinas

than nas.

dopunas,

thowunas

thdunas.

dopunqs,

thdwunas

thdunas,

dopunas,

than nas.

dopunqs.

thuv^nas

thdunas,

tropunas

tropunas,

thdu nas.

trup?nas.

mdkaldwunas

mukHdu nas.

karenas

ka{rinas.

cydnis

chvdnis.

kdr{nas

karinas.

layanas

layanas.

korunas

kurqnas,

I6yunas

layanas.

kurqnas,

ldyunas

Wyinas.

myonis

HAT IMS SONGS AND STOBIES

520

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

myonis

melnis, mvenis,

shehmdras

shah mdrqs,

mveinis.

shqhmarqs.

zinis

zinas, zinis.

ndras

ndras.

buzunas

bozus.

sonaras

sunqras.

gorzdnas

gdrzdnas.

siras

siras, siras.

luzunas

laz"nas,

suras

suras.

lazanas.

samsdras

samsdras.

sapanes

sap^nyes.

apsaras

afsqrqs.

dapas

dapas.

ydras

ydras, ydras.

dapus

dapus.

phyurus

phvurus.

dopus

dopus, dopusa.

pvurus.

drds

drds.

waziras

vaziras, vazirqs,

deras

deras, deras.

6sus

as, dsus.

garas

garqs.

osis

dsis.

guris

guris.

osus

qshis, dsus.

soddgaras

sauddgdras.

ddsas

ddsas.

soddgdras

sauddgdras,

kdsus

khosus.

soddgdras.

saniydsas

sqnydsas.

grist'-garas

grest garqs,

tas

tas.

grestq garqs.

hatas

hathas, hatas.

sheharas

shahras,

hatis

hatis.

shah^ras,

khdtis

kqtis.

shahqras,

matis

mqtis.

sheharas,

mumatis

momHis.

sheharas.

natis

natis.

kharas

kharas.

jenatas

jan® tas,

, khoris

khqris.

janHas,

sapharas

sapras,

janatas.

safqras.

hdpatas

hdpatas.

mejeras

mejqras, mejeras.

rdtas

rdtas, rdtas.

karas

karas.

retas

ritas.

karis

ka{ris.

kdrHos

kqr1 tos.

kards

kards.

tratis

tratis.

karus

karus.

totas

totas, totas.

korus

kurus.

khotu tas

khutas.

kurus

kqris.

nata tas

natatas.

phakiras

fakiras, fakiras,

tsdtas

tsatqs.

fakiras.

wdtus

votus.

shikdras

shikdras.

dyutus

dyutus.

loris

Idris.

hyotus

hvutus.

maris

maris.

ditsus

dithas.

521

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

wantv

KAULA

STEIN

Word ending in ts

naphtsas

naptsas.

KAULA

STEIN

wots^s

vdtsus, vdtsus.

pants

pants, pdnz.

tsas

pvez.

shekhtsas

shakhtsas.

Words ending in v

rdtsas

rdtsas.

av

av, du.

ves

vis.

dev

dyau.

necivis

nvechavis.

gav

gau, gau, gdu,

hdwus

hdvus.

gdu.

thdwus

thdvus.

safgav

sqrlgau.

arzandwus

parzqndvus.

hav

hau.

wor{vis

vqr^vis.

hdv

hau.

yes

yas.

behiv

bihu.

yus

yis, yus, yus.

khev

khydu.

dyes

dyas, dyes.

thdv

ihdu.

biyis

beyes, beyis,

gatshav

gatsau.

biyqs.

gatshiv

gatsvu, gatsyu.

boyis

bayis.

jdv

jdo.

budyos

bud1 as.

malakav

maVkau.

khoddyes

khuddyqs.

pakiv

pakyu.

gayes

gayqs.

dlav

dlau.

layus

layus.

poldv

poldu, puldu.

saniyds

sqnnyds,

tsaliv

tsalau, tsalvu,

sqnyds, sanyds.

tsqPu.

pyos

pvos, pyds, pyos.

wdlav

vdlau.

peyes

pveyes.

dimav

dimau.

ropayes

rupias, rupiqs.

nimav

nvemau.

drdyes

drqyas.

nomav

nomau.

ladyeyes

Iddeyes.

karemav

karimau.

tsajyeyes

tsajes.

timav

timau, yimau.

suy yes

suyyas.

yimav

yimau.

suy yus

suyyus.

Cf . yimau.

gdndhes

gand1 zyes.

yimov

yimau.

mdng'zes

mqinvg(*zqs.

ndv

ndu, ndv.

mdzas

mdzas.

nev

nyu.

pozas

pqzus.

baniv

banyau.

wuz"s

dqjis.

dsh*ndv

dshndu,
dshtndv,

Words ending in t or t

as* ndv.

mast

mast.

asmdnav

asmdnau.

rapat

rapat.

zamvnav

zeminau.

phorsat forsat.

waniv

vqnyu, vanyu.

zan&v

HATIM'S SONGS AND STORIES

522

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

zanev

zalnyau.

ladydv

Wdyau.

zdnav

zdnau.

gaydv

gayau.

pev

pyau.

khyauv

khyau.

bdrav

bdrau.

kheyev

kheyau.

drdv

drdu.

tujydv

tu jdu.

gudariv

gud9ryau.

tahalyav

tqhqlyau.

khabarddrav

Jcabar ddrau,

mdkalydv

mukHyau.

kabarddrau,

namyov

namvau.

khabar ddrau,

nyuv

nyu.

khdbarddrau.

banydv

banydu.

khdrav

kdrau.

banyov

bandu.

sherav

sherau.

pyauv

pyau.

tshdrav

tsdrau.

dapydv

dapyau.

khrdv

krdu.

modaryiv

mudrvau.

karav

karau.

haryov

h*rvau.

kariv

ka{rvu.

larydv

Wryau.

phakirav fakirau.

prdrydv

pra{ryau.

nerav

nerau.

trdvyuv

trdvyu.

riiriv

neru, nervu,

zuv

zu.

neryu, nPryu.

bdzav

bdzau.

pxrav

pirau.

nazarbdzav

naz?r bdzau,

trdv

trdu.

nazar bdzau,

tsorav

tsorau, tsdrau.

tsurav

tsurau.

Words ending in y

Cf. tsurau.

ay

ai.

wasiv

vasyu, vasyu.

ay

ai, ay.

tdv

ihdu.

vy

ai, ai.

vucWtav

vuch tuv.

6y

ay, ay.

wdnHav

vanHo, van1 tdv.

bay

bai, bdi, bay.

satav

satau.

boy

buy.

tsdv

tsdu, tsdv.

grisV-bdy

grest bay,

wdtsdv

vdtsau.

grest? bay.

thdvHav

taivtau.

doy

duy.

trovHav

travHoh.

buday

budai.

buzHav

boz tuv.

ahaday

ahadai.

ruzHav

roz* tuv.

khoddy

khudd, khudai.

thoviv

tha^vyu.

dodHaday

daW6 ladai.

nawav

navau.

zinday

zindai.

phaharawdv

pahre vdv.

wdday

vddai.

diyiv

diyu, diyu.

jydday

zhdday.

ddyav

doyau.

pydday

pydday.

523

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS qay'may

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA STEIN

gay

gai, goi.

jay jaijay.

dagay

dagai, dagaye,

mdjiy ma^ji, mqtjiy.

dagay.

rajy raj.

mangay

mangai.

kiy kvey, kyey.

tagiy

tagi, tagi.

okuy akoy.

hay

hai.

iikPy okay.

hay

hay.

hargah-kiy har*gakvey.

chey

chai, che, chi,

gddanukuy gud nyukuy.

chqy, chqy,

tamyukuy tarn1 kuy.

chiy.

lay lay.

chiy

chi, chiy, chiiy.

balay balai.

chuy

chi, chi, chu,

balqy balai.

chiv, chiy,

sddurabalqy sudqr balai.

ciiy.

jeloy yalq vai.

hargah-ay

harga hay.

kdlay kulai.

khey

khvaiy.

mdkdliy moklai.

tim-hay

tim hai, tim hay.

salay salai.

atfhay

qnvhai.

hawala-y havalqv.

koruhay

kur hai.

may mai.

kuruhay

kqrhai.

amiy ami.

warihy

vqtri.

dmiy am*.

motu hay

muthai.

dimay dimai.

tithay

tiihai.

dimoy dimoi.

tithiy

Mh\

logumiiy log^mai.

wdthiy

vuHhi.

hemay ' himai.

yiihay

ithai.

ladaham-ay lade hamai.

yuihuy

hvuthuy,

khemay kvemai,

yuthuy.

kvemay.

tyuthuy

tithay, tuthuy,

dyuthumay dyot mai.

Vuthuy,

ddlomuy dale muy.

tyutuy.

warimay vanumai.

gatshiy

gatse, gatsiv,

wonumay vunmai.

gatsiy.

bogaremay bdge remai.

wiitshuy

vatsqyqs.

tamiy tarn*, tami,

manganov^hay

manga nav^ai.

trim*, Utfmi.

yihoy

yqhoi.

tamiy tarn*.

yihuy

yohoi, yi hay,

timay timai.

yohdy, yilhoi.

timqy timai.

yohay

yohoi.

yimay yimai.

yuhay

yohoi.

yimoy yimoy.

yuhuy

yuhay.

gayimqy gai ma.

nay

EATIMS SONGS AND STORIES

624

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

nay

nai, nai, nay,

aney

anyai.

ndye.

gddaniy

gudenH, gudefiy,

niy

niy.

gudenyi,

bo-nay

bunai.

gudenyi.

yith-nay

yit"nai.

kunuy

ku{niy.

gatshanay

gats^nai.

otdny

qtdny.

kunuy

kunuy.

wuntiy

vunvai.

pakanay

pakenai.

mydnuy

myenyiy.

wdlanay

vale nai.

pay

pai.

timan^y

tim? nai,

pay

pay.

timqnai.

dapay

dapai,

yiman^y

yimrnuy,

dapai.

yimqniy.

dapiy

dqipiy.

ananay

anqnai.

dopuy

dopuy.

kananqy

kanqnuy.

ray

ray.

nonuy

nunnuy.

baray

barev.

panunuy

panenuy,

dray

dray, dray.

panunuy.

driy

driy.

zaldnay

zqnanai.

bebi andaruy

bebindq1^.

zandnay

zqnanai.

gray

gray.

pdnay

pdnai.

karay

karai, karev.

dapanay

dap^nai.

koruy

kuruy.

dopunay

dopunai.

koriy

kudvi.

korunay

kur nay*.

maray

marai.

sa nay

sqnai.

tse mdriy

tsimqtri.

s6nuy

sonuy.

susardray

sus* rdrai.

kdsunuy

kasunuy.

soruy

sqruy, sdruy,

zdsanuy

zasanuy.

so^ri, soirq.

dyutuntiy

dyutanay.

soriy

sq{re, scpri.

wanay

vanai, vandi.

mutsaray

muts^rai.

waniy

vane.

say

sai, say, say, sai.

howunay

haunai, hdunai.

soy

sai.

wdlawunuy

vale vunuy.

suy

su, suy.

tr6wunay

trdu nai,

dsiy

dsi.

trdunai.

ostiy

as suy.

mtawunuy

vat* vunuy.

gosay

gdsai.

atsawunuy

atsavunuy.

khasiy

khasi.

yinay

yinai.

chesay

che sai, chesai.

byonuy

bHlnuy.

chusay

chusai.

cydnuy

chonuy.

kusuy

kusuy.

mydnuy

myo nuy.

musdy

musdi.

525

INDEX IN ORDER OF FINAL LETTERS

oziz

KAULA

STEIN

KAULA

STEIN

amisuy

am* suy, ami siiy,

ddnaway

don* vai, donuvai,

am* say,

donovai,

am* siiy,

dunuvai.

ami suy,

trenaway

trin9, vai.

a*mi suy.

traviy

traviy.

tamis^y

tarn1 suy,

trdivuy

trdvuy.

tqmisuy.

yiy

yi, yih, yi\

panas^y

pane suy.

yey> yiy-

wasiy

vasty.

yfy

yiy-

tay

tai, tqi, tqy.

diyiy

diyiy.

tiy

ti, t%, tvey.

cheyey

chiyai.

atiy

at1, atih.

wanayey

vanq yey.

dtiy

qt\

sakharyey

sakhrvai.

otuy

qtuy, otuy.

kur{yey

kudye.

ditay

dithai.

vis*yiy

visyqi.

hatay

hatai.

yiyiy

yeyiy, yiyiy,

moktay

muht*y.

pveyiy.

patay

patai.

pozuy

puzuy.

sdtay

sathai.

soty

sqit, saHh, sqHh,

Words ending in z

' sqHh*, sqHhv,

az

az.

sqtv.

boz

boz.

sbtiy

sqHh1, sqHhi,

bandukbdz

bqnduk bdz.

sqHhi.

ciz

chiz.

tatiy

tat*'.

tiranddz

tiran ddz.

ataty

atqtv.

kdkaz

kdkad.

yitay

yi tai.

mdz

mdz.

yutuy

yiituy.

kunz

kunz.

tsay

tsiiy.

manz

manz.

(say

tsdi.

shranz

shranz.

hdway

hdvai.

pbz

pqz.

chiway

chu vai, chu voi.

raz

raz.

ihdway

ihdvai.

waz

vdz.

yimav^y

yim? vuy.

oziz

azxz.

527

ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA

PAGE

xxix, last line of text. For " Wahab ", read " Wahb ".

110,1 11. Read gbr-zanas.

151,1.15. Read dukhtar-e-khasa.

271, 1. 17. For thowun, read thovttn.

308, 1. 25. Read gresten.

313, 1. 5. For "viii, 4, 10, 1", read " viii, 4, 10", and in
line 10, for " v, 4.", read " v, 4 ; viii, 11 ".

449, col. b, 1. 19. For ha* tva, read kai t"a.

450, col. b, 1. 6. For khetam, read khetam.

466, col. b, 1. 17 from foot. For shakh, read sltdkha.

University of Toronto
library

DO NOT

REMOVE

THE

CARD

FROM

THIS

POCKET

Acme Library Card Pocket

Under Pat MRef . IwAtx File"

Made by LIBRARY BUREAU

i